Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 22, 2010.

Registration No.                      

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549



Form S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933



Convio, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)


Delaware
(State or other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)

 

7372
(Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number)

 

74-2935609
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)


11501 Domain Drive, Suite 200
Austin, Texas 78758
Telephone: (512) 652-2600
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number,
including area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)

Gene Austin
Chief Executive Officer
11501 Domain Drive, Suite 200
Austin, TX 78758
Telephone: (512) 652-2600
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)



Copies to:

John J. Gilluly III, P.C.
Ariane A. Chan, P.C.
DLA Piper LLP (US)
401 Congress Avenue, Suite 2500
Austin, Texas 78701
(512) 457-7000
  Eric C. Jensen, Esq.
John T. McKenna, Esq.
Cooley Godward Kronish LLP
Five Palo Alto Square
3000 El Camino Real
Palo Alto, California 94306
(650) 843-5000



Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:
As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.



     If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.  o

     If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o

     If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o

     If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o

     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer  o   Accelerated filer  o   Non-accelerated filer  ý
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
  Smaller reporting company  o

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

       
 
Title of each class of securities
to be registered

  Proposed
maximum
aggregate
offering price(1)

  Amount of
registration fee(2)

 

Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share

  $57,500,000   $4,099.75

 

(1)
Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Includes offering price of shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase to cover over-allotments, if any.

(2)
Pursuant to Rule 457(p) under the Securities Act, $2,647.88 in fees from a prior registration statement of the registrant on Form S-1 (file number 333-145787) filed on August 30, 2007, were used to offset the registration fee associated with this filing. Accordingly, the balance of $1,451.87 has been paid in connection with the initial filing of this registration statement.


The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION. DATED JANUARY 22, 2010.

IPO PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS


GRAPHIC

                    Shares
Common Stock
$                per share


Convio, Inc. is selling                    shares of our common stock and the selling stockholders identified in this prospectus are selling additional                      shares. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of the shares being sold by the selling stockholders. We have granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to an additional                     shares from us, and the selling stockholders have granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to an additional                     shares from the selling stockholders to cover over-allotments, if any.

This is an initial public offering of our common stock. We currently expect the initial public offering price to be between $                and $                per share. We have applied for the listing of our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol "CNVO."


INVESTING IN OUR COMMON STOCK INVOLVES RISKS. SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 9


 
  Per Share
  Total
Initial public offering price    $   $  
Underwriting discount    $   $  
Proceeds, before expenses, to Convio    $   $  
Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholders    $   $  

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.


Joint Book-Running Managers

Thomas Weisel Partners LLC   Piper Jaffray



William Blair & Company

JMP Securities

Pacific Crest Securities

The date of this prospectus is                                        , 2010.


GRAPHIC


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
  Page

Prospectus Summary

  1

Risk Factors

  9

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

  30

Use of Proceeds

  31

Dividend Policy

  32

Capitalization

  33

Dilution

  35

Selected Financial Data

  37

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

  39

Business

  66

Management

  86

Executive Compensation

  98

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

  113

Principal and Selling Stockholders

  116

Description of Capital Stock

  120

Material United States Federal Tax Consequences to Non-United States Holders

  125

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

  128

Underwriting

  130

Legal Matters

  135

Experts

  135

Where You Can Find Additional Information

  135

Index to Financial Statements

  F-1



    Neither we nor any of the underwriters or selling stockholders has authorized anyone to provide information different from that contained in this prospectus. When you make a decision about whether to invest in our common stock, you should not rely upon any information other than the information in this prospectus. Neither the delivery of this prospectus nor the sale of our common stock means that information contained in this prospectus is correct after the date of this prospectus. This prospectus is not an offer to sell or solicitation of an offer to buy these shares of common stock in any circumstances under which the offer or solicitation is unlawful.

    Through and including                          , 2010 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer's obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.


Table of Contents


PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     You should read the following summary together with the more detailed information concerning our company, the common stock being sold in this offering and our financial statements appearing in this prospectus and in the documents incorporated by reference in this prospectus. Because this is only a summary, you should read the rest of this prospectus, including the documents incorporated by reference in this prospectus, before you invest in our common stock. Read this entire prospectus carefully, especially the risks described under "Risk Factors."


Our Business

Overview

    We are a leading provider of on-demand constituent engagement solutions that enable nonprofit organizations, or NPOs, to more effectively raise funds, advocate for change and cultivate relationships with donors, activists, volunteers, alumni and other constituents. We serve approximately 1,300 NPOs of all sizes including 29 of the 50 largest charities as ranked by contributions in the November 2009 Forbes article entitled "The 200 Largest U.S. Charities." During 2009, our clients used our solutions to raise over $920 million and deliver over 3.8 billion emails to accomplish their missions.

    Our integrated solutions include our Convio Online Marketing platform, or COM, and Common Ground, our constituent relationship management application. COM enables NPOs to harness the full potential of the Internet and social media as new channels for constituent engagement and fundraising. Common Ground delivers next-generation donor management capabilities, integrates marketing activities across online and offline channels and is designed to increase operational efficiency. Our software is built on an open, configurable and flexible architecture that enables our clients and partners to customize and extend its functionality. Our solutions are enhanced by a portfolio of value-added services tailored to our clients' specific needs.

    Our revenue has grown in the last five years to $63.1 million in 2009 from $13.3 million in 2005. Our clients pay us recurring subscription fees with agreement terms that typically range between one and three years. Our subscription fees grow as our clients grow their constituent bases and purchase additional modules of COM and additional seats of Common Ground. We also receive transaction fees that include a percentage of funds raised for special events such as runs, walks and rides. Our clients grew their online fundraising using our solutions by 14% in 2008, despite a decline in total public contributions in the United States of 2% according to Giving USA Foundation in its "Annual Report on Philanthropy for the Year 2008." Total charitable giving in the United States was $307 billion in 2008 according to this report.

Nonprofit Industry Background

Large and Evolving Nonprofit Sector

    The nonprofit sector is a large and vital part of the economy. The missions of NPOs span many aspects of our society including animal welfare, arts and culture, disaster relief, education, environment, healthcare, international development, professional and trade associations, public policy, religion and social and youth services. According to the National Center of Charitable Statistics, in 2009 there were over 973,000 public charities in the United States.

    We define our target market as public charities that raise more than $50,000 in contributions annually, of which there were over 71,000 in 2009 in the United States according to GuideStar USA, Inc. We categorize our target market into enterprise NPOs that raise more than $10 million annually and mid-market NPOs that raise between $50,000 and $10 million annually. Many enterprise NPOs are comprised of multiple sites or chapters and have more staff resources, greater technical and functional requirements and more complex operating environments. Mid-market NPOs are commonly more

1


Table of Contents


resource-constrained, seek more guidance and generally place a greater premium on ease-of-use and price. We estimate that the charities we target spend an estimated $25 billion annually on fundraising, of which we estimate $2.5 billion to be addressable by our solutions.

Challenges Facing Nonprofit Organizations

    NPOs face unique challenges that center upon the need to reach new constituents and to engage effectively with a large and diverse number of existing constituents. In particular, NPOs struggle with the following challenges:

the high cost of fundraising;

outdated and inflexible donor management systems;

limited ability to act rapidly and quickly mobilize constituents;

higher expectations from constituents;

difficulty in sharing data across operational silos; and

limited technical and marketing resources.

    NPOs spend large amounts of money on fundraising, advocacy and donor management. Many NPOs have adopted legacy donor databases to support their offline activities but have only recently begun to leverage online marketing as a mission-critical channel to reach and cultivate constituents. The emergence of the online channel has accentuated NPOs' struggles to integrate their online and offline communications and fundraising efforts. We believe the Internet and the increasing adoption of social media and mobile technologies are enabling NPOs to raise funds, advocate for change and cultivate relationships with their constituents in more cost-effective and engaging ways.

Our Solutions

    We provide on-demand constituent engagement solutions to NPOs that enable them to more effectively raise funds, advocate for change and cultivate relationships with their constituents. COM enables NPOs to harness the full potential of the Internet and social media as new channels for constituent engagement and fundraising. Common Ground delivers next-generation donor management capabilities, integrates marketing activities across online and offline channels and is designed to increase operational efficiency. Our solutions are enhanced by a portfolio of value-added services tailored to our clients' specific needs.

    With our solutions NPOs can:

extend their reach and raise more funds at a lower cost;

engage constituents more effectively;

act rapidly to mobilize constituents;

eliminate data and process silos;

easily adapt our solutions using our open platform;

reduce burden on limited resources; and

access best practices, knowledge and guidance based on our experience.

Business Strengths

    We pioneered the delivery of software-as-a-service, or SaaS, online marketing solutions to NPOs, launching the first version of our solution in 2000. We have maintained an exclusive focus on NPOs which

2


Table of Contents


has enabled us to develop deep nonprofit industry expertise. We are a leading provider of on-demand constituent engagement solutions to NPOs, and we believe the following business strengths are key to our success:

leading online marketing solution for NPOs;

disruptive model for donor management market;

loyal clients producing predictable recurring revenue that scales with client growth;

marquee clients providing referrals and references that can shorten sales cycles;

nonprofit industry thought leadership;

ability to acquire and effectively serve NPOs of all sizes; and

portfolio of value-added services designed to enhance client success.

Our Strategy

    Our objective is to be the leading worldwide provider of constituent engagement solutions for NPOs while continuing to lead the market in innovation, best practices and client service. Key elements of our strategy include:

continue to grow our client base;

retain and grow revenue from our existing client base;

disrupt the donor management market with Common Ground;

make complementary acquisitions; and

expand geographically.

Risks Associated With Our Business

    We are subject to a number of risks of which you should be aware before you buy our common stock. These risks are discussed more fully in the section titled "Risk Factors" beginning on page 9. Some of these risks include:

we have a history of losses and we may not achieve profitability in the future, limiting growth;

our financial results will fluctuate, which could affect our stock price;

NPOs may not adopt our solutions, which would adversely impact our revenue and operating results;

our competitors may take actions that harm our business;

if clients do not renew and expand their subscriptions for our solutions, our revenue will be reduced; and

NPOs are price-sensitive, which could adversely affect our margins and harm our operating results.

Corporate Information

    We were incorporated in Delaware in October 1999 under the original name of "ShowSupport.com, Inc." We acquired GetActive Software, Inc. in February 2007. We have been headquartered in Austin, Texas since inception. Our principal executive offices are located at 11501 Domain Drive, Suite 200, Austin, Texas 78758, and our telephone number is (512) 652-2600. Our corporate website address is www.convio.com . We do not incorporate the information contained on, or

3


Table of Contents


accessible through, our website into this prospectus, and you should not consider it part of this prospectus.

    For convenience in this prospectus, Convio, we, us, and our refer to Convio, Inc. and its subsidiary, taken as a whole, unless otherwise noted. "GetActive" refers to GetActive Software, Inc., our wholly owned subsidiary, unless otherwise noted. "Convio," "Convio Online Marketing," "Constituent360," "Common Ground," "TeamRaiser," "GetActive" and other trademarks and service marks are the property of Convio. This prospectus contains additional trade names, trademarks and service marks of other companies. We do not intend for our use or display of other companies' trade names, trademarks or service marks to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us, by these other companies.

4


Table of Contents


THE OFFERING

Common stock offered by Convio                 shares

Common stock offered by the selling stockholders

 

              shares

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

 

              shares

Option to purchase additional shares

 

              shares from us and              shares from the selling stockholders

Use of proceeds

 

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for working capital and other general corporate purposes and to repay our credit facilities. We may also acquire other businesses, products or technologies. We do not, however, have agreements or commitments for any specific repayments or acquisitions at this time. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders. See the section titled "Use of Proceeds."

Risk factors

 

You should read the section titled "Risk Factors" for a discussion of factors that you should consider carefully before deciding whether to purchase shares of our common stock.

NASDAQ Global Market symbol

 

CNVO

    The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 35,918,514 shares outstanding as of December 31, 2009. Such number of shares excludes:

717,807 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2009 to acquire our common stock with a weighted average exercise price of $1.59 per share;

8,888,443 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of December 31, 2009 with a weighted average exercise price of $1.09 per share; and

1,648,000 shares reserved for future issuance, and any automatic increases in the shares reserved for future issuance, under our 2009 Stock Incentive Plan.

    Unless otherwise indicated, the information in this prospectus reflects and assumes:

the conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock and common stock into a single class of common stock immediately prior to the closing of the offering;

the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and adoption of our amended and restated bylaws immediately prior to the closing of the offering;

no exercise of options or warrants outstanding after December 31, 2009; and

no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to an additional              shares from us and               shares from the selling stockholders.

5


Table of Contents


SUMMARY HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA

    The summary historical consolidated statements of operations and other operating data for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and balance sheet data as of December 31, 2009 are derived from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read this summary historical financial data in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes and the information under the sections titled "Selected Financial Data" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. See note 2 to our financial statements for a description of the calculation of basic and diluted net loss per share. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of results for any future period.

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2007   2008   2009  
 
  (in thousands,
except per share amounts)

 

Statements of Operations Data:

                   

Revenue:

                   
 

Subscription and services

  $ 38,754   $ 50,103   $ 54,900  
 

Usage

    4,329     6,877     8,186  
               

Total revenue

    43,083     56,980     63,086  
 

Cost of revenue

   
18,716
   
22,911
   
24,779
 
               

Gross profit

    24,367     34,069     38,307  

Operating expenses:

                   
 

Sales and marketing

    19,428     21,432     21,556  
 

Research and development

    7,189     8,754     10,041  
 

General and administrative

    4,456     5,883     6,034  
 

Amortization of other intangibles

    1,271     1,452     1,400  
 

Write off of deferred stock offering costs

        1,524      
 

Restructuring expenses

    284          
               

Total operating expenses

    32,628     39,045     39,031  
               

Loss from operations

   
(8,261

)
 
(4,976

)
 
(724

)
 

Interest income

   
279
   
115
   
6
 
 

Interest expense

    (883 )   (691 )   (355 )
 

Other income (expense)

    (1,644 )   1,808     (803 )
               

Net loss before income taxes

    (10,509 )   (3,744 )   (1,876 )
 

Provision for income taxes

   
   
   
219
 
               

Net loss

  $ (10,509 ) $ (3,744 ) $ (2,095 )
               

Net loss per share—basic and diluted

  $ (0.60 ) $ (0.18 ) $ (0.10 )
               

Weighted average number of shares—basic and diluted

    17,777     20,617     20,775  
               

Pro forma net loss per share—basic and diluted(1)(unaudited)

             
$

(0.04

)
                   

Pro forma weighted average number of shares—basic and diluted(1)(unaudited)

                35,877  
                   

Other Operating Data:

                   

Adjusted EBITDA(2)(unaudited)

  $ (3,378 ) $ 1,405   $ 6,581  

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

    (1,225 )   2,862     6,791  

(1)
Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding reflects the conversion of our convertible preferred stock (using the if-converted method) into common stock as though the conversion had occurred on the original dates of issuance.

(2)
We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income (loss) less interest income and gain (loss) on preferred stock warrant revaluation plus interest expense, provision for taxes, depreciation expense, amortization expense and stock-based compensation expense. Please see "Adjusted EBITDA" for more information and for a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to our net income (loss) calculated in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP.

6


Table of Contents

    The amounts shown in the statements of operations data above include amortization of acquired technology and stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2007   2008   2009  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Amortization of acquired technology:

                   

Cost of revenue

  $ 887   $ 1,016   $ 1,016  

Stock-based compensation:

                   

Cost of revenue

  $ 164   $ 383   $ 583  

Sales and marketing

    300     585     742  

Research and development

    85     235     343  

General and administrative

    142     353     834  

 
  As of December 31, 2009  
 
  Actual   Pro
Forma(1)
  Pro Forma As
Adjusted(2)(3)
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Balance Sheet Data:

                   

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 16,662   $ 16,662   $    

Working capital

    2,379     3,754        

Total assets

    41,344     41,344        

Preferred stock warrant liability

    1,375            

Long-term obligations, net of current portion

    1,348     1,348        

Convertible preferred stock

    33,869            

Total stockholders' equity (deficit)

    (18,909 )   16,335        

(1)
The pro forma column in the balance sheet data table above reflects (i) the conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock and common stock into an aggregate of 35,918,514 shares of a single class of common stock immediately prior to the closing of the offering and (ii) the reclassification of the preferred stock warrant liability to common stock and additional paid-in capital immediately prior to the closing of this offering.

(2)
The pro forma as adjusted column in the balance sheet data table above reflects (i) the conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock and common stock into an aggregate of 35,918,514 shares of a single class of common stock immediately prior to the closing of the offering, (ii) the reclassification of the preferred stock warrant liability to common stock and additional paid-in capital immediately prior to the closing of this offering, (iii) our sale of                shares of common stock in this offering, at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share and after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us and the application of our net proceeds from this offering and (iv) our repayment of approximately $2.2 million outstanding under our credit facilities.

(3)
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share would increase (decrease) cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders' equity after this offering by approximately $          million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Adjusted EBITDA

    We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income (loss) less interest income and gain (loss) on preferred stock warrant revaluation plus interest expense and provision for taxes, depreciation expense, amortization expense and stock-based compensation expense. We include Adjusted EBITDA in this prospectus because (i) we believe Adjusted EBITDA and similar measures are widely used by investors, securities analysts and other interested parties in our industry as a measure of financial performance and (ii) our management uses Adjusted EBITDA to monitor the performance of our business.

    We also believe Adjusted EBITDA facilitates operating performance comparisons from period to period by excluding potential differences caused by variations in capital structures affecting interest income (expense), tax positions such as the impact of changes in effective tax rates, and the impact of depreciation and amortization expense.

7


Table of Contents

    Our use of Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized may have to be replaced in the future, and Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect cash capital expenditure requirements for such replacements;

Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;

Adjusted EBITDA does not consider the potentially dilutive impact of equity-based compensation;

Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the interest expense or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments on our indebtedness;

Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect tax payments that may represent a reduction in cash available to us; and

other companies, including companies in our industry, may calculate Adjusted EBITDA differently, which reduces its usefulness as a comparative measure.

    Because of these limitations, you should consider Adjusted EBITDA alongside other financial performance measures, including various cash flow metrics, net loss and our other GAAP results. The following table presents a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most comparable GAAP measure, for each of the periods indicated:

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2007   2008   2009  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss:

                   

Net loss

  $ (10,509 ) $ (3,744 ) $ (2,095 )

Interest income (expense)

    604     576     349  

Depreciation and amortization

    4,175     4,821     4,792  

Stock-based compensation

    691     1,556     2,502  

Gain (loss) on warrant revaluation

    1,661     (1,804 )   814  

Provision for income taxes

            219  
               

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ (3,378 ) $ 1,405   $ 6,581  
               

8


Table of Contents


RISK FACTORS

     Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. Before you decide to purchase shares of our common stock, you should consider carefully the risks described below together with the other information contained in this prospectus. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In such case, the trading price of our common stock could decline and you could lose part or all of your investment. The risks described below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks that we currently do not know about or that we currently believe to be immaterial may also impair our business operations.

Risks Related to Our Business

We have a history of losses, and we may not achieve profitability in the future which could limit the growth of our business.

    We have had operating losses each year since our inception in October 1999. We expect to incur additional costs and operating expenditures as we further develop and expand our operations. In addition, as a public company, we will incur additional legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. While our revenue has grown in recent periods, this growth may not be sustainable, and we may not achieve sufficient revenues to achieve profitability in the future. Our operating expenses, which include sales and marketing, research and development and general and administrative expenses, are based on our expectations of future revenue and are, to a large extent, fixed in the short term. In addition, we may elect to spend more to grow our business in the future without certainty of near-term returns. Accordingly, we may not achieve profitability, and we may incur losses in the future, which could affect the market price of our common stock or harm our ability to raise additional capital.

Our financial results will fluctuate, and if we fail to meet the expectations of analysts or investors, our stock price and the value of your investment could decline substantially.

    Our results of operations are difficult to forecast. We have experienced and expect to continue to experience fluctuations in revenue and operating results from quarter to quarter. In particular, our usage revenue is difficult to predict because it is derived from our clients' usage of our solutions for special events such as runs, walks and rides, and we recognize the associated revenue in the period reported and billed to the client. The growth, if any, and amount of usage revenue vary based on the number of events, the percent of funds raised online for these events, the growth and success of events and our signing of new clients for events. These factors are very difficult to predict, and our usage revenue fluctuates significantly as a result.

    Our usage revenue reflects the general seasonality of special events which are held more often in the spring and fall. Therefore, we recognize a majority of our usage revenue in the second and third quarters. We recognized 67% and 63% of our annual usage revenue in the combined second and third quarters of 2008 and 2009, respectively. Usage revenue in the second and third quarters represented between 15% and 16% of total revenue for those periods in 2008 and 2009, respectively; whereas, usage revenue in the first and fourth quarters represented between 8% and 10% of total revenue for those periods in 2008 and 2009, respectively. Furthermore, although we experience seasonally lower usage revenue from special events during the first and fourth fiscal quarters, our operating expenses experience less of a reduction during those periods.

    In addition, we experienced seasonality in our sales in the third quarter of 2008 and 2009, and as a result accrued lower commissions during those quarters. Such seasonality causes our quarterly operating results to fluctuate and be difficult to predict.

9


Table of Contents

    Other reasons for these fluctuations include but are not limited to:

our ability during any period or over time to sell our products and services to existing and new clients and to satisfy our clients' requirements;

the addition or loss of clients, particularly enterprise clients, and our inability to forecast the timing and size of larger deals;

changes in our pricing policies, whether independent or in reaction to a change by our competitors;

client renewal rates and unexpected early contract terminations or concessions;

the impact of general economic conditions on our clients and their ability to pay us in a timely manner;

the changing mix in our client base and revenue per client;

the amount and timing of our sales and marketing expenses, in particular commission and referral payments;

the impact of significant occurrences, such as natural disasters, on fundraising by NPOs, including those with missions unrelated to these occurrences;

the expansion and increasing complexity of our multiple solutions and our business generally;

the timing of project and milestone achievements under our services arrangements and the related revenue recognition;

the amount and timing of third-party contracting fees;

the impact of any security incidents or service interruptions;

the timing and significance of the introduction of new products and services by us and our competitors;

our regulatory compliance costs;

any impairment of our intangible assets;

any introduction of new accounting rules; and

future costs related to acquisitions of technologies or businesses and their integration.

    We believe that our results of operations, including the levels of our revenue and operating expenses, will vary in the future and that period-to-period comparisons of our operating results may not be meaningful. If our financial results fall below the expectations of securities analysts or investors, our stock price and the value of your investment could decline substantially. You should not rely on the results of any one quarter as an indication of future performance.

If NPOs do not adopt our solutions, our revenue and operating results will be adversely impacted.

    Our ability to generate revenue and achieve profitability depends on the adoption of our solutions by NPOs of all sizes. We cannot be certain that the demand of NPOs for solutions such as ours will continue to develop and grow at its historic rates, if at all. We also do not know to what extent NPOs will be successful utilizing our solutions to engage constituents and generate funds. The less they are able to do so, the less revenue we will generate.

    We initially began our business with one solution and now offer multiple products and services. As we grow, we plan on offering new solutions and services in the future. We cannot be certain that NPOs will elect to use our solutions or want or need the functionality of our new solutions and service offerings. As a result, as NPOs become more comfortable and sophisticated in their use of technology for their

10


Table of Contents


constituent relationship needs, we may fail to develop and offer solutions and services that meet NPOs' needs in this area, and our revenue may not grow.

    Factors that may affect market adoption of our solutions, some of which are beyond our control, include:

reluctance by NPOs to adopt on-demand solutions;

the price and performance of our solutions;

our ability to integrate with other solutions used by NPOs;

the impact of the economic downturn on NPOs, their fundraising and their spending on technology and services;

the purchasing cycles of NPOs;

the level of customization we can offer;

the availability, performance and price of competing products and services, including internally developed solutions and general solutions not designed specifically for NPOs;

the breadth and quality of our service offerings;

the concerns related to security and the reluctance by NPOs to trust third parties to store and manage their internal data; and

any adverse publicity about us, our solutions or the viability, reliability or security of on-demand software solutions generally from third-party reviews, industry analyst reports and adverse statements made by clients and competitors.

    While no one client accounted for more than 10% of our revenue in 2009, our enterprise clients can contribute substantially to our revenue from quarter to quarter. If NPOs, especially enterprise NPOs, do not continue to adopt and renew their subscriptions to our solutions, our revenues will experience volatility and our stock price could fall.

Our business depends on our clients' renewing and expanding their subscriptions for our solutions. Any decline in our client renewals and expansions would reduce our revenue.

    We sell solutions pursuant to agreements that are generally three years in length for Convio Online Marketing and one year in length for Common Ground. Our clients have no obligation to renew their subscriptions for our solutions after the expiration of their initial subscription period. Our client renewal rates may decline or fluctuate and our client cancellation rates may increase or fluctuate as a result of a number of factors, including the following:

a client switches to a competitor;

a client terminates its agreement with us due to employee turnover in the client organization;

a client is dissatisfied with our agreement terms;

a client encounters financial difficulties;

our solutions do not continue to fit a client's needs as they evolve; and

our client has a poor service experience with our partners or us.

    If clients do not renew their agreements, our revenue will decline and our operating results will be adversely affected.

11


Table of Contents

    We seek to grow our business by expanding the products and services our clients buy from us as their needs evolve. However, if our clients fail to buy additional products and services from us, the growth of our business will be harmed. Further, if our clients elect to subscribe to a fewer number of products upon renewal with us, our business will be harmed.

    Some of our agreements also provide that our clients may terminate their agreements for convenience after a specified period of time. Some of our agreements allow a client to cancel during the first year of such client's initial subscription for our solutions for performance-related reasons. If our clients terminate their agreements with us, our revenue will grow more slowly than expected or even decline, and we may not be able to achieve profitability. Further, if a client seeks to terminate its agreement with us, we may not be successful in enforcing, or we may not elect to enforce, our agreement with the client.

    We serve a broad range of NPOs, the less established of whom may be subject to a higher rate of insolvency or may have limited durations due to the underlying causes that they support, such as political campaigns. We are generally not able to perform financial due diligence on the creditworthiness of our prospective clients, and we may not accurately predict a client's creditworthiness. As a result, if we are unable to collect from our clients, our revenue and cash flows could be less than what we expect.

Many NPOs are price sensitive, and if the prices we charge for our solutions are unacceptable to NPOs, our operating results will be harmed.

    Many NPOs are price sensitive. As the market for our solutions matures, or as new competitors introduce new products or services that compete with ours, we may be unable to renew our agreements with existing clients or attract new clients at prices that sustain historical margins.

    In addition, poor general economic conditions have led to our offering sales promotions and to our clients' renegotiating their pricing and contract terms as well as requesting other concessions, especially during their contract's renewal period. These promotions and concessions can adversely impact our operating results. These general economic conditions can also lead our competitors to aggressively price their product offerings, further intensifying the pricing pressure on our solutions. Furthermore, demand for our more comprehensive and higher-priced solutions may decline. As a result, our revenue, gross margin and operating results may be adversely affected.

Because we expense commissions associated with sales of our solutions immediately upon execution of a subscription agreement with a client and generally recognize the revenue associated with such sale over the term of the agreement, our operating income in any period may not be indicative of our financial health and future performance.

    We expense commissions paid to our sales personnel in the period in which we enter into an agreement for the sale of our solutions. In contrast, we generally recognize the revenue associated with a sale of our solutions ratably over the term of the subscription agreement, which is typically three years for COM and one year for Common Ground. Although we believe increased sales is a positive indicator of the long-term health of our business, increased sales, particularly sales to enterprise clients, would increase our operating expenses and decrease earnings in any particular period. Thus, we may report poor operating results due to higher sales commissions in a period in which we experience strong sales of our solutions. Alternatively, we may report better operating results due to the reduction of sales commissions in a period in which we experience a slowdown in sales. Therefore, you should not rely on our operating income during any one quarter as an indication of our financial health and future performance.

12


Table of Contents


Because we generally recognize revenue from sales of our products and services ratably over the term of our agreements, downturns or upturns in sales may not be immediately reflected in our operating results.

    We generally recognize revenue on a subscription basis, meaning we recognize the revenue ratably over the terms of our clients' agreements. We typically do not invoice clients the full contract amount at the time of the execution of an agreement. Rather, we invoice our clients periodically based on our arrangement with each client. We record deferred revenue when we invoice a client and only with respect to the invoiced amount for such period, but we only recognize the corresponding revenue ratably over the term of the agreement. As a result, deferred revenue is not an effective determinant of sales or predictor of revenue in any particular period, and much of the revenue we recognize in any quarter may be from deferred revenue from previous quarters. A decline in new or renewed subscriptions in any one quarter may not result in a decrease in revenue in such quarter but will negatively affect our revenue in future quarters. We may be unable to adjust our cost structure to reflect these reduced revenues. Accordingly, downturns in sales or renewals of our products and services will adversely impact revenue and operating results on an on-going basis in future periods.

We anticipate that our new Common Ground application will help us to grow our business, but if NPOs do not adopt Common Ground, the growth in our revenue could be limited and our business harmed.

    We introduced our Common Ground application in September 2008. As of December 31, 2009, over 170 NPOs had adopted Common Ground. We expect to increase our spending on research and development and sales and marketing to expand the number of Common Ground clients and the revenue we generate from these clients.

    Common Ground is a new product, and if NPOs do not adopt Common Ground, then our business will have difficulty growing and will be harmed. We believe Common Ground's acceptance and adoption by NPOs will be dependent upon, among other things, Common Ground's functional breadth, quality, ease of use, performance, reliability, and cost effectiveness. Even if the advantages of Common Ground over legacy solutions are established, we are unable to predict to what extent Common Ground will be adopted in the marketplace.

    We plan on releasing more functionality for our Common Ground application. The introduction of these new features may replace sales of our Convio Online Marketing solution, thereby offsetting the benefit of a successful feature introduction. This could harm our operating results by decreasing sales of our higher priced solution, exposing us to greater risk of decreased revenues. Any or all of the above occurrences could harm our business and results of operations.

We do not have any control over the availability or performance of salesforce.com's Force.com platform, and if we or our clients encounter problems with it, we may be required to replace Force.com with another platform, which would be difficult and costly.

    Common Ground runs on salesforce.com's Force.com platform, and we do not have any control over the Force.com platform or the prices salesforce.com charges our NPO clients. salesforce.com may discontinue or modify Force.com. salesforce.com could also increase its fees or modify its pricing incentives for NPOs. If salesforce.com takes any of these actions, we may suffer lower sales, increased operating costs and loss of revenue from Common Ground until equivalent technology is either developed by us, or, if available, is identified, obtained and integrated.

    In addition, we do not control the performance of Force.com. If Force.com experiences an outage, Common Ground will not function properly, and our clients may be dissatisfied with our Common Ground application. If salesforce.com has performance or other problems with its Force.com platform,

13


Table of Contents


they will reflect poorly on us and the adoption and renewal of our Common Ground application and our business may be harmed.

We encounter long sales cycles, particularly for our largest clients, which could have an adverse effect on the size, timing and predictability of our revenue and cash flows.

    Generally, our sales cycles last between three and nine months, but in the case of enterprise NPOs our sales cycle can last longer. Potential clients, particularly our larger clients, generally commit significant resources to an evaluation of available technologies and require us to expend substantial time, effort and money educating them as to the value of our solutions. We may expend significant funds and management resources during a sales cycle and ultimately fail to close the sale. The sales cycle for our solutions is subject to significant risks and delays over which we have little or no control, including:

our clients' budgetary constraints;

the timing of our clients' budget cycles and approval processes;

our competitors' offerings and sales activities;

our clients' willingness to replace their current methods or solutions;

our clients' employee turnover rates; and

our need to educate potential clients about the uses and benefits of our solutions.

    If we are unsuccessful in closing sales after expending significant funds and management resources or if we experience delays in our sales cycles, the size, timing and predictability of our revenue and cash flows could be harmed.

Interruptions, delays or security breaches at third-party datacenters or by our payment processors could impair the delivery of our solutions and harm our reputation and business.

    We host our solutions and serve all of our clients from two third-party datacenters, one located in Austin, Texas and the other in Sacramento, California. Any interruptions or problems at either datacenter would likely result in significant disruptions in our solutions hosted at such site. We do not control the operation of these datacenters, and each is vulnerable to damage or interruption from earthquakes, floods, fires, power loss, telecommunications failures and similar events. Each datacenter is also subject to break-ins, sabotage, intentional acts of vandalism and similar misconduct. Despite precautions at each datacenter, the occurrence of a natural disaster or an act of terrorism, a decision to close a datacenter without adequate notice or other unanticipated problems such as work stoppages at a datacenter could result in interruptions or delays in our solutions and our failure to meet our service level commitments to our clients. Neither datacenter is currently configured to provide failover services to the other datacenter in the event services at a facility are interrupted. Each datacenter has no obligation to renew its agreement with us on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. If we are unable to renew our agreement with a datacenter on commercially reasonable terms, we may experience costs or downtime in connection with the transfer to a new third-party datacenter.

    In addition, we rely on third-party providers for payment processing of funds contributed to our clients by their constituents. Such third-party providers have experienced significant downtime in the past due to high transaction volumes and may experience similar downtime in the future. Although substantially all of our subscription agreements do not provide service level commitments relating to payment processing services provided by third parties, any interruptions in our solutions may cause harm to our reputation, cause clients to terminate their subscription agreements and harm our renewal rates.

14


Table of Contents


We provide service level commitments to our clients, which could cause us to issue credits for future products and services if the stated service levels are not met for a given period and could significantly harm our reputation and operating results.

    We provide service level commitments in our subscription agreements. Our transaction volumes are erratic, and our volumes spike significantly during large special events or major occurrences such as natural disasters. High transaction volumes can cause delays in response times. If we are unable to meet stated service level commitments, we may be contractually obligated or choose to provide clients with refunds or credits for future products and services. We may not be able to recover from our third-party datacenters any refunds or credits that we provide to our clients. Our revenue could also be adversely affected if we suffer unscheduled downtime that exceeds the allowed downtimes under our agreements with our clients. Any service outages could harm our reputation, decrease our revenue and increase our operating costs.

If we are not able to develop enhancements to, and new features for, our existing solutions or acceptable new products and services that keep pace with technological developments, we may lose clients or fail to sell our solutions to new clients.

    We intend to develop or license enhancements to and new features for our solutions to keep pace with rapid technological developments and to improve our solutions. The success of such enhancements, new features and services depends on several factors, including their timely completion, the license on acceptable terms of software from third parties and the introduction and market acceptance of such enhancements, features or services. Failure in this regard may significantly impair our ability to compete effectively and cause us to lose existing clients or fail to sell our solutions to new clients. In addition, because the software underlying our solutions is designed to operate on a variety of network hardware and software platforms using a standard browser, we will need to continuously modify and enhance our solutions to keep pace with changes in Internet-related hardware, software, communication, browser and database technologies. We may not be successful in either developing these modifications and enhancements or bringing them to market in a timely manner. Furthermore, uncertainties about the timing and nature of new network platforms or technologies, or modifications to existing platforms or technologies could increase our research and development expenses. Any failure of our solutions to operate effectively with future network platforms and technologies could reduce the demand for our solutions.

Our solutions, and in particular our new Common Ground application, may contain errors or defects, negatively affecting their adoption which may cause us to lose clients and reimburse fees.

    Our solutions are novel and complex and, accordingly, may contain undetected errors or failures when first introduced or as new enhancements are released. This may result in the loss of, or delay in, market acceptance of our new solutions. We have in the past discovered software errors in our solutions and new solutions after their introduction. We have experienced delays in release, lost revenues and customer frustration during the period required to correct these errors. We may in the future discover errors and scalability limitations in new solutions, such as Common Ground, after they become available or be required to compensate customers for such limitations or errors. In addition, our clients may use our solutions in unanticipated ways that may cause a disruption in our solutions for other clients. Since our clients use our solutions for mission-critical processes, any errors, defects or disruptions in, or other performance problems with, the software underlying our solutions could harm our reputation and may damage our clients' activities. If that occurs, clients could elect not to renew or delay or withhold payment to us, we could lose future sales and clients may make claims against us.

15


Table of Contents


If our solutions do not scale to accommodate a high volume of traffic and transactions, we may experience client dissatisfaction and fail to grow our revenue.

    We seek to generate a higher volume of website traffic and other electronic transactions for our clients as part of our product and service offerings. Our transaction volumes are erratic, and our volumes spike significantly during large special events and major occurrences such as natural disasters. In addition, high transaction volumes can cause delays in response times. The satisfactory performance, reliability and availability of our solutions, including our network infrastructure, are critical to our reputation and our ability to attract and retain new clients. Any system interruptions that result in the unavailability or under-performance of our solutions would reduce the volume of traffic and transactions processed on our system for our clients and may also diminish the attractiveness of our solutions to our clients. Furthermore, our inability to add software and hardware or to develop and further upgrade our existing technology or network infrastructure to accommodate increased traffic or increased transaction volume may cause unanticipated system disruptions, slower response times, degradation in levels of client service and impaired quality of the users' experience. We expect to continue to upgrade our solutions, but we may be unable to upgrade and expand our solutions effectively or to integrate efficiently any new technologies with our existing solutions. Any inability to do so would harm our reputation, ability to maintain our client relationships and growth of our business.

    In addition, most of our subscription agreements provide for higher revenue as the volume of client traffic and transactions increase over the term of the agreement. If we are unable to scale our solutions to effectively accommodate a higher volume of traffic and transactions, we will not be able to realize an increase in our revenue.

The market in which we operate is intensely competitive, and our failure to compete successfully would cause our revenue and market share to decline.

    The market in which we operate is fragmented, competitive and rapidly evolving, and there are limited barriers to entry for some aspects of this market. Competitive pressures can adversely impact our business by limiting the prices we can charge our clients and making the adoption and renewal of our solutions more difficult. With Convio Online Marketing, we compete with several online marketing solutions and a variety of point applications targeted at tasks such as email marketing, content management and fundraising event management. With Common Ground, we compete with generic database providers, as well as industry-specific donor management solutions. Some of our competitors are focused exclusively on the nonprofit industry while others sell to NPOs among a broader set of target industries. Our primary competitors are Blackbaud, Inc., The Sage Group plc and SunGard Data Systems, Inc. In addition, we compete with a variety of smaller, private companies, and also with custom web development providers, which provide custom in-house applications. Any of these competitors could take actions that adversely affect our business.

    Other larger potential competitors, such as Microsoft Corporation, Oracle Corporation and salesforce.com, Inc., could make acquisitions or develop solutions to establish or expand their presence in the nonprofit market. Smaller competitors, such as those providing open source solutions, web development services and content management, email marketing and other point tools, may strengthen their offerings through internal development or acquisitions and enhance their respective ability to compete. Other competitors have established or strengthened cooperative relationships with strategic partners serving the nonprofit market, thereby limiting our ability to promote our solutions and the number of partners available to help market our products and services. These competitive pressures could cause our revenue and market share to decline.

16


Table of Contents

If we are not able to manage our anticipated growth effectively, our operating costs may increase and our operating margins may decrease.

    We will need to grow our infrastructure to address potential market opportunities. Our growth has placed, and will continue to place, to the extent that we are able to sustain such growth, a significant strain on our management, administrative, operational and financial infrastructure. We anticipate that further growth will be required to address increases in our client base, as well as our planned expansion into new geographic areas. If we continue to grow our operations, we may not be effective in enlarging our physical facilities and our systems and our procedures or controls may not be adequate to support such expansion or our business generally. If we are unable to manage our growth, our operating costs may increase and our operating margins may decrease.

If we do not migrate GetActive's clients, we may not realize the expected benefits of our acquisition of GetActive, and our business may be harmed.

    In February 2007, we acquired GetActive to enhance and broaden our service offerings. Since the closing of the acquisition, we have been migrating former GetActive clients to our COM platform, and we intend to phase-out the GetActive platform by the end of 2010. If our remaining migration activities are unsuccessful, our reputation could be harmed, our revenue could decrease and our operating costs could increase.

We depend on our direct sales force and our partner network for sales and deployments of our solutions and, if we do not attract and retain our sales personnel or maintain our partner relationships, our revenue may not grow and our business could be harmed.

    We depend primarily on our direct sales force to obtain new clients and to manage our client base. There is significant competition for direct sales personnel with the advanced sales skills and technical knowledge that sales of our solutions require. Our ability to achieve significant revenue growth in the future will depend, in large part, on our success in recruiting, training and retaining sufficient numbers of direct sales personnel.

    We complement our direct sales personnel with a network of over 55 partners serving the nonprofit market, including interactive agencies, direct marketing agencies, public affairs firms and complementary technology companies. Our partner network helps us grow our client base and, we believe, enables us to provide more complete solutions for our clients. If our partners fail to increase awareness of our solutions or to assist us in gaining access to decision-makers at NPOs, then we may need to increase our marketing expenses, change our marketing strategy or enter into marketing relationships with different parties, any of which could impair our ability to generate increased revenue. Our typical partner agreement is not exclusive and our partners may choose not to promote sales of our solutions. If we do not maintain and increase our partner relationships, our revenue may not grow and could decline.

    We also rely on third-party implementation providers whom we recommend to our clients to deploy COM and Common Ground. In the case of Common Ground, to date we have relied solely on third-party implementation providers to provide deployment services. Any failure to perform, unprofessional conduct, delays or difficulties with the deployment on the part of such third-party implementation providers may reflect poorly on our reputation and the marketability of our solutions, which could harm our business and results of operations. Our agreements with these third-party implementation providers do not obligate them to continue to deploy our solutions. Generally our clients enter into agreements directly with the third-party implementation providers, so we have limited ability to seek recourse from them if deployment issues arise with clients.

17


Table of Contents


We rely on third-party software in our solutions that may be difficult or costly to replace or which could cause errors or failures and harm our reputation.

    We rely on software licensed from third parties in order to offer our solutions, including database software from Oracle Corporation. The third-party software may not continue to be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. Any loss of the right to use any necessary third-party software could result in delays in the provisioning of our solutions until equivalent technology is either developed by us, or, if available, is identified, obtained and integrated, which could harm our reputation and increase our operating costs. Any errors or defects in third-party software could result in errors or a failure of our solutions which could harm our reputation and be costly to correct. Many of our third-party providers attempt to impose limitations on their liability for errors, defects, or failures in their hardware, software, or services, which we are required to pass through to our clients. Those limitations may or may not be enforceable, and we may have liability to our clients or providers that could harm our reputation and increase our operating costs.

If we fail to retain key personnel or if we fail to attract additional qualified personnel or if newly hired personnel fail to reach productivity as anticipated, we may not be able to achieve our anticipated level of growth, our revenue may decrease and our operating costs may increase.

    Our future success depends upon the continued service of our officers and other key finance, sales and marketing, research and development and professional services staff. In addition, our future success will depend in large part on our ability to attract a sufficient number of highly qualified personnel, and there can be no assurance that we will be able to do so. Competition for qualified personnel can be intense, and we might not be successful in attracting and retaining them. The pool of qualified personnel with experience working with or selling to NPOs is limited overall and specifically in Austin, Texas, Washington, D.C., and Berkeley, California, where a significant portion of our operations are located. If we fail to retain key personnel or attract a sufficient number of highly qualified personnel, we may expend more resources in an effort to recruit qualified personnel and our operating costs would increase. In addition, the diversion of management's attention to recruiting efforts may cause our sales and revenue to decrease.

    Our ability to maintain and expand our finance, sales and marketing, research and development and professional services teams will depend on our ability to recruit, train and retain top quality people with advanced skills who understand sales to, and the specific needs of, NPOs. For these reasons, we have from time to time in the past experienced, and we expect to continue to experience in the future, difficulty in hiring and retaining highly skilled employees with appropriate qualifications for our business. In addition, it takes time for our new sales and services personnel to become productive, particularly with respect to obtaining and supporting enterprise clients. If we are unable to hire or retain qualified personnel, or if newly hired personnel fail to develop the necessary skills or reach productivity slower than anticipated, it would be more difficult for us to sell our solutions and provide services to our clients, and we could experience a shortfall in revenue and may not achieve our planned growth.

Various private spam blacklists have in the past reduced, and may in the future reduce, the effectiveness of our solutions and our ability to conduct our business, which may cause demand for our solutions to decline.

    We depend on email to market to and communicate with our clients, and our clients rely on email to communicate with their constituents. Various private entities attempt to limit the use of email for commercial solicitation. These entities often advocate standards of conduct or practice that exceed current legal requirements in the United States and classify certain email solicitations that comply with current legal requirements as spam. Some of these entities maintain "blacklists" of companies and individuals, and the websites, Internet service providers and Internet protocol addresses associated with those entities or individuals that do not adhere to those standards of conduct or practices for commercial

18


Table of Contents


email solicitations that the blacklisting entity believes are appropriate. If a company's Internet protocol addresses are listed by a blacklisting entity, emails sent from those addresses may be blocked by servers that receive or route email and subscribe to the blacklisting entity's service or purchase its blacklist. Any blocking of email communications generated by clients using our solutions will reduce the effectiveness of our solutions and our ability to conduct our business, which may cause demand for our solutions to decline and increase non-renewals.

Government regulation could increase our compliance expenses, subject us to fines or penalties of non-compliance or adversely affect the marketability of our solutions.

    We are subject not only to laws and regulations applicable to businesses generally, but also to laws and regulations directly applicable to electronic commerce and fundraising activities. In addition, our clients are subject to United States and foreign laws and regulations governing the collection, use and disclosure of personal information obtained from individuals, which restrict how our clients use our solutions. There are many laws and regulations related to electronic commerce and online fundraising, and state, federal and foreign governments may adopt or enforce additional laws and regulations applicable to our business and to our clients' use of our solutions. If the burdens or costs of our clients' compliance with additional regulations increase, NPOs may decide not to use our solutions. Further, our failure to comply with any such laws or regulations could subject us to fines, penalties or other damages that could harm our reputation and increase our operating costs.

    The promulgation, amendment or enforcement of any laws or regulations in the following areas could increase our compliance expenses:

charitable fundraising and related services;

campaign finance;

user privacy and notification statutes;

the transmission and storage of personal data;

the pricing and taxation of products and services offered over the Internet;

money laundering;

transactions or sales to terrorist organizations or to nations which sponsor terrorist activities;

the content of websites;

patents, copyrights, trade secrets, trademarks and other areas of intellectual property;

consumer protection, including the potential application of "do not call" registry requirements on our clients;

freedom of speech and expression;

the online distribution of specific material or content over the Internet;

the characteristics and quality of products and services offered over the Internet; and

federal, state or local taxation, particularly with respect to charitable giving, research and development activities, employee compensation and other activities generally pertaining to our business.

    We are also subject to certain state registration and periodic filing requirements related to companies that provide fundraising consulting services. States' regulations vary and the application of these regulations to our business is unclear. Our clients rely in part on our registrations in states that require registration to conduct our clients' national fundraising campaigns. As of December 31, 2009, we were

19


Table of Contents

registered in five states and had registrations pending in nine others. If we fail to comply with any of these regulations, our registrations could be revoked or we may be prevented from registering, and our clients could terminate their agreements with us if we do not meet their fundraising needs in those states. In addition, we could incur fines, penalties or other damages that could harm our reputation and increase our operating costs, and we may be obligated to file client agreements that may disclose competitively sensitive information. Furthermore, the states in which we are registered may impose new requirements and additional states may adopt registration requirements that may increase our compliance expenses.

Evolving privacy concerns and laws or other domestic or foreign regulations may reduce the effectiveness of our solutions, which could reduce overall demand for our solutions and increase operating costs.

    Our clients can use our solutions to store personal or identifying information regarding their constituents. Federal, state and foreign government bodies and agencies, however, have adopted or are considering adopting laws and regulations regarding the collection, use and disclosure of personal information obtained from consumers and other individuals. For instance, as part of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, Congress passed the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, or HI-TECH Act. The HI-TECH Act expands the reach of data privacy and security requirements of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act, or HIPAA, to service providers. HIPAA and associated United States Department of Health and Human Services regulations permit our clients in the healthcare industry to use certain demographic protected health information (such as name, email or physical address and dates of service) for fundraising purposes and to disclose that subset of protected health information to their service providers for fundraising. We may be included in this service provider group under the revised HIPAA regulations by virtue of our service provider relationship with our clients in the healthcare industry. In general, we are seeking to prohibit contractually our healthcare industry clients from uploading other types of health information of their clients into our systems because HIPAA does not permit this information to be used for fundraising without certain permissions, but we believe that monitoring our healthcare clients' compliance with such prohibitions is not legally required of service providers and would be cost prohibitive. The law and regulations under HI-TECH are new and still subject to change or interpretation by legal authorities who could cause additional compliance burdens.

    The costs of compliance with, and other burdens imposed by, HIPAA, the HI-TECH Act and such other laws and regulations that are applicable to the businesses of our clients may limit the use and adoption of our solutions, reduce overall demand for our solutions and increase our operating costs, and we may be unable to pass along those costs to our clients in the form of increased fees.

    In addition to government activity, privacy advocacy groups and the technology and other industries are considering various new, additional or different self-regulatory standards that may place additional burdens on us. If regulatory burdens related to collection and use of personal information increase, our solutions would be less effective, which may reduce demand for our solutions and harm our business.

United States federal legislation entitled Controlling the Assault of Non-Solicited Pornography and Marketing Act of 2003 imposes certain obligations on the senders of commercial emails, which could minimize the effectiveness of our email product and establishes financial penalties for non-compliance, which could increase the costs of our business.

    In December 2003, Congress enacted Controlling the Assault of Non-Solicited Pornography and Marketing Act of 2003, or the CAN-SPAM Act, which establishes civil penalties for failure to meet certain requirements for commercial email messages (which may include email messages sent by NPOs that advertise a commercial product or service) and specifies criminal and civil penalties for the transmission of commercial email messages that are intended to deceive the recipient as to source, transmission path or content. The CAN-SPAM Act, among other things, obligates the sender of commercial emails to identify

20


Table of Contents


their recipients with the ability to opt out of receiving future emails from the sender. In addition, some states have passed laws regulating commercial email practices that are significantly more punitive and difficult to comply with than the CAN-SPAM Act. For example, Utah and Michigan have enacted do-not-email registries listing minors who do not wish to receive unsolicited commercial email that markets certain covered content, such as products that minors are prohibited from purchasing. Some portions of these state laws may not be preempted by the CAN-SPAM Act. The ability of our clients' constituents to opt out of receiving commercial emails may minimize the effectiveness of our email product. Moreover, non-compliance with the CAN-SPAM Act can involve significant financial penalties. In addition, European Union member state laws typically prohibit sending promotional email messages outside of an established business relationship with the recipient unless the recipient has opted into receipt of such messages and require honoring opt-out requests by recipients. Such laws largely prevent the use of email to new prospects in the European Union, and similar laws have been adopted in some countries. Although our agreements prohibit violations of these laws, if we were found to be in violation of the CAN-SPAM Act, applicable state laws not preempted by the CAN-SPAM Act, or European Union or foreign laws regulating the distribution of commercial email, whether as a result of violations by our clients or if we were deemed to be directly subject to and in violation of these requirements by the future interpretation of such laws by a court of law or regulatory agency, we could be required to pay penalties or we may be required to change one or more aspects of the way we operate our business, which could impair our ability to attract and retain clients or increase our operating costs.

We may be subject to legal costs and liabilities for content and activities of our clients and their constituents, which could harm our reputation and increase our operating costs.

    We host content provided by our clients and their constituents and provide products and services that enable them to exchange information, conduct business and engage in various online activities. From time to time, we are requested to provide information or otherwise become involved in legal and other matters involving our clients' online activities. While we require our clients to agree to comply with acceptable usage policies and other content restrictions, clients and their constituents may provide content or undertake activities that could require us to conduct investigations or defend claims by private persons and entities or governmental entities that may be with or without merit and may subject us to legal costs and liabilities to our third-party suppliers and others, which could harm our reputation and increase our operating costs.

If existing clients and prospective clients refuse to adopt or renew our solutions, or we choose not to engage a prospective client, because of conflicts over ideological missions, our revenue will not grow at our anticipated rate.

    Our clients have a wide range of ideological missions. Many NPOs focus upon and support ideological causes that may conflict with the ideological causes of our other clients. A few prospective clients in the past have hesitated or refused to use our solutions because of our relationship with NPOs with ideologies that directly conflict with the ideologies of such prospective clients. If the number of our clients grow, the potential for such conflict will increase. We have adopted a policy of working with NPOs supporting a wide range of ideological missions other than those that promote violence, hatred, or racial or religious intolerance. We will exercise our judgment in determining whether an organization violates the spirit of these client engagement principles. Based on these principles, we have and may continue in the future to choose not to engage prospective client NPOs. If our prospective clients refuse to adopt our solutions, if we choose not to engage a prospective client, or if our existing clients do not renew or otherwise terminate their use of our solutions due to such conflicts, our revenue may be adversely affected and our reputation may be harmed.

21


Table of Contents


Changes in financial accounting standards or practices may cause adverse, unexpected financial reporting fluctuations and harm our operating results.

    A change in accounting standards or practices could harm our operating results and may affect our reporting of transactions completed before the change is effective. New accounting pronouncements and varying interpretations of accounting pronouncements have occurred and may occur in the future. Changes to existing rules or the questioning of current practices may harm our operating results or the way we conduct our business.

We may incur significant expenses to defend against or settle claims that we infringe upon third parties' intellectual property rights.

    Litigation regarding intellectual property rights is common in the software industry. We expect that our solutions may be increasingly subject to third-party infringement claims as the number of competitors in our industry segment grows and the functionality of products and services in different industry segments overlaps. We have encountered and may encounter in the future disputes over rights and obligations concerning intellectual property. In the past, we have been involved in litigation with Kintera, Inc., which was acquired by Blackbaud, Inc. Third parties may seek to bring claims against us in the future. Such claims may be with or without merit. Any litigation to defend against claims of infringement or invalidity could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources. Furthermore, a party making such a claim could secure a judgment that requires us to pay substantial damages. A judgment could also include an injunction or other court order that could prevent us from selling our solutions. Our operating costs may increase or our revenue may decline if any of these events occurred.

    In addition, we generally indemnify our clients against certain claims that our solutions infringe upon the intellectual property rights of others. We could incur substantial costs in defending ourselves and our clients against infringement claims and paying any resulting damage awards or settlements. In the event of a claim of infringement, we and our clients might be required to obtain one or more licenses from third parties. We, or our clients, might be unable to obtain necessary licenses from third parties at a reasonable cost, if at all. We, or our clients, might become subject to an injunction that prevents use of the allegedly infringing technology. Any intellectual property rights claim against us or our clients, with or without merit, could be time-consuming, expensive to litigate or settle and could divert management attention and financial resources. An adverse determination also could prevent us from offering our solutions to our clients and may require that we procure or develop a substitute solution that does not infringe.

    For any intellectual property rights claim against us or our clients, we may have to pay damages or stop using technology found to be in violation of a third party's rights. We may have to seek a license for the technology, which may not be available on reasonable terms, if at all, may significantly increase our operating expenses or may require us to restrict our business activities in one or more respects. As a result, we may also be required to develop alternative non-infringing technology, which could require significant effort and expense. Defense of any lawsuit, the cost of any damages or settlements, failure to obtain any such required licenses or issuance of an injunction would increase our operating costs and may reduce our revenue.

If the security of the software or systems underlying our solutions is breached, our reputation could be harmed and our operating costs could increase.

    Fundamental to the use of our products and services is the secure collection, storage and transmission of constituent information. Unauthorized third parties have periodically attempted to attack our system, and we have had security breaches in the past. We regularly upgrade our security technologies, policies and programs. However, we expect third parties to continue to attempt to attack our system in the future with increasing sophistication. If a third party breaches our security, that of our clients or that of our

22


Table of Contents


third-party datacenters and payment processing partners, our business could be harmed. It could result in misappropriation of proprietary information or interruptions in operations. We might be liable to our clients or their constituents for damages from breaches of security, and clients could seek to terminate their agreements with us. A breach could also harm our reputation and increase our operating costs, particularly any breach resulting in the imposition of liability that is not covered by insurance or is in excess of insurance coverage. We might be required to expend significant capital and other resources to notify and communicate with state and federal regulatory agencies and affected clients and their constituents, provide credit monitoring or other protections, protect further against security breaches or to rectify problems caused by any security breach. Any of these results would be harmful to our business.

We rely upon trademark, copyright and trade secret laws to protect our proprietary rights, which might not provide us with adequate protection, and we may therefore be unable to compete effectively.

    Our success and ability to compete depend to a significant degree upon the protection of our software and other proprietary technology rights. We might not be successful in protecting our proprietary technology, and our proprietary rights might not provide us with a meaningful competitive advantage. To protect our proprietary technology, we rely on a combination of trademark, copyright and trade secret laws, as well as nondisclosure agreements, each of which affords only limited protection. We have no patents on our proprietary technology and, accordingly, have no way to exclude others from practicing inventions relating to similar technologies, unless wrongfully misappropriated from us in violation of trade secret law or any non-disclosure agreements. Any inability to protect our intellectual property rights could harm our ability to compete effectively, which would reduce our revenue. Such harm includes but is not limited to the following:

without any patents of our own to counter assert, there is a greater risk that current and future competitors who may have patented similar technologies that cover our products and services would seek damages and a prohibition on the use and sale of such products and services;

our trademarks may not be protected in those jurisdictions in which such trademarks have not been registered, and in such jurisdictions others may be able to use confusingly similar marks or prevent our use of such trademarks; and

current and future competitors may independently develop similar technologies or duplicate our solutions.

    Despite the measures taken by us, it may be possible for a third party to copy or otherwise obtain and use our proprietary technology and information without authorization. Policing unauthorized use of our solutions is difficult, and litigation could become necessary in the future to enforce our intellectual property rights. Any litigation could be time consuming and expensive to prosecute or resolve and could result in substantial diversion of management attention and resources.

We use open source software in the software underlying our solutions that may subject our software to general release or require us to re-engineer such solutions, which could reduce our revenue or increase our operating costs.

    We use open source software in the software underlying our solutions and plan to use more open source software in the future. From time to time, there have been claims against companies that distribute or use open source software in their products and services, asserting that open source software infringes the claimants' intellectual property rights. We could be subject to suits by parties claiming infringement of intellectual property rights resulting from our use of open source software in accordance with the terms of the license under which we received such open source software. Use and distribution of open source software can lead to greater risks than use of third-party commercial software, as open source licensors generally do not provide warranties or other contractual protections regarding

23


Table of Contents


infringement claims or the quality of the code. Some open source licenses contain requirements that we make available source code for modifications or derivative works we create based upon the open source software and that we license such modifications or derivative works under the terms of a particular open source license or other license granting third parties certain rights of further use, modification and distribution. If we combine our proprietary software with open source software in a certain manner, we could, under certain of the open source licenses, be required to release the source code of our proprietary software and license such proprietary software under the terms of the open source license for free or for a nominal fee. Open source license terms may be ambiguous and many of the risks associated with usage of open source software cannot be eliminated and could, if not properly addressed, negatively affect our business. If we were found to have inappropriately used open source software or failed to comply with the terms of the open source licenses, in addition to the potential that we license modifications or derivative works we create under open source license terms, we may be subject to suits by licensors claiming infringement of intellectual property rights related to such open source software and required to re-engineer our software underlying our solution, discontinue the sale of our solutions in the event re-engineering cannot be accomplished on a timely basis, take other remedial action that may divert resources away from our development efforts or be subject to an injunction or damage award or settlement, any of which could reduce our revenue or increase our operating costs.

We may enter into acquisitions that may be difficult to integrate, fail to achieve our strategic objectives, disrupt our business, dilute stockholder value or divert management attention.

    We currently do not have any agreements with respect to any acquisitions, but in the future we may pursue acquisitions of businesses to complement our existing business. We cannot assure you that any acquisition we make in the future will provide us with the benefits we anticipated in entering into the transaction. Acquisitions are typically accompanied by a number of risks, including:

difficulties in retaining key employees and clients and in integrating the operations and personnel of the acquired companies;

difficulties in maintaining acceptable standards, controls, procedures and policies;

potential disruption of ongoing business and distraction of management;

inability to maintain relationships with clients of the acquired business;

impairment of relationships with employees and clients as a result of any integration of new management and other personnel;

difficulties in incorporating acquired technology and rights into our products and services;

unexpected expenses resulting from the acquisition; and

potential unknown liabilities associated with acquired businesses.

    In addition, acquisitions may result in the incurrence of debt, restructuring charges and write-offs, such as write-offs of acquired in-process research and development. We also may not be able to recognize as revenue the deferred revenue of an acquired company. Acquisitions may result in goodwill and other intangible assets that are subject to impairment tests, which could result in future impairment charges. Furthermore, if we finance future acquisitions by issuing convertible debt or equity securities, our existing stockholders may be diluted and earnings per share may decrease. To the extent we finance future acquisitions with debt, such debt could include financial or operational covenants that restrict our business operations.

    We may enter into negotiations for acquisitions that are not ultimately consummated. Those negotiations could result in diversion of management time and significant out-of-pocket costs. If we fail to evaluate and execute acquisitions successfully, we may not be able to realize the benefits of these acquisitions, and our operating results could be harmed.

24


Table of Contents

Our ability to raise capital in the future may be limited, and our failure to raise capital when needed could prevent us from executing our growth strategy.

    We intend to continue to make investments to support our growth and believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents and our cash flow from future operating activities will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs for the next twelve months. We may, however, require additional capital from equity or debt financings in the future to fund our operations or respond to competitive pressures or strategic opportunities. In addition, we may require additional financing to fund the purchase price of future acquisitions. Additional financing may not be available on terms favorable to us, or at all. Any additional capital raised through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities may dilute your percentage ownership of our common stock. Furthermore, any new debt or equity securities we issue could have rights, preferences and privileges superior to our common stock. Capital raised through debt financings could require us to make periodic interest payments and could impose potentially restrictive covenants on the conduct of our business. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us, our ability to continue to support our business growth and to respond to business challenges could be significantly limited.

If we expand our operations outside of the United States, our expansion may subject us to risks that may increase our operating costs.

    An element of our growth strategy is to expand our international operations and develop a worldwide client base. To date, we have not realized a material portion of our revenue from clients outside the United States. Operating in international markets requires significant resources and management attention and will subject us to regulatory, economic and political risks that are different from those in the United States. Because of our limited experience with international operations, we cannot assure you that our international expansion efforts will be successful. In addition, we will face risks in doing business internationally that could increase our operating costs, including:

economic conditions in various parts of the world;

unexpected and more restrictive laws and regulations, including those laws governing Internet activities, email messaging, collection and use of personal information, ownership of intellectual property, solicitation of charitable contributions and other activities important to our online business practices;

new and different sources of competition;

multiple, conflicting and changing tax laws and regulations that may affect both our international and domestic tax liabilities and result in increased complexity and costs;

if we were to establish international offices, the difficulty of managing and staffing such international offices and the increased travel, infrastructure and legal compliance costs associated with multiple international locations;

difficulties in enforcing contracts and collecting accounts receivable, especially in developing countries;

if contracts become denominated in local currency, fluctuations in exchange rates; and

tariffs and trade barriers, import/export controls and other regulatory or contractual limitations on our ability to sell or develop our products in certain foreign markets.

    If we decide to expand our business globally, our success will depend, in part, on our ability to anticipate and effectively manage these and other risks associated with future international operations. Our failure to manage any of these risks successfully could increase our operating costs.

25


Table of Contents


We will incur increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives, which will increase our operating costs.

    As a public company, we will incur legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as well as rules subsequently implemented by the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, and the NASDAQ Listing Rules, impose additional requirements on public companies, including requiring changes in corporate governance practices. For example, the listing requirements of the NASDAQ Global Market require that we satisfy certain corporate governance requirements relating to independent directors, audit committees, distribution of annual and interim reports, stockholder meetings, stockholder approvals, solicitation of proxies, conflicts of interest, stockholder voting rights and codes of conduct. Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance initiatives. Moreover, these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. For example, we expect these rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantial additional costs to maintain the same or similar coverage. These rules and regulations could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as executive officers.

    In addition, United States securities laws require, among other things, that we maintain effective internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures. In particular, for the year ending December 31, 2011, we must perform system and process evaluation and testing of our internal control over financial reporting to allow management and our independent registered public accounting firm to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Our testing, or the subsequent testing by our independent registered public accounting firm, may reveal deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses. Our compliance with Section 404 will require that we incur substantial accounting expense and expend significant management time on compliance-related issues. Moreover, if we are not able to comply with the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner, or if we or our independent registered public accounting firm identify deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses, the market price of our stock could decline, and we could be subject to potential delisting by the NASDAQ Global Market and review by the NASDAQ Stock Market, the SEC, or other regulatory authorities which would require additional financial and management resources.

Risks Relating to this Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock

The trading price of our common stock is likely to be volatile, and you might not be able to sell your shares at or above the initial public offering price.

    The trading prices of the securities of technology companies have been highly volatile. Further, our common stock has no prior trading history. Factors affecting the trading price of our common stock will include:

variations in our quarterly and annual operating results;

announcements of technological innovations, new products, services or enhancements, strategic alliances or agreements by us or by our competitors;

the gain or loss of clients;

recruitment or departure of key personnel;

26


Table of Contents

changes in the estimates of our operating results or changes in recommendations by any securities analysts that elect to follow our common stock;

sales of common stock or other securities by us in the future;

market conditions in our industry, the industries of our clients and the economy as a whole; and

adoption or modification of regulations, policies, procedures or programs applicable to our business.

    In addition, if the market for technology stocks or the stock market in general experiences loss of investor confidence, the trading price of our common stock could decline for reasons unrelated to our business, financial condition or operating results. The trading price of our common stock might also decline in reaction to events that affect other companies in our industry even if these events do not directly affect us. Each of these factors, among others, could harm the value of your investment in our common stock. Some companies that have had volatile market prices for their securities have had securities class action lawsuits filed against them. If a suit were filed against us, regardless of its merits or outcome, it could result in substantial costs and divert management's attention and resources.

Our securities have no prior market, and our stock price may decline after the offering.

    Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for shares of our common stock. Although we have applied to have our common stock listed on the NASDAQ Global Market, an active public trading market for our common stock may not develop or, if it develops, may not be maintained after this offering. We and the representatives of the underwriters will negotiate to determine the initial public offering price. The initial public offering price may be higher than the trading price of our common stock following this offering. As a result, you could lose all or part of your investment.

Future sales of shares by existing stockholders could cause our stock price to decline.

    If our existing stockholders sell, or indicate an intention to sell, substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after the 180-day contractual lock-up, which period may be extended in certain limited circumstances, and other legal restrictions on resale discussed in this prospectus lapse, the trading price of our common stock could decline below the initial public offering price. Based on shares outstanding as of December 31, 2009, upon the closing of this offering, we will have                           outstanding shares of common stock, assuming no exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option. Of these shares, only the                          shares of common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable, without restriction, in the public market. Thomas Weisel Partners LLC and Piper Jaffray & Co. may, in their sole discretion, permit our officers, directors, employees and current stockholders who are subject to the contractual lock-up to sell shares prior to the expiration of the lock-up agreements.

    After the lock-up agreements pertaining to this offering expire 180 days from the date of this prospectus, which period may be extended in certain limited circumstances, up to an additional                          shares will be eligible for sale in the public market                          of which are held by directors, executive officers and other affiliates and will be subject to volume limitations under Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, and various vesting agreements. In addition, as of December 31, 2009, the 717,807 shares subject to outstanding warrants, the 8,888,443 shares that are subject to outstanding options and the 1,648,000 shares reserved for future issuance under our equity plans upon the closing of this offering, will become eligible for sale in the public market to the extent permitted by the provisions of various vesting agreements, the lock-up agreements and Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act. If these additional shares are sold, or if it is perceived that they will be sold, in the public market, the trading price of our common stock could decline.

    Some of our existing stockholders have contractual demand or piggyback rights to require us to register with the SEC up to 32,201,638 shares of our common stock. If we register these shares of

27


Table of Contents


common stock, the stockholders would be able to sell those shares freely in the public market. All of these shares are subject to lock-up agreements restricting their sale for 180 days after the date of this prospectus, which period may be extended in certain limited circumstances.

    After this offering, we intend to register approximately                          shares of our common stock that we have issued or may issue under our equity plans. Once we register these shares, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to the lock-up agreements, if applicable, described above.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish misleading or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

    The trading market for our common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. We do not currently have and may never obtain research coverage by securities and industry analysts. If no or few securities or industry analysts commence coverage of us, the trading price for our stock would be negatively impacted. In the event we obtain securities or industry analyst coverage, if one or more of the analysts who covers us downgrades our stock or publishes misleading or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of us or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our stock could decrease, which could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

Insiders will continue to have substantial control over us after this offering, which may limit our stockholders' ability to influence corporate matters and delay or prevent a third party from acquiring control over us.

    Upon the closing of this offering, our directors and executive officers and their affiliates will beneficially own, in the aggregate, approximately         % of our outstanding common stock, assuming no exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option, compared to         % represented by the shares sold in this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option. As a result, these stockholders will be able to exercise influence over all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and approval of corporate transactions, such as a merger or other sale of our company or our assets. This concentration of ownership could limit your ability to influence corporate matters and delay or prevent a third party from acquiring control over us. For information regarding the ownership of our outstanding stock by our executive officers and directors and their affiliates, please see the section titled "Principal and Selling Stockholders."

As a new investor, you will experience substantial dilution as a result of this offering and future equity issuances.

    The assumed initial public offering price per share is substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock outstanding prior to this offering. As a result, investors purchasing common stock in this offering will experience immediate substantial dilution of $             per share. In addition, we have issued options and warrants to acquire common stock at prices below the assumed initial public offering price. To the extent outstanding options and warrants are ultimately exercised, there will be further dilution to investors in this offering. This dilution is due in large part to the fact that our earlier stockholders paid substantially less than the assumed initial public offering price when they acquired their shares of common stock and securities convertible or exercisable for common stock. In addition, if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option, or if we issue additional equity securities, you will experience additional dilution.

28


Table of Contents


Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and Delaware law could discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of our company and may affect the trading price of our common stock.

    We are a Delaware corporation and the anti-takeover provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which apply to us, may discourage, delay or prevent a change of control by prohibiting us from engaging in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years after the person becomes an interested stockholder, even if a change of control would be beneficial to our existing stockholders. For more information, see the section titled "Description of Capital Stock—Anti-Takeover Effects of Our Charter and Bylaws and Delaware Law." In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage, delay or prevent a change in our management or control over us that stockholders may consider favorable. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which will be in effect as of the closing of this offering:

authorize the issuance of "blank check" preferred stock that could be issued by our board of directors to thwart a takeover attempt;

establish a classified board of directors, as a result of which the successors to the directors whose terms have expired will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following their election;

require that directors only be removed from office for cause and only upon a supermajority stockholder vote;

require that a supermajority vote be obtained to amend or repeal certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation;

require that stockholders provide advance notice of any stockholder nominations of directors or any proposal of new business to be considered at any meeting of stockholders;

provide that vacancies on the board of directors, including newly-created directorships, may be filled only by a majority vote of directors then in office rather than by stockholders;

prevent stockholders from calling special meetings; and

prohibit stockholder action by written consent, requiring all actions to be taken at a meeting of the stockholders.

Our management will have broad discretion over the use of the proceeds we receive in this offering and might not apply the proceeds in ways that increase the value of your investment.

    Our management will have broad discretion to use the net proceeds from this offering, and you will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of these proceeds. Our management might not apply the net proceeds of this offering in ways that increase the value of your investment. We expect to use the net proceeds from this offering to possibly repay our credit facilities and for general corporate purposes, including working capital and capital expenditures, which may in the future include investments in, or acquisitions of, complementary businesses, services or technologies. We have not allocated these net proceeds for any specific purposes. Our management might not be able to yield a significant return, if any, on any investment of these net proceeds. You will not have the opportunity to influence our decisions on how the net proceeds from this offering are used.

29


Table of Contents


SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

    We have made statements under the captions "Prospectus Summary," "Risk Factors," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," "Business," "Management" and "Executive Compensation" and in other sections of this prospectus that are forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify these statements by forward-looking words such as "anticipate," "believe," "continue," "could," "estimate," "expect," "intend," "may," "might," "plan," "potential," "predict," "should," "will" or the negative or plural of these words and other comparable terminology. Forward-looking statements made herein include, but are not limited to, statements about:

anticipated trends and challenges in our business and the nonprofit market in which we operate;

our ability to address the needs of NPOs or develop new or enhanced solutions to meet those needs;

expected adoption and renewal of our solutions by our existing and potential clients;

our ability to compete in our industry;

our ability to grow our revenue and achieve and maintain profitability;

our ability to protect our confidential information and intellectual property rights;

our ability to manage our growth and anticipated expansion into new markets;

if necessary, our ability to obtain funding in the future on acceptable terms; and

our expectations regarding the use of the net proceeds from this offering.

    These forward-looking statements, which are subject to risks, uncertainties and assumptions about us, are based largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our financial condition, operating results, business strategy, short-term and long-term business operations and objectives and financial needs. The occurrence of the events described and the achievement of the expected results, depend on many events, some or all of which are not predictable or within our control. Actual results may differ materially from expected results. You should specifically consider the numerous risks outlined under "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this prospectus for a more complete discussion of these risks, assumptions and uncertainties and for other risks and uncertainties. These risks, assumptions and uncertainties are not necessarily all of the important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in any of our forward-looking statements. Other unknown or unpredictable factors also could harm our results. In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward-looking events discussed in this prospectus might not occur. We undertake no obligation, and specifically decline any obligation, to update publicly or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

    This prospectus also contains estimates and other information concerning our industry, including market size, which are based on industry publications, surveys and forecasts. This information involves a number of assumptions and limitations. Although we believe the information in these industry publications, surveys and forecasts is reliable, we have not independently verified the accuracy or completeness of the information.

    You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed as exhibits to the registration statement on Form S-1, of which this prospectus is a part, that we have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, completely and with the understanding that our actual future results, levels of activity, performance and achievements may be materially different from what we expect. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.

30


Table of Contents


USE OF PROCEEDS

    We estimate that the net proceeds we will receive from this offering will be approximately $              million, based on the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares in this offering is exercised in full we estimate that our net proceeds will be approximately $              million. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock by the selling stockholders. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $              million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

    Our principal purposes for this offering are, in order of priority, to obtain working capital for general corporate purposes, establish a public market for our common stock, repay debt and facilitate our future access to public capital markets. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, including the enhancement of our software and service offerings, sales and marketing activities, capital expenditures and the costs of operating as a public company. We do not have agreements or commitments for any specific repayments related to our credit facilities upon completion of this offering, but we intend to use a portion of the net proceeds of this offering to repay our outstanding debt, including the following:

up to $975,000 outstanding as of December 31, 2009 under our revolving line of credit with Comerica Bank dated October 26, 2007, as amended, that has a maturity date of April 26, 2011 and bears interest at a rate equal to LIBOR, not less than 2%, plus a margin of 3%, or 5% at December 31, 2009; and

up to $1.1 million outstanding as of December 31, 2009 under our term loan with Comerica Bank dated October 26, 2007 that has a maturity date of September 30, 2011 and bears interest at a rate equal to LIBOR, not less than 2%, plus a margin of 3%, or 5% at December 31, 2009.

    We may also use a portion of the proceeds to expand our current business through acquisitions or investments in other complementary businesses, particularly those with similar clients and adjacent products or technologies. We have no agreements or commitments with respect to any acquisitions at this time.

    Pending the use of the net proceeds from this offering described above, we intend to invest the net proceeds in short and intermediate term interest bearing obligations, investment-grade instruments, certificates of deposit or direct or guaranteed obligations of the United States government.

    The amount and timing of what we actually spend may vary significantly and will depend on a number of factors, including our future revenue and cash generated by operations as well as the other factors described in the section titled "Risk Factors."

31


Table of Contents


DIVIDEND POLICY

    We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to support the operation of and to finance the growth and development of our business. We do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to declare cash dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors, subject to compliance with any covenants under our credit facilities that restrict or limit our ability to pay dividends, and will depend on our financial condition, operating results, capital requirements, general business conditions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.

32


Table of Contents


CAPITALIZATION

    The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of December 31, 2009, on:

an actual basis;

on a pro forma basis after giving effect to (i) the conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock and common stock into 35,918,514 shares of a single class of common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering and (ii) the reclassification of the preferred stock warrant liability to common stock and additional paid-in capital immediately prior to the closing of this offering; and

on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give effect to (i) our filing of an amended and restated certificate of incorporation, (ii) the conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock and common stock into 35,918,514 shares of a single class of common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering, (iii) the reclassification of the convertible preferred stock warrant liability to common stock and additional paid-in-capital immediately prior to the closing of this offering; (iv) our receipt of the estimated net proceeds from the sale by us of                     shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share and after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us; and (v) the application of our proceeds from this offering to repay approximately $             in indebtedness.

    You should read the following table in conjunction with the sections titled "Selected Financial Data," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our financial statements and related notes.

 
  As of December 31, 2009  
 
  Actual   Pro Forma   Pro Forma
As Adjusted(1)
 
 
  (in thousands, except share
and per share amounts)
(unaudited)

 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 16,662   $ 16,662   $    
               

Long-term debt and capital lease obligations, including current portion

  $ 2,211   $ 2,211        

Convertible preferred stock warrant liability

    1,375            

Convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 15,455,891 shares authorized and issuable in series, 15,102,493 shares designated, issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, no shares designated, issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

    33,869            

Stockholders' equity (deficit):

                   
 

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 2,700,000 shares authorized and issuable in series, no shares designated, issued or outstanding, actual and pro forma; 5,000,000 shares authorized, no shares designated, issued or outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

             
 

Common stock, $0.001 par value, 63,119,142 authorized and issuable in series, 20,816,021 shares designated, issued and outstanding, actual; 63,119,142 shares authorized, 35,918,514 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma;                     shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

    21     36        
 

Additional paid-in capital

    37,326     72,555        
 

Accumulated deficit

    (56,256 )   (56,256 )      
               
   

Total stockholders' equity (deficit)

    (18,909 )   16,335        
               

Total capitalization

  $ 18,546   $ 18,546   $    
               

(1)
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share would increase (decrease) cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders' equity and total capitalization by approximately $              million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriter discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

33


Table of Contents

    This table excludes the following shares:

717,807 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2009 to acquire our common stock with a weighted average exercise price of $1.59 per share;

8,888,443 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of December 31, 2009 with a weighted average exercise price of $1.09 per share; and

1,648,000 shares reserved for future issuance under our 2009 Stock Incentive Plan.

34


Table of Contents


DILUTION

    Our pro forma net tangible book value as of December 31, 2009 was approximately $(29.4) million, or $(0.82) per share of our common stock. Our pro forma net tangible book value per share represents our total tangible assets less total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of our common stock outstanding on December 31, 2009 after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into shares of common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering.

    Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value dilution per share represents the difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers of shares of common stock in this offering and the net tangible book value per share of common stock immediately after the closing of this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share. Without taking into account any changes in net tangible book value after December 31, 2009, other than to give effect to the sale of                     shares of our common stock in this offering by us, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of December 31, 2009 would have been approximately $              million, or $             per share of our common stock. This amount represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $             per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of $             per share to new investors purchasing shares in this offering. The following table illustrates the dilution in net tangible book value per share to new investors.

Assumed initial public offering price per share

  $          
 

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2009

    (0.82 )      
 

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value in per share attributable to new investors

             
             

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share

             
             

Dilution per share to new investors in this offering

             
             

    If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock from us in full in this offering, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after the offering would be $             per share, the increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to existing stockholders would be $             per share and the dilution to new investors purchasing shares in this offering would be $             per share.

    If all of the outstanding options and warrants were exercised, the net tangible book value as of December 31, 2009 would have been $              million and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value after this offering would have been $             per share, causing dilution to new investors of $             per share.

    A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of December 31, 2009 by approximately $              million, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $             per share and the dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering by $             per share, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriter discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

    The following table summarizes, as of December 31, 2009 on a pro forma as adjusted basis described above, the number of shares of our common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us,

35


Table of Contents


and the average price per share paid to us by existing stockholders and to be paid by new investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering.

 
  Shares Purchased   Total Consideration    
 
 
  Average
Price Per
Share
 
 
  Number   Percent   Amount   Percent  

Existing stockholders

    35,918,514         $ 65,104,795         $ 1.81  

New investors(1)

                               
                         
 

Total

          100 %         100 %      
                         

(1)
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share would increase (decrease) total consideration paid to us by investors participating in this offering by approximately $              million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriter discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

    The sale of                     shares of common stock to be sold by the selling stockholders in this offering will reduce the number of shares held by existing stockholders to                     shares, or         % of the total shares outstanding, and will increase the number of shares held by investors participating in this offering to                     shares, or         % of the total shares outstanding. In addition, if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock from the selling stockholders in full, the number of shares held by existing stockholders will be further reduced to                     shares, or         % of the total shares outstanding, and the number of shares held by investors participating in this offering will be further increased to                     shares, or         % of the total shares outstanding. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of our common stock by the selling stockholders if the underwriters exercise their right to purchase additional shares of common stock from the selling stockholders.

    As of December 31, 2009, there were options outstanding to purchase a total of 8,888,443 shares of common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $1.09 per share. As of December 31, 2009, there were warrants outstanding to purchase 717,807 shares of common stock with a weighted average exercise price of $1.59 per share. The above discussion and table assumes no exercise of stock options or warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2009. If all of these options and warrants were exercised, our existing stockholders, including the holders of these options and warrants, would own         % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding upon the closing of this offering and our new investors would own         % of the total number of shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering.

36


Table of Contents


SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

    The following tables set forth selected financial data. We derived the consolidated statements of operations and other operating data for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and balance sheet data as of December 31, 2008 and 2009 from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the consolidated statements of operations and other operating data for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2006 and balance sheet data as of December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007 from our audited financial statements which have not been included in this prospectus. You should read this selected financial data in conjunction with the financial statements and related notes and the information in the section titled "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations." See note 2 to our financial statements for a description of the calculation of basic and diluted net loss per share. The historical results set forth below are not necessarily indicative of results of operations to be expected in any future period.

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2005   2006   2007   2008   2009  
 
  (in thousands, except per share amounts)
 

Statements of Operations Data:

                               

Revenue:

                               
 

Subscription and services

  $ 11,093   $ 18,051   $ 38,754   $ 50,103   $ 54,900  
 

Usage

    2,158     3,407     4,329     6,877     8,186  
                       

Total revenue

    13,251     21,458     43,083     56,980     63,086  
 

Cost of revenue

   
5,005
   
7,934
   
18,716
   
22,911
   
24,779
 
                       

Gross profit

    8,246     13,524     24,367     34,069     38,307  

Operating expenses:

                               
 

Sales and marketing

    9,596     12,171     19,428     21,432     21,556  
 

Research and development

    2,582     3,488     7,189     8,754     10,041  
 

General and administrative

    1,936     2,351     4,456     5,883     6,034  
 

Amortization of other intangibles

            1,271     1,452     1,400  
 

Write off of deferred stock offering costs

                1,524      
 

Restructuring expenses

            284          
                       

Total operating expenses

    14,114     18,010     32,628     39,045     39,031  
                       

Loss from operations

    (5,868 )   (4,486 )   (8,261 )   (4,976 )   (724 )
 

Interest income

   
211
   
138
   
279
   
115
   
6
 
 

Interest expense

    (136 )   (724 )   (883 )   (691 )   (355 )
 

Other income (expense)

        93     (1,644 )   1,808     (803 )
                       

Loss before income taxes

    (5,793 )   (4,979 )   (10,509 )   (3,744 )   (1,876 )
 

Provision for income taxes

   
   
   
   
   
219
 
                       

Net loss

  $ (5,793 ) $ (4,979 ) $ (10,509 ) $ (3,744 ) $ (2,095 )
                       

Net loss per share—basic and diluted

  $ (6.10 ) $ (2.71 ) $ (0.60 ) $ (0.18 ) $ (0.10 )
                       

Weighted average number of shares—basic and diluted

    949     1,840     17,777     20,617     20,775  
                       

Pro forma net loss per share—basic and diluted(1)(unaudited)

                          $ (0.04 )
                               

Pro forma weighted average number of shares—basic and diluted(1)(unaudited)

                            35,877  
                               

Other Operating Data:

                               

Adjusted EBITDA(2)(unaudited)

  $ (5,103 ) $ (3,450 ) $ (3,378 ) $ 1,405   $ 6,581  

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

    (3,998 )   (1,211 )   (1,225 )   2,862     6,791  

(1)
Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding reflects the conversion of our convertible preferred stock (using the if-converted method) into common stock as though the conversion had occurred on the original dates of issuance.

(2)
We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income (loss) less interest income and gain (loss) on preferred stock warrant revaluation plus interest expense, provision for taxes, depreciation expense, amortization expense and stock-based compensation expense.

37


Table of Contents

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2005   2006   2007   2008   2009  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss:

                               
   

Net loss

  $ (5,793 ) $ (4,979 ) $ (10,509 ) $ (3,744 ) $ (2,095 )
   

Interest (income) expense, net

    (75 )   586     604     576     349  
   

Depreciation and amortization

    691     971     4,175     4,821     4,792  
   

Stock-based compensation

    74     65     691     1,556     2,502  
   

Gain (loss) on warrant revaluation

        (93 )   1,661     (1,804 )   814  
   

Provision for income taxes

                    219  
                       
   

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ (5,103 ) $ (3,450 ) $ (3,378 ) $ 1,405   $ 6,581  
                       

    The amounts shown above in the consolidated statements of operations data include amortization of acquired technology and stock-based compensation as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2005   2006   2007   2008   2009  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Amortization of acquired technology:

                               

Cost of revenue

  $   $   $ 887   $ 1,016   $ 1,016  

Stock-based compensation:

                               

Cost of revenue

  $   $ 13   $ 164   $ 383   $ 583  

Sales and marketing

    27     25     300     585     742  

Research and development

        4     85     235     343  

General and administrative

    47     23     142     353     834  

 

 
  As of December 31,  
 
  2005   2006   2007   2008   2009   Pro Forma(1)   Pro Forma
As Adjusted(2)(3)
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Balance Sheet Data:

                                           

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 8,783   $ 8,514   $ 14,600   $ 13,828   $ 16,662   $ 16,662        

Working capital

    5,140     (1,139 )   322     (1,260 )   2,379     3,754        

Total assets

    14,299     16,343     44,156     40,873     41,344     41,344        

Preferred stock warranty liability

    691     705     2,366     562     1,375            

Long-term obligations, net of current portion

    3,959     2,998     3,384     1,205     1,348     1,348        

Convertible preferred stock

    37,274     37,274     33,869     33,869     33,869            

Total stockholders' deficit

    (34,366 )   (38,864 )   (17,337 )   (19,357 )   (18,909 )   16,335        

(1)
The pro forma column in the balance sheet data table above reflects (i) the conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock and common stock into an aggregate of 35,918,514 shares of a single class of common stock immediately prior to the closing of the offering, (ii) the reclassification of the preferred stock warrant liability to common stock and additional paid-in capital immediately prior to the closing of this offering.

(2)
The pro forma as adjusted column in the balance sheet data table above reflects (i) the conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock and common stock into an aggregate of 35,918,514 shares of a single class of common stock immediately prior to the closing of the offering, (ii) the reclassification of the preferred stock warrant liability to common stock and additional paid-in capital immediately prior to the closing of this offering, (iii) our sale of                shares of common stock in this offering, at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share and after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us and the application of our net proceeds from this offering and (iv) our repayment of approximately $2.2 million outstanding under our credit facilities.

(3)
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share would increase (decrease) cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders' equity after this offering by approximately $          million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

38


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of our operations should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and related notes and the other financial information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion and analysis contains forward looking statements that involve risk, uncertainties and assumptions. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward looking statements as a result of many factors, including those discussed in "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview

    We are a leading provider of on-demand constituent engagement solutions that enable nonprofit organizations, or NPOs, to more effectively raise funds, advocate for change and cultivate relationships with donors, activists, volunteers, alumni and other constituents. We serve approximately 1,300 NPOs of all sizes, and during 2009, our clients used our solutions to raise over $920 million and deliver over 3.8 billion emails to accomplish their missions.

    We were incorporated in Delaware in October 1999, and we offered our first commercially available online marketing solution in 2000. We acquired GetActive Software, Inc. in February 2007. Our integrated solutions now include our Convio Online Marketing platform, or COM, and Common Ground, our constituent relationship management application. COM enables NPOs to harness the full potential of the Internet and social media as new channels for constituent engagement and fundraising. Common Ground delivers next-generation donor management capabilities, integrates marketing activities across online and offline channels and is designed to increase operational efficiency. Our solutions are enhanced by a portfolio of value-added services tailored to our clients' specific needs.

Our Business Approach

    We sell our solutions through a direct sales force complemented by our partner network. Our sales force is increasing its focus on acquiring a higher number of mid-market clients.

    Our revenue has increased to $63.1 million in 2009 from $13.3 million in 2005, and our net loss has decreased to $2.1 million in 2009 from $5.8 million in 2005. Our net cash provided by (used in) operations has increased to $6.8 million in 2009 from $(4.0) million in 2005. We recognize subscription and services revenue ratably over the term of our client agreements beginning on the date such products and services become available for use by the client, or the activation date. The terms of our agreements are typically three years for COM and one year for Common Ground.

    We currently derive the substantial majority of our revenue from subscriptions to our COM solution. Pricing for our COM solution is based on the number of modules licensed, the email list size and any related services. We also recognize usage revenue from our clients as a percentage of funds raised at special events, such as runs, walks and rides, and based on additional fees for their increased use of our COM solution.

    Pricing for Common Ground is based on the number of seats licensed. We typically do not derive revenue from deployment services for Common Ground as deployment activities are generally handled by third-party implementation providers. Common Ground is built on salesforce.com's Force.com platform. Common Ground clients enter into a license agreement with us and separately enter into a license agreement with salesforce.com for use of its solution.

    We believe the nonprofit market for on-demand constituent engagement solutions is large and underserved, and we plan to continue to invest in our business to pursue this opportunity. In particular, we expect to incur significant sales and marketing expenses to increase the number of clients on our COM platform and Common Ground application. We also expect to make substantial investments in

39


Table of Contents


research and development, primarily on new features, platform extensibility and Common Ground. We anticipate increased operating expenses as a result of becoming a public company and more generally as we seek to grow our business domestically and outside of the United States. We expect the percentage of revenue generated from clients outside the United States to increase.

Opportunities, Trends and Uncertainties

    We have noted several opportunities, trends and uncertainties that we believe are significant to an understanding of our financial results:

Increasing Adjusted EBITDA.   Our management and board of directors use Adjusted EBITDA to monitor the performance of our business. Our Adjusted EBITDA was $(3.4) million, $1.4 million and $6.6 million in 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively. The growth in Adjusted EBITDA in 2009 was the result of the growth in our revenue and the improved productivity and scale of our business, combined with cost-saving measures we introduced as a result of the economic slowdown. We elected not to increase base salaries for most employees, including all executive officers, during 2009; however, we expect to increase base salaries and headcount in the future as we grow our business. We expect Adjusted EBITDA to continue to grow in absolute dollars, but we expect its growth as a percentage of revenue to be slower. Adjusted EBITDA is not determined in accordance with GAAP and is not a substitute for or superior to financial measures determined in accordance with GAAP. For further discussion regarding Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income, see "Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures" below.

Growth and investment in Convio Go! and Common Ground.   We introduced Convio Go!, our mid-market COM offering, in the first quarter of 2008 and Common Ground in the third quarter of 2008. We believe these solutions have been very well received by NPOs. Both Convio Go! and Common Ground are targeted primarily at mid-market NPOs and have had lower average pricing than our broader COM solution. Common Ground has higher gross margins than our COM solution because Common Ground is hosted on the Force.com platform and deployment services are typically provided by third parties. We intend to continue to invest significantly in Convio Go! and Common Ground research and development and sales and marketing. As a result, we expect the number of our mid-market clients to increase, and we expect our revenue from these clients to grow in 2010. However, these solutions are new, and it is difficult for us to predict whether NPOs will continue to adopt these solutions or what impact these solutions will have on our business.

Seasonality and fluctuations in usage revenue.   A significant portion of our usage revenue is derived from funds raised by our COM clients at special events. The growth and amount of usage revenue vary based on the number of events, the percent of funds raised online for these events, the growth and success of events and our signing of new clients for events. We recognize the usage revenue from these events when we bill our clients. Usage revenue is seasonal as events are typically held in the spring and fall. As a result, our usage revenue will be higher during the second and third quarters. In addition, period-over-period comparisons may be impacted significantly by the addition or loss of any special events of our enterprise clients.

Sales commissions expensed upon sale.   We expense sales commissions in the period in which we sign our agreements, but we generally recognize the related revenue over the terms of those agreements. We may report poor operating results due to higher sale commissions in a period in which we experience strong sales of our solutions, particularly sales to enterprise clients. Alternatively, we may report better operating results due to lower sales commissions in a period in which we experience a slowdown in sales. As a result, our sales and marketing expenses are difficult to predict and fluctuate as a percentage of revenue.

Churn.   Our management uses churn to monitor the satisfaction of our clients, to evaluate the effectiveness of our business strategies and as a factor in executive compensation. We define churn as the amount of any lost software monthly recurring revenue and usage revenue in a period,

40


Table of Contents

Impact of economic conditions.   The downturn in economic conditions has caused many NPOs to be more cautious and to delay their purchases of technology and related services. During 2009, we faced increased pricing pressure on our COM solution, and sales of our COM solution to new clients declined. However, COM sales to existing clients increased. To incentivize NPOs to purchase our solutions, we invested heavily in the sales and marketing of our lower-priced Convio Go! and Common Ground solutions which resulted in higher sales of these solutions. We also offered short-term promotional sales programs. We will continue to evaluate our solutions and our sales and marketing programs based on general market conditions.

Discussion of Financial Information

    The following discussion of our financial information is based upon our results of operations for the periods presented.

Revenue

    We derive revenue from sales of our solutions to clients and their usage of these solutions. Our subscription and services revenue is comprised of fees from clients licensing our on-demand software modules and purchasing our consulting and other professional services. Our usage revenue is derived from agreements in which we receive a percentage of funds raised in connection with special events and also from additional fees received for increased use of our COM solution.

    No single client accounted for more than 10% of our total revenue in 2007, 2008 or 2009. We derived approximately 18%, 22% and 22% of our total revenue from our top 10 clients in 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively.

    Subscription and Services Revenue.     We derive a substantial amount of our revenue from multi-year subscription agreements with clients for licenses of our on-demand solutions. Substantially all of our agreements are for a fixed term. The terms of our agreements are typically three years for COM and one year for Common Ground. Generally, our agreements are also noncancellable although some of our agreements provide that our clients may terminate their agreements for convenience after a specified period of time. Some of our agreements also provide for the ability of a client to cancel its initial subscription for our solutions for performance-related reasons.

    For COM, we typically agree to fees based on the number of modules licensed, email list size and any related services. For Common Ground, we agree to fees based on the number of seats purchased by the client. Subscription and services revenue is recognized ratably over the contract term beginning on the activation date.

    We typically do not invoice clients the full contract amount at the time of signing an agreement. Rather, we invoice our clients periodically based on the terms of our agreements. We recognize deferred revenue at the time of our invoicing a client and only with respect to the invoiced amount for such period.

    We also generate revenue from sales of our consulting and other services and recognize this revenue according to the manner of sale of the underlying services. If we sell our services with a subscription of on-demand software, we recognize the revenue derived from such services ratably over the term of the related agreement. When sold separately, we recognize the revenue derived from time-and-material contracts as the services are rendered, and we recognize the revenue derived from fixed price contracts as milestones are achieved and, if applicable, accepted by the client. We expect the revenue derived from

41


Table of Contents


our services to continue to increase on an absolute dollar basis as we grow our client base, and continue to develop our professional services.

    Usage Revenue.     We have agreements in which we charge a percentage of funds raised by clients from their special events such as runs, walks and rides. Usage revenue typically does not include a percentage of funds raised online that are unrelated to these special events. Usage revenue is determined when donations are made online and is recognized when reported and billed to the client, which is normally done on a monthly basis. Due to the seasonality of these special events, we recognize the majority of our usage revenue in the second and third quarters. The growth and amount of usage revenue vary based on the number of events, the percent of funds raised online for these events, the growth in the events and our signing of new clients for events.

    In addition to revenue from special events, we also derive usage revenue from increased use of our COM solution by our clients. We typically enter into subscription agreements that require payment of additional fees for usage of our COM solution above the levels included in the subscription fee set forth in the agreement. These fees are recognized when the usage amounts are reported and billed to clients.

Cost of Revenue

    Cost of revenue includes costs related to hosting our on-demand solutions and providing our services. These costs consist of the salaries, incentive payments, bonuses and stock-based compensation of our consulting, deployment, client support, client education and information technology personnel and their related travel expenses. These costs also include third-party datacenter hosting fees, outside service provider costs, depreciation expense related to the hosting of our datacenters and allocated overhead.

    In connection with our acquisition of GetActive, we recorded $3.0 million in acquired technology and are amortizing this amount as cost of revenue on a straight-line basis over three years ending in February 2010.

    Our cost of revenue has generally increased in absolute dollars, and we expect that it will continue to increase as we grow our client base, sell more COM to our clients, manage additional online activity by our clients, use more third-party service providers and grow our services business. We expect that increased sales of Common Ground will not materially increase cost of revenue because Common Ground is hosted on the Force.com platform and deployment services are typically provided by third parties. As our client base grows, we intend to invest additional resources in technology, infrastructure and personnel to deliver our solutions to support our clients. The timing of these additional expenses could affect our cost of revenue, both in terms of absolute dollars and as a percentage of revenue, in any particular quarterly or annual period.

    Cost of revenue as a percentage of revenue will fluctuate from period to period based on the seasonality of our usage revenue, but we generally expect cost of revenue to decrease as a percentage of revenue as we grow our client base, as we complete our migration of former GetActive clients to our COM platform, recognize a higher percentage of revenue from renewals and increase sales of Common Ground.

Operating Expenses

    Each operating expense category, including cost of revenue, reflects an overhead expense allocation. We allocate overhead such as rent, employee benefits, insurance and information technology costs and depreciation on equipment other than our equipment at our datacenters, to all departments based on relative headcount. We expect our aggregate overhead expense to increase in absolute dollars as we grow our business, increase headcount, occupy additional space and incur higher fees from employee benefit providers. Allocated overhead may also fluctuate in future periods if we are required to make payments under our self-insured benefit plans.

42


Table of Contents

    Sales and Marketing.     Sales and marketing expenses consist of salaries, commissions, incentive payments, bonuses and stock-based compensation of our sales, marketing, account management and business development personnel. These expenses also include travel expenses, marketing programs, client events, corporate communications, partner referral fees and allocated overhead.

    We expense commissions in the period of a sale of our solutions. As we generally recognize revenue over the terms of our agreement, we incur commission expenses prior to recognizing the underlying revenue. As a result, our sales and marketing expenses have historically fluctuated as a percentage of revenue, and we expect such fluctuations to occur in the future.

    We expect our sales and marketing expenses to increase in absolute dollars as we sell more solutions and incur related commissions, continue to hire additional personnel in these areas and increase the level of marketing activities to grow our business and brand. We believe that sales and marketing expenses as a percentage of revenue will generally decrease as our revenue base grows, sales and marketing personnel become more effective and usage revenue and revenue from renewals and upsells increase.

    Research and Development.     Research and development expenses consist of salaries, incentive payments, bonuses and stock-based compensation of our software development and quality assurance personnel. We expense all research and development costs as they are incurred. We expect our research and development expenses to increase in absolute dollars and as a percentage of revenue as we continue to invest in new features, platform extensibility and Common Ground.

    General and Administrative Expenses.     General and administrative expenses consist of salaries, incentive payments, bonuses and stock-based compensation of our executive, finance and accounting, human resources and legal personnel. These expenses also include legal fees, audit and tax fees and other general corporate expenses. We expect general and administrative expenses to increase as we continue to add personnel and incur additional expenses as we grow our business and comply with the requirements of operating as a public company, which we expect to be at least $1.0 million per year.

    Amortization of Other Intangibles.     Other intangible assets consist of customer relationships, tradenames and agreements not to compete acquired in connection with the GetActive acquisition. We recorded $9.0 million in other identifiable intangible assets in connection with the acquisition, and we amortize these amounts on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives as follows:

 
  Allocated
Amount
  Estimated
Useful Life
 
  (in thousands)

Customer relationships

  $ 7,007   9 years

Tradenames

    1,850   3 years

Agreements not to compete

    110   2 years

    The agreements not to compete were fully amortized in February 2009, and the tradenames will be fully amortized in February 2010.

Critical Accounting Policies

    Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or GAAP. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements and reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions management believes to be reasonable under the circumstances. Management could have reasonably used different accounting estimates, and in other instances changes in the accounting estimates are reasonably likely to occur from period to period. Accordingly, actual results could differ significantly from those estimates. To the extent that such

43


Table of Contents


differences are material, our future financial statement presentation, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows may be affected.

    In many cases, the accounting treatment of a particular transaction is specifically dictated by GAAP and does not require management's judgment in its application, while in other cases, management's judgment is required in selecting among available alternative accounting standards that allow different accounting treatment for similar transactions. We believe that our significant accounting policies, which are described in note 2 to our audited financial statements, and the accounting policies discussed below are critical to understanding our historical and future performance, as these policies relate to the more significant areas involving management's judgments and estimates. Our management has reviewed these critical accounting policies, our use of estimates and the related disclosures with our audit committee.

Revenue Recognition

    We derive our revenue from subscriptions, services and usage. We recognize revenue under the applicable accounting guidance, as prescribed in ASC Topic 985, for software revenue recognition. We provide our software as a service, and our subscription agreements do not provide clients the right to take possession of the software at any time. As an on-demand software provider, our arrangements do not contain general rights of return. We recognize revenue when all of the following conditions are met:

there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement;

the service has been provided to the client;

the collection of fees is reasonably assured; and

the amount of fees to be paid by the client is fixed or determinable.

    Subscription and services revenue is recognized ratably over the term of the agreement beginning on the activation date. Amounts that have been invoiced are recorded in accounts receivable and in deferred revenue or revenue depending on whether the revenue recognition criteria have been met.

    Services revenues, when sold with a subscription of our modules, do not qualify for separate accounting as we do not have objective and reliable evidence of fair value of the undelivered subscription service. Therefore, we recognize services revenue ratably over the term of the related subscription agreement.

    When we sell services other than with the subscription of our modules, we consider the following factors to determine the proper accounting:

availability of the services from other vendors;

whether objective and reliable evidence for fair value exists for the undelivered elements;

the nature of the services;

the timing of when the services agreement was signed in comparison to the subscription service start date; and

the contractual dependence of the subscription service on the client's satisfaction with the services.

    When we sell services other than with the subscription of our modules, we recognize revenue under time-and-material contracts as the services are rendered, and we recognize revenue from fixed price agreements as milestones are achieved and, if applicable, accepted by the client.

44


Table of Contents

    Certain clients have agreements that provide for a percentage of donations received online through our modules to be paid to us in place of or in conjunction with the standard monthly subscription fee. In addition, certain clients have contracts which require payment of additional fees for usage above the levels included in their agreements. These additional fees are recognized as revenue when the usage amounts are determined and reported and billed to the client.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

    Based on a review of the current status of our existing accounts receivable and historical collection experience, we have established an estimate of our allowance for doubtful accounts. We make judgments as to our ability to collect outstanding receivables and provide allowances for the portion of receivables when collection becomes doubtful. Provisions are made based on a consideration of the aging of the accounts receivable balances, historical write-off experience, current economic conditions and client-specific information. For those invoices not specifically reviewed, provisions are provided based on our collection history and current economic trends. As a result, if our actual collections are lower than expected, additional allowances for doubtful accounts may be needed and our future results of operations and cash flows could be negatively affected. Write-offs of accounts receivable and recoveries were insignificant during each of 2007, 2008 and 2009. A one percent change in our allowance for doubtful accounts would not have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

Valuation of Goodwill and Identifiable Intangible Assets

    We apply ASC Topic 350 in accounting for the valuation of goodwill and identifiable intangible assets. In accordance with this guidance, we replaced the ratable amortization of goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets with a periodic review and analysis for possible impairment. We assess our goodwill on October 1 of each year or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that goodwill might be impaired. The events and circumstances that we consider include deterioration in the performance of the acquired business, adverse market conditions, adverse changes in applicable laws or regulations, including changes that restrict the activities of the acquired business, and a variety of other circumstances. In addition, we periodically review the estimated useful lives of our identifiable intangible assets, taking into consideration any events or circumstances that might result in either a diminished fair value or revised useful life, using a two-step approach. The first step screens for impairment and, if impairment is indicated, we will employ a second step to measure the impairment. If we determine that an impairment has occurred, we will record a write-down of the carrying value and charge the impairment as an operating expense in the period the determination is made. We have not taken a charge for impairment to date.

Preferred Stock Warrants

    Freestanding warrants related to shares that are redeemable are accounted for in accordance with the applicable guidance in ASC Topic 480. Under the provisions of this guidance, we classify the freestanding warrants that are related to our convertible preferred stock as a liability on our balance sheet. The warrants are subject to re-measurement at each balance sheet date, and we recognize any change in fair value as a component of other income (expense). We will continue to adjust the liability for changes in fair value until the earlier of (1) the exercise or expiration of the warrants or (2) the completion of a liquidation event, including the completion of an initial public offering, at which time all preferred stock warrants will be converted into warrants to purchase common stock and the liability will be reclassified to additional paid-in capital.

Stock-Based Compensation

    Prior to January 1, 2006, we accounted for employee stock options using the intrinsic value method in accordance with Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to

45


Table of Contents


Employees", or APB No. 25, and Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, Interpretation No. 44, "Accounting for Certain Transactions Involving Stock Compensation, an Interpretation of APB No. 25." The intrinsic value represents the difference between the per share market price of the stock on the date of grant and the per share exercise price of the respective stock option. We generally grant stock options to employees for a fixed number of shares with an exercise price equal to the fair value of the shares on the date of grant. Under APB No. 25, no compensation expense was recorded for employee stock options granted at an exercise price equal to the market price of the underlying stock on the date of grant.

    On January 1, 2006, we adopted the provisions of the applicable guidance under ASC Topic 718 for share-based payment transactions. Under the provision of this guidance, stock-based compensation costs for employees is measured on the grant date, based on the estimated fair value of the award on that date, and is recognized as expense over the employee's requisite service period, which is generally over the vesting period, on a straight-line basis. We adopted this guidance using the prospective transition method. Under this transition method, non-vested option awards outstanding at January 1, 2006, continue to be accounted for under the minimum value method, and all awards granted, modified or settled after the date of adoption are accounted for using the measurement, recognition and attribution provisions of this guidance.

    Under the provisions of this guidance, we make a number of estimates and assumptions. The estimation of stock awards that will ultimately vest requires judgment, and to the extent actual results differ from our estimates, such amounts will be recorded as an adjustment in the period estimates are revised. Actual results may differ substantially from these estimates. In valuing share-based awards under this guidance, significant judgment is required in determining the expected volatility of our common stock and the expected term individuals will hold their share-based awards prior to exercising. Expected volatility of the stock is based on our peer group in the industry in which we do business because we do not have sufficient historical volatility data for our own stock. The expected term of options granted represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding and is calculated based on historical information. In the future, as we gain historical data for volatility in our own stock and more data on the actual term employees hold our options, expected volatility and expected term may change which could substantially change the grant-date fair value of future awards of stock options and ultimately the expense we record.

    During 2008 and 2009, we granted options to purchase our common stock as follows:

Grant Date   Shares(1)   Per Share
Exercise
Price
  Black-Scholes
Per Share
Fair Value
  Aggregate
Fair Value
 
 
  (in thousands, except per share amounts)
 

2008:

                         
 

First quarter

    209   $ 3.24   $ 1.555   $ 325  
 

Second quarter

    1,227     2.75     1.370     1,681  
 

Third quarter

    15     2.11     1.030     15  
 

Fourth quarter

    88     2.25     1.152     101  

2009:

                         
 

First quarter

    395   $ 1.61   $ 0.863   $ 341  
 

Second quarter

    1,094     1.90     0.992     1,085  
 

Third quarter

    40     2.01     1.050     42  
 

Fourth quarter

    16     2.22     1.142     19  
(1)
Excludes options exercisable for 3,254,945 shares of our common stock that were issued in March 2009 pursuant to an exchange offer and have an exercise price of $1.61 per share, which was the estimated fair market value of our common stock as of the date of issuance. These options had Black-Scholes option fair values ranging from $0.0996 to $0.8968. In accordance with ASC Topic 718, we incurred a one-time stock-based compensation charge of $435,000 which represented the incremental value of the vested exchanged options. In addition, we recorded an additional incremental value of $155,000 related to the unvested exchanged options, which will be amortized over their remaining vesting periods.

46


Table of Contents

    The ASC Topic 718 Black-Scholes fair value of each grant was estimated using the following assumptions:

Grant Date   Estimated
Fair Market
Value
  Dividend
Yield
  Volatility   Expected
Life (Years)
  Forfeitures   Risk-Free
Interest Rate

2008:

                             
 

First quarter

  $ 3.24       0.55 - 0.56   4.6     20 % 2.47% - 2.63%
 

Second quarter

    2.75       0.57   4.6     20   3.06 - 3.68
 

Third quarter

    2.11       0.56   4.6     20   2.87
 

Fourth quarter

    2.25       0.60   4.6     20   2.84

2009:

                             
 

First quarter

  $ 1.61       0.65 - 0.66   4.5 - 4.6     20 % 1.89 - 1.92
 

Second quarter

    1.90       0.66   4.2 - 4.3     20   2.02 - 2.87
 

Third quarter

    2.01       0.65   4.3     20   2.29 - 2.66
 

Fourth quarter

    2.22       0.64   4.3     20   2.29

    Based on the foregoing, as of December 31, 2009 we had approximately $3.9 million of unrecognized stock-based compensation expense that will be expensed over a weighted average period of approximately 2.5 years.

    The table below shows the intrinsic value of our outstanding vested and unvested options as of December 31, 2009 based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share.

 
  Number of Shares
Underlying Options
  Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Total vested options outstanding

    5,871   $    

Total unvested options outstanding

    3,017        

Total options outstanding

    8,888        

    Significant Factors, Assumptions and Methodologies Used in Determining Fair Value.

    In valuing our common stock, our board utilizes a probability weighted expected return method to estimate the value of our common stock based upon an analysis of expected future cash flows considering possible future liquidity events, as well as the rights and preferences of each share class. In determining the value of our common stock, our board and management considered three possible scenarios: (i) an acquisition by another company, or an acquisition scenario, (ii) the completion of an initial public offering, or an IPO Scenario, and (iii) remaining private, or a private scenario.

    In valuing our common stock in the acquisition scenario, we determine a business enterprise value of our company using an income approach which estimates the present value of future estimated debt-free cash flows, based upon forecasted revenue and costs. Our board adds these discounted cash flows to the present value of our estimated enterprise terminal value, the multiple of which is derived from comparable company market data. Our board discounts these future cash flows to their present values using a rate corresponding to our estimated weighted average cost of capital.

    In valuing our common stock in the IPO Scenario, we utilize a market approach which estimates the fair value of a company by applying to that company the market multiples of publicly-traded companies. Based on the range of these observed multiples, we apply judgment in determining an appropriate multiple to apply to our metrics in order to derive an indication of value.

    In valuing our common stock in the private scenario, we apply the income approach utilizing a terminal period value calculated using the Gordon growth model and a residual revenue growth rate of 5% in the terminal year based on our expectation of long-term growth.

    First Quarter 2008.     From February 2008 to March 2008, in our determination of fair value, our board analyzed the factors above, the events since the grant of options in December 2007, the current status

47


Table of Contents


and proposed timing of our initial public offering and a contemporaneous valuation report, dated January 31, 2008, to arrive at a fair value of our common stock of $3.24 per share.

    In connection with the acquisition scenario, our board determined fair value using an income approach utilizing discounted net cash flows from January 31, 2008 through October 1, 2008, plus an exit value at October 1, 2008 based upon acquisition multiples. In connection with the IPO Scenario, our board determined fair value using discounted net cash flows from January 31, 2008 through October 1, 2008, plus an exit value at October 1, 2008 based upon comparable company 2008 forward revenue multiples. Our board concluded that equity value to revenue would yield the most appropriate indication of value for us because we did not have positive income from operations or net income. To arrive at the fair value of our common stock under the private scenario, we applied the income approach utilizing discounted net cash flows. However, rather than utilizing an eight-month discrete period as in the acquisition scenario, the private scenario utilized a four-year and eleven-month discrete period with a terminal period growth rate of 5.0%.

    Using the income approach for the acquisition scenario, our board determined an equity value of $196.1 million. Using the Guideline Public Company Method, our board determined an equity value of $176.6 million. Using the income approach for the private scenario, our board determined an equity value of $54.2 million. Our board then estimated the probability of the future liquidity event being our initial public offering at 70% and each of the other alternatives were estimated to have 15% probabilities. Using the probability weighted expected return method the board arrived at a fair value of our common stock of $3.24.

    Second Quarter 2008.     From April 2008 through June 2008, U.S. financial and stock markets declined and the economy slowed as evidenced by the deceleration in gross domestic product and the United States housing market decline. During this time, our board determined a fair value of our common stock of $2.75 per share. Our board analyzed the factors above, the events since the grant of options in March 2008, the current status and proposed timing of our initial public offering as well as a contemporaneous valuation report, dated March 31, 2008, to arrive at a fair value of our common stock of $2.75 per share.

    In connection with the acquisition scenario, our board determined fair value using an income approach utilizing discounted net cash flows from March 31, 2008 through March 31, 2009, plus an exit value at March 31, 2009 based upon acquisition multiples. In connection with the IPO Scenario, our board determined fair value using discounted net cash flows from March 31, 2008 through October 1, 2008, plus an exit value at October 1, 2008 based upon comparable company 2008 forward revenue multiples. Our board concluded that equity value to revenue would yield the most appropriate indication of value for us because we had not yet experienced positive income from operations or net income. To arrive at the fair value of our common stock under the private scenario, we applied the income approach utilizing discounted net cash flows. However, rather than utilizing an approximately one-year discrete period as in the acquisition scenario, the private scenario utilized a four-year and nine-month discrete period with a terminal period growth rate of 5.0%.

    Using the income approach for the acquisition scenario, our board determined an equity value of $142.7 million. Using the Guideline Public Company Method, our board determined an equity value of $150.0 million. Using the income approach for the private scenario, our board determined an equity value of $58.7 million. Our board then estimated the probability of the future liquidity event being our initial public offering at 70% and each of the other alternatives were estimated to have 15% probabilities. Using the probability weighted expected return method the board arrived at a fair value of our common stock of $2.75.

    Third Quarter 2008.     From June 2008 through September 2008, the United States economy declined further and U.S. financial and stock markets worsened. During this time, our board determined a fair value of common stock of $2.11 per share. On August 5, 2008, we filed a request with the Securities and

48


Table of Contents


Exchange Commission to withdraw our Registration Statement on Form S-1. Our board analyzed the factors above, the events since the grant of options in June 2008, the fact that we had filed to withdraw our proposed initial public offering as well as a contemporaneous valuation report, dated June 30, 2008, to arrive at a fair value of our common stock of $2.11 per share.

    In connection with the acquisition scenario, our board determined fair value using an income approach utilizing discounted net cash flows from June 30, 2008 through December 31, 2009, plus an exit value at December 31, 2009 based upon acquisition multiples. In connection with the IPO Scenario, our board determined fair value using discounted net cash flows from June 30, 2008 through December 31, 2009, plus an exit value at December 31, 2009 based upon comparable company 2009 forward revenue multiples. Our board concluded that equity value to revenue would yield the most appropriate indication of value for us because we had not yet experienced positive income from operations or net income. To arrive at the fair value of our common stock under the private scenario, we applied the income approach utilizing discounted net cash flows. However, rather than utilizing an approximately one-year and three-month discrete period as in the acquisition scenario, the private scenario utilized a four-year and six-month discrete period with a terminal period growth rate of 5.0%.

    Using the income approach for the acquisition scenario, our board determined an equity value of $159.5 million. Using the Guideline Public Company Method, our board determined an equity value of $147.7 million. Using the income approach for the private scenario, our board determined an equity value of $82.9 million. Our board then estimated the probability of each of the alternatives to be 33%. Using the probability weighted expected return method the board arrived at a fair value of our common stock of $2.11.

    Fourth Quarter 2008.     From September 2008 through October 2008, our board analyzed the factors above, the events since the grant of options in September 2008, the state of the United States capital markets as well as a contemporaneous valuation report, dated September 30, 2008, to arrive at a fair value of our common stock of $2.25 per share.

    In connection with the acquisition scenario, our board determined fair value using an income approach utilizing discounted net cash flows from September 30, 2008 through June 30, 2010, plus an exit value at June 30, 2010 based upon acquisition multiples. In connection with the IPO Scenario, our board determined fair value using discounted net cash flows from September 30, 2008 through June 30, 2010, plus an exit value at June 30, 2010 based upon comparable company 2009 forward revenue multiples. Our board concluded that equity value to revenue would yield the most appropriate indication of value for us because we had not yet experienced positive income from operations or net income. To arrive at the fair value of our common stock under the private scenario, we applied the income approach utilizing discounted net cash flows. However, rather than utilizing an approximately one-year and nine-month discrete period as in the acquisition scenario, the private scenario utilized a four-year and three-month discrete period with a terminal period growth rate of 5.0%.

    Using the income approach for the acquisition scenario, our board determined an equity value of $173.1 million. Using the Guideline Public Company Method, our board determined an equity value of $156.8 million. Using the income approach for the private scenario, our board determined an equity value of $90.6 million. Our board then estimated the probability of each of the alternatives to be 33%. Using the probability weighted expected return method the board arrived at a fair value of our common stock of $2.25.

    First Quarter 2009.     From October 2008 through March 2009, United States financial and stock markets fell into crisis and the economic downturn deepened in the U.S and the world. U. S. stock markets declined significantly during the last two months of 2008, and a new administration and government proposals to provide economic stimulus caused high levels of uncertainty. The enterprise value of many of our publicly-traded peers fell sharply during this period and our projected revenue growth decreased significantly in the short term. Our board analyzed the factors above, the events since

49


Table of Contents


the grant of options in October 2008, the state of the U.S. capital markets and their impact on comparable publicly-traded peers as well as a contemporaneous valuation report, dated December 31, 2008, to arrive at a fair value of our common stock of $1.61 per share.

    In connection with the acquisition scenario, our board determined fair value using an income approach utilizing discounted net cash flows from December 31, 2008 through June 30, 2010, plus an exit value at June 30, 2010 based upon acquisition multiples. In connection with the IPO Scenario, our board determined fair value using discounted net cash flows from December 31, 2008 through June 30, 2010, plus an exit value at June 30, 2010 based upon comparable company 2009 forward revenue multiples. Our board concluded that equity value to revenue would yield the most appropriate indication of value for us because we had not yet experienced positive income from operations or net income. To arrive at the fair value of our common stock under the private scenario, we applied the income approach utilizing discounted net cash flows. However, rather than utilizing an approximately one-year and six-month discrete period as in the acquisition scenario, the private scenario utilized a five-year discrete period with a terminal period growth rate of 5.0%.

    Using the income approach for the acquisition scenario, our board determined an equity value of $149.6 million. Using the Guideline Public Company Method, our board determined an equity value of $80.6 million. Using the income approach for the private scenario, our board determined an equity value of $86.6 million. Our board then estimated the probability of each of the alternatives to be 33%. Using the probability weighted expected return method the board arrived at a fair value of our common stock of $1.61.

    Second Quarter 2009.     From March 2009 through June 2009, the United States economy continued to be weak and access to the capital and debt markets remained challenging, but the United States financial and stock markets began to make a slow recovery after March 2009 and the enterprise value of our publicly-traded peers began to recover during this period. Our board analyzed the factors above, the events since the grant of options in March 2009, the slight recovery of the U.S. capital markets and their impact on comparable publicly-traded peers as well as a contemporaneous valuation report, dated March 31, 2009, to arrive at a fair value of our common stock of $1.90 per share.

    In connection with the acquisition scenario, our board determined fair value using an income approach utilizing discounted net cash flows from March 31, 2009 through June 30, 2010, plus an exit value at June 30, 2010 based upon acquisition multiples. In connection with the IPO Scenario, our board determined fair value using discounted net cash flows from March 31, 2009 through June 30, 2010, plus an exit value at June 30, 2010 based upon comparable company 2010 forward revenue multiples. Our board concluded that equity value to revenue would yield the most appropriate indication of value for us because we had not yet experienced positive income from operations or net income. To arrive at the fair value of our common stock under the private scenario, we applied the income approach utilizing discounted net cash flows. However, rather than utilizing an approximately one-year and three-month discrete period as in the acquisition scenario, the private scenario utilized a four-year and nine-month discrete period with a terminal period growth rate of 5.0%.

    Using the income approach for the acquisition scenario, our board determined an equity value of $157.8 million. Using the Guideline Public Company Method, our board determined an equity value of $109.5 million. Using the income approach for the private scenario, our board determined an equity value of $103.9 million. Our board then estimated the probability of each of the alternatives to be 33%. Using the probability weighted expected return method the board arrived at a fair value of our common stock of $1.90.

    Third Quarter 2009.     From June 2009 through September 2009, the United States economy began to stabilize, U.S. stock markets improved and access to capital and debt markets began to improve. Our board analyzed the factors above, the events since the grant of options in June 2009, the continued

50


Table of Contents


recovery of the U.S. capital markets and the opening of capital markets as well as a contemporaneous valuation report, dated June 30, 2009, to arrive at a fair value of our common stock of $2.01 per share.

    In connection with the acquisition scenario, our board determined fair value using an income approach utilizing discounted net cash flows from June 30, 2009 through June 30, 2010, plus an exit value at June 30, 2010 based upon acquisition multiples. In connection with the IPO Scenario, our board determined fair value using discounted net cash flows from June 30, 2009 through June 30, 2010, plus an exit value at June 30, 2010 based upon comparable company 2010 forward revenue multiples. Our board concluded that equity value to revenue would yield the most appropriate indication of value for us because we had not yet experienced positive income from operations or net income. To arrive at the fair value of our common stock under the private scenario, we applied the income approach utilizing discounted net cash flows. However, rather than utilizing an approximately one-year discrete period as in the acquisition scenario, the private scenario utilized a four-year and six-month discrete period with a terminal period growth rate of 5.0%.

    Using the income approach for the acquisition scenario, our board determined an equity value of $147.1 million. Using the Guideline Public Company Method, our board determined an equity value of $155.0 million. Using the income approach for the private scenario, our board determined an equity value of $82.2 million. Our board then estimated the probability of each of the alternatives to be 33%. Using the probability weighted expected return method the board arrived at a fair value of our common stock of $2.01.

    Fourth Quarter 2009.     From September 2009 through October 2009, our sales performance showed considerable improvement and our outlook under various initial public offering and acquisition scenarios improved as did the enterprise value of comparable publicly-traded peers. Our board analyzed the factors above, the events since the grant of options in September 2009, the continued recovery of the U.S. capital markets and the opening of capital markets as well as a contemporaneous valuation report, dated September 30, 2009, to arrive at a fair value of our common stock of $2.22 per share.

    In connection with the acquisition scenario, our board determined fair value using an income approach utilizing discounted net cash flows from September 30, 2009 through June 30, 2010, plus an exit value at June 30, 2010 based upon acquisition multiples. In connection with the IPO Scenario, our board determined fair value using discounted net cash flows from September 30, 2009 through June 30, 2010, plus an exit value at June 30, 2010 based upon comparable company 2010 forward revenue multiples. Our board concluded that equity value to revenue would yield the most appropriate indication of value for us because we had not yet experienced positive income from operations or net income. To arrive at the fair value of our common stock under the private scenario, we applied the income approach utilizing discounted net cash flows. However, rather than utilizing an approximately nine-month discrete period as in the acquisition scenario, the private scenario utilized a four-year and three-month discrete period with a terminal period growth rate of 5.0%.

    Using the income approach for the acquisition scenario, our board determined an equity value of $135.5 million. Using the Guideline Public Company Method, our board determined an equity value of $165.9 million. Using the income approach for the private scenario, our board determined an equity value of $111.9 million. Our board then estimated the probability of the future liquidity event being our initial public offering at 40%, the probability of the future liquidity event being an acquisition at 20% and the probability of staying private at 40%. Using the probability weighted expected return method the board arrived at a fair value of our common stock of $2.22.

    Stock Option Exchange.     In February 2009, our board of directors approved a proposal to offer current employees, consultants or directors the opportunity to exchange outstanding eligible stock options for new options. Other than a reduced exercise price, the exchanged stock options had the same terms and conditions as prior to the repricing. The offer was made to eligible option holders on February 16, 2009 and expired on March 16, 2009. Unexercised options that were granted under our

51


Table of Contents


1999 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan on or after May 9, 2007 and which had an exercise price equal to or greater than $1.61 per share were eligible under this program. Pursuant to the exchange, we subsequently canceled options for 3.3 million shares of our common stock and issued an equivalent number of new stock options to eligible holders on March 16, 2009 at an exercise price of $1.61 per share. The incremental $590,000 of compensation due to the exchange was allocated between options vested at the date of issuance and unvested options at the date of issuance. The $435,000 related to vested options was expensed on the date of issuance and the remaining $155,000 related to unvested options will be expensed over the remaining vesting period of the option.

Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures

    We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income (loss) less interest income and gain (loss) on preferred stock warrant revaluation plus interest expense, provision for taxes, depreciation expense, amortization expense and stock-based compensation expense. We have included Adjusted EBITDA in this prospectus because (i) we believe Adjusted EBITDA and similar measures are widely used by investors, securities analysts and other interested parties in our industry as a measure of financial performance and (ii) our management uses Adjusted EBITDA to monitor the performance of our business.

    We also believe Adjusted EBITDA facilitates operating performance comparisons from period to period by excluding potential differences caused by variations in capital structures affecting interest income and expense, tax positions, such as the impact of changes in effective tax rates and the impact of depreciation and amortization expense.

    Our use of Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized may have to be replaced in the future, and Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect cash capital expenditure requirements for such replacements;

Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;

Adjusted EBITDA does not consider the potentially dilutive impact of equity-based compensation;

Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the interest expense or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments on our indebtedness;

Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect tax payments that may represent a reduction in cash available to us; and

other companies, including companies in our industry, may calculate Adjusted EBITDA differently, which reduces its usefulness as a comparative measure.

52


Table of Contents

    Because of these limitations, you should consider Adjusted EBITDA alongside other financial performance measures, including various cash flow metrics, net loss and our other GAAP results. The following table presents a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most comparable GAAP measure, for each of the periods indicated:

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2007   2008   2009  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss:

                   

Net loss

  $ (10,509 ) $ (3,744 ) $ (2,095 )

Interest (income) expense, net

    604     576     349  

Depreciation and amortization

    4,175     4,821     4,792  

Stock-based compensation

    691     1,556     2,502  

(Gain) loss on warrant revaluation

    1,661     (1,804 )   814  

Provision for income taxes

            219  
               

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ (3,378 ) $ 1,405   $ 6,581  
               

Results of Operations

    The following table sets forth our results of operations for the periods indicated:

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2007   2008   2009  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Statements of Operations Data:

                   

Revenue:

                   
 

Subscription and services

  $ 38,754   $ 50,103   $ 54,900  
 

Usage

    4,329     6,877     8,186  
               

Total revenue

    43,083     56,980     63,086  
 

Cost of revenue

   
18,716
   
22,911
   
24,779
 
               

Gross profit

    24,367     34,069     38,307  

Operating expenses:

                   
 

Sales and marketing

    19,428     21,432     21,556  
 

Research and development

    7,189     8,754     10,041  
 

General and administrative

    4,456     5,883     6,034  
 

Amortization of other intangibles

    1,271     1,452     1,400  
 

Write-off of deferred stock offering costs

        1,524      
 

Restructuring expenses

    284          
               

Total operating expenses

    32,628     39,045     39,031  
               

Loss from operations

    (8,261 )   (4,976 )   (724 )
 

Interest income

   
279
   
115
   
6
 
 

Interest expense

    (883 )   (691 )   (355 )
 

Other income (expense)

    (1,644 )   1,808     (803 )
               

Loss before income taxes

    (10,509 )   (3,744 )   (1,876 )
 

Provision for income taxes

   
   
   
219
 
               

Net loss

  $ (10,509 ) $ (3,744 ) $ (2,095 )
               

Other Operating Data:

                   
 

Adjusted EBITDA(1)(unaudited)

  $ (3,378 ) $ 1,405   $ 6,581  

(1)
We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income (loss) less interest income and gain (loss) on preferred stock warrant revaluation plus interest expense, provision for taxes, depreciation expense, amortization expense and stock-based compensation expense.

53


Table of Contents

    The following table sets forth our results of operations expressed as a percentage of total revenue for each of the periods indicated:

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2007   2008   2009  

Statements of Operations Data:

                   

Revenue:

                   
 

Subscription and services

    90 %   88 %   87 %
 

Usage

    10     12     13  
               

Total revenue

    100     100     100  
 

Cost of revenue

   
43
   
40
   
39
 
               

Gross margin

    57     60     61  

Operating expenses:

                   
 

Sales and marketing

    45     38     34  
 

Research and development

    17     15     16  
 

General and administrative

    10     10     10  
 

Amortization of other intangibles

    3     3     2  
 

Write-off of deferred stock offering costs

        3      
 

Restructuring expenses

    1          
               

Total operating expenses

    76     69     62  
               

Loss from operations

    (19 )   (9 )   (1 )
 

Interest income

   
1
   
0
   
0
 
 

Interest expense

    (2 )   (1 )   (1 )
 

Other income (expense)

    (4 )   3     (1 )
               

Loss before income taxes

    (24 )   (7 )   (3 )
               
 

Provisions for income taxes

   
   
   
0
 
                   

Net loss

   
(24

)%
 
(7

)%
 
(3

)%
               

Other Operating Data:

                   

Adjusted EBITDA(1) (unaudited)

    (8 )%   2 %   10 %

(1)
We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income (loss) less interest income and gain (loss) on preferred stock warrant revaluation plus interest expense, provision for taxes, depreciation expense, amortization expense and stock-based compensation expense.

     Year Ended December 31, 2009 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2008 and Year Ended December 31, 2008 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2007

    The following discussion of our results of operations is based upon actual results of operations for each of the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009. Dollar information provided in the tables below is in thousands.

Revenue

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2007   2008   2009  

Subscription and services

  $ 38,754   $ 50,103   $ 54,900  
 

Percent of total revenue

    90.0 %   87.9 %   87.0 %

Usage

  $ 4,329   $ 6,877   $ 8,186  
 

Percent of total revenue

    10.0 %   12.1 %   13.0 %

    Subscription and Services Revenue

    2009 to 2008 Comparison.     Subscription and services revenue increased $4.8 million, or 9.6%, in 2009 as compared to 2008. The increase in subscription and services revenue was attributable to revenue recognized from sales of our solutions to new clients and from sales of additional products and services to existing clients. Approximately $1.0 million of the increase was related to a multi-chapter client deployed in 2009.

54


Table of Contents

    2008 to 2007 Comparison.     Subscription and services revenue increased $11.3 million, or 29.3%, in 2008 as compared to 2007. The increase in subscription and services revenue was attributable to an increase in sales of our solutions to new clients and from sales of additional products and services to existing clients. Approximately $2.2 million of the increase was related to a multi-chapter client deployed in 2008.

    Usage Revenue

    2009 to 2008 Comparison.     Usage revenue increased $1.3 million, or 19.0%, in 2009 as compared to 2008. The increase was attributable to a $1.1 million increase in revenue from special events and a $189,000 increase in additional fees for client usage above the levels included in monthly subscription fees.

    2008 to 2007 Comparison.     Usage revenue increased $2.5 million, or 58.9%, in 2008 as compared to 2007. The growth in usage revenue was attributable to a $2.4 million increase in revenue from special events and an $80,000 increase in additional fees for client usage above the levels included in monthly subscription fees. Approximately $1.7 million of the increase was related to a large new special event.

Cost of Revenue

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2007   2008   2009  

Cost of revenue

  $ 18,716   $ 22,911   $ 24,779  
               

Gross profit

  $ 24,367   $ 34,069   $ 38,307  
 

Gross margin

    56.6 %   59.8 %   60.7 %

    2009 to 2008 Comparison.     Cost of revenue increased $1.9 million, or 8.3%, in 2009 as compared to 2008. The increase was due to an $840,000 increase in personnel costs, a $499,000 increase in allocated overhead, a $482,000 increase in contracting expense and a $168,000 increase in transaction fees. The increase in personnel costs was primarily attributable to a $545,000 increase in cash compensation, a $199,000 increase in stock-based compensation expense and a $165,000 increase in benefits expense as a result of increased services personnel, primarily related to GetActive migrations. The increase in allocated overhead was due to an increase in the relative headcount of our services personnel and a corresponding increase in aggregate overhead as a result of costs associated with our leasing additional office space in Austin, Texas, and Washington, D.C. The increase in contracting expense is primarily due to an increase in subcontracting to third party service partners. The increase in transaction fees was related to the corresponding increase in the volume of online transactions processed by outside service providers.

    2008 to 2007 Comparison.     Cost of revenue increased $4.2 million, or 22.4%, in 2008 as compared to 2007. The increase was due to a $3.2 million increase in personnel costs, a $580,000 increase in third-party datacenter hosting and service provider costs, a $230,000 increase in depreciation expense and a $129,000 increase in amortization of acquired technology. The increase in personnel costs was attributable to a $2.6 million increase in cash compensation, a $218,000 increase in payroll taxes and a $165,000 increase in benefits expense as a result of our increased services personnel, as well as a $220,000 increase in stock-based compensation. The increase in datacenter and service provider costs was related to the corresponding increase in volumes of online transactions processed by our outside service providers. The increase in amortization was due to a full year of amortization expense in 2008, compared to ten months in 2007, on the acquired technology that we recorded in connection with the GetActive acquisition.

Sales and Marketing

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2007   2008   2009  

Sales and marketing

  $ 19,428   $ 21,432   $ 21,556  
 

Percent of total revenue

    45.1 %   37.6 %   34.2 %

55


Table of Contents

    2009 to 2008 Comparison.     Sales and marketing expenses increased $124,000, or 0.7%, in 2009 as compared to 2008. The increase was primarily attributable to a $379,000 increase in marketing expense and a $168,000 increase in allocated overhead offset by a $78,000 decrease in personnel costs, a $176,000 decrease in travel and entertainment expense and a $138,000 decrease in recruiting and relocation costs. The increase in marketing expense was related to an increase in market research and marketing programs in 2009 in order to drive new client acquisitions as well as marketing for Common Ground and Convio Go!. The increase in allocated overhead was the result of the increase in our aggregate overhead costs. The decrease in personnel costs was attributable to a $409,000 decrease in cash compensation offset by a $158,000 increase in stock-based compensation expense, a $100,000 increase in benefits as a result of higher fees from employee benefit providers and a $73,000 increase in payroll taxes. The decrease in cash compensation was primarily due to a decrease in commission expense resulting from a change in our commission plan structure in 2009. The decrease in travel and entertainment expense resulted from general cost-saving initiatives implemented during 2009. Recruiting and relocation costs were higher in 2008 as compared to 2009 due to the recruitment and relocation of our chief marketing officer in 2008.

    2008 to 2007 Comparison.     Sales and marketing expenses increased $2.0 million, or 10.3%, in 2008 as compared to 2007. The increase was attributable to a $1.2 million increase in personnel costs, a $497,000 increase in marketing expenses, a $157,000 increase in contracting expense and a $139,000 increase in recruiting and relocation expenses for our chief marketing officer hired in 2008. The increase in personnel costs was attributable to an $841,000 increase in cash compensation and $285,000 increase in stock-based compensation as a result of increased sales and marketing personnel. The increase in marketing expense was attributable to an increase in marketing programs in 2008 in order to drive new client acquisition as well as to market the launch of Common Ground.

Research and Development

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2007   2008   2009  

Research and development

  $ 7,189   $ 8,754   $ 10,041  
 

Percent of total revenue

    16.7 %   15.4 %   15.9 %

    2009 to 2008 Comparison.     Research and development expenses increased $1.3 million, or 14.9%, in 2009 as compared to 2008. The increase was attributable to a $1.3 million increase in personnel costs and a $354,000 increase in allocated overhead offset by a $279,000 decrease in contracting expense. The increase in personnel costs was attributable to an $875,000 increase in cash compensation, a $174,000 increase in benefits, a $118,000 increase in payroll taxes and a $108,000 increase in stock-based compensation, all of which was due to an increase in personnel. The increase in allocated overhead was due to an increase in the relative number of research and development personnel and a corresponding increase in aggregate overhead. The decrease in contractor fees is attributable to the termination of our offshore India-based independent contractors which we replaced with personnel in Austin.

    2008 to 2007 Comparison.     Research and development expenses increased $1.6 million, or 21.8%, in 2008 as compared to 2007. The increase was attributable to a $1.6 million increase in personnel costs, offset by a $186,000 decrease in contracting expense as we began ramping down our use of India-based independent contractors. The increase in personnel costs was attributable to a $1.4 million increase in cash compensation, a $88,000 increase in benefits and a $151,000 increase in stock-based compensation, all of which was due to an increase in personnel.

General and Administrative

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2007   2008   2009  

General and administrative

  $ 4,456   $ 5,883   $ 6,034  
 

Percent of total revenue

    10.3 %   10.3 %   9.6 %

56


Table of Contents

    2009 to 2008 Comparison.     General and administrative expenses increased $151,000, or 2.6%, in 2009 as compared to 2008. The increase was due primarily to a $435,000 increase in personnel costs offset by a $235,000 decrease in bad debt expense. The increase in personnel costs was attributable to a $480,000 increase in stock-based compensation and a $52,000 increase in benefits expense offset by an $87,000 decrease in cash compensation as a result of reduced bonuses in 2009. The decrease in bad debt expense is related to normal operations. Bad debt expense as a percentage of revenue decreased by less than 1% to 0.4% of revenue.

    2008 to 2007 Comparison.     General and administrative expenses increased $1.4 million, or 32.0%, in 2007 as compared to 2008. The increase was due to an $848,000 increase in personnel costs, a $213,000 increase in miscellaneous expenses, a $187,000 increase in bad debt expense and a $117,000 increase in contracting expense. The increase in personnel costs was attributable to a $611,000 increase in cash compensation as a result of an increase in headcount and a $212,000 increase in stock-based compensation. The increase in miscellaneous expense was partially attributable to our implementation of board member compensation. The increase in bad debt expense was related to normal operations. Bad debt expense as a percentage of revenue increased by less than 1% to 0.8% of revenue. The increase in contracting expense was related to an increase in legal fees.

Amortization of Other Intangibles

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2007   2008   2009  

Amortization of other intangibles

  $ 1,271   $ 1,452   $ 1,400  
 

Percent of total revenue

    3.0 %   2.5 %   2.2 %

    These amounts represent the amortization of intangibles recorded in connection with our acquisition of GetActive in February 2007 and are being amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives.

Write-off of Deferred Stock Offering Costs

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2007   2008   2009  

Write-off of deferred stock offering costs

  $   $ 1,524   $  
 

Percent of total revenue

    %   2.7 %   %

    In August 2008, we withdrew our Form S-1 Registration Statement on file with the Securities and Exchange Commission due to weak market conditions. As a result, $1.5 million of prepaid stock offering costs were written off in August 2008. These costs consisted primarily of legal and accounting fees incurred in connection with the drafting, review and filing of the Form S-1.

Restructuring Expenses

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2007   2008   2009  

Restructuring expenses

  $ 284   $   $  
 

Percent of total revenue

    0.7 %   %   %

    In connection with the GetActive acquisition, we implemented a restructuring plan in 2007 to reduce the number of personnel and infrastructure costs and to consolidate our operations with GetActive.

Interest Income (Expense)

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2007   2008   2009  

Interest income

  $ 279   $ 115   $ 6  

Interest expense

    (883 )   (691 )   (355 )
               
 

Total interest income (expense)

    (604 ) $ (576 )   (349 )
 

Percent of total revenue

    (1.4 )%   (1.0 )%   (0.6 )%

57


Table of Contents

    2009 to 2008 Comparison.     Interest income decreased $109,000, or 94.8%, in 2009 as compared to 2008 due to the decrease in interest rates during 2009. Interest expense decreased $336,000, or 48.6%, in 2009 as compared to 2008. The decrease was due to a decrease in our average outstanding debt.

    2008 to 2007 Comparison.     Interest income decreased $164,000, or 58.8%, in 2008 as compared to 2007 due to a decrease in the average cash balances in interest bearing accounts of approximately $700,000. Interest expense decreased $192,000, or 21.7%, in 2008 as compared to 2007 due to a decrease in our average outstanding debt.

Other Income (Expense)

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2007   2008   2009  

Other income (expense)

  $ (1,644 ) $ 1,808   $ (803 )
 

Percent of total revenue

    (3.8 )%   3.2 %   (1.3 )%

    We issued warrants exercisable for our convertible preferred stock in 2005. In 2009, we recorded expense of $814,000 as the liability with respect to the warrants increased, and we recorded the corresponding increase in fair value. In 2008, we recorded income of $1.8 million as the liability with respect to the warrants decreased, and we recorded the corresponding decrease in fair value. In 2007, we recorded expense of $1.6 million as the liability with respect to the warrants increased and we recorded the corresponding increase in fair value.

Provision for Income Taxes

    We use the liability method of accounting for income taxes as set forth in the authoritative guidance for income taxes. Under this method, we recognize deferred tax liabilities and assets for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the respective carrying amounts and tax bases of our assets and liabilities.

    In July 2006, guidance on accounting for uncertainty in income taxes clarified the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an entity's financial statements and prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for financial statement disclosure of tax positions taken or expected to be taken on a tax return. We adopted this guidance on January 1, 2007, and the adoption did not have a material impact on our financial statements.

    This guidance requires us to identify, evaluate and measure all uncertain tax positions taken or to be taken on tax returns and to record liabilities for the amount of these positions that may not be sustained, or may only partially be sustained, upon examination by the relevant taxing authorities. Although we believe that our estimates and judgments are reasonable, actual results may differ from these estimates. Some or all of these judgments are subject to review by the taxing authorities.

    We establish valuation allowances when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts expected to be realized. We evaluate the need for, and the adequacy of, valuation allowances based on the expected realization of our deferred tax assets. The factors used to assess the likelihood of realization include our latest forecast of future taxable income and available tax planning strategies that could be implemented to realize the net deferred tax assets.

    We accrue interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax expense. As of the adoption date of this guidance, there were no accrued interest or penalties. As of December 31, 2008 and 2009, there were no accrued interest or penalties.

Quarterly Results of Operations

    The following tables set forth Convio's unaudited consolidated statements of operations data and other operating data for each of the eight quarters ended December 31, 2009. The data has been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included in this prospectus. The data includes all necessary adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring

58


Table of Contents


adjustments, that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of this data. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in future periods. You should read this data together with our financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  Three Months Ended  
 
  Mar 31,
2008
  Jun 30,
2008
  Sep 30,
2008
  Dec 31,
2008
  Mar 31,
2009
  Jun 30,
2009
  Sep 30,
2009
  Dec 31,
2009
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Statements of Operations Data:

                                                 

Revenue:

                                                 
 

Subscription and services

  $ 11,780   $ 12,288   $ 12,706   $ 13,329   $ 13,283   $ 13,502   $ 13,953   $ 14,162  
 

Usage

    1,171     2,422     2,156     1,128     1,377     2,906     2,281     1,622  
                                   

Total revenue

    12,951     14,710     14,862     14,457     14,660     16,408     16,234     15,784  
 

Cost of revenue

   
5,551
   
5,706
   
5,817
   
5,837
   
6,196
   
6,156
   
6,191
   
6,236
 
                                   

Gross profit

    7,400     9,004     9,045     8,620     8,464     10,252     10,043     9,548  

Operating expenses:

                                                 
 

Sales and marketing

    5,209     5,827     5,227     5,169     5,434     5,059     5,191     5,872  
 

Research and development

    2,191     2,119     2,272     2,172     2,495     2,473     2,512     2,561  
 

General and administrative

    1,397     1,588     1,415     1,483     1,660     1,398     1,318     1,658  
 

Amortization of other intangibles

    363     363     363     363     356     348     348     348  
 

Write-off of deferred stock offering costs

            1,524                      
 

Restructuring expenses

                                 
                                   

Total operating expenses

    9,160     9,897     10,801     9,187     9,945     9,278     9,369     10,439  
                                   

Loss from operations

    (1,760 )   (893 )   (1,756 )   (567 )   (1,481 )   974     674     (891 )
 

Interest income

   
47
   
28
   
25
   
15
   
2
   
2
   
1
   
1
 
 

Interest expense

    (195 )   (180 )   (164 )   (152 )   (143 )   (95 )   (50 )   (67 )
 

Other income (expense)

    1,143     356     (47 )   356     (164 )   (53 )   (96 )   (490 )
                                   

Loss before income taxes

    (765 )   (689 )   (1,942 )   (348 )   (1,786 )   828     529     (1,447 )
 

Provision for income taxes

   
   
   
   
   
25
   
25
   
54
   
115
 
                                   

Net income (loss)

  $ (765 ) $ (689 ) $ (1,942 ) $ (348 ) $ (1,811 ) $ 803   $ 475   $ (1,562 )
                                   

Other Operating Data:

                                                 

Adjusted EBITDA(1)

  $ (179 ) $ 667   $ (165 ) $ 1,082   $ 551   $ 2,724   $ 2,388   $ 918  

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

    (727 )   1,270     1,095     1,224     (570 )   1,756     3,332     2,273  

(1)
We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income (loss) less interest income and gain (loss) on preferred stock warrant revaluation plus interest expense, provision for taxes, depreciation expense, amortization expense and stock-based compensation expense.

 
  Three Months Ended  
 
  Mar 31,
2008
  Jun 30,
2008
  Sep 30,
2008
  Dec 31,
2008
  Mar 31,
2009
  Jun 30,
2009
  Sep 30,
2009
  Dec 31,
2009
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss:

                                                 
 

Net loss

  $ (765 ) $ (689 ) $ (1,942 ) $ (348 ) $ (1,811 ) $ 803   $ 475   $ (1,562 )
 

Interest (income) expense, net

    148     152     139     137     141     93     49     66  
 

Depreciation and amortization

    1,166     1,180     1,226     1,249     1,219     1,191     1,181     1,201  
 

Stock-based compensation

    413     389     365     389     803     559     532     608  
 

Gain (loss) on warrant revaluation

    (1,141 )   (365 )   47     (345 )   174     53     97     490  
 

Provision for income taxes

                    25     25     54     115  
                                   

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ (179 ) $ 667   $ (165 ) $ 1,082   $ 551   $ 2,724   $ 2,388   $ 918  
                                   

59


Table of Contents

    As a percentage of total revenue:

 
  Three Months Ended  
 
  Mar 31,
2008
  Jun 30,
2008
  Sep 30,
2008
  Dec 31,
2008
  Mar 31,
2009
  Jun 30,
2009
  Sep 30,
2009
  Dec 31,
2009
 

Statements of Operations Data:

                                                 

Revenue:

                                                 
 

Subscription and services

    91 %   84 %   85 %   92 %   91 %   82 %   86 %   90 %
 

Usage

    9     16     15     8     9     18     14     10  
                                   

Total revenue

    100     100     100     100     100     100     100     100  
 

Cost of revenue

   
43
   
39
   
39
   
40
   
42
   
37
   
38
   
40
 
                                   

Gross margin

    57     61     61     60     58     63     62     60  

Operating expenses:

                                                 
 

Sales and marketing

    40     40     35     36     37     31     32     37  
 

Research and development

    17     14     15     15     17     15     16     16  
 

General and administrative

    11     11     10     10     11     9     8     11  
 

Amortization of other intangibles

    3     2     2     3     2     2     2     2  
 

Write-off of prepaid stock offering costs

            10                      
 

Restructuring expenses

                                 
                                   

Total operating expenses

    71     67     73     64     68     57     58     66  
                                   

Loss from operations

    (14 )   (6 )   (12 )   (4 )   (10 )   6     4     (6 )
 

Interest income

   
0
   
0
   
0
   
0
   
0
   
0
   
0
   
0
 
 

Interest expense

    (1 )   (1 )   (1 )   (1 )   (1 )       (1 )    
 

Other income (expense)

    9     2     (1 )   2     (1 )   (1 )       (3 )
                                   

Loss before income taxes

    (6 )   (5 )   (13 )   (2 )   (12 )   5     3     (9 )
                                   
 

Provision for income taxes

                    0     0     0     (1 )
                                   

Net income (loss)

    (6 )%   (5 )%   (13 )%   (2 )%   (12 )%   5 %   3 %   (10 )%
                                   

Other Operating Data:

                                                 

Adjusted EBITDA(1)

    (1 )%   5 %   (1 )%   7 %   4 %   16 %   15 %   6 %

(1)
We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income (loss) less interest income and gain (loss) on preferred stock warrant revaluation plus interest expense, provision for taxes, depreciation expense, amortization expense and stock-based compensation expense.

     The above tables of our quarterly operating results for eight quarters illustrate the following key points about our quarterly results of operations:

Subscription and services revenue.   Subscription and services revenue increased year-over-year in each of the quarters presented, due to our adding new clients, renewing existing clients and selling additional modules and services to existing clients. Period-over-period comparisons are made more volatile by the addition or loss of enterprise clients and their impact on our revenue.

Seasonality and fluctuation of usage revenue.   Usage revenue increased year-over-year in each of the quarters presented due to the increase in the number of our clients' special events, the percent of funds raised online for these events, the growth and success of events and our signing of new clients for their events. Special events are typically held in the spring and fall, which results in our recognizing a majority of our usage revenue in the second and third quarters. We recognized 67% and 63% of our annual usage revenue in the combined second and third quarters of 2008 and 2009, respectively. Our usage revenue in the second and third quarters represented between 15% and 16% of our total revenue during those periods in 2008 and 2009, respectively; whereas, usage revenue in the first and fourth quarters represented between 8% and 10% of total revenue during those periods in 2008 and 2009, respectively. The amount of usage revenue that we recognize during these periods is contingent upon the success of our clients' special events. As a result, the amount of usage revenue that we recognize in any period is difficult to predict.

60


Table of Contents

Impact of sales commissions.   We have volatility in our sales and marketing expenses and our net income (loss) because we expense sales commissions in the period in which we sign our agreements but we do not recognize any revenue until after the activation date. We experience significant fluctuations in our sales, particularly sales to enterprise clients, which makes period-over-period comparisons very difficult. We may report poor operating results due to higher sales commissions in a period in which we experience strong sales of our solutions, particularly sales to enterprise clients. Alternatively, we may report better operating results due to lower sales commissions in a period in which we experience a slowdown in sales. As a result, our sales and marketing expenses are difficult to predict and fluctuate as a percentage of revenue.

Non-cash expenses.   In connection with the GetActive acquisition, we recorded $3.0 million in acquired technology and $9.0 million in other identifiable intangibles. We began amortizing these non-cash amounts in the first quarter of 2007. We will complete our amortization of acquired technology during the first quarter of 2010.

Gross margin impact.   Gross margin has fluctuated with the seasonality of our usage revenue but has increased year over year as we have increased sales of our solutions and decreased the relative costs related to our systems and services.

    Our quarterly results of operations may fluctuate significantly in the future and the period-to-period comparisons of our operating results may not be meaningful. You should not rely on the results of any one quarter as an indication of future performance.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

    To date, we have financed our operations and met our capital expenditure requirements primarily through the private sale of equity securities and debt financings. As of December 31, 2009, we had $16.7 million of cash and cash equivalents and $19.7 million of working capital excluding deferred revenue. As of December 31, 2009, we had an accumulated deficit of $56.3 million. We have funded this deficit from $47.4 million in net proceeds raised from the sale of our preferred stock. We last sold shares of our preferred stock in April 2007.

    The following table sets forth a summary of our cash flows for the periods indicated:

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2007   2008   2009  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

  $ (1,225 ) $ 2,862   $ 6,791  

Net cash used in investing activities

    (3,130 )   (2,162 )   (1,749 )

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    10,441     (1,472 )   (2,208 )

Cash and cash equivalents (end of period)

    14,600     13,828     16,662  

Net Cash Provided By (Used In) Operating Activities

    In 2009, we generated $6.8 million of cash from operating activities, which consisted of our net loss of $2.1 million, offset by non-cash charges of $8.1 million. In addition, cash outflows from changes in operating assets included an increase in accounts receivable of $263,000 from increased sales activities near the end of the year and a $419,000 increase in prepaid expenses as a result of increased rent related to the new Washington D.C. office lease and the additional space taken effective January 1, 2009 in Austin as well as deferred stock offering costs paid during December of 2009. Cash inflows from changes in operating liabilities included an increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities of $921,000 due to the overall growth in our business expenses and timing of payments and an increase in deferred revenue of $538,000 resulting from the increase in our client base and timing of transactions.

    In 2008, we generated $2.9 million of cash from operating activities, which consisted of our net loss of $3.7 million, offset by non-cash charges of $4.6 million. In addition, cash outflows from changes in

61


Table of Contents


operating assets included an increase in accounts receivable of $1.3 million driven by sales activities and revenue growth from 2007 to 2008. Cash inflows from changes in operating assets and liabilities included a decrease in prepaid expenses of $1.2 million, resulting primarily from the write off of deferred stock offering costs in conjunction with the withdrawal of our Registration Statement on Form S-1 in August of 2008 and an increase in deferred revenue of $2.1 million resulting from the increase in our client base and timing of transactions.

    In 2007, we used $1.2 million in cash from operating activities, which consisted of our net loss of $10.5 million, offset by non-cash charges of $6.5 million. In addition, cash outflows from changes in operating assets included an increase in accounts receivable of $848,000 driven by sales activities and revenue growth from 2006 to 2007 and a $995,000 increase in prepaid expenses as a result of deferred stock offering costs incurred in connection with the initial public offering we filed in August 2007. Cash inflows from changes in operating liabilities included a $4.3 million increase in deferred revenue of which $1.7 million was related to our acquisition of GetActive in 2007.

Net Cash Used In Investing Activities

    Net cash used in investing activities decreased $413,000 in 2009 compared to 2008 as a result of a $413,000 decrease in capital expenditures in 2009. The improvement of net cash used in investing activities from 2007 to 2008 is attributable to a decrease of $622,000 in capital expenditures and the absence of acquisition-related expenses in 2008 as compared to 2007, which included $533,000 of expenses related to our GetActive acquisition which was only partially offset by $187,000 of cash received in connection with the acquisition.

Net Cash Provided By (Used In) Financing Activities

    Net cash used in financing activities increased $736,000 in 2009 compared to 2008 as a result of a $1.2 million decrease in proceeds received from long-term debt partially offset by a decrease in payments made on long-term debt and capital leases of $536,000. Net cash used in financing activities in 2008 was $1.5 million compared to net cash provided by financing activities of $10.5 million in 2007. This change in cash from financing activities is attributable to $10.1 million in net proceeds from the issuance of preferred stock in 2007 as well as a decrease of $1.9 million in proceeds received from long-term debt and capital lease obligations.

Capital Resources

    We generated positive cash flow from operations in 2008 and 2009, and we expect to do so in 2010. We believe that our cash flow from operations will be sufficient to fund our operations, meet our debt service requirements and facilitate our ability to grow for at least the next 12 months.

    Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including the adoption rate of our solutions, the amount and timing of collections from our clients, the rate of our sales and marketing activities and product development growth and the scope of our expansion into new geographies. We have no current acquisition plans, but in the future we may acquire technologies or businesses that we believe are beneficial to our clients and business. In the event that cash flow from operations, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents and liquidity available under our credit facility, are insufficient to fund our future activities or to make these acquisitions, we may need to raise additional funds through public or private equity or debt financing.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

    We generally do not enter into long-term purchase commitments. Our principal commitments, in addition to those related to our credit facilities discussed below, consist of obligations under capital

62


Table of Contents


leases for equipment and furniture, operating leases for office space and fees for third-party datacenters. The following table summarizes our commitments and contractual obligations as of December 31, 2009:

 
  Payments Due by Period as of December 31, 2009  
 
  Less than
1 year
  1 - 3 years   4 - 5 years   More than
5 years
  Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Contractual Obligations:

                               

Operating leases

  $ 2,446   $ 6,592   $ 1,579   $ 3,048   $ 13,665  

Capital leases

    96     17             113  

Credit facilities

    773     1,332             2,105  

Third-party datacenter fees

    1,073     634             1,707  
                       
 

Total

  $ 4,388   $ 8,575   $ 1,579   $ 3,048   $ 17,590  
                       

    In January 2010, we entered into a sublease agreement pursuant to which we will sublet approximately 12,000 square feet of our office facility located in Austin, Texas. The sublease has a term of 44 months. As a result of this new sublease agreement, future minimum payments under operating lease obligations will be offset by $199,000 in 2010 and an aggregate of $624,000 in 2011 through 2013 to be paid by the subtenant.

Credit Facilities

    On July 31, 2009, we amended our credit facility with Comerica Bank to a $10.0 million revolving line of credit plus an existing term loan. As of December 31, 2009, we had $975,000 outstanding under the revolving line of credit and $1.1 million outstanding under the term loan. Under our revolving line of credit, $1.0 million is available on a non-formula basis. The remaining $9.0 million is formula-based and capped at 80% of eligible accounts receivable. Amounts outstanding under this revolving line of credit bear interest at the greater of the daily adjusting LIBOR (floor of 2%) plus 300 basis points or the daily adjusted LIBOR plus 325 basis points. Any amounts borrowed under this facility may be repaid and reborrowed at any time prior to April 26, 2011, at which time the entire principal balance outstanding becomes due and payable. The term loan bears interest at the same rate as the revolving line of credit above. This facility is secured by substantially all of our assets, including intellectual property.

    In conjunction with the April 3, 2009 execution of our Washington D.C. operating lease, we were required to provide a $350,000 standby letter of credit with Comerica for the benefit of the landlord to secure the office space per the lease agreement. In addition, we still have a standby letter of credit in the amount of $2.3 million for the benefit of the landlord of our Austin, Texas facility, resulting in a total standby letter of credit of $2.6 million of the formula-based $9.0 million line of credit.

    In addition to the above agreement, we entered into a capital lease agreement with ATEL Ventures on March 15, 2006 to fund certain purchases of equipment. The ability to borrow under this lease agreement expired on March 31, 2007. As of December 31, 2009, our outstanding capital lease obligation was $65,000.

    We intend to pay off the amounts outstanding under our credit facilities with the proceeds of this offering. We are in compliance with all the related financial covenants and restrictions included in these agreements.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

    During 2007, 2008 and 2009, we did not have any relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes.

63


Table of Contents

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

    In September 2009, we adopted the FASB ASC. The FASB established the ASC as the single source of authoritative non-governmental GAAP, superseding various existing authoritative accounting pro-nouncements. It eliminates the previous GAAP hierarchy and establishes one level of authoritative GAAP. All other literature is considered non-authoritative. The FASB will not issue new standards in the form of Statements, FASB Staff Positions or Emerging Issues Task Force Abstracts. Instead, it will issue an Accounting Standards Update ("ASU"). The FASB will not consider ASUs as authoritative in their own right. ASUs will serve only to update the ASC, provide background information about the guidance and provide the bases for conclusions on the change(s) in the ASC.

    In October 2009, the FASB issued an ASU that amended the accounting rules addressing revenue recognition for multiple-deliverable revenue arrangements by eliminating the currently existing criteria that objective and reliable evidence of fair value for the undelivered products or services exist in order to be able to separately account for deliverables. Additionally the ASU provides for elimination of the use of the residual method of allocating arrangement consideration and requires that arrangement consideration be allocated at the inception of the arrangement to all deliverables that can be accounted for separately based on their relative selling price. A hierarchy for estimating such selling price is included in the update. This ASU will be effective prospectively for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010. Early adoption is permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact this update will have on our consolidated financial statements.

    In October 2009, the FASB issued an ASU that changes the criteria for determining when an entity should account for transactions with customers using the revenue recognition guidance applicable to the selling or licensing of software. This ASU is effective prospectively for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010. Early adoption is permitted. We do not believe this update will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

    In September 2009, the FASB issued an ASU providing clarification for measuring the fair value of a liability when a quoted price in an active market for the identical liability is not available. It also clarifies that when estimating the fair value of a liability, a reporting entity is not required to include a separate input or adjustment to other inputs relating to the existence of a restriction that prevents the transfer of the liability. This ASU is effective for fiscal periods beginning after August 27, 2009. We do not believe this update will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

    In December 2007, the FASB issued guidance regarding business combinations, which significantly changes the principles and requirements for how the acquirer of a business recognizes and measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, any non-controlling interest in the acquiree, and the goodwill acquired. This statement is effective prospectively, except for certain retrospective adjustments to deferred tax balances, for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. The impact of adopting this statement will be dependent on the future business combinations that we may pursue.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Interest Rate Risk

    We had cash and cash equivalents of $14.6 million, $13.8 million and $16.7 million at December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively. These amounts are held primarily in cash or money market funds. We do not hold any auction-rate securities. Cash and cash equivalents are held for working capital purposes. Due to the short-term nature of these investments, we believe that we do not have any material exposure to changes in the fair value of our investment portfolio as a result of changes in interest rates. Any declines in interest rates will reduce future interest income. If overall interest rates fell by 10% in 2009, our interest income would not have been materially affected.

64


Table of Contents

    Our exposure to interest rates also relates to the increase or decrease in the amount of interest we must pay on our outstanding debt. Outstanding borrowings under our term loan and line of credit bear a variable rate of interest based upon the LIBOR rate and is adjusted monthly. As of December 31, 2009, we had $2.1 million of debt outstanding under our term loan and line of credit, which bore interest at LIBOR (not less than 2%) plus 3%, or 5%. If overall interest rates had increased by 10% in 2009, our interest expense would have increased by approximately $13,000.

Foreign Currency Risk

    Our results of operations and cash flows are not subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates. We bill our clients in U.S. dollars and receive payment in U.S. dollars, and substantially all of our operating expenses are denominated in U.S. dollars. If we grow sales of our solutions outside the United States, our contracts with foreign clients may not be denominated in dollars and we may become subject to changes in currency exchange rates.

65


Table of Contents


BUSINESS

Overview

    We are a leading provider of on-demand constituent engagement solutions that enable nonprofit organizations, or NPOs, to more effectively raise funds, advocate for change and cultivate relationships with donors, activists, volunteers, alumni and other constituents. We serve approximately 1,300 NPOs of all sizes including 29 of the 50 largest charities as ranked by contributions in the November 2009 Forbes article entitled "The 200 Largest U.S. Charities." During 2009, our clients used our solutions to raise over $920 million and deliver over 3.8 billion emails to accomplish their missions.

    Our integrated solutions include our Convio Online Marketing platform, or COM, and Common Ground, our constituent relationship management application. COM enables NPOs to harness the full potential of the Internet and social media as new channels for constituent engagement and fundraising. Common Ground delivers next-generation donor management capabilities, integrates marketing activities across online and offline channels and is designed to increase operational efficiency. Our software is built on an open, configurable and flexible architecture that enables our clients and partners to customize and extend its functionality. Our solutions are enhanced by a portfolio of value-added services tailored to our clients' specific needs.

    Our revenue has grown in the last five years to $63.1 million in 2009, from $13.3 million in 2005. Our clients pay us recurring subscription fees with agreement terms that typically range between one and three years. Our subscription fees grow as our clients grow their constituent bases and purchase additional modules of COM and additional seats of Common Ground. We also receive transaction fees that include a percentage of funds raised for special events such as runs, walks and rides. Our clients grew their online fundraising using our solutions by 14% in 2008, despite a decline in total contributions in the United States of 2% according to Giving USA Foundation in its "Annual Report on Philanthropy for the Year 2008." Total charitable giving in the United States was $307 billion in 2008 according to this report.

Nonprofit Industry Background

Large and Evolving Nonprofit Sector

    The nonprofit sector is a large and vital part of the economy. The missions of NPOs span many aspects of our society including animal welfare, arts and culture, disaster relief, education, environment, healthcare, international development, professional and trade associations, public policy, religion and social and youth services. According to the National Center of Charitable Statistics, in 2009 there were over 973,000 public charities in the United States.

    We define our target market as public charities that raise more than $50,000 in contributions annually, of which there were over 71,000 in 2009 in the United States according to GuideStar USA, Inc. The following table provides our categorization of our target market:

Addressable Market   Annual
Contributions
  Number of
Public
Charities(1)
  Aggregate
Annual
Contributions(1)
  Annual
Fundraising
Spend(2)
  Addressable
Annual
Fundraising
Spend(3)
 

Enterprise

  $ 10+ million     2,200   $ 88 billion   $ 13.2 billion   $ 1.0 billion  

Mid-Market

  $ 50,000 - $10 million     69,000   $ 57 billion   $ 11.7 billion   $ 1.5 billion  
                         
 

Total

          71,200   $ 145 billion   $ 24.9 billion   $ 2.5 billion  

(1)
Data from GuideStar USA, Inc.

(2)
Calculated by applying a $0.15 per dollar raised expense for public charities raising greater than $10 million annually and $0.21 cents per dollar raised for NPOs raising $50,000 to $10 million annually based on fundraising efficiency data from The Urban Institute as presented in a report entitled "Variations in Overhead and Fundraising Efficiency Measures."

(3)
Based on our experience with approximately 1,300 clients, we estimate that enterprise NPOs spend approximately 7.5% of fundraising spend on products and services addressable by our solutions, and we estimate that mid-market NPOs spend approximately 13% of fundraising on products and services addressable by our solutions.

66


Table of Contents

    Enterprise NPOs commonly have more staff resources, greater technical and functional requirements and more complex operating environments. In addition, many enterprise NPOs are comprised of multiple sites or chapters. Mid-market NPOs are more resource-constrained and typically seek more guidance and place a greater premium on ease-of-use and price.

Challenges Facing Nonprofit Organizations

    NPOs face unique challenges that center upon the need to reach new constituents and to engage effectively with a large and diverse number of existing constituents. In particular, NPOs struggle with the following challenges:

High cost of fundraising.   The American Institute of Philanthropy in its "Charity Rating Guide" considers fundraising cost of $0.35 or less per dollar raised to be acceptable for most charities. In particular it costs an average of $2.20 to raise $1.00 from a new donor via the direct mail channel, according to a 2004 report entitled "A New Direction for Tomorrow's Direct Mail Fundraising" by Mal Warwick & Associates. Furthermore, NPOs typically experience new donor attrition rates of approximately 50% in the first year following an initial gift, according to a 2010 report entitled "Building Donor Loyalty" by Mal Warwick & Associates.

Outdated and inflexible donor management systems.   Many NPOs have legacy donor databases that are deployed on-premise, have limited extensibility and can be difficult and expensive to adapt to NPOs' evolving needs. Additionally, many of these legacy systems focus on managing relationships with existing donors rather than the acquisition of new constituents and the management of other key business processes such as volunteer and event management.

Limited ability to act rapidly and quickly mobilize constituents.   Major occurrences, such as the recent earthquakes in Haiti and Hurricane Katrina, and political developments can provide opportunities for NPOs to mobilize their constituents and generate a significant number of new donors and advocates. However, many NPOs have a limited ability to act rapidly and mobilize constituents at the grassroots level because these NPOs rely on long lead-time communications such as direct mail.

Higher expectations from constituents.   We believe constituents increasingly expect personalized communications from NPOs via the constituents' medium of choice. Many constituents are online, conversant in social media and active at events. Due to the proliferation of communication channels, NPOs are pressured to deploy many different techniques to effectively engage their constituents. Based on our fundraising experience with approximately 1,300 NPOs, we also believe constituents increasingly expect transparency into the use of donations, which makes fundraising and constituent relationship management more difficult.

Difficulty in sharing data across operational silos.   Constituent data such as giving history, interests and preferred methods of communication are often stored in separate systems, making it difficult to share the data across an organization and, in the case of enterprise NPOs, with other chapters and national offices. Additionally, non-integrated databases can result in uncoordinated communications and data inconsistencies and can limit an NPO's ability to cross-market to its constituents.

Limited technical and marketing resources.   Many NPOs have limited in-house technical expertise and time to manage on-premise legacy systems, fully utilize the Internet as a marketing medium and integrate their online marketing programs with their traditional off-line programs and donor databases. Due in part to these limitations, marketing resources at many NPOs are constrained in their ability to create mass appeals that are personalized and effective.

    NPOs spend large amounts of money on fundraising, advocacy and donor management. Many NPOs have adopted legacy donor databases to support their offline activities but have only recently begun to leverage online marketing as a mission-critical channel to reach and cultivate constituents. The

67


Table of Contents


emergence of the online channel has accentuated NPOs' struggles to integrate their online and offline communications and fundraising efforts. We believe the Internet and the increasing adoption of social media and mobile technologies are enabling NPOs to raise funds, advocate for change and cultivate relationships with their constituents in more cost-effective and engaging ways.

Our Solutions

    We provide on-demand constituent engagement solutions to NPOs that enable them to more effectively raise funds, advocate for change and cultivate relationships with their donors, activists, volunteers, alumni and other constituents. Our integrated solutions include our Convio Online Marketing platform and Common Ground, our constituent relationship management application. Convio Online Marketing enables NPOs to harness the full potential of the Internet and social media as new channels for constituent engagement and fundraising. Common Ground delivers next-generation donor management capabilities, integrates marketing activities across online and offline channels and is designed to increase operational efficiency. Our software is built on an open, configurable and flexible architecture that enables our clients and partners to customize and extend our functionality. Our solutions are enhanced by a portfolio of value-added services tailored to our clients' specific needs.

    Our solutions provide the following benefits to NPOs:

Extend reach and raise more funds at a lower cost.   Our solutions enable NPOs to reach new constituents, increase retention rates and improve the cost effectiveness of engaging with constituents. We also improve the performance of NPOs' fundraising activities by enabling our clients to increase gift frequency and average gift size.

Engage constituents more effectively.   Our solutions enable NPOs to cultivate relationships with constituents by tracking and integrating their online and offline interactions, interests and preferences. This comprehensive constituent information enables NPOs to engage in more personalized and meaningful ways and can lead to more active constituents who give more and help to recruit new constituents.

Act rapidly to mobilize constituents.   Our solutions enable NPOs and their constituents to quickly respond to current events such as natural disasters, which can be a catalyst for giving, advocacy and the acquisition of new constituents. Our solutions allow NPOs to create and deploy broad-based online fundraising or advocacy campaigns within minutes of a significant development.

Eliminate data and process silos.   Our solutions are designed to manage online and offline data and processes across the entire organization and to be interoperable with an NPO's existing systems and processes. We also provide permission-based access for chapters and national offices, which is of particular importance to enterprise NPOs. Our solutions reduce uncoordinated communications and data inconsistencies and make cross-marketing to constituents easier.

Easily adapt our solutions using our open platform.   We have developed our solutions based on open architectures that enable customization and extension of our solutions to third-party platforms such as social networks, mobile devices, collaboration tools and third-party donor databases. Our open approach allows NPOs to adapt our solutions to their business processes and to address expanding communication channels and evolving constituent preferences.

Reduce burden on limited resources.   Our on-demand model enables rapid deployment of our solutions, so our clients can quickly realize value from their investment and access real-time upgrades that enable them to keep pace with rapidly evolving technology. There is no hardware to purchase or maintain, and there are no software upgrades to manage.

Access best practices, knowledge and guidance based on our experience.   We enable NPOs to access best practices through our software, services and publications that help NPOs more effectively

68


Table of Contents

    achieve their missions. For example, we publish "The Convio Online Marketing Nonprofit Benchmark Index Study" to help NPOs understand key marketing metrics, and the relative performance of their organizations. This peer benchmark information helps NPOs better manage the performance of their marketing programs and donor management practices. This quantitative approach to measuring success enables NPOs to continually refine their tactics, improve the effectiveness of their marketing initiatives and allocate resources more efficiently.

Business Strengths

    We pioneered the delivery of software-as-a-service, or SaaS, online marketing solutions to NPOs, launching the first version of our solution in 2000. We have maintained an exclusive focus on NPOs which has enabled us to develop deep nonprofit industry expertise. We are a leading provider of on-demand constituent engagement solutions to NPOs, and we believe the following business strengths are key to our success:

Leading online marketing solution for NPOs.   The maturity, breadth, depth and measurable results of our COM solution enable us to compete more effectively, attract new customers and grow our presence within existing clients. Through continuous research and product innovation, we strive to ensure that our customers are at the forefront of online marketing.

Disruptive model for donor management market.   Our Common Ground application is an innovative constituent relationship management solution. Unlike many traditional donor databases, Common Ground allows NPOs to manage fundraising and other program operations in a single open application built on salesforce.com's Force.com platform. Common Ground allows NPOs to improve operational efficiency and to identify new fundraising prospects. These benefits have allowed us to quickly penetrate the donor management market.

Loyal clients producing predictable recurring revenue that scales with client growth.   We sell our software on a subscription basis which provides greater levels of recurring and predictable revenue than perpetual license-based business models. Our subscription fees grow as our clients grow their constituent bases and purchase additional modules of COM and additional seats of Common Ground. In 2009, 25% of our renewing clients increased their subscription revenue with us.

Marquee clients, providing referrals and references that can shorten sales cycles.   We have marquee clients in each nonprofit vertical we serve, and they provide us with a significant number of referrals and references. The NPO community is highly networked, and client referrals and references can lead to new opportunities and shorten our sales cycles.

Nonprofit industry thought leadership.   We invest in primary research to identify trends in charitable giving and constituent behavior. We also aggregate data across our clients to perform benchmarking and best practice analysis. As evidenced by the over 14,500 downloads of our industry whitepapers and benchmarking studies in 2009, NPOs recognize our thought leadership which generates sales leads and guides our product development and strategic consulting services.

Ability to acquire and effectively serve NPOs of all sizes.   We sell our solutions through a direct sales force and cost-effectively tailor our sales processes to the nonprofit markets we serve. We develop and package our solutions to meet the unique needs of these markets. This approach enables us to acquire new NPO clients of all sizes.

Portfolio of value-added services.   Our services are designed to help our clients achieve success through the development and execution of effective online and offline marketing and constituent engagement strategies. Our consultants assist clients in setting operational goals, developing strategies and tactics, improving user experience and analyzing online campaigns. We also offer cohort-based consulting services designed for mid-market NPOs. Our services help us acquire new clients and deepen relationships with existing clients.

69


Table of Contents

Our Strategy

    Our objective is to be the leading worldwide provider of constituent engagement solutions for NPOs while continuing to lead the market in innovation, best practices and client service. Key elements of our strategy include:

Continue to grow our client base.   We believe the market for our solutions is large and underpenetrated. We intend to expand our presence in the enterprise segment by increasing sales and marketing efforts and by offering an expanded services portfolio and greater solution functionality. We plan to increase our number of mid-market clients with Convio Go!, our mid-market COM offering, and Common Ground.

Retain and grow revenue from our existing client base.   Our revenue is driven by a combination of the number of COM modules and Common Ground seats licensed and services purchased by our clients as well as their ongoing usage of our solutions. As online marketing continues to grow relative to other channels, we believe NPOs will allocate more of their fundraising spend to online initiatives. We plan to sell additional software and services to existing clients to help them more fully utilize our solutions and to grow their online constituent base.

Use Common Ground to disrupt the donor management market and create cross-selling opportunities.   We intend to further develop and continue to market aggressively our Common Ground application. We believe Common Ground is disruptive to the donor management market, particularly in the mid-market where innovation has been the most limited. In addition, new Common Ground clients provide us with opportunities to sell other solutions and services.

Make complementary acquisitions.   We continuously follow nonprofit industry developments and technology requirements and intend to evaluate and acquire technologies or businesses that we believe will complement our solutions, provide us new clients or both.

Expand geographically.   In 2009, approximately 2% of our revenue was derived from clients based outside the United States. We intend to expand into additional geographic areas by leveraging our expertise developed by serving our approximately 1,300 clients in the United States.

70


Table of Contents

Our Products

    Our solutions include our Convio Online Marketing platform and Common Ground, our constituent relationship management application. Clients can license and use COM and Common Ground independently, or they can license and use both in an integrated manner. We have purpose-built our solutions for NPOs based on our interactions with our approximately 1,300 clients. We deliver our software on-demand, and our clients and their constituents access all of our software using a standard Internet browser. Our software employs an open, multi-tenant architecture that allows our clients to customize and extend our software.

    The following diagram provides an overview of the core functionality of our solutions.

GRAPHIC

Convio Online Marketing

    Our Convio Online Marketing platform contains an email marketing engine, payment processing engines, a content management system and modules that include fundraising, advocacy, special events, personal events and eCommerce. These modules are exclusively designed for NPOs and address the online marketing and fundraising requirements of NPOs of all sizes.

    The foundation for our COM platform is our Constituent360 database which provides clients with a comprehensive, unified catalogue of their constituents' online interactions, interests and preferences. It also provides a robust set of query, targeting, segmentation, importing, exporting and reporting capabilities for this data. By managing data across these multiple dimensions, Constituent360 provides NPOs with rich and actionable intelligence that enables them to refine and optimize marketing and fundraising results.

71


Table of Contents

    The following table provides a description of the key functions and features of Convio Online Marketing:

Function   Key Features
Fundraising  

•        Enables NPOs to easily build and tailor online fundraising campaigns and quickly create specialized websites to motivate giving in response to current events;

   

•        Dynamically solicits online donations including one-time gifts, installments, sustaining gifts, honor/memorial gifts and memberships;

   

•        Provides secure, PCI-compliant payment processing with multiple payment options, including credit card, bank account debit and PayPal; and

   

•        Generates comprehensive reporting and analysis.

Email Marketing

 

•        Provides online marketing tools that help NPOs build and manage effective email campaigns, from creation and testing to targeted delivery and follow-up, to drive higher response and increased constituent participation;

   

•        Delivers robust capabilities to generate and send branded, graphical email messages, online newsletters and electronic greeting cards;

   

•        Manages content, workflow, delivery, storage and subscriptions; and

   

•        Enables NPOs to tailor content to individual constituent interests to drive higher response and increased participation.

Advocacy

 

•        Encourages and manages grassroots activism;

   

•        Enables NPOs to publish targeted action alert forms to be completed by constituents for delivery to legislators or media organizations; and

   

•        Includes legislator scorecards that allow NPOs to rate legislators on issues, automatically computing numerical scores based on historical voting records.

TeamRaiser Events

 

•        Provides tools for NPOs' constituents to create personal or team fundraising web pages and send email donation appeals to their networks of family and friends in support of events such as a walks, runs and rides;

   

•        Motivates NPOs' constituents to recruit new donors and reach their fundraising goals; and

   

•        Creates a network effect that increases NPOs' fundraising results and grows their email list size.

MultiCenter

 

•        Enables the national offices of multi-chapter NPOs to interoperate across their chapters;

   

•        Facilitates a coordinated, integrated marketing strategy across chapters;

   

•        Allows individual chapters to control their web presence including branding and content; and

   

•        Allows controlled access to shared information across multiple chapters to house constituent data, create and launch campaigns and manage administrative settings.

72


Table of Contents

Function   Key Features
Content Management  

•        Enables NPOs to create high impact websites, empowers their content contributors to become content owners, reduces the reliance on technical staff to publish changes, and creates powerful, database-driven Web pages;

   

•        Provides content authoring tools, editorial workflow, personalization, search and document management; and

   

•        Addresses websites of virtually all sizes, including multiple web properties, thousands of web pages, and multiple content contributors.

Personal Fundraising

 

•        Empowers constituents to drive fundraising for NPOs as a champion or in honor or memory of a loved one;

   

•        Enables constituents to create personalized tribute web pages and encourage friends and family to learn about NPOs' causes through easy-to-use web content and email authoring tools and templates; and

   

•        Provides an innovative means for NPOs to acquire new constituents, generate funds and create rich content and community around their websites.

Events

 

•        Enables NPOs to promote and register participants in a variety of events using a website calendar; and

   

•        Accommodates a variety of events including simple announcements with date, time, and location, more complex events that are recurring, multi-faceted or multi-day and events requiring online RSVPs, ticketing and online registration forms.

Personal Events

 

•        Enables constituents to organize and host different types of personal events such as dinners or house parties; and

   

•        Enables constituents to promote events, track RSVPs and solicit online donations.

eCommerce

 

•        Combines online store capabilities with Internet tools to raise funds;

   

•        Coordinates standard hierarchical product catalogs, shopping carts, inventory management, tax and shipping calculations; and

   

•        Enables cross-promotion to boost fundraising and involvement.

    Convio Open

    We provide an open platform that allows NPOs to evolve their online marketing strategies as new media and other opportunities arise. We offer application programming interfaces, or APIs, and extensions that meet the growing demand of NPOs to access the Internet, leverage popular social media sites and integrate with mobile services. This approach allows NPOs, partners and others to create external, custom-built applications that integrate with our solutions to provide a more compelling constituent experience and reach a wider audience.

    Our Donations APIs enable clients to embed our donation processing in websites, web applications or mobile applications. Additionally, our open platform supports fundraising and communications in a mobile context through mobile ready donation forms, text messaging, and text based donations. Our Web Services APIs allow clients to extract Constituent360 data for use in third-party systems.

73


Table of Contents

    Our extensions enable clients to leverage social networking and Web 2.0 capabilities to engage constituents through these popular channels:

Our Facebook extension enables clients to publish their content and engagement opportunities on Facebook;

Our Google Maps extension empowers administrators, event participants and personal event hosts to include maps in their content;

Our Flickr extension provides a user-generated event marketing opportunity for NPOs with a TeamRaiser event;

Our YouTube extension enables NPOs to include video content on any page; and

Our Plaxo extension provides a point and click method for constituents to access any of their address books and contact lists, directly from a client's Convio-powered website.

    Convio Go!

    Convio Go! is a structured program consisting of selected COM modules and specialized, cohort-based services designed for mid-market NPOs new to online marketing and fundraising. Convio Go! includes a one-year guided program that provides a base configuration of essential Convio Online Marketing capabilities in combination with cohort-based consulting. Our consulting specialists help Convio Go! clients build strong foundations for their online strategies by developing their proficiency in our fundraising, email marketing, and content management modules. Through our clients' execution of their online programs, our Convio Go! clients grow their constituent bases, improve constituent engagement and increase donations. Since our release of Convio Go!, our clients have raised an average of $4 online for every dollar of subscription and services revenue recognized by us.

Common Ground

    Common Ground is our constituent relationship management, or CRM, application that builds stronger relationships with donors, volunteers, activists, alumni and other constituents. Common Ground is designed to serve as the foundation of an NPO's fundraising operations as well as an NPO's constituent database. Common Ground tracks constituent outreach and interactions across multiple channels including online, telephone, direct mail and in-person meetings. Since our introduction of Common Ground in September 2008, over 170 NPOs, of which 65% were new clients to us, have selected Common Ground as their CRM application.

    We utilize the Force.com cloud computing application platform to develop, package, and deploy Common Ground. We have developed NPO-specific functionality including donation management, event management and volunteer management to create a CRM application tailored to the needs of NPOs.

74


Table of Contents

    The following table provides an overview of the key features and functionality of each module of Common Ground:

Function   Key Features
Donor Management  

•        Tracks incoming gifts, builds revenue forecasts, identifies prospective donors, and pursues major donor opportunities; and

   

•        Utilizes sophisticated gift coding approaches that facilitate effective donor stewardship and segmentation for future communications.


 

 

 
Contact Management  

•        Provides a high degree of flexibility in defining and tracking relationships between NPOs and their constituents; and

   

•        Allows creation of relationship types, definition of key relationships, and set up of rules for automatic assignment of relationships based on peer-to-peer fundraising results.


 

 

 
Campaign Management  

•        Plans and executes a variety of outreach campaigns, including direct marketing; and

   

•        Tracks participation, costs and key performance indicators.


 

 

 
Event Management  

•        Plans and manages special events such as galas and golf tournaments;

   

•        Tracks detailed event information, including invitations and sponsorships; and

   

•        Provides the capability to sell multiple ticket levels and assign various benefits associated with those ticket levels.


 

 

 
Volunteer Management  

•        Organizes volunteer opportunities with multiple shifts, locations, and required volunteer qualifications;

   

•        Provides a volunteer profile that tracks an individual's availability and skills, which can then be matched against upcoming volunteer opportunities; and

   

•        Reports on the number of prospective or registered volunteers and manages the waitlist.

    Common Ground distinguishes itself from many legacy on-premise donor databases in a variety of ways including:

Beyond Donor Management.   The functionality of Common Ground extends beyond cultivating donors and tracking gifts. For example, Common Ground's integration with salesforce.com helps NPOs manage their service delivery operations and other mission-related programs. By integrating fundraising and program operations functionality, Common Ground is designed to enable NPOs to improve operations and to identify incremental fundraising prospects.

Organizational Efficiency.   NPOs can gain efficiency by automating processes, changing access to information based on user roles, and enabling staff to build and run custom reports. Users can access Common Ground from an Internet browser over any Internet connection. Common Ground is also integrated with productivity applications and email programs like Microsoft Outlook.

Innovative Fundraising Strategies.   Common Ground has the flexibility to facilitate a wide variety of emerging fundraising practices. Common Ground enables NPOs to tailor their fundraising strategies to leverage online marketing and social networks, which provides increased information about their constituents' online preferences and behaviors.

75


Table of Contents

Our Services

    Our services are an integral part of our solutions. We believe the scope and quality of our services, which have been developed and refined based on our experience with approximately 1,300 active clients, meaningfully differentiate us from our competitors.

    We deliver services to our enterprise clients through a traditional consulting model, characterized by highly customized strategic consulting services. We believe this is the best way for our enterprise clients to achieve success in their online programs. We deliver services to many mid-market clients through Convio Go!, a structured one-year program designed to get clients up and running quickly with the help of a cohort-based approach. Clients receive regular coaching sessions with our consultants who help produce campaigns with an emphasis on fundraising and email list size growth.

    In addition to Convio Go!, account management, technical support and deployment services, the following table provides an overview of the types of services we offer along with a description of the key attributes:

Service Type   Key Attributes
Strategic Planning  

•        Develops Internet marketing roadmaps outlining key metrics, targets, strategies, tactics and recommended resources.


 

 

 
Campaign Management  

•        Assists clients in executing on their Internet roadmap by providing campaign strategy, project management, creativity and production.


 

 

 
Web Design  

•        Helps clients effectively design their websites by using industry-recognized user experience methodologies combined with audience engagement strategies specifically designed for NPOs.


 

 

 
Data Analytics  

•        Provides robust data analytic services that highlight useful information, suggest conclusions, and support decision making.


 

 

 
Benchmarking  

•        Provides benchmarking services using standard metrics which allow clients to compare results with aggregated results from other clients.


 

 

 
Campaign Analytics  

•        Analyzes campaign results and identifies potential areas of improvement based on established benchmarks.


 

 

 
Data Integration  

•        Utilizes data connectors to synchronize essential constituent data; and

   

•        Provides custom data integration, data de-duplication, custom report builds and custom synchronization.


 

 

 
Training  

•        Provides comprehensive classroom and online training on the features and functionality of our solutions; and

   

•        Provides customized training programs at client sites.

    We complement our service offerings with a network of over 55 partners serving the nonprofit market, including interactive agencies, direct marketing agencies, public affairs firms and complementary technology companies. This partner network allows us to provide additional services and to expand our deployment capacity, including services provided by our certified Convio Solution Providers who follow our deployment methodologies. We rely on this partner network to deploy Common Ground.

76


Table of Contents

Clients

    We serve approximately 1,300 NPO clients which include leading NPOs in each of the verticals we serve. We have clients of all sizes, including 29 of the 50 largest charities in the United States as listed in the November 2009 Forbes article entitled "The 200 Largest U.S. Charities." We define a client as an organization with which we have a billing relationship. In certain cases, we bill individual chapters of multi-chapter NPOs and, in other cases, we have a single billing relationship with multi-chapter NPOs.

    In 2007, 2008 and 2009, substantially all of our revenue was derived from clients in the United States and all of our long-lived assets were located in the United States. No client accounted for more than 10% of our total revenue in 2007, 2008 and 2009.

    The following table provides an overview of our largest clients by vertical, as measured by the email list size of each client using our COM solution:

International Relief   Health   Environmental
American Red Cross   American Cancer Society   National Wildlife Federation
U.S. Fund for Unicef   National Multiple Sclerosis Society   World Wildlife Fund
Oxfam America   American Institute for Cancer Research   Natural Resources Defense Council
Feed The Children   Susan G. Komen for the Cure   Defenders of Wildlife
Cooperative Assistance and Relief Everywhere   Avon Products Foundation   Sierra Club

 

Animal Welfare   Associations and Unions   Public Affairs
People for the Ethical Treatment of Animals   National Association of Realtors   National Committee To Preserve Social Security and Medicare
American Society for the Prevention of Cruelty To Animals   Veterans of Foreign Wars of the United States   Rock the Vote
The Humane Society of the United States   Association of Production and Inventory Control Society   Planned Parenthood Federation of America
North Shore Animal League   American Nurses Association   NARAL Pro-Choice America
American Humane Association   National Military Family Association   American Civil Liberties Union Foundation

 

Higher Education   Human and Social Services   Cultural
The University of Texas at Austin   Disabled American Veterans National   American Film Institute
University of Washington   The Salvation Army   Zoological Society of San Diego
The Ohio State University   St Joseph's Indian School   WGBH Boston
Iowa State University Foundation   Feeding America (formerly America's Second Harvest)   KCET Los Angeles
Texas A&M Foundation   Project Bread—The Walk for Hunger   KPBS San Diego

77


Table of Contents

Client Case Studies

    The client case studies below demonstrate the variety of benefits that NPOs have experienced using our solutions:

    World Wildlife Fund.     The World Wildlife Fund, or WWF, is the world's largest conservation organization, working in 100 countries for nearly half a century. With the support of almost five million members worldwide, WWF is dedicated to delivering science-based solutions to preserve the diversity and abundance of life on Earth, stop the degradation of the environment and combat climate change. WWF implemented the Convio Online Marketing platform to integrate its fundraising and advocacy campaigns across programs and channels. After implementing Convio Online Marketing, WWF realized the following benefits:

successfully integrated online and offline campaigns, increasing response rates by as much as 40%;

increased online revenue by nearly 80% year-over-year;

boosted holiday giving campaign results by 55%; and

launched a multi-series email renewal campaign which led to a 79% increase in revenue from the initial email.

    Colorectal Cancer Coalition.     The Colorectal Cancer Coalition, or C3, is a small, geographically-dispersed organization seeking to win the fight against colorectal cancer through research, empowerment and access. C3 deployed our Convio Online Marketing and Common Ground solutions to enable employees to access the systems on-demand and without a significant investment in technology infrastructure. After deploying our solutions, C3 realized the following benefits:

tripled its email list size from 2,000 to 7,200 in three years;

increased donation revenue by 39% and, through advocacy efforts, secured an additional $15 million in federal funding for cancer research;

reduced data processing from 10-15 hours per week to 30 minutes per week through our automatic data synchronization capabilities, while leveraging this data to launch targeted marketing campaigns based on a more holistic view of C3's constituents; and

launched its "Cover Your Butt" advocacy campaign leading to C3 constituents' making over 2,000 calls in one-day to 340 congressional offices.

    Austin Affiliate for the Susan G. Komen for the Cure.     The Austin Affiliate for the Susan G. Komen for the Cure provides breast health services to women in the Greater Austin area. With an aggressive $1 million fundraising goal for the 2009 Komen Race for the Cure, the Komen Austin Affiliate deployed Convio Online Marketing to leverage social networking tools and the openness of COM to integrate TeamRaiser, Facebook and offline event marketing activities. Using our open APIs, Charity Dynamics, a Convio Solutions Provider, developed Boundless Fundraising, a customizable Facebook application, which the Komen Austin Affiliate deployed. Using this integrated solution, the Komen Austin Affiliate realized the following benefits:

raised more than $1.3 million;

received more than 2,700 referrals from Facebook as a result of the application; and

enabled constituents who added Boundless Fundraising to their pages to overachieve their fundraising goals by five to six times as compared to other participants.

    Feeding America Eastern Wisconsin (formerly America's Second Harvest of Wisconsin).     Feeding America Eastern Wisconsin distributes more than 12 million pounds of food a year to more than 1,100 pantries, meal programs and other nonprofit agencies that serve nearly 235,000 people in the eastern

78


Table of Contents

half of Wisconsin. With the demand for food assistance on the rise, the organization invested in our solution to raise more funds and efficiently communicate its mission using the Internet. America's Second Harvest of Wisconsin joined our Convio Go! program and realized the following benefits:

communicated relevant news more frequently, without being charged for each email sent;

recovered the cost of Convio Go! with its first online appeal;

increased its email list size by 100% with a single online campaign; and

achieved leadership team's goals without spending more than 10 hours of staff time per week.

    California State Parks Foundation.     The California State Parks Foundation, or CSPF, is the only statewide independent nonprofit organization dedicated to protecting, enhancing and advocating for California's state parks. CSPF has been using our solutions to communicate and raise funds. When Governor Schwarzenegger announced his intention to close many of California's state parks, CSPF used our advocacy capabilities to mount a successful advocacy and fundraising campaign. By working with us, CSPF realized the following benefits:

grew its email list size from 18,000 to more than 70,000 in three months;

raised more than $60,000;

delivered more than 200,000 petitions to the California legislature; and

helped save over 150 state parks from closure.

Sales and Marketing

    We sell our solutions using a direct sales force. As of December 31, 2009, we employed approximately 80 sales, marketing and business development professionals, 40 of whom comprised our direct sales force. These sales and marketing professionals focus on sales to new and existing clients and are located at our headquarters in Austin, Texas, regional offices in Washington, D.C. and Berkeley, California and in metropolitan areas throughout the United States. Our sales force is organized by geographic territory, size of NPO and market segment. We employ a separate sales team focused on upselling new solutions and services to our existing clients. Our sales representatives are supported by a team of sales engineers and sales associates responsible for technical and pre-sales support.

    We complement our direct sales force with a network of over 55 partners serving the nonprofit market, including interactive agencies, direct marketing agencies, public affairs firms and complementary technology companies. Our partner network helps us to grow our client base, enhances our implementation services capacity and enables us to provide a more complete solution for our clients.

79


Table of Contents

    We conduct a variety of marketing programs that are designed to create brand recognition and market awareness for our solutions. Our marketing efforts include membership and board-level participation in industry associations, participation at industry conferences, search engine marketing, search engine optimization, company-sponsored seminars and webinars, white papers, media relations, development of case studies, online marketing and sponsoring co-marketing events with our partners. We enhance our position as an NPO thought leader through industry publications and our annual benchmarking index study designed to help NPO professionals evaluate online marketing metrics as well as the effectiveness of their organization when compared to similar NPOs.

    We receive significant exposure from our "powered by" logo program, which allows us to place our logo on web pages and emails created and sent by our clients. To enhance client loyalty and generate opportunities for additional sales, we maintain a client advisory board, conduct an annual client summit and host an online client community.

Research and Development

    We continue to make substantial investments in research and development, primarily on new features, platform extensibility and Common Ground. Our on-demand model provides us with the ability to quickly bring new functionality to the market. We gather feedback from clients, partners and industry thought leaders, and we have robust processes for software development and deployment that have been adapted from industry best practices. As of December 31, 2009, we had 69 employees working on research and development primarily in Austin and Berkeley. Our research and development expenses were $7.2 million, $8.8 million and $10.0 million in 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively.

Competition

    The nonprofit market for constituent engagement solutions is fragmented and rapidly evolving. With COM, we compete with several online marketing suites and a variety of point solutions targeted at such tasks as email marketing, content management and fundraising event management. With Common Ground, we compete with generic database and constituent relationship management providers, as well as industry-specific donor management solutions. Some of our competitors are focused exclusively on the nonprofit industry while others sell to NPOs among a broader set of markets. Our primary competitors are Blackbaud, Inc., The Sage Group plc, and SunGard Data Systems, Inc. In addition, we compete with a variety of smaller, private companies and also with web development providers which provide custom in-house applications.

    We believe the principal competitive factors in our industry include the following:

breadth, depth and configurability of solution;

scope and value of product and service offerings;

software delivery model (on-demand vs. on-premise);

size and satisfaction of installed client base;

nonprofit industry expertise;

track record of innovation;

ease-of-use;

measurability of results;

openness of architecture and ability to integrate with third-party applications; and

performance and reliability.

80


Table of Contents

    We believe we compete favorably across all of these factors. However, some of our existing and potential competitors have substantially greater name recognition, longer operating histories, and greater resources. They may be able to devote greater resources to the development, promotion and sale of their products and services than we can to ours. Additionally, our competitors may offer or develop products or services that are superior to ours, have lower prices or that achieve greater market acceptance.

Technology

    Each of our software applications uses a single code base and employs a multi-tenant architecture and is delivered by an on-demand model, requiring only a web browser for client access. In addition, our technology strategy was designed to meet the stringent standards of NPOs, including scalability, performance, reliability and security.

    Our COM platform is open and extensible. We have built the platform on the Java 5 runtime environment and have developed and published more than 140 APIs. This approach allows our clients to more easily leverage the functionality available within our solutions without requiring modifications to our source code. Customers are also able to use open source technologies to integrate with our solutions using these APIs.

    Our technology is designed to be scalable, both in the number of clients that can be hosted and in the volume of traffic and transactions processed by our solutions. Scalability is achieved through multiple methods:

our multi-tier production topology employs dedicated devices separated into multiple tiers of web servers, application servers, email appliances, accelerator appliances, database servers and file servers; and

each tier can be expanded horizontally to add capacity.

    Performance is another key requirement for clients, particularly as it relates to email deliverability and traffic volumes and spikes associated with constituent response to current events. We address these needs in several ways:

our production topology improves performance and scalability by providing load balancing and failover, encryption acceleration, caching of static content, compression of text-based content and multiplexing;

our email server farm utilizes specialized appliances to provide capacity in excess of 500,000 personalized email messages per hour; and

we have been able to provide on average 95% email deliverability by using sender verification standards, managing Internet service provider relationships to integrate email reputation feedback, whitelisting, monitoring and providing robust subscription management and opt-out features.

    Over the past two years, we have achieved on average more than 99.7% system uptime, excluding scheduled maintenance and disruptions caused by third-party vendors, through the use of industry-standard failover and redundancy technologies. We use storage technology and redundant application servers that allow individual servers to be rotated in and out of service for routine maintenance without causing downtime.

    Our Common Ground application is built on the salesforce.com Force.com platform. Common Ground has a model-driven architecture and uses role-based administration to facilitate the sharing of information. Common Ground uses open API's to enable our clients to customize their use of Common Ground to more easily integrate with other client systems.

81


Table of Contents

    Security is a key requirement for our clients because of the sensitive nature of our clients' missions and their strong desire to protect constituent information. Our systems are periodically attacked by unauthorized third parties with increasing sophistication, and we have experienced security incidents in our history. We have designed and continue to upgrade our solutions, policies and practices to provide security for clients in several ways:

a security model built into the architecture which allows varying levels of permissions to particular data, thus allowing for secure delegation of authority to administrators based on role;

use of security standards, including standard encryption and the HTTPS protocol for secure transfer of sensitive data; and

compliance with PCI Data Security Standard and SAS70 as certified by third party testers.

Operations

    We serve our clients from two third-party hosting facilities in Austin, Texas and Sacramento, California. These facilities provide around-the-clock manned operations and security staff. Access is limited to authorized individuals and both sites are served by both interior and exterior video surveillance equipment. Electrical and environmental controls are all fully redundant and Internet connectivity is maintained by multiple peering and physical access points within each facility. We own or lease and operate all of the hardware on which our applications run in each facility. We entered into an agreement for the services provided by the Austin and Sacramento third-party hosting facilities in October 2001 and June 2008, respectively, and have renewed each agreement at various times thereafter. Pursuant to each agreement, we pay a monthly service fee for hosting services. The current term of the Austin agreement ends in June 2011 at which time the agreement automatically renews for three years.

    We continuously monitor internally and externally the availability and performance of our systems using custom and commercially available tools. In order to prevent service loss from hardware failure, we maintain redundant servers within each tier of our production environment. Web servers are operated in load-balanced server pools and databases and file servers are replicated to standby servers which can provide near real-time failover in the event of a failure with primary hardware. Databases and file servers are backed up daily with tapes being rotated to separate secure offsite storage facilities.

    We have also contracted with SunGard Data Systems, Inc. to provide a disaster recovery site in the Phoenix area in the event of a complete or substantial datacenter disaster at our Austin facility.

Government Regulation

    We and our clients are subject to various laws and governmental regulations due to the nature of our business, including those regulating email communications and the collection, use and disclosure of personal information obtained from customers and other individuals. While our solutions provide a platform for our clients' fundraising, advocacy, email marketing, peer-to-peer communications, website content management and eCommerce activities, we do not provide any of the content of those activities and communications nor any of the donor lists or contacts. Our clients are responsible for their compliance with all applicable privacy, direct marketing and data protection laws.

    We are subject to certain state statutes which require companies that provide fundraising consulting services to register and comply with the applicable state registration requirements. Currently, we are registered in five states and have registrations pending in nine others. The remaining 36 states either do not require registration or we do not have clients in those states. Since many of our clients run national fundraising campaigns, which often include solicitation activity occurring across the country, Convio must maintain a registration in any state in which a client wishes to utilize our fundraising consulting services to conduct solicitations. The registration requirements and enforcement process vary widely from state to state with some states requiring a simple completed form to others compelling us to

82


Table of Contents


disclose each fundraising consulting contract applicable in that state. Failure to comply with these registration requirements could result in our registration being revoked and/or the state's refusal to let Convio register and provide professional fundraising consulting to clients in that state. In addition, a state can levy fines, penalties, and suspend service activity under a particular client contract. These registration requirements continue to change and develop and oblige us to monitor our compliance.

    We are also covered by the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act, or HIPAA, which was expanded by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, or HI-TECH Act, which Congress passed as part of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009. The HI-TECH Act expands the reach of data privacy and security requirements of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act, or HIPAA. HIPAA and associated United States Department of Health and Human Services regulations permit our clients in the healthcare industry to use certain protected health information for fundraising purposes, such as email addresses or other demographic information, and to disclose that protected health information to their service providers. We may be included in this service provider group under the revised HIPAA regulations by virtue of our service provider relationship with our clients in the healthcare industry.

    Although our healthcare industry clients may upload into our systems personal information that HIPAA permits to be used for fundraising so that we may provide email software services, we ask our healthcare industry clients not to provide us with health or medical information of individuals. In general, our agreements with our healthcare providers seek to prohibit them from storing other forms of protected health information on our system, including any information related to diagnosis or treatment. The HI-TECH Act provides for criminal and civil penalties if we violate the privacy and security rules applicable to us, and also requires us to notify our clients in the event of an unauthorized release, whether inadvertent or purposeful, of any protected health information for which we are responsible.

    Our clients are subject to certain U.S. and foreign laws and regulations governing the collection, use and disclosure of personal information obtained from individuals. For instance, the Controlling the Assault of Non-Solicited Pornography and Marketing Act of 2003, or the CAN-SPAM Act, and associated Federal Trade Commission regulations govern our clients' email fundraising campaigns. These regulations establish certain requirements for "commercial" email messages and provide penalties for transmitting email messages in a manner intended to deceive the recipient as to source or content. Email message campaigns are generated by our clients by using our solutions. We do not create or control the content of such emails, nor do we obtain email lists from sources other than our clients. Our clients' email campaigns are governed by the CAN-SPAM Act's prohibitions and requirements, including:

prohibition on using false or misleading email header information;

prohibition on using deceptive subject lines;

requirement that recipients may, for at least 30 days after an email is sent, opt out of receiving future commercial email messages from the sender, with the opt-out effective within 10 days of the request;

requirement that commercial email be identified as a solicitation or advertisement unless the recipient affirmatively permitted the message; and

requirement that the sender include a valid postal address in the email message.

    The CAN-SPAM Act also prohibits unlawful acquisition of email addresses, such as through directory harvesting. The CAN-SPAM Act prohibits transmission of commercial emails by unauthorized means, provides for enhanced damages or penalties if commercial messages are sent in violation of the CAN-SPAM Act to email addresses that were acquired through certain specified methods such as through relaying messages with the intent to deceive recipients as to the origin of such messages. Violations of the CAN-SPAM Act's provisions can result in criminal and civil penalties. In addition, although the CAN-SPAM Act preempts most state restrictions specific to email marketing, some states have adopted consumer

83


Table of Contents


protection regulations that, if deemed not to be preempted by the CAN-SPAM Act, could impose liabilities and compliance burdens in addition to those imposed by the CAN-SPAM Act. Our terms and conditions require that our clients comply with the CAN-SPAM Act and that they are liable for any breaches of its provisions. If we become aware that a client has violated the CAN-SPAM Act, we can suspend or terminate its use of our solutions.

    In addition, due to the increasing popularity and use of the Internet, governmental authorities in the United States and abroad may continue to adopt laws and regulations to govern Internet activities of our clients, including email messaging, collection and use of personal information, ownership of intellectual property, solicitation of charitable contributions and other activities important to our online business practices. For instance, although we do most of our business in the United States, we have clients in Canada and the United Kingdom, who are subject to data protection and fundraising laws in Canada and the European Union, respectively. As an example, European Union member state laws typically prohibit sending promotional email messages outside of an established business relationship with the recipient, unless the recipient has opted into receipt of such messages, and require honoring opt-out requests by recipients. Such laws largely prevent the use of email to obtain new prospects in the European Union, and similar laws have been adopted in some other countries. We do not evaluate our clients' compliance with these foreign laws or domestic laws, but if we learn that any client has violated such laws, we may suspend or terminate its use of our solutions.

Intellectual Property and Other Proprietary Rights

    Our intellectual property rights are important to our business. We rely primarily on a combination of trademark, copyright, trade secret, confidentiality procedures, contractual restrictions and other similar measures to protect our proprietary technology, processes and other intellectual property. We have not pursued trademark protection in any international jurisdictions. We also hold trademarks and service marks identifying features of our solutions. We license our software modules directly to clients. These license agreements, which address our technology, documentation and other proprietary information, include restrictions intended to protect and defend our intellectual property. We also require our employees, contractors and many of those with whom we have business relationships to sign non-disclosure and confidentiality agreements. We believe that due to the frequent improvement of our existing solutions and services, the unpatented proprietary know-how of our personnel and our trade secrets are particularly important.

    We attempt to control access to and distribution of our software, documentation and other proprietary technology and other information. Despite our efforts to protect our proprietary rights, third parties may, in an unauthorized manner, attempt to use, copy or otherwise obtain and market or distribute our intellectual property rights or technology or otherwise develop a product with the same functionality as our solutions. Policing unauthorized use of our solutions and intellectual property rights is difficult and nearly impossible on a worldwide basis. Therefore, we cannot be certain that the steps we have taken or will take in the future will prevent misappropriations of our technology or intellectual property rights.

    We believe that the frequency of assertions of patent infringement is increasing as patent holders, including entities that are not in our industry and who purchase patents as an investment or to monetize such rights by obtaining royalties, use such actions as a competitive tactic as well as a source of additional revenue. Any claim of infringement from a third party, even those without merit, could cause us to incur substantial costs defending against such claims, and could distract our management from running our business. Furthermore, a party making such a claim, if successful, could secure a judgment that requires us to pay substantial damages. A judgment could also include an injunction or other court order that could prevent us from selling our software. In addition, we might be required to seek a license for the use of such intellectual property, which may not be available on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Alternatively, we may be required to develop non-infringing technology, which would require significant effort and expense and may ultimately not be successful.

84


Table of Contents

Employees

    As of December 31, 2009, we had 349 employees, all of whom were in the United States. Of the total employees, there were 78 in sales, marketing, account management and business development, 69 in research and development, 177 in services, support and operations and 25 in general and administration. None of our employees is represented by a labor union or is covered by a collective bargaining agreement. We have not experienced any work stoppages and consider our employee relations to be good.

Properties

    We lease office space for our corporate headquarters located in Austin, Texas. This lease expires in September 2013. We also lease additional office space in Berkeley, California and Washington, D.C. We believe our facilities are adequate for our current needs and may add new facilities and expand our existing facilities as we add employees. We believe that suitable additional or substitute space will be available as needed to accommodate any such expansion of our operations.

Legal Proceedings

    We are not currently involved in any material legal proceedings. From time to time, we may become involved in legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of our business.

GetActive Acquisition

    We acquired GetActive Software, Inc. in February 2007 to enhance our product and service offerings in the areas of advocacy campaigns and content management, to expand our client base and to increase our market presence. Since the closing of the acquisition, we have been migrating former GetActive clients to our COM platform, and we intend to phase out the GetActive platform by the end of 2010.

85


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers, Key Employees and Directors

    Our executive officers, key employees and directors and their ages and positions as of January 8, 2010 are as follows:

Name
  Age   Position

Gene Austin*

    51   Chairman of the Board of Directors, Chief Executive Officer and President

James R. Offerdahl*

    53   Chief Financial Officer and Vice President of Administration

Vinay K. Bhagat*

    40   Chief Strategy Officer and Director

David G. Hart*

    52   Chief Technology Officer

Sara E. Spivey*

    49   Chief Marketing Officer

Randall N. Potts*

    55   Vice President of Sales

Marc K. Cannon*

    50   Vice President of Services

Thomas J. Krackeler*

    37   Vice President of Common Ground

Gary G. Allison, Jr.**

    44   Vice President of Engineering

B. Hayden Stewart**

    50   Vice President of Information Technology

Angela G. McDermott**

    49   Vice President of Human Resources

C. Thomas Ball(1)

    42   Director

William G. Bock(1)(3)

    59   Director

Sheeraz D. Haji

    37   Director

Christopher B. Hollenbeck(1)(3)

    41   Director

M. Scott Irwin(2)

    35   Director

Kristen L. Magnuson(2)(3)

    53   Director

George H. Spencer III(2)

    46   Director

*
Executive officer

**
Key employee

(1)
Member of the compensation committee.

(2)
Member of the audit committee.

(3)
Member of the nominating and governance committee.

    Each of our executive officers serves until the earlier of their resignation, removal, replacement or their death.

    Gene Austin has served as our Chief Executive Officer and as a member of our board of directors since July 2003, as President since February 2008 and as a Chairman of the Board of Directors since January 2010. From July 2001 to March 2003, Mr. Austin served as Vice President and General Manager of the Enterprise Data Management unit of BMC Software, Inc., a provider of enterprise management solutions. From 1999 to 2001, Mr. Austin served as Vice President and General Manager of Internet Server Products at Dell, Inc., a computer manufacturer. From 1996 to 1999, Mr. Austin served as Senior Vice President of Sales and Marketing at CareerBuilder, Inc., a software as a service company focused on internet based recruiting. Mr. Austin holds a B.S. in Engineering Management from Southern Methodist University in Dallas and an M.B.A. from the Olin School of Business at Washington University in St. Louis.

    James R. Offerdahl has served as our Chief Financial Officer and Vice President of Administration since February 2005. From August 2001 to April 2004, Mr. Offerdahl was President and Chief Executive Officer of Traq-Wireless, Inc., a provider of on-demand mobile resource management software and services to enterprises. From 1998 to 2001, Mr. Offerdahl served as Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer of Pervasive Software, Inc., a developer and marketer of data management solutions for independent software vendors, and as Chief Financial Officer from 1996 to 1998. From 1993 to 1996, Mr. Offerdahl served as Chief Financial Officer and Vice President of Administration of Tivoli Systems, Inc., a developer and marketer of systems management software. Mr. Offerdahl holds a B.S. in Accounting from Illinois State University and an M.B.A. in Management and Finance from The University of Texas at Austin.

86


Table of Contents

    Vinay K. Bhagat co-founded our company and served as Chairman of our board of directors from 1999 to January 2010. Since July 2003, Mr. Bhagat has served as our Chief Strategy Officer. From October 1999 to July 2003, Mr. Bhagat served as our Chief Executive Officer. From 1998 to 1999, Mr. Bhagat was Director of E-Commerce at Trilogy Software, Inc., an e-commerce applications company. From 1993 to 1996, Mr. Bhagat worked as a consultant at Bain & Company, a leading strategic management consulting firm. Mr. Bhagat holds an M.A. from Cambridge University in Electrical and Information Sciences, an M.S. in Engineering Economic Systems from Stanford University and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School.

    David G. Hart has served as our Chief Technology Officer since March 2008. From March 2000 to February 2008, Mr. Hart served as our Vice President, Products and Operations. From 1998 to 2000, Mr. Hart served as Consulting Engineer for Tivoli Systems, Inc., a systems management company, and as Development Director from 1995 to 1998. Mr. Hart holds a B.A. in Mathematics from Brown University and an M.S. in Software Engineering from The University of Texas at Austin.

    Sara E. Spivey has served as our Chief Marketing Officer since December 2008. From August 2007 through September 2008, Ms. Spivey served as Vice President, Marketing for rPath, Inc., a start-up in the virtualization software market, where she was responsible for product management, product marketing, marketing communications and business development. From August 2005 to August 2007, Ms. Spivey was Vice President, Worldwide Sales, Strategic Account Alliance Development for Advanced Micro Devices, Inc., a semiconductor company. There she was responsible for key relationships with Advanced Micro Devices, Inc.'s top five accounts and worked with both client and internal account teams to develop long term strategic growth strategies and tactics. From January 2002 through July 2005, Ms. Spivey served as an independent marketing consultant for technology companies specializing in marketing strategy, positioning and messaging, demand generation and business development. Prior to 2002, Ms. Spivey served twelve years in a variety of sales and marketing roles, including Vice President of Marketing at Quantum Corporation, a storage solutions company. Ms. Spivey holds a B.A. from the University of California at Davis in Economics and an M.B.A. from the Amos Tuck School of Business Administration at Dartmouth.

    Randall N. Potts has served as our Vice President of Sales since September 2003. From October 2002 to September 2003, Mr. Potts consulted as Vice President of Sales for Entrieva, Inc., a provider of advertising software technology solutions. From 1999 to 2002, Mr. Potts was Vice President of Sales of CareerBuilder, Inc., an employment search provider, and as Director of Central Region from 1997 to 1999. From 1995 to 1997, Mr. Potts was Director of North American Sales and Marketing for Platinum Technology Inc., a provider of data management software. From 1989 to 1995, Mr. Potts served in various sales roles for Legent Corporation. From February 1987 to September 1989, Mr. Potts was an Account Executive for International Business Machines Corporation's Science Research Associates Business Unit. Mr. Potts holds a B.B.A. in Petroleum Land Management from The University of Texas at Austin.

    Marc K. Cannon has served as our Vice President of Services since March 2009. From August 2007 through March 2009, Mr. Cannon served as Vice President of Worldwide Services at Adobe Systems, Inc. where he was responsible for new business and delivery of solutions leveraging Adobe's productivity, creative, and rich internet application technologies to Fortune 500 clients. From May 2005 through August 2007, Mr. Cannon was the President of Worldwide Services at Autodesk, Inc., a design and engineering company, where he was responsible for selling and delivering complex design and visualization services. From August 2002 through May 2005, Mr. Cannon served as Vice President of Worldwide Services and Support at think3, Inc., a manufacturer of computer aided design and life cycle management technology, where he was responsible for services sales, delivery, and customer care. Prior to 2002, Mr. Cannon spent 15 years at Accenture Ltd., a consulting firm, and Cadence Design Systems Inc., a semiconductor design company, in a variety of executive services positions. Mr. Cannon holds a B.S. in Electrical Engineering from Boston University and an M.B.A. from San Diego State University.

    Thomas J. Krackeler has served as our Vice President of Common Ground since July 2008. From February 2007 to July 2008, Mr. Krackeler served as our Vice President of Product Management. From April 2004 to February 2007, Mr. Krackeler served as Senior Vice President of Products at GetActive. Mr. Krackeler served as GetActive's Vice President of Products from December 2001 to April 2004 and

87


Table of Contents


Director of Product Management from April 2000 to December 2001. From 1998 to 2000, Mr. Krackeler served as a Senior Web Developer at Environmental Defense Fund, a nonprofit organization. From 1994 to 1996, Mr. Krackeler was a consultant with Accenture Ltd. Mr. Krackeler holds a B.A. in Political Science and Philosophy from Duke University and an M.P.P. in Public Policy from the University of California, Berkeley.

    Gary G. Allison, Jr. has served as our Vice President of Engineering since May 2007. From February 2004 to April 2007, Mr. Allison served as Senior Vice President, Software Development, Data Center Operations, and Customer Service at Simdesk Technologies, Inc., a provider of Web-based software. He led a team and had overall responsibility for architecture, development and delivery of Simdesk's worldwide on-demand product and Simdesk's data center. From 1997 to 2003, Mr. Allison served as Vice President of Engineering and Customer Service at Pervasive Software Inc., a supplier of embedded database products, where he was responsible for product engineering. Mr. Allison holds a B.S. in Computer Science from Texas A&M University and an M.S. in Software Engineering from University of Houston Clear Lake.

    B. Hayden Stewart has served as our Vice President of Information Technology Operations since January 2007. He served as our Director of Information Technology from March 2005 to December 2006. From June 2004 to February 2005, Mr. Stewart served as Principal at Lone Star Associates, a business and technology consulting firm. From February 2003 to June 2004, Mr. Stewart served as a Senior Director, Field Technical Services for Forgent Networks, Inc., a software manufacturer specializing in scheduling and meeting automation. From 1999 to 2002, Mr. Stewart served as Vice President of Engineering at TriActive, Inc., a systems management software manufacturer. From October 1997 to 1999, Mr. Stewart served first as the Director, Information Systems, Purchasing, Facilities and then as Vice President of Customer Engineering for Pervasive Software, Inc. Mr. Stewart holds a B.B.A. in Computer Information Systems from Southwest Texas State University.

    Angela G. McDermott has served as our Vice President of Human Resources since February 2006. From 2002 to February 2006, Dr. McDermott founded and was President of McDermott Consulting, a leadership development firm specializing in executive coaching, organization development, and team building. From 1995 to 2001, Dr. McDermott served in various leadership development roles at Dell, Inc. including management development at Dell University, executive development, and field assignments in product development. Dr. McDermott holds a B.S., an M.A. and a Ph.D. in Industrial/Organizational Psychology from the University of Houston.

    C. Thomas Ball has been a member of our board of directors since December 2006. Since March 2008, Mr. Ball has been a Partner at Austin Ventures, L.P., a venture capital firm. From April 2005 to February 2008, Mr. Ball was a Venture Partner at Austin Ventures, L.P. From November 2001 to December 2004, Mr. Ball was Chief Executive Officer of Openfield Technologies, Inc., a provider of e-commerce and business management software and technology solutions that Mr. Ball co-founded. Mr. Ball holds a B.S. in Finance from the University of Florida and an M.B.A. from the Stanford University Graduate School of Business.

    William G. Bock has been a member of our board of directors since January 2008. Since November 2006, Mr. Bock has served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Silicon Laboratories Inc., an integrated circuit technology company. Mr. Bock joined Silicon Laboratories (NASDAQ: SLAB) as a director in March 2000, and served as Chairman of the Audit Committee until November 2006 before he resigned from the Board to serve in his current role. From April 2002 to November 2006, Mr. Bock was a partner of CenterPoint Ventures, a venture capital firm. From April 2001 to March 2002, Mr. Bock served as a partner of Verity Ventures, a venture capital firm. From June 1999 to March 2001, Mr. Bock served as a Vice President and General Manager at Hewlett Packard Company. Mr. Bock held the position of President and Chief Executive Officer of DAZEL Corporation, a provider of electronic information delivery systems, from February 1997 until its acquisition by Hewlett Packard in June 1999. From October 1994 to February 1997, Mr. Bock served as Chief Operating Officer of Tivoli Systems, Inc. Mr. Bock holds a B.S. in Computer Science from Iowa State University and an M.S. in Industrial Administration from Carnegie Mellon University.

88


Table of Contents

    Sheeraz D. Haji has been a member of our board of directors since we acquired GetActive in February 2007. Since January 2010, he has held the position of President of the Cleantech Group. From June 2009 to January 2010, Mr. Haji has served as a Managing Partner of the Cleantech Group, a venture capital firm. From 2008 to 2009, Mr. Haji was an Entrepreneur-in-Residence for El Dorado Ventures, a venture capital firm, and an operations executive for the investment management firm, Grantham, Mayo, Van Otterloo & Co.'s Emerging Markets Division. In February 2008, he stepped down as our President, a position he had held from February 2007 to February 2008. From October 2001 to February 2007, Mr. Haji was the Chief Executive Officer of GetActive. From 2000 to 2001, Mr. Haji served as Co-Founder and Senior Vice President of Corporate Development at GetActive. From 1999 to 2000, Mr. Haji was the Product Manager at Digital Impact, Inc., a provider of online direct marketing solutions for enterprises. From 1997 to 1999, Mr. Haji served as a consultant for McKinsey & Company Inc., a management consulting firm. From 1994 to 1996, Mr. Haji was an engineer for Environ International Corporation, an international consulting firm. Mr. Haji holds a B.S. in Civil/Environmental Engineering from Brown University and an M.S. in Civil/Environmental Engineering from Stanford University.

    Christopher B. Hollenbeck has been a member of our board of directors since March 2001. Since 1998, Mr. Hollenbeck has served as a Managing Director of Granite Ventures, LLC (formerly known as H&Q Venture Associates LLC), a venture capital firm. Prior to joining Granite Ventures, Mr. Hollenbeck held various positions in the venture capital, corporate finance and merger and acquisition groups at Hambrecht & Quist Group, Inc., an investment bank. Mr. Hollenbeck holds a B.A. in American Studies from Stanford University.

    M. Scott Irwin has been a member of our board of directors since February 2007. Mr. Irwin served as a member of the board of directors of GetActive from September 2004 to February 2007. Since February 2005, Mr. Irwin has served as a General Partner of El Dorado Ventures, L.P., a venture capital firm, and was a Principal from June 2000 to January 2005. From 1997 to 1999, Mr. Irwin held software engineering and product management positions with Accenture, Ltd. Mr. Irwin holds a B.S. in Systems Engineering from the University of Virginia and an M.B.A. from the Anderson School of Management at the University of California, Los Angeles.

    Kristen L. Magnuson has been a member of our board of directors since January 2008. Since October 2009, Ms. Magnuson has been a Partner at Tatum LLC, a recruiting firm. From September 1997 to August 2009, Ms. Magnuson served as Chief Financial Officer of JDA Software Group, Inc., a provider of enterprise software solutions for supply chain processes, and was promoted to Executive Vice President in March 2001. From 1990 to 1997, Ms Magnuson served as Vice President of Financial Planning for Michaels Stores Inc., an arts and crafts retailer. From March 1987 to August 1990, she served as Senior Vice President and Controller of MeraBank N.A., a federal savings bank. Ms. Magnuson is a C.P.A. and holds a B.B.A. in Accounting from the University of Washington.

    George H. Spencer III has been a member of our board of directors since 2004. Since January 2007, Mr. Spencer served as Senior Managing Director of Seyen Capital, a venture capital firm. Since October 2006, Mr. Spencer served as a senior consultant with Adams Street Partners, LLC., a venture capital firm, and was a Partner with Adams Street Partners from January 2001 to October 2006. Mr. Spencer holds a B.A. from Amherst College and an M.B.A. from The Amos Tuck School of Business at Dartmouth College.

Board Composition

    We look to our directors to guide us through our next phase as a public company and continue and manage our growth. Our directors bring their leadership experience from a variety of information technology companies and professional backgrounds which we require to continue to grow and bring stockholder value. Messrs. Ball, Hollenbeck, Irwin and Spencer come to us through their venture capital backgrounds. They have worked with startup through public companies and bring depth of knowledge in building stockholder value, growing a company from inception and navigating mergers and acquisitions and the public company process. Ms. Magnuson and Messrs. Austin, Ball, Bhagat, Bock and Haji have worked in the private sector in various management roles and contribute their significant operational experience. Through Messrs. Austin, Bhagat and Haji, we have the continuity and history of

89


Table of Contents


current and past management of both Convio and GetActive and direct relevant industry experience. Together, Ms. Magnuson and Mr. Bock have over 15 years of experience in the role of chief financial officer of public companies and bring their extensive accounting and risk management knowledge to us. In addition, our directors' objective and sound judgment, high ethical standards, core values, inquisitive nature, insight, integrity, intelligence, thoughtfulness, and constructive working relationships with other directors are reflected in their contributions to our board and committee meetings and our direction and strategy as a company.

Selection Arrangements

    The election of our directors is currently governed by an investors' rights agreement that we entered into with certain holders of our common stock and preferred stock. In accordance with this agreement:

the venture capital funds associated with Mr. Ball, Mr. Irwin, Mr. Hollenbeck and Mr. Spencer are entitled to designate one director each and have designated those directors;

the former shareholders of GetActive are entitled to have one representative on our board, and Mr. Sheeraz has been designated as such director;

our chief executive officer is entitled to a director position, and Mr. Austin serves as such director; and

the board is entitled to designate the remainder of the director positions and have designated Ms. Magnuson and Messrs. Bock and Bhagat, accordingly.

    The provisions of this agreement relating to the election of directors will terminate upon the closing of this offering, and there will be no further contractual obligations regarding the election of our directors. Our directors hold office until their successors have been elected and qualified or their earlier death, resignation or removal.

Independent Directors

    Our board of directors is currently comprised of nine members. Ms. Magnuson and Messrs. Ball, Bock, Hollenbeck, Irwin and Spencer qualify as independent directors in accordance with the listing requirements of the NASDAQ Listing Rules. The definition of independence under the NASDAQ Listing Rules, or NASDAQ rules, includes a series of objective tests, such as that the director is not, and has not been for at least three years, one of our employees and that neither the director, nor any of his or her family members, has engaged in various types of business dealings with us. In addition, as further required by the NASDAQ rules, our board has made a subjective determination as to each independent director that no relationships exist that, in the opinion of our board, would interfere with his exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. In making these determinations, our board reviewed and discussed information provided by the directors and us with regard to each director's business and personal activities as they may relate to us and our management.

    The NASDAQ rules require that the compensation, nominating and governance, and audit committees of a listed company be comprised solely of independent directors. Ms. Magnuson and Messrs. Hollenbeck, Irwin and Spencer qualify under the NASDAQ rules as independent directors for purposes of the compensation committee and nominating and governance committee. However, the NASDAQ rules and Rule 10A-3 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, have a more stringent definition for director independence for the audit committee than the other committees. Mr. Hollenbeck is not independent under Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act due to his affiliation with Granite Ventures, a principal stockholder of ours. We intend to rely on the transition periods provided by Rule 5615(b) of the NASDAQ rules and Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act, which provide for phase-in compliance for companies that are listing on the exchange in connection with their initial public offering. As a result, we plan to have our audit, compensation and nominating and governance committees comprised of a majority of independent directors within ninety days of our listing and comprised solely of independent directors within one year of our listing.

90


Table of Contents

    Mr. Austin serves as our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the board and provides us with a single voice in the marketplace and to our stockholders. As our Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Austin is responsible for our day-to-day operations and implementing our strategy across a variety of NPOs located throughout the United States, our technological developments, numerous partners, and employee base in three dispersed offices. Since our performance is an important part of our board discussions, Mr. Austin brings direct and relevant information and experience as the chair of those discussions.

    Our board has designated Mr. Bock as lead independent director to act as the leader of the independent directors and as chairperson of the executive sessions of our independent directors. Our lead independent director serves as a non-exclusive intermediary between the independent directors and management, including our chairman and chief executive officer. Our lead independent director provides input to the chairman in planning agendas for board meetings and facilitates discussions among the independent directors as appropriate between board meetings.

Risk Management

    Our risk management function is overseen by our board. Through our management reports, our company policies, such as our corporate governance guidelines, our audit and non-audit services pre-approval policy, our code of business conduct and ethics and our audit committee's and compensation committee's review of financial and other risks, we keep our board apprised of material risks and provide our directors access to all information necessary for them to understand and evaluate how these risks interrelate, how they affect the company, and how management addresses those risks. Mr. Austin, as our Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, and Mr. Bock, as our lead independent director, work closely together and with management once material risks are identified by the board to address such risk. If the identified risk poses an actual or potential conflict with management, our lead independent director may conduct the assessment by himself or with the aid of other independent directors.

Classified Board

    Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will become effective as of the closing of this offering provide for a classified board of directors consisting of three classes of directors, each serving a staggered three-year term. Commencing in 2010, a portion of our board of directors will be elected each year for three-year terms. Upon the closing of this offering:

Messrs.                           ,                           and                           will be designated Class I directors whose term will expire at the 2011 annual meeting of stockholders;

Messrs.                           ,                           and                           will be designated Class II directors whose term will expire at the 2012 annual meeting of stockholders; and

Messrs.                           ,                           and                           will be designated Class III directors whose term will expire at the 2013 annual meeting of stockholders.

    Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will become effective as of the closing of this offering provide that the number of authorized directors shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the board of directors. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of authorized directors will hold office for a term expiring at the next annual meeting of stockholders at which the term of office of the class to which they have been elected expires or until such director's successor shall have been duly elected and qualified. The classification of the board of directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in control of our company. Under Delaware law, our directors may be removed for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of our voting stock.

91


Table of Contents

Board Committees

    Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and governance committee. Our board of directors and its committees set schedules to meet throughout the year and can also hold special meetings and act by written consent from time to time, as appropriate. In addition, independent members of our board of directors hold separate executive session meetings regularly at which only independent directors are present. Generally these executive sessions occur in connection with the regularly scheduled meetings of the board of directors. Our board of directors has delegated various responsibilities and authority to its committees as generally described below. The committees will report, as appropriate, their activities and actions to the full board of directors. Each committee of our board of directors has a written charter approved by our board of directors. Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, copies of each charter will be posted on our website at www.convio.com . The inclusion of a reference to our website address in this prospectus does not include or incorporate by reference the information on our website into this prospectus.

Audit Committee

    The current members of our audit committee are Ms. Magnuson, Messrs. Irwin and Spencer. Each member satisfies the independence requirements under the NASDAQ rules and each of Ms. Magnuson, Messrs. Irwin and Spencer has been determined to be independent under Rule 10A-3(b) of the Exchange Act. Ms. Magnuson is the current chair of our audit committee, and she qualifies as an "audit committee financial expert" within the meaning of Item 407 of Regulation S-K, as promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC. Each member of our audit committee meets the requirements for financial literacy under the NASDAQ rules. In arriving at this determination, the board has examined Ms. Magnuson's and Messrs. Irwin's and Spencer's scope of experiences and the nature of their employment in the corporate finance sector.

    The audit committee oversees our accounting and financial reporting processes and the audits of our financial statements. The functions of our audit committee include:

reviewing and providing oversight over the qualification, performance and independence, including reviewing applicable performance and independence requirements of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board of our independent registered public accounting firm and determining whether to retain or terminate their services;

approving the terms of engagement of our independent registered public accounting firm and pre-approving the engagement of our independent registered public accounting firm to perform permissible audit and non-audit services;

reviewing and discussing with management and our independent registered public accounting firm the results of the annual audit and the independent registered public accounting firm's review of our annual and quarterly financial statements and reports;

reviewing with management and our independent registered public accounting firm matters that have a significant impact on our financial statements;

reviewing with management its evaluation of the effectiveness and adequacy of our internal controls and procedures for financial reporting and reviewing with our independent registered public accounting firm the attestation to and report on the assessment made by management;

establishing procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by us regarding accounting, internal control or auditing matters and for the confidential, anonymous submission by our employees of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters; and

92


Table of Contents

reviewing and approving all related party transactions within the meaning of Item 404 of Regulation S-K.

Compensation Committee

    The current members of our compensation committee are Messrs. Ball, Bock, and Hollenbeck. Mr. Bock is the chair of our compensation committee. Each member of our compensation committee is a non-employee director, as defined in Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, and an outside director, as defined pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Internal Revenue Code. Each of Messrs. Ball, Bock, and Hollenbeck satisfy the independence requirements of the NASDAQ rules.

    The primary purpose of the compensation committee is to discharge the board's responsibilities relating to compensation and benefits of our executive officers and directors. In carrying out these responsibilities, the compensation committee reviews all components of executive officer and director compensation for consistency with the committee's compensation philosophy as in effect from time to time. The compensation committee determines all compensation for the chief executive officer and approves all employment arrangements applicable to executive officers. The compensation committee may from time to time delegate duties or responsibilities to subcommittees or to one or more members of the committee. The committee has the authority to obtain advice or assistance from consultants.

    The other functions of our compensation committee include:

determining and reviewing all forms of compensation for our executive officers and directors including, among other things, annual salaries, incentive payments, bonuses, equity awards, severance arrangements, change of control provisions and other compensatory arrangements;

administering our equity incentive plans and granting awards of options and other awards to our executive officers, directors and employees under our equity incentive plans;

reviewing and approving appropriate insurance coverage for our officers and directors;

reviewing and discussing with management our compensation discussion and analysis and compensation committee report required by the SEC; and

evaluating and recommending to our board of directors the compensation plans and programs advisable for us, and evaluating and recommending the modification or termination of existing plans and programs.

Nominating and Governance Committee

    The members of the nominating and governance committee are Ms. Magnuson, Messrs. Bock and Hollenbeck. Each of Ms. Magnuson, Messrs. Bock and Hollenbeck have been determined to be independent within the meaning of the NASDAQ rules.

    In fulfilling its responsibilities, the nominating committee considers the following factors in reviewing possible candidates for nomination as director:

the appropriate size of our board and its committees;

the perceived needs of the board for particular skills, background and business experience;

diversity in the skills, background, reputation, and business experience of nominees compared to the skills, background, reputation, and business experience already possessed by other members of the board;

nominees' independence from management;

93


Table of Contents

applicable regulatory and listing requirements, including independence requirements and legal considerations, such as antitrust compliance;

the benefits of a constructive working relationship among directors; and

the desire to balance the considerable benefit of continuity with the periodic injection of the fresh perspective provided by new members.

    The nominating committee's goal is to assemble a board that brings a variety of perspectives and skills derived from high quality business and professional experience and which complies with the NASDAQ and SEC rules. While we do not have a formal policy on diversity, our nominating committee considers as one of the factors the diversity of the composition of our board and the skill set, background, reputation, type and length of business experience and gender of our board members as well as a particular nominee's contributions to that mix. The nominating committee believes directors should possess the highest personal and professional ethics, integrity and values and be committed to representing the best interests of our stockholders. They must also have an inquisitive and objective perspective and mature judgment. Director candidates must have sufficient time available in the judgment of the nominating committee to perform all board and committee responsibilities. Board members are expected to prepare for, attend and participate in all board and applicable committee meetings.

    Other than the foregoing and the applicable rules regarding director qualifications, there are no stated minimum criteria for director nominees, although the nominating committee may also consider such other factors as it may deem, from time to time, are in the best interests of us and our stockholders. Under the NASDAQ rules, at least a majority of the members of the board must meet the definition of "independent director" and at least one director must have "financial sophistication." The nominating committee also believes it appropriate for one or more key members of management to participate as members of the board.

    The nominating committee will evaluate annually the current members of the board whose terms are expiring and who are willing to continue in service against the criteria set forth above in determining whether to recommend these directors for election. The nominating committee will assesses regularly the optimum size of the board and its committees and the needs of the board for various skills, background and business experience in determining if the board requires additional candidates for nomination.

    Candidates for director nominations come to our attention from time to time through incumbent directors, management, stockholders or third parties. These candidates may be considered at meetings of the nominating committee at any point during the year. Such candidates are to be evaluated against the criteria set forth above. If the nominating committee believes at any time that it is desirable that the board consider additional candidates for nomination, the committee may poll directors and management for suggestions or conduct research to identify possible candidates and may engage, if the nominating committee believes it is appropriate, a third party search firm to assist in identifying qualified candidates.

    The nominating committee will evaluate any recommendation for director nominee proposed by a stockholder. In order to be evaluated in connection with the nominating committee's established procedures for evaluating potential director nominees, any recommendation for director nominee submitted by a stockholder must be sent in writing to the Corporate Secretary, 11501 Domain Drive, Suite 200, Austin, Texas 78758, 120 days prior to the anniversary of the date proxy statements were mailed to stockholders in connection with the prior year's annual meeting of stockholders and must contain the following information:

the candidate's name, age, contact information and present principal occupation or employment; and

94


Table of Contents

a description of the candidate's qualifications, skills, background, and business experience during, at a minimum, the last five years, including his/her principal occupation and employment and the name and principal business of any corporation or other organization in which the candidate was employed or served as a director.

    In addition our bylaws permit stockholders to nominate directors for consideration at an annual meeting.

    All directors and director nominees must submit a completed form of directors' and officers' questionnaire as part of the nominating and evaluation process. The evaluation process may also include interviews and additional background and reference checks for non-incumbent nominees, at the discretion of the nominating committee.

    The nominating committee will evaluate incumbent directors, as well as candidates for director nominees submitted by directors, management and stockholders consistently using the criteria stated in this policy and will select the nominees that in the committee's judgment best suit the needs of the board at that time.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

    Our board of directors has adopted a code of business conduct and ethics. The code applies to all of our employees, officers (including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller and persons performing similar functions), agents and representatives, including directors and consultants. Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, the full text of our code of business conduct and ethics will be posted on our website at www.convio.com . We intend to disclose future amendments to certain provisions of our code of business conduct and ethics, or waivers of such provisions, applicable to any principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller and persons performing similar functions or our directors on our website identified above. The inclusion of our website address in this prospectus does not include or incorporate by reference the information on our website into this prospectus.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

    The current members of our compensation committee are Messrs. Ball, Bock, Hollenbeck and Irwin. None of the members of our compensation committee has at any time during the prior three years been an officer or employee of ours. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the prior three years has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board or compensation committee. For additional information, see "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions."

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification

    Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation contains provisions that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:

any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

95


Table of Contents

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

    These limitations of liability do not apply to liabilities arising under federal securities laws and do not affect the availability of equitable remedies, such as injunctive relief or rescission.

    Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which will each become effective upon the closing of this offering, provide that we are required to indemnify our directors and officers, in each case to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Any repeal of or modification to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws may not adversely affect any right or protection of a director or officer for or with respect to any acts or omissions of that director or officer occurring prior to that amendment or repeal. Our amended and restated bylaws also provide that we will advance expenses incurred by a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, and permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in that capacity regardless of whether we would otherwise be permitted to indemnify him or her under the provisions of Delaware law. We have obtained such a directors' and officers' liability insurance policy. We have entered and expect to continue to enter into agreements to indemnify our directors and executive officers. With certain exceptions, these agreements provide for indemnification for related expenses including, among other things, attorneys' fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of these individuals in any action or proceeding. We believe that these bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and executive officers.

    The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors for breach of their fiduciary duties. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder's investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers as required by these indemnification provisions. At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors or executive officers for which indemnification is sought, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, executive officers or persons controlling us, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Director Compensation

    We currently do not pay our directors who are employees or affiliates of our venture capital investors any cash or equity compensation for their services as members of our board of directors or any committee of our board of directors. We have a policy of reimbursing our directors for travel, lodging and other expenses incurred in connection with their attendance at our board or committee meetings. We adopted a director compensation policy in October 2007 in connection with our anticipated initial public offering and the increased responsibilities of our directors as directors of a public company. Under this policy intended for directors serving on a public company board of directors, each non employee member of our board of directors who is not affiliated with one of our venture capital investors are entitled to receive the following compensation:

a grant of an option to purchase 50,000 shares of our common stock upon the election or appointment of the non employee board member to the board to vest monthly over four years;

an annual grant of an option to purchase 10,000 shares of our common stock at the time of our annual stockholder meeting to vest in full on the first anniversary of grant;

an annual retainer of $15,000 to be paid at the time of our annual stockholder meeting;

96


Table of Contents

an additional retainer of $5,000 if such director also serves as our audit committee chairman;

an additional retainer of $3,000 if such director also serves as our compensation committee chairman;

$1,000 per in person meeting of the board or any board committee and $500 per telephonic meeting of the board or any board committee; and

reimbursement of reasonable out of pocket expenses incurred in connection with their attendance of our board or committee meetings.

    The options granted to eligible directors vest only upon continued service over the vesting period and accelerate in full upon a Change of Control.

Director Compensation Table

    The following table provides information regarding the compensation earned by or paid to our directors during the year ended December 31, 2009:

Name
  Fees Earned or
Paid in Cash
($)
  Option
Awards
($)(1)
  Total
($)
 

William G. Bock

    24,500     13,160 (2)   19,660  

Sheeraz D. Haji

    21,500     31,968 (3)   38,468  

Kristen L. Magnuson

    25,000     13,160 (2)   18,160  

(1)
Amounts represent the incremental value calculated in accordance with FASB ASC 718 resulting from the exchange of stock options to acquire 50,000 shares of our common stock for each of Ms. Magnuson and Mr. Bock and 90,000 shares of our common stock for Mr. Haji in our option exchange program. See note 9 of the notes to financial statements for a discussion of assumptions made in determining the incremental value of our stock options exchanged in our option exchange program. Each of the directors earned options in 2009 to acquire 10,000 shares of our common stock. These options had not been granted as of January 22, 2010.

(2)
These options reflect initial director grants of options which vest monthly at a rate of 1/48 of the original option amount over four years and will be fully vested on February 21, 2012, subject to continued service.

(3)
These options were granted to Mr. Haji while he was still employed by us and were not related to his service as a board member.

    As a result of the decline of the stock market in 2008 and the first quarter of 2009, the compensation committee believed that a substantial percentage of our outstanding options had exercise prices in excess of the then fair market value of our common stock. In order to retain the compensatory value of the equity awards without further diluting the stockholders by issuing incremental shares, the compensation committee offered in February 2009 to all option holders, including our directors, the right to exchange on a on-for-one basis all outstanding options for newly-issued options with an exercise price equal to the fair market value on the new date grant. The newly-issued options had the same terms, other than exercise price, and were vested to the same extent as the exchanged options. The directors listed above accepted the offer and exchanged options in accordance with the program.

97


Table of Contents


EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

     The following discussion and analysis of compensation arrangements of our named executive officers should be read together with the compensation tables and related disclosures set forth below. Our named executive officers include our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and each of the three most highly-compensated executive officers who earned or were paid in excess of $100,000 during 2009. This discussion contains forward-looking statements based on our current plans, considerations, expectations and determinations regarding future compensation programs. See "Forward-Looking Statements."

Compensation Objectives

    The goals of our executive compensation program are to attract, motivate and retain individuals with the skills and qualities necessary to support our clients and grow our business. In 2009, we designed our executive compensation program to achieve the following objectives:

attract and retain executives experienced in developing and delivering products and services such as our own;

attract and retain individuals with a deep respect for NPOs to foster a culture of client focus, trust, collaboration, community and innovation;

motivate and reward executives whose experience and skills are critical to our success;

reward performance; and

align the interests of our executive officers and stockholders by motivating executive officers to increase stockholder value.

Determination of Compensation

    The responsibility for establishing, administering and interpreting our policies governing the compensation and benefits for our executive officers lies with our compensation committee, which consists entirely of non-employee directors. See "Management—Board Committees—Compensation Committee." Our compensation committee has taken the following steps to ensure that our executive compensation and benefit policies are consistent with both our compensation objectives and our corporate governance guidelines:

established a practice, in accordance with the rules of the NASDAQ Listing Rules, or NASDAQ rules, of independently reviewing the performance and determining the compensation earned, paid or awarded to our Chief Executive Officer;

established a policy, in accordance with the NASDAQ rules, to review on an annual basis the compensation of our other executive officers with recommendations from our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Vice President of Human Resources and determining what the compensation committee believes to be appropriate total compensation for these executive officers; and

establish an equity grant policy for both new hire and periodic equity awards.

    The compensation committee has historically relied principally upon the experience and expertise of the committee members when determining executive compensation. Each of Messrs. Ball, Bock, Hollenbeck and Irwin, the members of our compensation committee, has been a partner of venture capital firms and has served as an executive officer or on the boards of directors and compensation committees of numerous technology companies.

98


Table of Contents

    When determining executive compensation, the compensation committee considers the objectives of our executive compensation policies described above in the context of our financial condition and historical operating results, our operating plan and economic conditions generally. In connection with executive equity awards, if any, the compensation committee reviews prior equity award levels, the executive's aggregate equity interests and the general duties, responsibilities and performance of the executive officers in their respective positions.

    In 2009, the compensation committee did not retain a compensation consultant and did not benchmark our executive compensation against any specific comparable companies. The compensation committee did review the Culpepper Compensation Survey which is a general survey that provides compensation information based on the industry, geography, size and whether the surveyed companies are public or private. The compensation committee reviewed the relevant parts of the survey and focused their attention on the information provided with respect to private software companies with between 100 and 500 employees and revenue up to $100 million.

    Our compensation committee typically invites our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Vice President of Human Resources to attend meetings of the compensation committee. During deliberations of compensation decisions relating to our executive officers other than our Chief Executive Officer, the compensation committee considers the recommendations of our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Vice President of Human Resources. The compensation committee then separately deliberates and makes determinations about executive compensation, for persons other than the Chief Executive Officer, in executive session outside the presence of the Chief Financial Officer and Vice President of Human Resources. The Chief Executive Officer is typically present throughout these deliberations.

    For compensation decisions regarding our Chief Executive Officer, our compensation committee discusses with the Chief Executive Officer his compensation and then deliberates the compensation of the Chief Executive Officer in executive session outside of the presence of any executive officer. The Chief Executive Officer is not present when his compensation is determined.

Components of Executive Compensation

    Our executive compensation program has three primary components—base salaries, cash incentive payments and equity-based awards granted pursuant to our equity plans described below under "Executive Compensation—Equity Benefit Plans." Mr. Potts, our Vice President of Sales, receives sales commissions in lieu of a cash incentive payment. Our executives are also entitled to certain other benefits described under "Executive Compensation—General Benefits." The compensation committee has not adopted any formal or informal policies for allocating compensation between long-term and currently paid out compensation, between cash and non-cash compensation or among different forms of non-cash compensation but rather relies on the experience of its members, its past practices and management inputs in establishing the different forms of compensation. The compensation committee reserves the right to grant discretionary bonuses to any employee.

    Our compensation committee believes that base salary is a significant motivating factor in attracting and retaining executive officers. Historically, the compensation committee has set base salaries based on the performance of the business generally and the executive officers' respective positions and tenures and performance with us. In 2009, our compensation committee elected not to increase the base salaries of our executive officers due to the global economic downturn and the resultant uncertainties of our clients and our business. The compensation committee expects to make future decisions regarding base salaries in accordance with its past practices.

99


Table of Contents

    Our compensation committee annually establishes a cash incentive plan. All of our executive officers, other than Mr. Potts who receives sales commissions, participate in the cash incentive plan. Cash incentive amounts are determined as a percentage of base salary and are conditioned upon our achievement of objectives established each year by the compensation committee. The compensation committee also retains the right to modify the plan, including the targets and the amounts payable under this plan. The compensation committee also retains the right to exercise discretionary authority over the payment of cash incentives. The annual targeted incentive payment of each named executive officer, other than Mr. Potts, is based upon a percentage of base salary. The compensation committee relied on its judgment in establishing these target percentages. The percentage for each named executive officer is as set forth in the following table:

 
  Aggregate Annual
Potential Incentive
Payment Percentage
 

Gene Austin

    30 %

James R. Offerdahl

    20 %

Vinay K. Bhagat

    20 %

Sara E. Spivey

    20 %

    We pay the incentive payments under the cash incentive plan twice each year. The compensation committee establishes first half targets and full year targets. We pay incentive payments in the third quarter based on our achievement of the first half target and pay incentive payments in the first quarter of the following fiscal year based on our achievement of full year targets. Our compensation committee believes that paying incentive payments twice per year helps to maintain the focus of our executive officers on achieving the objectives throughout the year.

    In 2009, the compensation committee utilized churn as a gateway condition prior to our executive officers' earning any incentive payment under the cash incentive plan. We define churn as the amount of any lost software monthly recurring revenue and usage revenues in a period, divided by our software monthly recurring revenue at the beginning of the year plus our average usage revenue of the prior year. The churn targets were 5.75% and 11.05% for the first six months and full year 2009, respectively. We achieved these gateways in both periods.

    Following achievement of churn targets, our executive officers became eligible to receive incentive payments based upon our achievement of targets tied to an operating income measure and net change in software monthly recurring revenue. The operating income target excluded amortization of intangibles and stock-based compensation and was set at $1.1 million and $3.3 million for the first six months and full year 2009, respectively. The compensation committee anticipated solely based on its judgement that the probability of our achievement of the target for net change in monthly recurring revenue would be 80% likely in 2009.

    The actual amount of cash incentive payable to the executive officers was to be based upon the percentage of completion of each target in accordance with the following table:

 
  Percentage Achievement of
Net Change in Software Monthly Recurring Revenue
 
Percent Achievement of Operating Income
  0% - 84.9%   85% - 99.9%   100% and above  

0% - 89.9%

    0 %   25 %   50 %

90.0% - 99.9%

    25 %   50 %   75 %

100% and above

    50 %   75 %   100 %

    During the first half of 2009, we achieved more than 100% of the operating income target and 74% of our targeted net change in software monthly recurring revenue. As a result, the named executive officers received 50% of their respective incentive payments. For the full year 2009, we achieved more than 100% of the operating income target and 99.8% of our targeted net change in monthly recurring revenue. As a

100


Table of Contents


result, the named executive officers were entitled to receive 75% of their respective incentive payments. Due to our corporate results in 2009 in difficult economic conditions and the closeness of the results to the target, the compensation committee exercised discretion and awarded the full second half incentive payments to the named executive officers. The bonus amounts earned by the named executive officers during 2009 are as set forth in the following table:

 
  Eligible Cash
Incentive
Amount Per Year
  Eligible Cash
Incentive
Amount Per Half
  Actual
First Half
Cash Incentive
Amount
  Actual
Second Half
Cash Incentive
Amount
  Actual 2009
Total Cash
Incentive Earned
 

Gene Austin

  $ 98,280   $ 49,140   $ 24,570   $ 49,140   $ 73,710  

James R. Offerdahl

    48,279     24,140     12,070     24,140     36,210  

Vinay K. Bhagat

    45,594     22,797     11,399     22,797     34,196  

Sara E. Spivey

    46,000     23,000     11,500     23,000     34,500  

    We also pay Mr. Potts sales commissions to encourage and reward his contributions to our long-term revenue growth. In 2009, Mr. Potts was eligible to receive quarterly commissions based upon software monthly recurring revenue, service bookings, management objectives and a corresponding target commission rate. The compensation committee set semi-annual and annual targets for each of these three components that the compensation committee believed would be 80% likely to be achieved. The commission rate varied based on the levels of component targets achieved. At 100% achievement of the component targets, the commission rate was 100% of the target commission rate, and software monthly recurring revenue, services bookings and management objectives represented 80%, 10% and 10% of Mr. Potts' incentive compensation, respectively. At less than 80% of the software monthly recurring revenue target, Mr. Potts' commission rate would be 50% of the target commission rate. From 80% to 200% of the target for software monthly recurring revenue, the commission rate would range from 70% to 237.5% of the commission rate at target. The maximum commission rate was 237.5% of the target commission rate. There was no maximum commission that Mr. Potts could be paid.

    Although we have not implemented any stock ownership guidelines with respect to our executive officers, our compensation committee believes that providing our executive officers with an equity interest helps to align the interests of our executive officers with those of our stockholders.

    We have historically granted stock options to our employees, including executive officers, upon hiring and thereafter annually to a portion of employees generally based on performance. The compensation committee grants all stock options at fair market value on the date of grant. The compensation committee has not adopted any policy or program requiring the annual grant of equity awards to any executive officer or other employee.

101


Table of Contents

    The compensation committee determines the size of annual awards based upon the committee's subjective assessment of the incentive value of the executive officers' respective total equity interests relative to their roles in the company and their levels of vested and unvested shares. Consistent with this approach, the compensation committee believed that the equity interests of the executive officers were appropriate in 2009 other than with respect to Mr. Offerdahl to whom the committee granted additional options as follows:

 
  Number of
Shares
Underlying
Option
  Per Share
Exercise Price
of Option
Awards
 

James R. Offerdahl

    50,000 (1) $ 1.90  

(1)
This option is subject to an early exercise provision and is immediately exercisable subject to our right to repurchase the unvested shares. This option vests as to 25% of the underlying shares of common stock on the first anniversary of the date of grant and 1/48 of the option shares monthly thereafter until vested, subject to continued service.

    We have a right to repurchase unvested, but exercised, options at cost upon termination of service. The compensation committee believes that this term enhances the value of the option without adding substantial administrative burden on us.

    As a result of the decline of the stock market in 2008 and the first quarter of 2009, the compensation committee believed that a substantial percentage of our outstanding options had exercise prices in excess of the then fair market value of our common stock. In order to retain the incentive value of the equity awards without further diluting the stockholders by issuing incremental shares, the compensation committee offered in February 2009 to all option holders, including executive officers, the right to exchange on a one-for-one basis all outstanding options for newly-issued options with an exercise price of the fair market value on the new grant date. The newly-issued options had the same terms, other than exercise price, and were vested to the same extent as the exchanged options. The following named executive officers accepted the offer and exchanged options in accordance with the program:

 
  Total Options
Exchanged
 

Gene Austin

    330,000  

James R. Offerdahl

    195,000  

Randall N. Potts

    150,000  

Vinay K. Bhagat

    80,000  

    Change of Control and Severance Benefits

    In addition to benefits upon a Change of Control under our equity benefit plans described below under "Executive Compensation—Equity Benefit Plans," certain of our named executive officers are entitled to receive additional compensation or benefits under the severance and Change of Control provisions contained in their offer letters and option agreements. The compensation committee established these benefits based upon the experience and expertise of the committee members. Our severance and Change of Control provisions for the named executive officers are summarized below in "Executive Compensation—Potential Payments upon Termination or Change of Control."

    General Benefits

    Our named executive officers receive health and welfare benefits and participate in our defined contribution 401(k) plan on terms generally available to all of our employees. In addition, all of our employees, including our named executive officers, are provided with paid time off based on tenure as

102


Table of Contents

well as three days off for volunteer time, during which employees work with NPOs to help align our employees with NPOs and their missions.

    Accounting and Tax Considerations

    Internal Revenue Code Section 162(m) limits the amount that a publicly-held company may deduct for compensation paid to certain executive officers to $1,000,000 per person, unless certain requirements are satisfied. Exemptions to this deductibility limit may be made for various forms of "performance-based" compensation. In the past, Section 162(m) did not apply to us because we were not publicly-held, and annual cash compensation has been deductible. However, Section 162(m) will apply once we become publicly-held. In addition to salary and bonus compensation, upon the exercise of stock options that are not treated as incentive stock options, the excess of the current market price over the option price, or option spread, is treated as compensation and accordingly, in any year, such exercise may cause an officer's total compensation to exceed $1,000,000. Under certain regulations, option spread compensation from options that meet certain requirements will not be subject to the $1,000,000 cap on deductibility, and in the past we have granted options that met those requirements. While the compensation committee cannot predict how the deductibility limit may impact our compensation program in future years, the compensation committee intends to consider the impact of Section 162(m) in maintaining an approach to executive compensation that strongly links pay to performance.

Summary Compensation Table

    The following table provides information regarding the compensation earned by or paid to our named executive officers during the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009:

Name and Principal Position
  Year   Salary
($)(1)
  Option
Awards
($)
  Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)
  All Other
Compensation
($)
  Total
($)
 
Gene Austin     2009     327,600     42,066 (2)   73,710 (3)         443,376  
  Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive     2008     325,000     123,273 (4)   111,710 (5)         559,983  
  Officer and President     2007     310,500     463,584 (6)   58,500 (7)         832,584  

James R. Offerdahl

 

 

2009

 

 

241,395

 

 

76,136

(8)

 

36,210

(9)

 

 

 

 

353,741

 
  Chief Financial Officer and Vice President     2008     239,479     95,879 (10)   54,960 (11)         390,318  
  of Administration     2007     228,663     241,450 (12)   28,043 (13)         498,156  

Vinay K. Bhagat

 

 

2009

 

 

227,970

 

 

16,144

(14)

 

34,196

(15)

 

 

 

 

278,310

 
  Chief Strategy Officer     2008     219,725     109,576 (16)   49,197 (17)         378,498  
      2007     177,437         67,312 (18)         244,749  

Randall N. Potts

 

 

2009

 

 

200,000

 

 

19,028

(19)

 

133,547

(20)

 

 

 

 

352,575

 
  Vice President of Sales     2008     193,333     54,788 (21)   160,562 (22)         408,683  
      2007     160,000     212,476 (23)   145,049 (24)         517,525  

Sara E. Spivey

 

 

2009

 

 

230,000

 

 

228,536

(25)

 

34,500

(26)

 

50,000

(27)

 

543,036

 
  Chief Marketing Officer     2008     19,167                   19,167  

(1)
The adjustments to base salaries of our named executive officers are determined annually during the first quarter of a fiscal year and apply to the following 12 months. None of our named executive officers received a base salary increase in 2009. The salaries were higher in fiscal year 2009 in comparison to fiscal year 2008 solely due to the Company's practice of adjusting the base salaries during the first quarter of a subsequent fiscal year for which the salaries are reported hereunder.

(2)
This amount represents the incremental value calculated in accordance with FASB ASC 718 resulting from the exchange of stock options to acquire 330,000 shares of our common stock in our option exchange program. See note 9 of the notes to financial statements for a discussion of assumptions made in determining the incremental value of our stock options exchanged in our option exchange program.

(3)
This amount includes $49,140 in incentive payments earned in the second half of 2009 and paid in 2010 per the terms of our 2009 cash incentive plan and $24,570 in incentive payments earned in the first half of 2009 and paid in 2009.

(4)
This amount represents the aggregate grant date fair value of stock options to acquire 90,000 shares of our common stock recognized for financial statement reporting purposes in 2008 calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. See note 9 of the notes to financial statements for a discussion of assumptions made in determining the grant date fair value and compensation expense of our stock options.

(5)
This amount includes $62,570 in incentive payments earned in the second half of 2008 and paid in 2009 per the terms of our 2008 cash incentive plan and $49,668 in incentive payments earned in the first half of 2008 and paid in 2008.

103


Table of Contents

(6)
This amount represents the aggregate grant date fair value of stock options to acquire 240,000 shares of our common stock recognized for financial statement reporting purposes in 2007 calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. See note 9 of the notes to financial statements for a discussion of assumptions made in determining the grant date fair value and compensation expense of our stock options.

(7)
This amount includes $11,700 in incentive payments earned in the second half of 2007 and paid in 2008 per the terms of our 2007 cash incentive plan and $46,800 in incentive payments earned in the first half of 2007 and paid in 2007.

(8)
This amounts includes $26,576 in incremental value calculated in accordance with FASB ASC 718 resulting from the exchange of stock options to acquire 195,000 shares of our common stock in our option exchange program and the aggregate grant date fair value of stock options to acquire 50,000 shares of our common stock recognized for financial statement reporting purposes in 2009 calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. See note 9 of the notes to financial statements for a discussion of assumptions made in determining the grant date fair value and compensation expense of our stock options.

(9)
This amount includes $24,140 in incentive payments earned in the second half of 2009 and paid in 2010 per the terms of our 2009 cash incentive plan and $12,070 in incentive payments earned in the first half of 2009 and paid in 2009.

(10)
This amount represents the aggregate grant date fair value of stock options to acquire 70,000 shares of our common stock recognized for financial statement reporting purposes in 2008 calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. See note 9 of the notes to financial statements for a discussion of assumptions made in determining the grant date fair value and compensation expense of our stock options.

(11)
This amount includes $30,820 in incentive payments earned in the second half of 2008 and paid in 2009 per the terms of our 2008 cash incentive plan and $24,140 in incentive payments earned in the first half of 2008 and paid in 2008.

(12)
This amount represents the aggregate grant date fair value of stock options to acquire 125,000 shares of our common stock recognized for financial statement reporting purposes in 2007 calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. See note 9 of the notes to financial statements for a discussion of assumptions made in determining the grant date fair value and compensation expense of our stock options.

(13)
This amount includes $5,748 in incentive payments earned in the second half of 2007 and paid in 2008 per the terms of our 2007 cash incentive plan and $22,295 in incentive payments earned in the first half of 2007 and paid in 2007.

(14)
This amount represents the incremental value calculated in accordance with FASB ASC 718 resulting from the exchange of stock options to acquire 80,000 shares of our common stock in our option exchange program. See note 9 of the notes to financial statements for a discussion of assumptions made in determining the incremental value of our stock options exchanged in our option exchange program.

(15)
This amount includes $22,797 in incentive payments earned in the second half of 2009 and paid in 2010 per the terms of our 2009 cash incentive plan and $11,399 in incentive payments earned in the first half of 2009 and paid in 2009.

(16)
This amount represents the aggregate grant date fair value of stock options to acquire 80,000 shares of our common stock recognized for financial statement reporting purposes in 2008 calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. See note 9 of the notes to financial statements for a discussion of assumptions made in determining the grant date fair value and compensation expense of our stock options.

(17)
This amount includes $26,399 in incentive payments earned in the second half of 2008 and paid in 2009 per the terms of our 2008 cash incentive plan and $22,798 in incentive payments earned in the first half of 2008 and paid in 2008.

(18)
This amount includes (i) $45,000 in sales commissions earned by Mr. Bhagat in 2007 and paid monthly and (ii) $4,462 in incentive payments earned in the second half of 2007 and paid in 2008 per the terms of our 2007 cash incentive plan and $17,850 in incentive payments earned in the first half of 2007 and paid in 2007.

(19)
This amount represents the incremental value calculated in accordance with FASB ASC 718 resulting from the exchange of stock options to acquire 150,000 shares of our common stock in our option exchange program. See note 9 of the notes to financial statements for a discussion of assumptions made in determining the incremental value of our stock options exchanged in our option exchange program.

(20)
This amount was paid to Mr. Potts as sales commission earned throughout the fiscal year of 2009 and paid quarterly.

(21)
This amount represents the aggregate grant date fair value of stock options to acquire 40,000 shares of our common stock recognized for financial statement reporting purposes in 2008 calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. See note 9 of the notes to financial statements for a discussion of assumptions made in determining the grant date fair value and compensation expense of our stock options.

(22)
This amount was paid to Mr. Potts as sales commission earned throughout the fiscal year of 2008 and paid bi-quarterly.

(23)
This amount represents the aggregate grant date fair value of stock options to acquire 110,000 shares of our common stock recognized for financial statement reporting purposes in 2007 calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. See note 9 of the notes to financial statements for a discussion of assumptions made in determining the grant date fair value and compensation expense of our stock options.

(24)
This amount was paid to Mr. Potts as sales commission earned throughout the fiscal year of 2007 and paid quarterly.

(25)
This amount represents the aggregate grant date fair value of stock options to acquire 265,000 shares of our common stock recognized for financial statement reporting purposes in 2009 calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. See note 9 of the notes to financial statements for a discussion of assumptions made in determining the grant date fair value and compensation expense of our stock options.

(26)
This amount includes $23,000 in incentive payments earned in the second half of 2009 and paid in 2010 per the terms of our 2009 cash incentive plan and $11,500 in incentive payments earned in the first half of 2009 and paid in 2009.

(27)
This amount reflects a $50,000 moving expense allowance for Ms. Spivey's relocation to Austin, Texas.

104


Table of Contents

Grants of Plan-Based Awards

    The following table provides information regarding grants of plan-based awards to each of our named executive officers during the year ended December 31, 2009:

 
   
  Estimated Future Payouts
Under Non-Equity Incentive
Plan Awards(1)
   
   
   
 
 
   
  All Other Option
Awards: Number of
Securities Underlying
Options (#)(2)
  Exercise
Price of
Option
Awards ($/Sh)
  Grant Date
Fair Value
of Option
Awards(3)
 
 
  Grant
Date
 
Name
  Threshold   Target   Maximum  

Gene Austin

    3/16/09   $ 12,375   $ 98,280         330,000   $ 1.61   $ 42,066 (4)

James R. Offerdahl

    3/16/09     6,035     48,279         195,000     1.61     26,576 (5)

    4/30/09                   50,000 (6) $ 1.90     49,560  

Vinay K. Bhagat

    3/16/09     5,700     45,594         80,000     1.61     16,144 (7)

Randall N. Potts

    3/16/09         135,000         150,000     1.61     19,028 (8)

Sara E. Spivey

    2/05/09     5,750     46,000         265,000     1.61     228,536  

(1)
The threshold and target payments above are determined in accordance with our 2009 cash incentive plan or the 2009 sales commission plan, as applicable. The maximum bonus payment amounts are uncapped and are subject to reductions or increases at the discretion of the compensation committee. See "Executive Compensation—Compensation Discussion and Analysis" for a description of the 2009 cash incentive plan and the terms and conditions of such plan.

(2)
The option was granted pursuant to our 1999 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan.

(3)
This amounts represents the aggregate incremental value calculated in accordance with FASB ASC 718 resulting from the exchange of stock options in our option exchange program. See note 9 of the notes to financial statements for a discussion of assumptions made in determining the incremental value of our stock options exchanged in our option exchange program.

(4)
This amount represents the incremental value calculated in accordance with FASB ASC 718 resulting from the exchange of stock options to acquire 330,000 shares of our common stock in our option exchange program. See note 9 of the notes to financial statements for a discussion of assumptions made in determining the incremental value of our stock options exchanged in our option exchange program.

(5)
This amount includes $26,576 in incremental value calculated in accordance with FASB ASC 718 resulting from the exchange of stock options to acquire 195,000 shares of our common stock in our option exchange program. See note 9 of the notes to financial statements for a discussion of assumptions made in determining the incremental value of our stock options exchanged in our option exchange program.

(6)
The option for 50,000 shares is immediately exercisable and vests as to 25% of the underlying shares of common stock on the first anniversary of the date of grant and thereafter vests monthly as to 1/48th of the original amount of the shares of the underlying common stock, subject to continued service.

(7)
This amount represents the incremental value calculated in accordance with FASB ASC 718 resulting from the exchange of stock options to acquire 80,000 shares of our common stock in our option exchange program. See note 9 of the notes to financial statements for a discussion of assumptions made in determining the incremental value of our stock options exchanged in our option exchange program.

(8)
This amount represents the incremental value calculated in accordance with FASB ASC 718 resulting from the exchange of stock options to acquire 150,000 shares of our common stock in our option exchange program. See note 9 of the notes to financial statements for a discussion of assumptions made in determining the incremental value of our stock options exchanged in our option exchange program.

105


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards at December 31, 2009

    The following table presents certain information concerning outstanding equity awards held by each of our named executive officers as of December 31, 2009.

Name
  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Exercisable (#)(1)
  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Unexercisable (#)(1)
  Option
Exercise
Price ($)
  Option
Expiration
Date
 

Gene Austin

    103,172 (2)     $ 0.40     8/3/2014  

    125,000 (2)       0.40     8/30/2015  

    240,000 (2)       1.61     3/15/2016  

    90,000 (3)       1.61     3/15/2016  

James R. Offerdahl

    90,000 (2)       0.40     3/2/2015  

    125,000 (4)       1.61     3/15/2016  

    70,000 (5)       1.61     3/15/2016  

    50,000 (6)       1.90     4/29/2016  

Vinay K. Bhagat

    378,187 (2)       0.30     8/14/2013  

    160,000 (2)       0.40     8/3/2014  

    272,000 (2)       0.40     6/2/2015  

    75,000 (2)       0.70     7/26/2016  

    80,000 (7)       1.61     3/15/2016  

Randall N. Potts

    85,761 (2)       0.30     10/23/2013  

    33,138 (2)       0.30     5/2/2014  

    131,250 (2)       0.40     8/3/2014  

    70,000 (2)       0.40     8/30/2015  

    28,333 (8)   5,667 (8)   0.70     4/26/2016  

    55,000 (9)   55,000 (9)   1.61     3/15/2016  

    15,833 (10)   24,167 (10)   1.61     3/15/2016  

Sara E. Spivey

    66,250 (11)   198,750 (11)   1.61     2/4/2016  

(1)
Each stock option was granted pursuant to our 1999 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan. The vesting schedule and exercisability of each stock option is described in the footnotes below for each stock option. Each stock option expires as stated above.

(2)
As of December 31, 2009, option grants for 103,172 and 125,000 shares were fully vested. The option for 240,000 shares is subject to an early exercise provision and is immediately exercisable. This option vested as to 50% on May 9, 2009, and the remaining 50% will vest on May 9 2011, subject to continued service. As of December 31, 2009, 120,000 of the shares subject to this option had vested.

(3)
This option is subject to an early exercise provision and is immediately exercisable. The option vested as to 25% of the shares of the underlying common stock on May 1, 2009 and thereafter vests monthly as to 1/48 th  of the original amount of the shares of the underlying common stock, subject to continued service. As of December 31, 2009, 35,625 shares were fully vested and 54,375 shares will vest ratably over the remainder of the vesting period, subject to continued service.

(4)
This option is subject to an early exercise provision and is immediately exercisable. The option vested as to 50% on May 9, 2009 and the remaining 50% will vest on May 9, 2011, subject to continued service. As of December 31, 2009, 62,500 of the shares were vested.

(5)
This option is subject to an early exercise provision and is immediately exercisable. The option vested as to 25% of the shares of the underlying common stock on May 1, 2009 and thereafter vests monthly as to 1/48 th  of the original amount of the shares of the underlying common stock, subject to continued service. As of December 31, 2009, 27,708 shares were fully vested and 42,292 shares will vest ratably over the remainder of the vesting period, subject to continued service.

(6)
This option is subject to an early exercise provision and is immediately exercisable. The option vests as to 25% of the shares of the underlying common stock on April 30, 2010 and thereafter vests monthly as to 1/48 th  of the original amount of the shares of the underlying common stock, subject to continued service. As of December 31, 2009, none of the shares had vested.

(7)
This option is subject to an early exercise provision and is immediately exercisable. The option vests as to 25% of the shares of the underlying common stock on April 30, 2010 and thereafter vests monthly as to 1/48 th  of the original amount of the shares of the underlying common stock, subject to continued service. As of December 31, 2009, 31,667 shares were fully vested and 48,333 shares will vest ratably over the remainder of the vesting period, subject to continued service.

(8)
This option vests monthly as to 1/48 th  of the underlying shares of common stock commencing on April 27, 2006, subject to continued service. As of December 31, 2009, 28,333 of the shares were fully vested and 5,667 shares will vest ratably over the remainder of the vesting period, subject to continued service.

(9)
This option vested as to 50% on May 9, 2009 and the remaining 50% will vest on May 9, 2011, subject to continued service. As of December 31, 2009, 55,000 of the shares were vested.

106


Table of Contents

(10)
This option vested as to 25% of the shares of the underlying common stock on May 1, 2009 and thereafter vests monthly as to 1/48 th  of the original shares of the underlying common stock, subject to continued service. As of December 31, 2009, 15,833 shares were fully vested and 24,167 shares will vest ratably over the remainder of the vesting period, subject to continued service.

(11)
This option vested as to 25% of the shares of the underlying common stock on December 1, 2009 and thereafter vests monthly as to 1/48 th  of the original shares of the underlying common stock, subject to continued service. As of December 31, 2009, 66,250 shares were fully vested and 198,750 shares will vest ratably over the remainder of the vesting period, subject to continued service.

Option Exercises During 2009

    None of our named executive officers exercised any of his or her stock options during 2009.

Equity Benefit Plans

1999 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan

    We have granted stock options to purchase shares of common stock to our employees, directors and consultants under our 1999 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan, or 1999 Plan. Stock options granted by us under the 1999 Plan have an exercise price equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the day of grant and typically vest 25% on the first anniversary and monthly thereafter, based upon continued employment over a four-year period. We have generally granted stock options with a ten year term, but adopted a general practice of granting stock options with a seven year term in July 2006. Incentive stock options also include certain other terms necessary to assure compliance with the Internal Revenue Code. Shares of common stock may also be issued under our 1999 Plan. We terminated our 1999 Plan upon the effective date of this offering for purposes of granting any future equity awards. As of December 31, 2009, stock options to purchase 8,160,926 shares of our common stock were outstanding under the 1999 Plan.

    In the event we are acquired by merger or asset sale, any then-outstanding options or stock issuances under our 1999 Plan may be assumed or substituted by any successor corporation or its parent corporation. If the successor corporation or its parent does not assume or substitute for such options or stock issuances under our 1999 Plan, the options and stock issuances will be subject to accelerated vesting. Options and stock issuances held by participants who have completed less than one year of service at the time of the merger or asset sale will receive one year of vesting credit. Options and stock issuances held by participants who have completed at least one year of service at the time of the merger or asset sale will immediately vest with respect to 50% of any unvested shares.

    Certain options and stock issuances under our 1999 Plan may provide for additional acceleration if a participant is terminated without cause or resigns for good reason within 18 months following a change of control transaction. Pursuant to the terms of our form of option agreement we enter into with each of our named executive officers, if a named executive officer is terminated for any reason other than for cause or resigns for good reason following a change of control, then such officer would be entitled to an acceleration of all of the unvested shares underlying the option grants subject to such agreements as of the time of such termination or resignation. "Cause" is defined in this form of option agreement as fraud, illegal acts, a material violation of any agreements between such officer and us or a material failure of the executive officer to perform to a reasonable standard after notice of such failure and failure to cure within a set time period. "Good reason" is defined in this form of option agreement as, without the consent of such officer, a material adverse change in such officer's duties after a change of control, a reduction of base salary or relocation of principal place of employment to a location more than 35 miles from such location prior to the change of control.

GetActive 2000 Stock Option Plan and 2006 Equity Incentive Plan

    In connection with our acquisition of GetActive in February 2007, we assumed all outstanding options issued under the 2000 Stock Option Plan of GetActive, or the GetActive 2000 Plan, and the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan of GetActive, or the GetActive 2006 Plan. The vesting terms of these outstanding options

107


Table of Contents


were continued upon our assumption. Outstanding stock options under these plans typically vest 25% on the first anniversary and monthly thereafter, based upon continued employment over a four-year period, and generally expire ten years after the date of grant. No future equity awards may be granted under the GetActive 2000 Plan and GetActive 2006 Plan. As of December 31, 2009, stock options to purchase 727,517 shares of our common stock were outstanding under these plans.

    In the event of certain significant corporate transactions, any then-outstanding equity awards under the GetActive 2000 Plan or the GetActive 2006 Plan, may be assumed or substituted for by any surviving or acquiring corporation. If the surviving or acquiring corporation elects not to assume or substitute for the equity awards under such plans, equity awards held by individuals whose service has not terminated prior to the consummation of the corporate transaction will be accelerated in full. Certain options granted under the GetActive 2000 Plan may provide for additional acceleration if the optionee is terminated within a specified time period after a change of control transaction.

2009 Stock Incentive Plan

    Our board of directors adopted our 2009 Stock Incentive Plan, or 2009 Plan, in the fourth quarter of 2009 and our stockholders approved the 2009 Plan in the first quarter 2010. The 2009 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, to our employees and any parent and subsidiary corporations' employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, performance units and performance shares to our employees, directors and consultants and our affiliates' employees, directors and consultants.

    Share Reserve

    A total of 1,648,000 shares have been reserved for issuance under the 2009 Plan with an evergreen provision that allows for an annual increase on January 1 of each year equal to the lesser of (a) 4% of our aggregate outstanding shares on December 31 of the previous year and (b) any lesser amount determined by our board of directors. In the event of any stock split, stock dividend or similar transaction, the shares subject to our 2009 Plan and any outstanding awards will automatically be adjusted.

    Administration

    Our board of directors or a committee of our board administers our 2009 Plan. Different committees may administer our 2009 Plan with respect to different groups of participants. The administrator has the power to determine the terms of the awards, including the exercise price, the number of shares subject to each such award, the exercisability of the awards and the form of consideration payable upon exercise. The administrator may impose terms, limits, restrictions and conditions upon awards, and may modify, amend, extend or renew awards, accelerate or change the timing of exercise of awards or waive any restrictions or conditions of an award.

    Stock Options

    Our 2009 Plan permits the granting of options to purchase shares of our common stock intended to qualify as incentive stock options, under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code, and nonqualified stock options. The exercise price of options granted under our 2009 Plan must at least be equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The term of an incentive stock option may not exceed ten years, except that with respect to any participant who owns 10% of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock as of the grant date, the term must not exceed five years and the exercise price must equal at least 110% of the fair market value on the grant date. The administrator determines the term of all other options.

108


Table of Contents

    After termination of an employee, director or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her option for the period of time stated in the option agreement. Generally, if termination is due to death or disability, the option will remain exercisable for six months. If termination is for cause, the option terminates in its entirety on the date of such termination. In all other cases, the option will generally remain exercisable for 30 days. However, an option generally may not be exercised later than the expiration of its term.

    Stock Appreciation Rights

    Stock appreciation rights may be granted under our 2009 Plan. Stock appreciation rights allow the recipient to receive the appreciation in the fair market value of our common stock between the exercise date and the date of grant. The administrator determines the terms of stock appreciation rights, including when such rights become exercisable and whether to pay the increased appreciation in cash or with shares of our common stock, or a combination thereof. Stock appreciation rights expire under the same rules that apply to stock options.

    Stock Awards

    Stock may be granted under our 2009 Plan. Stock awards are shares of our common stock that vest in accordance with terms and conditions established by the administrator. The administrator will determine the number of shares of stock granted to any employee, director or consultant. The administrator may impose any conditions to vesting it determines to be appropriate. For example, the administrator may set restrictions based on the achievement of specific performance goals. Shares of stock that do not vest are subject to our right of repurchase or forfeiture.

    Phantom Stock

    Stock equivalent rights, or phantom stock, which entitles the recipient to receive credits which are ultimately payable in the form of cash, shares of our common stock or a combination of both may be granted under our 2009 Plan. Phantom stock does not entitle the holder to any rights as a stockholder.

    Performance Awards

    Performance awards may be granted under our 2009 Plan to participants entitling the participants to receive cash, shares of our common stock or a combination of both, upon the achievement of performance goals and other conditions determined by the administrator. The performance goals may be based on our operating income or on one or more other business criteria selected by the administrator.

    Other Stock-Based Awards

    Other stock-based awards may be granted by our committee to eligible participants on terms and conditions determined by the committee and in compliance with applicable law and our 2009 Plan. These awards may entitle participants to receive cash, shares of our common stock or a combination of both.

    Transferability

    Unless the administrator provides otherwise, our 2009 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer of awards and only the recipient of an award may exercise an award during his or her lifetime.

    Change of Control Transaction

    In the event of certain significant corporate transactions, including a change of control of us, any then-outstanding equity award or option under our 2009 Plan may be assumed, continued or substituted for by any surviving or acquiring entity, or its parent company. If the surviving or acquiring entity or its

109


Table of Contents

parent company elects to assume, continue or substitute for such awards or options, the administrator may provide for additional acceleration, if a holder of such equity award or option is terminated without cause or resigns for good reason within 18 months of a change of control of us. If the surviving or acquiring entity or its parent company elects not to assume, continue or substitute for the equity awards or options under our 2009 Plan, all outstanding equity awards and options under such plan will become subject to accelerated vesting. In the event that accelerated vesting is triggered, in most cases 50% of the award that is outstanding at the time of the triggering event will become vested and exercisable. However, the amount of the award subject to accelerated vesting may be more or less than 50% based on the terms of the grant agreement and the duration of the grantee's service such that a grantee who has completed less than one year of service at the time of the change of control will receive only one year of vesting credit.

    Plan Amendment and Termination

    Our 2009 Plan will automatically terminate with respect to the grant of equity awards in 2019, unless we terminate it sooner. In addition, our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate the 2009 Plan provided such action does not impair the rights of any participant.

    401(k) Plan

    We maintain a retirement plan, the 401(k) Plan, which is intended to be a tax-qualified retirement plan. The 401(k) Plan covers substantially all of our employees. Participants may elect to defer a percentage of their eligible pretax earnings each year up to the maximum contribution permitted by the Internal Revenue Code. All participants' interests in his or her deferrals are 100% vested when contributed. The 401(k) Plan is intended to qualify under Sections 401(a) and 501(a) of the Internal Revenue Code. As such, contributions to the 401(k) Plan and earnings on those contributions are not taxable to participants until distributed from the 401(k) Plan, and all contributions are deductible by us when made.

Offer Letters

    We are party to the following agreements contained in employment offer letters with our named executive officers.

    Gene Austin.     On June 24, 2003, Mr. Austin executed our written offer of employment to serve as our Chief Executive Officer. The written offer of employment specifies that Mr. Austin's employment with us is "at will." The letter provided for an initial base salary and bonus eligibility, which has subsequently been increased at the discretion of the board. Pursuant to the offer letter, Mr. Austin received an option to purchase 756,374 shares of our common stock. The option vests 1/4th on the one year anniversary of the July 1, 2003 vesting commencement date and then 1/48th of the original amount per month thereafter. Mr. Austin is also entitled to certain payments and acceleration of vesting upon termination as described under "Executive Compensation—Potential Payments upon Termination or Change of Control."

    James R. Offerdahl.     On February 2, 2005, Mr. Offerdahl executed our written offer of employment to serve as our Chief Financial Officer and Vice President of Administration. The written offer of employment specifies that Mr. Offerdahl's employment with us is "at will." The letter provided for an initial base salary and bonus eligibility, which has subsequently been increased at the discretion of the board. Pursuant to the offer letter, Mr. Offerdahl received an option to purchase 540,000 shares of our common stock. The option vests 1/4th on the one year anniversary of the February 14, 2005 vesting commencement date and then 1/36th per month thereafter. Mr. Offerdahl is also entitled to certain payments and acceleration of vesting upon termination as described under "Executive Compensation—Potential Payments upon Termination or Change of Control."

    Sara E. Spivey.     On December 1, 2008, Ms. Spivey executed our written offer of employment to serve as our Chief Marketing Officer. The written offer of employment specifies that Ms. Spivey's employment

110


Table of Contents


with us is "at will." The letter provided for an initial base salary of $230,000, a starting bonus of $15,000, relocation advance of $50,000, severance and bonus eligibility. Pursuant to the offer letter, Ms. Spivey received an option to purchase 265,000 shares of our common stock. The option vests 1/4th on the one year anniversary of the December 1, 2008 vesting commencement date and then 1/48th per month thereafter. Ms. Spivey is also entitled to certain payments and acceleration of vesting upon termination as described under "Executive Compensation—Potential Payments upon Termination or Change of Control."

Potential Payments upon Termination or Change of Control

    Pursuant to the offer letters entered into with Mr. Austin, Mr. Offerdahl and Ms. Spivey, such officers are entitled to certain payments if they are terminated as a result of a change of control or without cause as set forth below:

Name
  Severance if
Terminated in
Connection with a
Change of Control
  % of Options Accelerated
if Terminated in
Connection with a
Change of Control
  Severance if
Terminated
Without Cause
  Heath Insurance
Continuation if
Terminated Without
Cause or in
Connection with a
Change of Control

Gene Austin

  6 months base salary     100 % 6 months base salary   6 months

James R. Offerdahl

  6 months base salary     100   6 months base salary   6 months

Sara E. Spivey(1)

  4 months base salary     50 (2) 4 months base salary  

(1)
Ms. Spivey is entitled to severance and acceleration of the vesting of her option if she is terminated in connection with a change of control during the first two years of her employment, after which her rights to these benefits lapse.

(2)
If Ms. Spivey is terminated in connection with a change of control during the first two years of her employment, she is entitled to acceleration of the vesting of her options to that number of shares that would have been vested as of the second anniversary of her employment.

    Upon termination without cause, each of our named executive officer is entitled to receive the severance benefit listed in the above table, subject to the limitations noted. Each of Mr. Austin and Mr. Offerdahl is also entitled to continue to receive coverage under medical and dental benefit plans for six months or until such officer is covered under a separate plan from another employer. Upon a termination other than for cause, for each of the officers listed in the table above, or for good reason, in the case of Mr. Austin and Mr. Offerdahl, following a change of control, each officer is entitled to receive the severance benefit listed in the above table and is also entitled to the acceleration of such officer's outstanding unvested options at the time of such termination as set forth in the above table, subject to the limitations noted.

    "Cause" is defined in the offer letters of Mr. Austin and Mr. Offerdahl, as fraud, illegal acts, a material violation of any agreements between such officer and us or a material failure of the executive officer to perform to a reasonable standard after notice of such failure and failure to cure within a set time period.

    "Cause" is defined in the offer letter of Ms. Spivey, as any act of fraud or illegal conduct, any violation of the confidentiality, assignment and non-compete agreement signed by such officer and any failure or refusal to perform such officer's job duties to our reasonable satisfaction. "Good reason" is defined in the offer letters of Mr. Austin and Mr. Offerdahl as, without the consent of such officer, a material adverse change in such officer's duties after a change of control, a reduction of base salary or relocation of principal place of employment to a location more than 35 miles from such location prior to the change of control.

    Our named executive officers may also be entitled to additional acceleration of unvested options upon a change of control pursuant to our 1999 Plan and 2009 Plan. For a description of such change of control benefits, please see "Management—Executive Compensation—Equity Benefit Plans."

    We believe these severance and change of control arrangements including the timing and amounts of acceleration, are standard in our industry and are intended to attract and retain qualified executives.

111


Table of Contents

    Had each of Mr. Austin, Mr. Offerdahl and Ms. Spivey been terminated without cause on December 31, 2009, such officer would have been entitled to the following:

Name
  Severance   Health
Benefits
  Total  

Gene Austin

  $ 163,800   $ 2,083   $ 165,883  

James R. Offerdahl

    120,698     2,083     122,781  

Sara E. Spivey

    76,667         76,667  

    Had each of Mr. Austin, Mr. Offerdahl, Ms. Spivey been terminated other than for cause or, in the case of Mr. Austin and Mr. Offerdahl, resigned for good reason, after a change of control, then, in each case, on December 31, 2009, such named executive officer would have been entitled to the following:

Name
  Severance   Health
Benefits
  Equity
Acceleration
  Total  

Gene Austin

  $ 163,800   $ 2,083   $ 205,042   $ 370,925  

James R. Offerdahl

    120,698     2,083     174,007     296,788  

Sara E. Spivey

    76,667         57,134     133,801  

112


Table of Contents


CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

    Since January 1, 2007, there has not been, nor is there currently proposed, any transaction or series of similar transactions to which we were or are a party in which the amount involved exceeded or exceeds $120,000 and in which any of our directors, executive officers, holders of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities, or any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than compensation arrangements with directors and executive officers, which are described where required under the "Executive Compensation" section of this prospectus, and the transactions described below.

GetActive Acquisition

    In February 2007, we issued an aggregate of 564,814 shares of our Series Q Common Stock, 1,920,610 shares of our Series R common stock, 3,085,882 shares of our Series S common stock and 3,234,079 shares of our Series B preferred stock to the holders of GetActive in exchange for all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of GetActive for an aggregate value of approximately $17.4 million. We also assumed each outstanding option to purchase common stock and converted these options into options to purchase an aggregate of 1,278,221 shares of our Series P common stock.

    In connection with our acquisition of GetActive, entities affiliated with El Dorado Ventures, a stockholder of GetActive and a holder of more than 5% of our capital stock, received 1,740,260 shares of our Series B preferred stock and 303,934 shares of our Series Q common stock, which shares were valued at the time of the acquisition at $7,430,910 and $753,756, respectively. Mr. Irwin serves on our board of directors and is affiliated with El Dorado Ventures.

Private Placement Financings

    The following table summarizes purchases of our preferred stock since January 1, 2007 by holders of more than 5% of our capital stock and their affiliated entities. Certain of such purchased shares of preferred stock were converted into shares of a new series of our preferred stock and common stock on February 16, 2007, in connection with our acquisition of GetActive. The following table illustrates the aggregate purchase price paid and the amount of holdings of such holders of more than 5% of our capital stock and their affiliated entities as a result of their original purchases:

 
  Number of Shares
of Preferred Stock
   
 
Purchasers
  Convio
Series C
  Aggregate
Purchase Price
 

Entities affiliated with Austin Ventures(1)

    159,744   $ 499,999  

Entities affiliated with Granite Ventures(2)

    458,182     1,434,110  

Entities affiliated with El Dorado Ventures(3)

    1,246,006     3,899,999  

Adams Street Partners V, L.P.(4)

    194,438     608,591  

LMIA Coinvestment L.P. 

    165,272     517,301  

Silverton Partners III, LP(5)

    112,891     353,349  

Date of Purchase

    April 10, 2007        

Sale Price Per Share

    $3.13        

(1)
Mr. Ball serves on our board of directors and is affiliated with Austin Ventures.

(2)
Mr. Hollenbeck serves on our board of directors and is affiliated with Granite Ventures.

(3)
Mr. Irwin serves on our board of directors and is affiliated with El Dorado Ventures.

(4)
Mr. Spencer serves on our board of directors and is affiliated with Adams Street Partners V, L.P.

(5)
Mr. Wood, a former member of our board of directors, is affiliated with Silverton Partners.

    Immediately prior to the closing of this offering, all of our preferred stock and all our shares of Class P, Q, R and S common stock will convert into a single class of common stock.

113


Table of Contents

Investors' Rights Agreement

    In connection with the private placements referenced above, we have entered into an amended and restated investors' rights agreement with our founders, Mr. Austin, Mr. Offerdahl and our preferred stockholders. Pursuant to this agreement, we granted such parties certain registration rights with respect to shares of our common stock and common stock issuable upon conversion of the shares of the preferred stock held by them. For more information regarding this agreement, see the section titled "Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights." The amended and restated investors' rights agreement also provides for certain information rights and rights of first refusal. The provisions of the amended and restated investors' rights agreement, other than those relating to registration rights, will terminate upon the closing of this offering.

    In addition to the registration rights, the amended and restated investors' rights agreement also concerns the composition of our board of directors and requires parties to it to vote in favor of certain designees of our stockholders. Upon the closing of this offering, the voting provisions of the investors' rights agreement will terminate and none of our stockholders will have any special rights regarding the election or designation of members of our board of directors.

Stockholders' Agreement

    We have entered into an amended and restated stockholders' agreement with our founders, Mr. Austin, Mr. Offerdahl and our preferred stockholders. This agreement provides for rights of first refusal and co-sale relating to the shares of our common stock and common stock issuable upon conversion of the shares of preferred stock held by the parties thereto. Upon the closing of this offering, the stockholders' agreement will terminate.

Indemnification Agreements

    We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. These agreements, among other things, require us to indemnify each director and executive officer to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, including indemnification of expenses such as attorneys' fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by the director or executive officer in any action or proceeding, including any action or proceeding by or in right of us, arising out of the person's services as a director or executive officer.

Offer Letters

    Certain of our executive officers have signed offer letters describing certain terms of their employment. See the section titled "Executive Compensation—Offer Letters" for additional information.

Stock Options Granted to Executive Officers and Directors

    We have granted stock options to our executive officers and directors. For more information regarding these stock options, see the section titled "Executive Compensation—Compensation Discussion and Analysis."

Stock Option Rescission

    In December 2007, we allowed Mr. Bhagat to rescind his purchase of 538,187 shares of our common stock. These shares were held by Mr. Bhagat as a result of his exercise, in March 2007, of stock options previously granted to him. In connection with the rescission, we repaid Mr. Bhagat $177,456.10, representing the aggregate consideration we received upon the exercise of these options, and restored his right to acquire 538,187 shares of our common stock pursuant to the stock options previously granted to him.

114


Table of Contents

Stock option exchange program

    See "Management—Director Compensation" and "Executive Compensation—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Equity Awards" for a description of our 2009 option exchange program.

Procedures for Related Party Transactions

    Under our code of business conduct and ethics, our employees and officers are discouraged from entering into any transaction that may cause a conflict of interest for us. In addition, they must report any potential conflict of interest, including related party transactions, to their managers or our compliance officer who then reviews and summarizes the proposed transaction for our audit committee. Pursuant to its charter, our audit committee must then approve any related party transactions, including those transactions involving our directors. In approving or rejecting such proposed transactions, the audit committee will consider the relevant facts and circumstances available and deemed relevant to the audit committee, including the material terms of the transactions, risks, benefits, costs, availability of other comparable services or products and, if applicable, the impact on a director's independence. Our audit committee will approve only those transactions that, in light of known circumstances, are in, or are not inconsistent with, our best interests, as our audit committee determines in the good faith exercise of its discretion. Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, a copy of our code of business conduct and ethics and audit committee charter will be posted on our website www.convio.com . The inclusion of a reference to our website address in this prospectus does not include or incorporate by reference the information on our website into this prospectus.

115


Table of Contents


PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

    The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of January 22, 2010 and as adjusted to reflect the shares of common stock to be issued in this offering assuming no exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares, by:

each person known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our outstanding shares of common stock;

each of our directors;

each of our named executive officers;

all of our current executive officers and directors as a group; and

each selling stockholder.

    The percentage ownership information shown in the table is based upon (i) 35,918,514 shares of common stock outstanding as of January 22, 2010, which assumes the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred and common stock into a single series of common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering and (ii) after the offering, the issuance of              shares of common stock in this offering. The percentage ownership information assumes no exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option.

    Beneficial ownership is determined under the rules and regulations of the SEC and does not necessarily indicate beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Under these rules, beneficial ownership includes those shares of common stock over which the stockholder has sole or shared voting or investment power. It also includes shares of common stock that the stockholder has a right to acquire within 60 days of January 22, 2010 through the exercise of any option or other right. The percentage ownership of the outstanding common stock, however, is based on the assumption, expressly required by the rules and regulations of the SEC, that only the person or entity whose ownership is being reported has exercised options into shares of our common stock. Unless otherwise indicated, the person or entities identified in this table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares shown as beneficially owned by them, subject to applicable community property laws.

116


Table of Contents

    Unless otherwise indicated, the principal address of each of the stockholders below is c/o Convio, Inc., 11501 Domain Drive, Suite 200 Austin, TX 78758.

 
  Shares Beneficially
Owned Prior to Offering
   
  Shares Beneficially
Owned After Offering
 
Name of Beneficial Owner
  Number   Percent   Shares
Being
Offered
Hereby
  Number   Percent  

Named Executive Officers and Directors

                               

Gene Austin(1)

    1,814,546     5.0 %                 %

James R. Offerdahl(2)

    785,000     2.2                    

Vinay K. Bhagat(3)

    1,515,187     4.1                    

David G. Hart(4)

    421,408     1.2                    

Randall N. Potts(5)

    527,981     1.5                    

Sara E. Spivey(6)

    82,812     *                    

C. Thomas Ball(7)

                     

William G. Bock(8)

    26,041     *                    

Sheeraz D. Haji(9)

    876,146     2.4                    

Christopher B. Hollenbeck(10)

    7,209,665     20.1                    

M. Scott Irwin(11)

    3,290,200     9.2                    

Kristen L. Magnuson(12)

    26,041     *                    

George H. Spencer III(13)

                       

All executive officers and directors as a group (18 persons)(14)

    17,133,259     43.3                    

5% Stockholders

                               

Entities affiliated with Granite Ventures(15)

    7,209,315     20.1                    

Entities affiliated with Austin Ventures(16)

    5,636,658     15.7                    

Entities affiliated with El Dorado Ventures(17)

    3,290,200     9.2                    

Adams Street Partners V, L.P.(18)

    3,208,954     8.9                    

LMIA Coinvestment L.P.(19)

    2,727,615     7.6                    

Other Selling Stockholders

                               

Silverton Partners III, L.P.(20)

    1,863,122     5.2                    

Pacific Partners USA, L.P.(21)

    1,247,755     3.5                    

Entities affiliated with Rembrandt Venture(22)

    1,014,876     2.8                    

William S. Pease(23)

    972,033     2.7                    

Horizon Technology Funding Company II LLC(24)

    425,018     1.2                    

Additional selling stockholders as a group(25)

    2,031,274     5.7                    

*
Represents less than one percent.

(1)
Consists of (i) 1,256,374 shares held of record by Mr. Austin, and (ii) options to purchase 558,172 shares exercisable within 60 days of January 22, 2010, 389,422 of which are vested. Mr. Austin has served as our Chief Executive Officer and as a member of our board of directors since July 2003. The 1,256,374 shares held of record consist of (i) 756,374 shares purchased on February 14, 2006 upon the exercise of a stock option at a price of $0.30 per share and (ii) 500,000 shares purchased on March 6, 2007 upon the exercise of a stock option at a price of $0.40 per share. For a discussion of our material relationships with Mr. Austin within the past three years, see "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions."

(2)
Consists of (i) 450,000 shares held of record by Mr. Offerdahl, and (ii) options to purchase 335,000 shares exercisable within 60 days of January 22, 2010, 184,583 of which are vested. Mr. Offerdahl has served as our Chief Financial Officer and Vice President of Administration since February 2005. The 450,000 shares held of record were purchased on February 1, 2006 upon the exercise of a stock option at a price of $0.40 per share. For a discussion of our material relationships with Mr. Offerdahl within the past three years, see "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions."

(3)
Consists of (i) 550,000 shares held of record by Mr. Bhagat and (ii) options to purchase 965,187 shares exercisable within 60 days of January 22, 2010, 921,853 of which are vested. Mr. Bhagat has served on our board of directors since inception and has served as our Chief Strategy Officer since July 2003. The 550,000 shares held of record were purchased on October 12, 1999 pursuant to a common stock purchase agreement at a price of $0.01 per share. For a discussion of our material relationships with Mr. Bhagat within the past three years, see "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions."

(4)
Consists of (i) 10,320 shares held of record by Mr. Hart and (ii) options to purchase 411,088 shares exercisable within 60 days of January 22, 2010, all of which are vested.

(5)
Consists of (i) 103,333 shares held of record by Mr. Potts and (ii) options to purchase 424,648 shares exercisable within 60 days of January 22, 2010, all of which are vested. The 103,333 shares held of record consist of: (i) 70,000 shares held of record were purchased March 1, 2006, upon the exercise of a stock option at a price of $0.40 per share and (ii) 33,333 shares purchased March 1, 2006, upon the exercise of a stock option at a price of $0.40 per share.

(6)
Consists of options to purchase 82,812 shares exercisable within 60 days of January 22, 2010.

(7)
Mr. Ball is a Partner of Austin Ventures. Mr. Ball does not hold voting, economic or investment power over the shares held by Austin Ventures.

(8)
Consists of options to purchase 26,041 shares exercisable within 60 days of January 22, 2010.

117


Table of Contents

(9)
Consists of (i) 561,082 shares held of record by Mr. Haji, which were issued in connection with our acquisition of GetActive, and (ii) options to purchase 225,064 shares exercisable within 60 days of January 22, 2010, all of which are vested. Mr. Haji has served as a member of our board directors since February 2007 and served as our President from February 2007 to February 2008. The 561,082 shares held of record consist of: (i) 400,322 shares in connection with our acquisition of GetActive at a weighted average price of $1.95 per share and (ii) 160,760 shares purchased on December 16, 2005 upon the exercise of a stock option at a price of $0.093 per share. For a discussion of the issuance of shares in connection with our acquisition of GetActive, see "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions."

(10)
Consists of (i) 350 shares held by Mr. Hollenbeck and (ii) an aggregate of 7,560,939 shares held by entities affiliated with Granite Ventures. Mr. Hollenbeck is a Managing Director of Granite Ventures, LLC. Except for Adobe Systems Incorporated, Granite Ventures, LLC is the managing member of the general partners of the Granite Ventures funds that hold shares of our capital stock, as disclosed in footnote 15 of this table. Mr. Hollenbeck disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by Adobe Systems Incorporated and the Granite Ventures funds, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The address for Mr. Hollenbeck is One Bush Street, Suite 1350, San Francisco, California 94104.

(11)
Mr. Irwin is a General Partner of the El Dorado Ventures funds that hold an aggregate of 3,290,200 shares of our capital stock, as disclosed in footnote 17 of this table. Mr. Irwin disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.

(12)
Consists of options to purchase 26,041 shares exercisable within 60 days of January 22, 2010.

(13)
Mr. Spencer is a Senior Consultant of the Adams Street fund that holds an aggregate of 3,208,954 shares of our capital stock, as disclosed in footnote 18 of this table. Mr. Spencer disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.

(14)
Consists of (i) 17,133,259 shares held of record by our current directors and executive officers and (ii) options to purchase 3,605,829 shares exercisable within 60 days of January 22, 2010, 3,101,246 of which are vested.

(15)
Consists of (i) 653,059 shares of record held by Adobe Ventures IV, L.P. (ii) 27,497 shares held of record by Adobe Ventures Management IV, LLC, (iii) 2,722,227 shares held of record by Adobe Systems Incorporated, (iv) 3,803,778 shares held of record by Granite Ventures, L.P. and (v) 2,754 shares held of record by Granite Ventures LLC. Except for Adobe Systems Incorporated, Granite Ventures, LLC is the managing member of each entity's general partner. Jacqueline Berterretche, Thomas Furlong, Christopher Hollenbeck, one of our directors, Samuel Kingsland, Christopher McKay, Standish O'Grady, Leonard Rand and Eric Zimits are Managers of Granite Ventures LLC and share voting and investment control over these shares. Adobe Ventures IV, L.P. holds voting power over the shares held by Adobe Systems Incorporated. The Managers of Granite Ventures LLC disclaim beneficial ownership of these shares except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. Except for Adobe Systems Incorporated, the address for these entities is One Bush Street, Suite 1350, San Francisco, California 94104. The address for Adobe Systems Incorporated is 345 Park Avenue, San Jose, California 95110.

(16)
Consists of (i) 5,482,467 shares held of record by Austin Ventures VI, L.P. and (ii) 154,191 shares held of record by Austin Ventures VI Affiliates Fund, L.P. Includes an aggregate of (i) 1,611,750 shares purchased in a private placement on November 12, 1999 at a price of $2.48 per share, (ii) 1,302,825 shares purchased in a private placement on March 12, 2001 at a price of $3.05 per share, (iii) 1,158,231 shares purchased in a private placement on February 13, 2003 at a price of $1.08 per share, (iv) 1,356,531 shares purchased in a private placement on July 2, 2004 at a price of $1.66 per share, (v) 47,577 shares purchased from Mr. Bhagat on September 27, 2004 at a price of $0.40 per share and (vi) 159,744 shares purchased in a private placement on April 10, 2007 at a price of $3.13 per share. AV Partners VI, L.P. is the general partner of Austin Ventures VI, L.P. and Austin Ventures VI Affiliates Fund, L.P. and has sole voting and investment power over the shares held by such entities. Joseph C. Aragona, Kenneth P. DeAngelis, John D. Thornton, Blaine F. Wesner and Jeffery C. Garvey are the general partners of AV Partners VI, L.P. and may be deemed to have shared voting and investment power with respect to the shares held by Austin Ventures VI, L.P. and Austin Ventures VI Affiliates Fund, L.P Such persons and entities disclaim beneficial ownership of the shares held by funds affiliated with Austin Ventures, except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. The address for these entities is 300 West Sixth Street, Suite 2300, Austin, Texas 78701. For a discussion of our material relationships with the funds affiliated with Austin Ventures within the past three years, see "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions."

(17)
Consists of (i) 3,192,821 shares held of record by El Dorado Ventures VI, L.P. and (ii) 97,379 shares held of record by El Dorado Technology '01, L.P. El Dorado Ventures VI, LLC is the General Partner of El Dorado Ventures VI, L.P. and El Dorado Technology '01, L.P. Mr. Irwin, one of our directors, Thomas H. Peterson and Charles D. Beeler are Managing Members of El Dorado Ventures VI, LLC and may be deemed to have shared voting and investment power of the shares held by El Dorado Ventures VI, L.P. and El Dorado Technology '01, L.P. Such Managing Members disclaim beneficial ownership of these shares except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. The address for these entities is 2440 Sand Hill Road, Suite 200, Menlo Park, California 94025.

(18)
Consists of 3,208,954 shares held of record by Adams Street V, L.P. Adams Street Partners, LLC is the general partner of Adams Street V, L.P., Timothy R. M. Bryant, Taylor B. French, Alva B. Holaday, John W. Puth, Elisha P. Gould III, Kevin T. Callahan, William J. Hupp, Joan W. Newman, Wilbur H. Gantz, Quintin I. Kevin, John G. Fencik and Hanneke Smits, each of whom is an officer, director or partner of Adams Street Partners, LLC, may be deemed to have shared voting and investment power over the shares held by Adams Street V, L.P. Mr. Spencer, one of our directors, is a senior consultant of Adams Street Partners, LLC. Mr. Bryant, Mr. French, Mr. Holaday, Mr. Puth, Ms Gould, Mr. Callahan, Mr. Hupp, Ms. Newman, Mr. Gantz, Mr. Kevin, Mr. Fencik, Ms. Smits and Mr. Spencer disclaim beneficial ownership of these shares, except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. The address for this entity is One North Wacker Drive, Suite 2200, Chicago, Illinois 60606.

(19)
Consists of (i) 1,158,233 shares purchased in a private placement on February 13, 2003 at a price of $1.08 per share, (ii) 1,356,532 shares purchased in a private placement on July 2, 2004 at a price of $1.66 per share, (iii) 47,578 shares purchased from Mr. Bhagat on September 27, 2004 at a price of $0.40 per share and (iv) 165,272 shares purchased in a private placement on April 10, 2007 at a price per of $3.13 per share. Liberty Mutual Insurance Company, a Massachusetts stock insurance company, is the general partner of LMIA Coinvestment L.P. Mr. A. Alexander Fontanes is the Chief Investment Officer

118


Table of Contents

    of Liberty Mutual Insurance Company and may be deemed to have voting and investment power over the shares held by LMIA Coinvestment L.P. pursuant to a delegation of authority from the board of directors of Liberty Mutual Insurance Company. Mr. Fontanes disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by LMIA Coinvestment L.P. For a discussion of our material relationships with LMIA Coinvestment L.P. within the past three years, see "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions." The address for this entity is 175 Berkeley Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02117.

(20)
Consists of (i) 201,469 shares purchased in a private placement on November 12, 1999 at a price of $2.48 per share, (ii) 160,398 shares purchased in a private placement on March 12, 2001 at a price of $3.05 per share, (iii) 463,293 shares purchased in a private placement on February 13, 2003 at a price of $1.08 per share, (iv) 904,354 shares purchased in a private placement on July 2, 2004 at a price of $1.66 per share, (v) 20,717 shares purchased from Mr. Bhagat on September 27, 2004 at a price of $0.40 per share and (vi) 112,891 shares purchased in a private placement on April 10, 2007 at a price of $3.13 per share. Silverton Partners III, L.L.C. is the general partner of Silverton Partners III, L.P. and has sole voting and investment power over the shares held by Silverton Partners III, L.P. William P. Wood, a former member of our board of directors, is the sole managing member of Silverton Partners III, L.L.C. and may be deemed to have shared voting and investment power with respect to the shares held by Silverton Partners III, L.P. Mr. Wood disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by Silverton Partners III, L.P. except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The address for this entity is 1000 Rio Grande, Austin, Texas 78701. For a discussion of our material relationships with Silverton Partners III, L.P. and Mr. Wood within the past three years, see "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions."

(21)
Consists of (i) 75,604 shares purchased in a private placement on April 13, 2007 at a price of $3.13 per share and (ii) 1,172,151 shares acquired in connection with our acquisition of GetActive at a weighted average price of $3.84 per share. The general partner of Pacific Partners USA, L.P. is Pacific Partners USA, LLC. Gordon Rubenstein and Travis Nelson are Managers of Pacific Partners USA, LLC and may be deemed to share voting and investment control over the shares held by Pacific Partners USA, L.P. The Managers of Pacific Partners USA, LLC disclaim beneficial ownership of these shares except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. The address for these entities is 348 6th Street, San Francisco, California 94103. For a discussion of the issuance of shares in connection with our acquisition of GetActive, see "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions."

(22)
Consists of (i) 859,125 shares held of record by Rembrandt Venture Partners II, L.P. and (ii) 155,751 shares held of record by Rembrandt Venture Partners Expansion Fund, L.P. Includes an aggregate of (i) 623,003 shares purchased in a private placement on April 13, 2007 at a price of $3.13 per share and (ii) 391,873 shares acquired in connection with our acquisition of GetActive at a weighted average price of $3.84 per share. The general partner of Rembrandt Venture Partners II, L.P. is Rembrandt Venture Partners II, LLC, and the general partner of Rembrandt Venture Partners Expansion Fund, L.P. is Rembrandt Venture Partners Expansion, LLC. Richard Ling, Doug Schrier and Gerald Casilli are Managers of Rembrandt Venture Partners II, LLC and Rembrandt Venture Partners Expansion, LLC and may be deemed to share voting and investment control over the shares held by Rembrandt Venture Partners II, L.P. and Rembrandt Venture Partners Expansion Fund, L.P. The Managers of Rembrandt Venture Partners II, LLC and Rembrandt Venture Partners Expansion, LLC disclaim beneficial ownership of these shares except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. The address for these entities is 2200 Sand Hill Road, Suite 160, Menlo Park, CA 94025. For a discussion of the issuance of shares in connection with our acquisition of GetActive, see "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions."

(23)
Consists of (i) 803,805 shares held of record by Dr. Pease and (ii) options to purchase 168,228 shares exercisable within 60 days of January 22, 2010, all of which are vested. Dr. Pease served as our Chief Scientist from February 2007 to December 31, 2009. The 803,805 shares held of record by Dr. Pease were acquired in connection with our acquisition of GetActive at a weighted average price of $1.92 per share. For a discussion of the issuance of shares in connection with our acquisition of GetActive, see "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions."

(24)
Consists of (i) 159,744 shares purchased on April 10, 2007 pursuant to a private placement at a price of $3.13 per share and (ii) 132,637 shares issuable upon the exercise of a warrant at a price of $1.65865 per share. The warrant was issued in connection with a commercial lending transaction on December 27, 2005 and is exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2009. Constantine Michael Dakolias, President of Horizon Technology Funding Company II LLC, has sole voting and investment control over the shares beneficially owned by Horizon Technology Funding Company II LLC. The address for this entity is 76 Batterson Park Road, Farmington, Connecticut 06032.

(25)
Includes 23 stockholders and consists of (i) 47,922 shares purchased on April 13, 2007 pursuant to a private placement at a price of $3.13 per share and (ii) 1,983,352 shares acquired in connection with our acquisition of GetActive at a weighted average price of $2.87 per share. For a discussion of the issuance of shares in connection with our acquisition of GetActive, see "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions."

119


Table of Contents


DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

    The following is a summary of our capital stock and provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, as they will be in effect upon the closing of this offering. This summary does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, copies of which have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

    Following the closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of                           shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, and 5,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share.

    As of December 31, 2009, assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock and common stock into a single series of common stock, we had outstanding 35,918,514 shares of common stock held of record by 265 stockholders.

Common Stock

    Upon the closing of this offering:

shares of our Series P common stock will be renamed "common stock;"

564,814 shares of our Series Q common stock will be converted into the same number of shares of common stock;

1,920,610 shares of our Series R common stock will be converted into the same number of shares of common stock; and

3,085,882 shares of our Series S common stock will be converted into the same number of shares of common stock.

    The holders of common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters to be voted upon by the stockholders. The holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably such dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by the board of directors out of funds legally available, subject to preferences that may be applicable to preferred stock, if any, then outstanding. See the section titled "Dividend Policy." In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our company, the holders of common stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities, subject to prior distribution rights of preferred stock, if any, then outstanding. The common stock has no preemptive or conversion rights or other subscription rights. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. All outstanding shares of common stock are fully paid and non-assessable, and the shares of common stock to be issued upon the closing of this offering will be fully paid and non-assessable.

Preferred Stock

    Upon the closing of this offering,

8,625,608 shares of our Series A preferred stock will be converted into 8,625,608 shares of our common stock;

3,234,079 shares of our Series B preferred stock will be converted into 3,234,079 shares of our common stock; and

3,242,806 shares of our Series C preferred stock will be converted into 3,242,806 shares of our common stock.

120


Table of Contents

    Our board of directors is authorized to issue preferred stock in one or more series, to establish the number of shares to be included in each such series and to fix the designation, powers, preferences and rights of such shares and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof. The issuance of preferred stock may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change of control of our company without further action by the stockholders and may adversely affect the voting and other rights of the holders of common stock. The issuance of preferred stock with voting and conversion rights may adversely affect the voting power of the holders of common stock, including the loss of voting control to others. At present, we have no plans to issue any of the preferred stock.

Warrants

    As of December 31, 2009, we had outstanding warrants to purchase:

25,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.70 per share, which warrant expires upon the closing of this offering;

4,672 units, which consists of 2,174 shares of our common stock and 2,498 shares of our preferred stock, at an exercise price of $4.03874 per unit, which warrant after this offering will remain outstanding and will become exercisable for 4,672 shares of our common stock through October 26, 2011, which expiration date will be extended until the third anniversary of this offering pursuant to the terms of the warrant;

412 units, which consists of 192 shares of our common stock and 220 shares of our preferred stock, at an exercise price of $4.03874 per unit, which warrant after this offering will remain outstanding and will become exercisable for 412 shares of our common stock through February 21, 2010, which expiration date will be extended until the third anniversary of this offering pursuant to the terms of the warrant;

50,961 units, which consists of 44,087 shares of our common stock and 6,874 shares of our preferred stock at an exercise price of $1.07923 per unit, which warrant after this offering will remain outstanding and will become exercisable for 50,961 shares of our common stock through April 3, 2014, which expiration date will be extended until the third anniversary of this offering pursuant to the terms of the warrant;

19,999 units, which consists of 9,218 shares of our common stock and 10,781 shares of our preferred stock at an exercise price of $1.66233 per unit, which warrant after this offering will remain outstanding and will become exercisable for 19,999 shares of our common stock through December 21, 2015, which expiration date will be extended until the third anniversary of this offering pursuant to the terms of the warrant;

273,114 units, which consists of 125,890 shares of our common stock and 147,224 shares of our preferred stock at an exercise price of $1.65864 per unit, which warrant after this offering will remain outstanding and will become exercisable for 273,114 shares of our common stock through July 2, 2011;

265,274 units, which consists of 122,276 shares of our common stock and 142,998 shares of our preferred stock at an exercise price of $1.65864 per unit, which warrants after this offering will remain outstanding and will become exercisable for 265,274 shares of our common stock through December 27, 2015, which expiration date will be extended until the fifth anniversary of this offering pursuant to the terms of the warrant;

18,086 units, which consists of 8,337 shares of our common stock and 9,749 shares of our preferred stock at an exercise price of $1.65864 per unit, which warrant after this offering will remain outstanding and will become exercisable for 18,086 shares of our common stock through December 27, 2012; and

121


Table of Contents

60,289 units, which consists of 27,790 shares of our common stock and 32,499 shares of our preferred stock at an exercise price of $1.65864 per unit, which warrant after this offering will remain outstanding and will become exercisable for 60,289 shares of our common stock through March 31, 2016.

Registration Rights

    The holders of an aggregate of 32,201,638 shares of our common stock, including shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of our convertible preferred stock, are entitled to the "Demand," "Piggyback" and "Form S-3" registration rights set forth below with respect to registration of the resale of such shares under the Securities Act pursuant to an investors' rights agreement by and among us and certain of our stockholders. In addition, the holders of an additional 717,395 shares of common stock issued or issuable upon exercise of warrants are also entitled to certain registration rights.

    Registration of shares of common stock in response to exercise of the following rights would result in the holders being able to trade these shares without restriction under the Securities Act when the applicable registration statement is declared effective. We generally must pay all expenses, other than underwriting discounts, taxes and commissions, related to any registration effected pursuant to the exercise of these registration rights.

    The registration rights terminate with respect to the registration rights of each individual holder when the holder can sell all of such holder's registrable securities in any three month period without registration, in compliance with Rule 144 of the Securities Act or another similar exception.

Demand Registration Rights

    If, at any time after the earlier to occur of 180 days after the closing of this offering or April 10, 2010, the holders of at least two-thirds of the registrable securities request in writing that an amount of securities having an aggregate offering price of at least $5 million be registered, we may be required to register their shares. We are obligated to effect two registrations in response to these demand registration rights for the holders of registrable securities. Depending on certain conditions, however, we may defer such registration for up to 90 days. The underwriters of any underwritten offering have the right to limit the number of shares registered by these holders for marketing reasons.

Piggyback Registration Rights

    If at any time we propose to register any shares of our common stock under the Securities Act after this offering, subject to certain exceptions, the holders of registrable securities will be entitled to notice of the registration and to include their share of registrable securities in the registration. The underwriters of any underwritten offering have the right to limit the number of shares registered by these holders for marketing reasons, subject to certain limitations.

Form S-3 Registration Rights

    Any holder of the registrable securities may request in writing that we effect a registration on Form S-3 under the Securities Act, when registration of our shares under Form S-3 becomes possible, and when the proposed aggregate offering price of the shares to be registered by the holders requesting registration is at least $500,000, subject to certain exceptions.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Our Charter and Bylaws and Delaware Law

    Some provisions of Delaware law and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws could make the following transactions more difficult:

acquisition of our company by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest or otherwise; and

122


Table of Contents

removal of our incumbent officers and directors.

    These provisions, summarized below, are expected to discourage and prevent coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of our company to first negotiate with our board of directors. They are also intended to provide our management with the flexibility to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability if our board of directors determines that a takeover is not in our best interests or the best interests of our stockholders. These provisions, however, could have the effect of discouraging attempts to acquire us, which could deprive our stockholders of opportunities to sell their shares of common stock at prices higher than prevailing market prices. We believe that the benefits of these provisions, including increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure our company, outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging takeover proposals, because negotiation of takeover proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

    Classified Board.     Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective as of the closing of this offering provides for a classified board of directors consisting of three classes of directors, each serving a staggered three-year term. Commencing in 2010, a portion of our board of directors will be elected each year for three-year terms. Upon the closing of this offering:

Messrs.                           ,                           and                           will be designated Class I directors whose term will expire at the 2011 annual meeting of stockholders;

Messrs.                           ,                           and                           will be designated Class II directors whose term will expire at the 2012 annual meeting of stockholders; and

Messrs.                           ,                           and                           will be designated Class III directors whose term will expire at the 2013 annual meeting of stockholders.

    Election and Removal of Directors.     Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws contain provisions that establish specific procedures for appointing and removing members of the board of directors. Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, vacancies and newly created directorships on the board of directors may be filled only by a majority of the directors then serving on the board. Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, directors may be removed by the stockholders only for cause.

    Special Stockholder Meetings.     Under our amended and restated bylaws, only the chairperson of our board of directors, our chief executive officer or a majority of the authorized number of our directors may call special meetings of stockholders.

    Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Nominations and Proposals.     Our amended and restated bylaws establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as directors.

    Delaware Anti-Takeover Law.     We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which is an anti-takeover law. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly-held Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date that the person became an interested stockholder, unless the business combination or the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder is approved in a prescribed manner. Generally, a business combination includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or another transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. Also, an interested stockholder is a person who usually, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or within three years prior to the date of determination of interested stockholder status did own, 15% or more of the corporation's voting stock. The existence of this provision may have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions that are not

123


Table of Contents


approved in advance by our board of directors, including discouraging attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares of common stock held by stockholders.

    Elimination of Stockholder Action by Written Consent.     Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws eliminate the right of stockholders to act by written consent without a meeting.

    No Cumulative Voting.     Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws do not provide for cumulative voting in the election of directors. Cumulative voting allows a minority stockholder to vote a portion or all of its shares for one or more candidates for seats on the board of directors. Without cumulative voting, a minority stockholder will not be able to gain as many seats on our board of directors based on the number of shares of our stock the stockholder holds as the stockholder would be able to gain if cumulative voting were permitted. The absence of cumulative voting makes it more difficult for a minority stockholder to gain a seat on our board of directors to influence our board of director's decision regarding a takeover.

    Undesignated Preferred Stock.     The authorization of undesignated preferred stock makes it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to change control of our company.

    These and other provisions may have the effect of deferring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control or management.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

    The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is                                       .

NASDAQ Global Market Listing

    We have applied for listing of our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market under the trading symbol "CNVO."

124


Table of Contents


MATERIAL UNITED STATES FEDERAL TAX CONSEQUENCES
TO NON-UNITED STATES HOLDERS

    The following is a summary of material United States federal income and estate tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock by a non-United States holder. For purposes of this discussion, a non-United States holder is any beneficial owner that for United States federal income tax purposes is not a United States person; the term United States person means:

an individual citizen or resident of the United States;

a corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof;

an estate whose income is subject to United States federal income tax regardless of its source; or

a trust (x) whose administration is subject to the primary supervision of a United States court and which has one or more United States persons who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (y) which has made an election to be treated as a United States person.

    An individual may, in certain cases, be treated, for the taxable year of a disposition, as a resident of the United States, rather than as a nonresident, among other ways, by virtue of being present in the United States on at least 31 days in that taxable year and for an aggregate of at least 183 days during the three-year period ending in that taxable year (counting for such purposes all the days present in the current year, one-third of the days present in the immediately preceding year and one-sixth of the days present in the second preceding year). Residents are subject to United States federal income tax as if they were United States citizens. Such individuals are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the United States federal income tax consequences of the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock.

    If a partnership or other pass-through entity holds common stock, the tax treatment of a partner or member in the partnership or other entity will generally depend on the status of the partner or member and upon the activities of the partnership or other entity. Accordingly, we urge partnerships or other pass-through entities which hold our common stock and partners or members in these partnerships or other entities to consult their tax advisors.

    This discussion applies only to non-United States holders who acquire our common stock pursuant to this offering and will hold our common stock as a capital asset (generally, property held for investment). This discussion does not address all aspects of United States federal income taxation that may be relevant in light of a non-United States holder's special tax status or special tax situations. United States expatriates, controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies, corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid federal income tax, life insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, dealers in securities or currencies, brokers, banks or other financial institutions, certain trusts, hybrid entities, pension funds and investors that hold common stock as part of a hedge, straddle or conversion transaction are among those categories of potential investors that are subject to special rules not covered in this discussion. This discussion does not consider the tax consequences for partnerships, entities classified as a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes, or persons who hold their interests through a partnership or other entity classified as a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes. This discussion does not address any United States federal gift tax consequences, or state or local or non-United States tax consequences. Furthermore, the following discussion is based on current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and Treasury Regulations and administrative and judicial interpretations thereof, all as in effect on the date hereof, and all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect.

Dividends

    We do not plan to pay any dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. However, if we do pay dividends on our common stock, those payments will constitute dividends to the extent paid from

125


Table of Contents


our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under United States federal income tax principles. To the extent those dividends exceed our current and accumulated earnings and profits, the dividends will constitute a return of capital and will first reduce a holder's basis, but not below zero, and then will be treated as gain from the sale of stock.

    The gross amount of any dividend (out of earnings and profits) paid to a non-United States holder of common stock generally will be subject to United States withholding tax at a rate of 30% unless the holder is entitled to an exemption from or reduced rate of withholding under an applicable income tax treaty. In order to receive a reduced treaty rate, prior to the payment of a dividend a non-United States holder must provide us with an Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, Form W-8BEN (or successor form) certifying qualification for the reduced rate.

    Dividends received by a non-United States holder that are effectively connected with a United States trade or business conducted by the non-United States holder (and dividends attributable to a non-United States holder's permanent establishment in the United States if an income tax treaty applies) are exempt from this withholding tax. To obtain this exemption, prior to the payment of a dividend, a non-United States holder must provide us with an IRS Form W-8ECI (or successor form) properly certifying this exemption. Effectively connected dividends (or dividends attributable to a permanent establishment), although not subject to withholding tax, are taxed at the same graduated rates applicable to United States persons, net of certain deductions and credits. In addition, dividends received by a corporate non-United States holder that are effectively connected with a United States trade or business of the corporate non-United States holder (or dividends attributable to a corporate non-United States holder's permanent establishment in the United States if an income tax treaty applies) may also be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate as may be specified in an income tax treaty).

    A non-United States holder who provides us with an IRS Form W-8BEN or an IRS Form W-8ECI will be required to periodically update such form.

    A non-United States holder of common stock that is eligible for a reduced rate of withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts currently withheld if an appropriate claim for refund is timely filed with the IRS.

Gain on Disposition of Common Stock

    A non-United States holder generally will not be subject to United States federal income tax on gain realized on the sale or other disposition of our common stock unless:

the gain is effectively connected with a United States trade or business of the non-United States holder (or attributable to a permanent establishment in the United States if an income tax treaty applies), which gain, in the case of a corporate non-United States holder, must also be taken into account for branch profits tax purposes;

the non-United States holder is an individual who is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the calendar year in which the sale or disposition occurs and certain other conditions are met; or

our common stock constitutes a United States real property interest by reason of our status as a "United States real property holding corporation" for United States federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding the disposition or the holder's holding period for our common stock. We believe that we are not currently, and we are not likely to become, a "United States real property holding corporation" for United States federal income tax purposes.

    If you are a non-United States Holder described in the first bullet above, you will be required to pay tax on the net gain derived from the sale at regular graduated United States federal income tax rates, and corporate non-United States Holders may be subject to the branch profits tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. If you are an individual non-United States Holder described in the second bullet above, you will be required to pay a flat 30% tax on the gain

126


Table of Contents

derived from the sale or disposition, which tax may be offset by United States source capital losses (even though you are not considered a resident of the United States).

    If we become a United States real property holding corporation after this offering, so long as our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market and continues to be so traded, a non-United States holder will not be subject to United States federal income tax on gain recognized from the sale, exchange or other disposition of shares of our common stock as a result of such status unless (i) such holder actually or constructively owned, more than 5% of our common stock at anytime during the shorter of (A) the five-year period preceding the disposition, or (B) the holder's holding period for our common stock, and (ii) we were a United States real property holding corporation at anytime during such period when the more than 5% ownership test was met. If any gain on your disposition is taxable because we are a United States real property holding corporation and your ownership of our common stock exceeds 5%, you will be taxed on such disposition generally in the manner applicable to U.S. persons. Any such non-United States holder that owns or has owned, actually or constructively, more than 5% of our common stock is urged to consult that holder's own tax advisor with respect to the particular tax consequences to such holder for the gain from the sale, exchange or other disposition of shares of our common stock if we were to be or to become a United States real property holding company.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

    Generally, we must report annually to the IRS the amount of dividends paid, the name and address of the recipient, and the amount, if any, of tax withheld. A similar report is sent to the holder. Pursuant to tax treaties or other agreements, the IRS may make its reports available to tax authorities in the non-United States holder's country of residence.

    Payments of dividends or of proceeds on the disposition of stock made to a non-United States holder may be subject to additional information reporting and backup withholding. Backup withholding will not apply if the non-United States holder establishes an exemption, for example, by properly certifying its non-United States status on an IRS Form W-8BEN (or successor form). Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that the holder is a United States person.

    Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Rather, the United States income tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a credit or refund may be obtained, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.

Federal Estate Tax

    An individual non-United States holder who is treated as the owner, or has made certain lifetime transfers, of an interest in our common stock will be required to include the value thereof in his or her gross estate for United States federal estate tax purposes, and may be subject to United States federal estate tax unless an applicable estate tax or other treaty provides otherwise.

     This discussion is for general purposes only. Prospective investors are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of the United States federal income and estate tax laws to their particular situations and the consequences under United States federal gift tax laws, as well as foreign, state, and local laws and tax treaties.

127


Table of Contents


SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

    Before this offering, there has not been a public market for our common stock. As described below, only a limited number of shares currently outstanding will be available for sale immediately after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nevertheless, future sales of substantial amounts of our common stock, including shares issued upon exercise of outstanding options and warrants, in the public market after the restrictions lapse, or the possibility of the sales, could cause the prevailing market price of our common stock to fall or impair our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

    Upon the closing of this offering, we will have outstanding                           shares of our common stock, assuming that there are no exercises of outstanding options or warrants after                          , 2010. Of these shares, all of the                           shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable in the public market without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, unless these shares are held by "affiliates," as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Shares purchased by an affiliate may not be resold except pursuant to an effective registration statement or an exemption from registration, including the exemption under Rule 144 of the Securities Act described below.

    The remaining                           shares of our common stock held by existing stockholders are "restricted securities," as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if they are registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Section 4(1) or Rules 144 or 701 promulgated under the Securities Act. These rules are summarized below. Subject to the lock-up agreements described below and the provisions of Rule 144 and Rule 701, these restricted securities will be available for sale in the public market, provided that certain shares held by affiliates will be subject to the volume limitations described below, as follows:

Number of Shares
  Date of Availability for Sale

  Upon effectiveness

  180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to reduction or extension

  Thereafter

Lock-Up Agreements

    In connection with this offering, all of our officers, directors, employees and stockholders have agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not to directly or indirectly sell or dispose of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of common stock for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of Thomas Weisel Partners LLC and Piper Jaffray & Co., which period may be extended for up to an additional 34 days under certain limited circumstances. For additional information, see "Underwriting."

Rule 144

    In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person who has beneficially owned restricted shares of our common stock for at least six months from the later of the date those shares of common stock were acquired from us or from an affiliate of ours, including the holding period of any prior owner other than an affiliate, would be entitled to sell, within any three month period, a number of shares that is not more than the greater of:

1% of the number of shares of common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately                           shares immediately after this offering; or

the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market during the four calendar weeks before a notice of the sale on Form 144 is filed.

    Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to manner of sale provisions, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us.

128


Table of Contents

Rule 144(b)

    In addition, under Rule 144(b), a person who is not one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year from the later of the date these shares of our common stock were acquired from us or from an affiliate of ours, including the holding period of any prior owner other than an affiliate, is entitled to sell those shares without complying with the manner of sale, public information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. Therefore, unless otherwise restricted pursuant to the lock-up agreements, those shares may be sold immediately upon the completion of this offering.

Rule 701

    Any employee, officer or director of, or consultant to us who purchased shares under a written compensatory plan or contract may be entitled to sell them in reliance on Rule 701. Rule 701 permits affiliates to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. Rule 701 further provides that non-affiliates may sell these shares in reliance on Rule 144 without complying with the holding period, public information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling those shares. However, all shares issued under Rule 701 are subject to lock-up agreements and will only become eligible for sale when the 180-day lock-up agreements expire. Thomas Weisel Partners LLC may, in its sole discretion and at any time without notice, release all or any portion of the securities subject to lock-up agreements.

Registration Rights

    At any time after 180 days following this offering, certain holders of common stock may demand that we register their shares under the Securities Act or, if we file another registration statement under the Securities Act, may elect to include their shares in such registration. If these shares are registered, they will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act. For additional information, see "Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights." All of such shares to be included are subject to lock-up agreements. Following the expiration of the applicable lock-up period, registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in the shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration, except for shares purchased by our affiliates.

    We have agreed not to file any registration statements during the 180-day period after the date of this prospectus with respect to the registration of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable into common stock, other than one or more registration statements on Form S-8 covering securities issuable under our stock plans, without the prior written consent of Thomas Weisel Partners LLC and Piper Jaffray & Co.

Form S-8 Registration Statement

    Following the effective date of this offering, we will file a Registration Statement on Form S-8 registering                            shares of common stock outstanding, subject to outstanding options or reserved for future issuance under our stock plans. As of January 22, 2010, options to purchase a total of 8,888,443 shares were outstanding. Effective on the date of this offering, we have 1,648,000 shares reserved for issuance under our equity plans. See the section titled "Executive Compensation—Equity Benefit Plans." Subject to the lock-up agreements described above and any applicable vesting restrictions, shares registered under these registration statements will be available for resale in the public market immediately upon the effectiveness of these registration statements, except with respect to Rule 144 volume limitations that apply to our affiliates.

129


Table of Contents


UNDERWRITING

    Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an underwriting agreement, each of the underwriters named below has severally agreed to purchase from us and the selling stockholders the aggregate number of shares of common stock set forth opposite their respective names below:

Underwriters
  Number of Shares  

Thomas Weisel Partners LLC

       

Piper Jaffray & Co. 

       

William Blair & Company L.L.C. 

       

JMP Securities LLC. 

       

Pacific Crest Securities LLC

       
       
 

Total

       
       

    Thomas Weisel Partners LLC and Piper Jaffray & Co. are the joint book-running managers and William Blair & Company, L.L.C., JMP Securities LLC and Pacific Crest Securities LLC are co-managers.

    Of the                 shares to be purchased by the underwriters,                  shares will be purchased from us and                 will be purchased from the selling stockholders.

    The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters are subject to various conditions, including approval of legal matters by counsel. The nature of the underwriters' obligations commits them to purchase and pay for all of the shares of common stock listed above, if any are purchased.

    The underwriting agreement provides that we and the selling stockholders will indemnify the underwriters against liabilities specified in the underwriting agreement under the Securities Act, or will contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make relating to these liabilities.

    Thomas Weisel Partners LLC and Piper Jaffray & Co. expect to deliver the shares of common stock to purchasers on or about                          , 2010.

Over-Allotment Option

    We have granted a 30-day option to the underwriters to purchase up to                 additional shares of our common stock from us and the selling stockholders have granted a 30-day option to the underwriters to purchase up to                 additional shares of our common stock, to cover any over-allotments, at the initial public offering price, less the underwriting discount payable by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. If the underwriters exercise this option in whole or in part, then each of the underwriters will be separately committed, subject to the conditions described in the underwriting agreement, to purchase the additional shares of our common stock in proportion to their respective commitments set forth in the table above.

Determination of Offering Price

    Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined through negotiations between us and the underwriters. In addition to prevailing market conditions, the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price will include:

the valuation multiples of publicly-traded companies that the representatives of the underwriters believe are comparable to us;

our financial information;

our history and prospects and the outlook for our industry;

130


Table of Contents

an assessment of our management, our past and present operations, and the prospects for, and timing of, our future revenues; and

the above factors in relation to market values and various valuation measures of other companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

    We cannot assure you that an active or orderly trading market will develop for our common stock or that our common stock will trade in the public markets subsequent to this offering at or above the initial offering price.

Commissions and Discounts

    The underwriters propose to offer the shares of common stock directly to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and at this price less a concession not in excess of $             per share of common stock to other dealers specified in a master agreement among underwriters who are members of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. The underwriters may allow, and the other dealers specified may reallow, concessions not in excess of $             per share of common stock to these other dealers. After this offering, the offering price, concessions and other selling terms may be changed by the underwriters. Our common stock is offered subject to receipt and acceptance by the underwriters and to other conditions, including the right to reject orders in whole or in part.

    The following table summarizes the compensation to be paid to the underwriters by us and the proceeds, before expenses, payable to us and the selling stockholders:

 
   
  Total  
 
  Per Share   Without Over-Allotment   Without Over-Allotment  

Public offering price

  $     $     $    

Underwriting discount

                   

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

                   

Proceeds, before expenses, to selling stockholders

                   

Indemnification of Underwriters

    We and the selling stockholders will indemnify the underwriters against some civil liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act and liabilities arising from breaches of our representations and warranties contained in the underwriting agreement. If we or the selling stockholders are unable to provide this indemnification, we and the selling stockholders will contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

No Sales of Similar Securities

    The underwriters will require all of our directors and officers, the selling stockholders and certain other of our stockholders to agree not to offer, sell, agree to sell, directly or indirectly, or otherwise dispose of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock except for the shares of common stock offered in this offering without the prior written consent of Thomas Weisel Partners LLC and Piper Jaffray & Co. for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus.

    We have agreed that for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, we will not, without the prior written consent of Thomas Weisel Partners LLC and Piper Jaffray & Co., offer, sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of common stock, except for the shares of common stock offered in this offering, the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding options on the date of this prospectus and the shares of our common stock that are issued under our 2009 Stock Incentive Plan.

131


Table of Contents

    The 180-day restricted period described in the preceding two paragraphs will be automatically extended if: (1) during the last 17 days of the l80-day restricted period we issue an earnings release or announce material news or a material event or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 15-day period following the last day of the 180-day period, in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the announcement of the material news or material event.

Nasdaq Stock Market

    We have applied to have our common stock listed on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol "CNVO."

Short Sales, Stabilizing Transactions and Penalty Bids

    In order to facilitate this offering, persons participating in this offering may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of our common stock during and after this offering. Specifically, the underwriters may engage in the following activities in accordance with the rules of the SEC.

    Short Sales.     Short sales involve the sales by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering. Covered short sales are short sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters' overallotment option to purchase additional shares from us in this offering. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their over-allotment option to purchase shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the over-allotment option. Naked short sales are any short sales in excess of such over-allotment option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering.

    Stabilizing Transactions.     The underwriters may make bids for or purchases of the shares for the purpose of pegging, fixing or maintaining the price of the shares, so long as stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum.

    Penalty Bids.     If the underwriters purchase shares in the open market in a stabilizing transaction or syndicate covering transaction, they may reclaim a selling concession from the underwriters and selling group members who sold those shares as part of this offering. Stabilization and syndicate covering transactions may cause the price of the shares to be higher than it would be in the absence of these transactions. The imposition of a penalty bid might also have an effect on the price of the shares if it discourages presales of the shares.

    The transactions above may occur on the NASDAQ Global Market or otherwise. Neither we nor the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of the shares. If these transactions are commenced, they may be discontinued without notice at any time.

    In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a Relevant Member State), each underwriter has represented and agreed that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the Relevant Implementation Date) it has not made and will not make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to

132


Table of Contents


the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:

    For the purposes of this provision, the expression an "offer of shares to the public" in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.

    Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

    The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to "professional investors" within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a "prospectus" within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to "professional investors" within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

     This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under

133


Table of Contents


Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or the SFA, (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

    Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries' rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.

    The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Securities and Exchange Law of Japan (the Securities and Exchange Law) and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Securities and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

    The underwriters do not expect sales to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total number of shares offered.

Other Relationships

    In conjunction with the issuance of Series D convertible preferred stock in July 2004, we issued a warrant for 273,114 shares of Series D convertible preferred stock as a broker fee to Piper Jaffray & Co. In connection with the initial public offering of our common stock and as a result of our recapitalization in 2007, the warrant will become exercisable for 273,114 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $1.65864 per share. This warrant represents an ownership interest of less than 1% of our outstanding common stock.

134


Table of Contents


LEGAL MATTERS

    DLA Piper LLP (US), Austin, Texas, will pass upon the validity of the issuance of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. Cooley Godward Kronish LLP, Palo Alto, California, is representing the underwriters in this offering.


EXPERTS

    The consolidated financial statements of Convio, Inc. as of December 31, 2008 and 2009, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009 appearing in this Prospectus and Registration Statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.


WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

    We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1, including exhibits, under the Securities Act with respect to the common stock to be sold in this offering. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information in the registration statement or the exhibits. Statements made in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract, agreement or other documents are only summaries. With respect to each contract, agreement or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, we refer you to the exhibit for a more complete description of the matter involved.

    We are not currently subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act. As a result of the offering of the shares of our common stock, we will become subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance therewith, will file reports and other information with the SEC. You may read and copy all or any portion of the registration statement or any reports, statements or other information we file at the public reference room of the SEC located at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549.

    You can request copies of these documents upon payment of a duplicating fee by writing to the SEC. You may call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of its public reference room. Our filings, including the registration statement, will also be available to you on the website maintained by the SEC at www.sec.gov .

135


Table of Contents


INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Report of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

  F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets

  F-3

Consolidated Statements of Operations

  F-4

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Deficit

  F-5

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

  F-6

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

  F-7

F-1


Table of Contents


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Convio, Inc.

    We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Convio, Inc. (the "Company") as of December 31, 2008 and 2009, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders' deficit and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

    We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

    In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Convio, Inc. at December 31, 2008 and 2009, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009 in conformity with United States generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ Ernst and Young LLP

Austin, Texas
January 22, 2010

F-2


Table of Contents


Convio, Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2008   2009   Pro Forma
Stockholders'
Equity at
December 31, 2009
 
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

ASSETS

                   

Current assets:

                   
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 13,828   $ 16,662        
 

Accounts receivable, less allowance of $324 and $231 at December 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively

    8,880     9,143        
 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    1,188     1,610        
                 
   

Total current assets

    23,896     27,415        

Property and equipment, net

   
3,813
   
3,276
       

Goodwill

    5,527     5,527        

Intangible assets, net

    7,391     4,973        

Other assets

    246     153        
                 
   

Total assets

  $ 40,873   $ 41,344        
                 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT

                   

Current liabilities:

                   
 

Accounts payable

  $ 286   $ 503        
 

Accrued liabilities

    1,647     2,386        
 

Accrued compensation

    2,583     2,547        
 

Deferred revenue

    16,824     17,362        
 

Current portion of capital lease obligations

    608     90        
 

Current portion of long-term debt

    2,646     773        
 

Convertible preferred stock warrant liability

    562     1,375   $  
                 
   

Total current liabilities

    25,156     25,036        

Capital lease obligations, net of current portion

   
75
   
16
       

Long-term debt, net of current portion

    1,130     1,332        
                 
   

Total liabilities

    26,361     26,384        

Commitments and Contingencies (note 7)

                   

Convertible preferred stock (note 9)

    33,869     33,869      

Stockholders' deficit:

                   
 

Common Stock, $0.001 par value, 63,119,142 authorized and 35,918,514 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2009, pro forma (note 2) (unaudited)

                36  
 

Series P common stock: $0.001 par value; 54,313,750 shares authorized at December 31, 2008 and 2009; 15,172,732 and 15,244,715 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively

    15     15      
 

Series Q common stock: $0.001 par value; 3,798,893 shares authorized at December 31, 2008 and 2009; 564,814 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2008 and 2009

    1     1      
 

Series R common stock: $0.001 par value; 1,920,610 shares authorized at December 31, 2008 and 2009; 1,920,610 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2008 and 2009

    2     2      
 

Series S common stock: $0.001 par value; 3,085,889 shares authorized at December 31, 2008 and 2009; 3,085,882 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2008 and 2009

    3     3      
 

Additional paid-in capital

    34,783     37,326     72,555  
 

Accumulated deficit

    (54,161 )   (56,256 )   (56,256 )
               
   

Total stockholders' deficit

    (19,357 )   (18,909 ) $ 16,335  
               

Total liabilities and stockholders' deficit

  $ 40,873   $ 41,344        
                 

See accompanying notes.

F-3


Table of Contents


Convio, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2007   2008   2009  

Revenue:

                   
 

Subscription and services

  $ 38,754   $ 50,103   $ 54,900  
 

Usage

    4,329     6,877     8,186  
               

Total revenue

    43,083     56,980     63,086  
 

Cost of revenue (1)(2)

   
18,716
   
22,911
   
24,779
 
               

Gross profit

    24,367     34,069     38,307  

Operating expenses:

                   
 

Sales and marketing (2)

    19,428     21,432     21,556  
 

Research and development (2)

    7,189     8,754     10,041  
 

General and administrative (2)

    4,456     5,883     6,034  
 

Amortization of other intangibles

    1,271     1,452     1,400  
 

Write off of deferred stock offering costs

        1,524      
 

Restructuring expenses

    284          
               

Total operating expenses

    32,628     39,045     39,031  
               

Loss from operations

    (8,261 )   (4,976 )   (724 )
 

Interest income

   
279
   
115
   
6
 
 

Interest expense

    (883 )   (691 )   (355 )
 

Other income (expense)

    (1,644 )   1,808     (803 )
               

Loss before income taxes

    (10,509 )   (3,744 )   (1,876 )
 

Provision for income taxes

   
   
   
219
 
               

Net loss

  $ (10,509 ) $ (3,744 ) $ (2,095 )
               

Net loss per share, basic and diluted (note 2)

  $ (0.60 ) $ (0.18 ) $ (0.10 )
               

Shares used in computing basic and diluted net loss per share

    17,777     20,617     20,775  
               

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (note 2) (unaudited)

              $ (0.04 )
                   

Shares used in computing pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share (unaudited)

                35,877  
                   

(1)
Includes amortization of acquired technology of $887, $1,016 and $1,016 in 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively.

(2)
Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

   
  Year Ended December 31,  
   
  2007   2008   2009  
 

Stock-based compensation expense:

                   
 

Cost of revenue

  $ 164   $ 383   $ 583  
 

Sales and marketing

    300     585     742  
 

Research and development

    85     235     343  
 

General and administrative

    142     353     834  

See accompanying notes.

F-4


Table of Contents

Convio, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Deficit
(in thousands, except share amounts)

 
   
   
  Series P
Common Stock
  Series Q
Common Stock
  Series R
Common Stock
  Series S
Common Stock
   
   
   
 
 
  Common Stock    
   
  Total
Stock-
holders'
Deficit
 
 
  Additional
Paid-In
Capital
  Accumu-
lated
Deficit
 
 
  Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount  

Balance at January 1, 2007

    2,481,056   $ 3       $       $       $       $   $ 1,041   $ (39,908 ) $ (38,864 )

Exercise of options to acquire common stock prior to acquisition of GetActive

    4,091                                         2         2  

Conversion of common stock and Series A, B, C & D preferred stock into Series P common stock upon acquisition of GetActive

    (2,485,147 )   (3 )   13,895,724     14                             20,012         20,023  

Issuance of Series P common stock upon exercise of options

            1,035,792     1                             381         382  

Reclassification of liability for early exercise of stock options based on vesting of such options

                                            85         85  

Issuance of common stock and exchange of options at acquisition of GetActive

                    564,814     1     1,920,610     2     3,085,889     3     10,923         10,929  

Stock-based compensation

                                            691         691  

Repurchase of Series S common stock

                                    (7 )                

Accretion to redemption value of preferred stock

                                            (76 )       (76 )
 

Net loss

                                                (10,509 )   (10,509 )
                                                       

Balance at December 31, 2007

            14,931,516     15     564,814     1     1,920,610     2     3,085,882     3     33,059     (50,417 )   (17,337 )

Issuance of Series P common stock upon exercise of options

            241,218                                 139         139  

Reclassification of liability for early exercise of stock options based on vesting of such options

                                            29         29  

Stock-based compensation

                                            1,556         1,556  
 

Net loss

                                                (3,744 )   (3,744 )
                                                       

Balance at December 31, 2008

            15,172,734     15     564,814     1     1,920,610     2     3,085,882     3     34,783     (54,161 )   (19,357 )

Issuance of Series P common stock upon exercise of options

            71,981                                 39         39  

Stock-based compensation

                                            2,504         2,504  
 

Net loss

                                                (2,095 )   (2,095 )
                                                       

Balance at December 31, 2009

      $     15,244,715   $ 15     564,814   $ 1     1,920,610   $ 2     3,085,882   $ 3   $ 37,326   $ (56,256 ) $ (18,909 )
                                                       

See accompanying notes.

F-5


Table of Contents


Convio, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2007   2008   2009  

Cash flows from operating activities:

                   
 

Net loss

  $ (10,509 ) $ (3,744 ) $ (2,095 )
 

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

                   
   

Depreciation and amortization

    1,888     2,212     2,286  
   

Amortization of intangible assets

    2,158     2,468     2,416  
   

Amortization of debt issuance costs

    141     141     90  
   

Revaluation of warrants to fair value

    1,661     (1,804 )   814  
   

Stock-based compensation

    691     1,556     2,503  
   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

                   
     

Accounts receivable

    (848 )   (1,300 )   (263 )
     

Prepaid expenses and other assets

    (995 )   1,152     (419 )
     

Accounts payable

    46     (197 )   217  
     

Accrued liabilities

    195     253     704  
     

Deferred revenue

    4,347     2,125     538  
               
 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

    (1,225 )   2,862     6,791  
               

Cash flows from investing activities:

                   
 

Transaction costs for acquisition of GetActive

    (533 )        
 

Cash acquired in acquisition of GetActive

    187          
 

Purchase of property and equipment, net

    (2,784 )   (2,162 )   (1,749 )
               
 

Net cash used in investing activities

    (3,130 )   (2,162 )   (1,749 )
               

Cash flows from financing activities:

                   
 

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt and capital lease obligations

    3,059     1,172      
 

Payments made on long-term debt and capital lease obligations

    (3,076 )   (2,783 )   (2,247 )
 

Proceeds from issuance of convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs

    10,074          
 

Proceeds from issuance of common stock upon exercise of options

    384     139     39  
               
 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    10,441     (1,472 )   (2,208 )
               

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

    6,086     (772 )   2,834  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

   
8,514
   
14,600
   
13,828
 
               

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

  $ 14,600   $ 13,828   $ 16,662  
               

Supplemental information:

                   
 

Interest paid

  $ 671   $ 473   $ 210  
 

Taxes paid, net of refunds

  $   $   $ 152  

See accompanying notes.

F-6


Table of Contents


Convio, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1. The Company

    Convio, Inc., together with its wholly-owned subsidiary (collectively, the "Company" or "Convio"), is a provider of on-demand constituent engagement solutions that enable nonprofit organizations ("NPOs") to more effectively raise funds, advocate for change and cultivate relationships with donors, activists, volunteers, alumni and other constituents. The Company's integrated solutions include its Convio Online Marketing ("COM") platform and Common Ground, its constituent relationship management application. The COM platform enables NPOs to harness the full potential of the Internet and social media as new channels for constituent engagement and fundraising. Common Ground delivers next-generation donor management capabilities, integrates marketing activities across online and offline channels and is designed to increase operational efficiency. The Company's solutions are enhanced by a portfolio of value-added services tailored to its clients' specific needs.

    The Company was incorporated in Delaware on October 12, 1999. On February 16, 2007, the Company acquired GetActive Software, Inc. ("GetActive"), a privately owned company based in Berkeley, California. The Company acquired GetActive, a provider of online constituent relationship management software and services and a competitor of the Company, to expand its client base and increase its market presence in the nonprofit market. The Company currently markets its products and services throughout North America.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

    The accompanying consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2008 and 2009 and the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009 represent our financial position, results of operations and cash flows as of and for the periods then ended. The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiary. All material intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

    In preparing the accompanying consolidated financial statements, we have reviewed, as determined necessary by our management, events that have occurred after December 31, 2009, up until the issuance of the financial statements, which occurred on January 22, 2010. As of such date, our management was not aware of any subsequent events, other than those disclosed herein, requiring additional disclosure.

Applicable Accounting Guidance

    Any reference in these notes to applicable accounting guidance is meant to refer to the authoritative non-governmental United States generally accepted accounting principles as found in the Financial Accounting Standards Board's ("FASB") Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC").

Segments

    Our chief operating decision maker is our chief executive officer, who reviews financial information presented on a company-wide basis. Accordingly, in accordance with ASC 280, the Company determined that it has a single reporting segment and operating unit structure.

F-7


Table of Contents


Convio, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Use of Estimates

    The preparation of financial statements in conformity with United States generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could differ from those estimates, and such differences could be material to the Company's financial statements.

Unaudited Pro Forma Stockholders' Equity

    The Company has filed a Registration Statement on Form S-1 with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission for its proposed initial public offering of shares of its common stock (the "IPO"). If the IPO contemplated by this prospectus is consummated, all of the convertible preferred stock outstanding will automatically convert into 15,102,493 shares of common stock based on the shares of convertible preferred stock outstanding as of December 31, 2009. All outstanding series of common stock will be converted into Series P common stock, and the Series P common stock will be redesignated to common stock. In addition, the preferred stock warrant liability will be reclassified to common stock and additional paid-in capital immediately prior to the closing of the offering. Unaudited pro forma stockholders' equity, as adjusted for the assumed conversion of the convertible preferred stock and the reclassification of the preferred stock warrant liability, is set forth on the consolidated balance sheets.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

    Cash and cash equivalents are stated at cost and consist of cash deposits and investment securities with original maturities of three months or less when purchased. At December 31, 2009, the Company had deposits in financial institutions that exceeded the federally-insured limits by $8,672,000.

Accounts Receivable

    In the ordinary course of business, the Company extends credit to its clients. Accounts receivable are recorded at their outstanding principal balances, adjusted by an allowance for doubtful accounts.

    In estimating the allowance for doubtful accounts, the Company considers the length of time that receivables have been outstanding, historical write-off experience, current economic conditions and client-specific information. When the Company ultimately concludes that a receivable is uncollectible, the balance is charged against the allowance for doubtful accounts.

    The following table summarizes the changes in allowance for doubtful accounts for receivables (in thousands):

 
  Balance at
Beginning of
Period
  GetActive
Balance at
Acquisition
Date
  Charged to
Expense, Net of
Recoveries
  Deduction of
Uncollectible
Accounts
  Balance at
end of
Period
 

2007

  $ 78   $ 193   $ 281   $ (282 ) $ 270  

2008

    270         467     (413 )   324  

2009

    324         233     (326 )   231  

F-8


Table of Contents


Convio, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Concentration of Credit Risks, Significant Clients and Suppliers and Geographic Information

    Financial instruments, which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk, consist of cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable. The Company's cash and cash equivalents are placed with high credit-quality financial institutions. The Company's accounts receivable are derived from sales to its clients who primarily operate in the nonprofit sector. The Company generally does not require collateral. Estimated credit losses are provided for in the financial statements and historically have been within management's expectations.

    No one client accounted for more than 10% of the Company's revenue in 2007, 2008 or 2009. Additionally, no one client balance accounted for more than 10% of the Company's accounts receivable balance at December 31, 2008 or 2009.

    As of December 31, 2008 and 2009, all of the Company's long-lived assets were located in the United States. In 2007, 2008 and 2009, substantially all of the Company's revenue was derived from customers in the United States.

    The Company serves its clients from two third-party datacenters, one located in Austin, Texas, which is leased from SunGard Availability Services LP and the other located in Sacramento, California, which is leased from RagingWire Enterprise Solution, Inc. The Company does not control the operation of these facilities, which are vulnerable to damage or interruption. Although the Company has disaster recovery capabilities, such capabilities will not provide automated off-site failover services in the event services at either datacenter are interrupted. Any interruptions or problems at either datacenter would likely result in significant disruptions of its solutions hosted at such site.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

    Effective January 1, 2008, the Company adopted a new accounting standard which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands on required disclosures regarding fair value measurements. This standard applies to reported balances that are required or permitted to be measured at fair value under existing accounting pronouncements accordingly, but does not require any new fair value measurements of previously reported balances.

    Financial assets and liabilities with carrying amounts approximating fair value include cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses and other current liabilities. The carrying amount of these financial assets and liabilities approximates fair value because of their short maturities. The carrying amount of the Company's debt, preferred stock warrant liability and other long-term liabilities approximate their fair value. The fair value of debt was based upon management's best estimate of interest rates that would be available for similar debt obligations as of December 31, 2008 and 2009. The fair value of the preferred stock warrant liability was estimated using the Black-Scholes valuation model.

Preferred Stock Warrants

    Freestanding warrants related to shares that are redeemable are accounted for in accordance with the applicable guidance in ASC Topic 480. Under the provisions of this guidance, the freestanding warrants that are related to the Company's preferred stock are classified as liabilities in the accompanying balance sheets. The warrants are subject to re-measurement at each balance sheet date, and any change in fair value is recognized as a component of other income (expense). The Company will continue to adjust the

F-9


Table of Contents


Convio, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


liability for changes in fair value until the earlier of (1) the exercise or expiration of the warrants or (2) the completion of a liquidation event, including the completion of an initial public offering, at which time all of the then outstanding preferred stock warrants will be converted into warrants to purchase common stock and, accordingly, the liability will be reclassified to additional paid-in capital.

    The Company recorded $1.6 million of other expense, $1.8 million of other income and $814,000 of other expense in 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively, to reflect the change in fair value of the preferred stock warrants during those periods.

Property and Equipment

    Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Property and equipment are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the following estimated useful lives of the assets:

 
  Estimated Useful Life

Computer software

  2 to 5 years

Computer equipment

  3 to 7 years

Furniture and fixtures

  3 to 7 years

Leasehold improvements

  Shorter of lease term or useful life

    Amortization of assets recorded under capital leases is included with depreciation expense. Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred.

Acquisition

    The Company's acquisition of GetActive in February 2007 was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting. The results of operations of the acquired business have been included in the accompanying financial statements from the acquisition date. Net assets of the company acquired were recorded at their fair value at the acquisition date. The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired is included in goodwill in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

    In connection with the Company's acquisition of GetActive, the Company recorded certain intangible assets, including acquired technology, customer relationships, trade names and noncompete agreements.

    Amounts allocated to the acquired intangible assets are being amortized on a straight-line basis over the following estimated useful lives:

 
  Estimated Useful Life

Customer relationships

  9 years

Acquired technology

  3 years

Tradenames

  3 years

Agreements not to compete

  2 years

    The Company periodically reviews the estimated useful lives and fair values of its identifiable intangible assets, taking into consideration any events or circumstances which might result in a diminished fair value or revised useful life.

F-10


Table of Contents


Convio, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

    Goodwill and intangible assets consist of the following (in thousands):

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2008   2009  

Goodwill

  $ 5,527   $ 5,527  
           

Intangible Assets

             
 

Acquired Technology:

             
   

Acquired technology

  $ 3,049   $ 3,049  
   

Accumulated amortization

    (1,903 )   (2,919 )
           

  $ 1,146   $ 130  
           
 

Other Intangibles:

             
   

Customer relationships

  $ 7,007   $ 7,007  
   

Tradenames

    1,850     1,850  
   

Agreements not to compete

    110     110  
   

Accumulated amortization

    (2,722 )   (4,124 )
           

  $ 6,245   $ 4,843  
           

Total Intangible Assets, net

  $ 7,391   $ 4,973  
           

    Future estimated amortization expense of intangible assets as of December 31, 2009 is as follows (in thousands):

2010

  $ 983  

2011

    779  

2012

    779  

2013

    779  

2014

    779  

Thereafter

    874  
       
 

Total

  $ 4,973  
       

    The Company tests goodwill for impairment annually on October 1st, or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate an impairment may have occurred. Because the Company operates in a single segment, the impairment test is performed at the consolidated entity level by comparing the estimated fair value of the Company to the carrying value of the goodwill. Impairment may result from, among other things, deterioration in the performance of the business, adverse market conditions, adverse changes in applicable laws or regulations, including changes that restrict the activities of the acquired business and a variety of other circumstances. If it is determined that an impairment has occurred, the Company records a write-down of the carrying value of goodwill to its implied fair value and charges the impairment as an operating expense in the period the determination is made. Although the Company believes goodwill is appropriately stated in its consolidated financial statements, changes in strategy or market conditions could significantly impact these judgments and require an adjustment to the recorded balance. There was no impairment of goodwill in 2007, 2008 or 2009.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

    Long-lived assets held and used by the Company are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their net book value may not be recoverable. When such factors and circumstances exist, the Company compares the projected undiscounted future cash flows associated with groups of assets used in combination over their estimated useful lives against their

F-11


Table of Contents


Convio, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


respective carrying amounts. If projected undiscounted future cash flows are less than the carrying value of the asset group, an impairment is recorded for any excess of the carrying amount over the fair value of those assets in the period in which the determination is made.

Debt Issuance Costs

    Costs incurred in connection with the origination of long-term debt are deferred and amortized over the life of the debt instrument using the effective interest method.

Advertising Costs

    The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred. Advertising expenses were approximately $31,000, $43,000 and $207,000 in 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively.

Revenue Recognition

    The Company derives its revenue from subscriptions, services and usage and recognizes revenue in accordance with relevant authoritative accounting principles. The Company's subscription arrangements do not allow the client to take possession of the software application. The Company recognizes revenue when all of the following conditions are met:

there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement;

the service has been provided to the client;

the collection of the fees is reasonably assured; and

the amount of fees to be paid by the client is fixed or determinable

    The Company's arrangements do not contain general rights of return.

    In determining whether collection of the subscription and related services fee is reasonably assured, the Company considers financial and other information about clients, such as a client's funding level, obtained as part of the Company's sales effort with the clients. As a client relationship progresses, the Company also considers the client's payment history. The Company's experience in determination of collectibility has historically been good as bad debt expenses have not been significant to date.

    In determining whether the fee is fixed or determinable, the Company only recognizes revenue for amounts that the client is legally obligated to pay. There are no instances where the Company is recognizing revenue prior to invoicing the client. For example, for a multi-year contract where the client has the right to cancel a portion of the contractual term, the Company only recognizes revenue for amounts related to the noncancellable portion of the contract until the client has relinquished its right to cancel. For multi-year contract with increasing annual payments, the Company recognizes revenue based upon the amounts actually invoiced which results in an increasing amount of revenue recognized each year. For multi-year contracts with decreasing annual payments, the Company recognizes revenue ratably using the entire noncancellable contract value which results in cash received in the early portion of the contract term exceeding the amount of revenue recognized. For contracts that have usage-based terms, the Company recognizes revenue when the usage amounts are reported and billed to the client.

F-12


Table of Contents


Convio, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

    Subscription and services revenue is recognized ratably over the term of the agreement beginning on the activation date. Amounts that have been invoiced are recorded in accounts receivable and in deferred revenue or revenue, depending on whether the revenue recognition criteria have been met.

    Services revenues, when sold with a subscription of the Company's modules do not qualify for separate accounting as the Company does not have objective and reliable evidence of fair value of the undelivered subscription service. Therefore, it recognizes such services revenue ratably over the term of the related subscription agreement.

    When the Company sells services other than with the subscription of its modules, the Company considers the following factors to determine the proper accounting:

availability of the services from other vendors;

whether objective and reliable evidence of fair value exists for the undelivered elements;

the nature of the services;

the timing of when the services agreement was signed in comparison to the subscription service start date; and

the contractual dependence of the subscription service on the client's satisfaction with the services.

    When the Company sells services other than with the subscription of its modules, the Company recognizes revenue under time and material contracts as the services are rendered and the Company recognizes revenue from fixed price contracts as milestones are achieved and, if applicable, accepted by the client.

    Certain clients have contracts that provide for a percentage of donations received online through its modules to be paid to the Company in place of or in conjunction with the standard monthly subscription fee. In addition, certain clients have contracts which require payment of additional fees for usage above the levels included in the standard monthly subscription fee. Such fees are recognized as revenue when the usage amounts are determined and reported and billed to the client.

Deferred Revenue

    Deferred revenue primarily consists of billings or payments received in advance of revenue recognition from the Company's subscription service described above and is recognized as the revenue recognition criteria are met. The Company generally invoices its customers in quarterly installments. Accordingly, the deferred revenue balance does not represent the total contract value of annual or multi-year, noncancelable subscription agreements.

Cost of Revenue

    Cost of revenue consists primarily of labor costs for the Company's hosting, consulting and professional services organizations, third-party costs and equipment depreciation relating to the Company's hosting services as well as allocated facilities and equipment costs. These amounts are expensed as incurred.

F-13


Table of Contents


Convio, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Research and Development

    The Company capitalizes the costs to acquire or develop software for internal use (including the costs of developing the Company's COM and Common Ground solutions) incurred during the application development stage. Costs to develop significant upgrades or enhancements to existing internal use software are also capitalized. Costs incurred to improve or enhance the Company's products in 2007, 2008 and 2009 have been expensed as these costs did not qualify as significant upgrades or enhancements.

Sales Commissions

    Sales commissions are earned by the salesperson at the time of contract signing and sales commissions are expensed as incurred.

Income Taxes

    The Company uses the liability method of accounting for income taxes whereby deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on temporary differences between the financial reporting bases and the tax bases of assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets are also recognized for tax net operating loss carryforwards. These deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when such amounts are expected to reverse or be utilized. The realization of total deferred tax assets is contingent upon the generation of future taxable income. Valuation allowances are provided to reduce such deferred tax assets to amounts more likely than not to be ultimately realized.

    Income tax provision includes United States federal, state and local income taxes and is based on pre-tax income or loss. In determining the estimated annual effective income tax rate, the Company analyzes various factors, including projections of the Company's annual earnings and taxing jurisdictions in which the earnings will be generated, the impact of state and local income taxes and the ability of the Company to use tax credits and net operating loss carryforwards.

    The Company recognizes and measures benefits for uncertain tax positions which require significant judgment from management. The Company evaluates its uncertain tax positions on a quarterly basis and it bases these evaluations upon a number of factors, including changes in facts or circumstances, changes in tax law, correspondence with tax authorities during the course of audits and effective settlement of audit issues. Tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold are measured as the largest amount of the tax benefits, determined on a cumulative probability basis, which is more likely than not to be realized upon ultimate settlement. Future changes in the recognition or measurement of uncertain tax positions could result in material increases or decreases in our income tax expense in the period in which we make the change, which could have a material impact on our effective tax rate and operating results.

Indemnifications

    The Company recognizes a liability for the fair value for certain guarantee and indemnification arrangements issued or modified by the Company. When the Company determines that a loss is probable, the estimable loss must be recognized as it relates to applicable guarantees and indemnifications. Some of the software licenses granted by the Company contain provisions that indemnify clients of the Company's software from damages and costs resulting from claims alleging that the Company's software infringes the intellectual property rights of a third party. The Company records resulting costs as incurred

F-14


Table of Contents


Convio, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


and historically such costs have not been significant. Accordingly, the Company has not recorded a liability related to these indemnification provisions as the Company believes any costs are immaterial.

    The Company has also agreed to indemnify its directors and executive officers for costs associated with any fees, expenses, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of these persons in any action or proceeding to which any of those persons is, or is threatened to be, made a party by reason of the person's service as a director or officer, including any action by the Company, arising out of that person's services as the Company's director or officer or that person's services provided to any other company or enterprise at the Company's request. The Company maintains director and officer insurance coverage that would generally enable the Company to recover a portion of any future amounts paid. No expense has been incurred to date for such indemnity obligations.

Stock-Based Compensation

    Stock-based compensation is measured at the grant date, based on the estimated fair value of the award on that date, and is recognized as expense over the requisite service period, which is generally over the vesting period, on a straight-line basis.

    The following table summarizes the weighted average grant-date value of options and the assumptions used to develop their fair value for 2007, 2008 and 2009.

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2007   2008   2009  

Weighted-average grant-date fair value of options

  $ 1.95   $ 1.38   $ 0.43  

Risk-free interest rate

    3.44 %   3.00 %   1.95 %

Expected volatility

    0.54     0.57     0.66  

Expected life in years

    4.58     4.58     4.69  

Dividend yield

             

Net Loss Per Share and Pro Forma Net Loss Per Share

    Net loss per share is computed using the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding under the two-class method. Due to losses incurred during 2007, 2008 and 2009, the shares associated with stock options, warrants and preferred stock are not included because they are anti-dilutive. Series P, Series Q, Series R and Series S common stock have the same dividend rights, and therefore, result in basic and diluted net loss per share and pro forma net loss per share being the same for each class of common stock. As such, net loss per share and pro forma net loss per share is presented on a combined basis.

    Pro forma net loss per share has been presented to give effect to the conversion of the convertible preferred stock using the if-converted method into common stock as though the conversion had

F-15


Table of Contents


Convio, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


occurred on the original dates of issuance. Specifically as a result of the change in its capital structure, the Company issued an additional 15,102,493 shares of common stock to its preferred stockholders.

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2007   2008   2009  
 
  (in thousands, except per share amounts)
 

Net loss

  $ (10,509 ) $ (3,744 ) $ (2,095 )

Accretion to redemption value of preferred stock

    (76 )        
               

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (10,585 ) $ (3,744 ) $ (2,095 )
               

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding

    17,989     20,633     20,776  

Less: Weighted average number of common shares subject to repurchase

    (212 )   (16 )   (1 )
               

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding used in computing basic and diluted net loss per common share

    17,777     20,617     20,775  
               

Net loss per common share, basic and diluted

  $ (0.60 ) $ (0.18 ) $ (0.10 )
               

Pro forma net loss per common share (unaudited):

                   

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

              $ (2,095 )

Add:

                   

Change in the value of convertible preferred stock warrant liability

                814  
                   

Net loss used to compute pro forma net loss per common share (unaudited)

              $ (1,281 )
                   

Basic and diluted weighted average shares used above

               
20,775
 

Assumed conversion of convertible preferred stock after effect of change in capital structure (unaudited)

                15,102  
                   

As adjusted shares used in computing pro forma basic and diluted net loss per common share (unaudited)

                35,877  
                   

Pro forma net loss per common share, basic and diluted (unaudited)

              $ (0.04 )
                   

    As the Company incurred net losses in the periods presented, the following table displays the Company's other outstanding common stock equivalents that were excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share, as the effect of including them would have been anti-dilutive (in thousands):

 
  As of December 31,  
 
  2007   2008   2009  

Common stock subject to repurchase

    72     1      

Stock options

    6,923     7,908     8,888  

Convertible preferred stock

    15,102     15,102     15,102  

Convertible preferred stock warrants

    718     718     718  

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

    In September 2009, we adopted the FASB ASC. The FASB established the ASC as the single source of authoritative non-governmental GAAP, superseding various existing authoritative accounting pronouncements. It eliminates the previous GAAP hierarchy and establishes one level of authoritative GAAP. All other literature is considered non-authoritative. The FASB will not issue new standards in the form of Statements, FASB Staff Positions or Emerging Issues Task Force Abstracts. Instead, it will issue an Accounting Standards Update ("ASU"). The FASB will not consider ASUs as authoritative in their own right. ASUs will serve only to update the ASC, provide background information about the guidance and provide the bases for conclusions on the change(s) in the ASC.

    In October 2009, the FASB issued an ASU that amended the accounting rules addressing revenue recognition for multiple-deliverable revenue arrangements by eliminating the currently existing criteria

F-16


Table of Contents


Convio, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


that objective and reliable evidence of fair value for undelivered products or services exist in order to be able to separately account for deliverables. Additionally the ASU provides for elimination of the use of the residual method of allocating arrangement consideration and requires that arrangement consideration be allocated at the inception of the arrangement to all deliverables that can be accounted for separately based on their relative selling price. A hierarchy for estimating such selling price is included in the update. This ASU will be effective prospectively for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact this update will have on its consolidated financial statements.

    In October 2009, the FASB issued an ASU that changes the criteria for determining when an entity should account for transactions with customers using the revenue recognition guidance applicable to the selling or licensing of software. This ASU is effective prospectively for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010. Early adoption is permitted. The Company does not believe this update will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

    In September 2009, the FASB issued an ASU providing clarification for measuring the fair value of a liability when a quoted price in an active market for the identical liability is not available. It also clarifies that when estimating the fair value of a liability, a reporting entity is not required to include a separate input or adjustment to other inputs relating to the existence of a restriction that prevents the transfer of the liability. This ASU is effective for fiscal periods beginning after August 27, 2009. The Company does not believe this update will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

    In December 2007, the FASB issued guidance regarding business combinations, which significantly changes the principles and requirements for how the acquirer of a business recognizes and measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, any non-controlling interest in the acquiree, and the goodwill acquired. This statement is effective prospectively, except for certain retrospective adjustments to deferred tax balances, for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. The impact of adopting this statement will be dependent on the future business combinations that we may pursue.

3. Acquisition of GetActive Software, Inc.

    On February 16, 2007, the Company acquired GetActive in exchange for 10,083,613 shares of capital stock. The Company acquired GetActive, a provider of online constituent relationship management software and services and a competitor of the Company, to expand its presence in the nonprofit market. The total purchase price was $17,930,000, including transaction costs of $533,000.

    The following table presents the capital stock issued in the acquisition by class of security issued (in thousands except share information):

 
  Shares   Amount  

Series B convertible preferred stock

    3,234,079   $ 8,797  

Series Q common stock

    564,814     892  

Series R common stock

    1,920,610     3,073  

Series S common stock

    3,085,889     3,765  

Stock options exchanged

    1,278,221     870  
           

    10,083,613   $ 17,397  
           

F-17


Table of Contents


Convio, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

3. Acquisition of GetActive Software, Inc. (Continued)

    In conjunction with the acquisition, each series of the Company's convertible preferred stock was converted into Series A convertible preferred stock and Series P common stock at various rates of conversion (See note 9). Immediately following the acquisition, the Company had shares outstanding under Series A and B convertible preferred stock and Series P, Q, R and S common stock.

    The conversions of the historical Series A, B, C and D convertible preferred stock and historical common stock are summarized in the table below:

 
  Prior to
Conversion
  Subsequent
to
Conversion
 

Common Stock:

             
 

Historical

    2,481,056      
 

Series P common stock

        13,891,620  

Convertible Preferred Stock:

             
 

Historical Series A convertible preferred stock

    1,502,394      
 

Historical Series B convertible preferred stock

    2,977,416      
 

Historical Series C convertible preferred stock

    5,142,552      
 

Historical Series D convertible preferred stock

    9,103,840      
 

Series A convertible preferred stock

        8,625,609  

    The application of purchase accounting requires that the total purchase price be allocated to the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their fair value at the acquisition date, with amounts exceeding the fair values being recorded as goodwill. The allocation process requires an analysis of acquired fixed assets, contracts, customer lists and relationships, contractual commitments, legal contingencies and brand value to identify and record the fair value of all assets acquired and liabilities assumed. In valuing acquired assets and assumed liabilities, fair values were based on, but not limited to: future expected discounted cash flows for trade names and customer relationships; current replacement cost for fixed assets; comparable market rates for contractual obligations and certain investments and liabilities; expected settlement amounts for litigation and contingencies; and appropriate discount rates and growth rates.

    Under the purchase method of accounting, the assets and liabilities of GetActive were recorded at their respective fair values as of the date of acquisition, February 16, 2007, and goodwill in the amount of $5,527,000 was recorded.

    The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the GetActive assets acquired and liabilities assumed and related deferred income taxes as of acquisition date (in thousands):

Assets Acquired:

       
 

Current assets

  $ 3,215  
 

Property and equipment

    1,098  
 

Other long-term assets

    123  
 

Customer relationships

    7,007  
 

Agreements not to compete

    110  
 

Acquired technology

    3,049  
 

Tradenames

    1,850  
 

Goodwill

    5,527  
       

Total assets acquired

    21,979  

Liabilities Assumed:

       
 

Deferred revenue

    1,711  
 

Current liabilities, excluding current portion of long-term debt

    2,122  
 

Long-term debt

    216  
       

Total liabilities assumed

    4,049  
       

Net assets acquired

  $ 17,930  
       

F-18


Table of Contents


Convio, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

3. Acquisition of GetActive Software, Inc. (Continued)

    The purchased intangibles and goodwill are not deductible for tax purposes. However, purchase accounting allows for the establishment of deferred tax liabilities on purchased intangibles (other than goodwill) that will be reflected as a tax benefit on the Company's future consolidated statement of operations in proportion to and over the amortization period of the related intangible asset.

Restructuring Expense

    In conjunction with the acquisition, the Company implemented a restructuring plan to reduce headcount and infrastructure and consolidate the operations of Convio and GetActive. The Company recorded $284,000 in severance-related restructuring charges. As of December 31, 2009, there was no remaining restructuring accrual. In accordance with then applicable accounting standards, all restructuring charges related to the GetActive acquisition were recognized as a part of the purchase price allocation.

    Severance related restructuring charges include one-time termination benefits to involuntarily terminated employees for services previously rendered. In 2007, the Company terminated the employment of approximately 13 employees in positions throughout the professional services, sales, marketing and general and administrative organizations in all geographies.

4. Property and Equipment

    Property and equipment, which includes software purchased or developed for internal use, is comprised of the following (in thousands):

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2008   2009  

Computer software (including software under capital lease of $13 in 2008 and 2009)

  $ 1,153   $ 1,207  

Computer equipment (including equipment under capital lease of $2,088 and $1,117 in 2008 and 2009, respectively)

    8,274     9,609  

Furniture and fixtures (including furniture and fixtures under capital lease of $128 in 2008 and 2009)

    989     1,261  

Leasehold improvements

    553     642  
           

    10,969     12,719  

Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization

    (7,156 )   (9,443 )
           

  $ 3,813   $ 3,276  
           

5. Fair Value Measurements

    On January 1, 2008 we adopted an accounting standard that defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value as well as expands on required disclosures regarding fair value measurements. This standard applies to reported balances that are required or permitted to be measured at fair value under existing accounting pronouncements; accordingly, the standard does not require any new fair value measurements of reported balances. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements of the Company. The guidance establishes a fair value hierarchy that requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. A financial instrument's categorization within the fair value hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The guidance establishes three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:

Level 1—Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

F-19


Table of Contents


Convio, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

5. Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

Level 2—Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets with insufficient volume or infrequent transactions (less active markets); or model-derived valuations in which all significant inputs are observable or can be derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

Level 3—Unobservable inputs to the valuation methodology that are significant to the measurement of fair value of assets or liabilities.

    The Company measures certain financial instruments at fair value on a recurring basis. As of December 31, 2009, those instruments were comprised of cash equivalents invested in money market mutual funds and preferred stock warrants. The fair value of the preferred stock liability was estimated using the Black-Scholes valuation model. The fair value of these assets was determined using the following inputs at December 31, 2009:

 
   
  Fair Value measurements at reporting date using  
 
  Total   Quoted prices in
active markets for
identical assets
(Level 1)
  Significant other
observable inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
unobservable inputs
(Level 3)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 16,662   $ 16,662          

Convertible preferred stock warrant liability

    1,375           $ 1,375  

    Changes in Level 3 assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis for 2009 were as follows:

December 31, 2008

  $ 561  

Unrealized gains (losses), net

    814  
       

December 31, 2009

  $ 1,375  
       

F-20


Table of Contents


Convio, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

6. Long-term Debt and Subordinated Debt

    Long-term debt consists of the following (in thousands):

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2008   2009  

Notes entered into during 2005:
Horizon Technology Funding Company LLC — subordinated promissory note in the principal amount of $3,000,000, bearing interest at 11.87% annually and an additional subordinated promissory note in the principal amount of $1,000,000, bearing interest at 12.32% annually and both matured on July 1, 2009. 

  $ 898   $  

Notes entered into during 2007 and amended in 2009:
Comerica Bank — on July 31, 2009 the Company entered into an amended debt facility for a $10,000,000 revolving line of credit which was an increase from the previous $6,000,000 line of credit to finance working capital requirements. $1,000,000 of the amount is non-formula based and may be borrowed without regard to any borrowing base limitations. The remaining amounts are formula-based and capped at 80% of eligible accounts receivable. Amounts borrowed may be repaid and reborrowed at any time prior to April 26, 2011 at which time the entire principal balance outstanding will become due and payable. Amounts outstanding under this revolving line of credit bear interest at the greater of the daily adjusting LIBOR (floor of 2%) plus 300 basis points or the daily adjusted LIBOR plus 325 basis points (5% at December 31, 2009). 

   
975
   
975
 

Comerica Bank — term loan in the amount of the outstanding balance on the previous $3,000,000 equipment line as of July 31, 2009 which financed the acquisition of property and equipment. The outstanding principal balance at March 26, 2008 became payable in equal monthly installments beginning in March 2008 and maturing in February 2011 with the remaining principal draws outstanding at October 26, 2008 becoming payable in equal monthly installments beginning in October 2008 and maturing in September 2011. Amounts outstanding under this term loan bear interest at the greater of the daily adjusting LIBOR (floor of 2%) plus 300 basis points or the daily adjusted LIBOR plus 325 basis points (5% at December 31, 2009)

   
1,903
   
1,130
 
           

   
3,776
   
2,105
 

Less current portion

   
2,646
   
773
 
           

Long-term portion

 
$

1,130
 
$

1,332
 
           

Available for future borrowings under term loans and lines of credit

 
$

3,741
 
$

3,416
 
           

    As of December 31, 2008 and 2009, the Company had outstanding letters of credit in the amount of $2,284,000 and $2,634,000, respectively. These letters of credit are associated with the Company's lease agreements in Austin, Texas and Washington, D.C.

    The Comerica term loan and the line of credit contain certain financial covenants and restrictions as to various matters including the Company's ability to pay dividends and effect mergers or acquisitions without the bank's prior approval. As of December 31, 2009, the Company was in compliance with all such covenants.

    Total interest expense incurred in 2007, 2008 and 2009 was approximately $883,000, $691,000 and $355,000, respectively.

    As of December 31, 2009, the minimum principal payments due under all of the Company's debt arrangements were as follows (in thousands):

2010

  $ 773  

2011

    1,332  

2012

     
       
 

Total

  $ 2,105  
       

F-21


Table of Contents


Convio, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

7. Commitments and Contingencies

    On November 17, 2006, the Company entered into an office building lease with RREEF Domain, LP pursuant to which Convio was leasing approximately 67,000 square feet in an office facility located in Austin, Texas. In January 2008, the Company entered into an amendment to that lease pursuant to which Convio is leasing an additional 23,000 square feet for a total of approximately 90,000 square feet and the Company began occupying the additional space in January 2009. The lease has a term of seventy-eight months, which commenced in April 2007. The lease agreement contains escalating rent payments, which may be adjusted for component charges, taxes, insurance and maintenance related to the property. The total basic rent payable over the full seventy-eight month lease term (net of three months rent abatement) will be approximately $8,678,000. The Austin office under the lease serves as the Company's headquarters, replacing the Company's former facility in Austin, whose lease was terminated on December 31, 2007. Upon termination of the previous office facilities in Austin, the Company was required to pay an early termination fee of approximately $35,000.

    In conjunction with the acquisition of GetActive, Convio acquired lease obligations for office space in Berkley, California and Washington, D.C. under multi-year operating lease agreements which began to expire in 2009.

    On April 3, 2009, the Company entered into an office building lease with 1255 23rd Street, L.P. pursuant to which Convio is leasing approximately 12,000 square feet in an office facility located in Washington, D.C. Pursuant to the agreement, Convio will lease an additional 2,600 square feet beginning on August 1, 2013. The lease has a term of one hundred twenty months, which commenced on August 1, 2009. The lease agreement contains escalating rent payments, which may be adjusted for component charges, taxes, insurance and maintenance related to the property. The total basic rent payable over the full 120 month lease term will be approximately $7,420,000. The Company's former lease for office space in Washington, D.C. expired on July 31, 2009.

    Consolidated rental expense was approximately $1,493,000, $1,552,000 and $2,165,000 for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively. Rent expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the life of the leases.

    In March 2006, the Company entered into a capital lease agreement with ATEL Ventures, Inc. to fund certain purchases of equipment. In 2006, the Company received funding under two equipment schedules resulting in a total lease obligation of approximately $970,000 of which approximately $175,000 and $0 was outstanding as of December 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively. In 2007, the Company received funding under two additional equipment schedules resulting in an increase to the lease obligation of approximately $938,000, of which approximately $394,000 and $65,000 was outstanding as of December 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively. As of December 31, 2009, a total of approximately $65,000 remains outstanding under the ATEL capital lease agreement. The lease agreement provides for equal monthly rental payments over a 36 month period beginning the first full month following funding. The ability to borrow under this lease agreement expired on March 31, 2007.

    In conjunction with the acquisition of GetActive, Convio acquired various capital lease obligations for property and equipment. As of December 31, 2009, the total of the acquired capital lease obligations was $41,000. The acquired capital leases began to expire in 2009.

F-22


Table of Contents


Convio, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

7. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

    Future minimum payments as of December 31, 2009, under operating and capital lease obligations are as follows (in thousands):

 
  Capital
Leases
  Operating
Leases
 

2010

  $ 96   $ 2,446  

2011

    17     2,320  

2012

        2,275  

2013

        1,997  

2014

        775  

Thereafter

        3,852  
           

Total minimum lease payments

    113   $ 13,665  
             

Less: amount representing interest and sales tax

    (7 )      
             

Present value of capital lease obligations

    106        

Less: current portion of capital lease obligations

    (90 )      
             

Long-term capital lease obligations

  $ 16        
             

    From time to time, the Company is subject to various claims that arise in the normal course of business. In the opinion of management, the Company is unaware of any pending or unasserted claims that would have a material adverse effect on the financial position, liquidity or results of the Company.

    Certain executive officers are entitled to certain payments if they are terminated without cause or as a result of a change in control. Upon termination without cause, and not as a result of death or disability, each of such officers is entitled to receive a payment of base salary for four to six months following termination of employment and certain officers will be entitled to continue to receive coverage under medical and dental benefit plans for four to six months or until such officers are covered under a separate plan from another employer. Upon a termination other than for cause or with good reason following a change in control, each of such officers will be entitled to the same benefits as upon termination without cause and will also be entitled to certain acceleration of such officer's outstanding unvested options at the time of such termination.

8. Income Taxes

    The components of the provision (benefit) for income taxes attributable to continuing operations are as follows for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009 (in thousands):

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2008   2009  

Income tax provision:

             
 

Current:

             
   

Federal

  $   $ 25  
   

Foreign

         
   

State

        194  
           
 

Total Current

        219  
           
 

Deferred:

             
   

Federal

         
   

Foreign

         
   

State

         
           
 

Total Deferred

         
           
 

Total Provision

  $   $ 219  
           

F-23


Table of Contents


Convio, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

8. Income Taxes (Continued)

    As of December 31, 2009, the Company had federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $32.3 million and a research and development credit carryforward of approximately $1.1 million. The net operating loss and research and development credits will begin to expire in 2021 if not utilized.

    Utilization of the net operating losses and tax credits may be subject to substantial annual limitation due to the "change in ownership" provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. The annual limitation may result in the expiration of net operating losses and research and development credits before utilization.

    Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of the Company's deferred taxes as of December 31, 2008 and 2009 are as follows (in thousands):

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2008   2009  

Deferred tax assets:

             
 

Current deferred tax assets:

             
     

Bad debt

  $ 117   $ 83  
     

Accrued liabilities

    561     430  
     

Deferred rent

    192     259  
           
 

Gross current deferred tax assets

    870     772  
 

Valuation allowance

    (852 )   (684 )
           
 

Net current deferred tax assets

    18     88  
           
 

Noncurrent deferred tax assets:

             
   

Net operating loss carryforwards

    17,033     11,614  
   

Research and development credit & AMT carryforwards

    1,572     1,303  
   

Deferred revenue

    1,154     1,183  
   

State tax credits

    464     453  
   

Depreciation and amortization

    541     767  
   

Other

    208     544  
           
 

Gross noncurrent deferred tax assets

    20,972     15,864  
 

Valuation allowance

    (18,326 )   (14,048 )
           
 

Net noncurrent deferred tax assets

    2,646     1,816  
           

Deferred tax liabilities:

             
   

Current deferred tax liabilities

             
   

Prepaid expense

    (105 )   (182 )
           
 

Total current deferred tax liabilities

    (105 )   (182 )
           
 

Noncurrent deferred tax liabilities

             
     

Intangibles

    (2,559 )   (1,722 )
           

Total noncurrent deferred tax liabilities

    (2,559 )   (1,722 )
           

Net current deferred tax liability

    (87 )   (94 )
           

Net noncurrent deferred tax asset

  $ 87     94  
           

    The Company has established a valuation allowance equal to the net deferred tax assets due to uncertainties regarding the realization of deferred tax assets based on the Company's lack of earnings history. During 2009, the valuation allowance decreased by $4.4 million, primarily due to taxable income from operations and the reduction of net operating losses and research and development credits not previously benefited. During 2008, the valuation allowance increased by $1.5 million, primarily due to tax losses from operations.

F-24


Table of Contents


Convio, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

8. Income Taxes (Continued)

    As of December 31, 2009, the valuation allowance includes approximately $515,000 related to the acquisition of GetActive's net deferred tax assets. The initial recognition of these acquired deferred tax asset items will result in a benefit to income taxes.

    The Company's provision (benefit) for income taxes attributable to continuing operations differs from the expected tax expense (benefit) amount computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate of 34% to income from continuing operations before income taxes in 2007, 2008 and 2009, primarily as a result of the following (in thousands):

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2007   2008   2009  

Federal statutory rate

    (34.0 )%   (34.0 )%   (34.0 )%

State taxes, net of federal benefit

    (1.5 )   (2.3 )   9.4  

Increase in deferred tax valuation allowance

    33.4     40.2     (8.6 )

Permanent items

    0.8     1.6     2.8  

Research and development tax credits

    (0.3 )   2.3     (6.3 )

Warrant revaluation

    5.4     (16.4 )   14.8  

Stock compensation

    2.2     10.3     30.7  

Change in Texas tax law

    (4.5 )        

Other

    (1.5 )   (1.7 )   2.8  
               

    %   %   11.6 %
               

    Effective January 1, 2007, the Company adopted a new accounting standard relating to the accounting for uncertain tax positions. The Company recorded no additional tax liability as a result of the adoption of this standard and no adjustments to the January 1, 2007 balance of retained earnings. The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits as of January 1, 2009 was $154,000. The reconciliation of unrecognized tax benefits at the beginning and end of the year is as follows (in thousands):

Balance at January 1, 2008

  $ 154  

Additions based on tax positions related to the current year

    17  

Decreases based on tax positions related to prior years

    (23 )
       

Balance at December 31, 2008

  $ 148  
       

    Due to the existence of the valuation allowance, future changes in unrecognized tax benefits will not impact the Company's effective tax rate.

    The Company's practice is to recognize interest and/or penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense. During 2009, the Company did not recognize any interest or penalties.

    The Company files consolidated and separate tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and in several state jurisdictions. The Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal income tax examinations for years before 2006 and is no longer subject to state and local income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2005. The Company is not currently under audit for federal, state or any foreign jurisdictions.

F-25


Table of Contents


Convio, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

9. Stockholders' Equity

Series A, B and C Convertible Preferred Stock and Series P, Q, R and S Common Stock

    Convertible preferred stock as of December 31, 2008 and 2009 consisted of the following:

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2008   2009  

Series A convertible preferred stock: $0.001 par value; 8,979,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2008 and 2009; 8,625,608 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2008 and 2009

  $ 17,251   $ 17,251  

Series B convertible preferred stock: $0.001 par value; 3,234,079 shares authorized at December 31, 2008 and 2009; 3,234,079 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2008 and 2009

    6,468     6,468  

Series C convertible preferred stock: $0.001 par value; 3,242,812 shares authorized at December 31, 2008 and 2009; 3,242,806 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2008 and 2009

    10,150     10,150  
           
 

Total convertible preferred stock

  $ 33,869   $ 33,869  
           

    In February 2007, in conjunction with the acquisition of GetActive, the Company's historic Series A, B, C and D convertible preferred stock were converted into Series A convertible preferred stock and Series P common stock. In addition, the Company issued Series B convertible preferred stock and Series Q, R and S common stock to former GetActive stockholders in connection with the acquisition (See Note 3). Immediately following the acquisition, the Company had shares outstanding under Series A and B convertible preferred stock and Series P, Q, R and S common stock.

    In April 2007, the Company issued 3,242,806 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock to fund continued operations of the consolidated Company. The stock was issued for $10,150,000 cash, excluding related offering expenses of $76,000.

    The Company is authorized to issue up to a maximum of 18,155,891 shares of preferred stock. The Company's board of directors has the authority to fix the powers, designations, preferences, and rights of any undesignated preferred stock. This includes, without limitation, the dividend rate, conversion rights, voting rights, redemption price and liquidation preferences, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions on such preferences or rights.

    The holders of the Series C convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive dividends when, as and if declared by the board of directors, in preference to a declaration or payment of a dividend, at a rate of $0.2504 per share. In addition, the holders of the Series A and Series B convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive dividends, when, as and if declared by the board of directors, in preference to any common stock of the Company. The dividends are non-cumulative. As of December 31, 2009, no dividends have been declared by the Board.

    The holders of Series A, Series B and Series C convertible preferred stock have voting rights equal to common stock on an "as-if-converted" basis. All, but not less than all, of the outstanding shares of Series A and Series B convertible preferred stock may be converted into shares of Series P common stock and Series Q common stock, respectively, at the election of the holders of two-thirds of the outstanding shares of Series A and Series B convertible preferred stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis. All, but not less than all, of the oustanding shares of Series C convertible preferred stock may be converted into shares of Series P common stock at the election of the holders of two-thirds of the outstanding shares of Series C convertible preferred stock, voting on an as-converted basis. The Series A, Series B and Series C shares are convertible at the initial rate of one share of the applicable series of common stock for each share of Series A, B or C convertible preferred stock, subject to adjustment for certain dilutive events. The preferred stock is not redeemable.

F-26


Table of Contents


Convio, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

9. Stockholders' Equity (Continued)

    The Series A, Series B and Series C convertible preferred stock will be automatically converted into shares of Series P common stock at the aforementioned conversion rate in the event of an underwritten public offering with an aggregate offering price of not less than $40,000,000 and a fully-diluted pre-money valuation of at least $200,000,000. Accordingly, the Company has reserved 15,455,891 shares of common stock for the conversion of Series A, Series B and Series C convertible preferred stock.

    Immediately prior to the closing of its initial public offering all Series Q, Series R and Series S common stock will be converted into Series P common stock, and all Series P common stock will be redesignated as common stock.

    In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company in which total assets payable to all holders of capital stock of the Company are less than $130,000,000, each holder of Series A, Series B and Series C convertible preferred stock is entitled to receive $2.00, $2.00 and $3.13 per share, respectively, plus all declared but unpaid dividends, prior to and in preference to any distribution to the holders of common stock. In the event total assets payable to all holders of capital stock of the Company are equal to or greater than $130,000,000, each holder of Series C convertible preferred stock is entitled to receive $3.13 per share plus all declared but unpaid dividends, prior to and in preference to any distribution to the holders of other classes or series of stock. After such distribution to Series C convertible preferred stockholders, the remaining assets, if any, are to be distributed to holders of preferred and common stock, with preferred stock on as deemed to be converted basis, until holders of Series C convertible preferred stock receive $6.30 per share of Series C convertible preferred stock. Thereafter, any remaining assets are divided ratably on as-converted basis among holders of Series A and Series B convertible preferred stock and common stock.

    As to the common stock holders, the assets will be distributed pari passu among the holders of Series P common stock on the one hand and the holders of Series Q, Series R and Series S common stock on the other hand in proportion to the number of outstanding shares of common stock held by holders of Series P common stock to the number of of outstanding shares of common stock (as as-if-converted to Series P common basis) held by holders of Series Q, Series R and Series S common stock. For Series P common stock, distribution amount per share is the quotient of the outstanding shares of common stock held by holders of Series P common stock divided by the total number of outstanding shares of Series P common stock. For Series Q, Series R and Series S common stock, in the event the total assets payable to all holders of capital stock of the Company are less than $130,000,000, (1) each holder of Series Q common stock will receive $0.681219 per share (as adjusted for dilution) in preference to Series R and Series S common stock, (2) after full payment to Series Q common stock holders, Series R common holders will receive $0.776913 (as adjusted for dilution) in preference to Series S common stock and (3) the remaining assets will be distributed to Series Q, Series R and Series S holders on a pro rata basis. In the event the total assets payable to all holders of capital stock of the Company are equal to or greater than $130,000,000 but less than or equal to $205,000,000, (1) each holder of Series Q common stock will receive $1.923631 per share (as adjusted for dilution) in preference to Series R and Series S common stock, (2) after full payment to Series Q common stock holders, the remaining assets will be distributed to Series Q, Series R and Series S holders on a pro rata basis. For Series Q, Series R and Series S common stock, in the event the total assets payable to all holders of capital stock of the Company are greater than $205,000,000, the assets distributable to holders of Series Q, Series R and Series S common stock will be distributed to Series Q, Series R and Series S holders on a pro rata basis.

F-27


Table of Contents


Convio, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

9. Stockholders' Equity (Continued)

    The merger or consolidation of the Company into another entity or the sale, lease, conveyance, exclusive license or other disposition of substantially all of the assets of the Company in which the owners of the Company's equity securities immediately prior to such event do not own at least a majority of the surviving or resulting entity shall be deemed a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company. As the "redemption" event is outside of the Company's control, all shares of convertible preferred stock have been presented outside of permanent equity in the accompanying balance sheet. The Company has also considered the accounting guidance provided in ASC Topic 480 and concluded that since the convertible preferred shares are not mandatorily redeemable, but rather are only contingently redeemable, and given that the redemption event is not certain to occur, the shares have not been accounted for as a liability in any of the periods presented.

Stock Warrants

    As of December 31, 2009, there were 717,807 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants, assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock and common stock into shares of a single class of common stock immediately prior to the closing of the IPO. The warrants had a weighted average exercise price of $1.59 per share.

    In conjunction with bank debt facilities executed during 2000 and 2001, the Company issued two warrants to issue up to an aggregate of 3,846 shares of Series A convertible preferred stock which were adjusted by the terms of the warrant agreements to be exercisable for Series B convertible preferred stock in connection with the sale and issuance of the Company's Series B convertible preferred stock. The price per share as defined in the warrant agreements initially contained a variable pricing feature based on the timing of and amount of funds raised in connection with the sale and issuance of the Company's Series B convertible preferred stock. During 2002, the Company closed its sale and issuance of the Series B convertible preferred stock, thus fixing the warrant price at $4.04 per share. The warrants were scheduled to expire on October 26, 2007 and February 21, 2008, respectively. In conjunction with the GetActive acquisition, the warrants were converted into 5,084 units, which consists of a right to acquire 2,366 shares of Series P common stock and 2,718 shares of Series A convertible preferred stock, at an exercise price of $4.04 per unit. In addition, in connection with an October 2007 debt facility with the same bank, the Company extended the expiration date of the warrants to October 26, 2009 and February 21, 2010, respectively and in connection with the July 2009 amendment to this debt facility, the Company extended the expiration date of the warrants to October 26, 2011 and February 21, 2012, respectively. The Company valued the warrants on the issuance date at approximately $11,000 using the Black-Scholes valuation method using zero dividend yield, expected volatility of 0.70, risk-free interest rate of 6.5% and expected life of 7 years. The value of the warrants was recorded as a debt issuance cost and was amortized to interest expense over the term of the underlying debt agreements. The debt issuance cost was fully amortized during 2003.

    In conjunction with bank debt facilities executed during 2003, the Company issued a warrant to issue up to 50,962 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock. The price per share as defined in the warrant agreement is $1.08 per share. The warrant was scheduled to expire on April 3, 2010; provided, however, that if the Company completes its initial public offering within the three-year period immediately prior to that date, the warrant expiration date shall automatically be extended until the third anniversary of the effective date of the Company's initial public offering. In conjunction with the GetActive acquisition, the warrant was converted into 50,961 units, which consists of a right to acquire 44,087 shares of Series P common stock and 6,874 shares of Series A convertible preferred stock, at an exercise price of $1.08 per

F-28


Table of Contents


Convio, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

9. Stockholders' Equity (Continued)


unit. In addition, in connection with an October 2007 debt facility with the same bank, the Company extended the expiration date of the warrants to April 3, 2012. The Company valued the warrants on the issuance date at approximately $38,000 using the Black-Scholes valuation method using zero dividend yield, expected volatility of 0.70, risk-free interest rate of 3.49% and expected life of 7 years. The warrant value was recorded as a debt issuance cost and is being amortized to interest expense over the term of the underlying debt agreement. During 2005, approximately $11,000 was amortized to interest expense. The debt issuance cost was fully amortized during the year ended December 31, 2005.

    In conjunction with bank debt facilities executed during 2004, the Company issued a warrant to issue up to 20,000 shares of Series D convertible preferred stock. The price per share as defined in the warrant agreement is $1.66 per share. The warrant was scheduled to expire on December 21, 2011; provided, however, that if the Company completes its initial public offering within the three-year period immediately prior to that date, the warrant expiration date shall automatically be extended until the third anniversary of the effective date of the Company's initial public offering. In conjunction with the GetActive acquisition, the warrant was converted into 19,999 units, which consists of a right to acquire 9,218 shares of Series P common stock and 10,781 shares of Series A convertible preferred stock, at an exercise price of $1.66 per unit. In addition, in connection with an October 2007 debt facility with the same bank, the Company extended the expiration date of the warrants to December 21, 2013. The Company valued the warrants on the issuance date at approximately $23,000 using the Black-Scholes valuation method using zero dividend yield, expected volatility of 0.70, risk-free interest rate of 3.89% and expected life of 7 years. The warrant value was recorded as a debt issuance cost and is being amortized to interest expense over the term of the underlying debt agreement. In December 2005, the Company repaid the bank debt facility in full using proceeds from its new debt facility. As such, the entire debt discount was allocated to interest expense during 2005.

    In conjunction with the issuance of Series D preferred stock in July 2004, the Company issued a warrant to issue up to 273,115 shares of Series D preferred stock as a broker fee to Piper Jaffray & Co. The price per share as defined in the warrant agreement is $1.66 per share. The warrant expires on the earlier of: (i) July 2, 2011; (ii) the sale of all or substantially all of the Company's assets or the acquisition of the Company by another entity; or (iii) the second anniversary of the closing of the Company's initial public offering with aggregate gross proceeds of not less than $20,000,000 and which results in mandatory conversion of the Company's convertible preferred stock. In conjunction with the GetActive acquisition, the warrant was converted into 273,114 units, which consists of a right to acquire 125,890 shares of Series P common stock and 147,224 shares of Series A preferred stock, at an exercise price of $1.66 per unit. The Company valued the warrants on the issuance date at approximately $313,000 using the Black-Scholes valuation method using zero dividend yield, expected volatility of 0.70, risk-free interest rate of 3.89% and expected life of 7 years. The value of the warrant was recorded as an offering expense offset against the proceeds of the Series D convertible preferred stock offering.

    In conjunction with bank debt facilities executed in December 2005, the Company issued a warrant to issue up to 18,087 shares of Series D convertible preferred stock. The price per share as defined in the warrant agreement is $1.66 per share. The warrant expires on December 27, 2012. In conjunction with the GetActive acquisition, the warrant was converted into 18,086 units, which consists of a right to acquire 8,337 shares of Series P common stock and 9,749 shares of Series A convertible preferred stock, at an exercise price of $1.66 per unit. The Company valued the warrants on the date of issuance at approximately $21,000 using the Black-Scholes valuation method using zero dividend yield, expected volatility of 0.70, risk-free interest rate of 3.89% and expected life of 7 years. The warrant value was

F-29


Table of Contents


Convio, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

9. Stockholders' Equity (Continued)


recorded as a debt issuance cost and was amortized to interest expense over the term of the underlying debt agreement. This debt facility expired in December 2007.

    In conjunction with entering into a subordinated credit facility of $3.0 million in December 2005, the Company issued two warrants to issue up to an aggregate of 232,116 shares of Series D preferred stock. The price per share as defined in the warrant agreements is $1.66 per share. The warrants expire on December 27, 2012. In conjunction with the GetActive acquisition, the warrant was converted into 232,115 units, which consists of a right to acquire 106,992 shares of Series P common stock and 125,123 shares of Series A preferred stock, at an exercise price of $1.66 per unit. The Company valued the warrants on the date of issuance at approximately $266,000 using the Black-Scholes valuation method using zero dividend yield, expected volatility of 0.70, risk-free interest rate of 3.89% and expected life of 7 years. The value of the warrants was recorded as a debt issuance cost and was amortized to interest expense over the term of the underlying promissory note. The promissory note matured on July 1, 2009 and the debt issuance cost was fully amortized during the year ended December 31, 2009.

    In conjunction with entering into the subordinated credit facility of $1.0 million in March 2006, the Company issued a warrant to issue up to 33,160 shares of Series D preferred stock. The price per share as defined in the warrant agreement is $1.66 per share. The warrant expires on March 29, 2016. In conjunction with the GetActive acquisition, the warrant was converted into 33,159 units, which consists of a right to acquire 15,284 shares of Series P common stock and 17,875 shares of Series A preferred stock, at an exercise price of $1.66 per unit. The Company valued the warrant on the date of issuance at approximately $38,000 using the Black-Scholes valuation method using zero dividend yield, expected volatility of 0.70, risk-free interest rate of 3.89% and expected life of 7 years. The warrant value was recorded as a debt issuance cost and was amortized to interest expense over the term of the underlying promissory note. The promissory note matured on July 1, 2009.

    In conjunction with a capital lease agreement executed in March 2006, the Company issued a warrant to issue up to 60,290 shares of Series D preferred stock. The price per share as defined in the warrant agreement is $1.66 per share. The warrant expires on March 31, 2016. In conjunction with the GetActive acquisition, the warrant was converted into 60,289 units, which consists of a right to acquire 27,790 shares of Series P common stock and 32,499 shares of Series A convertible preferred stock, at an exercise price of $1.66 per unit. The Company valued the warrant on the date of issuance at approximately $69,000 using the Black-Scholes valuation method using zero dividend yield, expected volatility of 0.70, risk-free interest rate of 3.89% and expected life of 7 years. The warrant value was recorded as a debt issuance cost and is being amortized to interest expense over the term of the underlying capital lease agreement which matures in April 2010.

    In May 2006, the Company issued a warrant to issue up to 25,000 shares of common stock as a charitable contribution. The price per share as defined in the warrant agreement is $0.70 per share. The warrant expires on May 25, 2013. The Company valued the warrant on the date of issuance at approximately $12,000 using the Black-Scholes valuation method using zero dividend yield, expected volatility of 0.70, risk-free interest rate of 4.99% and expected life of 7 years. The warrant value was recorded as an operating expense in May 2006.

    As discussed in note 2, the Company accounts for the warrants as liabilities and adjusts the carrying value of the warrants to fair value at the end of each subsequent reporting period with changes being reported in other income/(expense).

F-30


Table of Contents


Convio, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

9. Stockholders' Equity (Continued)

Stock Option Plans

    The Company has in effect equity compensation plans under which incentive stock options and non-qualified stock options have been granted to employees, directors and consultants to purchase shares of the Company's Series P common stock at a price not less than the fair market value of the stock at the date of grant except in the event of a business combination.

2009 Stock Incentive Plan

    During 2009, the Company's Board of Directors approved resolutions to adopt the 2009 Stock Incentive Plan (the "2009 Plan") providing for the issuance of up to 1,648,000 shares of the Company's common stock to directors, employees, consultants and other independent advisors. The share reserve under the 2009 Plan contains an evergreen provision that allows for an annual increase on January 1 of each year equal to the lesser of (a) 4% of the aggregate outstanding shares on the first day of the applicable year and (b) any lesser amount determined by our board of directors. The 2009 Plan provides for the issuance of restricted common stock, incentive stock options or nonqualified stock options. Pursuant to the 2009 Plan, the exercise price for incentive stock options is at least 100% of the fair market value on the date of grant, or for employees owning in excess of 10% of the voting power of all classes of stock, 110% of the fair market value on the date of grant.

    In the event of a change in control, outstanding stock options and other awards that are payable in or convertible into common stock under the 2009 Plan will terminate upon the effective time of the change in control unless provision is made in connection with the transaction for the continuation or assumption of such Awards by, or for the substitution of the equivalent awards under a cash incentive program. Fifty percent of the outstanding stock options and other awards that will terminate upon the effective time of the change in control shall become fully vested immediately before the effective time of the change in control or upon involuntary termination, in the case the participant has completed at least one year of Service with the company prior to the change in control. Participants not completing at least one year of service, shall only vest in that number of outstanding stock options and other awards in which the participant would have vested upon the participant's completion of one year of service.

    As of December 31, 2009, no options had been granted from the 2009 Plan.

1999 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan

    The 1999 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan (the "1999 Plan") provided for the issuance of up to 5,742,399 shares of the Company's common stock to directors, employees, consultants and other independent advisors. During 2006, the Company's Board of Directors approved resolutions to increase the number of shares authorized for issuance under the 1999 Plan from 5,742,399 to 6,742,399. During 2007, the Company's Board of Directors approved resolutions to increase the number of shares authorized for issuance under the 1999 Plan from 6,742,399 to 8,489,399. During 2008, the Company's Board of Directors approved resolutions to increase the number of shares authorized for issuance under the 1999 Plan from 8,489,399 to 10,024,399. During 2009, the Company's Board of Directors approved resolutions to increase the number of shares authorized for issuance under the 1999 Plan from 10,024,399 to 11,161,399. The 1999 Plan provides for the issuance of restricted common stock, incentive stock options or nonqualified stock options. Pursuant to the 1999 Plan, the exercise price for incentive stock options is at least 100% of the fair market value on the date of grant, or for employees owning in

F-31


Table of Contents


Convio, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

9. Stockholders' Equity (Continued)


excess of 10% of the voting power of all classes of stock, 110% of the fair market value on the date of grant.

    Options issued prior to August 2006 generally expire in 10 years, however, beginning in August 2006, the expiration date was changed to 7 years. Vesting periods are determined by the Board of Directors; however, options generally vest 25% after the completion of one year of service, with the remaining balance vesting on a pro rata basis monthly for thirty-six months. Grants issued prior to January 1, 2003 and select nonqualified grants issued subsequent to that date contain provisions that allow for exercise prior to full vesting. In connection with the exercise of these options pursuant to the 1999 Plan, employees entered into restricted stock purchase agreements with the Company. Under the terms of these agreements, the Company has a right to repurchase any unvested shares at the original exercise price of the shares upon the employee's termination of service to the Company. The repurchase rights lapse ratably over the vesting term of the original grant.

    In the event of a change in control, the accelerated vesting of certain outstanding options will automatically occur unless the successor corporation assumes the options and the right to repurchase, or the options are replaced with a cash incentive program.

    The 1999 Plan expired on November 9, 2009.

2000 & 2006 GetActive Plans

    In connection with the Company's acquisition of GetActive, the Company assumed GetActive's 2000 Stock Option Plan (the "2000 Plan") and 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (the "2006 Plan") (collectively, the "GetActive Plans") including all of the outstanding stock options issued under the GetActive Plans. The stock options under the GetActive Plans that the Company assumed became options to purchase an aggregate of 1,278,221 shares of the Company's common stock with exercise prices ranging from $0.03 to $1.24 per share.

    The options outstanding under the GetActive Plans generally vest with respect to 25% of the shares one year after the options' vesting commencement date and the remainder ratably on a monthly basis over the following three years. Options granted under the GetActive Plans have a maximum term of 10 years. Options could be exercised at any time, and stock issued under the GetActive Plans could be, as determined by the Board, subject to repurchase by the Company. This right to repurchase generally lapses over four years from the original date of issuance or grant. As of December 31, 2009, 461 outstanding shares were subject to repurchase by the Company.

    Stock compensation expense recorded for all of the stock option plans in 2007, 2008 and 2009 was $691,000, $1,556,000 and $2,502,000, respectively.

    The Company uses the Black-Scholes model to estimate the fair value of its share-based payment awards. The Black-Scholes model requires estimates regarding the risk-free rate of return, dividend yields, expected life of the award and estimated forfeitures of awards during the service period. The calculation of expected volatility is based on historical volatility for comparable industry peer groups over periods of time equivalent to the expected life of each stock option grant. As the Company has no history of trading in the public equity markets, the Company believes that comparable industry peer groups provide a more reasonable measurement of volatility in order to calculate an accurate fair value of each stock award. The expected term is calculated based on the weighted average of the remaining vesting term and the remaining contractual life of each award. The Company bases the estimate of risk-free rate

F-32


Table of Contents


Convio, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

9. Stockholders' Equity (Continued)


on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant or modification. The Company has never paid cash dividends and does not currently intend to pay cash dividends, and thus has assumed a dividend yield of zero.

    The Company estimates potential forfeitures of stock grants and adjust compensation cost recorded accordingly. The estimate of forfeitures will be adjusted over the requisite service period to the extent that actual forfeitures differ, or are expected to differ, from such estimates. Changes in estimated forfeitures will be recognized through a cumulative catch-up adjustment in the period of change and will also impact the amount of stock compensation expense to be recognized in future periods.

    A summary of the changes in common stock options issued under all of the existing stock options plans is as follows:

 
  Shares   Range of
Exercise
Prices
  Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price

Options outstanding, December 31, 2006

    4,738,524   $0.30–$6.00   $0.45

Granted

    2,304,450   $1.46–$4.50   $2.48

Options exchanged in connection with the acquisition of GetActive

    1,278,221   $0.03–$1.24   $0.34

Exercised

    (1,039,895 ) $0.03–$2.40   $0.37

Surrendered

    (357,942 ) $0.19–$4.17   $0.75
             

Options outstanding, December 31, 2007

    6,923,358   $0.03–$6.00   $0.38

Granted

    1,539,050   $2.11–$3.24   $2.78

Exercised

    (241,217 ) $0.03–$2.10   $0.58

Surrendered

    (312,984 ) $0.30–$4.50   $2.08
             

Options outstanding, December 31, 2008

    7,908,207   $0.03–$6.00   $1.40

Granted

    4,800,155   $1.61–$2.22   $1.68

Exercised

    (71,981 ) $0.19–$1.61   $0.52

Surrendered

    (3,747,938 ) $0.19–$4.50   $2.51
             

Options outstanding, December 31, 2009

    8,888,443   $0.03–$6.00   $1.09
             

    The weighted-average grant-date fair value of options granted during 2007, 2008 and 2009 was $1.95, $1.38 and $0.96, respectively. The fair value of options exchanged upon the acquisition of GetActive was $1.24. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during 2009 was $107,000. The aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding at December 31, 2009 was $17.7 million. The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercisable at December 31, 2009 was $13.5 million. Aggregate intrinsic value is calculated as the difference between the estimated fair value of our common stock at December 31, 2009 and the exercise price of the stock options.

    At December 31, 2009, there were 1,648,000 options available for future grant under the 2009 Plan and the Company had 10,536,443 shares of Series P common stock reserved for the exercise of outstanding stock options and stock options available for grant.

F-33


Table of Contents


Convio, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

9. Stockholders' Equity (Continued)

    The following table summarizes information about options outstanding at December 31, 2009:

   
   
  Options Outstanding   Options Exercisable  
 
Exercise Price
  Number
Outstanding
  Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life
  Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
  Number
Exercisable
and Vested
  Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
 
  $0.03–$0.30     1,331,146     3.46   $ 0.25     1,331,146   $ 0.25  
  $0.31–$0.40     1,766,319     5.04     0.40     1,764,166     0.40  
  $0.41–$2.10     5,743,972     5.77     1.48     2,754,278     1.26  
  $2.11–$3.24     34,750     5.43     2.41     11,290     2.52  
  $3.25–$6.00     12,256     1.89     5.46     10,484     5.64  
                         
        8,888,443     5.27   $ 1.09     5,871,364   $ 0.78  
                         

    Certain stock options have been exercised prior to vesting resulting in the issuance of nonvested shares. A summary of the Company's nonvested shares as of December 31, 2009, and changes during 2009, is presented below:

Nonvested shares
  Shares   Weighted-Average Intrinsic Value  

Nonvested at December 31, 2008

    1,275   $ 4,000  
           

Issued

         

Vested

    (814 )   (3,000 )
           

Nonvested at December 31, 2009

    461   $ 1,000  
           

    As of December 31, 2009, there was $3.9 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested stock-based compensation arrangements granted under the 1999 Plan and the GetActive Plans. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.45 years.

    Cash received from option exercises during 2009 was $37,100. The Company has historically issued new shares to satisfy share option exercises.

Stock Option Exchange

    In February 2009, the Company's board of directors approved a proposal to offer current employees, consultants or directors the opportunity to exchange outstanding eligible stock options for new options. Other than a reduced exercise price, the exchanged stock options had the same terms and conditions as prior to the repricing. The offer was made to eligible option holders on February 16, 2009 and expired on March 16, 2009. Unexercised options that were granted under our 1999 Plan on or after May 9, 2007 and which had an exercise price equal to or greater than $1.61 per share were eligible under this program. Pursuant to the exchange, the Company subsequently canceled options for 3.3 million shares of common stock and issued an equivalent number of new stock options to eligible holders on March 16, 2009 at an exercise price of $1.61 per share. The incremental $590,000 of compensation due to the exchange was allocated between options vested at the date of issuance and unvested options at the date of issuance. The $435,000 related to vested options was expensed on the date of issuance and the remaining $155,000 related to unvested options will be expensed over the remaining vesting period of the option.

F-34


Table of Contents


Convio, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

10. Write Off of Deferred Stock Offering Costs

    In August 2008, the Company withdrew its Form S-1 Registration Statement on file with the Securities and Exchange Commission due to weak market conditions. As a result approximately $1.5 million of prepaid stock offering costs were written off in August 2008.

11. Employee Benefit Plan

    During fiscal 2001, the Company established the Convio 401(k) Plan (the "Convio Plan") for the benefit of substantially all employees. The Company is the administrator of the Convio Plan. During 2006 and 2007, to be eligible for the Convio Plan, employees must have reached the age of 21 and three months of employment with the Company. Effective January 1, 2008, all employees regardless of age are eligible to participate in the Convio Plan immediately upon hire and will be automatically enrolled after 30 days of employment, unless they elect not to participate. Participants may elect to contribute up to 60% of their compensation to the Convio Plan. The Company may make discretionary matching contributions of a participant's compensation as well as discretionary profit-sharing contributions to the Convio Plan. The Company has not contributed to the Convio Plan to date.

    GetActive had a 401(k) plan (the "GetActive Plan") covering all employees who met certain eligibility requirements. Under the GetActive Plan, employees could elect to contribute up to $15,000 of their eligible compensation to the GetActive Plan, subject to certain limitations. No Company-sponsored contributions were made to the GetActive Plan. Former GetActive employees who participated in the GetActive Plan remained enrolled subsequent to the acquisition and through April 19, 2007, at which time the GetActive Plan was merged into the Convio Plan.

12. Subsequent Events

Austin, Texas Sublease

    In January 2010, the Company entered into a sublease agreement pursuant to which Convio will sublet approximately 12,000 square feet of its office facility located in Austin, Texas. The sublease has a term of 44 months.

    As a result of this new sublease agreement, future minimum payments under operating lease obligations will be offset by the rents paid by the subtenant, resulting in net operating lease obligations as follows (in thousands):

 
  Operating Leases  

2010

  $ 2,247  

2011

    2,104  

2012

    2,047  

2013

    1,817  

2014

    775  

Thereafter

    3,852  
       

Total

  $ 12,842  
       

F-35


GRAPHIC



GRAPHIC

                    Shares
Common Stock


PROSPECTUS

                           , 2010


Joint Book-Running Managers

Thomas Weisel Partners LLC   Piper Jaffray



William Blair & Company

JMP Securities

Pacific Crest Securities



Table of Contents


PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13.    Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

    The following table sets forth the expenses, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions, all of which are payable by the us in connection with the sale and distribution of the shares of common stock being registered hereby, including the shares being offered for sale by the selling stockholders. All amounts shown are estimates, except the Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA, filing fee and the NASDAQ Global Market listing fee.

 
  Amount to be paid  

SEC registration fee

  $ 4,099.75 (1)

FINRA filing fee

    6,250  

NASDAQ Global Market listing fee

    *  

Legal fees and expenses

    *  

Accounting fees and expenses

    *  

Printing expenses

    *  

Blue sky qualification fees and expenses

    *  

Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses

    *  

Miscellaneous

    *  
       

Total

  $ *  
       

(1)
Pursuant to Rule 457(p) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, $2,647.88 in fees from a prior registration statement of the Company on Form S-1 (file number 333-145787) filed on August 30, 2007, were used to offset the registration fee associated with this filing. Accordingly, the balance of $1,451.87 has been paid in connection with the initial filing of this registration statement.

*
To be provided by amendment.

Item 14.   Indemnification of Directors and Officers

    Sections 145 and 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorize a court to award, or a corporation's board of directors to grant, indemnity to directors and officers under certain circumstances and subject to certain limitations. The terms of Sections 145 and 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law are sufficiently broad to permit indemnification under certain circumstances for liabilities, including reimbursement of expenses incurred, arising under the Securities Act.

    As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, our certificate of incorporation, which will become effective upon the closing of this offering, includes a provision that eliminates the personal liability of its directors for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability:

for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

for acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law regarding unlawful dividends, stock purchases and redemptions; or

for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

    As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, our bylaws, which will become effective upon the closing of this offering, provide that:

we are required to indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, subject to limited exceptions where indemnification is not permitted by applicable law;

we are required to advance expenses, as incurred, to our directors and officers in connection with a legal proceeding to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law; and

II-1


Table of Contents

the rights conferred in the bylaws are not exclusive.

    In addition, we have entered into indemnity agreements with each of our current directors and officers. These agreements provide for the indemnification of our officers and directors for all expenses and liabilities incurred in connection with any action or proceeding brought against them by reason of the fact that they are or were our agents. At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving a director, officer or employee regarding which indemnification is sought, nor are we aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

    We have obtained directors' and officers' insurance to cover our directors and officers for certain liabilities, including coverage for public securities matters.

    The indemnification provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and the indemnity agreements entered into between us and each of our directors and officers may be sufficiently broad to permit indemnification of our directors and officers for liabilities arising under the Securities Act.

    Reference is also made to section             of the underwriting agreement (Exhibit 1.1 hereto), which provides for the indemnification by the underwriters of us and our executive officers, directors and controlling persons against certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act, in connection with matters specifically provided for in writing by the underwriters for inclusion in this Registration Statement.

    See also the undertakings set out in response to Item 17 of this Registration Statement.

    Reference is made to the following documents filed as exhibits to this Registration Statement regarding relevant indemnification provisions described above and elsewhere herein:

Exhibit document
  Number  

Form of Underwriting Agreement

    1.1  

Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be effective upon the closing of the offering

    3.1.1  

Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws to be effective upon the closing of the offering

    3.2.1  

Form of Indemnity Agreement entered into among Registrant, its affiliates and its directors and executive officers

    10.10  

II-2


Table of Contents

Item 15.   Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

    In the three years preceding the filing of this Registration Statement, we have issued securities listed below that were not registered under the Securities Act. All share and price information in the table below does not reflect the impact of the conversion of all of our preferred stock into common stock immediately prior to consummation of this offering.

Date Of Issuance
  Number of Shares
(shares)
  Aggregate
Purchase Price
  Class of Purchasers
February 2007   564,814 shares of Series Q Common Stock   approximately
$17,400,000(1)
  Institutional/Individual Investors

 

 

1,920,610 shares of Series R Common Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,085,882 shares of Series S Common Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,234,079 shares of Series B Preferred Stock

 

 

 

 

February 2007

 

option to purchase 1,278,221 shares of Series P Common Stock

 

(2)

 

Employees(2)

February 2007

 

15,054,920 shares of Series P Common Stock

 

(3)

 

Existing Stockholders

February 2007

 

8,625,608 shares of Series A Preferred Stock

 

(3)

 

Existing Stockholders

April 2007

 

3,242,806 of Series C preferred stock

 

$10,149,982

 

Institutional/Individual Investors

(1)
Issued in connection with our acquisition of GetActive to the holders of GetActive in exchange for all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of GetActive for an aggregate value of approximately $17.4 million.

(2)
In connection with our acquisition of GetActive, we assumed each outstanding option to purchase common stock and converted these options into options to purchase shares of our Series P common stock.

(3)
In connection with our acquisition of GetActive, we issued these shares to our existing stockholders in exchange for all outstanding shares of our capital stock (the "Recapitalization").

    The issuance of the securities described above in connection with the Recapitalization was deemed to be exempt from registration under Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act. The sales and issuances of the other securities listed above were determined to be exempt from registration under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act or Regulation D thereunder as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering. The purchasers in such transactions were all accredited investors and represented their intention to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for resale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were affixed to the share certificates and other instruments issued in such transactions. The sales of these securities were made without general solicitation or advertising, and there were no underwriters used in connection with the sale of these securities. All of the foregoing securities are deemed restricted securities for the purposes of the Securities Act.

II-3


Table of Contents

    From time to time we have granted stock options and shares of common stock upon the exercise of stock options to employees, directors and consultants in compliance with Rule 701. The following tables set forth information on the stock options and shares of common stock issued by us in the three years preceding the filing of this registration statement:


1999 Plan Stock Option Plan

Date Of Issuance
  Number of Series P
Common Stock Issued
(shares)
  Exercise Price
(per share)
  Class of Purchasers
January 29, 2007   1,000   $ 0.40   Employee
January 31, 2007   750   $ 0.60   Employee
February 15, 2007 - July 26, 2007   604,920   $ 0.40   Employee
March 6, 2007 - July 24, 2007   107,201   $ 0.30   Employee
April 26, 2007   option to purchase 255,500   $ 1.46   Employee
May 9, 2007   option to purchase 1,478,250   $ 2.10   Employee
May 10, 2007 - July 20, 2007   9,020   $ 0.70   Employee
June 12, 2007   option to purchase 128,500   $ 2.80   Employee
August 22, 2007 - September 17, 2007   1,155   $ 0.70   Employee
August 24, 2007 - September 17, 2007   28,778   $ 0.40   Employee
August 31, 2007   750   $ 2.40   Employee
September 28, 2007   option to purchase 352,300   $ 4.17   Employee
October 5, 2007 - October 26, 2007   5,281   $ 0.70   Employee
October 5, 2007 - October 26, 2007   15,326   $ 0.40   Employee
October 25, 2007   option to purchase 44,000   $ 4.50   Employee
October 26, 2007   1,800   $ 0.30   Employee
November 26, 2007 - December 21, 2007   1,968   $ 0.70   Employee
November 29, 2007   500   $ 0.60   Employee
December 19, 2007   2,424   $ 0.30   Employee
December 19, 2007   option to purchase 45,900   $ 4.50   Employee
January 4, 2008 - March 14, 2008   5,554   $ 0.40   Employee
January 15, 2008 - May 13, 2008   27,016   $ 0.30   Employee
February 21, 2008 - March 13, 2008   option to purchase 209,400   $ 3.24   Employee/Consultant
February 21, 2008 - May 9, 2008   28,241   $ 0.70   Employee
April 30, 2008   75,000   $ 0.40   Employee
May 1, 2008 - June 12, 2008   option to purchase 1,226,750   $ 2.75   Employee
May 9, 2008   500   $ 2.10   Employee
June 10, 2008   593   $ 0.70   Employee
June 30, 2008   479   $ 0.70   Employee
June 30, 2008   6,948   $ 0.40   Employee
July 14, 2008   2,534   $ 0.40   Employee
July 14, 2008   2,967   $ 0.70   Employee
July 30, 2008   17,679   $ 2.10   Employee
August 1, 2008   500   $ 2.10   Employee
August 1, 2008   84   $ 0.30   Employee
August 1, 2008   236   $ 0.40   Employee
September 4, 2008   2,041   $ 0.70   Employee
September 4, 2008   8,334   $ 0.30   Employee
September 4, 2008   7,997   $ 0.40   Employee
September 4, 2008   1,562   $ 2.10   Employee
September 11, 2008   option to purchase 14,900   $ 2.11   Employee
September 29, 2008   958   $ 0.70   Employee
October 30, 2008   option to purchase 88,000   $ 2.25   Employee
November 11, 2008   1,213   $ 0.40   Employee
November 11, 2008   281   $ 0.70   Employee
November 4, 2008   709   $ 0.30   Employee
November 18, 2008   750   $ 2.10   Employee
December 4, 2008   1,166   $ 0.70   Employee
December 4, 2008   1,250   $ 2.10   Employee
December 4, 2008   6,000   $ 0.40   Employee
February 5, 2009, March 12, 2009 and March 16, 2009   option to purchase 3,650,305   $ 1.61   Employee/Consultant
March 11, 2009   1,750   $ 0.70   Employee
March 11, 2009   5,041   $ 0.40   Employee
April 10, 2009   416   $ 1.61   Employee
April 14, 2009   1,791   $ 1.61   Employee
April 28, 2009   3,500   $ 0.70   Employee
April 30, 2009 and June 11, 2009   option to purchase 1,093,790   $ 1.90   Employee
June 23, 2009   562 shares   $ 0.40   Employee
July 30, 2009 and September 10, 2009   option to purchase 39,660   $ 2.01   Employee

II-4


Table of Contents

Date Of Issuance
  Number of Series P
Common Stock Issued
(shares)
  Exercise Price
(per share)
  Class of Purchasers
August 7, 2009   625   $ 1.61   Employee
August 7, 2009   1,250   $ 1.46   Employee
October 29, 2009   option to purchase 16,400   $ 2.22   Employee
November 18, 2009   2,157   $ 0.40   Employee
December 1, 2009   5,000   $ 0.30   Employee
December 18, 2009   730   $ 0.40   Employee
December 18, 2009   11,020   $ 0.70   Employee
December 22, 2009   1,146   $ 0.30   Employee
December 22, 2009   3,157   $ 0.40   Employee
December 26, 2009   1,666   $ 0.40   Employee
December 27, 2009   2,666   $ 0.70   Employee


GetActive 2006 Plan

Date Of Issuance
  Number of Series P
Common Stock Issued
(shares)
  Exercise Price
(per share)
  Class of Purchasers
January 25, 2007   18,085 of series S Common Stock(1)   $ 0.4354   Employee(1)
February 13, 2007   option to purchase 48,228   $ 1.244   Employee
February 28, 2007   588   $ 0.4354   Employee
May 1, 2007   12,057   $ 1.244   Employee
May 15, 2007 - July 19, 2007   14,440   $ 0.4354   Employee
August 15, 2007 - September 11, 2007   19,022   $ 0.4354   Employee
October 1, 2007 - October 3, 2007   1,405   $ 0.4354   Employee
November 30, 2007 - December 4, 2007   745   $ 0.4354   Employee
January 9, 2008   803   $ 0.4354   Employee
April 8, 2008 - May 20, 2008   1,469   $ 0.4354   Employee
July 30, 2008   18,085   $ 0.4354   Employee
September 15, 2008   1,104   $ 0.4354   Employee
October 15, 2008   484   $ 0.4354   Employee
November 29, 2008   3,113   $ 0.4354   Employee
December 31, 2008   4,822   $ 0.4354   Employee
March 2, 2009   618   $ 0.4354   Employee
April 10, 2009   1,992   $ 0.4354   Employee
April 14, 2009   6,028   $ 0.4354   Employee

(1)
These shares were exercised pursuant to GetActive 2006 Plan prior to Convio's acquisition of GetActive and converted into Series S Common Stock of the Company post-acquisition.


GetActive 2000 Plan

Date Of Issuance
  Number of Series P
Common Stock Issued
(shares)
  Exercise Price
(per share)
  Class of Purchasers
February 28, 2007 - July 11, 2007   65,709   $ 0.4354   Employee/Consultant
March 5, 2007 - July 24, 2007   54,449   $ 0.1866   Employee/Consultant
June 25, 2007 - July 16, 2007   46,619   $ 0.0311   Employee/Consultant
July 16, 2007   8,038   $ 0.0933   Employee
August 17, 2007   16,076   $ 0.0933   Employee
August 17, 2007   16,076   $ 0.1866   Employee
October 3, 2007   1,171   $ 0.4354   Employee
December 4, 2007   3,215   $ 0.1866   Employee
February 14, 2008   4,822   $ 0.0311   Consultant
October 15, 2008   635   $ 0.4354   Employee
November 18, 2008   618   $ 0.4354   Employee
November 29, 2008   1,607   $ 0.1866   Employee
November 29, 2008   2,260   $ 0.4354   Employee
December 31, 2008   803   $ 0.1866   Employee
March 2, 2009   482   $ 0.1866   Employee
April 10, 2009   482   $ 0.4354   Employee
April 14, 2009   10,080   $ 0.4354   Employee
April 14, 2009   4,822   $ 0.1866   Employee
July 16, 2009   5,000   $ 0.1866   Employee

    The sales and issuances of securities listed above were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act by virtue of Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as

II-5


Table of Contents


transactions pursuant to compensation benefits plans and contracts relating to compensation. All of the foregoing securities are deemed restricted securities for the purposes of the Securities Act.

Item 16.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(A)  Exhibits

 
  Index to Exhibits
  1.1 * Form of Underwriting Agreement
  2.1   Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated January 10, 2007, by and among Registrant, GASI Acquisition Corp., GetActive Software, Inc. and Robert Epstein, as stockholders' agent
  3.1   Certificate of Incorporation, as amended and currently in effect
  3.1.1 * Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, to be effective upon the closing of this offering
  3.2   Bylaws currently in effect
  3.2.1 * Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws, to be effective upon the closing of this offering
  4.1 * Specimen certificate for shares of common stock
  4.2   Reference is made to 3.1, 3.1.1, 3.2 and 3.2.1 above
  4.3   Fifth Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement, dated April 10, 2007, by and among Registrant and certain stockholders
  4.3.1   Amendment No. 1 to Fifth Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement, dated January 31, 2008, by and among Registrant and certain stockholders
  4.4   Warrant issued to ATEL Ventures, Inc.
  4.5   Warrant issued to Bridge Bank N.A.
  4.6   Form of Warrant issued to Comerica Ventures Incorporated
  4.7   Warrant issued to Entrepreneurs Foundation of Central Texas
  4.8   Warrant issued to Piper Jaffray & Co.
  4.9   Form of Warrant issued to Horizon Technology Funding Company II LLC and Horizon Technology Funding Company III LLC
  5.1 * Opinion of DLA Piper US LLP
  10.1 * 2009 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended and form of stock option agreement
  10.2   1999 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan, as amended to date, and forms of stock option agreements
  10.3   2000 Stock Option Plan, as amended to date, and form of stock option agreement
  10.4   2006 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended to date, and form of stock option agreement
  10.5   Reference is made to 4.3 and 4.3.1 above.
  10.6   Loan and Security Agreement, dated October 26, 2007, by and among Registrant, GetActive Software, Inc. and Comerica Bank
  10.6.1   Amendment Number One to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of January 14, 2008, by and among Registrant, GetActive Software, Inc. and Comerica Bank
  10.6.2   Amendment Number Two to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of February 15, 2008, by and among Registrant, GetActive Software, Inc. and Comerica Bank
  10.6.3   LIBOR Addendum to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2008, by and among Registrant, GetActive Software, Inc. and Comerica Bank
  10.6.4   Amendment Number Three to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of February 9, 2009, by and among Registrant, GetActive Software, Inc. and Comerica Bank
  10.6.5   Amendment Number Four to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2009, by and among Registrant, GetActive Software, Inc. and Comerica Bank
  10.7   Master Lease Agreement, dated as of March 15, 2006, by and between Registrant and ATEL Ventures, Inc.
  10.7.1   First Amendment to Master Lease Agreement, dated as of September 28, 2006, by and between Registrant and ATEL Ventures, Inc.

II-6


Table of Contents

 
  Index to Exhibits
  10.8   Office Lease, dated as of November 17, 2006, by and between Registrant and RREEF Domain, LP
  10.8.1   First Amendment to Lease, dated as of April 23, 2007, by and between Registrant and RREEF Domain, LP
  10.8.2   Second Amendment to Lease, dated January 22, 2008, by and between Registrant and RREEF Domain, LP
  10.8.3   Third Amendment to Lease, dated August 25, 2008, by and between Registrant and RREEF Domain, LP
  10.9   Office Lease, dated April 3, 2009, by and between Registrant and 1255 23rd Street, L.P.
  10.10   Form of Indemnity Agreement entered into among Registrant, its affiliates and its directors and executive officers
  10.11   Employment Offer Letter, dated June 24, 2003, by and between the Registrant and Gene Austin
  10.12   Employment Offer Letter, dated February 2, 2005, by and between the Registrant and James R. Offerdahl
  10.13   Employment Offer Letter, dated November 7, 2008, by and between the Registrant and Sara E. Spivey
  10.14   Employment Offer Letter, dated March 3, 2009, by and between the Registrant and Marc Cannon
  10.15   Employment Offer Letter, dated August 25, 2003, by and between the Registrant and Randy Potts
  10.16 Master Agreement for U.S. Availability Services, dated as of June 1, 2008, by and between Registrant and SunGard Availability Services, LP
  10.16.1 Addendum to the Master Agreement for U.S. Availability Services, between SunGard Availability Services LP and Convio, Inc., dated June 1, 2008
  10.16.2 Schedule Number 29582 v. 1.0, For Recovery Services Governed by Master Agreement for U.S. Availability Services, between SunGard Availability Services LP and Convio, Inc., dated June 1, 2008
  21.1   List of Subsidiaries
  23.1   Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
  23.4 * Consent of DLA Piper US LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
  24.1   Power of Attorney (included on Page II-9)

*
To be filed by amendment.

Confidential treatment has been requested for portions of this exhibit. These portions have been omitted from this exhibit and have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

(B)  Financial Statement Schedule

    All schedules have been omitted because the information required to be presented in them are not applicable or is shown in the financial statements or related notes.

Item 17.    Undertakings

    The undersigned hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates, in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

    Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is

II-7


Table of Contents

against public policy as expressed in the Act and is therefore unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling persons of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

    The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

    (1)
    For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.

    (2)
    For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-8


Table of Contents


SIGNATURES

    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Austin, State of Texas, on January 22, 2010. Convio, Inc.

    By:   /s/ GENE AUSTIN

Gene Austin
Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive
Officer), President and Chairman of the
Board of Directors


POWER OF ATTORNEY

    KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS that each individual whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Gene Austin and James R. Offerdahl, and each of them, his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents with full power of substitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments, including post-effective amendments, to this registration statement, and to sign any registration statement for the same offering covered by this registration statement that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) promulgated under the Securities Act, and all post-effective amendments thereto, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and all documents in connection therewith, making such changes in this registration statement as such attorneys-in-fact and agents so acting deems appropriate, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done with respect to the offering of securities contemplated by this registration statement, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or his or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done or by virtue hereof

    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

Signature
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ GENE AUSTIN

Gene Austin
  Chief Executive Officer (Principal
Executive Officer), President and
Chairman of the Board of Directors
  January 22, 2010

/s/ JAMES R. OFFERDAHL

James R. Offerdahl

 

Chief Financial Officer and Vice
President of Administration (Principal
Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

January 22, 2010

/s/ VINAY K. BHAGAT

Vinay K. Bhagat

 

Director

 

January 22, 2010

/s/ SHEERAZ D. HAJI

Sheeraz D. Haji

 

Director

 

January 22, 2010

/s/ C. THOMAS BALL

C. Thomas Ball

 

Director

 

January 22, 2010

II-9


Table of Contents

Signature
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ WILLIAM G. BOCK

William G. Bock
  Director   January 22, 2010

/s/ CHRISTOPHER B. HOLLENBECK

Christopher B. Hollenbeck

 

Director

 

January 22, 2010

/s/ M. SCOTT IRWIN

M. Scott Irwin

 

Director

 

January 22, 2010

/s/ KRISTEN L. MAGNUSON

Kristen L. Magnuson

 

Director

 

January 22, 2010

/s/ GEORGE H. SPENCER III

George H. Spencer III

 

Director

 

January 22, 2010

II-10


Table of Contents

 
  Index to Exhibits
  1.1 * Form of Underwriting Agreement
  2.1   Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated January 10, 2007, by and among Registrant, GASI Acquisition Corp., GetActive Software, Inc. and Robert Epstein, as stockholders' agent
  3.1   Certificate of Incorporation, as amended and currently in effect
  3.1.1 * Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, to be effective upon the closing of this offering
  3.2   Bylaws currently in effect
  3.2.1 * Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws, to be effective upon the closing of this offering
  4.1 * Specimen certificate for shares of common stock
  4.2   Reference is made to 3.1, 3.1.1, 3.2 and 3.2.1 above
  4.3   Fifth Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement, dated April 10, 2007, by and among Registrant and certain stockholders
  4.3.1   Amendment No. 1 to Fifth Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement, dated January 31, 2008, by and among Registrant and certain stockholders
  4.4   Warrant issued to ATEL Ventures, Inc.
  4.5   Warrant issued to Bridge Bank N.A.
  4.6   Form of Warrant issued to Comerica Ventures Incorporated
  4.7   Warrant issued to Entrepreneurs Foundation of Central Texas
  4.8   Warrant issued to Piper Jaffray & Co.
  4.9   Form of Warrant issued to Horizon Technology Funding Company II LLC and Horizon Technology Funding Company III LLC
  5.1 * Opinion of DLA Piper US LLP
  10.1 * 2009 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended and form of stock option agreement
  10.2   1999 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan, as amended to date, and forms of stock option agreements
  10.3   2000 Stock Option Plan, as amended to date, and form of stock option agreement
  10.4   2006 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended to date, and form of stock option agreement
  10.5   Reference is made to 4.3 and 4.3.1 above.
  10.6   Loan and Security Agreement, dated October 26, 2007, by and among Registrant, GetActive Software, Inc. and Comerica Bank
  10.6.1   Amendment Number One to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of January 14, 2008, by and among Registrant, GetActive Software, Inc. and Comerica Bank
  10.6.2   Amendment Number Two to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of February 15, 2008, by and among Registrant, GetActive Software, Inc. and Comerica Bank
  10.6.3   LIBOR Addendum to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2008, by and among Registrant, GetActive Software, Inc. and Comerica Bank
  10.6.4   Amendment Number Three to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of February 9, 2009, by and among Registrant, GetActive Software, Inc. and Comerica Bank
  10.6.5   Amendment Number Four to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2009, by and among Registrant, GetActive Software, Inc. and Comerica Bank
  10.7   Master Lease Agreement, dated as of March 15, 2006, by and between Registrant and ATEL Ventures, Inc.
  10.7.1   First Amendment to Master Lease Agreement, dated as of September 28, 2006, by and between Registrant and ATEL Ventures, Inc.

Table of Contents

 
  Index to Exhibits
  10.8   Office Lease, dated as of November 17, 2006, by and between Registrant and RREEF Domain, LP
  10.8.1   First Amendment to Lease, dated as of April 23, 2007, by and between Registrant and RREEF Domain, LP
  10.8.2   Second Amendment to Lease, dated January 22, 2008, by and between Registrant and RREEF Domain, LP
  10.8.3   Third Amendment to Lease, dated August 25, 2008, by and between Registrant and RREEF Domain, LP
  10.9   Office Lease, dated April 3, 2009, by and between Registrant and 1255 23rd Street, L.P.
  10.10   Form of Indemnity Agreement entered into among Registrant, its affiliates and its directors and executive officers
  10.11   Employment Offer Letter, dated June 24, 2003, by and between the Registrant and Gene Austin
  10.12   Employment Offer Letter, dated February 2, 2005, by and between the Registrant and James R. Offerdahl
  10.13   Employment Offer Letter, dated November 7, 2008, by and between the Registrant and Sara E. Spivey
  10.14   Employment Offer Letter, dated March 3, 2009, by and between the Registrant and Marc Cannon
  10.15   Employment Offer Letter, dated August 25, 2003, by and between the Registrant and Randy Potts
  10.16 Master Agreement for U.S. Availability Services, dated as of June 1, 2008, by and between Registrant and SunGard Availability Services, LP
  10.16.1 Addendum to the Master Agreement for U.S. Availability Services, between SunGard Availability Services LP and Convio, Inc., dated June 1, 2008
  10.16.2 Schedule Number 29582 v. 1.0, For Recovery Services Governed by Master Agreement for U.S. Availability Services, between SunGard Availability Services LP and Convio, Inc., dated June 1, 2008
  21.1   List of Subsidiaries
  23.1   Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
  23.4 * Consent of DLA Piper US LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
  24.1   Power of Attorney (included on Page II-9)

*
To be filed by amendment.

Confidential treatment has been requested for portions of this exhibit. These portions have been omitted from this exhibit and have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.



QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 2.1

           
  
  
  
  
  



AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

BY AND AMONG

CONVIO, INC.

GASI ACQUISITION CORP.,

GETACTIVE SOFTWARE, INC.

AND

ROBERT EPSTEIN, AS STOCKHOLDERS' AGENT

JANUARY 10, 2007


   
   
   
   
   
   



TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
   
   
  Page  
1.   Definitions     1  

2.

 

The Merger

 

 

2

 

 

 

2.1

 

The Merger

 

 

2

 
    2.2   Closing; Effective Time     2  
    2.3   Effect of the Merger     2  
    2.4   Certificate of Incorporation; Bylaws     2  
    2.5   Directors and Officers     3  
    2.6   Effect on Capital Stock     3  
    2.7   Surrender of Certificates     4  
    2.8   No Further Ownership Rights in Target Capital Stock     6  
    2.9   Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates     6  
    2.10   Tax Consequences     6  
    2.11   Taking of Necessary Action; Further Action     6  

3.

 

Representations and Warranties of Target

 

 

7

 

 

 

3.1

 

Organization, Standing and Power

 

 

7

 
    3.2   Authority     7  
    3.3   Governmental Authorization     8  
    3.4   Financial Statements     8  
    3.5   Capital Structure     8  
    3.6   Absence of Certain Changes     9  
    3.7   Absence of Undisclosed Liabilities     10  
    3.8   Litigation     10  
    3.9   Restrictions on Business Activities     10  
    3.10   Intellectual Property     10  
    3.11   Interested Party Transactions     13  
    3.12   Minute Books     14  
    3.13   Material Contracts     14  
    3.14   Accounts Receivable     14  
    3.15   Customers and Suppliers     14  
    3.16   Employees and Consultants     15  
    3.17   Title to Property     15  
    3.18   Environmental Matters     15  
    3.19   Taxes     16  
    3.20   Employee Benefit Plans     18  
    3.21   Employee Matters     20  
    3.22   Insurance     20  
    3.23   Compliance With Laws     20  
    3.24   Brokers' and Finders' Fee     21  
    3.25   Privacy Policies and Web Site Terms and Conditions     21  
    3.26   Reorganization     21  
    3.27   Representations Complete     22  

4.

 

Representations and Warranties of Merger Sub

 

 

22

 

 

 

4.1

 

Organization, Standing and Power

 

 

22

 
    4.2   Authority     22  

i


 
   
   
  Page  
    4.3   Capital Structure     22  
    4.4   Interim Operations of Merger Sub     23  

5.

 

Representations and Warranties of Acquiror

 

 

23

 

 

 

5.1

 

Organization, Standing and Power

 

 

23

 
    5.2   Authority     23  
    5.3   Governmental Authorization     24  
    5.4   Financial Statements     24  
    5.5   Capital Structure     24  
    5.6   Absence of Certain Changes     26  
    5.7   Absence of Undisclosed Liabilities     27  
    5.8   Litigation     27  
    5.9   Restrictions on Business Activities     27  
    5.10   Intellectual Property     27  
    5.11   Interested Party Transactions     30  
    5.12   Minute Books     30  
    5.13   Material Contracts     30  
    5.14   Accounts Receivable     31  
    5.15   Customers and Suppliers     31  
    5.16   Employees and Consultants     31  
    5.17   Title to Property     31  
    5.18   Environmental Matters     31  
    5.19   Taxes     32  
    5.20   Employee Benefit Plans     33  
    5.21   Employee Matters     35  
    5.22   Insurance     35  
    5.23   Compliance With Laws     35  
    5.24   Brokers' and Finders' Fee     35  
    5.25   Privacy Policies and Web Site Terms and Conditions     36  
    5.26   Issuance of Shares     36  
    5.27   Reorganization     37  
    5.28   Representations Complete     37  

6.

 

Conduct Prior to the Effective Time

 

 

37

 

 

 

6.1

 

Conduct of Target Business

 

 

37

 
    6.2   Conduct of Acquiror Business     39  
    6.3   No Solicitation     40  

7.

 

Additional Agreements

 

 

41

 

 

 

7.1

 

Preparation of Solicitation Statement

 

 

41

 
    7.2   Approval of Stockholders     42  
    7.3   Sale of Shares Pursuant to Regulation D; Acknowledgment of Purchaser Representative     42  
    7.4   Access to Information     42  
    7.5   Confidentiality     43  
    7.6   Public Disclosure     43  
    7.7   Regulatory Approval; Further Assurances     43  
    7.8   Target Options and Warrants     44  
    7.9   Blue Sky Laws     45  
    7.10   Nonaccredited Stockholders     45  

ii


 
   
   
  Page  
    7.11   Employees     45  
    7.12   Continuation of Directors' and Officers' Insurance Coverage     45  
    7.13   Reorganization     45  
    7.14   Expenses     46  

8.

 

Conditions to the Merger

 

 

46

 

 

 

8.1

 

Conditions to Obligations of Each Party to Effect the Merger

 

 

46

 
    8.2   Additional Conditions to the Obligations of Acquiror and Merger Sub     47  
    8.3   Additional Conditions to Obligations of Target     49  

9.

 

Termination, Amendment and Waiver

 

 

50

 

 

 

9.1

 

Termination

 

 

50

 
    9.2   Effect of Termination     51  
    9.3   Amendment     51  
    9.4   Extension; Waiver     51  

10.

 

Stockholders' Agent

 

 

51

 

 

 

10.1

 

Stockholders' Agent

 

 

51

 
    10.2   Actions of the Stockholders' Agent     53  

11.

 

Tax Matters

 

 

53

 

 

 

11.1

 

Transfer Taxes

 

 

53

 
    11.2   Tax Returns     53  
    11.3   Computation of Tax Liabilities     54  
    11.4   Amended Returns     54  
    11.5   Refunds and Tax Benefits     54  
    11.6   Tax Proceedings     55  
    11.7   Assistance and Cooperation     55  

12.

 

General Provisions

 

 

55

 

 

 

12.1

 

Survival of Warranties

 

 

55

 
    12.2   Notices     56  
    12.3   Counterparts     56  
    12.4   Entire Agreement; Nonassignability; Parties in Interest     57  
    12.5   Severability     57  
    12.6   Attorney's Fees     57  
    12.7   Remedies Cumulative     57  
    12.8   Governing Law     57  
    12.9   Rules of Construction     57  
    12.10   Enforcement     57  
    12.11   Amendment; Waiver     58  

iii



LIST OF EXHIBITS

Exhibit A   Certificate of Merger

Exhibit B

 

Investors' Rights Agreement

Exhibit C

 

Stockholders' Agreement

Exhibit D

 

Investor Representation Statement

Exhibit E

 

Acquiror and Merger Sub Tax Certificate

Exhibit F

 

Target Tax Certificate

Exhibit G

 

Target Legal Opinion

Exhibit H

 

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Acquiror

iv



AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

        THIS AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER (the " Agreement ") is made and entered into as of January 10, 2007 by and among Convio, Inc., a Delaware corporation (" Acquiror "), GASI Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation (" Merger Sub ") and a wholly owned subsidiary of Acquiror, GetActive Software, Inc. (" Target "), and Robert Epstein, as Target stockholders' agent (the " Stockholders' Agent ").


RECITALS

        A.    The Boards of Directors of Target, Acquiror and Merger Sub believe it is advisable and in the best interests of their respective companies and the stockholders of their respective companies that Target and Merger Sub combine into a single company through the statutory merger of Merger Sub with and into Target (the " Merger ") and, in furtherance thereof, have approved the Merger.

        B.    Pursuant to the Merger, among other things, the outstanding shares of Target preferred stock, $0.001 par value (" Target Preferred Stock "), and Target common stock, $0.001 par value (" Target Common Stock ;" collectively, the Target Preferred Stock and Target Common Stock are referred to herein as " Target Capital Stock "), shall be converted into the right to receive the Merger Consideration (as defined in Section 2.6(a) ) upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.

        C.    Concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, and as a condition and inducement to Acquiror's willingness to enter into this Agreement, (i) each officer and director and their respective affiliates, and certain other stockholders of Target have executed and delivered to Acquiror their respective stockholder consent to the Merger, and such stockholder consents represent, in the aggregate, at least a majority of the outstanding (a) Target Common Stock and Preferred Stock, as a single class; (b) Target Preferred Stock, as a single class; and (c) Target Series C Preferred Stock, as a separate class; and (ii) the Majority Investors (as such term is defined in that certain Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement of the Target, dated July 31, 2006, as amended (the " Note Purchase Agreement ")) have executed and delivered a consent to the Merger in accordance with the terms of the Note Purchase Agreement.

        E.    Concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, and as a condition and inducement to Target's willingness to enter into this Agreement, (i) each officer and director and their respective affiliates and certain stockholders of Acquiror have executed and delivered to Target their respective consents to (i) authorize the Restated Certificate (as defined below) and (ii) reorganize the capital stock of Acquiror in accordance with Section 5.5(b) below, and such stockholder consents represent, in the aggregate, not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such actions at a meeting at which all the shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.

        F.     Concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, and as a condition and inducement to Target's willingness to enter into this Agreement, Acquiror and Target are entering into that certain Note Purchase Agreement pursuant to which Acquiror has agreed to loan up to $1,000,000 to Target pursuant to one or more Demand Promissory Notes, with an initial loan to be made by Acquiror to Target in the amount of $500,000 on the date hereof.

        G.    Target, Acquiror and Merger Sub desire to make certain representations and warranties and other agreements in connection with the Merger.

        H.    The parties, by executing this Agreement, hereby adopt this Agreement as a "plan of reorganization" within the meaning of Section 368 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the " Code ").

        NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants and representations set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties agree as follows:

        1.     Definitions .    In this Agreement any reference to any event, change, condition or effect being "material" with respect to any entity or group of entities means any material event, change, condition



or effect related to the financial condition, properties, assets (including intangible assets), liabilities, business, operations or results of operations of such entity or group of entities. In this Agreement any reference to a " Material Adverse Effect " with respect to any entity or group of entities means any event, change, condition or effect that is materially adverse to the financial condition, properties, assets (including intangible assets), liabilities, business, operations, or results of operations of such entity and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, provided, however, that (i) conditions, events or circumstances generally adversely affecting the United States economy and the United States securities markets, (ii) the announcement or pendency of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, (iii) any litigation or threatened litigation in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, shall not be taken into account in determining whether there has been or would be a material adverse effect. For purposes of this Section 1 , an event, change, condition, or effect shall be deemed to be materially adverse if the dollar value of such event or events (i) in the case of Acquiror, exceeds $4,000,000 in the aggregate and (ii) in the case of Target, exceeds $1,500,000 in the aggregate. In this Agreement any reference to a party's " knowledge " means such party's actual knowledge after reasonable inquiry of officers, directors and any manager-level employees who have direct responsibility for technology development activity and preparing financial statements for such party reasonably believed to have knowledge of such matters. In this Agreement, an entity shall be deemed to be a "Subsidiary" of a party if such party directly or indirectly owns, beneficially or of record, at least 50% of the outstanding equity or financial interests of such entity.

        2.     The Merger .    

        2.4     Certificate of Incorporation; Bylaws.     

2


Notwithstanding the foregoing, Acquiror will not issue more than 3,237,135 shares of Series B Preferred Convertible Preferred Stock, 565,362 shares of Series Q Common Stock 1,930,718 shares of Series R Common Stock and 3,096,560 shares of Series S Common Stock pursuant to this Section 2.6(a), except with respect to and only to the extent appropriate to reflect the exercise of Target Options (as defined in Section 7.8 ) prior to Closing.

3


and any legends required by state securities laws.

4


5


6


        3.     Representations and Warranties of Target.     Target represents and warrants to Acquiror and Merger Sub that the statements contained in this Section 3 are true and correct, except as disclosed in a document of even date herewith and delivered by Target to Acquiror on the date hereof referring to the representations and warranties in this Agreement (the " Target Disclosure Schedule "). The Target Disclosure Schedule will be arranged in paragraphs corresponding to the numbered and lettered paragraphs contained in this Section 3, and the disclosure in any such numbered and lettered section of the Target Disclosure Schedule shall qualify the corresponding subsection in this Section 3 (and shall qualify other sections to the extent disclosure is applicable to such other sections based on a plain reading of the disclosure on its face).

7


8


9


10


11


12


13


14


15


16


17


18


19


20


21


        4.     Representations and Warranties of Merger Sub .    Merger Sub represents and warrants to Target that the statements contained in this Section 4 are true and correct.

22


        5.     Representations and Warranties of Acquiror .    Acquiror represents and warrants to Target that the statements contained in this Section 5 are true and correct, except as disclosed in a document of even date herewith and delivered by Acquiror to Target on the date hereof referring to the representations and warranties in this Agreement (the " Acquiror Disclosure Schedule "). The Acquiror Disclosure Schedule will be arranged in paragraphs corresponding to the numbered and lettered paragraphs contained in this Section 5, and the disclosure in any such numbered and lettered section of the Acquiror Disclosure Schedule shall qualify the corresponding subsection in this Section 5 (and shall qualify other sections to the extent disclosure is applicable to such other sections based on a plain reading of the disclosure on its face).

23


24


25


26


27


28


29


30


31


32


33


34


35


36


        6.     Conduct Prior to the Effective Time .    

37


38


39


40


        7.     Additional Agreements .    

41


42


43


44


45


        8.     Conditions to the Merger .    

46


47


48


49


        9.     Termination, Amendment and Waiver .    

50


        10.     Stockholders' Agent .    

51


52


        11.     Tax Matters .    

53


54


        12.     General Provisions .    

55


56


57


Signature Page Follows.

58


        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Target, Acquiror, Merger Sub and Stockholders' Agent have caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered by each of them or their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, all as of the date first written above.

GETACTIVE SOFTWARE, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
   

By:

 

        /s/ Sheeraz Haji

Sheeraz Haji
President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

CONVIO, INC.,
a Delaware corporation

 

 

By:

 

        /s/ Gene Austin

Gene Austin
President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

GASI ACQUISITION CORP.,
a Delaware corporation

 

 

By:

 

        /s/ Gene Austin

Gene Austin
President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

STOCKHOLDERS' AGENT

 

 

                /s/ Robert Epstein

ROBERT EPSTEIN

 

 

   
   
   
   
   
   

Counterpart Signature Page to
Agreement and Plan of Merger




QuickLinks

AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER BY AND AMONG CONVIO, INC. GASI ACQUISITION CORP., GETACTIVE SOFTWARE, INC. AND ROBERT EPSTEIN, AS STOCKHOLDERS' AGENT
TABLE OF CONTENTS
LIST OF EXHIBITS
AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER
RECITALS

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 3.1




SIXTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
CONVIO, INC.
a Delaware Corporation
(Pursuant to Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the
General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware)



        Convio, Inc.     (the " Corporation "), a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the " DGCL "),

         FIRST: That the Corporation was originally incorporated pursuant to the DGCL on October 12, 1999, under the name of ShowSupport.com, Inc.

         SECOND: The Certificate of Incorporation was amended and restated on November 10, 1999, further amended on March 24, 2000 and December 5, 2000, further amended and restated on March 12, 2001 and February 13, 2003, and further amended on December 27, 2005, June 1, 2006 and February 16, 2007.

         THIRD: The Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A has been duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the DGCL by the directors and stockholders of the Corporation.

         FOURTH: The Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation so adopted reads in full as set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto and is hereby incorporated herein by this reference.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Corporation has caused this certificate to be signed by the undersigned duly authorized officer this 30th day of March, 2007.

    CONVIO, INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Gene Austin
Chief Executive Officer


EXHIBIT A

SIXTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
CONVIO, INC.
ARTICLE I

        The name of the Corporation is "Convio, Inc."


ARTICLE II

        The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware, 19801. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.


ARTICLE III

        The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted by the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the DGCL.


ARTICLE IV

        A.    Classes of Stock.

        The total number of shares of capital stock that the Corporation is authorized to issue is 78,506,824, of which 63,119,142 are designated " Common Stock ," par value $0.001 per share, and 15,387,682 are designated " Preferred Stock ," par value $0.001 per share.

        Four series of Common Stock are hereby designated as follows:

        Three series of Preferred Stock are hereby designated as follows:

        Undesignated Preferred Stock, if any, authorized under the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation, as the same may be amended or restated from time to time hereafter, may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The Board of Directors is hereby authorized to fix or alter the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted to or imposed upon additional series of Preferred Stock, and the number of shares constituting any such series and the designation thereof, or of any of them. Subject to compliance with applicable protective voting rights which have been or may be granted to the Preferred Stock or any series thereof in the Corporation's certificate of incorporation, as amended and restated and as hereafter may be amended or restated (" Protective Provisions "), but notwithstanding any other rights of the Preferred Stock or any series thereof, the rights, privileges, preferences and restrictions of any such additional series may be subordinated to, pari passu with (including, without limitation, inclusion in provisions with respect to liquidation and acquisition preferences, redemption and/or approval of matters by vote or written consent), or senior to any of those of any present or future class or series of Preferred Stock or Common Stock. Subject to compliance with applicable Protective Provisions, the Board of Directors is also authorized to increase


or decrease the number of shares of any series, prior or subsequent to the issue of that series, but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding. In case the number of shares of any series shall be so decreased, the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the status that they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series.

        B.     Convertible Preferred .    The rights, preferences, privileges, and restrictions granted to and imposed on the Convertible Preferred are as set forth below in this Article IV.B .

        1.     Dividend Provisions .    The holders of shares of Series C Preferred shall be entitled to receive dividends, out of any assets legally available therefor, prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend (payable other than in Common Stock or other securities and rights convertible into or entitling the holder thereof to receive, directly or indirectly, additional shares of Common Stock of the Corporation) on the Series C Preferred, at the rate of $0.252 per share per annum (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like) when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors of the Corporation. Any dividends payable on the Series C Preferred shall be non-cumulative, and no right to such dividends shall accrue to holders of any Series C Preferred by reason of the fact that dividends on such shares are not declared in any year. The holders of the Series C Preferred can waive any dividend preference that such holders shall be entitled to receive under this Section B(1) upon the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of Series C Preferred. In addition, the holders of shares of Convertible Preferred shall be entitled to receive in proportion to the number of shares of Series P Common held by each (determined on an as-if-fully converted to Series P Common basis with respect to outstanding shares of Convertible Preferred) dividends, out of any assets legally available therefor, prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend (payable other than in Common Stock or other securities and rights convertible into or entitling the holder thereof to receive, directly or indirectly, additional shares of Common Stock of the Corporation) on the Common Stock of the Corporation, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors. Declared but unpaid dividends with respect to a share of Convertible Preferred shall, upon conversion of such share to Common Stock, be paid to the extent assets are legally available therefor, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, either in cash or in the series of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of such Convertible Preferred (valued at the fair market value on the date of payment as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors). Any amounts for which assets are not legally available shall be paid promptly as assets become legally available therefor.

        2.     Liquidation Preference .    In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, either voluntary or involuntary:



        3.     Conversion .    The holders of the Convertible Preferred shall have conversion rights as follows (the " Conversion Rights "):

The Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price and Series C Conversion Price are collectively referred to herein as the " Conversion Prices ." The Conversion Prices shall be subject to adjustment as set forth in Section 3(f) .








        4.     Redemption .    The Convertible Preferred shall not be redeemable at the option of any holder.

        5.     Voting Rights .    Except as otherwise required by law or as otherwise set forth herein, each holder of Convertible Preferred shall be entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of Common Stock into which the shares of Convertible Preferred so held could be converted at the record date for determination of the stockholders entitled to vote, or, if no such record date is established, at the date such vote is taken or any written consent of stockholders is solicited. Except as required by law or as otherwise set forth herein, all shares of Convertible Preferred and Common Stock shall vote together as a single class on all matters to come before the stockholders of the Corporation. Fractional votes by the holders of Convertible Preferred shall not, however, be permitted, and any fractional voting rights (after aggregating all shares into which shares of Convertible Preferred and held by each holder could be converted) shall be disregarded.

        6.     Protective Provisions .    


        7.     No Reissuance of Preferred Stock .    No share or shares of Convertible Preferred acquired by the Corporation by reason of conversion or otherwise shall be reissued, and all such shares shall be cancelled, retired and eliminated from the shares which the Corporation shall be authorized to issue. This Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall be appropriately amended to effect the corresponding reduction in the Corporation's authorized capital stock.

        C.     Common Stock .

        1.     Dividend Rights .    Subject to the prior rights of holders of all classes of stock at the time outstanding having prior rights as to dividends as provided in Section B.1 of this Article IV , the holders of the Common Stock shall be entitled to receive, pari passu , when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, out of any assets of the Corporation legally available therefor, such dividends as may be declared from time to time by the Board of Directors.

        2.     Liquidation Rights .    Upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the assets of the Corporation shall be distributed, after payment full of any amounts owing pursuant to Section B.2(a) or B.2(b) of this Article IV , as follows:



        3.      Conversion .




        4.     Voting Rights .    

        5.     Redemption .    The Common Stock shall not be redeemable at the option of any holder.


ARTICLE V

        To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as the same exists or as may hereafter be amended, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of a fiduciary duty as a director. If the DGCL or any other law of the State of Delaware is amended after approval by the stockholders of this Article V to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director to the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL or such law as so amended.

        The Corporation shall indemnify (and provide advancement of expenses to) to the fullest extent permitted by law any person made or threatened to be made a party to an action or proceeding, whether criminal, civil, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he, his testator or intestate is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or any predecessor of the Corporation or serves or served at any other enterprise as a director, officer or employee at the request of the Corporation or any predecessor to the Corporation.

        Neither any amendment nor repeal of this Article V , nor the adoption of any provision of this Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article V , shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article V , in respect of any matter occurring, or any cause of action, suit, claim or proceeding that, but for this Article V , would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.


ARTICLE VI

        Subject to Section 6 of Article IV hereof, the Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute or this Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, and subject to the rights, preferences and privileges granted herein to the stockholders of the Corporation.

        The number of shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares then outstanding plus the number of shares issuable upon conversion of all



outstanding Preferred Stock) by an affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the capital stock of the Corporation.


ARTICLE VII

        Subject to the rights of any holder of capital stock of the Corporation and except as otherwise provided in this Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, alter, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation.


ARTICLE VIII

        Subject to Section  B(6) of Article IV hereof, the number of directors which constitute the whole Board of Directors of the Corporation shall be as specified in the Bylaws of the Corporation.


ARTICLE IX

        Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.


ARTICLE X

        Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the statutes) outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the Bylaws of the Corporation.


ARTICLE XI

        The Corporation is to have perpetual existence.





CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT TO
SIXTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
CONVIO, INC.
a Delaware Corporation




(Pursuant to Sections 228 and 242 of the
General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware)

        Convio, Inc.     (the " Corporation "), a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the " DGCL "),

         FIRST: That the Corporation was originally incorporated pursuant to the DGCL on October 12, 1999, under the name of ShowSupport.com, Inc.

        SECOND:     The Certificate of Incorporation was amended and restated on November 10, 1999, further amended on March 24, 2000 and December 5, 2000, further amended and restated on March 12, 2001 and February 13, 2003, further amended on December 27, 2005, June 1, 2006 and February 16, 2007 and further amended and restated on March 30, 2007.

        THIRD:     The Certificate of Amendment to Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A has been duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 228 and 242 of the DGCL by the directors and stockholders of the Corporation.

        FOURTH:     The Certificate of Amendment to Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation so adopted reads in full as set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto and is hereby incorporated herein by this reference.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Corporation has caused this certificate to be signed by the undersigned duly authorized officer this 10th day of April, 2007.

    CONVIO, INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Gene Austin

Gene Austin
Chief Executive Officer


EXHIBIT A

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT TO
SIXTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
CONVIO, INC.

        The Board of Directors and the stockholders of the Corporation, acting in accordance with the provisions of Sections 228 and 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware adopted resolutions to amend and restate the following in their entirety:

        Section A. of ARTICLE IV to read in full as follows:

A-1


        Section B.1 of ARTICLE VI to read in full as follows:

        Section B.2(a)(iii) of ARTICLE IV to read in full as follows:

        The second subsection (iii) in Section B.2(a) of ARTICLE IV to read "(iv)" instead of "(iii)".

        Section B.3(b) of ARTICLE IV to read in full as follows:

A-2




QuickLinks

SIXTH AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF CONVIO, INC. a Delaware Corporation (Pursuant to Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware)
EXHIBIT A
SIXTH AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF CONVIO, INC. ARTICLE I
ARTICLE II
ARTICLE III
ARTICLE IV
ARTICLE V
ARTICLE VI
ARTICLE VII
ARTICLE VIII
ARTICLE IX
ARTICLE X
ARTICLE XI
CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT TO SIXTH AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF CONVIO, INC. a Delaware Corporation
(Pursuant to Sections 228 and 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware)
EXHIBIT A
CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT TO SIXTH AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF CONVIO, INC.

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 3.2

BYLAWS

OF

SHOWSUPPORT.COM, INC.,
a Delaware corporation

ARTICLE I.
OFFICES

        Section 1.     Registered Office .    The registered office shall be at the office of The Corporation Trust Company, 1209 Orange Street the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware.

        Section 2.     Other Offices .    The corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.


ARTICLE II.
MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

        Section 1.     Annual Meeting .    An annual meeting of the stockholders for the election of directors shall be held at such place either within or without the State of Delaware as shall be designated on an annual basis by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting. Meetings of stockholders for any other purpose may be held at such time and place, within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof. Any other proper business may be transacted at the annual meeting.

        Section 2.     Notice of Annual Meeting .    Written notice of the annual meeting stating the place, date and hour of the meeting shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting.

        Section 3.     Voting List .    The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, or cause a third party to prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

        Section 4.     Special Meetings .    Special meetings of the stockholders of this corporation, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, shall be called by the President or Secretary at the request in writing of a majority of the members of the Board of Directors or holders of a majority of the total voting power of all outstanding shares of stock of this corporation then entitled to vote, and may not be called absent such a request. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting.

        Section 5.     Notice of Special Meetings .    As soon as reasonably practicable after receipt of a request as provided in Section 4 of this Article II, written notice of a special meeting, stating the place, date (which shall be not less than ten nor more than sixty days from the date of the notice) and hour of the special meeting and the purpose or purposes for which the special meeting is called, shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such special meeting.

        Section 6.     Scope of Business at Special Meeting .    Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.


        Section 7.     Quorum .    The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business, except as otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the chairman of the meeting or the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified. If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting as provided in Section 5 of this Article II.

        Section 8.     Qualifications to Vote .    The stockholders of record on the books of the corporation at the close of business on the record date as determined by the Board of Directors and only such stockholders shall be entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof.

        Section 9.     Record Date .    The Board of Directors may fix a record date for the determination of the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any stockholders' meeting and at any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action. The record date shall not be more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting, and not more than sixty days prior to any other action. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

        Section 10.     Action at Meetings .    When a quorum is present at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock having voting power present in person or represented by proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which by express provision of applicable law or of the Certificate of Incorporation, a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question.

        Section 11.     Voting and Proxies .    Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, each stockholder shall at every meeting of the stockholders be entitled to one vote in person or by proxy for each share of the capital stock having voting power held by such stockholder, but no proxy shall be voted on after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. Each proxy shall be revocable unless expressly provided therein to be irrevocable and unless it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power.

        Section 12.     Action by Stockholders Without a Meeting .    Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in Delaware (by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested), to its principal place of business, or to an

2



officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded provided, however, that action by written consent to elect directors, if less than unanimous, shall be in lieu of holding an annual meeting only if all the directorships to which directors could be elected at an annual meeting held at the effective time of such action are vacant and are filled by such action. Prompt notice of the taking of corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing and who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to notice of the meeting if the record date for such meeting had been the date that written consents signed by a sufficient number of stockholders to take the action were delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in Delaware (by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested), to its principal place of business, or to an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings or meetings of stockholders are recorded the preceding language is derived from Section 228 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.


ARTICLE III.
DIRECTORS

        Section 1.     Powers .    The business of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of its Board of Directors, which may exercise all such powers of the corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by applicable law or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

        Section 2.     Number; Election; Tenure and Qualification .    The number of directors which shall constitute the whole board shall be fixed from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors or by the Stockholders at an annual meeting of the Stockholders (unless the directors are elected by written consent in lieu of an annual meeting as provided in Article II, Section 12); provided that the number of directors shall be not less than one. With the exception of the first Board of Directors, which shall be elected by the incorporator, and except as provided in the corporation's Certificate of Incorporation or in Section 3 of this Article III, the directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of the stockholders by a plurality vote of the shares represented in person or by proxy and each director elected shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified unless he shall resign, become disqualified, disabled, or otherwise removed. Directors need not be stockholders.

        Section 3.     Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships .    Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, vacancies and newly-created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. The directors so chosen shall serve until the next annual election and until their successors are duly elected and shall qualify, unless sooner displaced. If there are no directors in office, then an election of directors may be held in the manner provided by statute. If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office shall constitute less than a majority of the whole board (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least ten percent of the total number of shares at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office.

        Section 4.     Location of Meetings .    The Board of Directors of the corporation may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware.

        Section 5.     Meeting of Newly Elected Board of Directors .    The first meeting of each newly elected Board of Directors shall be held immediately following the annual meeting of stockholders and no notice of such meeting shall be necessary to the newly elected directors in order legally to constitute the meeting, provided a quorum shall be present. In the event such meeting is not held at such time,

3



the meeting may be held at such time and place as shall be specified in a notice given as hereinafter provided for special meetings of the Board of Directors, or as shall be specified in a written waiver signed by all of the directors.

        Section 6.     Regular Meetings .    Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors; provided that any director who is absent when such a determination is made shall be given notice of such location.

        Section 7.     Special Meetings .    Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the President on two days' notice to each director by mail, overnight courier service or facsimile; special meetings shall be called by the President or Secretary in a like manner and on like notice on the written request of two directors unless the Board of Directors consists of only one director, in which case special meetings shall be called by the President or Secretary in a like manner and on like notice on the written request of the sole director. Notice may be waived in accordance with Section 229 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

        Section 8.     Quorum and Action at Meetings .    At all meetings of the Board of Directors, a majority of the directors then in office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

        Section 9.     Action Without a Meeting .    Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee.

        Section 10.     Telephonic Meeting .    Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, members of the Board of Directors, or any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

        Section 11.     Committees .    The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

        Section 12.     Committee Authority .    Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to (a) approving, adopting or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by the Delaware General Corporation Law to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (b) adopting, amending or repealing any Bylaw of the corporation. Such

4



committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors.

        Section 13.     Committee Minutes .    Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors when required to do so by the Board of Directors.

        Section 14.     Directors Compensation .    Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors. The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.

        Section 15.     Resignation .    Any director or officer of the corporation may resign at any time. Each such resignation shall be made in writing and shall take effect at the time specified therein, or, if no time is specified, at the time of its receipt by either the Board of Directors, the President or the Secretary. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective unless expressly so provided in the resignation.

        Section 16.     Removal .    Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws or applicable law, any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of shares entitled to vote at an election of directors.


ARTICLE IV.
NOTICES

        Section 1.     Notice to Directors and Stockholders .    Whenever, under the provisions of the statutes or of the Certificate of Incorporation or of these Bylaws, notice is required to be given to any director or stockholder, it shall not be construed to mean personal notice, but such notice may be given in writing, by mail, addressed to such director or stockholder, at his address as it appears on the records of the corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail. An affidavit of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or of the transfer agent of the corporation that the notice has been given shall in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein. Notice to directors may also be given by telephone, facsimile or telegram (with confirmation of receipt).

        Section 2.     Waiver .    Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of the statutes or of the Certificate of Incorporation or of these Bylaws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto. The written waiver need not specify the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders, directors, or members of a committee of directors. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Attendance at the meeting is not a waiver of any right to object to the consideration of matters required by the Delaware General Corporation Law to be included in the notice of the meeting but not so included, if such objection is expressly made at the meeting.


ARTICLE V.
OFFICERS

        Section 1.     Enumeration .    The officers of the corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall include a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer or Chief Financial Officer and such

5


other officers with such other titles as the Board of Directors shall determine. The Board of Directors may elect from among its members a Chairman or Chairmen of the Board and a Vice Chairman of the Board. The Board of Directors may also choose one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws otherwise provide.

        Section 2.     Election .    The Board of Directors at its first meeting after each annual meeting of stockholders shall elect a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer and such other officers with such other titles as the Board of Directors shall determine.

        Section 3.     Appointment of Other Agents .    The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers and agents as it shall deem necessary, who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.

        Section 4.     Compensation .    The salaries of all officers of the corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof. The salaries of agents of the corporation shall, unless fixed by the Board of Directors, be fixed by the President or any Vice President of the corporation.

        Section 5.     Tenure .    The officers of the corporation shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualify. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors of the Board of Directors. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the corporation shall be filled by the Board of Directors.

        Section 6.     Chairman of the Board and Vice Chairman of the Board .    The Chairman of the Board, if any, shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders at which the Chairman shall be present. The Chairman shall have and may exercise such powers as are, from time to time, assigned to the Chairman by the Board of Directors and as may be provided by law. In the absence of the Chairman of the Board, the Vice Chairman of the Board, if any, shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders at which the Vice Chairman shall be present. The Vice Chairman shall have and may exercise such powers as are, from time to time, assigned to such person by the Board of Directors and as may be provided by law.

        Section 7.     President .    The President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the corporation unless such title is assigned to another officer of the corporation; in the absence of a Chairman and Vice Chairman of the Board, the President shall preside as the chairman of meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors; and the President shall have general and active management of the business of the corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect. The President or any Vice President shall execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts requiring a seal, under the seal of the corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors to some other officer or agent of the corporation.

        Section 8.     Vice President .    In the absence of the President or in the event of the President's inability or refusal to act, the Vice President, if any (or in the event there be more than one Vice President, the Vice Presidents in the order designated by the Board of Directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election) shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Vice President shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

        Section 9.     Secretary .    The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and all meetings of the stockholders and record all the proceedings of the meetings of the corporation and of the Board of Directors in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the

6



standing committees when required. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or President, under whose supervision the Secretary shall be subject. The Secretary shall have custody of the corporate seal of the corporation and the Secretary, or an Assistant Secretary, shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it and when so affixed, it may be attested by the Secretary's signature or by the signature of such Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the corporation and to attest the affixing by such officer's signature.

        Section 10.     Assistant Secretary .    The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election) shall, in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of the Secretary's inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

        Section 11.     Treasurer .    The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, President or Chief Executive Officer, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the President, Chief Executive Officer and the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings, or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all such transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the corporation. If required by the Board of Directors, the Treasurer shall give the corporation a bond (which shall be renewed every six years) in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of the duties of the Treasurer's office and for the restoration to the corporation, in case of the Treasurer's death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in the possession or under the control of the Treasurer that belongs to the corporation.

        Section 12.     Assistant Treasurer .    The Assistant Treasurer, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Board of Directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election) shall, in the absence of the Treasurer or in the event of the Treasurer's inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.


ARTICLE VI.
CAPITAL STOCK

        Section 1.     Certificates .    The shares of the corporation shall be represented by a certificate, unless and until the Board of Directors adopts a resolution permitting shares to be uncertificated. Certificates shall be signed by, or in the name of the corporation by, (a) the Chairman of the Board, the Vice Chairman of the Board, the President or a Vice President, and (b) the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, certifying the number of shares owned by such stockholder in the corporation. Certificates may be issued for partly paid shares and in such case upon the face or back of the certificates issued to represent any such partly paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be specified.

        Section 2.     Class or Series .    If the corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the

7



qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate which the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, provided that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate which the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of uncertificated stock, the corporation shall send to the registered owner thereof a written notice containing the information required to be set forth or stated on certificates pursuant to Sections 151, 156, 202(a) or 218(a) of the Delaware Corporation Law or a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge, to each stockholder who so requests, the powers, designations, preferences and relative participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

        Section 3.     Signature .    Any of or all of the signatures on a certificate may be facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

        Section 4.     Lost Certificates .    The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or such owner's legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as it shall require and/or to give the corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

        Section 5.     Transfer of Stock .    Upon surrender to the corporation or the transfer agent of the corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books. Upon receipt of proper transfer instructions from the registered owner of uncertificated shares such uncertificated shares shall be canceled and issuance of new equivalent uncertificated shares or certificated shares shall be made to the person entitled thereto and the transaction shall be recorded upon the books of the corporation.

        Section 6.     Record Date .    In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholder or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty days prior to any other action. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

8


        Section 7.     Registered Stockholders .    The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.


ARTICLE VII.
GENERAL PROVISIONS

        Section 1.     Dividends .    Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject to the applicable provisions, if any, of the Certificate of Incorporation, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property or in shares of capital stock, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purposes as the Board of Directors shall think conducive to the interest of the corporation, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

        Section 2.     Checks .    All checks or demands for money and notes of the corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

        Section 3.     Fiscal Year .    The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

        Section 4.     Seal .    The Board of Directors may adopt a corporate seal having inscribed thereon the name of the corporation, the year of its organization and the words "Corporate Seal, Delaware". The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

        Section 5.     Loans .    The Board of Directors of this corporation may, without stockholder approval, authorize loans to, or guaranty obligations of, or otherwise assist, including, without limitation, the adoption of employee benefit plans under which loans and guarantees may be made, any officer or other employee of the corporation or of its subsidiary, including any officer or employee who is a director of the corporation or its subsidiary, whenever, in the judgment of the Board of Directors, such loan, guaranty or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the corporation. The loan, guaranty or other assistance may be with or without interest, and may be unsecured, or secured in such manner as the Board of Directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the corporation.


ARTICLE VIII.
INDEMNIFICATION

        Section 1.     Scope .    The corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, as that Section may be amended and supplemented from time to time, indemnify any director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines, amounts paid in settlement and/or other matters referred to in or covered by that Section, by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

9


        Section 2.     Advancing Expenses .    Expenses (including attorneys' fees) incurred by a present or former director or officer of the corporation in defending a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation (or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise) shall be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized by relevant provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law; provided, however, the corporation shall not be required to advance such expenses to a director (i) who commences any action, suit or proceeding as a plaintiff unless such advance is specifically approved by a majority of the Board of Directors, or (ii) who is a party to an action, suit or proceeding brought by the corporation and approved by a majority of the Board of Directors which alleges willful misappropriation of corporate assets by such director, disclosure of confidential information in violation of such director's fiduciary or contractual obligations to the corporation, or any other willful and deliberate breach in bad faith of such director's duty to the corporation or its stockholders.

        Section 3.     Liability Offset .    The corporation's obligation to provide indemnification under this Article VIII shall be offset to the extent the indemnified party is indemnified by any other source including, but not limited to, any applicable insurance coverage under a policy maintained by the corporation, the indemnified party or any other person.

        Section 4.     Continuing Obligation .    The provisions of this Article VIII shall be deemed to be a contract between the corporation and each director of the corporation who serves in such capacity at any time while this bylaw is in effect, and any repeal or modification thereof shall not affect any rights or obligations then existing with respect to any state of facts then or theretofore existing or any action, suit or proceeding theretofore or thereafter brought based in whole or in part upon any such state of facts.

        Section 5.     Nonexclusive .    The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided for in this Article VIII shall (i) not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those indemnified may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement or vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in their official capacities and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, (ii) continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director and (iii) inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

        Section 6.     Other Persons .    In addition to the indemnification rights of directors, officers, employees, or agents of the corporation, the Board of Directors in its discretion shall have the power on behalf of the corporation to indemnify any other person made a party to any action, suit or proceeding who the corporation may indemnify under Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

        Section 7.     Definitions .    The phrases and terms set forth in this Article VIII shall be given the same meaning as the identical terms and phrases are given in Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, as that Section may be amended and supplemented from time to time.


ARTICLE IX.
AMENDMENTS

        Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed, or new Bylaws may be adopted, by the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting shares or by the Board of Directors, when such power is conferred upon the Board of Directors by the Certificate of Incorporation, at any regular meeting of the stockholders or of the Board of Directors or at any special meeting of the stockholders or of the Board of Directors if notice of such

10



alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new Bylaws be contained in the notice of such special meeting. If the power to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws is conferred upon the Board of Directors by the Certificate of Incorporation, it shall not divest or limit the power of the stockholders to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws.

11




QuickLinks

BYLAWS OF SHOWSUPPORT.COM, INC., a Delaware corporation
ARTICLE I. OFFICES
ARTICLE II. MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS
ARTICLE III. DIRECTORS
ARTICLE IV. NOTICES
ARTICLE V. OFFICERS
ARTICLE VI. CAPITAL STOCK
ARTICLE VII. GENERAL PROVISIONS
ARTICLE VIII. INDEMNIFICATION
ARTICLE IX. AMENDMENTS

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 4.3

   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  



CONVIO, INC.

FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED

INVESTORS' RIGHTS AGREEMENT

April 10, 2007


  
  
  
   
   
   
   
   
   



TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
   
  Page  
1.   Certain Definitions     1  

2.

 

Restrictions on Transferability

 

 

2

 

3.

 

Restrictive Legend

 

 

2

 

4.

 

Notice of Proposed Transfers.

 

 

3

 

5.

 

Requested Registration.

 

 

3

 

6.

 

Company Registration.

 

 

5

 

7.

 

Expenses of Registration

 

 

6

 

8.

 

Registration Procedures

 

 

6

 

9.

 

Registration on Form S-3

 

 

7

 

10.

 

Termination of Registration Rights

 

 

8

 

11.

 

Lock-up Agreement

 

 

8

 

12.

 

Indemnification.

 

 

8

 

13.

 

Information by Holder

 

 

10

 

14.

 

Rule 144 Reporting

 

 

10

 

15.

 

Transfer of Registration Rights

 

 

10

 

16.

 

Subsequent Grant of Registration Rights

 

 

10

 

17.

 

Information.

 

 

10

 

18.

 

Visitation Rights

 

 

12

 

19.

 

Termination of Information and Visitation Rights

 

 

12

 

20.

 

Rights of First Offer

 

 

12

 

21.

 

Covenants

 

 

13

 

22.

 

Election of Directors.

 

 

16

 

23.

 

Board Observer Rights

 

 

18

 

24.

 

Non-Disclosure of Investment Interests

 

 

18

 

25.

 

Governing Law

 

 

18

 

26.

 

Entire Agreement

 

 

18

 

27.

 

Notices, Etc

 

 

18

 

28.

 

Counterparts; Facsimile Signatures

 

 

18

 

29.

 

Amendment

 

 

18

 

30.

 

Independent Counsel

 

 

19

 


Schedule I

 


 

Schedule of Preferred Stockholders
Schedule II     Schedule of Common Stockholders


CONVIO, INC.

FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
INVESTORS' RIGHTS AGREEMENT

        This Fifth Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement (this " Agreement ") is entered into as of April 10, 2007 by and among Convio, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the " Company "), each of those holders of the Company's Series P Common Stock, Series Q Common Stock, Series R Common Stock, Series S Common Stock, each with a par value $0.001 per share (collectively, the " Common Stock "), identified on Schedule I hereto (individually, a " Common Holder ," and collectively, the " Common Holders "), each of the holders of the Company's Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, Series B Convertible Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock, each with a par value of $0.001 per share, or shares of the Company's capital stock issuable upon conversion thereof (collectively, the " Preferred Stock "), listed on Schedule II hereto (individually, a " Preferred Holder " and collectively, the " Preferred Holders "). This Agreement amends, supersedes and replaces the Company's Fourth Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement, dated as of February 16, 2007 (the " Prior Agreement ").


RECITALS

        A.    The founders of the Company (" Founders "), holders of the Company's Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (" Series A Stock ") and the holders of the Company's Series B Convertible Preferred Stock (" Series B Stock ") and certain key employees of the Company (" Key Employees ") (collectively, the " Prior Investors ") possess registration rights, rights of first offer and other rights granted in the Prior Agreement;

        B.    Section 28 of the Prior Agreement allows amendment of its terms upon the written consent of the Company and of the holders of at least two-thirds of the Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock, voting together;

        C.    The Company and certain investors are parties to that certain Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement of even date herewith, which provides, among other things, for the issuance by the Company of shares of the Company's Series C Convertible Preferred Stock.

        D.    The parties hereto desire to amend and restate the Prior Agreement and to accept the rights created pursuant hereto in lieu of the rights granted under the Prior Agreement.


AGREEMENT

        1.     Certain Definitions.     As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

        " Commission " shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor agency.

        " Holder " shall mean each Preferred Holder and each Common Holder and any transferee of Registrable Securities from a Preferred Holder or Common Holder who, pursuant to Section 15 below, is entitled to registration rights hereunder.

        " New Securities " shall have the meaning set forth in Section 20(a) of this Agreement.

        " Registrable Securities " shall mean (i) shares of the Company's Common Stock issued or issuable upon the conversion of the Preferred Stock; (ii) any other securities issued or issuable in respect of shares of the Preferred Stock; (iii) shares of the Company's Common Stock held by Common Holders, and (iv) shares of the Company's Common Stock or other securities issued or issuable in respect of the shares described in clauses (i)-(iii) upon any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, or similar event; provided , however , that any shares described in clauses (i)-(iv) above which have been resold to the public following a registered public offering shall cease to be Registrable Securities upon such resale.


        The terms " register ," " registered " and " registration " refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement in compliance with the Securities Act and the declaration or ordering of the effectiveness of such registration statement.

        " Registration Expenses " shall mean all expenses (excluding underwriter discounts and expenses) incurred by the Company in complying with Sections 5, 6, 8 and 9 hereof, including, without limitation, all registration, qualification and filing fees, printing expenses, escrow fees, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, blue sky fees and expenses and the expense of any special audits incident to or required by any such registration but exclusive of Selling Expenses; and the fees and expenses of one (1) counsel to selling Holders of up to $25,000.

        " Restricted Securities " shall mean the securities of the Company required to bear the legend set forth in Section 3 hereof (or any similar legend).

        " Securities Act " shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

        " Selling Expenses " shall mean all underwriting discounts, selling commissions and stock transfer taxes applicable to the securities registered by the Holders.

        " Shares " shall mean any shares of the Company's capital stock now held or hereafter acquired by any party hereto.

        2.     Restrictions on Transferability.     The Restricted Securities shall not be transferable except upon the conditions specified in this Agreement, which conditions are intended to ensure compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act. Each Holder of Restricted Securities will cause any proposed transferee of the Restricted Securities held by such Holder, other than a transferee acquiring such securities in connection with a registered offering covering such disposition, to agree to take and hold such Restricted Securities subject to the provisions and upon the conditions specified in this Agreement.

        3.     Restrictive Legend .    Each certificate representing (i) the Preferred Stock, (ii) shares of the Company's Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock, (iii) any other securities issued in respect of the Preferred Stock or Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock including upon any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or similar event, shall (unless otherwise permitted by the provisions of Section 4 below) be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form (in addition to any legend required under applicable securities laws):

        Each Holder consents to the Company's making a notation on its records and giving instructions to any transfer agent for the Company in order to implement the restrictions on transfer established in this Section 3 . The Company shall be obligated to reissue promptly unlegended certificates at the request of any Holder thereof if the Holder shall have obtained an opinion of counsel at such Holder's

2


expense (which counsel may be counsel to the Company) reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that the securities proposed to be disposed of may lawfully be so disposed of without registration, qualification or legend.

        4.     Notice of Proposed Transfers.     The Holder of each certificate representing Restricted Securities by acceptance thereof agrees to comply in all respects with the provisions of this Section 4 . Prior to any proposed transfer of any Restricted Securities, unless there is in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the proposed transfer, the Holder thereof shall give written notice to the Company of such Holder's intention to effect such transfer. Each such notice shall describe the manner and circumstances of the proposed transfer in sufficient detail, and shall, if the Company reasonably requests, be accompanied (except in transactions in compliance with Rule 144) by either (i) a written opinion of legal counsel who shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Company, addressed to the Company and reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Company's counsel, to the effect that the proposed transfer of the Restricted Securities may be effected without registration under the Securities Act, or (ii) a "No Action" letter from the Commission to the effect that the transfer of such securities without registration will not result in a recommendation by the staff of the Commission that action be taken with respect thereto, whereupon the Holder of such Restricted Securities shall be entitled to transfer such Restricted Securities in accordance with the terms of the notice delivered by the Holder to the Company; provided , however , that no opinion or "No Action" letter need be obtained with respect to a transfer, if the transferee agrees to be subject to the terms hereof, to (A) if a Holder of Restricted Securities is a partnership, a partner, whether active or retired, of such Holder of Restricted Securities, (B) the estate of any Holder of Restricted Securities, (C) an "affiliate" of a Holder of Restricted Securities as that term is defined in Rule 405 promulgated by the Commission under the Securities act, (D) if the Holder is a corporation, to its stockholders, (E) if the Holder is a limited liability company, to its members or former members, or (F) the spouse, children, grandchildren or spouse of such children or grandchildren of any Holder or to trusts for the benefit of any Holder or such persons. Each certificate evidencing the Restricted Securities transferred as above provided shall bear the restrictive legend in substantially the form set forth in Section 3 above, except that such certificate shall not bear such restrictive legend if the transferee provides an opinion of counsel as provided in Section 3 or in the opinion of counsel for the Company such legend is not required in order to establish compliance with any provisions of the Securities Act or applicable state securities laws.

        5.     Requested Registration .    

3


         Provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated to take any action to effect any such registration pursuant to this Section 5 :

        Subject to the foregoing clauses (A), (B), (C) and (D), the Company shall file a registration statement covering the Registrable Securities so requested to be registered as soon as practicable after receipt of the request or requests of the Initiating Holders. If, however, the Company shall furnish to the Initiating Holders a certificate signed by the President of the Company stating that, in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to be filed and it is therefore essential to defer the filing of such registration statement, the Company shall have the right to defer such filing for a period of not more than ninety (90) days after receipt of the request of the Initiating Holders, provided , however , that the Company may not utilize this right more than once in any twelve-month period.

        The Company shall (together with all Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the managing underwriter mutually agreed upon for such underwriting by the Company and a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 5 , if the managing underwriter advises the Initiating Holders in writing that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, then, subject to the provisions of Section 5(a) , the Company shall so advise all Holders and the number of shares that may be included in the registration and underwriting shall be allocated

4


among all persons or entities requesting inclusion in the registration as follows: (A) all securities proposed to be offered by the Company for its own account or for the account of holders of securities other than Registrable Securities shall be excluded before any Registrable Securities are excluded; and (B) if, after all non-Registrable Securities have been excluded, additional limitations are required, then the number of Registrable Securities included in the registration shall be allocated among all Holders requesting inclusion thereof in the registration in proportion, as nearly as practicable, to the respective amounts of Registrable Securities held by such Holder.

        If any Holder of Registrable Securities disapproves of the terms of the underwriting, such person may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to the Company, the managing underwriter and the other Holders. The Registrable Securities and/or other securities so withdrawn shall also be withdrawn from registration; provided , however , that if by the withdrawal of such Registrable Securities a greater number of Registrable Securities held by other Holders may be included in such registration (up to the maximum of any limitation imposed by the underwriters), then the Company shall offer to all Holders who have included Registrable Securities in the registration the right to include additional Registrable Securities in the same proportion used in determining the underwriter limitation in this Section 5(b) . If the registration does not become effective due to the withdrawal of Registrable Securities at the behest of the Holder(s) of such Registrable Securities and the withdrawal of the registration is not at the request or on the advice of the Company or the underwriter nor is the result of a material adverse change in the Company's business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects since the date of the written request of the Initiating Holders pursuant to this Section 5 , then either (1) the Holders requesting registration shall reimburse the Company for expenses incurred in complying with the request or (2) the aborted registration shall be treated as effected for purposes of Section 5(a)(B) .

        6.     Company Registration .    

5


        7.     Expenses of Registration .    All Registration Expenses incurred in connection with any registration, qualification or compliance pursuant to Sections 5, 6 and 9 shall be borne by the Company; provided , however , if a registration proceeding is begun upon the request of the Holders pursuant to Sections 5 or 9 , but such request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders, then the Holders of the Registrable Securities to have been registered may either: (i) bear all Registration Expenses of such proceeding, pro rata on the basis of the number of shares to have been registered, in which case the Company shall be deemed not to have effected a registration pursuant to Sections 5 or 9 of this Agreement, as applicable; or (ii) require the Company to bear all Registration Expenses of such proceeding, in which case the Company shall be deemed to have effected a registration pursuant to Sections 5 or 9 of this Agreement, as applicable. Nevertheless, if subsequent to such request for registration and prior to the request of such withdrawal, the Holders have learned of a material adverse change in the condition, business, or prospects of the Company from the condition, business or prospects of the Company known to the Holders at the time of their request and have withdrawn the request with reasonable promptness following disclosure by the Company of such material adverse change, then the Holders shall not be required to pay any of such expenses and shall retain their rights pursuant to Section 5, 6 or 9 , as applicable. All Selling Expenses relating to securities registered by the Holders shall be borne by the Holders of such securities pro rata on the basis of the number of shares so registered.

        8.     Registration Procedures .    In the case of each registration, qualification or compliance effected by the Company pursuant to this Agreement the Company will keep each Holder advised in writing as to the initiation of each registration, qualification and compliance and as to the completion thereof. At its expense the Company will:

6


        9.     Registration on Form S-3 .    In addition to the rights set forth above, if any Holder requests in writing that the Company file a registration statement on Form S-3 (or any successors thereto) with aggregate proceeds of at least $500,000 (a " Follow-On Registration ") for a public offering of shares of Registrable Securities and the Company is entitled to use Form S-3 to register securities for such an offering, the Company shall use its best efforts to effect such registration (including, without limitation, filing post-effective amendments, appropriate qualifications under applicable blue sky or other state securities laws, and appropriate compliance with the Securities Act). The Company will promptly give written notice of the request for the proposed registration to all other Holders and include all Registrable Securities of any Holder or Holders joining in such request as are specified in a written request received by the Company within thirty (30) days after receipt of such written notice from the Company. The written request of a Holder may specify that all or part of such Holder's Registrable Securities will be included in such registration. If the Follow-On Registration is for an underwritten offering, the provisions of Section 5(b) shall apply to such registration. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be obligated to effect any such registration, qualification or compliance, pursuant to this Section 9 :

7


        10.     Termination of Registration Rights .    The registration rights granted pursuant to this Agreement shall terminate as to any Holder, at such time after the Company's initial public offering that all Registrable Securities held by such Holder can be sold in a single three-month period pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

        11.     Lock-up Agreement .    In consideration for the Company agreeing to its obligations under this Agreement, each Holder of Registrable Securities and each transferee pursuant to Section 15 hereof agrees, in connection with the first registration of the Company's securities, that such holder shall not, without the prior consent of the Company or the underwriters managing any underwritten offering of the Company's securities, sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any Registrable Securities (other than those included in the registration), as the case may be, for a period of up to one hundred eighty (180) days from the effective date of such registration; provided , however that all officers, directors and holders of one percent (1%) or more of the outstanding capital stock of the Company enter into similar lock-up agreements as well. Each Holder agrees that the Company may instruct its transfer agent to place stop transfer notations in its records to enforce the provisions of this Section 11 .

        12.     Indemnification .    

8


9


        13.     Information by Holder .    The Holder(s) of Registrable Securities included in any registration shall furnish to the Company such information regarding such Holder or Holders and the distribution proposed by such Holder or Holders as the Company may request in writing and as shall be reasonably required in connection with any registration, qualification or compliance referred to in this Agreement.

        14.     Rule 144 Reporting .    With a view to making available the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the Commission which may at any time permit the sale of the Restricted Securities to the public without registration, the Company agrees to:

        15.     Transfer of Registration Rights .    The right to cause the Company to register securities granted hereunder may be assigned (but only with all related obligations) by a Holder to a transferee or assignee who acquires the lesser of (i) all of such Holder's Registrable Securities or (ii) fifty thousand (50,000) shares of Registrable Securities (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends and the like), provided that the Company is given written notice of such assignment at the time of or within a reasonable time after said transfer or assignment, and the transferee agrees in writing to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement regarding the right to register securities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the rights to cause the Company to register securities may be freely assigned (a) to any partner, active or retired, of a Holder, where such Holder is a partnership, (b) to any affiliate (as that term is defined in Rule 405 promulgated by the Commission under the Securities Act) of a Holder, (c) to any officer, director, shareholder or member thereof, where such Holder is a corporation or limited liability company or (d) to the spouse, children, grandchildren or spouse of such children or grandchildren of any Holder or to trusts for the benefit of any Holder or such persons where the Holder is a natural person, provided that written notice thereof is promptly given to the Company and that the transferee agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement.

        16.     Subsequent Grant of Registration Rights .    The Company shall not grant additional registration rights or rights to have securities other than the Registrable Securities registered under the Securities Act without the written consent of the Holders holding two-thirds of the Registrable Securities held by all Holders.

        17.     Information .    

10


11


        18.     Visitation Rights .    In addition to any rights of inspection afforded stockholders by statute or otherwise, the Company shall permit each Significant Holder, at such Significant Holder's expense, to visit and inspect the Company's properties, to examine its books of account and records and to discuss the Company's affairs, finances and accounts with its officers, all at such times as are mutually agreed upon by the Significant Holder and the Chief Executive Officer of the Company.

        19.     Termination of Information and Visitation Rights .    The covenants set forth in Sections 17 and 18 shall terminate as to Significant Holders and be of no further force or effect upon the first sale of Common Stock in a bona fide, firm commitment underwriting pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act or when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Sections 12(g) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, whichever event shall first occur.

        20.     Rights of First Offer .    The Company hereby grants to each Significant Holder and each Common Holder (individually, an " Offeree " collectively, the " Offerees "), the right of first offer to purchase a pro rata share of New Securities (as defined in this Section 20 ) which the Company may, from time to time, propose to sell and issue. Each Offeree's pro rata share, for purposes of this right of first offer, is the ratio of the number of shares of Common Stock owned by such Offeree immediately prior to the issuance of New Securities, assuming full conversion of the Preferred Stock, to the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the issuance of New Securities, assuming full conversion of all outstanding Preferred Stock. Each Offeree shall have a right of over-allotment such that if any Offeree fails to exercise its right hereunder to purchase its pro rata share of New Securities, the other Offerees may purchase the non-purchasing Offeree's portion on a pro rata basis within twenty (20) days from the date such non-purchasing Offeree fails to exercise its right hereunder to purchase its pro rata share of New Securities. This right of first offer shall be subject to the following provisions:

12


        21.     Covenants .    The Company hereby covenants and agrees with the Preferred Holders as follows:

13


14


15


        22.     Election of Directors .    Each of the parties hereto agrees to vote all of his, her or its Shares (and attend, in person or by proxy, all meetings of stockholders called for the purpose of electing directors), and the Company agrees to take all actions (including, but not limited to the nomination of

16


specified persons) to cause and maintain the election to the Board of Directors of the Company, to the extent permitted pursuant to the Company's certificate of incorporation, the following:

        Each of the parties further covenants and agrees to vote, to the extent possible, all Shares so that the authorized number of members of the Company's Board of Directors shall consist of seven (7) members.

        In the absence of any designation from the persons or groups so designating directors as specified above, the director previously designated by them and then serving shall be re-elected if still eligible to serve as provided herein.

        No party hereto shall vote to remove any member of the Board of Directors designated in accordance with the aforesaid procedure unless the persons or groups so designating directors as specified above so vote, and, if such persons or groups so vote then the non-designating party or parties shall likewise so vote. In the event that the person serving as the director to be elected as the CEO Director ceases to serve as the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, each of the parties hereto agrees to vote all of its Shares for the removal of such director at the request of a majority of the Board of Directors, excluding the director to be removed.

        The rights set forth in this Section 22 shall expire upon the first sale of Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act.

17


        23.     Board Observer Rights .    The Company shall invite one (1) representative designated from time to time by the Stockholders' Agent (as defined in the Merger Agreement), who shall initially be William Pease, and one (1) representative designated by Rembrandt Ventures (together, the " Observers ") who shall initially be Douglas Schrier, to attend in a nonvoting observer capacity all meetings of the Board of Directors of the Company or of the committees thereof and, in this respect, shall give the Observers copies of all notices and other materials that they provide generally to the members of the Board of Directors of the Company (or such committees thereof); provided, however, that the Company reserves the right to exclude the Observers from access to any material or meeting or portion thereof if a majority of the Board of Directors (or a committee thereof) believes that such exclusion is reasonably necessary in the performance of its duties, to preserve the attorney-client privilege, to protect highly confidential proprietary information or for other similar reasons.

        The rights set forth in this Section 23 shall expire upon the first sale of Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act.

        24.     Non-Disclosure of Investment Interests.     The Company hereby covenants and agrees that, except as otherwise required by law, no information concerning the identity of any Preferred Holder as an investor or interested party to the Company, including but not limited to information distributed in any press release, marketing or advertising materials, loan applications and general business development, will be disclosed by the Company or its agents without the prior written consent of such Preferred Holder, which consent shall be at that Preferred Holder's sole discretion.

        25.     Governing Law.     This Agreement and the legal relations between the parties arising hereunder shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware (without resort to the conflict of law principles thereof).

        26.     Entire Agreement.     This Agreement constitutes the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties regarding the rights provided herein. The Prior Agreement is hereby terminated in its entirety and shall be of no further force or effect. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the provisions hereof shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators of the parties hereto.

        27.     Notices, Etc.     All notices, requests, consents and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed delivered on the date of delivery, when delivered personally or by overnight courier or sent by telegram or confirmed fax, or seventy-two (72) hours after being deposited with the United States Post Office, as First Class certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, to the following addresses: (i) if to a Preferred Holder: at the address below such Preferred Holder's name on Schedule I attached hereto, or at such other address as the Preferred Holder may designate by ten (10) days advance written notice to the other parties hereto; (ii) if to Common Holder, at the address below such Common Holder's name on Schedule II attached hereto, or at such other address as the Common Holder may designate by ten (10) days' advance written notice to the other parties hereto, or (iii) (iv) if to the Company, to its principal place of business, 11921 N. Mopac Expressway, Ste. 200, Austin, TX 78759, or the address of any registered agent and with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to DLA Piper US LLP, 1221 South MoPac Expressway, Suite 400, Austin, TX 78746-6875, attn: John Gilluly, facsimile (512) 457-7001.

        28.     Counterparts; Facsimile Signatures.     This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument. Signatures transmitted via facsimile shall be deemed originals for purposes of this Agreement.

        29.     Amendment.     Unless otherwise stated in the foregoing, any provision of this Agreement may be amended, waived or modified only upon the written consent of (i) the Company, and (ii) holders of at least two-thirds in interest of the Preferred Stock; provided , however , that any amendment which

18



uniquely and adversely affects (i) the Common Holders or (ii) the QRS Holders (as defined in the Company's Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation), as the case may be, shall not be effective against such respective holders without the written consent of the holders of at least a majority in interest of such holders; and provided, further, that any amendment to Section 22 that would adversely alter the right of any party or group of parties shall require the written consent of such party or group of parties. Any amendment or modification effected in accordance with this Section 29 shall be binding upon each party hereto and each party and the Company. Any amendment, waiver or modification not effected in accordance with this Section 28 shall be null and void.

        30.     Independent Counsel.     Each party acknowledges and agrees that DLA Piper US LLP is and has acted solely as counsel to the Company, and not to such party, in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Each party further acknowledges and agrees that such party has been represented by and consulted with, or has had reasonable opportunity to be represented by and consulted with, independent counsel of its own choosing throughout all negotiations that preceded the execution and delivery of this Agreement.

Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank

19


        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Fifth Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement as of the date set forth above.

    COMPANY:

 

 

CONVIO, INC.
a Delaware corporation

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Gene Austin

Gene Austin
Chief Executive Officer

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Fifth Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement as of the date set forth above.

    COMMON HOLDERS:

 

 

/s/ Vinay Bhagat

Vinay Bhagat

 

 

  

David Crooke

 

 

/s/ Gene Austin

Gene Austin

 

 

/s/ Jim Offerdahl

Jim Offerdahl

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Fifth Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement as of the date set forth above.

    COMMON HOLDERS (continued):

 

 

 

Sheeraz Haji

 

 

/s/ William Pease

William Pease

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Fifth Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement as of the date set forth above.

    PREFERRED HOLDERS:

 

 

ADAMS STREET V, L.P.

 

 

By:

 

Adams Street Partners, LLC,
its General Partner

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Jeffrey T. Diehl

Jeffrey T. Diehl
Partner

 

 

EL DORADO VENTURES VI, L.P.

 

 

By:

 

 

    Name:     

    Title:    


 

 

EL DORADO TECHNOLOGY '01, L.P.
    By:     

    Name:    

    Title:     


 

 

REMBRANDT VENTURES PARTNERS II, L.P.

 

 

By:

 

  

    Name:    

    Title:     


        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Fifth Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement as of the date set forth above.

    PREFERRED HOLDERS:

 

 

ADAMS STREET V, L.P.

 

 

By:

 

Adams Street Partners, LLC,
its General Partner

 

 

By:

 

 

George H. Spencer, III
Partner

 

 

EL DORADO VENTURES VI, L.P.

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Scott Irwin

    Name:   Scott Irwin

    Title:   General Partner


 

 

EL DORADO TECHNOLOGY '01, L.P.

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Scott Irwin

    Name:   Scott Irwin

    Title:   General Partner


 

 

REMBRANDT VENTURES PARTNERS II, L.P.

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Douglas Schrier

    Name:   Douglas Schrier

    Title:   General Partner


        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Fifth Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement as of the date set forth above.

    PREFERRED HOLDERS:

 

 

REMBRANDT VENTURES PARTNERS EXPANSION FUND, L.P.

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Douglas Schrier

    Name:   Douglas Schrier

    Title:   General Partner


        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Fifth Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement as of the date set forth above.

    PREFERRED HOLDERS (continued):

 

 

GRANITE VENTURES, L.P.

 

 

By:

 

Granite Management, L.L.C.,
Its General Partner

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Jackie Berterretche

    Name:   Jackie Berterretche

    Title:   Attorney-in-Fact


 

 

ADOBE VENTURES IV, L.P.

 

 

By:

 

Adobe Ventures Management IV, LLC
Its General Partner

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Jackie Berterretche

    Name:   Jackie Berterretche

    Title:   Attorney-in-Fact


 

 

TODD U.S. VENTURES, LLC

 

 

By:

 

H&Q Todd Ventures Management, LLC

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Jackie Berterretche

    Name:   Jackie Berterretche

    Title:   Attorney-in-Fact


        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Fifth Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement as of the date set forth above.

    PREFERRED HOLDERS (continued):

 

 

AUSTIN VENTURES VI, L.P.

 

 

By:

 

AV Partners VI, LP,
Its General Partner

 

 

By:

 

 

    Name:     

    Title:    


 

 

AUSTIN VENTURES VI
AFFILIATES FUND, L.P.

 

 

By:

 

AV Partners VI, LP,
Its General Partner

 

 

By:

 

  

    Name:    

    Title:     


 

 

SILVERTON PARTNERS III, L.P.

 

 

By:

 

/s/ William Wood

William Wood
General Partner

 

 

LIBERTY MUTUAL INSURANCE COMPANY

 

 

By:

 

  

Ronald D. Ulich
Vice President

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Fifth Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement as of the date set forth above.

    PREFERRED HOLDERS (continued):

 

 

AUSTIN VENTURES VI, L.P.

 

 

By:

 

AV Partners VI, LP,
Its General Partner
    By:     

    Name:     

    Title:     


 

 

AUSTIN VENTURES VI
AFFILIATES FUND, L.P.

 

 

By:

 

AV Partners VI, LP,
Its General Partner

 

 

By:

 

  

    Name:     

    Title:    


 

 

SILVERTON PARTNERS III, L.P.

 

 

By:

 

 

William Wood
General Partner

 

 

LIBERTY MUTUAL INSURANCE COMPANY

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Ronald D. Ulich

Ronald D. Ulich
Vice President

 

 

LMIA COINVESTMENT L.P.

 

 

By:

 

Liberty Mutual Insurance Company,
Its general partner

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Ronald D. Ulich

Ronald D. Ulich
Vice President

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Fifth Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement as of the date set forth above.

    PREFERRED HOLDERS (continued):

 

 

GRANITE VENTURES, L.P.

 

 

By:

 

Granite Management, L.L.C.,
Its General Partner

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Jackie Berterretche

    Name:   Jackie Berterretche

    Title:   Attorney-in-Fact


 

 

ADOBE VENTURES IV, L.P.

 

 

By:

 

Adobe Ventures Management IV, LLC
Its General Partner

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Jackie Berterretche

    Name:   Jackie Berterretche

    Title:   Attorney-in-Fact


 

 

TODD U.S. VENTURES, LLC

 

 

By:

 

H&Q Todd Ventures Management, LLC

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Jackie Berterretche

    Name:   Jackie Berterretche

    Title:   Attorney-in-Fact


        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Fifth Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement as of the date set forth above.

    PREFERRED HOLDERS:

 

 

HORIZON TECHNOLOGY FUNDING COMPANY II LLC

 

 

By:

 

Horizon Technology Finance, LLC, its member and agent

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Robert D. Pomeroy, Jr.

    Name:   Robert D. Pomeroy, Jr.

    Title:   Managing Member


        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Fifth Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement as of the date set forth above.

    PREFERRED STOCKHOLDERS (continued):

 

 

/s/ Sheeraz Haji

Sheeraz Haji

 

 

/s/ Pete Kirkwood

Pete Kirkwood

 

 

/s/ Robert Epstein

Robert Epstein

 

 

  

James Pooley

 

 

  

Samuel Kingsland

 

 

 

Lisa Gansky

 

 

  

Cristina Morgan

 

 

 

David Golden
Wilner Trust

 

 

  

Nicholas Allen

 

 

  

Mary Krackeler

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Fifth Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement as of the date set forth above.

    PREFERRED HOLDERS (continued):

 

 

Pacific Partners USA, L.P.

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Travis Nelson

    Name:   Travis Nelson

    Title:   Managing Director


        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Fifth Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement as of the date set forth above.

    PREFERRED HOLDERS (continued):

 

 

Casilli Investment Partners

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Gerald S. Casilli

    Name:   Gerald S. Casilli

    Title:   Partner


 

 

Casilli Revocable Trust

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Gerald S. Casilli

    Name:   Gerald S. Casilli

    Title:   Trustee


 

 

/s/ Michelle A. Casilli

Michelle A. Casilli

 

 

/s/ Gerard A. Casilli

Gerard A. Casilli

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Fifth Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement as of the date set forth above.

      

Alice Hendricks

 

 

 

Amanda Dramstad

 

 

/s/ Angelica Broaddus

Angelica Broaddus

 

 

 

Avi Schaeffer

 

 

  

Barker Trust

 

 

  

Brian Trelstad

 

 

  

Bruce Keilin

 

 

  

Charles Berman

 

 

 

Christopher Dworin

 

 

/s/ Curtis Below

Curtis Below

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Fifth Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement as of the date set forth above.

    /s/ Dan Landy

Dan Landy

 

 

/s/ David Abercrombie

David Abercrombie

 

 

  

David Moynihan

 

 

 

Debra Perlson

 

 

  

Douglas Chuchro

 

 

  

Environmental Defense Fund

 

 

  

Francois Furstenberg

 

 

  

Gregory Neichin

 

 

 

Irwin Lieber

 

 

  

Jackson Horton

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Fifth Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement as of the date set forth above.

      

James Kim

 

 

 

James Koshland

 

 

  

James Swanson

 

 

 

JC Severiens

 

 

  

Jeff Raleigh

 

 

  

Jenny Kim

 

 

  

Jospeh Walsmith

 

 

/s/ Karl Goldstein

Karl Goldstein

 

 

/s/ Ken Leiserson

Ken Leiserson

 

 

  

Kenneth Thornton

 

 

/s/ Kristin Lawton

Kristin Lawton

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Fifth Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement as of the date set forth above.

      

Larry Kontz

 

 

 

Lefeber Investment Partnership

 

 

  

Lori Painter

 

 

 

Mal Warwick Trust

 

 

  

Mami Nomura

 

 

 

Michael Baird Trust

 

 

/s/ Michael Schwarz

Michael Schwarz

 

 

  

Nancy Abercrombie

 

 

  

New Millennium Capital Partners II, LLC

 

 

  

Patrick Kelly

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Fifth Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement as of the date set forth above.

      

Todd Lash

 

 

/s/ Tom Krackeler

Tom Krackeler

 

 

/s/ Tri Tran

Tri Tran

 

 

 

Vernon George

 

 

  

Woodland Venture Fund

 

 

/s/ Yoshinobu Sugawara

Yoshinobu Sugawara

      

Lefeber Investment Partnership

 

 

 

Lori Painter

 

 

  

Mal Warwick Trust

 

 

/s/ Mami Nomura

Mami Nomura

 

 

  

Michael Baird Trust

 

 

  

Michael Schwarz

 

 

  

Nancy Abercrombie


Schedule I
SCHEDULE OF COMMON HOLDERS

 
  Shares of Common Stock Held (as of April 10, 2007)  
Common Holder
  P   Q   R   S  
Vinay Bhagat
c/o Convio, Inc.
11921 N. Mopac, Suite 400
Austin, Texas 78759
    1,088,187                    

David Crooke
c/o Convio, Inc.
11921 N. Mopac, Suite 400
Austin, Texas 78759

 

 

130,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gene Austin
c/o Convio, Inc.
11921 N. Mopac, Suite 400
Austin, Texas 78759

 

 

1,256,374

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Jim Offerdahl
c/o Convio, Inc.
11921 N. Mopac, Suite 400
Austin, Texas 78759

 

 

450,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sheeraz Haji

 

 

 

 

 

331

 

 

12,265

 

 

385,826

 

William S. Pease

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

803,805

 


Schedule II
SCHEDULE OF PREFERRED HOLDERS

 
  Registrable Securities (as of April 10, 2007)  
 
  Preferred Stock   Common Stock  
Preferred Holder
  Series A   Series B   Series C   Series P   Series Q   Series R   Series S  
Adams Street Partners V, L.P.
One North Wacker Drive, Suite 2200
Chicago, IL 60606-2807
Attn: George H. Spencer, III
    1,624,999           194,438     1,389,517                    
Austin Ventures VI, LP
300 West Sixth Street, Suite 2300
Austin, Texas 78701
Attn: Tom Ball
    2,318,786           155,375     3,008,306                    
Austin Ventures VI Affiliates Fund, LP
300 West Sixth Street, Suite 2300
Austin, Texas 78701
Attn: Tom Ball
    65,215           4,369     84,607                    
Silverton Partners III, L.P.
1000 Rio Grande Street
Austin, TX 78701
Attn: William Wood
    735,750           112,891     1,014,481                    
Roliff H. Purrington, Jr.
Mayor, Day, Caldwell & Keeton, LLP
100 Congress Avenue, Suite 1500
Austin, TX 78701-4042
    6,999                 7,102                    
William A. Sahlman, Ph.D.
Baker Library 373
Harvard Business School
Soldiers Field
Boston, MA 02163
    4,999                 5,073                    
Philip Cannon     1,999                 2,029                    
Ashish Dhawan
ChrysCapital
Suite 101, The Oberoi
Dr. Zakir Hussain Marg
New Delhi—110003
India
    1,999                 2,029                    
Sandeep Nanda     1,999                 2,077                    
Ajit Nedungadi
TA Associates
High Street Tower, Suite 2500
125 High Street
Boston, MA 02110
    1,999                 2,029                    
Granite Ventures, L.P.
One Bush Street, Suite 1350
San Francisco, CA 94104
Attn: Chris Hollenbeck
    1,418,749           207,273     2,133,029                    
Adobe Ventures IV, L.P.
c/o Granite Ventures, L.P.
One Bush Street, Suite 1350
San Francisco, CA 94104
Attn: Chris Hollenbeck
    1,276,875                 1,919,726                    
Todd U.S. Ventures, LLC
c/o Granite Ventures, L.P.
One Bush Street, Suite 1350
San Francisco, CA 94104
Attn: Chris Hollenbeck
    141,874                 213,302                    
Neil Webber     126,249                 144,040                    

 
  Registrable Securities (as of April 10, 2007)  
 
  Preferred Stock   Common Stock  
Preferred Holder
  Series A   Series B   Series C   Series P   Series Q   Series R   Series S  
Brobeck, Phleger & Harrison LLP
(Associates Stock Fund)
Andrews Kurth LLP
111 Congress Avenue, Suite 1700
Austin, TX 78701
Attn: J. Matthew Lyons, Esq.
    1,749                 1,523                    
Austin Tighe
Andrews Kurth LLP
111 Congress Avenue, Suite 1700
Austin, TX 78701
Attn: J. Matthew Lyons, Esq. 
    437                 380                    
Carmelo M. Gordian
Andrews Kurth LLP
111 Congress Avenue, Suite 1700
Austin, TX 78701
Attn: J. Matthew Lyons, Esq.
    874                 761                    
Charles S. Baker
Andrews Kurth LLP
111 Congress Avenue, Suite 1700
Austin, TX 78701
Attn: J. Matthew Lyons, Esq.
    437                 380                    
J. Matthew Lyons
Andrews Kurth LLP
111 Congress Avenue, Suite 1700
Austin, TX 78701
Attn: J. Matthew Lyons, Esq.
    437                 380                    
Kinloch Gill III
Andrews Kurth LLP
111 Congress Avenue, Suite 1700
Austin, TX 78701
Attn: J. Matthew Lyons, Esq.
    437                 380                    
Robert DeBerardine
Andrews Kurth LLP
111 Congress Avenue, Suite 1700
Austin, TX 78701
Attn: J. Matthew Lyons, Esq.
    874                 761                    
Virtual CFO
4601 Spicewood Springs Road
Building II, Ste 100
Austin, TX 78759-8598
Attn: Ellen Wood
    4,374                 3,808                    
Liberty Mutual Insurance Company
175 Berkeley Street
Boston, MA 02117
Attn: Ronald D. Ulich
    887,499                 1,674,844                    
LMIA Coinvestment L.P.
175 Berkeley Street
Boston, MA 02117
Attn: Ronald D. Ulich
                165,272                          
Sheeraz Haji           1,900                 331     12,265     385,826  
Pete Kirkwood           13,849     31,948           2,418     28,707     18,219  
Robert Epstein           19,008                 3,319     430,674        
James Pooley           13,398                 2,340     52,716        
Samuel Kingsland           9,504                 1,659     54,610        
Lisa Gansky           3,804                 664     175,007        
Cristina Morgan           8,720                 1,523     42,819        
David Golden
Wilner Trust
          3,832                 669     21,499        
Nicholas Allen           11,107                 1,939     15,136        
Mary Krackeler           7,603                 1,327     9,394        
William Krackeler           7,603                 1,327     9,394        

 
  Registrable Securities (as of April 10, 2007)  
 
  Preferred Stock   Common Stock  
Preferred Holder
  Series A   Series B   Series C   Series P   Series Q   Series R   Series S  
Chris Buchbinder           4,990                 871     15,031        
Kerry Propper           9,504                 1,659     22,965        
Michael Shellenberger           2,851                 497     11,482        
Tim Kirkwood           6,636                 1,159     11,482        
Fowler Trust           8,303                 1,450     16,076        
Vaishali Patel           1,900                 332     3,653        
Burwen Trust           9,504                 1,659     18,268        
Asha Haji           6,328                 1,105     10,960        
El Dorado Ventures VI, L.P.
El Dorado Ventures
2440 Sand Hill Road, Suite 200
Menlo Park, CA 94025
Attn: Scott Irwin
          1,688,754     1,209,128           294,939              
El Dorado Technology '01, L.P.
El Dorado Ventures
2440 Sand Hill Road, Suite 200
Menlo Park, CA 94025
Attn: Scott Irwin
          51,506     35,878           8,995              
Pacific Partners USA LLP
2250 Hyde Street, #5
San Francisco, CA 94109
Attn: Gordon Rubenstein
and
TowerBrook Capital Partners
430 Park Avenue, 6th Floor
New York, NY 10022
Fax: (917) 591-3269
Attn: Travis Nelson
          997,874                 174,277              
Rembrandt Ventures Partners II, L.P.
2200 Sand Hill Road, Suite 1600
Menlo Park, CA 94025
Attn: Doug Schrier and Gerald Casilli
          333,609     467,252           58,264              
Rembrandt Ventures Partners Expansion Fund, L.P.
2200 Sand Hill Road, Suite 1600
Menlo Park, CA 94025
Attn: Doug Schrier and Gerald Casilli
                155,751                          
Abdul Haji           349                 61     5,741        
Casilli Investment Partners           3,323                 580     54,512        
Casilli Revocable Trust           5,586                 975     91,633        
Gerald A. Casilli           668                 116     10,961        
Michelle A. Casilli           668                 116     10,961        
Jamaluddin Moloo           595                 103     9,760        
Jeanne Haji           349                 61     5,741        
John Claypool           454                 79     7,463        
Kenneth Thonton                 15,974                 57,414        
Horizon Technology Finance
76 Batterson Park Road
Farmington, CT 06032
                159,744                          



QuickLinks

CONVIO, INC. FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS' RIGHTS AGREEMENT April 10, 2007
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CONVIO, INC. FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS' RIGHTS AGREEMENT
RECITALS
AGREEMENT
Schedule I SCHEDULE OF COMMON HOLDERS
Schedule II SCHEDULE OF PREFERRED HOLDERS

Exhibit 4.3.1

 

CONVIO, INC.
AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO
FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

THIS AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “ Amendment ”), which amends that certain Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated April 10, 2007 (the “ Investor Rights Agreement ”), is made and entered into as of January     , 2008 by and among Convio, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), each of those holders of the Company’s Series P Common Stock, Series Q Common Stock, Series R Common Stock, and Series S Common Stock, each with a par value $0.001 per share (collectively, the “ Common Stock ”), identified on Schedule I to the Investor Rights Agreement (individually, a “ Common Holder ,” and collectively, the “ Common Holders “), each of the holders of the Company’s Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, Series B Convertible Preferred Stock and Series C Convertible Preferred Stock, each with a par value of $0.001 per share, or shares of the Company’s capital stock issuable upon conversion thereof (collectively, the “ Preferred Stock ”), listed on Schedule II to the Investor Rights Agreement (individually, a “ Preferred Holder ” and collectively, the “ Preferred Holders ”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS , Section 22 of the Investor Rights Agreement sets forth the rights of the Common Holders and Preferred Holders with respect to the election of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”);

 

WHEREAS , the Common Holders and Preferred Holders desire to amend the Investor Rights Agreement to increase the size of the Board from seven to nine members, and to add certain provisions regarding the election of such new members of the Board;

 

WHEREAS , Section 29 of the Investor Rights Agreement provides that Section 22 thereof may only be amended with the written consent of each party or group of parties that such amendment would adversely affect;

 

WHEREAS , the Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company requires that the holders of at least two-thirds of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, together as a single class, consent to a change in the authorized size of the Board to a number greater or less than seven;

 

WHEREAS , the undersigned, holding the requisite amount of stock necessary to amend the Investor Rights Agreement, desire to amend the Investor Rights Agreement as provided herein; and

 

WHEREAS , the undersigned Preferred Holders, holding the requisite amount of Preferred Stock necessary to consent to the increase in the size of the Board from seven to nine members, desire to consent to such increase.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW , THEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing, the mutual covenants herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 



 

1.              Amendments .

 

(a)            The Section 22(vi)  of the Investor Rights Agreement is hereby amended and restated to read as follows:

 

“(vi)         two (2) persons who initially shall be designated by the existing Board of Directors, and who, starting at the next annual meeting of the stockholders of the Company, shall be elected in accordance with the certificate of incorporation and bylaws of the Company; and”

 

(b)            A new Section 22(vii)  is hereby added to the Investor Rights Agreement to read as follows:

 

“(vii)        after the date hereof, the Board of Directors shall undertake the process of identifying one (1) person approved by a majority of the existing Board of Directors, including the approval of at least one of the Series P Directors and the QRS Director, who shall have relevant experience in the industry and have no affiliation with the Company and who shall replace one (1) Series P Director (the “ Industry Director ”) (and the entity previously entitled to designate such Series P Director shall no longer retain such right.  Thereafter, the Industry Director shall be designated by a majority of the existing Board of Directors, including the approval of at least one of the Series P Directors and the QRS Director, who shall have relevant experience in the industry and have no affiliation with the Company.

 

Each of the parties further covenants and agrees to vote, to the extent possible, all Shares so that the authorized number of members of the Company’s Board of Directors shall consist of nine (9) members.

 

In the absence of any designation from the persons or groups so designating directors as specified above, the director previously designated by them and then serving shall be re-elected if still eligible to serve as provided herein.

 

No party hereto shall vote to remove any member of the Board of Directors designated in accordance with the aforesaid procedure unless the persons or groups so designating directors as specified above so vote, and, if such persons or groups so vote then the non-designating party or parties shall likewise so vote.  In the event that the person serving as the director to be elected as the CEO Director ceases to serve as the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, each of the parties hereto agrees to vote all of its Shares for the removal of such director at the request of a majority of the Board of Directors, excluding the director to be removed.

 

The rights set forth in this Section 22 shall expire upon the first sale of Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act.”

 

2.              Consent .  Each Preferred Holder hereby consents to the increase in the size of the Board from seven to nine members.

 

3.              Counterparts .  This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

2



 

4.              Titles and Subtitles .  The titles and subtitles used in this Amendment are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Amendment.

 

5.              Entire Agreement .  The Investor Rights Agreement, as modified by this Amendment, and the documents referred to herein and therein constitute the entire agreement among the parties in respect of the subject matter hereof and thereof and no party shall be liable or bound to any other party in any manner by any warranties, representations or covenants except as specifically set forth herein or therein.

 

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

3



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the date set forth above.

 

 

COMPANY:

 

 

 

CONVIO, INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Gene Austin

 

 

Gene Austin

 

 

Chief Executive Officer

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the date set forth above.

 

 

 

COMMON HOLDERS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Vinay Bhagat

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

David Crooke

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Gene Austin

 

Gene Austin

 

 

 

 

 

/s / Jim Offerdahl

 

Jim Offerdahl

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the date set forth above.

 

 

 

COMMON HOLDERS (continued):

 

 

 

 

 

/s/Sheeraz Haji

 

Sheeraz Haji

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

William Pease

 


 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the date set forth above.

 

 

PREFERRED HOLDERS:

 

 

 

 

 

ADAMS STREET V, L.P.

 

 

 

 

By:

Adams Street Partners, LLC,

 

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/Jeffrey T. Diehl

 

 

Jeffrey T. Diehl

 

 

Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EL DORADO VENTURES VI, L.P.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Scott Irwin

 

Name:

Scott Irwin

 

Title:

Managing Member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EL DORADO TECHNOLOGY ’01, L.P.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Scott Irwin

 

Name:

Scott Irwrin

 

Title:

Managing Member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

REMBRANDT VENTURES PARTNERS II, L.P.

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

REMBRANDT VENTURES PARTNERS II, L.P.

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the date set forth above.

 

 

PREFERRED HOLDERS (continued):

 

 

 

 

 

GRANITE VENTURES, L.P.

 

 

 

 

By:

Granite Management, L.L.C.,

 

 

Its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jackie Berterretche

 

Name:

Jackie Berterretche

 

Title:

Attorney-in-Fact

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ADOBE VENTURES IV, L.P.

 

 

 

 

By:

Adobe Ventures Management IV, LLC

 

 

Its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jackie Berterretche

 

Name:

Jackie Berterretche

 

Title:

Attorney-in-Fact

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the date set forth above.

 

 

PREFERRED HOLDERS (continued):

 

 

 

 

 

AUSTIN VENTURES VI, L.P.

 

 

 

 

By:

AV Partners VI, LP,

 

 

Its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ken DeAngelis

 

Name:

Ken DeAngelis

 

Title:

General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AUSTIN VENTURES VI

 

AFFILIATES FUND, L.P.

 

 

 

 

By:

AV Partners VI, LP,

 

 

Its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ken DeAngelis

 

Name:

Ken DeAngelis

 

Title:

General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SILVERTON PARTNERS III, L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William Wood

 

 

William Wood

 

 

General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIBERTY MUTUAL INSURANCE COMPANY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Ronald D. Ulich

 

 

Vice President

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the date set forth above.

 

 

LMIA COINVESTMENT L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

By: :

/s/ Ronald D. Ulich

 

 

Ronald D. Ulich

 

 

Vice President

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the date set forth above.

 

 

 

/s/ Sheeraz Haji

 

Sheeraz Haji

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pete Kirkwood

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Robert Epstein

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

James Pooley

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Samuel Kingsland

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lisa Gansky

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cristina Morgan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

David Golden

 

Wilner Trust

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nicholas Allen

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mary Krackeler

 


 



Exhibit 4.4

 

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR PURSUANT TO RULE 144 OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE CORPORATION AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

 

WARRANT TO PURCHASE PREFERRED STOCK

 

Issuer:

CONVIO, INC., a Delaware corporation

Number of Shares:

up to 60,290 Shares (or as otherwise determined in Section 1 below)

Class of Stock:

Series D Convertible Preferred Stock, $.001 par value

Exercise Price:

$1.65865 per Share

Issue Date:

March 31, 2006

Expiration Date:

The earlier to occur of (i) the tenth anniversary of the Issue Date or (ii) the fifth anniversary of the closing of the first public offering of the Company’s Common Stock under terms and conditions that require automatic conversion of the Series D Preferred Stock into Common Stock.

 

THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for the agreed upon value of $1.00 and for other good and valuable consideration, including the execution and delivery of that certain Master Lease Agreement No. CONVX dated as of March 15, 2006 (the “Lease”), this Warrant is issued to ATEL VENTURES, INC., as Trustee under a Trust Agreement dated as of July 20, 2004 among Trustee and its affiliates, as Trustors, with respect to the percentage and number of warrant shares held in trust for the respective Trustor, as set forth on Exhibit A to the Trust Agreement, (“Holder”) by CONVIO, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”).

 

1.     ISSUANCE .

 

Subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, the Holder is entitled upon surrender of this Warrant and the duly executed Notice of Exercise annexed hereto as Appendix 1, at the office of the Company, 11921 N. Mopac Expressway, Suite 200, Austin, TX 78759, or such other office as the Company shall notify the Holder of in writing, to purchase from the Company up to 60,290 shares of fully paid and non-assessable shares (the “Shares”) of the Company’s Series D Convertible Preferred Stock, $.001 par value per share (“Preferred Stock”), at a purchase price per Share of $1.65865 (the “Exercise Price”); provided however, if at any time the Company has received less than $2,000,000 in Advances pursuant to the Lease and requests additional Advances thereunder, if Holder does not make such additional Advances to Borrower for any reason, the number of shares for which this Warrant shall be exercisable shall thereafter be the number determined by multiplying 60,290 by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the total amount of Advances made to Borrower under the Lease and the denominator of which shall be $2,000,000.  This Warrant may be exercised in whole or in part at any time and from time to time until 5:00 PM, Pacific time, on the Expiration Date set forth above, and shall be void thereafter.  Until such time as this Warrant is exercised in full or expires, the Exercise Price and the Shares are subject to adjustment from time to time as hereinafter provided.

 

1



 

2.     EXERCISE

 

(a)   Method of Exercise .  Holder may exercise this Warrant by delivering this Warrant together with a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached as Appendix 1 hereto to the principal office of the Company.  Unless Holder is exercising the conversion right set forth in Section 2(b), Holder shall also deliver to the Company a check for the aggregate Exercise Price for the Shares being purchased.

 

(b)   Conversion Right .  In lieu of exercising this Warrant as specified in Section 2(a), Holder may from time to time convert this Warrant, in whole or in part, into a number of Shares determined as follows:

 

X = Y (A-B)

 

 

 

A

 

 

where:

 

 

X = the number of Shares to be issued to the Holder.

 

 

 

Y= the number of Shares with respect to which this Warrant is being exercised.

 

 

 

A= the Fair Market Value (as determined pursuant to Section 2 (c) below) of one Share.

 

 

 

B= the Exercise Price.

 

(c)   Fair Market Value .

 

(i)            If shares of Common Stock are traded on a nationally recognized securities exchange or over the counter market, the fair market value of one Share shall be the average closing price of a share of Common Stock over the five day trading period immediately preceding the date of Holder’s Notice of Exercise to the Company (or such lesser number of trading days as the stock has been publicly traded). Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the Warrant is exercised in connection with and not later than the Company’s initial public offering of Common Stock, the fair market value per share shall be the product of (i) the per share offering price to the public of the Company’s initial public offering, and (ii) the number of Shares of Common Stock into which each share of Preferred Stock is convertible at the time of exercise.

 

(ii)           If shares of Common Stock are not traded on a nationally recognized securities exchange or over the counter market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine the fair market value of a share of Common Stock in its reasonable good faith judgment. The foregoing notwithstanding, if Holder advises the Board of Directors in writing that Holder disagrees with such determination, then the Company and Holder shall promptly agree upon a reputable investment banking firm to undertake such valuation. If the valuation of such investment banking firm is greater than that determined by the Board of Directors by five percent (5%) or more, then all fees and expenses of such investment banking

 

2



 

firm shall be paid by the Company. In all other circumstances, such fees and expenses shall be paid by Holder. The determination of any such investment banking firm shall be conclusive in any event.

 

(d)   Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant . Promptly after Holder exercises or converts this Warrant, the Company shall deliver to Holder certificates for the Shares acquired and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised or converted and has not expired, a new Warrant representing the right to purchase the Shares not so acquired.

 

(e)   Replacement of Warrants . On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company at its expense shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor.

 

(f)    Assumption on Sale, Merger, or Consolidation of the Company .

 

(i)            “Acquisition” . For the purpose of this Warrant, “Acquisition” means any sale, transfer, exclusive license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or any acquisition, reorganization, consolidation or merger of the Company where the holders of the Company’s outstanding voting equity securities immediately prior to the transaction beneficially own voting equity securities representing less than 50.01% of the voting power the surviving or successor entity immediately following the transaction.

 

(ii)           Assumption of Warrant . Upon the closing of any Acquisition, the successor or surviving entity shall assume the obligations of this Warrant, and this Warrant shall be exercisable for the same securities and property as would be payable for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on the record date for the Acquisition and subsequent closing. The Exercise Price shall be adjusted accordingly, and the Exercise Price and number and class of Shares shall continue to be subject to adjustment from time to time in accordance with the provisions hereof.

 

(iii)          Purchase Right . Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the closing of any Acquisition, in connection with and effective upon the closing of any Acquisition, the Company shall have the right to purchase the unexercised portion of this Warrant for cash for an amount equal to (a) three (3) times the aggregate Exercise Price of the Shares, less (b) the aggregate Exercise Price of the Shares.

 

(g)   Conversion or Redemption of Series D Preferred Stock . Should all of the Company’s Series D Preferred Stock be, or if outstanding would be, at any time prior to the expiration of the Warrant or any portion thereof, redeemed or converted into shares of the Company’s Common Stock in accordance with Section 3 of the Charter, as hereinafter defined, then this Warrant shall become exercisable following such event for that number of shares of the Common Stock that would have been received if this Warrant had been exercised in full and the Series D Preferred Stock received thereupon had been simultaneously converted immediately prior

 

3



 

to such event, and the Exercise Price shall immediately be adjusted to equal the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the aggregate Exercise Price of the maximum number of shares of Series D Preferred Stock for which this Warrant was exercisable immediately prior to such conversion or redemption, by (y) the number of shares of Common Stock for which this Warrant is exercisable immediately after such conversion or redemption. For purposes of the forgoing, the “Charter” shall mean the Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Convio, Inc. as amended and /or restated and effective immediately prior to the redemption or conversion of all of the Company’s Series D Preferred Stock.

 

3.     ADJUSTMENTS .

 

(a)   Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc . If the Company declares or pays a dividend on the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, payable in Common Stock or other securities, or subdivides the outstanding Preferred Stock into a greater amount of Preferred Stock, then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without additional cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities to which Holder would have been entitled had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend or subdivision occurred. If the outstanding Preferred Stock is subdivided into a greater number of shares, the Exercise Price shall be proportionately decreased and the number of Shares shall be proportionately increased.

 

(b)   Reclassification, Exchange or Substitution . Upon any reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of the securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, Holder shall be entitled to receive, upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, the number and kind of securities and property that Holder would have received for the Shares if this Warrant had been exercised immediately before such reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event. The Company or its successor shall promptly issue to Holder a new Warrant for such new securities or other property. The new Warrant shall provide for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Section 3 including, without limitation, proportional adjustments to the Exercise Price and to the number of securities or property issuable upon exercise of the new Warrant. The provisions of this Section 3(b) shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, substitutions, or other events.

 

(c)   Adjustments for Combinations, Etc . If the outstanding shares of Common Stock are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Exercise Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares shall be proportionately decreased.

 

(d)   No Impairment . The Company shall not, by amendment of its Certificate of Incorporation or by-laws, or through a reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue, or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed under this Warrant by the Company, but shall at all times in good faith assist in carrying out of all the provisions of this Section 3 and in taking all such action as may be necessary or appropriate to protect Holder’s rights under this Article against impairment.

 

(e)   Fractional Shares . No fractional Shares shall be issuable upon exercise or conversion of the Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the

 

4



 

nearest whole Share. If a fractional Share interest arises upon any exercise or conversion of this Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional Share interest by paying Holder an amount computed by multiplying such fractional interest by the Fair Market Value (determined in accordance with Section 2(c) above) of one Share.

 

(f)    Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon each adjustment of the Exercise Price, number of Shares or class of security for which this Warrant is exercisable, the Company at its expense shall promptly compute such adjustment, and furnish Holder with a certificate of its chief financial officer setting forth such adjustment and the facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request, furnish Holder a certificate setting forth the Exercise Price, number of Shares class of security for which this Warrant is exercisable in effect upon the date thereof and the series of adjustments leading to such Exercise Price, number of Shares and class of security.

 

(g)   Issuance of Additional Shares . In the event that the Company shall issue shares of its capital stock at a price less than the Exercise Price after the date hereof, the price at which the Shares may be converted into the Company’s Common Stock shall be subject to the same adjustment, if any, to the price at which the Company’s Series D Preferred Stock may be converted into the Company’s Common Stock provided in the Company’s Charter. The Company shall give Holder prior written notice of the issuance of stock occurring after the Issue Date, including the price at which the stock is to be sold the number of shares to be issued.

 

4.     REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY .

 

(a)   Representations and Warranties. The Company hereby represents and warrants to Holder as follows:

 

(i)            All Shares which may be issued upon the due exercise of this Warrant shall, upon issuance and payment of the Exercise Price, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws.

 

(ii)           Appendix 2 sets forth all of the outstanding shares of common stock and preferred stock and outstanding options, warrants, convertible securities, convertible debentures, and rights to acquire, subscribe for, and/or purchase any Common Stock, preferred stock and/or other capital stock of the Company or any securities or debentures convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock, preferred stock and/or other capital stock of the Company (other than preemptive rights afforded the holders of capital stock as set forth in the Company’s Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated July 2, 2004 (as amended and restated from time to time, the “Rights Agreement”)).

 

(iii)          The Company covenants that it shall at all times cause to be reserved and kept available out of its authorized and unissued shares such number of shares of its Preferred Stock and other securities as will be sufficient to permit the exercise in full of this Warrant and the conversion or exchange of such Preferred Stock into or for such other securities.

 

(iv)          The execution and delivery by the Company of this Warrant and the performance of all obligations of the Company hereunder, including the issuance to Holder of the right to acquire the shares of Preferred Stock, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company, and the Lease and this

 

5



 

Warrant are not inconsistent with the Company’s Charter or By-laws, do not contravene any law or governmental rule, regulation or order applicable to it, do not and will not contravene any provision of, or constitute a default under, any indenture, mortgage, contract or other instrument to which it is a party or by which it is bound, and the Lease and this Warrant Agreement constitute legal, valid and binding agreements of the Company, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms.

 

(v)           No consent or approval of, giving of notice to, registration with, or taking of any other action in respect of any state, Federal or other governmental authority or agency is required with respect to the execution, delivery and performance by the Company of its obligations under this Warrant, except for the filing of notices pursuant to Regulation D under the 1933 Act and any filing required by applicable state securities law, which filings will be effective by the time required thereby.

 

(b)   Notice of Certain Events . If the Company proposes at any time (a) to declare any dividend or distribution upon its Common Stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend; (b) to offer for subscription pro rata to the holders of Common Stock any additional shares of stock of any class or series or other rights; (c) to effect any reclassification or recapitalization of its Common Stock; (d) to merge or consolidate with or into any other corporation, or sell, lease, license, or convey all or substantially all of its assets, or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up; or (e) offer holders of registration rights the opportunity to participate in an underwritten public offering of the company’s securities for cash, then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder (1) at least 20 days prior written notice of the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of securities of the Company shall be entitled to receive such dividend, distribution or rights) or for determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above; (2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least 20 days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of securities of the Company will be entitled to exchange their securities of the Company for securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event); and (3) in the case of the matter referred to in (e) above, the same notice as is given to the holders of such registration rights.

 

(c)   Information Rights . So long as the Holder holds this Warrant and/or any of the Shares, the Company shall deliver to the Holder (a) promptly after mailing, copies of all notices or other written communications to the shareholders of the Company, (b) within one-hundred and twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, the annual audited financial statements of the Company certified by independent public accountants of recognized standing and (c) such other financial statements required under and in accordance with any loan documents between Holder and the Company or if there are no such requirements (or if the subject loan(s) no longer are outstanding), then within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year, the Company’s quarterly, unaudited financial statements.

 

(d)           Registration Under Securities Act of 1933, as amended . Upon exercise of the Warrant, the holder of the Shares shall have certain registration rights as set forth in the Rights Agreement. The Company agrees to amend the Rights Agreement to make Holder a party thereto solely with respect to such registration rights. The Company represents and warrants

 

6



 

to Holder that the Company’s execution, delivery and performance of such Rights Agreement (a) has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action of the Company’s Board of Directors and shareholders, (b) does not and will not violate the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws, each as amended, (c) does not and will not violate or cause a breach or default (or an event which with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both, would constitute a breach or default) under any agreement, instrument, mortgage, deed of trust or other arrangement to which the Company is a party or to or by which it or any of its assets is subject or bound, and (d) does not require the approval, consent or waiver of or by any shareholder, registration rights holder or other third party which approval, consent or waiver has not been obtained as of the date of issuance of this Warrant. ]

 

5.     MISCELLANEOUS .

 

(a)   Automatic Conversion upon Expiration . In the event that, upon the Expiration Date, the Fair Market Value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 2(c) above is greater than the Exercise Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be converted pursuant to Section 2(b) above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised or converted, and the Company shall promptly deliver a certificate representing the Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such conversion to the Holder.

 

(b)   Legends . This Warrant and the Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

 

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR PURSUANT TO RULE 144 OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

 

(c)   Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer . This Warrant and the Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters). The Company shall not require Holder to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to an affiliate of Holder or if (a) there is no material question as to the availability of current information as referenced in Rule 144(c), (b) Holder represents that it has complied with Rule 144(d) and (e) in reasonable detail, (c) the selling broker represents that it has complied with Rule 144(f), and (d) the Company is provided with a copy of Holder’s notice of proposed sale.

 

(d)   Transfer Procedure . Subject to the provisions of Section 5(c), Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant and/or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) at any time to

 

7



 

ATEL Venture Fund, LLC , or to any other affiliate of Holder by giving the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant being transferred setting forth the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and surrendering this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable).

 

(e)   Notices . All notices and other communications from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective when given personally or sent by electronic facsimile transmission, express overnight courier service, or mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or the Holder, as the case may be, in writing by the Company or such holder from time to time, but in all cases, unless instructed in writing otherwise, the Company shall deliver a copy of all notices to Holder at 600 California Street, 6 th  Floor, San Francisco CA 94108, Attention: General Counsel.

 

(f)    Waiver . This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

 

(h)   Remedies . In the event of any default hereunder, the non-defaulting party may proceed to protect and enforce its rights either by suit in equity and/or by action at law, including but not limited to an action for damages as a result of any such default, and/or an action for specific performance for any default where Holder will not have an adequate remedy at law and where damages will not be readily ascertainable. The Company expressly agrees that it shall not oppose an application by the Holder or any other person entitled to the benefit of this Warrant requiring specific performance of any or all provisions hereof or enjoining the Company from continuing to commit any such breach of this Warrant.

 

(i)    Attorneys Fees . In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

 

(j)    Governing Law . This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

 

8



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Warrant to Purchase Preferred Stock to be executed by its duly authorized representative as of the date first above written.

 

 

COMPANY

 

CONVIO, INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ JR Offerdahl

 

Name:

JR Offerdahl

 

Title:

 CFO

 

 

 

 

 

 

HOLDER

 

ATEL VENTURES, INC., as Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

9



APPENDIX 1

 

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

1.             The undersigned hereby elects to purchase   shares of the                          stock of                                      pursuant to Section 2(a) of the attached Warrant, and tenders herewith payment of the Exercise Price of such shares in full.

 

1.             The undersigned hereby elects to convert the attached Warrant into Shares in the manner specified in Section 2(b) of the attached Warrant. This conversion is exercised with respect to                          of shares of the                                                  Stock of                                       .

 

[Strike paragraph that does not apply.]

 

2.             Please issue a certificate or certificates representing said shares in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below:

 

 

 

 

 

(Name)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Address)

 

 

3.             The undersigned represents it is acquiring the shares solely for its own account and not as a nominee for any other party and not with a view toward the resale or distribution thereof except in compliance with applicable securities laws.

 

 

 

 

(Date)

 

(Signature)

 

10



 

APPENDIX 2

 

CAPITALIZATION

 

Outstanding Capital Stock:

 

Outstanding options, warrants, convertible securities, convertible debentures, and rights to acquire, subscribe for, and/or purchase any Common Stock, preferred stock and/or other capital stock of the Company or any securities or debentures convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock, preferred stock and/or other capital stock of the Company:

 

11


 



Exhibit 4.5

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS STOCK PURCHASE WARRANT HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED IN THE ABSENCE OF A REGISTRATION STATEMENT IN EFFECT WITH RESPECT TO THE SECURITIES UNDER SUCH ACT OR LAWS UNLESS THE COMPANY HAS RECEIVED AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED OR UNLESS SOLD PURSUANT TO RULE 144 OF SUCH ACT AND AN EXEMPTION UNDER APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

 

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

 

 

Corporation:

Convio, Inc.

 

Number of Shares:

18,087

 

Class of Stock:

Series D Convertible Preferred Stock

 

Initial Exercise Price:

$1.65864 per share

 

Issue Date:

December 27, 2005

 

Expiration Date:

December 27, 2012

 

THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, BRIDGE BANK N.A. (“ Holder ”) is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and nonassessable shares (the “ Shares ”) of Series D Convertible Preferred Stock (the “ Series D Preferred ”) of Convio, Inc. (the “ Company ”) at the initial exercise price per Share of $1.65864 (the “ Warrant Price ”) as adjusted pursuant to Article 2 of this warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this warrant.

 

ARTICLE 1

 

EXERCISE

 

1.1           Method of Exercise.   Subject to Section 4.1, Holder shall exercise this warrant by delivering this warrant and a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached as Appendix 1 to the principal office of the Company.  Unless Holder is exercising the conversion right set forth in Section 1.2, Holder shall also deliver to the Company a check for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.

 

1.2           Conversion Right.   In lieu of exercising this warrant as specified in Section 1.1, Holder may from time to time convert this warrant, in whole or in part, into a number of Shares determined by dividing (a) the aggregate fair market value of the Shares or other securities otherwise issuable upon exercise of this warrant minus the aggregate Warrant Price of such Shares by (b) the fair market value of one Share.  The fair market value of the Shares shall be determined pursuant to Section 1.3.

 

1.3           Fair Market Value.   If the Shares are traded regularly in a public market, the fair market value of the Shares shall be the closing price of the Shares (or the closing price of the Company’s stock into which the Shares are convertible) reported for the business day immediately before Holder delivers its Notice of Exercise to the Company.  If the Shares are not regularly traded in a public market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine fair market value in its reasonable good faith judgment.

 

1



 

1.4           Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant.   Promptly after Holder exercises or converts this warrant, the Company shall deliver to Holder certificates for the Shares acquired and, if this warrant has not been fully exercised or converted and has not expired, a new warrant representing the Shares not so acquired.

 

1.5           Replacement of Warrants.   On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender and cancellation of this warrant, the Company at its expense shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this warrant, a new warrant of like tenor.

 

ARTICLE 2

 

ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES

 

2.1           Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc.   In the event of any proportional adjustment by stock dividend, split or otherwise of the number of outstanding shares of Series D Preferred, the number of Shares and the Warrant Price shall be similarly proportionally adjusted so that the Holder shall receive upon exercise, the total number of Shares to which Holder would have been entitled had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the adjustment occurred.

 

2.2           Reclassification, Exchange or Substitution.   Upon any reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of the securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this warrant, Holder only shall be entitled to receive, upon exercise or conversion of this warrant, the number and kind of securities and property that Holder would have received for the Shares if this warrant had been exercised immediately before such reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event.  Such an event shall include any automatic conversion of the outstanding or issuable securities of the Company of the same class or series as the Shares to common stock pursuant to the terms of the Company’s Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended from time to time (the “ Certificate of Incorporation ”).  The Company or its successor shall promptly issue to Holder a new warrant for such new securities or other property.  The new warrant shall provide for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Article 2 including, without limitation, adjustments to the Warrant Price and to the number of securities or property issuable upon exercise of the new warrant.  The provisions of this Section 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, substitutions, or other events.

 

2.3           Adjustments for Combinations, Etc.   If the outstanding Shares are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased.  If the outstanding Shares are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a greater number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased.

 

2.4           Adjustments for Diluting Issuances.   In the event of the issuance by the Company of Additional Shares of Common (as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation) after

 

2



 

the Issue Date at a price per share less than the Warrant Price, then the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares shall be adjusted in accordance with Article IV.B.3(e) of the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

2.5           No Impairment.   The Company shall not, by amendment of its Certificate of Incorporation or through a reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue, or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed under this warrant by the Company, but shall at all times in good faith assist in carrying out all the provisions of this Article 2 and in taking all such action as may be necessary or appropriate to protect Holder’s rights under this Article against impairment.

 

2.6           Certificate as to Adjustments.   Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, the Company at its expense shall promptly compute such adjustment, and furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer setting forth such adjustment and the facts upon which such adjustment is based.  The Company shall, upon written request, furnish Holder a certificate setting forth the Warrant Price in effect upon the date thereof and the series of adjustments leading to such Warrant Price.

 

2.7           Fractional Shares.   No fractional Shares shall be issuable upon exercise or conversion of the Warrant and the Number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share.  If a fractional share interest arises upon any exercise or conversion of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional share interest by paying Holder amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by the fair market value of a full Share.

 

ARTICLE 3

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY

 

3.1           Representations and Warranties.   The Company hereby represents and warrants to the Holder as follows:

 

(a)            The initial Warrant Price referenced on the first page of this warrant is not greater than the fair market value of the Shares as of the date of this warrant.

 

(b)            All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of the purchase right represented by this warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws.

 

(c)            The Company’s capitalization table attached to this warrant is true and complete as of the Issue Date.  [NOTE: Company provide updated cap table including recent exercises of options.]

 

3.2           Notice of Certain Events.   If the Company proposes at any time (a) to declare any dividend or distribution upon its Series D Preferred, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend; (b) to offer for subscription pro rata

 

3



 

to the holders of Series D Preferred any additional shares of stock of any class or series or other rights; (c) to effect any reclassification or recapitalization of Series D Preferred; (d) to sell substantially all of the Company’s assets or merge or consolidate with another Company as a result of which the stockholders of the Company before such merger or consolidation do not retain, directly or indirectly, at least a majority of the beneficial interest in the voting stock of the surviving corporation (a “ Change of Control ”); or (e) liquidate, dissolve or wind up, then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder (1) at least 10 days prior written notice of the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of common stock will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in (a) and (b) above; and (2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c), (d) or (e) above at least 10 days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of common stock will be entitled to exchange their common stock for securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event).

 

3.3           Registration Under Securities Act of 1933, as amended.   The Company agrees that, following execution of this warrant, the shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares shall be “Registrable Securities,” and Holder shall be deemed a “Holder” under that certain Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement among the Company and other persons dated as of July 2, 2004.

 

ARTICLE 4

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

4.1           Term: Exercise Upon Expira tion.   This warrant is exercisable in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time on or before the earlier of (i) the Expiration Date set forth above; (ii) one (1) year after the Company completes its initial public offering or (iii) a Change of Control.  If this warrant has not been exercised prior to the Expiration Date, this warrant shall be deemed to have been automatically exercised on the Expiration Date by “cashless” conversion pursuant to Section 1.2.

 

4.2           Legends.   This warrant and the Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

 

THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS THERE IS AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER SUCH ACT COVERING SUCH SECURITIES, THE SALE IS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144 UNDER THE ACT, OR THE COMPANY RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL FOR THE HOLDER OF THESE SECURITIES REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, STATING THAT SUCH SALE, TRANSFER, ASSIGNMENT OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF SUCH ACT.

 

4.3           Assignment; Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer.   This Warrant may be assigned or transferred only with the prior written approval of the Company.  This Warrant shall be

 

4



 

binding upon any successors or assigns of the Company.  Any assignment not in compliance with this Section 4.3 shall be null and void.  In no event may this warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee.

 

4.4           Notices.   All notices and other communications from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective when given personally or mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or the Holder, as the case may be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time.  All notices to the Holder shall be addressed as follows:

 

Bridge Bank N.A.

525 University Ave.

Palo Alto, CA  94301

Attn:  Dan Pistone

 

4.5           Amendments.   This warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

 

4.6           Attorneys’ Fees.   In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

 

4.7           Governing Law.   This warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

 

 

 

CONVIO, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ JR Offerdahl

 

Name:

JR Offerdahl

 

Title:

CFO

 

5



 

APPENDIX 1

 

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

1.              The undersigned hereby elects to purchase                              shares of the                              stock of CONVIO , INC. pursuant to the terms of the attached warrant, and tenders herewith payment of the purchase price of such shares in full.

 

2.              The undersigned hereby elects to convert the attached warrant into shares in the manner specified in the warrant.  This conversion is exercised with respect to                              of the shares covered by the warrant.

 

[Strike paragraph that does not apply.]

 

3.              Please issue a certificate or certificates representing said shares in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below:

 

Bridge Bank N.A.

 

4.              The undersigned represents it is acquiring the shares solely for its own account and not as a nominee for any other party and not with a view toward the resale or distribution thereof except in compliance with applicable securities laws.

 

 

BRIDGE BANK N.A. or Registered Assignee

 

 

 

 

(Signature)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Date)

 

 




Exhibit 4.6

 

THIS WARRANT AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR PURSUANT TO RULE 144 OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE CORPORATION AND ITS COUNSEL THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

 

AMENDED & RESTATED WARRANT TO PURCHASE SECURITIES

 

Corporation:

                                

 

Number of Units:

                                

 

Initial Exercise Price:

$                               per Unit

 

Unit Value (per unit):

                                 Shares of Series A Preferred Stock

                                 Shares of Series P Common Stock

 

Aggregate Number of Shares underlying Units:

                                 Shares of Series A Preferred Stock

                                 Shares of Series P Common Stock

 

Original Issue Date:

                                

 

Re-Issue Date:

                                

 

Expiration Date:

                                 (Subject to Section 4.1)

 

 

This warrant certifies that, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged,                                    or its permitted assignee (“Holder”) is entitled to purchase the number of units (“Units”) of Convio, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), at the initial exercise price per Unit (the “Warrant Price”) all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to Article 2 of this warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this warrant.

 

Each Unit represents the number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of the classes of securities (the “Shares”) of the Company identified above.  Immediately upon the exercise of this warrant, the Company shall deliver that number of Shares underlying the number of Units acquired pursuant to the exercise, and the purchased Units shall terminate and have no further value.

 

This warrant has been issued pursuant to Section 2.2 of that certain warrant issued by the Company to Holder on April 3, 2003 (the “Prior Warrant”) in connection with a recapitalization recently undertaken by the Company.  The validity of this warrant and the Company’s obligation to issue the Units and the underlying Shares pursuant to this Warrant is conditioned upon the surrender of the Prior Warrant to the Company and the release by the Holder of any and all obligations of the Company under the Prior Warrant and relinquishment of any purchase and other rights the Holder might have had thereunder.

 

ARTICLE 1:                               EXERCISE.

 

1.1                                  Method of Exercise .  Holder may exercise this warrant by delivering this warrant and a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached as Appendix 1 to the principal office of the Company.  Unless Holder is exercising the conversion right set forth in

 

1



 

Section 1.2, Holder shall also deliver to the Company a check for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Units being purchased.

 

1.2                                  Conversion Right .  In lieu of exercising this warrant as specified in Section 1.1, Holder may from time to time convert this warrant, in whole or in part, into a number of Units determined by dividing (a) the aggregate fair market value of the Units or other securities otherwise issuable upon exercise of this warrant minus the aggregate Warrant Price of such Units by (b) the fair market value of one Unit.  The fair market value of the Units shall be determined pursuant to Section 1.4.

 

1.3                                  Intentionally Omitted .

 

1.4                                  Fair Market Value .  If all of the Shares underlying the Units are traded regularly in a public market, the fair market value of each Unit shall be the equal to (a) the Closing Price (as defined below) of a single share of Series A Preferred Stock (or the closing price of the Company’s stock into which shares of the Series A Preferred Stock are convertible) multiplied by the number of fractional shares of Series A Preferred Stock underlying a single Unit, plus (b) the Closing Price of a single share of Series P Common Stock (or the closing price of the Company’s stock into which shares of the Series P Common Stock are convertible) multiplied by the number of fractional shares of Series P Common Stock underlying a single Unit. For purposes of this Section 1.4, “Closing Price” shall mean the last price per share at which such share traded during the last regular trading session on the security’s primary market that closed prior to the Holder’s delivery of its Notice of Exercise to the Company.  If all of the Shares are not regularly traded in a public market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine fair market value in its reasonable good faith judgment.

 

1.5                                  Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant .  Promptly after Holder exercises or converts this warrant, the Company shall deliver to Holder certificates for the Shares underlying the Units acquired and, if this warrant has not been fully exercised or converted and has not expired, a new warrant representing the Units not so acquired.

 

1.6                                  Replacement of Warrants .  On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender and cancellation of this warrant, the Company at its expense shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this warrant, a new warrant of like tenor.

 

1.7                                  Repurchase on Sale, Merger, or Consolidation of the Company .

 

1.7.1                         Acquisition .” For the purpose of this warrant, “Acquisition” means (a) any sale, license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets (including intellectual property) of the Company, or (b) any reorganization, consolidation, merger or sale of the voting securities of the Company or any other transaction where the holders of the Company’s securities before the transaction beneficially own less than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving entity after the transaction.

 

2



 

1.7.2                         Assumption of Warrant .  If upon the closing of any Acquisition the successor entity assumes the obligations of this warrant, then this warrant shall be exercisable for the same securities, cash, and property as would be payable for the Shares underlying the Units issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on the record date for the Acquisition and subsequent closing.  The Warrant Price shall be adjusted accordingly.  The Company shall use reasonable efforts to cause the surviving corporation to assume the obligations of this warrant.

 

1.7.3                         Nonassumption .  If upon the closing of any Acquisition the successor entity does not assume the obligations of this warrant and Holder has not otherwise exercised this warrant in full, then this warrant shall be deemed to have been automatically converted pursuant to Section 1.2 and thereafter Holder shall participate in the Acquisition on the same terms as other holders of the same class of securities of the Company.

 

ARTICLE 2:                               ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES.

 

2.1                                  Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc .  If the Company declares or pays a dividend on its Series A Preferred Stock or Common Stock payable in Series A Preferred Stock or Common Stock, or other securities, subdivides the outstanding Series A Preferred Stock or Common Stock into a greater amount of Series A Preferred Stock or Common Stock, then upon exercise of this warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities to which Holder would have been entitled had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend or subdivision occurred.

 

2.2                                  Reclassification, Exchange or Substitution .  Upon any reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of the securities underlying the Units issuable upon exercise or conversion of this warrant, Holder shall be entitled to receive, upon exercise or conversion of this warrant, the number and kind of securities and property that Holder would have received for the Shares if this warrant had been exercised immediately before such reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event.  Such an event shall include any automatic conversion of the outstanding or issuable securities of the Company of the same class or series as the Shares to common stock pursuant to the terms of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation upon the closing of a registered public offering of the Company’s common stock.  The Company or its successor shall promptly issue to Holder a new warrant for such new securities or other property.  The new warrant shall provide for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Article 2 including, without limitation, adjustments to the Warrant Price and to the number of securities or property issuable upon exercise of the new warrant.  The provisions of this Section 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, substitutions, or other events.

 

2.3                                  Adjustments for Combinations, Etc.   If the outstanding Shares are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased.  If the outstanding Shares are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a greater number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased.

 

3



 

2.4                                  Adjustments for Diluting Issuances .  The Warrant Price and the number of Shares underlying the Units issuable upon exercise of this warrant shall be subject to adjustment, from time to time, in the manner set forth in Exhibit A hereto in the event of Diluting Issuances (as defined in Exhibit A).

 

2.5                                  No Impairment .  The Company shall not, by amendment of its Certificate of Incorporation or through a reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue, or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed under this warrant by the Company, but shall at all times in good faith assist in carrying out all the provisions of this Article 2 and in taking all such action as may be necessary or appropriate to protect Holder’s rights under this Article against impairment.

 

2.6                                  Certificate as to Adjustments .  Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, the Company at its expense shall promptly compute such adjustment, and furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer setting forth such adjustment and the facts upon which such adjustment is based.  The Company shall, upon written request, furnish Holder a certificate setting forth the Warrant Price in effect upon the date thereof and the series of adjustments leading to such Warrant Price.

 

2.7                                  Fractional Shares .  No fractional Shares shall be issuable upon exercise or conversion of the Warrant and the Number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share.  If a fractional share interest arises upon any exercise or conversion of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional share interest by paying Holder amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by the fair market value of a full Share.

 

ARTICLE 3:                               REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

 

3.1                                  Representations and Warranties .  The Company hereby represents and warrants to the Holder as follows:

 

(a)                                   [Intentionally omitted.]

 

(b)                                  All Units which may be issued upon the exercise of the purchase right represented by this warrant, and the Shares underlying the Units and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws.

 

(c)                                   The Company’s capitalization table attached to this warrant is true and complete as of the Issue Date.

 

3.2                                  Notice of Certain Events .  If the Company proposes at any time (a) to declare any dividend or distribution upon its common stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend; (b) to effect any reclassification or recapitalization of common stock; or (c) to merge or consolidate with or into any other corporation, or sell, lease, license, or convey all or substantially all of its assets, or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up, then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder

 

4



 

(1) at least 10 days prior written notice of the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend or distribution (and specifying the date on which the holders of common stock will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in (a) of this Section 3.2, above; and (2) in the case of the matter referred to in (b) and (c) above at least 10 days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of common stock will be entitled to exchange their common stock for securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event).

 

3.3                                  Information Rights .  So long as the Holder holds this warrant and/or any of the Shares, the Company shall deliver to the Holder (a) promptly after mailing, copies of all communiques to the shareholders of the Company, (b) within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, the annual audited financial statements of the Company certified by independent public accountants of recognized standing and (c) within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year, the Company’s quarterly, unaudited financial statements.

 

3.4                                  Registration Under Securities Act of 1933 .  as amended.  The Company agrees that the Shares or, if the Shares are convertible into common stock of the Company, such common stock, shall be subject to the registration rights set forth on Exhibit B.

 

ARTICLE 4:                               MISCELLANEOUS.

 

4.1                                  Term:  Notice of Expiration .  This warrant is exercisable in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time on or before the Expiration Date set forth above; provided, however , that if the Company completes its initial public offering within the three-year period immediately prior to the Expiration Date, the Expiration Date shall automatically be extended until the third anniversary of the effective date of the Company’s initial public offering.  If this warrant has not been exercised prior to the Expiration Date, this warrant shall be deemed to have been automatically exercised on the Expiration Date by “cashless” conversion pursuant to Section 1.2.

 

4.2                                  Legends .  This warrant and the certificates representing the Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

 

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR PURSUANT TO RULE 144 OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE CORPORATION AND ITS COUNSEL THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

 

4.3                                  Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer .  This warrant and the Shares underlying the Units issuable upon exercise of this warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters

 

5



 

and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company).  The Company shall not require Holder to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to an affiliate of Holder or if there is no material question as to the availability of current information as referenced in Rule 144(c), Holder represents that it has complied with Rule 144(d) and (e) in reasonable detail, the selling broker represents that it has complied with Rule 144(f), and the Company is provided with a copy of Holder’s notice of proposed sale.

 

4.4                                  Transfer Procedure .  Subject to the provisions of Section 4.3, Holder may transfer all or part of this warrant or the Shares underlying the Units issuable upon exercise of this warrant (or the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) by giving the Company notice of the portion of the warrant being transferred setting forth the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and surrendering this warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder, if applicable); provided, however , that Holder may transfer all or part of this warrant to its affiliates, including, without limitation,                                             , at any time without notice to the Company, and such affiliate shall then be entitled to all the rights of Holder under this warrant and any related agreements, and the Company shall cooperate fully in ensuring that any stock issued upon exercise of this warrant is issued in the name of the affiliate that exercises the warrant.  The terms and conditions of this warrant shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the Company and the holders hereof and their respective permitted successors and assigns.  Unless the Company is filing financial information with the SEC pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Company shall have the right to refuse to transfer any portion of this warrant to any person who directly competes with the Company.

 

4.5                                  Notices .  All notices and other communications from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective when given personally or mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or the Holder, as the case may be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time.  All notices to the Holder shall be addressed as follows:

 

Attn:

 

 

 

4.6                                  Amendments .  This warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

 

4.7                                  Attorneys’ Fees .  In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

 

4.8                                  Governing Law .  This warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

 

6



 

[ Signatures appear on the following page. ]

 

7



 

 

CONVIO, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

Authorized signatories under Corporate Resolutions to Borrow or an authorized signer(s) under a resolution covering warrants must sign the warrant.

 

8



 

APPENDIX 1

 

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

1.                                        The undersigned hereby elects to purchase                                Units of CONVIO, INC. pursuant to the terms of the attached warrant, and tenders herewith payment of the purchase price of such Units in full, which Units shall immediately convert into                                shares of Series A Preferred Stock and                                    shares of Series P Common Stock.  (The number of shares in this paragraph one shall be determined by multiplying number of Units by the Unit Value on page one of the warrant.)

 

1.                                        The undersigned hereby elects to convert the attached warrant into shares in the manner specified in the warrant.  This conversion is exercised with respect to                                   of the shares covered by the warrant.

 

[Strike paragraph 1 that does not apply.]

 

2.                                        Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the shares underlying said Units in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below:

 

Attn:

 

 

 

3.                                        The undersigned represents it is acquiring the Shares solely for its own account and not as a nominee for any other party and not with a view toward the resale or distribution thereof except in compliance with applicable securities laws.

 

 

or Registered Assignee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Signature)

 

 

 

 

 

(Date)

 

 

9



 

EXHIBIT A

 

Anti-Dilution Provisions

(For Preferred Stock Warrants With Existing Anti-Dilution Protection)

 

In the event of the issuance (a “Diluting Issuance”) by the Company, after the Issue Date of the warrant, of securities at a price per share less than the Warrant Price, then the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares shall be adjusted in accordance with those provisions (the “Provisions”) of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation which apply to Diluting Issuances.

 

Under no circumstances shall the aggregate Warrant Price payable by the Holder upon exercise of the warrant increase as a result of any adjustment arising from a Diluting Issuance.

 



 

EXHIBIT B

 

Registration Rights

 

The Shares (if common stock), or the common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall be deemed “registrable securities” or otherwise entitled to “piggy back” registration rights in accordance with the terms of the following agreement (the “Agreement”) between the Company and its investor(s):

 

Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated as of April 10, 2007 by and among the Company and the other parties listed thereon.

 

The Company agrees that no amendments will be made to the Agreement, which would have an adverse impact on Holder’s registration rights thereunder without the consent of Holder.  By acceptance of the Warrant to which this Exhibit B is attached, Holder shall be deemed to be a party to the Agreement, for purposes of Section 6 thereof relating to piggy-back rights.

 




Exhibit 4.7

 

Issue Date:  May 25, 2006

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS INSTRUMENT HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR QUALIFIED UNDER APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SUCH ACT AND QUALIFIED UNDER APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, OR UNLESS THE CORPORATION HAS RECEIVED AN OPINION OF COUNSEL OR OTHER EVIDENCE, REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE CORPORATION AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

 

CONVIO, INC.

 

STOCK PURCHASE WARRANT

 

THIS CERTIFIES that Entrepeneurs Foundation of Central Texas (the “ Holder ”) is entitled, upon the terms and subject to the conditions hereinafter set forth, at any time on or after the date of this Warrant and on or prior to May 25, 2013 (the “ Expiration Date ”), to subscribe for and purchase, from Convio, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), 25,000 shares of Common Stock (or other securities as to which purchase rights under this Warrant exist) (the “ Shares ”) at an exercise price of $0.70 per share (the “ Exercise Price ”).  The Exercise Price and the Shares purchasable hereunder are subject to adjustment as set forth in Section 8.

 

1.                                        Exercise of Warrant .

 

(a)                                   The purchase rights represented by this Warrant are exercisable by the Holder, in whole or in part, at any time after the date hereof and before the close of business on the Expiration Date, by the surrender of this Warrant and the Notice of Exercise annexed hereto duly executed at the principal executive office of the Company (or such other office or agency of the Company as it may designate by notice in writing to the Holder at the address of the Holder appearing on the books of the Company), and upon payment of the Exercise Price of the Shares thereby purchased (by cash or by check or bank draft payable to the order of the Company); whereupon the Holder shall be entitled to receive a certificate for the number of Shares so purchased. The Company agrees that if at the time of the surrender of this Warrant and purchase of the Shares, the Holder shall be entitled to exercise this Warrant, the Shares so purchased shall be and be deemed to be issued to the Holder as the record owner of such Shares as of the close of business on the date on which this Warrant shall have been exercised as aforesaid.

 

(b)                                  In lieu of exercising this Warrant by payment of cash or check pursuant to subsection (a) above, the Holder may elect to receive Shares equal to the value of this Warrant (or the portion thereof being exercised), at any time after the date hereof and before the close of business on the Expiration Date, by surrender of this Warrant at the principal executive office of the Company, together with the Notice of Conversion annexed hereto, in which event the Company will issue to the Holder Shares in accordance with the following formula:

 



 

X

=

Y(A-B)

A

 

Where,

X

=

the number of Shares to be issued to Holder;

 

Y

=

the number of Shares for which the Warrant is being exercised;

 

A

=

the fair market value of one Share; and

 

B

=

the Exercise Price.

 

(i)                        For purposes of this subsection (b), the fair market value of a Share is defined as follows:

 

(1)                                   if the exercise is in connection with an initial public offering of the Common Stock, and if the Company’s registration statement relating to such offering has been declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission, then the fair market value shall be the initial “Price to Public” specified in the final prospectus with respect to the offering;

 

(2)                                   if the exercise is in connection with a Change of Control (as defined below), then the fair market value shall be the value received in such Change of Control by the holders of the securities as to which purchase rights under this Warrant exist;

 

(3)                                   if the exercise occurs after, and not in connection with the Company’s initial public offering, and:

 

a)                                       if traded on a securities exchange or the Nasdaq Stock Market, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the securities on such exchange or market over the thirty (30) day period ending three (3) days prior to the date of the Notice of Conversion; or
 
b)                                      if actively traded over-the-counter, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid prices over the thirty (30) day period ending three (3) days prior to the date of the Notice of Conversion;
 

(4)                                   if there is no active public market, the value shall be the fair market value thereof, as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors.

 

(ii)                     A “ Change of Control ” shall mean (x) the acquisition of the Company by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, any merger, consolidation or other form of reorganization in which outstanding shares of the Company are exchanged for securities or other consideration issued, or caused to be issued, by the acquiring entity or its subsidiary, but excluding any transaction effected primarily for the purpose of changing the Company’s jurisdiction of incorporation or raising capital for the Company), unless the Company’s stockholders of record as constituted immediately prior to such transaction or series of related transactions will, immediately after such transaction or series of related transactions hold

 

2



 

at least a majority of the voting power of the surviving or acquiring entity or (y) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

 

2.                                        Nonassessable .  The Company covenants that all Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of rights represented by this Warrant will, upon exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant, be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free from all taxes, liens and charges in respect of the issue thereof (other than taxes in respect of any transfer occurring contemporaneously with such issue).  Certificates for Shares purchased hereunder shall be delivered to the Holder within a reasonable time after the date on which this Warrant shall have been exercised as aforesaid.

 

3.                                        No Fractional Shares or Scrip .  No fractional shares or scrip representing fractional shares shall be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant.  With respect to any fraction of a share called for upon the exercise of this Warrant, an amount equal to such fraction multiplied by the then current price at which each Share may be purchased hereunder shall be paid in cash to the Holder.

 

4.                                        Charges, Taxes and Expenses .  Issuance of certificates for Shares upon the exercise of this Warrant shall be made without charge to the Holder hereof for any issue or transfer tax or other incidental expense in respect of the issuance of such certificate, all of which taxes and expenses shall be paid by the Company, and such certificates shall be issued in the name of the Holder.

 

5.                                        No Rights as Stockholder .  This Warrant does not entitle the Holder to any voting rights or other rights as a stockholder of the Company prior to the exercise hereof.

 

6.                                        Loss, Theft, Destruction or Mutilation of Warrant .  On receipt of evidence satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement satisfactory in form and substance to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company at its expense shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor and amount.

 

7.                                        Saturdays, Sundays, Holidays, etc.   If the last or appointed day for the taking of any action or the expiration of any right required or granted herein shall be a Saturday, a Sunday or a legal holiday, then such action may be taken or such right may be exercised on the next succeeding day not a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday.

 

8.                                        Adjustments .  The Exercise Price and the number of Shares purchasable hereunder are subject to adjustment from time to time as set forth in this Section 8.

 

(a)                                   Reclassification, etc .  If the Company, at any time while this Warrant, or any portion hereof, remains outstanding and unexpired by reclassification of securities or otherwise, shall change any of the securities as to which purchase rights under this Warrant exist into the same or a different number of securities or any other class or classes, this Warrant shall thereafter represent the right to acquire such number and kind of securities as would have been issuable as the result of such change with respect to the securities that were subject to the purchase rights under this Warrant immediately prior to such reclassification or other change and the Exercise Price therefor shall be appropriately adjusted, all subject to further adjustment as provided in this Section 8.

 

3



 

(b)                                  Subdivision or Combination of Shares .  In the event that the Company shall at any time subdivide the outstanding securities as to which purchase rights under this Warrant exist, or shall issue a stock dividend on the securities as to which purchase rights under this Warrant exist, the number of securities as to which purchase rights under this Warrant exist immediately prior to such subdivision or to the issuance of such stock dividend shall be proportionately increased, and the Exercise Price shall be proportionately decreased, and in the event that the Company shall at any time combine the outstanding securities as to which purchase rights under this Warrant exist, the number of securities as to which purchase rights under this Warrant exist immediately prior to such combination shall be proportionately decreased, and the Exercise Price shall be proportionately increased, effective at the close of business on the date of such subdivision, stock dividend or combination, as the case may be.

 

(c)                                   Cash Distributions .  No adjustment on account of cash dividends or interest on the securities as to which purchase rights under this Warrant exist will be made to the Exercise Price under this Warrant.

 

9.                                        Restrictions on Transferability of Securities .

 

(a)                                   Restrictions on Transferability .  This Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (collectively the “ Securities ”) shall not be sold, assigned, transferred or pledged except upon the conditions specified in this Section 9.

 

(b)                                  Restrictive Legend .  Each certificate representing the Securities and any other securities issued in respect of the Securities upon any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or similar event, shall (unless otherwise permitted by the provisions of Section 9(c)) be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend in the following form (in addition to any legend required under applicable state securities laws):

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR QUALIFIED UNDER APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SUCH ACT AND QUALIFIED UNDER APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, OR UNLESS THE CORPORATION HAS RECEIVED AN OPINION OF COUNSEL OR OTHER EVIDENCE, REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE CORPORATION AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER, INCLUDING A 180 DAY MARKET STANDOFF RESTRICTION, AS SET FORTH IN A STOCK PURCHASE WARRANT ISSUED BY THE CORPORATION TO THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THIS CERTIFICATE.  SUCH RESTRICTIONS ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THIS

 

4



 

CERTIFICATE.  A COPY OF SUCH WARRANT MAY BE OBTAINED BY WRITTEN REQUEST MADE BY THE HOLDER OF RECORD OF THIS CERTIFICATE TO THE SECRETARY OF THE CORPORATION AT THE PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES OF THE CORPORATION.

 

Each holder of Securities and each subsequent transferee consents to the Company making a notation on its records and giving instructions to any transfer agent of the Securities in order to implement the restrictions on transfer established in this Section 9.

 

(c)                                   Notice of Proposed Transfers .  Each holder of a warrant or stock certificate, as the case may be, representing the Securities, by acceptance thereof, agrees to comply in all respects with the provisions of this Section 9(c).  Such holder agrees not to make any disposition of all or any portion of the Securities unless and until (X) there is then in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”) covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with such registration statement or (Y) such holder shall have notified the Company of the proposed disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed statement of the circumstances surrounding the proposed disposition, and if reasonably requested by the Company, such holder shall have furnished the Company with an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Company that such disposition will not require registration of such shares under the Securities Act.

 

10.                                  Investment Representations and Covenants of the Holder .  With respect to the acquisition of any of the Securities, the Holder hereby represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

 

(a)                                   Experience .  The Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in the Company and has the capacity to protect its own interests.

 

(b)                                  Investment .  The Holder is acquiring the Securities for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with the view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution thereof.  The Holder understands that the Securities have not been, and will not be, registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act, the availability of which depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent and the accuracy of the Holder’s representations as expressed herein.

 

(c)                                   Rule 144 .  The Holder acknowledges that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act, or unless an exemption from such registration is available.  The Holder understands that the Company is not under any obligation to register any of the Securities.  The Holder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act that permit limited resale of securities purchased in a private placement subject to satisfaction of certain conditions.

 

11.                                  Market Standoff .  The Holder hereby agrees that it will not, without the prior written consent of the managing underwriter, during the period commencing on the date of the final prospectus relating to the Company’s initial public offering and ending on the date specified by the Company and the managing underwriter (such period not to exceed one hundred eighty (l80)

 

5



 

calendar days) (i) lend, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any securities of the Company, including (without limitation) shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any securities of the Company, including (without limitation) shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock (whether now owned or hereafter acquired), whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of securities, in cash or otherwise.  The Holder agrees to execute an agreement(s) reflecting (i) and (ii) above as may be requested by the managing underwriters at the time of the initial public offering, and further agrees that the Company may impose stop transfer instructions with its transfer agent in order to enforce the covenants in (i) and (ii) above.  The underwriters in connection with the Company’s initial public offering are intended third party beneficiaries of the covenants in this subsection and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce such covenants as though they were a party hereto.

 

12.                                  Early Termination .  The purchase rights represented by this Warrant shall terminate and be of no further force and effect upon the first to occur of (a) the closing of the Company’s first firm commitment underwritten public offering of its Common Stock or other securities pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or (b) the closing of a Change of Control.

 

13.                                  Notices .  In the event (i) the Company shall take a record of the holders of the securities at the time receivable upon the exercise of this Warrant for the purpose of entitling them to receive any dividend or other distribution, or any right to subscribe for or purchase any shares of stock of any class or any other securities, or to receive any other right, (ii) of any capital reorganization of the Company, (iii) of any reclassification of the capital stock of the Company, (iv) of any Change of Control or (v) of any voluntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Company, then, and in each such case, the Company will mail or cause to be mailed to the Holder a notice specifying, as the case may be, (A) the date on which a record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend, distribution or right, and stating the amount and character of such dividend, distribution or right, or (B) the date on which such reorganization, reclassification, Change of Control, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up is to take place, and the time, if any is to be fixed, as of which the holders of the securities at the time receivable upon the exercise of this Warrant shall be entitled to exchange such securities for the securities or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, Change of Control, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up.  Such notice shall be mailed at least five (5) days prior to the date therein specified.

 

14.                                  Miscellaneous .

 

(a)                                   Governing Law .  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED IN ALL RESPECTS BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF TEXAS AS SUCH LAWS ARE APPLIED TO AGREEMENTS BETWEEN TEXAS RESIDENTS ENTERED INTO AND TO BE PERFORMED ENTIRELY WITHIN TEXAS, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAWS RULES.

 

6



 

(b)                                  Restrictions .  By acceptance hereof, the Holder acknowledges that the Shares acquired upon the exercise of this Warrant may have restrictions upon its resale imposed by state and federal securities laws.

 

(c)                                   Waivers and Amendments . This Warrant and any provisions hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of the same is sought.

 

(d)                                  Assignment .  This Warrant may be assigned or transferred by the Holder only with the prior written approval of the Company.  This Warrant shall be binding upon any successors or assigns of the Company.

 

(e)                                   Notices .  All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered personally by hand or by courier, mailed by United States first-class mail, postage prepaid, sent by facsimile or sent by electronic mail directed to the party to be notified at the address, facsimile number or electronic mail address indicated for such person on the signature page hereof, or at such other address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as such party may designate by ten (10) days’ advance written notice to the other parties hereto.  All such notices and other communications shall be deemed given upon personal delivery, on the date of mailing, upon confirmation of facsimile transfer or when directed to the electronic mail address set forth on signature page hereof.  With respect to any notice given by the Company under any provision of the Texas General Corporation Law or the Company’s charter or bylaws, the Holder agrees that such notice may given by facsimile or by electronic mail.

 

(f)                                     Counterparts .  This Warrant may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be enforceable, and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

 

7



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Warrant to be executed by its officer thereunto duly authorized.

 

 

 

Convio, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

./s/ Gene Austin

 

 

 

Gene Austin, Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

Address :

 

 

11921 North MoPac Expressway, Suite 200

 

 

Austin, TX 78759

 

 

 

 

 

 

AGREED AND ACKNOWLEDGED:

 

 

 

 

 

Entrepreneurs Foundation of Central Texas

 

 

 

 

 

(fka Austin Entrepreneurs Foundation)

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Eugene Sepulveda, Interim Executive Director

 

 

 

 

 

Address

 

 

PO Box 684826

 

 

Austin, TX 78768

 

 

 

 

 

Facsimile #: (512) 233-2366

 

 

 



 

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

TO:                       Convio, Inc.

11921 North MoPac Expressway, Suite 200

Austin, TX  78759 USA

ATTN:  Secretary

 

1.                                        The undersigned hereby elects to purchase                              shares of the Common Stock (the “ Shares ”) of Convio, Inc. pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and tenders herewith payment of the purchase price in full.

 

2.                                        Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the Shares in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below:

 

 

(Print Name)

Address:                            

 

 

 

3.                                        The undersigned confirms that the Shares are being acquired for the account of the undersigned for investment only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the distribution thereof and that the undersigned has no present intention of distributing or selling the Shares.

 

 

 

 

(Date)

 

(Signature)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Print Name)

 



 

NOTICE OF CONVERSION

 

TO:                       Convio, Inc.

11921 North MoPac Expressway, Suite 200

Austin, TX  78759 USA

ATTN:  Secretary

 

1.                                        The undersigned hereby elects to convert the attached Warrant into                      shares of the                                    Stock (the “ Shares ”) of Convio, Inc. pursuant to Section 1(b) of such Warrant, which conversion shall be effected pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant.

 

2.                                        Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the Shares in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below:

 

 

(Print Name)

 

Address:                            

 

 

 

3.                                        The undersigned represents that the Shares are being acquired for the account of the undersigned for investment and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the distribution thereof and that the undersigned has no present intention of distributing or reselling such shares.

 

 

 

 

(Date)

 

(Signature)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Print Name)

 


 



Exhibit 4.8

 

THIS WARRANT AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON THE EXERCISE HEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE.  THEY MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, TRANSFERRED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF EXCEPT PURSUANT TO (1) AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER SUCH ACT, (2) A SALE MADE PURSUANT TO RULE 144 UNDER SUCH ACT OR (3) AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER SUCH ACT, OR ANY SUCH LAW.

 

PREFERRED STOCK WARRANT

OF

CONVIO, INC.

 

July 2, 2004

 

This Warrant is issued to Piper Jaffray & Co. (the “ Holder ”), by Convio, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged.

 

1.                                      Purchase of Securities .  Subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, the Holder shall be entitled, at any time during the Exercise Period (as set forth in Section 2 below), to purchase from the Company 273,115 shares (the “ Shares ”) of Series D Convertible Preferred Stock (the “ Preferred Stock ”) at a price of $1.65864 per share, subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 7 below ( the “ Warrant Price ”).

 

2.                                      Exercise Period .  This Warrant shall be exercisable by the Holder for a term (the “ Exercise Period ”) beginning on the date hereof and ending on the earlier of (i) the seventh annual anniversary date from the date of the issuance of this Warrant at 5:00 p.m. Central Standard Time; (ii) the sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or the acquisition of the Company by another entity by means of a consolidation or merger (other than a consolidation or merger in which the holders of voting securities of the Company immediately prior to the consolidation or merger own, immediately after the consolidation or merger, voting securities of the surviving or acquiring entity, or a parent of such entity, representing more than 50% of the voting power of the surviving or acquiring entity or such parent) resulting in the exchange of the outstanding shares of the Company for securities or consideration issued, or caused to be issued, by the acquiring entity; and (iii) where applicable, the second anniversary of the closing of the sale of the Company’s securities pursuant to a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”) with aggregate gross proceeds to the Company of not less than $20,000,000 and which results in mandatory conversion of the Preferred Stock; provided, however, that in the case of clause (ii) or (iii), the Holder shall be given not less than ten (10) business days prior written notice of such event.

 

3.                                      Method of Exercise .  While this Warrant remains outstanding and exercisable, the Holder may exercise, in whole or in part, the purchase rights evidenced hereby.  Such exercise shall be effected by:

 

(a)                                   the surrender of this Warrant, together with (i)  a duly executed copy of the Notice of Exercise attached hereto as Appendix I to the Secretary of the Company at its principal offices,

 



 

and (ii)  the payment to the Company, by check or wire transfer, of an amount equal to the aggregate Warrant Price for the number of Shares being purchased; or

 

(b)                                  Net exercise as provided in Section 4 .

 

4.                                      Net Exercise .  In lieu of exercising this Warrant or any portion hereof as provided in Section 3 , the Holder may elect to receive shares of Preferred Stock equal to the value of this Warrant (or the portion thereof being canceled) by surrender of this Warrant at the principal office of the Company together with a duly executed Notice of Conversion in the form attached hereto as Appendix II , in which event the Company shall issue to the Holder (or his designee) a number of shares of Preferred Stock computed using the following formula:

 

X = (Y)(A-B)/A

 

where                                                               X =                              the number of Shares to be issued to the Holder for the portion of the Warrant being converted.

 

Y =                             the total number of Shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrant in full.

 

A =                           the fair market value of one Share which shall mean (i) the fair market value of the Company’s stock issuable upon conversion of such share as of the last business day immediately prior to the date the notice of conversion is received by the Company, as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors, or (ii) if this Warrant is being converted in conjunction with a public offering of stock the price to the public per share pursuant to the offering.

 

B =                             the Warrant Price on the date of conversion.

 

Any portion of this Warrant that is converted under this Section 4 shall be immediately canceled.  This Warrant or any portion hereof shall be deemed to have been converted immediately prior to the close of business on the date of its surrender for conversion as provided above, and the person entitled to receive the Shares issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as Holder of such shares of record as of the close of business on such date.  As promptly as practicable after such date, the Company shall issue and deliver to the person or persons entitled to receive the same a certificate or certificates for the number of full Shares issuable upon such conversion.  If the Warrant shall be converted for less than the total number of Shares then issuable upon conversion, promptly after surrender of the Warrant upon such conversion, the Company will execute and deliver a new Warrant, dated the date hereof, evidencing the right of the Holder to the balance of the Shares purchasable hereunder upon the same terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

5.                                      Certificates for Shares .  Upon the exercise of the purchase rights evidenced by this Warrant, the Holder shall immediately be deemed a Holder of the Shares so purchased, and one or more certificates for the number of Shares so purchased shall be issued in the name of the Holder as soon as practicable following the receipt of the completed Notice of Exercise or Notice of Conversion, as applicable, and payment of the purchase price for such Shares, and in any event within thirty (30) days thereafter.  The Company shall not be required to issue any fractional shares upon the exercise of the Holder’s purchase rights under this Warrant; in lieu of any fractional shares, the Company shall pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the per share Warrant Price.

 

2



 

6.                                      Reservation of Shares .  The Company covenants that, during the Exercise Period, the Company will reserve from its authorized and unissued shares a sufficient amount to provide for the issuance of the Shares and for conversion of the Shares into the Company’s Common Stock.  The Company further covenants that such Shares, when issued pursuant to the exercise of this Warrant, will, upon issuance, be duly and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free from all taxes, liens and charges with respect to the issuance thereof.

 

7.                                      Adjustment of Warrant Price and Number of Shares .  The number of and kind of securities purchasable upon exercise of this Warrant, and the Warrant Price therefor, shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as follows:

 

(a)                                   Subdivisions, Combinations and Other Issuances .  If the Company shall at any time prior to the expiration of this Warrant subdivide its outstanding capital stock, by split-up or otherwise, or combine its outstanding capital stock, or issue additional shares of its capital stock as a dividend with respect to any shares of capital stock, the number of Shares issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant shall forthwith be proportionately adjusted.  Appropriate adjustments shall also be made to the Warrant Price, but the aggregate purchase price payable for the total amount of Shares purchasable under this Warrant (as adjusted) shall remain the same.  Any adjustment under this Section 7(a)  shall become effective at the close of business on the date the subdivision or combination becomes effective, or as of the record date of such dividend, or in the event that no record date is fixed, upon the making of such dividend.

 

(b)                                  Reclassification, Exchange and Substitution .  If the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be changed into a different form or class of securities of the Company, whether by capital reorganization, reclassification, or otherwise (other than a subdivision or combination of shares provided for above), the Holder of this Warrant shall, on its exercise, be entitled to purchase, in lieu of the Shares that the Holder would have become entitled to purchase but for such change, an amount of such other securities equivalent to the amount that the Holder would have received had this Warrant been exercised immediately before that change, all subject to further adjustment as provided in paragraphs (a) and (c) hereof.

 

(c)                                   Reorganizations, Mergers, Consolidations or Sale of Assets .  If at any time there shall be a capital reorganization of the Company’s outstanding equity securities (other than a combination, reclassification, exchange, or subdivision of shares provided for elsewhere in this Warrant) or merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another corporation (other than a merger or consolidation described in Section 2 hereof), as a part of such capital reorganization, merger or consolidation, lawful provision shall be made so that the Holder of this Warrant shall thereafter be entitled to receive upon exercise of this Warrant, during the period specified in this Warrant and upon payment of the Warrant Price then in effect, the number of shares of stock or other securities or property of the Company, or of the successor corporation resulting from such merger or consolidation, to which a holder of the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant would have been entitled in such capital reorganization, merger or consolidation if this Warrant had been exercised immediately prior thereto.  In any such case, appropriate adjustment (as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors) shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Warrant with respect to the rights and interests of the Holder of this Warrant after the capital reorganization, merger or consolidation such that the provisions of this Warrant (including adjustment of the Warrant Price then in effect and number of shares purchasable upon exercise of this Warrant) shall be applicable after that event, as near as reasonably may be, in relation to any shares or other property deliverable after that event upon exercise of this Warrant.

 

3



 

The provisions of this paragraph shall similarly apply to successive capital reorganizations, mergers or consolidations.

 

(d)                                  Adjustments for Diluting Issuances .  In the event of the issuance by the Company, after the date of issuance of this Warrant, of Additional Shares of Common (as defined in the Company’s Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as hereinafter amended from time to time (the “ Restated Certificate ”)) without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the Warrant Price in effect on the date of an immediately prior to such issue (a “ Diluting Issuance ”), then the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares will be adjusted in accordance with those provisions of the Restated Certificate that apply to the adjustment of the Series D Conversion Price (as defined in the Restated Certificate) upon the issuance of Additional Shares of Common without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the Series D Conversion Price then in effect.  Under no circumstances shall the aggregate Warrant Price payable by the Holder upon exercise of the warrant increase as a result of any adjustment arising from a Diluting Issuance.

 

(e)                                   Notice of Adjustments .  The Company shall give notice of each adjustment or readjustment of the amount of Shares or other securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant and the Warrant Price to the registered Holder of this Warrant at that Holder’s address as shown on the Company’s books within thirty (30) days after the occurrence of the event resulting in such adjustment.

 

(f)                                     No Change Necessary .  The form of this Warrant need not be changed because of any adjustment in the amount of Shares issuable upon its exercise.  A Warrant issued after any adjustment upon any partial exercise or in replacement may continue to express the same amount of Shares (appropriately reduced in the case of partial exercise) as are stated in this Warrant as initially issued, and that number of shares shall be considered to have been so changed at the close of business on the date of adjustment.

 

8.                                      No Rights as a Shareholder .  Prior to the exercise of this Warrant, the Holder shall not be entitled to any rights of a shareholder with respect to the underlying Shares, including (without limitation) the right to vote such Shares, receive dividends or other distributions thereon, exercise preemptive rights or be notified of shareholder meetings, and the Holder shall not be entitled to any notice or other communication concerning the business or affairs of the Company.

 

9.                                      Registrations Under Securities Act of 1933, as Amended.   The Company agrees that the shares of common stock of the Company into which the Shares are convertible shall be subject to the registration rights set forth on Exhibit A hereto.

 

10.                                Exercise, Transfer and Exchange Restrictions .  The transfer, surrender or exchange of any of this Warrant or the Shares issued upon the exercise hereof is subject to any restrictions on transfer imposed by state and Federal securities laws.  Any Warrant or certificate representing Shares shall bear any legend considered necessary to comply with the Securities Act and other applicable state securities laws, including substantially the following:

 

4



 

“THIS WARRANT AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON THE EXERCISE HEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE.  THEY MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, TRANSFERRED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF EXCEPT PURSUANT TO (1) AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER SUCH ACT, (2) A SALE MADE PURSUANT TO RULE 144 UNDER SUCH ACT OR (3) AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER SUCH ACT, OR ANY SUCH LAW”.

 

11.                                Representation of Holder .  By acceptance of this Warrant, Holder represents to the Company that by reason of its business and financial experience it has the capacity to protect its own interests in this transaction and it is accepting this Warrant for its own account and not with a view to its resale or distribution.

 

12.                                Loss, Theft, Mutilation, etc.   Upon receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of any such loss, theft or destruction, upon delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and amount to the Company or, in the case of any such mutilation, upon surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company at its expense will execute and deliver, in lieu thereof, a new Warrant of like tenor.

 

13.                                Notices .  Notices pursuant to this Warrant shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon delivery if delivered in person by e-mail, or by telecopy or 72 hours after deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed (i) if to the Company, at its principal executive office, and (ii) if to the Holder, at its address as set forth in the records of the Company, or such other address as either the Company or the Holder may designate by written notice to the other.

 

14.                                Governing Law; Consent to Jurisdiction .  This Warrant shall be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of Texas applicable to contracts entered into and wholly to be performed in Texas by Texas residents. The Holder agrees to submit to the jurisdiction of the federal and state courts of the State of Texas with respect to the breach or interpretation of this Warrant or the enforcement of any and all rights, duties, liabilities, obligations, powers, and other relations between the parties arising under this Warrant.

 

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank.]

 

5



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Warrant to be executed by its duly authorized officer.

 

Dated: July 2, 2004

CONVIO, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Gene Austin

 

 

Gene Austin, President and CEO

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO PREFERRED STOCK WARRANT]

 

6



 

EXHIBIT A

 

Registration Rights

 

The shares of common stock of the Company issuable upon conversion of the Shares shall be deemed “registrable securities” or otherwise entitled to “piggy back” registration rights in accordance with the terms of the following agreement (the “Agreement”) between the Company and its investor(s):

 

Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated July 2, 2004 by and among the Company, those holders of Common Stock listed on Schedule I thereto, those holders of Preferred Stock listed on Schedule II thereto, and each of those key employees listed on Schedule III thereto.

 

The Company agrees that no amendments will be made to the Agreement that would have a unique and adverse impact on Holder’s registration rights thereunder without the consent of Holder.  By acceptance of the Warrant to which this Exhibit A is attached, Holder shall be deemed to be a party to the Agreement for purposes of Section 6 thereof relating to piggy-back rights.

 



 

APPENDIX I

 

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

Convio, Inc.

 

 

 

Attention:                                        Corporate Secretary

 

1.                                      The undersigned hereby elects to purchase, pursuant to the provisions of the Preferred Stock Warrant issued by Convio, Inc. (the “Company”) and held by the undersigned,                   shares of Preferred Stock of the Company, by exercise of            percent (        %) of the Preferred Stock Warrant.

 

2.                                      Payment of the purchase price per share required under such Warrant accompanies this Subscription.

 

3.                                      Please issue a certificate or certificates representing said shares of Preferred Stock in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below:

 

 

 

 

 

(Name)

 

 

 

 

 

(Address)

 

 

                                       

 

 

 

 

 

                                       

 

 

Dated:                     ,

 

 

Signature:

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

APPENDIX II

 

NOTICE OF CONVERSION

 

Convio, Inc.

 

 

 

Attn:                     Secretary of Company

 

1.                                      The undersigned hereby elects to acquire                    shares of the Preferred Stock of Convio, Inc. (the “Company”) pursuant to the terms of the Preferred Stock Warrant issued by the Company and held by the undersigned, by conversion of                percent (       %) of the Preferred Stock Warrant.

 

2.                                      Please issue a certificate or certificates representing said shares of Preferred Stock in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below:

 

 

 

 

 

(Name)

 

 

 

 

 

(Address)

 

 

                                       

 

 

 

 

 

                                       

 

 

Dated:                     ,

 

 

Signature:

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 



Exhibit 4.9

 

THIS WARRANT HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS.  NO SALE OR DISPOSITION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT (i) EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENTS RELATED THERETO, (ii) AN OPINION OF COUNSEL OR OTHER EVIDENCE, REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, THAT SUCH REGISTRATIONS ARE NOT REQUIRED, (iii) RECEIPT OF NO-ACTION LETTERS FROM THE APPROPRIATE GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITIES, OR (iv) OTHERWISE COMPLYING WITH THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 7 OF THIS WARRANT.

 

CONVIO, INC.

 

WARRANT TO PURCHASE SHARES

OF SERIES D PREFERRED

 

THIS CERTIFIES THAT, for value received,                are entitled to subscribe for and purchase the number of shares of the fully paid and nonassessable Series D Preferred as is determined pursuant to the next paragraph hereof (as adjusted pursuant to Section 4 hereof, the “Shares”) of CONVIO, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), at the price of $           per share (such price and such other price as shall result, from time to time, from the adjustments specified in Section 4 hereof is herein referred to as the “Warrant Price”), subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.  As used herein, (a) the term “Series D Preferred” shall mean the Company’s presently authorized Series D Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Series D Preferred”), and any stock into or for which such Series D Preferred may hereafter be converted or exchanged, and after the automatic conversion of the Series D Preferred to Common Stock shall mean the Company’s Common Stock, (b) the term “Date of Grant” shall mean          20  , and (c) the term “Other Warrants” shall mean any other warrants issued by the Company in connection with the transaction with respect to which this Warrant was issued, and any warrant issued upon transfer or partial exercise of or in lieu of this Warrant.  The term “Warrant” as used herein shall be deemed to include Other Warrants unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

 

Subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 4 hereof, the number of Shares for which this Warrant is exercisable shall be equal to the sum of (a)       plus (b) if Loan B (as defined in that certain Venture Loan and Security Agreement by and between the Company and Horizon Technology Funding Company LLC (“Lender”) dated on or about the Date of Grant (the “Loan Agreement”)) is made by Lender to the Company,            minus (c) if Loan B is not made to the company because Lender has elected not to make Loan B pursuant to Sextion 2.1(d) of the Loan Agreement.

 

1.                                        Term .  The purchase right represented by this Warrant is exercisable, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time from the Date of Grant through the later of (i) ten (10) years after the Date of Grant or (ii) five (5) years after the closing of the Company’s initial public offering of its Common Stock (“IPO”) effected pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form S-1 (or its successor) filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”).

 



 

2.                                        Method of Exercise; Payment; Issuance of New Warrant .  Subject to Section 1 hereof, the purchase right represented by this Warrant may be exercised by the holder hereof, in whole or in part and from time to time, at the election of the holder hereof, by (a) the surrender of this Warrant (with the notice of exercise substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A-1 duly completed and executed) at the principal office of the Company and by the payment to the Company, by certified or bank check, or by wire transfer to an account designated by the Company (a “Wire Transfer”) of an amount equal to the then applicable Warrant Price multiplied by the number of Shares then being purchased; (b) if in connection with a registered public offering of the Company’s securities, the surrender of this Warrant (with the notice of exercise form attached hereto as Exhibit A-2 duly completed and executed) at the principal office of the Company together with notice of arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Company for payment to the Company either by certified or bank check or by Wire Transfer from the proceeds of the sale of shares to be sold by the holder in such public offering of an amount equal to the then applicable Warrant Price per share multiplied by the number of Shares then being purchased; or (c) exercise of the “net issuance” right provided for in Section 10.2 hereof.  The person or persons in whose name(s) any certificate(s) representing shares of Series D Preferred shall be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be deemed to have become the holder(s) of record of, and shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder(s) of, the shares represented thereby (and such shares shall be deemed to have been issued) immediately prior to the close of business on the date or dates upon which this Warrant is exercised.  In the event of any exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant, certificates for the shares of stock so purchased shall be delivered to the holder hereof as soon as possible and in any event within thirty (30) days after such exercise and, unless this Warrant has been fully exercised or expired, a new Warrant representing the portion of the Shares, if any, with respect to which this Warrant shall not then have been exercised shall also be issued to the holder hereof as soon as possible and in any event within such thirty-day period; provided, however, at such time as the Company is subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, if requested by the holder of this Warrant, the Company shall cause its transfer agent to deliver the certificate representing Shares issued upon exercise of this Warrant to a broker or other person (as directed by the holder exercising this Warrant) within the time period required to settle any trade made by the holder after exercise of this Warrant.

 

3.                                        Stock Fully Paid; Reservation of Shares .  All Shares that may be issued upon the exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant will, upon issuance pursuant to the terms and conditions herein, be fully paid and nonassessable, and free from all preemptive rights and taxes, liens and charges with respect to the issue thereof.  During the period within which the rights represented by this Warrant may be exercised, the Company will at all times have authorized, and reserved for the purpose of the issue upon exercise of the purchase rights evidenced by this Warrant, a sufficient number of shares of its Series D Preferred to provide for the exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant and a sufficient number of shares of its Common Stock to provide for the conversion of the Series D Preferred into Common Stock.

 

2



 

4.                                        Adjustment of Warrant Price and Number of Shares .  The number and kind of securities purchasable upon the exercise of this Warrant and the Warrant Price shall be subject to adjustment from time to time upon the occurrence of certain events, as follows:

 

(a)                                   Reclassification or Merger .  In case of any reclassification or change of securities of the class issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (other than a change in par value, or from par value to no par value, or from no par value to par value, or as a result of a subdivision or combination), or in case of any merger of the Company with or into another corporation (other than a merger with another corporation in which the Company is the acquiring and the surviving corporation and which does not result in any reclassification or change of outstanding securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant or where the consideration for such merger is cash), or in case of any sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (other than where the consideration for such sale is cash), the Company, or such successor or purchasing corporation, as the case may be, shall duly execute and deliver to the holder of this Warrant a new Warrant (in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the holder of this Warrant), so that the holder of such Warrant shall have the right to receive upon exercise of such Warrant, at a total purchase price not to exceed that payable upon the exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant, and in lieu of the shares of Series D Preferred theretofore issuable upon exercise of this Warrant, (i) the kind and amount of shares of stock, other securities, money and property receivable upon such reclassification, change, merger or sale by a holder of the number of shares of Series D Preferred then purchasable under this Warrant, or (ii) in the case of such a merger or sale in which the consideration paid consists all or in part of assets other than securities of the successor or purchasing corporation, at the option of the holder of this Warrant, the securities of the successor or purchasing corporation having a value at the time of the transaction equivalent to the value of the Series D Preferred purchasable upon exercise of this Warrant at the time of the transaction.  Any new Warrant shall provide for adjustments that shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Section 4.  The provisions of this Section 4(a) shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, changes, mergers and sales.

 

(b)                                  Subdivision or Combination of Shares .  If the Company at any time while this Warrant remains outstanding and unexpired shall subdivide or combine its outstanding shares of Series D Preferred, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased and the number of Shares issuable hereunder shall be proportionately increased in the case of a subdivision and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares issuable hereunder shall be proportionately decreased in the case of a combination.

 

(c)                                   Stock Dividends and Other Distributions .  If the Company at any time while this Warrant is outstanding and unexpired shall (i) pay a dividend with respect to Series D Preferred payable in Series D Preferred, then the Warrant Price shall be adjusted, from and after the date of determination of shareholders entitled to receive such dividend or distribution, to that price determined by multiplying the Warrant Price in effect immediately prior to such date of determination by a fraction (A) the numerator of which shall be the total number of shares of Series D Preferred outstanding immediately prior to such dividend or distribution, and (B) the denominator

 

3



 

of which shall be the total number of shares of Series D Preferred outstanding immediately after such dividend or distribution; or (ii) make any other distribution with respect to Series D Preferred (except any distribution specifically provided for in Sections 4(a) and 4(b)), then, in each such case, provision shall be made by the Company such that the holder of this Warrant shall receive upon exercise of this Warrant a proportionate share of any such dividend or distribution as though it were the holder of the Series D Preferred (or Common Stock issuable upon conversion thereof) as of the record date fixed for the determination of the shareholders of the Company entitled to receive such dividend or distribution.

 

(d)                                  Adjustment of Number of Shares .  Upon each adjustment in the Warrant Price, the number of Shares of Series D Preferred purchasable hereunder shall be adjusted, to the nearest whole share, to the product obtained by multiplying the number of Shares purchasable immediately prior to such adjustment in the Warrant Price by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the Warrant Price immediately prior to such adjustment and the denominator of which shall be the Warrant Price immediately thereafter.

 

(e)                                   Antidilution Rights .  The other antidilution rights applicable to the Shares of Series D Preferred purchasable hereunder are set forth in the Company’s Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended through the Date of Grant and as may be subsequently amended from time to time (the “Charter”).

 

5.                                        Notice of Adjustments .  Whenever the Warrant Price or the number of Shares purchasable hereunder shall be adjusted pursuant to Section 4 hereof, the Company shall make a certificate signed by its chief financial officer setting forth, in reasonable detail, the event requiring the adjustment, the amount of the adjustment, the method by which such adjustment was calculated, and the Warrant Price and the number of Shares purchasable hereunder after giving effect to such adjustment, and shall cause copies of such certificate to be mailed (without regard to Section 13 hereof, by first class mail, postage prepaid) to the registered holder of this Warrant.  In addition, whenever the conversion price or conversion ratio of the Series D Preferred shall be adjusted, the Company shall make a certificate signed by its chief financial officer setting forth, in reasonable detail, the event requiring the adjustment, the amount of the adjustment, the method by which such adjustment was calculated, and the conversion price or ratio of the Series D Preferred after giving effect to such adjustment, and shall cause copies of such certificate to be mailed (without regard to Section 13 hereof, by first class mail, postage prepaid) to the registered holder of this Warrant.

 

6.                                        Fractional Shares .  No fractional shares of Series D Preferred will be issued in connection with any exercise hereunder, but in lieu of such fractional shares the Company shall make a cash payment therefor based on the fair market value of the Series D Preferred on the date of exercise as reasonably determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors.

 

7.                                        Compliance with Act; Disposition of Warrant or Shares of Series D Preferred .

 

(a)                                   Compliance with Act .  The holder of this Warrant, by acceptance hereof, agrees that this Warrant, and the shares of Series D Preferred to be issued upon exercise hereof and

 

4



 

any Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof are being acquired for investment and that such holder will not offer, sell or otherwise dispose of this Warrant, or any shares of Series D Preferred to be issued upon exercise hereof or any Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof except under circumstances which will not result in a violation of the Act or any applicable state securities laws.  Upon exercise of this Warrant, unless the Shares being acquired are registered under the Act and any applicable state securities laws or an exemption from such registration is available, the holder hereof shall confirm in writing that the shares of Series D Preferred so purchased (and any shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof) are being acquired for investment and not with a view toward distribution or resale in violation of the Act and shall confirm such other matters related thereto as may be reasonably requested by the Company.  This Warrant and all shares of Series D Preferred issued upon exercise of this Warrant and all shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof (unless registered under the Act and any applicable state securities laws) shall be stamped or imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

 

“THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS.  NO SALE OR DISPOSITION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT (i) EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENTS RELATED THERETO, (ii) AN OPINION OF COUNSEL OR OTHER EVIDENCE, REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, THAT SUCH REGISTRATIONS ARE NOT REQUIRED, (iii) RECEIPT OF NO-ACTION LETTERS FROM THE APPROPRIATE GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITIES, OR (iv) OTHERWISE COMPLYING WITH THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 7 OF THE WARRANT UNDER WHICH THESE SECURITIES WERE ISSUED, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY.”

 

Said legend shall be removed by the Company, upon the request of a holder, at such time as the restrictions on the transfer of the applicable security shall have terminated.  In addition, in connection with the issuance of this Warrant, the holder specifically represents to the Company by acceptance of this Warrant as follows:

 

(1)                                   The holder is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition, and has acquired information about the Company sufficient to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire this Warrant.  The holder is acquiring this Warrant for its own account for investment purposes only and not with a view to, or for the resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof in violation of the Act.

 

(2)                                   The holder understands that this Warrant has not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the holder’s investment intent as expressed herein.

 

(3)                                   The holder further understands that this Warrant must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified under any applicable state securities laws, or unless exemptions from registration and qualification are otherwise available.  The holder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144, promulgated under the Act.

 

5



 

(4)                                   The holder is an “accredited investor” as such term is defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

 

(b)                                  Disposition of Warrant or Shares .  This Warrant may be assigned or transferred only with the prior written approval of the Company.  Any transfer not in compliance with this Section shall be null and void.  In no event may this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly upon conversion of the Shares, if any) be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee.  The Company may issue stop transfer instructions to its transfer agent in connection with such restrictions.

 

(c)                                   Applicability of Restrictions .  Subject to compliance with applicable law, neither any restrictions of any legend described in this Warrant nor the requirements of Section 7(b) above shall apply to any transfer of, or grant of a security interest in, this Warrant (or the Series D Preferred or Common Stock obtainable upon exercise thereof) or any part hereof (i) to a partner of the holder if the holder is a partnership or to a member of the holder if the holder is a limited liability company, (ii) to a partnership of which the holder is a partner or to a limited liability company of which the holder is a member, or (iii) to any affiliate of the holder if the holder is a corporation; provided , however , in any such transfer, if applicable, the transferee shall on the Company’s request agree in writing to be bound by the terms of this Warrant as if an original holder hereof.

 

8.                                        Rights as Shareholders; Information .  No holder of this Warrant, as such, shall be entitled to vote or receive dividends or be deemed the holder of Series D Preferred or any other securities of the Company which may at any time be issuable upon the exercise hereof for any purpose, nor shall anything contained herein be construed to confer upon the holder of this Warrant, as such, any of the rights of a shareholder of the Company or any right to vote for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to shareholders at any meeting thereof, or to receive notice of meetings, or to receive dividends or subscription rights or otherwise until this Warrant shall have been exercised and the Shares purchasable upon the exercise hereof shall have become deliverable, as provided herein.

 

9.                                        Registration Rights .  The Company grants registration rights to the holder of this Warrant for any Common Stock of the Company obtained upon conversion of the Series D Preferred, comparable to the registration rights granted to the investors in that certain Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of July 2, 2004 (the “Registration Rights Agreement”), with the following exceptions and clarifications:

 

(1)                                   The holder will not have the right to demand registration, but can otherwise participate in any registration demanded by others;

 

(2)                                   The holder will be subject to the same provisions regarding indemnification as contained in the Registration Rights Agreement; and

 

6



 

(3)                                   The registration rights are freely assignable by the holder of this Warrant in connection with a permitted transfer of this Warrant or the Shares.

 

10.                                  Additional Rights .

 

10.1                            Acquisition Transactions .  The Company shall provide the holder of this Warrant with at least ten (10) days’ written notice prior to closing thereof of the terms and conditions of any of the following transactions (to the extent the Company has notice thereof): (i) the sale, lease, exchange, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s property or business, or (ii) its merger into or consolidation with any other corporation (other than a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company), or any transaction (including a merger or other reorganization) or series of related transactions, in which more than 50% of the voting power of the Company is disposed of.

 

10.2                            Right to Convert Warrant into Stock:  Net Issuance .

 

(a)                                   Right to Convert .  In addition to and without limiting the rights of the holder under the terms of this Warrant, the holder shall have the right to convert this Warrant or any portion thereof (the “Conversion Right”) into shares of Series D Preferred as provided in this Section 10.2 (i) in connection with or immediately prior to any transaction covered by Section 10.1 above or (ii) any time immediately prior to an IPO or any time after an IPO, during the term of this Warrant.  Upon exercise of the Conversion Right with respect to a particular number of shares subject to this Warrant (the “Converted Warrant Shares”), the Company shall deliver to the holder (without payment by the holder of any exercise price or any cash or other consideration) that number of shares of fully paid and nonassessable Series D Preferred as is determined according to the following formula:

 

X =

B - A

 

 

 

Y

 

 

 

Where:

 

X =

 

the number of shares of Series D Preferred that shall be issued to holder

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Y =

 

the fair market value of one share of Series D Preferred

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A =

 

the aggregate Warrant Price of the specified number of Converted Warrant Shares immediately prior to the exercise of the Conversion Right (i.e. , the number of Converted Warrant Shares multiplied by the Warrant Price)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

B =

 

the aggregate fair market value of the specified number of Converted Warrant Shares ( i.e. , the number of Converted Warrant Shares multiplied by the fair market value of one Converted Warrant Share)

 

No fractional shares shall be issuable upon exercise of the Conversion Right, and, if the number of shares to be issued determined in accordance with the foregoing formula is other than a

 

7



 

whole number, the Company shall pay to the holder an amount in cash equal to the fair market value of the resulting fractional share on the Conversion Date (as hereinafter defined).  For purposes of Section 10 of this Warrant, shares issued pursuant to the Conversion Right shall be treated as if they were issued upon the exercise of this Warrant.

 

(b)                                  Method of Exercise .  The Conversion Right may be exercised by the holder by the surrender of this Warrant at the principal office of the Company together with a written statement (which may be in the form of Exhibit A-1 or Exhibit A-2 hereto) specifying that the holder thereby intends to exercise the Conversion Right and indicating the number of shares subject to this Warrant which are being surrendered (referred to in Section 10.2(a) hereof as the Converted Warrant Shares) in exercise of the Conversion Right.  Such conversion shall be effective upon receipt by the Company of this Warrant together with the aforesaid written statement, or on such later date as is specified therein (the “Conversion Date”), and, at the election of the holder hereof, may be made contingent upon the closing of the sale of the Company’s Common Stock to the public in a public offering pursuant to a Registration Statement under the Act (a “Public Offering”).  Certificates for the shares issuable upon exercise of the Conversion Right and, if applicable, a new warrant evidencing the balance of the shares remaining subject to this Warrant, shall be issued as of the Conversion Date and shall be delivered to the holder within thirty (30) days following the Conversion Date.

 

(c)                                   Determination of Fair Market Value .  For purposes of this Section 10.2, “fair market value” of a share of Series D Preferred (or Common Stock if the Series D Preferred has been automatically converted into Common Stock) as of a particular date (the “Determination Date”) shall mean:

 

(i)              If the Conversion Right is exercised in connection with and contingent upon a Public Offering, and if the Company’s Registration Statement relating to such Public Offering (“Registration Statement”) has been declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission, then the initial “Price to Public” specified in the final prospectus with respect to such offering.

 

(ii)           If the Conversion Right is not exercised in connection with and contingent upon a Public Offering, then as follows:

 

(1)                                   If traded on a securities exchange, the fair market value of the Common Stock shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the Common Stock on such exchange over the five trading days immediately prior to the Determination Date, and the fair market value of the Series D Preferred shall be deemed to be such fair market value of the Common Stock multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Series D Preferred is then convertible;

 

(2)                                   If traded on the Nasdaq Stock Market or other over-the-counter system, the fair market value of the Common Stock shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid prices of the Common Stock over the five trading days immediately prior to the Determination

 

8



 

Date, and the fair market value of the Series D Preferred shall be deemed to be such fair market value of the Common Stock multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Series D Preferred is then convertible; and

 

(3)                                   If there is no public market for the Common Stock, then fair market value shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.

 

In making a determination under clauses (1) or (2) above, if on the Determination Date, five trading days had not passed since the IPO, then the fair market value of the Common Stock shall be the average closing prices or closing bid prices, as applicable, for the shorter period beginning on and including the date of the IPO and ending on the trading day prior to the Determination Date (or if such period includes only one trading day the closing price or closing bid price, as applicable, for such trading day).  If closing prices or closing bid prices are no longer reported by a securities exchange or other trading system, the closing price or closing bid price shall be that which is reported by such securities exchange or other trading system at 4:00 p.m. New York City time on the applicable trading day.

 

10.3                            Exercise Prior to Expiration.  To the extent this Warrant is not previously exercised as to all of the Shares subject hereto, and if the fair market value of one share of the Series D Preferred is greater than the Warrant Price then in effect, this Warrant shall be deemed automatically exercised pursuant to Section 10.2 above (even if not surrendered) immediately before its expiration.  For purposes of such automatic exercise, the fair market value of one share of the Series D Preferred upon such expiration shall be determined pursuant to Section 10.2(c).  To the extent this Warrant or any portion thereof is deemed automatically exercised pursuant to this Section 10.3, the Company agrees to promptly notify the holder hereof of the number of Shares, if any, the holder hereof is to receive by reason of such automatic exercise.

 

11.                                  Representations and Warranties .  The Company represents and warrants to the holder of this Warrant as follows:

 

(a)                                   This Warrant has been duly authorized and executed by the Company and is a valid and binding obligation of the Company enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to laws of general application relating to bankruptcy, insolvency and the relief of debtors and the rules of law or principles at equity governing specific performance, injunctive relief and other equitable remedies.

 

(b)                                  The Shares have been duly authorized and reserved for issuance by the Company and, when issued in accordance with the terms hereof, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free from preemptive rights.

 

(c)                                   The rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted to or imposed upon the Series D Preferred and the holders thereof are as set forth in the Charter, and on the Date of Grant, each share of the Series D Preferred represented by this Warrant is convertible into one share of Common Stock.

 

9



 

(d)                                  The shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares have been duly authorized and reserved for issuance by the Company and, when issued in accordance with the terms of the Charter will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

 

(e)                                   The execution and delivery of this Warrant are not, and the issuance of the Shares upon exercise of this Warrant in accordance with the terms hereof will not be, inconsistent with the Company’s Charter or by-laws, do not and will not contravene any law, governmental rule or regulation, judgment or order applicable to the Company, and do not and will not conflict with or contravene any provision of, or constitute a default under, any indenture, mortgage, contract or other instrument of which the Company is a party or by which it is bound or require the consent or approval of, the giving of notice to, the registration or filing with or the taking of any action in respect of or by, any Federal, state or local government authority or agency or other person, except for the filing of notices pursuant to federal and state securities laws, which filings will be effected by the time required thereby.

 

(f)                                     There are no actions, suits, audits, investigations or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened against the Company in any court or before any governmental commission, board or authority which, if adversely determined, could have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Warrant.

 

(g)                                  The number of shares of Common Stock of the Company outstanding on the date hereof, on a fully diluted basis (assuming the conversion of all outstanding convertible securities and the exercise of all outstanding options and warrants), does not exceed 28,000,000 shares.

 

12.                                  Modification and Waiver .  This Warrant and any provision hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of the same is sought.

 

13.                                  Notices .  Any notice, request, communication or other document required or permitted to be given or delivered to the holder hereof or the Company shall be delivered, or shall be sent by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, to each such holder at its address as shown on the books of the Company or to the Company at the address indicated therefor on the signature page of this Warrant or such other address as the Company may furnish to the holder hereof from time to time.

 

14.                                  Binding Effect on Successors .  This Warrant shall be binding upon any corporation succeeding the Company by merger, consolidation or acquisition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, and all of the obligations of the Company relating to the Series D Preferred issuable upon the exercise or conversion of this Warrant shall survive the exercise, conversion and termination of this Warrant and all of the covenants and agreements of the Company shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the holder hereof.

 

15.                                  Lost Warrants or Stock Certificates .  The Company covenants to the holder hereof that, upon receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction

 

10



 

or mutilation of this Warrant or any stock certificate and, in the case of any such loss, theft or destruction, upon receipt of an indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Company, or in the case of any such mutilation upon surrender and cancellation of such Warrant or stock certificate, the Company will make and deliver a new Warrant or stock certificate, of like tenor, in lieu of the lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Warrant or stock certificate.

 

16.                                  Descriptive Headings .  The descriptive headings of the various Sections of this Warrant are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Warrant.  The language in this Warrant shall be construed as to its fair meaning without regard to which party drafted this Warrant.

 

17.                                  Governing Law .  This Warrant shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and the rights of the parties shall be governed by, the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

18.                                  Survival of Representations, Warranties and Agreements .  All representations and warranties of the Company and the holder hereof contained herein shall survive the Date of Grant, the exercise or conversion of this Warrant (or any part hereof) or the termination or expiration of rights hereunder.  All agreements of the Company and the holder hereof contained herein shall survive indefinitely until, by their respective terms, they are no longer operative.

 

19.                                  Remedies .  In case any one or more of the covenants and agreements contained in this Warrant shall have been breached, the holders hereof (in the case of a breach by the Company), or the Company (in the case of a breach by a holder), may proceed to protect and enforce their or its rights either by suit in equity and/or by action at law, including, but not limited to, an action for damages as a result of any such breach and/or an action for specific performance of any such covenant or agreement contained in this Warrant.

 

20.                                  No Impairment of Rights .  The Company will not, by amendment of its Charter or through any other means, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms of this Warrant, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all such terms and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the rights of the holder of this Warrant against impairment.

 

21.                                  Severability .  The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Warrant in any jurisdiction shall not affect the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction, or affect any other provision of this Warrant, which shall remain in full force and effect.

 

22.                                  Recovery of Litigation Costs .  If any legal action or other proceeding is brought for the enforcement of this Warrant, or because of an alleged dispute, breach, default, or misrepresentation in connection with any of the provisions of this Warrant, the successful or prevailing party or parties shall be entitled to recover reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs incurred in that action or proceeding, in addition to any other relief to which it or they may be entitled.

 

11



 

23.                                  Entire Agreement; Modification .  This Warrant and the Loan Agreement constitute the entire agreement between the parties pertaining to the subject matter contained in it and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, representations, and undertakings of the parties, whether oral or written, with respect to such subject matter.

 

12



 

The Company has caused this Warrant to be duly executed and delivered as of the Date of Grant specified above.

 

 

CONVIO, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

11921 N. Mopac Expressway

 

Suite 200

 

Austin TX 78759

 

 

13



 

EXHIBIT A-1

 

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

To:                               CONVIO, INC. (the “Company”)

 

1.                                        The undersigned hereby:

 

o                                     elects to purchase                 shares of [Series D Preferred Stock] [Common Stock] of the Company pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and tenders herewith payment of the purchase price of such shares in full, or

 

o                                     elects to exercise its net issuance rights pursuant to Section 10.2 of the attached Warrant with respect to                Shares of [Series D Preferred Stock] [Common Stock].

 

2.                                        Please issue a certificate or certificates representing                  shares in the name of the undersigned or in such other name or names as are specified below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Name)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Address)

 

 

3.                                        The undersigned represents that the aforesaid shares are being acquired for the account of the undersigned for investment and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the distribution thereof and that the undersigned has no present intention of distributing or reselling such shares, all except as in compliance with applicable securities laws.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Signature)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Date)

 

 

 



 

EXHIBIT A-2

 

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

To:                               CONVIO, INC.  (the “Company”)

 

1.                                        Contingent upon and effective immediately prior to the closing (the “Closing”) of the Company’s public offering contemplated by the Registration Statement on Form S      , filed                , 200    , the undersigned hereby:

 

o                                     elects to purchase                shares of [Series D Preferred Stock] [Common Stock] of the Company (or such lesser number of shares as may be sold on behalf of the undersigned at the Closing) pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, or

 

o                                     elects to exercise its net issuance rights pursuant to Section 10.2 of the attached Warrant with respect to                Shares of [Series D Preferred Stock] [Common Stock].

 

2.                                        Please deliver to the custodian for the selling shareholders a stock certificate representing such                shares.

 

3.                                        The undersigned has instructed the custodian for the selling shareholders to deliver to the Company $                or, if less, the net proceeds due the undersigned from the sale of shares in the aforesaid public offering.  If such net proceeds are less than the purchase price for such shares, the undersigned agrees to deliver the difference to the Company prior to the Closing.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Signature)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Date)

 

 

 




QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 10.2

CONVIO, INC.
1999 STOCK OPTION/STOCK ISSUANCE PLAN

ARTICLE ONE

GENERAL PROVISIONS

         I.    PURPOSE OF THE PLAN     

        This 1999 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan is intended to promote the interests of Convio, Inc., a Delaware corporation, by providing eligible persons in the Corporation's employ or service with the opportunity to acquire a proprietary interest, or otherwise increase their proprietary interest, in the Corporation as an incentive for them to continue in such employ or service.

        Capitalized terms shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the attached Appendix.

         II.    STRUCTURE OF THE PLAN     

         III.    ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN     

         IV.    ELIGIBILITY     


         V.    STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN     

2



ARTICLE TWO

OPTION GRANT PROGRAM

         I.    OPTION TERMS     

        Each option shall be evidenced by one or more documents in the form approved by the Plan Administrator; provided , however, that each such document shall comply with the terms specified below. Each document evidencing an Incentive Option shall, in addition, be subject to the provisions of the Plan applicable to such options.

        Except to the extent such sale and remittance procedure is utilized, payment of the exercise price for the purchased shares must be made on the Exercise Date.

3


4


         II.    INCENTIVE OPTIONS     

        The terms specified below shall be applicable to all Incentive Options. Except as modified by the provisions of this Section II, all the provisions of Articles One, Two and Four shall be applicable to Incentive Options. Options which are specifically designated as Non-Statutory Options shall not be subject to the terms of this Section II.

         III.    CORPORATE TRANSACTION     

5


        However, the shares subject to an outstanding option shall not vest on such an accelerated basis if and to the extent: (i) such option is assumed by the successor corporation (or parent thereof) in the Corporate Transaction and the Corporation's repurchase rights with respect to the unvested option shares are concurrently assigned to such successor corporation (or parent thereof) or (ii) such option is to be replaced with a cash incentive program of the successor corporation which preserves the spread existing on the unvested option shares at the time of the Corporate Transaction and provides for subsequent payout in accordance with the same vesting schedule applicable to those unvested option shares or (iii) the acceleration of such option is subject to other limitations imposed by the Plan Administrator at the time of the option grant.

6


         IV.    CANCELLATION AND REGRANT OF OPTIONS     

        The Plan Administrator shall have the authority to effect, at any time and from time to time, with the consent of the affected option holders, the cancellation of any or all outstanding options under the Option Grant Program and to grant in substitution new options covering the same or different number of shares of Common Stock but with an exercise price per share based on the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the new grant date.

7



ARTICLE THREE

STOCK ISSUANCE PROGRAM

         I.    STOCK ISSUANCE TERMS     

        Shares of Common Stock may be issued under the Stock Issuance Program through direct and immediate issuances without any intervening option grants. Each such stock issuance shall be evidenced by a Stock Issuance Agreement which complies with the terms specified below.

8


         II.    CORPORATE TRANSACTION     

        However, the repurchase rights shall not lapse to the extent (i) those repurchase rights are assigned to the successor corporation (or parent thereof) in connection with such Corporate Transaction or (ii) such accelerated vesting is precluded by other limitations imposed by the Plan Administrator at the time the repurchase right is issued.

         III.    SHARE ESCROW/LEGENDS     

        Unvested shares may, in the Plan Administrator's discretion, be held in escrow by the Corporation until the Participant's interest in such shares vests or may be issued directly to the Participant with restrictive legends on the certificates evidencing those unvested shares.

9



ARTICLE FOUR

MISCELLANEOUS

         I.    FINANCING     

        The Plan Administrator may permit any Optionee or Participant to pay the option exercise price under the Option Grant Program or the purchase price for shares issued under the Stock Issuance program by delivering a full recourse, interest bearing promissory note payable in one or more installments and secured by the purchased shares. The terms of any such promissory note (including the interest rate and the terms of repayment) shall be established by the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion. In no event shall the maximum credit available to the Optionee or Participant exceed the sum of (i) the aggregate option exercise price or purchase price payable for the purchased shares plus (ii) any Federal, state and local income and employment tax liability incurred by the Optionee or the Participant in connection with the option exercise or share purchase.

         II.    EFFECTIVE DATE AND TERM OF THE PLAN     

         III.    AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN     

10


         IV.    USE OF PROCEEDS     

        Any cash proceeds received by the Corporation from the sale of shares of Common Stock under the Plan shall be used for general corporate purposes.

         V.    WITHHOLDING     

        The Corporation's obligation to deliver shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of any options or upon the issuance or vesting of any shares issued under the Plan shall be subject to the satisfaction of all applicable Federal, state and local income and employment tax withholding requirements.

         VI.    REGULATORY APPROVALS     

        The implementation of the Plan, the granting of any option under the Plan and the issuance of any shares of Common Stock (i) upon the exercise of any option or (ii) under the Stock Issuance Program shall be subject to the Corporation's procurement of all approvals and permits required by regulatory authorities having jurisdiction over the Plan, the options granted under it and the shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to it.

         VII.    NO EMPLOYMENT OR SERVICE RIGHTS     

        Nothing in the Plan shall confer upon the Optionee or the Participant any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining such person) or of the Optionee or the Participant, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate such person's Service at any time for any reason, with or without cause.

11



APPENDIX

        The following definitions shall be in effect under the Plan:

        A.     Board shall mean the Corporation's Board of Directors.

        B.     Code shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

        C.     Committee shall mean a committee of one (1) or more Board members appointed by the Board to exercise one or more administrative functions under the Plan.

        D.     Common Stock shall mean the Corporation's common stock.

        E.     Corporate Transaction shall mean either of the following stockholder-approved transactions to which the Corporation is a party:

        F.      Corporation shall mean Convio, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successor corporation to all or substantially all of the assets or voting stock of Convio, Inc. which shall by appropriate action adopt the Plan.

        G.     Employee shall mean an individual who is in the employ of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary), subject to the control and direction of the employer entity as to both the work to be performed and the manner and method of performance.

        H.     Exercise Date shall mean the date on which the Corporation shall have received written notice of the option exercise.

        I.      Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on any relevant date shall be determined in accordance with the following provisions:

        J.      Incentive Option shall mean an option which satisfies the requirements of Code Section 422.

A-1


        K.     Involuntary Termination shall mean the termination of the Service of any individual which occurs by reason of:

        L.     Misconduct shall mean the commission of any act of fraud, embezzlement or dishonesty by the Optionee or Participant, any unauthorized use or disclosure by such person of confidential information or trade secrets of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary), or any other intentional misconduct by such person adversely affecting the business or affairs of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) in a material manner. The foregoing definition shall not be deemed to be inclusive of all the acts or omissions which the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) may consider as grounds for the dismissal or discharge of any Optionee, Participant or other person in the Service of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary).

        M.    1934 Act shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

        N.     Non-Statutory Option shall mean an option not intended to satisfy the requirements of Code Section 422.

        O.     Option Grant Program shall mean the option grant program in effect under the Plan.

        P.      Optionee shall mean any person to whom an option is granted under the Option Grant Program.

        Q.     Parent shall mean any corporation (other than the Corporation) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Corporation, provided each corporation in the unbroken chain (other than the Corporation) owns, at the time of the determination, stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

        R.     Participant shall mean any person who is issued shares of Common Stock under the Stock Issuance Program.

        S.      Permanent Disability shall mean the inability of the Optionee or the Participant to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which is expected to result in such person's death or to continue for a period of twelve (12) consecutive months or more.

        T.      Plan shall mean the Corporation's 1999 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan, as set forth in this document.

        U.     Plan Administrator shall mean either the Board or the Committee acting in its capacity as administrator of the Plan.

        V.      Service shall mean the provision of services to the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) by a person in the capacity of an Employee, a non-employee member of the board of directors or a consultant or independent advisor, except to the extent otherwise specifically provided in the documents evidencing the option grant or stock issuance.

A-2


        W.     Stock Exchange shall mean either the American Stock Exchange or the New York Stock Exchange.

        X.     Stock Issuance Agreement shall mean the agreement entered into by the Corporation and the Participant at the time of issuance of shares of Common Stock under the Stock Issuance Program.

        Y.     Stock Issuance Program shall mean the stock issuance program in effect under the Plan.

        Z.     Subsidiary shall mean any corporation (other than the Corporation) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Corporation, provided each corporation (other than the last corporation) in the unbroken chain owns, at the time of the determination, stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

        AA.  10% Stockholder shall mean the owner of stock (as determined under Code Section 424(d)) possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary).

A-3



CONVIO, INC.
NOTICE OF GRANT OF STOCK OPTION

        Notice is hereby given of the following option grant (the "Option") to purchase shares of the Common Stock of Convio, Inc. (the "Corporation"):

    Optionee:  
 


 

 

Grant Date:

 


 


 

 

Vesting Commencement Date:

 


 


 

 

Exercise Price:

 

$                                per share


 

 

Number of Option Shares:

 

                     shares of Common Stock


 

 

Expiration Date:

 


 


 

 

Type of Option:

 

               Incentive Stock Option

 

 

 

 

               Non-Statutory Stock Option


 

 

Date Exercisable:   Immediately Exercisable

        Optionee understands and agrees that the Option is granted subject to and in accordance with the terms of the Convio, Inc. 1999 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan (the "Plan"). Optionee further agrees to be bound by the terms of the Plan and the terms of the Option as set forth in the Stock Option Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A. Optionee understands that any Option Shares purchased under the Option shall be subject to the terms set forth in the Stock Purchase Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit B.

        Optionee hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C.

         REPURCHASE RIGHTS. OPTIONEE HEREBY AGREES THAT ALL OPTION SHARES ACQUIRED UPON THE EXERCISE OF THE OPTION SHALL BE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN REPURCHASE RIGHTS AND RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL EXERCISABLE BY THE CORPORATION AND ITS ASSIGNS. THE TERMS OF SUCH RIGHTS ARE SPECIFIED IN THE ATTACHED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT .

        No Employment or Service Contract.     Nothing in this Notice or in the attached Stock Option Agreement or Plan shall confer upon Optionee any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Optionee) or of Optionee, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate Optionee's Service at any time for any reason, with or without cause.


        Definitions.     All capitalized terms in this Notice shall have the meaning assigned to them in this Notice or in the attached Stock Option Agreement.

DATED:                          ,         

    CONVIO, INC.

 

 

By:

 

  


 

 

Title:

 

  


 

 

 

 


OPTIONEE


 

 

Address:

 

  


 

 

 

 


 

ATTACHMENTS
Exhibit A—Stock Option Agreement
Exhibit B—Stock Purchase Agreement
Exhibit C—1999 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan

2



INSTALLMENT

CONVIO, INC.
NOTICE OF GRANT OF STOCK OPTION


(WITH ACCELERATION)

        Notice is hereby given of the following option grant (the "Option") to purchase shares of the Common Stock of Convio, Inc. (the "Corporation"):

    Optionee:    

 

 

Grant Date:

 

 

 

 

Vesting Commencement Date:

 

 

 

 

Exercise Price:

 

 

 

 

Number of Option Shares:

 

 

 

 

Expiration Date:

 

 

 

 

Type of Option:

 

         Incentive Option

 

 

 

 

         Non-Statutory Option

        Date Exercisable:     Exercisable only for Option Shares that have vested according to the Vesting Schedule set forth below or that have vested on an accelerated basis.

        Vesting Schedule:     The Option Shares shall initially be unvested. Optionee shall acquire a vested interest in (i)              percent (    %) of the Option Shares upon Optionee's completion of            years of Service measured from the Vesting Commencement Date and (ii) the balance of the Option Shares upon Optionee's completion of            years of Service measured from the Vesting Commencement Date. In no event shall any additional Option Shares vest after Optionee's cessation of Service except as described below.

        Notwithstanding anything contained in the Plan or any other agreement governing the provisions hereof or the exercise of this Option, if Optionee's Service ceases as a result of a Termination After Change in Control (as defined below) and none of the Option Shares are subject to acceleration of vesting pursuant to Article Two, Section III.A of the Plan, then all of the Option Shares which were not otherwise vested shares at the time of such cessation shall immediately become vested as of the time of such cessation. In the event that Optionee shall have been with the Company for less than one year at the time of a Change in Control, then the Option Shares will be subject to the accelerated vesting provisions of Article Two, Section III.A.(ii) of the Plan, and not Article Two, Section III.A.(i) notwithstanding that Optionee has been with the Company for less than one year, but subject to the qualifications in the last paragraph of Article Two, Section III.A.

        A "Termination After Change in Control" shall mean either of the following events occurring after a Change in Control:

        (a)   termination of Optionee's employment for any reason other than for Cause (as defined below); or

        (b)   Optionee's resignation for Good Reason (as defined below) from all capacities in which Optionee is then rendering Service within 90 days of the event constituting Good Reason.

        Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, Termination After Change in Control shall not include any termination of Optionee's employment which (1) is for Cause; (2) is a result of Optionee's death or disability; or (3) is a result of Optionee's voluntary termination of Service other than for Good Reason.


        "Good Reason" means, without Optionee's express written consent, (i) a material adverse change in the duties assigned to Optionee after the Change of Control relative to Optionee's duties immediately prior to the Change in Control, (ii) a reduction by the Company or its successor in Optionee's annual salary or (iii) the relocation of Optionee's principal place of employment to a location more than 35 miles from Optionee's principal place of employment immediately prior to the Change in Control.

        "Change in Control" shall mean an Ownership Change Event (as defined below) or a series of related Ownership Change Events (collectively, a "Transaction") wherein the stockholders of the Company immediately before the Transaction do not retain immediately after the Transaction, in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of shares of the Company's voting stock immediately before the Transaction, direct or indirect beneficial ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of the Company or, in the case of an asset sale, the corporation or other business entity to which the assets of the Company were transferred, as the case may be.

        An "Ownership Change Event" shall be deemed to have occurred if any of the following occurs with respect to the Company: (i) the direct or indirect sale or exchange in a single or series of related transactions by the stockholders of the Company of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting stock of the Company; (ii) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is a party; (iii) the sale, exchange, or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; or (iv) a liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

        "Cause" shall mean (a) fraud, felony or other criminal acts that are materially detrimental to the Company; (b) material violation of any agreements between Optionee and the Company, including Optionee's Confidentiality, Assignment and Non-compete Agreement with the Company; or (c) a persistent material failure to perform Optionee's job function to a reasonable standard after notice of such failure has been given to Optionee by the Company and Optionee has had a 15 business-day period to cure such failure.

        Optionee understands and agrees that the Option is granted subject to and in accordance with the terms of the Plan, a copy of which is attached as Exhibit A and receipt of which Optionee hereby acknowledges. Optionee further agrees to be bound by the terms of the Plan and the terms of the Option as set forth in the Stock Option Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit B. Optionee understands that any Option Shares purchased under the Option shall be subject to the terms set forth in the Stock Purchase Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit C. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of any conflict of the provisions of any such documents with the provisions of this Notice of Grant of Stock Option, the provisions of this Notice of Grant of Stock Option shall control.

        Prior Agreements.     This Notice and the Stock Option Agreement, and the Stock Purchase Agreement when executed will, constitute the entire agreement and understanding of the Corporation and Optionee with respect to the terms of the Option and supersede all prior and contemporaneous written or verbal agreements and understandings between Optionee and the Corporation relating to such subject matter. Any and all prior agreements, understandings or representations relating to the Option are terminated and cancelled in their entirety and are of no further force or effect.

         TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS. OPTIONEE HEREBY AGREES THAT ALL OPTION SHARES ACQUIRED UPON THE EXERCISE OF THE OPTION SHALL BE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER. THE TERMS OF SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS ARE SPECIFIED IN THE ATTACHED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT.

        No Employment or Service Contract.     Nothing in this Notice or in the attached Stock Option Agreement, Stock Purchase Agreement or Plan shall confer upon Optionee any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights

2



of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Optionee) or of Optionee, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate Optionee's Service at any time for any reason, with or without cause.

Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank

3


        Definitions.     All capitalized terms in this Notice shall have the meaning assigned to them in this Notice or in the attached Stock Option Agreement.

DATED:                                  

    CONVIO, INC.

 

 

By:

 

 
       
 

 

 

Title:

 

CFO & VP


 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

Address:


 

 


 

ATTACHMENTS
Exhibit A - Stock Option Agreement
Exhibit B - Stock Purchase Agreement
Exhibit C - 1999 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Planq

4



EXHIBIT A

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
(Standard)



CONVIO, INC.
STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

RECITALS

        A.    The Board has adopted the Plan for the purpose of retaining the services of selected Employees, non-employee members of the Board or the board of directors of any Parent or Subsidiary and consultants and other independent advisors in the service of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary).

        B.    Optionee is to render valuable services to the Corporation (or a Parent or Subsidiary), and this Agreement is executed pursuant to, and is intended to carry out the purposes of the Plan in connection with the Corporation's grant of an option to Optionee.

        C.    All capitalized terms in this Agreement shall have the meaning assigned to them in the attached Appendix.


2


3


4


5



APPENDIX

        The following definitions shall be in effect under the Agreement:

        A.     Agreement shall mean this Stock Option Agreement.

        B.     Board shall mean the Corporation's Board of Directors.

        C.     Code shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

        D.     Common Stock shall mean the Corporation's common stock.

        E.     Corporate Transaction shall mean either of the following stockholder-approved transactions to which the Corporation is a party:

        F.      Corporation shall mean Convio, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successor corporation to all or substantially all of the assets or voting stock of Convio, Inc. which shall be appropriate action adopt the Plan.

        G.     Employee shall mean an individual who is in the employ of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary), subject to the control and direction of the employer entity as to both the work to be performed and the manner and method of performance.

        H.     Exercise Date shall mean the date on which the option shall have been exercised in accordance with Paragraph 9 of the Agreement.

        I.      Exercise Price shall mean the exercise price payable per Option Share as specified in the Grant Notice.

        J.      Expiration Date shall mean the date on which the option expires as specified in the Grant Notice.

        K.     Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on any relevant date shall be determined in accordance with the following provisions:

A-1


        L.     Grant Date shall mean the date of grant of the option as specified in the Grant Notice.

        M.    Grant Notice shall mean the Notice of Grant of Stock Option accompanying the Agreement, pursuant to which Optionee has been informed of the basic terms of the option evidenced hereby.

        N.     Immediate Family of Optionee shall mean Optionee's child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law, including adoptive relationships.

        O.     Incentive Option shall mean an option which satisfies the requirements of Code Section 422.

        P.      Misconduct shall mean the commission of any act of fraud, embezzlement or dishonesty by Optioned, any unauthorized use or disclosure by Optionee of confidential information or trade secrets of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary), or any other intentional misconduct by Optionee adversely affecting the business or affairs of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) in a material manner. The foregoing definition shall not be deemed to be inclusive of all the acts or omissions which the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) may consider as grounds for the dismissal or discharge of Optionee or any other individual in the Service of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary).

        Q.     1934 Act shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

        R.     Non-Statutory Option shall mean an option not intended to satisfy the requirements of Code Section 422.

        S.      Option Shares shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock subject to the option as specified in the Grant Notice.

        T.      Optionee shall mean the person to whom the option is granted as specified in the Grant Notice.

        U.     Parent shall mean any corporation (other than the Corporation) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Corporation, provided each corporation in the unbroken chain (other than the Corporation) owns, at the time of the determination, stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

        V.      Permanent Disability shall mean the inability of Optionee to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which is expected to, result in death or has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of twelve (12) months or more

        W.     Plan shall mean the Corporation's 1999 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan.

        X.     Plan Administrator shall mean either the Board or a committee of the Board acting in its capacity as administrator of the Plan.

        Y.     Purchase Agreement shall mean the stock purchase agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit B to the Grant Notice.

        Z.     Service shall mean Optionee's performance of services for the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) in the capacity of an Employee, a non-employee member of the board of directors or a consultant or independent advisor.

        AA.  Stock Exchange shall mean the American Stock Exchange or the New York Stock Exchange.

A-2


        BB.   Subsidiary shall mean any corporation (other than the Corporation) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Corporation, provided each corporation (other than the last corporation) in the unbroken chain owns, at the time of the determination, stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

        CC.  Vesting Schedule shall mean the vesting schedule specified in the Grant Notice pursuant to which the Optionee is to vest in the Option Shares in a series of installments over his or her period of Service.

A-3



EXHIBIT B

STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT



CONVIO, INC.
STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

         AGREEMENT made as of this __________________ day of __________________, 19____, by and between Convio, Inc., a Delaware corporation and __________________ Optionee under the Corporation's 1999 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan.

        All capitalized terms in this Agreement shall have the meaning assigned to them in this Agreement or in the attached Appendix.

        A.      EXERCISE OF OPTION     

        B.      SECURITIES LAW COMPLIANCE     


        C.      TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS     

2


        D.      REPURCHASE RIGHT     

3


        E.      RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL     

4


5


        F.      SPECIAL TAX ELECTION     

        G.      GENERAL PROVISIONS     

6


7


         IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this Agreement on the day and year first indicated above.

    CONVIO, INC.

 

 

By:

 

     

    Title:     

    Address:    

      

  

OPTIONEE

 

 

Address:

 

 

      

8



EXHIBIT I

ASSIGNMENT SEPARATE FROM CERTIFICATE

        FOR VALUE RECEIVED                          hereby sell(s), assign(s) and transfer(s) unto Convio, Inc. (the "Corporation"),                          (              ) shares of the Common Stock of the Corporation standing in his or her name on the books of the Corporation represented by Certificate No.                           herewith and do(es) hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint                          Attorney to transfer the said stock on the books of the Corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated:             

Signature:                                                                          

Instruction: Please do not fill in any blanks other than the signature line. Please sign exactly as you would like your name to appear on the issued stock certificate. The purpose of this assignment is to enable the Corporation to exercise the Repurchase Right without requiring additional signatures on the part of Optionee.



EXHIBIT II

FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
AND SECTION 83(b) TAX ELECTION

        I.      Federal Income Tax Consequences and Section 83(b) Election For Exercise of Non-Statutory Option.     If the Purchased Shares are acquired pursuant to the exercise of a Non-Statutory Option, as specified in the Grant Notice, then under Code Section 83, the excess of the Fair Market Value of the Purchased Shares on the date any forfeiture restrictions applicable to such shares lapse over the Exercise Price paid for such shares will be reportable as ordinary income on the lapse date. For this purpose, the term "forfeiture restrictions" includes the right of the Corporation to repurchase the Purchased Shares pursuant to the Repurchase Right. However, Optionee may elect under Code Section 83(b) to be taxed at the time the Purchased Shares are acquired, rather than when and as such Purchased Shares cease to be subject to such forfeiture restrictions. Such election must be filed with the Internal Revenue Service within thirty (30) days after the date of the Agreement. Even if the Fair Market Value of the Purchased Shares on the date of the Agreement equals the Exercise Price paid (and thus no tax is payable), the election must be made to avoid adverse tax consequences in the future. The form for making this election is attached as part of this exhibit. FAILURE TO MAKE THIS FILING WITHIN THE APPLICABLE THIRTY (30)-DAY PERIOD WILL RESULT IN THE RECOGNITION OF ORDINARY INCOME BY OPTIONEE AS THE FORFEITURE RESTRICTIONS LAPSE .

        II.      Federal Income Tax Consequences and Conditional Section 83(b) Election For Exercise of Incentive Option .    If the Purchased Shares are acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Incentive Option, as specified in the Grant Notice, then the following tax principles shall be applicable to the Purchased Shares:

1
Generally, a disposition of shares purchased under an Incentive Option includes any transfer of legal title, including a transfer by sale, exchange or gift, but does not include a transfer to the Optionee's spouse, a transfer into joint ownership with right of survivorship if Optionee remains one of the joint owners, a pledge, a transfer by bequest or inheritance or certain tax free exchanges permitted under the Code.

II-1


II-2



SECTION 83(b) ELECTION

        This statement is being made under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code, pursuant to Treas. Reg. Section 1.83-2.

(1)
The taxpayer who performed the services is:
Name:
Address:
Taxpayer Ident. No.:

(2)
The property with respect to which the election is being made is                          shares of the common stock of Convio, Inc.

(3)
The property was issued on                          .

(4)
The taxable year in which the election is being made is the calendar year                          .

(5)
The property is subject to a repurchase right pursuant to which the issuer has the right to acquire the property at the original purchase price if for any reason taxpayer's employment with the issuer is terminated. The issuer's repurchase right lapses in a series of installments over a                          -year period ending on                          , 200      .

(6)
The fair market value at the time of transfer (determined without regard to any restriction other than a restriction which by its terms will never lapse) is $                          per share.

(7)
The amount paid for such property is $                          per share.

(8)
A copy of this statement was furnished to Convio, Inc. for whom taxpayer rendered the services underlying the transfer of property.

(9)
This statement is executed on                          .


Spouse (if any)
 
Taxpayer

This election must be filed with the Internal Revenue Service Center with which taxpayer files his or her Federal income tax returns and must be made within thirty (30) days after the execution date of the Stock Purchase Agreement. This filing should be made by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested. Optionee must retain two (2) copies of the completed form for filing with his or her Federal and state tax returns for the current tax year and an additional copy for his or her records.

1


The property described in the above Section 83(b) election is comprised of shares of common stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of an incentive stock option under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code (the "Code"). Accordingly, it is the intent of the Taxpayer to utilize this election to achieve the following tax results:

        1.     The purpose of this election is to have the alternative minimum taxable income attributable to the purchased shares measured by the amount by which the fair market value of such shares at the time of their transfer to the Taxpayer exceeds the purchase price paid for the shares. In the absence of this election, such alternative minimum taxable income would be measured by the spread between the fair market value of the purchased shares and the purchase price which exists on the various lapse dates in effect for the forfeiture restrictions applicable to such shares. The election is to be effective to the full extent permitted under the Code.

        2.     Section 421(a)(1) of the Code expressly excludes from income any excess of the fair market value of the purchased shares over the amount paid for such shares. Accordingly, this election is also intended to be effective in the event there is a "disqualifying disposition" of the shares, within the meaning of Section 421(b) of the Code, which would otherwise render the provisions of Section 83(a) of the Code applicable at that time. Consequently, the Taxpayer hereby elects to have the amount of disqualifying disposition income measured by the excess of the fair market value of the purchased shares on the date of transfer to the Taxpayer over the amount paid for such shares. Since Section 421(a) presently applies to the shares which are the subject of this Section 83(b) election, no taxable income is actually recognized for regular tax purposes at this time, and no income taxes are payable, by the Taxpayer as a result of this election.

THIS PAGE 2 IS TO BE ATTACHED TO ANY SECTION 83(b) ELECTION FILED IN CONNECTION WITH THE EXERCISE OF AN INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION UNDER THE FEDERAL TAX LAWS.

2



APPENDIX

        The following definitions shall be in effect under the Agreement:

        A.     Agreement shall mean this Stock Purchase Agreement.

        B.     Board shall mean the Corporation's Board of Directors.

        C.     Code shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

        D.     Common Stock shall mean the Corporation's common stock.

        E.     Corporate Transaction shall mean either of the following stockholder-approved transactions:

        F.      Corporation shall mean Convio, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

        G.     Disposition Notice shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Paragraph E2.

        H.     Exercise Notice shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Paragraph E.3.

        I.      Exercise Price shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Paragraph A.1.

        J.      Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on any relevant date, prior to the initial public offering of the Common Stock, shall be determined by the Plan Administrator after taking into account such factors as it shall deem appropriate.

        K.     First Refusal Right shall mean the right granted to the Corporation in accordance with Article E.

        L.     Grant Date shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Paragraph A.1.

        M.    Grant Notice shall mean the Notice of Grant of Stock Option pursuant to which Optionee has been informed of the basic terms of the Option.

        N.     Incentive Option shall mean an option which satisfies the requirements of Code Section 422.

        O.     Market Stand-Off shall mean the market stand-off restriction specified in Paragraph C.3.

        P.      1933 Act shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

        Q.     Non-Statutory Option shall mean an option not intended to satisfy the requirements of Code Section 422.

        R.     Option shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Paragraph A.1.

        S.      Option Agreement shall mean all agreements and other documents evidencing the Option.

        T.      Optionee shall mean the person to whom the Option is granted under the Plan.

        U.     Owner shall mean Optionee and all subsequent holders of the Purchased Shares who derive their chain of ownership through a Permitted Transfer from Optionee.

        V.      Parent shall mean any corporation (other than the Corporation) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Corporation, provided each corporation in the unbroken chain (other than the Corporation) owns, at the time of the determination, stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more

A-1



of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

        W.     Permitted Transfer shall mean (i) a gratuitous transfer of the Purchased Shares, provided and only if Optionee obtains the Corporation's prior written consent to such transfer, (ii) a transfer of title to the Purchased Shares effected pursuant to Optionee's will or the laws of intestate succession following Optionee's death or (iii) a transfer to the Corporation in pledge as security for any purchase-money indebtedness incurred by Optionee in connection with the acquisition of the Purchased Shares.

        X.     Plan shall mean the Corporation's 1999 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan.

        Y.     Plan Administrator shall mean either the Board or a committee of Board members, to the extent the committee is at the time responsible for administration of the Plan.

        Z.     Prior Purchase Agreement shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Paragraph D.4.

        AA.  Purchased Shares shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Paragraph A.1.

        BB.   Recapitalization shall mean any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination of shares, exchange of shares or other change affecting the Corporation's outstanding Common Stock as a class without the Corporation's receipt of consideration.

        CC.  Reorganization shall mean any of the following transactions:

        DD.  Repurchase Right shall mean the right granted to the Corporation in accordance with Article D.

        EE.  SEC shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.

        FF.    Service shall mean Optionee's provision of services to the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) in the capacity of an employee, subject to the control and direction of the employer entity as to both the work to be performed and the manner and method of performance, a non-employee member of the board of directors or a consultant or independent advisor.

        GG.  Subsidiary shall mean any corporation (other than the Corporation) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Corporation, provided each corporation (other than the last corporation) in the unbroken chain owns, at the time of the determination, stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

        HH.  Target Shares shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Paragraph E.2.

        II.     Vesting Schedule shall mean the vesting schedule specified in the Grant Notice, subject to the acceleration provisions upon an Involuntary Termination following a Corporate Transaction.

        JJ.    Unvested Shares shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Paragraph D.1.

A-2




QuickLinks

CONVIO, INC. 1999 STOCK OPTION/STOCK ISSUANCE PLAN
ARTICLE ONE GENERAL PROVISIONS
ARTICLE TWO OPTION GRANT PROGRAM
ARTICLE THREE STOCK ISSUANCE PROGRAM
ARTICLE FOUR MISCELLANEOUS
APPENDIX
CONVIO, INC. NOTICE OF GRANT OF STOCK OPTION
CONVIO, INC. NOTICE OF GRANT OF STOCK OPTION
(WITH ACCELERATION)
EXHIBIT A STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT (Standard)
CONVIO, INC. STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
APPENDIX
EXHIBIT B STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT
CONVIO, INC. STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT
EXHIBIT I ASSIGNMENT SEPARATE FROM CERTIFICATE
EXHIBIT II FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES AND SECTION 83(b) TAX ELECTION
SECTION 83(b) ELECTION
APPENDIX

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 10.3

LOCUSPOCUS INC.
2000 STOCK OPTION PLAN

        1.      ESTABLISHMENT, PURPOSE AND TERM OF PLAN.     

        2.      DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION.     

1


2


        3.      ADMINISTRATION.     

3


4


        4.      SHARES SUBJECT TO PLAN .    

5


        5.      ELIGIBILITY AND OPTION LIMITATIONS .    

        6.      TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS .    

        Options shall be evidenced by Option Agreements specifying the number of shares of Stock covered thereby, in such form as the Board shall from time to time establish. No Option or purported Option shall be a valid and binding obligation of the Company unless evidenced by a fully executed Option Agreement. Option Agreements may incorporate all or any of the terms of the Plan by reference and shall comply with and be subject to the following terms and conditions:

6


7


8


9


        7.      STANDARD FORMS OF OPTION AGREEMENT .    

        8.      CHANGE IN CONTROL .    

10


        9.      PROVISION OF INFORMATION .    

        At least annually, copies of the Company's balance sheet and income statement for the just completed fiscal year shall be made available to each Optionee and purchaser of shares of Stock upon the exercise of an Option. The Company shall not be required to provide such information to key employees whose duties in connection with the Company assure them access to equivalent information. Furthermore, the Company shall deliver to each Optionee such disclosures as are required in accordance with Rule 701 under the Securities Act.

        10.      COMPLIANCE WITH SECURITIES LAW .    

        The grant of Options and the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise of Options shall be subject to compliance with all applicable requirements of federal, state and foreign law with respect to such securities. Options may not be exercised if the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise would constitute a violation of any applicable federal, state or foreign securities laws or other law or regulations or the requirements of any stock exchange or market system upon which the Stock may then be listed. In addition, no Option may be exercised unless (a) a registration statement under the Securities Act shall at the time of exercise of the Option be in effect with respect to the shares issuable upon exercise of the Option or (b) in the opinion of legal counsel to the Company, the shares issuable upon exercise of the Option may be issued in accordance with the terms of an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The inability of the Company to obtain from

11



any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority, if any, deemed by the Company's legal counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any shares hereunder shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained. As a condition to the exercise of any Option, the Company may require the Optionee to satisfy any qualifications that may be necessary or appropriate, to evidence compliance with any applicable law or regulation and to make any representation or warranty with respect thereto as may be requested by the Company.

        11.      TERMINATION OR AMENDMENT OF PLAN .    

        The Board may terminate or amend the Plan at any time. However, subject to changes in applicable law, regulations or rules that would permit otherwise, without the approval of the Company's shareholders, there shall be (a) no increase in the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan (except by operation of the provisions of Section 4.2), (b) no change in the class of persons eligible to receive Incentive Stock Options, and (c) no other amendment of the Plan that would require approval of the Company's shareholders under any applicable law, regulation or rule. No termination or amendment of the Plan shall affect any then outstanding Option unless expressly provided by the Board. In any event, no termination or amendment of the Plan may adversely affect any then outstanding Option without the consent of the Optionee, unless such termination or amendment is required to enable an Option designated as an Incentive Stock Option to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option or is necessary to comply with any applicable law, regulation or rule.

        12.      SHAREHOLDER APPROVAL .    

        The Plan or any increase in the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock issuable thereunder as provided in Section 4.1 (the " Authorized Shares ") shall be approved by the shareholders of the Company within twelve (12) months of the date of adoption thereof by the Board. Options granted prior to shareholder approval of the Plan or in excess of the Authorized Shares previously approved by the shareholders shall become exercisable no earlier than the date of shareholder approval of the Plan or such increase in the Authorized Shares, as the case may be.

12


        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned Secretary of the Company certifies that the foregoing sets forth the LocusPocus Inc. 2000 Stock Option Plan as duly adopted by the Board on August 30, 2000.

    /s/ William S. Pease
   
 
    William S. Pease, Secretary

13



LOCUSPOCUS INC.
NOTICE OF GRANT OF STOCK OPTION
(Immediately Exercisable)

                    (the " Optionee ") has been granted an option (the " Option ") to purchase certain shares of Stock of LocusPocus Inc. pursuant to the LocusPocus Inc. 2000 Stock Option Plan (the " Plan "), as follows:

    Date of Option Grant:        
         
    Number of Option Shares:        
         
    Exercise Price:   $   per share
         
    Initial Exercise Date:   Later of Date of Option Grant or Service commencement date.
   
Initial Vesting Date:

 

 

 

 
         
    Option Expiration Date:   The date ten (10) years after the Date of Option Grant.
   
Tax Status of Option:

 

 

 

Stock Option. (Enter "Incentive" or "Nonstatutory." If blank, this Option will be a Nonstatutory Stock Option).
         

 
   
  Vested Ratio
    Prior to Initial Vesting Date   0
    On Initial Vesting Date, provided the Optionee's Service has not terminated prior to such date   1 / 4
    Plus:    
    For each full month of the Optionee's continuous Service from Initial Vesting Date until the Vested Ratio equals 1/1, an additional   1 / 48

14


        By their signatures below, the Company and the Optionee agree that the Option is governed by this Notice and by the provisions of the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement, both of which are attached to and made a part of this document. The Optionee acknowledges receipt of copies of the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement, represents that the Optionee has read and is familiar with their provisions, and hereby accepts the Option subject to all of their terms and conditions.

LOCUSPOCUS INC.   OPTIONEE

By:

 




 


Signature

Its:

 




 


Date

Address:  2311 LeConte Avenue
                 Berkeley, CA 94709

 



Address

 

 

 

 




ATTACHMENTS:

 

2000 Stock Option Plan, as amended to the Date of Option Grant; Stock Option Agreement and Exercise Notice

THE SECURITIES WHICH ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS AGREEMENT HAVE NOT BEEN QUALIFIED WITH THE COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND THE ISSUANCE OF SUCH SECURITIES OR THE PAYMENT OR RECEIPT OF ANY PART OF THE CONSIDERATION THEREFOR PRIOR TO SUCH QUALIFICATION IS UNLAWFUL, UNLESS THE SALE OF SECURITIES IS EXEMPT FROM QUALIFICATION BY SECTION 25100, 25102, OR 25105 OF THE CALIFORNIA CORPORATIONS CODE. THE RIGHTS OF ALL PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT ARE EXPRESSLY CONDITIONED UPON SUCH QUALIFICATION BEING OBTAINED, UNLESS THE SALE IS SO EXEMPT.

THE SECURITIES WHICH ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS AGREEMENT HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH SALE OR DISPOSITION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

15



GETACTIVE SOFTWARE, INC. (formerly LocusPocus, Inc.)
STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

(Immediately Exercisable)

        GetActive Software, Inc. ( formerly LocusPocus, Inc. ) has granted to the individual (the " Optionee ") named in the Notice of Grant of Stock Option (the " Notice ") to which this Stock Option Agreement (the " Option Agreement ") is attached an option (the " Option ") to purchase certain shares of Stock upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Notice and this Option Agreement. The Option has been granted pursuant to and shall in all respects be subject to the terms and conditions of the GetActive Software, Inc. (formerly LocusPocus, Inc.) 2000 Stock Option Plan (the " Plan "), as amended to the Date of Option Grant, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference. By signing the Notice, the Optionee: (a) represents that the Optionee has received copies of, and has read and is familiar with the terms and conditions of, the Notice, the Plan and this Option Agreement, (b) accepts the Option subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Notice, the Plan and this Option Agreement, and (c) agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Board upon any questions arising under the Notice, the Plan or this Option Agreement.

        1.      DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION.

        2.      TAX CONSEQUENCES.

16


17


        3.      ADMINISTRATION .

        All questions of interpretation concerning this Option Agreement shall be determined by the Board. All determinations by the Board shall be final and binding upon all persons having an interest in the Option. Any Officer shall have the authority to act on behalf of the Company with respect to any matter, right, obligation, or election which is the responsibility of or which is allocated to the Company herein, provided the Officer has apparent authority with respect to such matter, right, obligation, or election.

        4.      EXERCISE OF THE OPTION .

18


19


20


        5.      NONTRANSFERABILITY OF THE OPTION .

        The Option may be exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee only by the Optionee or the Optionee's guardian or legal representative and may not be assigned or transferred in any manner except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Following the death of the Optionee, the Option, to the extent provided in Section 7, may be exercised by the Optionee's legal representative or by any person empowered to do so under the deceased Optionee's will or under the then applicable laws of descent and distribution.

        6.      TERMINATION OF THE OPTION .

        The Option shall terminate and may no longer be exercised after the first to occur of (a) the Option Expiration Date, (b) the last date for exercising the Option following termination of the Optionee's Service as described in Section 7, or (c) a Change in Control to the extent provided in Section 8.

        7.      EFFECT OF TERMINATION OF SERVICE .

21


22


Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, Termination After Change in Control shall not include any termination of the Optionee's Service with the Participating Company Group which (1) is for Cause (as defined below); (2) is a result of the Optionee' s death or disability; (3) is a result of the Optionee's voluntary termination of Service other than for Good Reason; or (4) occurs prior to the effectiveness of a Change in Control.

23


        8.      CHANGE IN CONTROL .

24


        9.      ADJUSTMENTS FOR CHANGES IN CAPITAL STRUCTURE .

        In the event of any stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, recapitalization, combination, reclassification, or similar change in the capital structure of the Company, appropriate adjustments shall be made in the number, Exercise Price and class of shares of stock subject to the Option. If a majority of the shares which are of the same class as the shares that are subject to the Option are exchanged for, converted into, or otherwise become (whether or not pursuant to an Ownership Change Event) shares of another corporation (the " New Shares "), the Board may unilaterally amend the Option to provide that the Option is exercisable for New Shares. In the event of any such amendment, the Number of Option Shares and the Exercise Price shall be adjusted in a fair and equitable manner, as determined by the Board, in its discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any fractional share resulting from an adjustment pursuant to this Section 9 shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number, and in no event may the Exercise Price be decreased to an amount less than the par value, if any, of the stock subject to the Option. The adjustments determined by the Board pursuant to this Section 9 shall be final, binding and conclusive.

        10.    RIGHTS AS A SHAREHOLDER, EMPLOYEE OR CONSULTANT .

        The Optionee shall have no rights as a shareholder with respect to any shares covered by the Option until the date of the issuance of a certificate for the shares for which the Option has been exercised (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company). No adjustment shall be made for dividends, distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such certificate is issued, except as provided in Section 9. If the Optionee is an Employee, the Optionee understands and acknowledges that, except as otherwise provided in a separate, written employment agreement between a Participating Company and the Optionee, the Optionee's employment is "at will" and is for no specified term. Nothing in this Option Agreement shall confer upon the Optionee any right to continue in the Service of a Participating Company or interfere in any way with any right of the Participating Company Group to terminate the Optionee' s Service as an Employee or Consultant, as the case may be, at any time.

        11.    UNVESTED SHARE REPURCHASE OPTION .

25


        12.    RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL .

26


27


        13.    ESCROW .

        14.    STOCK DISTRIBUTIONS SUBJECT TO OPTION AGREEMENT .

        If, from time to time, there is any stock dividend, stock split or other change, as described in Section 9, in the character or amount of any of the outstanding stock of the corporation the stock of which is subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement, then in such event any and all new, substituted or additional securities to which the Optionee is entitled by reason of the Optionee's

28



ownership of the shares acquired upon exercise of the Option shall be immediately subject to the Unvested Share Repurchase Option and the Right of First Refusal with the same force and effect as the shares subject to the Unvested Share Repurchase Option and the Right of First Refusal immediately before such event.

        15.    NOTICE OF SALES UPON DISQUALIFYING DISPOSITION .

        The Optionee shall dispose of the shares acquired pursuant to the Option only in accordance with the provisions of this Option Agreement. In addition, if the Notice designates this Option as an Incentive Stock Option , the Optionee shall (a) promptly notify the Chief Financial Officer of the Company if the Optionee disposes of any of the shares acquired pursuant to the Option within one (1) year after the date the Optionee exercises all or part of the Option or within two (2) years after the Date of Option Grant and (b) provide the Company with a description of the circumstances of such disposition. Until such time as the Optionee disposes of such shares in a manner consistent with the provisions of this Option Agreement, unless otherwise expressly authorized by the Company, the Optionee shall hold all shares acquired pursuant to the Option in the Optionee's name (and not in the name of any nominee) for the one-year period immediately after the exercise of the Option and the two-year period immediately after Date of Option Grant. At any time during the one-year or two-year periods set forth above, the Company may place a legend on any certificate representing shares acquired pursuant to the Option requesting the transfer agent for the Company's stock to notify the Company of any such transfers. The obligation of the Optionee to notify the Company of any such transfer shall continue notwithstanding that a legend has been placed on the certificate pursuant to the preceding sentence.

        16.    LEGENDS .

        The Company may at any time place legends referencing the Unvested Share Repurchase Option, the Right of First Refusal, and any applicable federal, state or foreign securities law restrictions on all certificates representing shares of stock subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement. The Optionee shall, at the request of the Company, promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing shares acquired pursuant to the Option in the possession of the Optionee in order to carry out the provisions of this Section. Unless otherwise specified by the Company, legends placed on such certificates may include, but shall not be limited to, the following:

29


        17.    LOCK-UP AGREEMENT .

        The Optionee hereby agrees that in the event of any underwritten public offering of stock, including an initial public offering of stock, made by the Company pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, the Optionee shall not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, hypothecate, grant any option to purchase or make any short sale of, or otherwise dispose of any shares of stock of the Company or any rights to acquire stock of the Company for such period of time from and after the effective date of such registration statement as may be established by the underwriter for such public offering; provided, however, that such period of time shall not exceed one hundred eighty (180) days from the effective date of the registration statement to be filed in connection with such public offering. The foregoing limitation shall not apply to shares registered in the public offering under the Securities Act.

        18.    RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF SHARES .

        No shares acquired upon exercise of the Option may be sold, exchanged, transferred (including, without limitation, any transfer to a nominee or agent of the Optionee), assigned, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of, including by operation of law, in any manner which violates any of the provisions of this Option Agreement and, except pursuant to an Ownership Change Event, until the date on which such shares become Vested Shares, and any such attempted disposition shall be void. The Company shall not be required (a) to transfer on its books any shares which will have been transferred in violation of any of the provisions set forth in this Option Agreement or (b) to treat as owner of such shares or to accord the right to vote as such owner or to pay dividends to any transferee to whom such shares will have been so transferred.

        19.    MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS .

30


31


o  Incentive Stock Option   Optionee:    
         
o  Nonstatutory Stock Option   Date:    
         


STOCK OPTION EXERCISE NOTICE
(IMMEDIATELY EXERCISABLE)

GetActive Software; Inc.
Attention: Chief Financial Officer
2855 Telegraph Ave., Suite 600
Berkeley, CA 94705

Ladies and Gentlemen:

        1.      Option . I was granted an option (the " Option ") to purchase shares of the common stock (the " Shares ") of GetActive Software, Inc. (the " Company ") pursuant to the Company's 2000 Stock Option Plan (the " Plan "), my Notice of Grant of Stock Option (the " Notice ") and my Stock Option Agreement (the " Option Agreement ") as follows:

    Grant Number:    
         

 

 

Date of Option Grant:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of Option Shares:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercise Price per Share:

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

        2.      Exercise of Option . I hereby elect to exercise the Option to purchase the following number of Shares:

    Vested Shares:    
         

 

 

Unvested Shares:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Shares Purchased:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Exercise Price (Total Shares X Price per Share)

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

        3.      Payments . I enclose payment in full of the total exercise price for the Shares in the following form(s), as authorized by my Option Agreement:

    o  Cash:   $
         

 

 

o  Check:

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

o  Tender of Company Stock:

 

Contact Plan Administrator

1


        4.      Tax Withholding . I authorize payroll withholding, and otherwise will make adequate provision for the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company, if any, in connection with the Option. If I am exercising a Nonstatutory Stock Option, I enclose payment in full of my withholding taxes, if any, as follows:

( Contact Plan Administrator for amount of tax due .)

    o  Cash:   $
         

 

 

o  Check:

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

        5.      Optionee Information.

My address is:  


 

 




My Social Security Number is:

 



        6.      Notice of Disqualifying Disposition . If the Option is an Incentive Stock Option, I agree that I will promptly notify the Chief Financial Officer of the Company if I transfer any of the Shares within one (1) year from the date I exercise all or part of the Option or within two (2) years of the Date of Option Grant.

        7.      Binding Effect . I agree that the Shares are being acquired in accordance with and subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of the Option Agreement, including the Unvested Share Repurchase Option and the Right of First Refusal set forth therein, to all of which I hereby expressly assent. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the my heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns. If required by the Company, I agree to deposit the certificate(s) evidencing the Shares, along with a blank stock assignment separate from certificate executed by me, with an escrow agent designated by the Company, to be held pursuant to the Company's standard Joint Escrow Instructions.

        8.      Transfer . I understand and acknowledge that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the " Securities Act "), and that consequently the Shares must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act, an exemption from such registration is available, or they are sold in accordance with Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act. I further understand and acknowledge that the Company is under no obligation to register the Shares. I understand that the certificate or certificates evidencing the Shares will be imprinted with legends which prohibit the transfer of the Shares unless they are registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of legal counsel satisfactory to the Company.

        I am aware that Rule 144 under the Securities Act, which permits limited public resale of securities acquired in a nonpublic offering, is not currently available with respect to the Shares- and, in any event, is available only if certain conditions are satisfied. I understand that any sale of the Shares that might be made in reliance upon Rule 144 may only be made in limited amounts in accordance with the terms and conditions of such rule and that a copy of Rule 144 will be delivered to me upon request.

2


        9.      Election Under Section 83(b) of the Code . I understand and acknowledge that if I am exercising the Option to purchase Unvested Shares (i.e., shares that remain subject to the Company's Unvested Share Repurchase Option), that I should consult with my tax advisor regarding the advisability of filing with the Internal Revenue Service an election under Section 83(b) of the Code, which must be filed no later than thirty (30) days after the date on which I exercise the Option. I acknowledge that I have been advised to consult with a tax advisor prior to the exercise of the Option regarding the tax consequences to me of exercising the Option. AN ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b) MUST BE FILED WITHIN 30 DAYS AFTER THE DATE ON WHICH I PURCHASE SHARES. THIS TIME PERIOD CANNOT BE EXTENDED. I ACKNOWLEDGE THAT TIMELY FILING OF A SECTION 83(b) ELECTION IS MY SOLE RESPONSIBILITY, EVEN IF I REQUEST THE COMPANY OR ITS REPRESENTATIVES TO FILE SUCH ELECTION ON MY BEHALF.

        I understand that I am purchasing the Shares pursuant to the terms of the Plan, the Notice and my Option Agreement, copies of which I have received and carefully read and understand.

        Very truly yours,

 

 

 

 



(Signature)

Receipt of the above is hereby acknowledged.

 

 

GETACTIVE SOFTWARE, INC.

 

 

By:

 




 

 

Title:

 




 

 

Date:

 




 

 

3




QuickLinks

LOCUSPOCUS INC. 2000 STOCK OPTION PLAN
LOCUSPOCUS INC. NOTICE OF GRANT OF STOCK OPTION (Immediately Exercisable)
GETACTIVE SOFTWARE, INC. (formerly LocusPocus, Inc.) STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT (Immediately Exercisable)
STOCK OPTION EXERCISE NOTICE (IMMEDIATELY EXERCISABLE)

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 10.4

GETACTIVE SOFTWARE, INC.

2006 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
Adopted January 26, 2006
Approved by Stockholders February 7, 2006
Termination Date: January 26, 2016

1.     PURPOSES.

         (a)   Eligible Stock Award Recipients. The persons eligible to receive Stock Awards are the Employees, Directors and Consultants of GetActive Software, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the " Company "), and its Affiliates.

         (b)   Available Stock Awards. The purpose of the Plan is to provide a means by which eligible recipients of Stock Awards may be given an opportunity to benefit from increases in value of the Common Stock through the granting of the following Stock Awards: (i) Incentive Stock Options, (ii) Nonstatutory Stock Options, (iii) stock bonuses and (iv) rights to acquire restricted stock.

         (c)   General Purpose. The Company, by means of the Plan, seeks to retain the services of the group of persons eligible to receive Stock Awards, to secure and retain the services of new members of this group and to provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the Company and its Affiliates.

2.     DEFINITIONS.

         (a)   " Affiliate " means any parent corporation or subsidiary corporation of the Company, whether now or hereafter existing, as those terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and (f), respectively, of the Code.

         (b)   " Board " means the Board of Directors of the Company.

         (c)   " Code " means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

         (d)   " Committee " means a committee of one or more members of the Board appointed by the Board in accordance with subsection 3(c).

         (e)   " Common Stock " means the common stock of the Company.

         (f)    " Company " means GetActive Software, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

         (g)   " Consultant " means any person, including an advisor, (i) engaged by the Company or an Affiliate to render consulting or advisory services and who is compensated for such services or (ii) who is a member of the Board of Directors of an Affiliate. However, the term "Consultant" shall not include either Directors who are not compensated by the Company for their services as Directors or Directors who are merely paid a director's fee by the Company for their services as Directors.

         (h)   " Continuous Service " means that the Participant's service with the Company or an Affiliate, whether as an Employee, Director or Consultant, is not interrupted or terminated. The Participant's Continuous Service shall not be deemed to have terminated merely because of a change in the capacity in which the Participant renders service to the Company or an Affiliate as an Employee, Consultant or Director or a change in the entity for which the Participant renders such service, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Participant's Continuous Service. For example, a change in status from an Employee of the Company to a Consultant of an Affiliate or a Director will not constitute an interruption of Continuous Service. The Board or the chief executive officer of the Company, in that party's sole discretion, may determine whether Continuous Service shall be considered interrupted in the case of any leave of absence approved by that party, including sick leave, military leave or any other personal leave.


         (i)    " Covered Employee " means the chief executive officer and the four (4) other highest compensated officers of the Company for whom total compensation is required to be reported to Stockholders under the Exchange Act, as determined for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code.

         (j)    " Director " means a member of the Board of Directors of the Company.

         (k)   " Disability " means (i) before the Listing Date, the inability of a person, in the opinion of a qualified physician acceptable to the Company, to perform the major duties of that person's position with the Company or an Affiliate of the Company because of the sickness or injury of the person and (ii) after the Listing Date, the permanent and total disability of a person within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

         (l)    " Employee " means any person employed by the Company or an Affiliate. Mere service as a Director or payment of a director's fee by the Company or an Affiliate shall not be sufficient to constitute "employment" by the Company or an Affiliate.

         (m)  " Exchange Act " means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

         (n)   " Fair Market Value " means, as of any date, the value of the Common Stock determined as follows:

         (o)   " Incentive Stock Option " means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

         (p)   " Listing Date " means the first date upon which any security of the Company is listed (or approved for listing) upon notice of issuance on any securities exchange or designated (or approved for designation) upon notice of issuance as a national market security on an interdealer quotation system if such securities exchange or interdealer quotation system has been certified in accordance with the provisions of Section 25100(o) of the California Corporate Securities Law of 1968.

         (q)   " Non-Employee Director " means a Director who either (i) is not a current Employee or Officer of the Company or its parent or a subsidiary, does not receive compensation (directly or indirectly) from the Company or its parent or a subsidiary for services rendered as a consultant or in any capacity other than as a Director (except for an amount as to which disclosure would not be required under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act ("Regulation S-K")), does not possess an interest in any other transaction as to which disclosure would be required under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K and is not engaged in a business relationship as to which disclosure would be required under Item 404(b) of Regulation S-K; or (ii) is otherwise considered a "non-employee director" for purposes of Rule 16b-3.

         (r)   " Nonstatutory Stock Option " means an Option not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

2


         (s)   " Officer " means (i) before the Listing Date, any person designated by the Company as an officer and (ii) on and after the Listing Date, a person who is an officer of the Company within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

         (t)    " Option " means an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option granted pursuant to the Plan.

         (u)   " Option Agreement " means a written agreement between the Company and an Optionholder evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Option grant. Each Option Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

         (v)   " Optionholder " means a person to whom an Option is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Option.

         (w)  " Outside Director " means a Director who either (i) is not a current employee of the Company or an "affiliated corporation" (within the meaning of Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 162(m) of the Code), is not a former employee of the Company or an "affiliated corporation" receiving compensation for prior services (other than benefits under a tax qualified pension plan), was not an officer of the Company or an "affiliated corporation" at any time and is not currently receiving direct or indirect remuneration from the Company or an "affiliated corporation" for services in any capacity other than as a Director or (ii) is otherwise considered an "outside director" for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code.

         (x)   " Participant " means a person to whom a Stock Award is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Stock Award.

         (y)   " Plan " means this GetActive Software, Inc. 2006 Equity incentive plan.

         (z)   " Rule 16b-3 " means Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act or any successor to Rule 16b-3, as in effect from time to time.

         (aa) " Securities Act " means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

         (bb) " Stock Award " means any right granted under the Plan, including an Option, a stock bonus and a right to acquire restricted stock.

         (cc) " Stock Award Agreement " means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Stock Award evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Stock Award grant. Each Stock Award Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

         (dd) " Ten Percent Stockholder " means a person who owns (or is deemed to own pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code) stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or of any of its Affiliates.

3.     ADMINISTRATION.

         (a)   Administration by Board. The Board shall administer the Plan unless and until the Board delegates administration to a Committee, as provided in subsection 3(c).

         (b)   Powers of Board. The Board shall have the power, subject to, and within the limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:

3


         (c)   Delegation to Committee or Officer.

4


         (d)   Effect of Board's Decision. All determinations, interpretations and constructions made by the Board in good faith shall not be subject to review by any person and shall be final, binding and conclusive on all persons.

4.     SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN.

         (a)   Share Reserve. Subject to the provisions of Section 11 relating to adjustments upon changes in Common Stock, the Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to Stock Awards shall not exceed in the aggregate two million five hundred thirty-one thousand seventy-five (2,531,075) shares of Common Stock.

         (b)   Reversion of Shares to the Share Reserve. If any Stock Award shall for any reason expire or otherwise terminate, in whole or in part, without having been exercised in full, or if any shares of Common Stock issued to a Participant pursuant to a Stock Award are forfeited back to the Company because of the failure to meet a contingency or condition required to vest such shares in the Participant, the shares of Common Stock not acquired or forfeited under such Stock Award shall revert to and again become available for issuance under the Plan; provided, however, that subject to the provisions of Section 11(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options shall be three million seven hundred ninety-six thousand (3,796,000) shares of Common Stock.

         (c)   Source of Shares. The shares of Common Stock subject to the Plan may be unissued shares or reacquired shares, bought on the market or otherwise.

         (d)   Share Reserve Limitation. Prior to the Listing Date and to the extent then required by Section 260.140.45 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations, the total number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of all outstanding Options and the total number of shares of Common Stock provided for under any stock bonus or similar plan of the Company shall not exceed the applicable percentage as calculated in accordance with the conditions and exclusions of Section 260.140.45 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations, based on the shares of Common Stock of the Company that are outstanding at the time the calculation is made.(1)


(1)
Section 260.140.45 generally provides that the total number of shares issuable upon exercise of all outstanding options (exclusive of certain rights) and the total number of shares called for under any stock bonus or similar plan shall not exceed a number of shares which is equal to 30% of the then outstanding shares of the issuer (convertible preferred or convertible senior common shares counted on an as if converted basis), exclusive of shares subject to promotional waivers under Section 260.141, unless a percentage higher than 30% is approved by at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares entitled to vote.

5


5.     ELIGIBILITY.

         (a)   Eligibility for Specific Stock Awards. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees. Stock Awards other than Incentive Stock Options may be granted to Employees, Directors and Consultants.

         (b)   Ten Percent Stockholders.

         (c)   Section 162(m) Limitation. Subject to the provisions of Section 11 relating to adjustments upon changes in the shares of Common Stock, no Employee shall be eligible to be granted Options covering more than one million eight hundred ninety-eight thousand (1,898,000) shares of Common Stock during any calendar year. This subsection 5(c) shall not apply prior to the Listing Date and, following the Listing Date, this subsection 5(c) shall not apply until (i) the earliest of: (1) the first material modification of the Plan (including any increase in the number of shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Plan in accordance with Section 4); (2) the issuance of all of the shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Plan; (3) the expiration of the Plan; or (4) the first meeting of Stockholders at which Directors are to be elected that occurs after the close of the third calendar year following the calendar year in which occurred the first registration of an equity security under Section 12 of the Exchange Act; or (ii) such other date required by Section 162(m) of the Code and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

         (d)   Consultants.

6


6.     OPTION PROVISIONS.

        Each Option shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate. All Options shall be separately designated Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options at the time of grant, and, if certificates are issued, a separate certificate or certificates will be issued for shares of Common Stock purchased on exercise of each type of Option. The provisions of separate Options need not be identical, but each Option shall include (through incorporation of provisions hereof by reference in the Option or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

         (a)   Term. Subject to the provisions of subsection 5(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, no Option granted prior to the Listing Date shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date it was granted, and no Incentive Stock Option granted on or after the Listing Date shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date it was granted.

         (b)   Exercise Price of an Incentive Stock Option. Subject to the provisions of subsection 5(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, the exercise price of each Incentive Stock Option shall be not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Option on the date the Option is granted. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Incentive Stock Option may be granted with an exercise price lower than that set forth in the preceding sentence if such Option is granted pursuant to an assumption or substitution for another option in a manner satisfying the provisions of Section 424(a) of the Code.

         (c)   Exercise Price of a Nonstatutory Stock Option. Subject to the provisions of subsection 5(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, the exercise price of each Nonstatutory Stock Option granted prior to the Listing Date shall be not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Option on the date the Option is granted. The exercise price of each Nonstatutory Stock Option granted on or after the Listing Date shall be not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Option on the date the Option is granted. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Nonstatutory Stock Option may be granted with an exercise price lower than that set forth in the preceding sentence if such Option is granted pursuant to an assumption or substitution for another option in a manner satisfying the provisions of Section 424(a) of the Code.

7


         (d)   Consideration. The purchase price of Common Stock acquired pursuant to an Option shall be paid, to the extent permitted by applicable statutes and regulations, either (i) in cash at the time the Option is exercised or (ii) at the discretion of the Board at the time of the grant of the Option (or subsequently in the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option) (1) by delivery to the Company of other Common Stock, (2) according to a deferred payment or other similar arrangement with the Optionholder or (3) in any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board. Unless otherwise specifically provided in the Option, the purchase price of Common Stock acquired pursuant to an Option that is paid by delivery to the Company of other Common Stock acquired, directly or indirectly from the Company, shall be paid only by shares of the Common Stock of the Company that have been held for more than six (6) months (or such longer or shorter period of time required to avoid a charge to earnings for financial accounting purposes). At any time that the Company is incorporated in Delaware, payment of the Common Stock's "par value," as defined in the Delaware General Corporation Law, shall not be made by deferred payment.

        In the case of any deferred payment arrangement, interest shall be compounded at least annually and shall be charged at the minimum rate of interest necessary to avoid the treatment as interest, under any applicable provisions of the Code, of any amounts other than amounts stated to be interest under the deferred payment arrangement.

         (e)   Transferability of an Incentive Stock Option. An Incentive Stock Option shall not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and shall be exercisable during the lifetime of the Optionholder only by the Optionholder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Optionholder may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form satisfactory to the Company, designate a third party who, in the event of the death of the Optionholder, shall thereafter be entitled to exercise the Option.

         (f)    Transferability of a Nonstatutory Stock Option. A Nonstatutory Stock Option granted prior to the Listing Date shall not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and, to the extent provided in the Option Agreement, to such further extent as permitted by Section 260.140.41(d) of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations at the time of the grant of the Option, and shall be exercisable during the lifetime of the Optionholder only by the Optionholder. A Nonstatutory Stock Option granted on or after the Listing Date shall be transferable to the extent provided in the Option Agreement. If the Nonstatutory Stock Option does not provide for transferability, then the Nonstatutory Stock Option shall not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and shall be exercisable during the lifetime of the Optionholder only by the Optionholder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Optionholder may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form satisfactory to the Company, designate a third party who, in the event of the death of the Optionholder, shall thereafter be entitled to exercise the Option.

         (g)   Vesting Generally. The total number of shares of Common Stock subject to an Option may, but need not, vest and therefore become exercisable in periodic installments that may, but need not, be equal. The Option may be subject to such other terms and conditions on the time or times when it may be exercised (which may be based on performance or other criteria) as the Board may deem appropriate. The vesting provisions of individual Options may vary. The provisions of this subsection 6(g) are subject to any Option provisions governing the minimum number of shares of Common Stock as to which an Option may be exercised.

8


         (h)   Minimum Vesting Prior to the Listing Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing subsection 6(g), to the extent that the following restrictions on vesting are required by Section 260.140.41(f) of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations at the time of the grant of the Option, then:

         (i)    Termination of Continuous Service. In the event an Optionholder's Continuous Service terminates (other than upon the Optionholder's death or Disability), the Optionholder may exercise his or her Option (to the extent that the Optionholder was entitled to exercise such Option as of the date of termination) but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date three (3) months following the termination of the Optionholder's Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Option Agreement, which period shall not be less than thirty (30) days for Options granted prior to the Listing Date unless such termination is for cause), or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Option Agreement. If, after termination, the Optionholder does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified in the Option Agreement, the Option shall terminate.

         (j)    Extension of Termination Date. An Optionholder's Option Agreement may also provide that if the exercise of the Option following the termination of the Optionholder's Continuous Service (other than upon the Optionholder's death or Disability) would be prohibited at any time solely because the issuance of shares of Common Stock would violate the registration requirements under the Securities Act, then the Option shall terminate on the earlier of (i) the expiration of the term of the Option set forth in subsection 6(a) or (ii) the expiration of a period of three (3) months after the termination of the Optionholder's Continuous Service during which the exercise of the Option would not be in violation of such registration requirements.

         (k)   Disability of Optionholder. In the event that an Optionholder's Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Optionholder's Disability, the Optionholder may exercise his or her Option (to the extent that the Optionholder was entitled to exercise such Option as of the date of termination), but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date twelve (12) months following such termination (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Option Agreement, which period shall not be less than six (6) months for Options granted prior to the Listing Date) or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Option Agreement. If, after termination, the Optionholder does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate.

         (l)    Death of Optionholder. In the event (i) an Optionholder's Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Optionholder's death or (ii) the Optionholder dies within the period (if any) specified in the Option Agreement after the termination of the Optionholder's Continuous Service for a reason other than death, then the Option may be exercised (to the extent the Optionholder was entitled to exercise such Option as of the date of death) by the Optionholder's estate, by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance or by a person designated to exercise the option upon the Optionholder's death pursuant to subsection 6(e) or 6(f), but only within the period ending on the earlier of (1) the date eighteen (18) months following the date of death (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Option Agreement, which period shall not be less than six (6) months for Options granted prior to the Listing Date) or (2) the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement. If, after death, the Option is not exercised within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate.

9


         (m)  Early Exercise. The Option may, but need not, include a provision whereby the Optionholder may elect at any time before the Optionholder's Continuous Service terminates to exercise the Option as to any part or all of the shares of Common Stock subject to the Option prior to the full vesting of the Option. Subject to the "Repurchase Limitation" in subsection 10(h), any unvested shares of Common Stock so purchased may be subject to a repurchase option in favor of the Company or to any other restriction the Board determines to be appropriate. Provided that the "Repurchase Limitation" in subsection 10(h) is not violated, the Company will not exercise its repurchase option until at least six (6) months (or such longer or shorter period of time required to avoid a charge to earnings for financial accounting purposes) have elapsed following exercise of the Option unless the Board otherwise specifically provides in the Option.

         (n)   Right of Repurchase. Subject to the "Repurchase Limitation" in subsection 10(h), the Option may, but need not, include a provision whereby the Company may elect, prior to the Listing Date, to repurchase all or any part of the vested shares of Common Stock acquired by the Optionholder pursuant to the exercise of the Option. Provided that the "Repurchase Limitation" in subsection 10(h) is not violated, the Company will not exercise its repurchase option until at least six (6) months (or such longer or shorter period of time required to avoid a charge to earnings for financial accounting purposes) have elapsed following exercise of the Option unless the Board otherwise specifically provides in the Option.

         (o)   Right of First Refusal. The Option may, but need not, include a provision whereby the Company may elect, prior to the Listing Date, to exercise a right of first refusal following receipt of notice from the Optionholder of the intent to transfer all or any part of the shares of Common Stock received upon the exercise of the Option. Except as expressly provided in this subsection 6(o), such right of first refusal shall otherwise comply with any applicable provisions of the Bylaws of the Company.

         (p)   Re-Load Options.

10


7.     PROVISIONS OF STOCK AWARDS OTHER THAN OPTIONS.

         (a)   Stock Bonus Awards. Each stock bonus agreement shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate. The terms and conditions of stock bonus agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate stock bonus agreements need not be identical, but each stock bonus agreement shall include (through incorporation of provisions hereof by reference in the agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

11


         (b)   Restricted Stock Awards. Each restricted stock purchase agreement shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate. The terms and conditions of the restricted stock purchase agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate restricted stock purchase agreements need not be identical, but each restricted stock purchase agreement shall include (through incorporation of provisions hereof by reference in the agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

8.     COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

         (a)   Availability of Shares. During the terms of the Stock Awards, the Company shall keep available at all times the number of shares of Common Stock required to satisfy such Stock Awards.

12


         (b)   Securities Law Compliance. The Company shall seek to obtain from each regulatory commission or agency having jurisdiction over the Plan such authority as may be required to grant Stock Awards and to issue and sell shares of Common Stock upon exercise of the Stock Awards; provided, however, that this undertaking shall not require the Company to register under the Securities Act the Plan, any Stock Award or any Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to any such Stock Award. If, after reasonable efforts, the Company is unable to obtain from any such regulatory commission or agency the authority which counsel for the Company deems necessary for the lawful issuance and sale of Common Stock under the Plan, the Company shall be relieved from any liability for failure to issue and sell Common Stock upon exercise of such Stock Awards unless and until such authority is obtained.

9.     USE OF PROCEEDS FROM STOCK.

        Proceeds from the sale of Common Stock pursuant to Stock Awards shall constitute general funds of the Company.

10.   MISCELLANEOUS.

         (a)   Acceleration of Exercisability and Vesting. The Board shall have the power to accelerate the time at which a Stock Award may first be exercised or the time during which a Stock Award or any part thereof will vest in accordance with the Plan, notwithstanding the provisions in the Stock Award stating the time at which it may first be exercised or the time during which it will vest.

         (b)   Stockholder Rights. No Participant shall be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, any shares of Common Stock subject to such Stock Award unless and until such Participant has satisfied all requirements for exercise of the Stock Award pursuant to its terms.

         (c)   No Employment or other Service Rights. Nothing in the Plan or any instrument executed or Stock Award granted pursuant thereto shall confer upon any Participant any right to continue to serve the Company or an Affiliate in the capacity in effect at the time the Stock Award was granted or shall affect the right of the Company or an Affiliate to terminate (i) the employment of an Employee with or without notice and with or without cause, (ii) the service of a Consultant pursuant to the terms of such Consultant's agreement with the Company or an Affiliate or (iii) the service of a Director pursuant to the Bylaws of the Company or an Affiliate, and any applicable provisions of the corporate law of the state in which the Company or the Affiliate is incorporated, as the case may be.

         (d)   Incentive Stock Option $100,000 Limitation. To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time of grant) of Common Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Optionholder during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and its Affiliates) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), the Options or portions thereof which exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options.

13


         (e)   Investment Assurances. The Company may require a Participant, as a condition of exercising or acquiring Common Stock under any Stock Award, (i) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company as to the Participant's knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and/or to employ a purchaser representative reasonably satisfactory to the Company who is knowledgeable and experienced in financial and business matters and that he or she is capable of evaluating, alone or together with the purchaser representative, the merits and risks of exercising the Stock Award; and (ii) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company stating that the Participant is acquiring Common Stock subject to the Stock Award for the Participant's own account and not with any present intention of selling or otherwise distributing the Common Stock. The foregoing requirements, and any assurances given pursuant to such requirements, shall be inoperative if (1) the issuance of the shares of Common Stock upon the exercise or acquisition of Common Stock under the Stock Award has been registered under a then currently effective registration statement under the Securities Act or (2) as to any particular requirement, a determination is made by counsel for the Company that such requirement need not be met in the circumstances under the then applicable securities laws. The Company may, upon advice of counsel to the Company, place legends on stock certificates issued under the Plan as such counsel deems necessary or appropriate in order to comply with applicable securities laws, including, but not limited to, legends restricting the transfer of the Common Stock.

         (f)    Withholding Obligations. To the extent provided by the terms of a Stock Award Agreement, the Participant may satisfy any federal, state or local tax withholding obligation relating to the exercise or acquisition of Common Stock under a Stock Award by any of the following means (in addition to the Company's right to withhold from any compensation paid to the Participant by the Company) or by a combination of such means: (i) tendering a cash payment; (ii) authorizing the Company to withhold shares of Common Stock from the shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable to the Participant as a result of the exercise or acquisition of Common Stock under the Stock Award, provided, however, that no shares of Common Stock are withheld with a value exceeding the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law; or (iii) delivering to the Company owned and unencumbered shares of Common Stock.

         (g)   Information Obligation. Prior to the Listing Date, to the extent required by Section 260.140.46 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations, the Company shall deliver financial statements to Participants at least annually. This subsection 10(g) shall not apply to key Employees whose duties in connection with the Company assure them access to equivalent information.

         (h)   Repurchase Limitation. The terms of any repurchase option shall be specified in the Stock Award and may be either at Fair Market Value at the time of repurchase or at not less than the original purchase price. To the extent required by Section 260.140.41 and Section 260.140.42 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations at the time a Stock Award is made, any repurchase option contained in a Stock Award granted prior to the Listing Date to a person who is not an Officer, Director or Consultant shall be upon the terms described below:

14


11.   ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN STOCK.

         (a)   Capitalization Adjustments. If any change is made in the Common Stock subject to the Plan, or subject to any Stock Award, without the receipt of consideration by the Company (through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure or other transaction not involving the receipt of consideration by the Company), the Plan will be appropriately adjusted in the class(es) and maximum number of securities subject to the Plan pursuant to subsections 4(a) and 4(b) and the maximum number of securities subject to award to any person pursuant to subsection 5(c), and the outstanding Stock Awards will be appropriately adjusted in the class(es) and number of securities and price per share of Common Stock subject to such outstanding Stock Awards. The Board shall make such adjustments, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive. (The conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be treated as a transaction "without receipt of consideration" by the Company.)

         (b)   Change in Control—Dissolution or Liquidation. In the event of a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, then all outstanding Stock Awards shall terminate immediately prior to such event.

         (c)   Change in Control—Asset Sale, Merger, Consolidation or Reverse Merger. In the event of (i) a sale, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, (ii) a consolidation or merger of the Company with or into any other corporation or other entity or person, or any other corporate reorganization, in which the Stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such consolidation, merger or reorganization, own less than 50% of the Company's outstanding voting power of the surviving entity (or its parent) following the consolidation, merger or reorganization or (iii) any transaction (or series of related transactions involving a person or entity, or a group of affiliated persons or entities) in which in excess of fifty percent (50%) of the Company's outstanding voting power is transferred, then any surviving corporation or acquiring corporation shall assume any Stock Awards outstanding under the Plan or shall substitute similar stock awards (including an award to acquire the same consideration paid to the Stockholders in the transaction described in this subsection 11(c) for those outstanding under the Plan. In the event any surviving corporation or acquiring corporation refuses to assume such Stock Awards or to substitute similar stock awards for those outstanding under the Plan, then with respect to Stock Awards held by Participants whose Continuous Service has not terminated, the vesting of such Stock Awards (and, if applicable, the time during which such Stock Awards may be exercised) shall be accelerated in full, and the Stock Awards shall terminate if not exercised (if applicable) at or prior to such event. With respect to any other Stock Awards outstanding under the Plan, such Stock Awards shall terminate if not exercised (if applicable) prior to such event.

15


12.   AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN AND STOCK AWARDS.

         (a)   Amendment of Plan. The Board at any time, and from time to time, may amend the Plan. However, except as provided in Section 11 relating to adjustments upon changes in Common Stock, no amendment shall be effective unless approved by the Stockholders of the Company to the extent stockholder approval is necessary to satisfy the requirements of Section 422 of the Code, Rule 16b-3 or any Nasdaq or securities exchange listing requirements.

         (b)   Stockholder Approval. The Board may, in its sole discretion, submit any other amendment to the Plan for stockholder approval, including, but not limited to, amendments to the Plan intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code and the regulations thereunder regarding the exclusion of performance-based compensation from the limit on corporate deductibility of compensation paid to certain executive officers.

         (c)   Contemplated Amendments. It is expressly contemplated that the Board may amend the Plan in any respect the Board deems necessary or advisable to provide eligible Employees with the maximum benefits provided or to be provided under the provisions of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder relating to Incentive Stock Options and/or to bring the Plan and/or Incentive Stock Options granted under it into compliance therewith.

         (d)   No Impairment of Rights. Rights under any Stock Award granted before amendment of the Plan shall not be impaired by any amendment of the Plan unless (i) the Company requests the consent of the Participant and (ii) the Participant consents in writing.

         (e)   Amendment of Stock Awards. The Board at any time, and from time to time, may amend the terms of any one or more Stock Awards; provided, however, that the rights under any Stock Award shall not be impaired by any such amendment unless (i) the Company requests the consent of the Participant and (ii) the Participant consents in writing.

13.   TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE PLAN.

         (a)   Plan Term. The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. Unless sooner terminated, the Plan shall terminate on the day before the tenth (10th) anniversary of the date the Plan is adopted by the Board or approved by the Stockholders of the Company, whichever is earlier. No Stock Awards may be granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated.

         (b)   No Impairment of Rights. Suspension or termination of the Plan shall not impair rights and obligations under any Stock Award granted while the Plan is in effect except with the written consent of the Participant.

14.   EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN.

        The Plan shall become effective as determined by the Board, but no Stock Award shall be exercised (or, in the case of a stock bonus, shall be granted) unless and until the Plan has been approved by the Stockholders of the Company, which approval shall be within twelve (12) months before or after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board.

II.    CHOICE OF LAW.

        The law of the State of Delaware shall govern all questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Plan, without regard to such state's conflict of laws rules.

16



GETACTIVE SOFTWARE, INC.

2006 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN STOCK OPTION GRANT NOTICE

GetActive Software, Inc. , a Delaware corporation (the " Company "), pursuant to its 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (the " Plan "), hereby grants to Optionholder an option to purchase the number of shares of the Company's Common Stock set forth below. This option is subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth herein and in the Stock Option Agreement, the Plan and the Notice of Exercise, all of which are attached hereto and incorporated herein in their entirety. Capitalized terms herein shall have the meanings given them by the Stock Option Agreement or the Plan unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

Optionholder:
Date of Grant:
Vesting Commencement Date:
Number of Shares Subject to Option:
Exercise Price (Per Share):
Total Exercise Price:
Expiration Date:


Type of Grant:

 

ý

 

Incentive Stock Option(2)

 

o

 

Nonstatutory Stock Option

Exercise Schedule:

 

o

 

Same as Vesting Schedule

 

ý

 

Early Exercise Permitted

Vesting Schedule:

 

[1/4 th of the shares vest one year after the Vesting Commencement Date. 1/48 th of the shares vest monthly thereafter over the next three years.]

Payment:




 

By one or a combination of the following items (described in the Stock Option Agreement):

            By cash or check
            Pursuant to a Regulation T Program if the Shares are publicly traded
            By delivery of already-owned shares if the Shares are publicly traded

        Additional Terms/Acknowledgements:     The undersigned Optionholder acknowledges receipt of, and understands and agrees to, this Grant Notice, the Stock Option Agreement and the Plan. Optionholder further acknowledges that as of the Date of Grant, this Grant Notice, the Stock Option Agreement and the Plan set forth the entire understanding between Optionholder and the Company regarding the acquisition of stock in the Company and supersede all prior oral and written agreements on that subject with the exception of (i) options previously granted and delivered to Optionholder under the Plan, and (ii) the following agreements only:

Other Agreements:  
 
   
 

GetActive Software Inc.

 

Optionholder:


By:

 



Signature

 



Date:

 



Signature
Title:
Date:
       

Attachments: Stock Option Agreement, 2006 Equity Incentive Plan and Notice of Exercise

(2)
If this is an incentive stock option, it (plus your other outstanding incentive stock options) cannot be first exercisable for more than $100,000 in any calendar year. Any excess over $100,000 is a nonstatutory stock option.


GETACTIVE SOFTWARE, INC.

2006 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

Stock Option Agreement (Incentive And Nonstatutory Stock Options)

        Pursuant to your Stock Option Grant Notice (" Grant Notice ") and this Stock Option Agreement, GetActive Software, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the " Company "), has granted you an option under its 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (the " Plan ") to purchase the number of shares of the Company's Common Stock indicated in your Grant Notice at the exercise price indicated in your Grant Notice. Defined terms not explicitly defined in this Stock Option Agreement but defined in the Plan shall have the same definitions as in the Plan.

        The details of your option are as follows:

         1.     VESTING. Subject to the limitations contained herein, your option will vest as provided in your Grant Notice, provided that vesting will cease upon the termination of your Continuous Service.

         2.     NUMBER OF SHARES AND EXERCISE PRICE. The number of shares of Common Stock subject to your option and your exercise price per share referenced in your Grant Notice may be adjusted from time to time for Capitalization Adjustments, as provided in the Plan.

         3.     EXERCISE PRIOR TO VESTING ("EARLY EXERCISE"). If permitted in your Grant Notice (i.e., the "Exercise Schedule" indicates that "Early Exercise" of your option is permitted) and subject to the provisions of your option, you may elect at any time that is both (i) during the period of your Continuous Service and (ii) during the term of your option, to exercise all or part of your option, including the nonvested portion of your option; provided, however, that:

         4.     METHOD OF PAYMENT. Payment of the exercise price is due in full upon exercise of all or any part of your option. You may elect to make payment of the exercise price in cash or by check or in any other manner permitted by your Grant Notice , which may include one or more of the following:


         5.     WHOLE SHARES . You may exercise your option only for whole shares of Common Stock.

         6.     SECURITIES LAW COMPLIANCE. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, you may not exercise your option unless the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such exercise are then registered under the Securities Act or, if such shares of Common Stock are not then so registered, the Company has determined that such exercise and issuance would be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The exercise of your option must also comply with other applicable laws and regulations governing your option, and you may not exercise your option if the Company determines that such exercise would not be in material compliance with such laws and regulations.

2


         7.     TERM. You may not exercise your option before the commencement of its term or after its term expires. The term of your option commences on the Date of Grant and expires upon the earliest of the following:

         (a)    three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service for any reason other than your Disability or death, provided that if during any part of such three- (3-) month period your option is not exercisable solely because of the condition set forth in the preceding paragraph relating to "Securities Law Compliance," your option shall not expire until the earlier of the Expiration Date or until it shall have been exercisable for an aggregate period of three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service;

         (b)    twelve (12) months after the termination of your Continuous Service due to your Disability;

         (c)    eighteen (18) months after your death if you die either during your Continuous Service or within three (3) months after your Continuous Service terminates;

         (d)    the Expiration Date indicated in your Grant Notice; or

         (e)    the day before the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Date of Grant.

        If your option is an incentive stock option, note that, to obtain the federal income tax advantages associated with an "incentive stock option," the Code requires that at all times beginning on the date of grant of your option and ending on the day three (3) months before the date of your option's exercise, you must be an employee of the Company or an Affiliate, except in the event of your death or Disability. The Company has provided for extended exercisability of your option under certain circumstances for your benefit but cannot guarantee that your option will necessarily be treated as an "incentive stock option" if you continue to provide services to the Company or an Affiliate as a Consultant or Director after your employment terminates or if you otherwise exercise your option more than three (3) months after the date your employment terminates.

         8.     EXERCISE.

        (a)    You may exercise the vested portion of your option (and the unvested portion of your option if your Grant Notice so permits) during its term by delivering a Notice of Exercise (in a form designated by the Company) together with the exercise price to the Secretary of the Company, or to such other person as the Company may designate, during regular business hours, together with such additional documents as the Company may then require.

         (b)    By exercising your option you agree that, as a condition to any exercise of your option, the Company may require you to enter into an arrangement providing for the payment by you to the Company of any tax withholding obligation of the Company arising by reason of (1) the exercise of your option, (2) the lapse of any substantial risk of forfeiture to which the shares of Common Stock are subject at the time of exercise, or (3) the disposition of shares of Common Stock acquired upon such exercise.

         (c)    If your option is an incentive stock option, by exercising your option you agree that you will notify the Company in writing within fifteen (15) days after the date of any disposition of any of the shares of the Common Stock issued upon exercise of your option that occurs within two (2) years after the date of your option grant or within one (1) year after such shares of Common Stock are transferred upon exercise of your option.

3


         (d)    By exercising your option you agree that the Company (or a representative of the underwriter(s)) may, in connection with the first underwritten registration of the offering of any securities of the Company under the Securities Act, require that you not sell, dispose of, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, any shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company held by you, for a period of time specified by the underwriter(s) (not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days) following the effective date of the registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act. You further agree to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company and/or the underwriter(s) that are consistent with the foregoing or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to your shares of Common Stock until the end of such period.

         9.     TRANSFERABILITY.

        (a)    If your option is an incentive stock option, your option is not transferable, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and is exercisable during your life only by you. Notwithstanding the foregoing, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form satisfactory to the Company, you may designate a third party who, in the event of your death, shall thereafter be entitled to exercise your option.

         (b)    If your option is a nonstatutory stock option, your option is not transferable, except (i) by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, (ii) with the prior written approval of the Company, by instrument to an inter vivos or testamentary trust, in a form accepted by the Company, in which the option is to be passed to beneficiaries upon the death of the trustor (settlor) and (iii) with the prior written approval of the Company, by gift, in a form accepted by the Company, to your "immediate family" as that term is defined in 17 C.F.R. 240.16a-1(e). The term "immediate family" is defined in 17 C.F.R. 240.16a-1(e) to mean any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, and includes adoptive relationships. Your option is exercisable during your life only by you or a transferee satisfying the above-stated conditions. The right of a transferee to exercise the transferred portion of your option after termination of your Continuous Service shall terminate in accordance with your right to exercise your option as specified in your option. In the event that your Continuous Service terminates due to your death, your transferee will be treated as a person who acquired the right to exercise your option by bequest or inheritance. In addition to the foregoing, the Company may require, as a condition of the transfer of your option to a trust or by gift, that your transferee enter into an option transfer agreement provided by, or acceptable to, the Company. The terms of your option shall be binding upon your transferees, executors, administrators, heirs, successors, and assigns. Notwithstanding the foregoing, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form satisfactory to the Company, you may designate a third party who, in the event of your death, shall thereafter be entitled to exercise your option.

         10.   RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL. Shares of Common Stock that you acquire upon exercise of your option are subject to any right of first refusal that may be described in the Company's bylaws in effect at such time the Company elects to exercise its right. The Company's right of first refusal shall expire on the Listing Date.

         11.   RIGHT OF REPURCHASE. To the extent provided in the Company's bylaws as amended from time to time, the Company shall have the right to repurchase all or any part of the shares of Common Stock you acquire pursuant to the exercise of your option.

4


         12.   OPTION NOT A SERVICE CONTRACT. Your option is not an employment or service contract, and nothing in your option shall be deemed to create in any way whatsoever any obligation on your part to continue in the employ of the Company or an Affiliate, or of the Company or an Affiliate to continue your employment. In addition, nothing in your option shall obligate the Company or an Affiliate, their respective stockholders, Boards of Directors, Officers or Employees to continue any relationship that you might have as a Director or Consultant for the Company or an Affiliate.

         13.   WITHHOLDING OBLIGATIONS.

        (a)    At the time you exercise your option, in whole or in part, or at any time thereafter as requested by the Company, you hereby authorize withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to you, and otherwise agree to make adequate provision for (including by means of a "cashless exercise" pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board to the extent permitted by the Company), any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company or an Affiliate, if any, which arise in connection with your option.

         (b)    Upon your request and subject to approval by the Company, in its sole discretion, and compliance with any applicable conditions or restrictions of law, the Company may withhold from fully vested shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable to you upon the exercise of your option a number of whole shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value, determined by the Company as of the date of exercise, not in excess of the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law. If the date of determination of any tax withholding obligation is deferred to a date later than the date of exercise of your option, share withholding pursuant to the preceding sentence shall not be permitted unless you make a proper and timely election under Section 83(b) of the Code, covering the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock acquired upon such exercise with respect to which such determination is otherwise deferred, to accelerate the determination of such tax withholding obligation to the date of exercise of your option. Notwithstanding the filing of such election, shares of Common Stock shall be withheld solely from fully vested shares of Common Stock determined as of the date of exercise of your option that are otherwise issuable to you upon such exercise. Any adverse consequences to you arising in connection with such share withholding procedure shall be your sole responsibility.

         (c)    You may not exercise your option unless the tax withholding obligations of the Company and/or any Affiliate are satisfied. Accordingly, you may not be able to exercise your option when desired even though your option is vested, and the Company shall have no obligation to issue a certificate for such shares of Common Stock or release such shares of Common Stock from any escrow provided for herein.

         14.   NOTICES. Any notices provided for in your option or the Plan shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon receipt or, in the case of notices delivered by mail by the Company to you, five (5) days after deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed to you at the last address you provided to the Company.

         15.   GOVERNING PLAN DOCUMENT. Your option is subject to all the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of which are hereby made a part of your option, and is further subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations which may from time to time be promulgated and adopted pursuant to the Plan. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of your option and those of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall control.

5




QuickLinks

GETACTIVE SOFTWARE, INC. 2006 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN STOCK OPTION GRANT NOTICE
GETACTIVE SOFTWARE, INC. 2006 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN Stock Option Agreement (Incentive And Nonstatutory Stock Options)

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 10.6

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

        This LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT is entered into as of October 26, 2007, by and among Comerica Bank, a Michigan banking corporation ("Bank"), on the one hand, and Convio, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Parent"), and certain of Parent's Subsidiaries signatory hereto (collectively, jointly and severally, with Parent, "Borrowers" and each individually a "Borrower"), on the other hand.


RECITALS

        Borrowers wish to obtain credit from time to time from Bank, and Bank desires to extend credit to Borrowers. This Agreement sets forth the terms on which Bank will advance credit to Borrowers, and Borrowers will repay the amounts owing to Bank.


AGREEMENT

        The parties agree as follows:

        1.      DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION .

        2.      LOAN AND TERMS OF PAYMENT .

1


2


3


        3.      CONDITIONS OF LOANS .

        3.1    Conditions Precedent to Initial Credit Extension . The obligation of Bank to make the initial Credit Extension is subject to the condition precedent that Bank shall have received, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank, the following:

4


        4.      CREATION OF SECURITY INTEREST .

5


        5.      REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES .

        Each Borrower represents and warrants as follows:

6


7


        6.      AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS .

        Each Borrower covenants that, until payment in full of all outstanding Obligations, and for so long as Bank may have any commitment to make a Credit Extension hereunder, it shall do all of the following:

8


9


10


Period
  Minimum EBITDA  

For the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2007

  $ (4,000,000 )

For the fiscal quarter ending December 31, 2007

  $ (5,500,000 )

11


12


        7.      NEGATIVE COVENANTS .

        Each Borrower covenants and agrees that, so long as any credit hereunder shall be available and until the outstanding Obligations are paid in full or for so long as Bank may have any commitment to make any Credit Extensions, it will not do any of the following without Bank's prior written consent:

13


        8.      EVENTS OF DEFAULT .

        Any one or more of the following events shall constitute an Event of Default by Borrowers under this Agreement:

14


15


        9.      BANK'S RIGHTS AND REMEDIES .

16


Bank may comply with any applicable state or federal law requirements in connection with a disposition of the Collateral and compliance will not be considered adversely to affect the commercial reasonableness of any sale of the Collateral.

17


        10.    NOTICES .

        Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, all notices or demands by any party relating to this Agreement or any other agreement entered into in connection herewith shall be in writing and (except for financial statements and other informational documents which may be sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid) shall be personally delivered or sent by a recognized overnight delivery service,

18



certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or by telefacsimile to Borrowers or to Bank, as the case may be, at its addresses set forth below:

If to Borrowers:   Convio, Inc.
11400 Burnet Road
Blgd. 5, Suite 200
Austin, TX 78758
Attn: Jim Offerdahl, Chief Financial Officer
FAX: (512) 652-2691

If to Bank:

 

Comerica Bank
77 East Trimble Road
Mail Code 4770
San Jose, CA 95131
Attn: Manager
FAX: (408) 556-5091

with a copy to:

 

Comerica Bank
300 W. Sixth Street
Suite 1300
Austin, TX 78701
Attn: Donna K. Day, Vice President
FAX: (512) 427-7178

        The parties hereto may change the address at which they are to receive notices hereunder, by notice in writing in the foregoing manner given to the other.

        11.    CHOICE OF LAW AND VENUE; JURY TRIAL WAIVER .

19


20


        12.    GENERAL PROVISIONS .

21


22


[ Remainder of page intentionally let blank.]

23


        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

    CONVIO, INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/ J.R. Offerdahl

    Name:   J.R. Offerdahl

    Title:   CFO


 

 

GETACTIVE SOFTWARE, INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/ J.R. Offerdahl

    Name:   J.R. Offerdahl

    Title:   CFO


 

 

COMERICA BANK

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Donna Day

    Name:   Donna Day

    Title:   Vice President

S-1



EXHIBIT A

DEFINITIONS

        "Accounts" means all presently existing and hereafter arising accounts, contract rights, payment intangibles and all other forms of obligations owing to any Borrower arising out of the sale or lease of goods (including, without limitation, the licensing of software and other technology) or the rendering of services by any Borrower and any and all credit insurance, guaranties, and other security therefor, as well as all merchandise returned to or reclaimed by any Borrower and Borrowers' Books relating to any of the foregoing.

        "Administrative Borrower" has the meaning set forth is Section 12.9.

        "Advance" or "Advances" means a cash advance or cash advances under the Revolving Line.

        "Affiliate" means, with respect to any Person, any Person that owns or controls directly or indirectly such Person, any Person that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with such Person, and each of such Person's senior executive officers, directors, and partners.

        "Bank Expenses" means all reasonable out-of-pocket costs or expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses, whether generated in-house or by outside counsel) incurred in connection with the preparation, negotiation, administration, and enforcement of the Loan Documents; reasonable Collateral audit fees in an amount not to exceed $3,000 per audit; and Bank's reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses (whether generated in-house or by outside counsel) incurred in amending, enforcing or defending the Loan Documents (including fees and expenses of appeal), incurred before, during and after an Insolvency Proceeding, whether or not suit is brought; provided, that with respect to the preparation and negotiation of the Loan Documents to be executed on the Closing Date, such fees shall be limited to $15,000, unless there are revisions to any such Loan Document requested by Borrowers or any third party which result in changes beyond the second set of revisions thereto, in which case such dollar limitation shall not apply.

        "Borrower State" means Delaware, the state under whose laws each Borrower is organized.

        "Borrowers' Books" means all of Borrowers' books and records including: ledgers; records concerning Borrowers' assets or liabilities, the Collateral, business operations or financial condition; and all computer programs, or tape files, and the equipment, containing such information.

        "Borrowing Base" means an amount equal to 80% of Eligible Accounts, as determined by Bank with reference to the most recent Borrowing Base Certificate delivered by Administrative Borrower.

        "Business Day" means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday, or other day on which banks in the State of California are authorized or required to close.

        "Cash" means unrestricted cash and cash equivalents.

        "Change in Control" shall mean a transaction in which any "person" or "group" (within the meaning of Section 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), directly or indirectly, of a sufficient number of shares of all classes of stock then outstanding of a Borrower ordinarily entitled to vote in the election of directors, empowering such "person" or "group" to elect a majority of the Board of Directors of such Borrower, who did not have such power before such transaction.

        "Chief Executive Office State" means Texas, where each Borrower's chief executive office is located.

        "Closing Date" means the date of this Agreement.

A-1


        "Code" means the California Uniform Commercial Code as amended or supplemented from time to time.

        "Collateral" means the property described on Exhibit B attached hereto and all Negotiable Collateral and Intellectual Property Collateral to the extent not described on Exhibit B , except to the extent any such property (i) is nonassignable by its terms without the consent of the licensor thereof or another party (but only to the extent such prohibition on transfer is enforceable under applicable law, including, without limitation, Sections 9406 and 9408 of the Code), (ii) the granting of a security interest therein is contrary to applicable law, provided that upon the cessation of any such restriction or prohibition, such property shall automatically become part of the Collateral, or (iii) exceeds 65% of the presently existing and hereafter arising issued and outstanding shares of capital stock owned by Borrower of any Foreign Subsidiary which shares entitle the holder thereof to vote for directors or any other matter.

        "Collateral State" means the state or states where the Collateral is located, which are Texas and California.

        "Compliance Certificate" means a statement certified by a Responsible Officer of the Administrative Borrower, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E .

        "Consolidated Net Income (or Deficit)" means the consolidated net income (or deficit) of any Person and its Subsidiaries, after deduction of all expenses, taxes, and other proper charges, determined in accordance with GAAP, after eliminating therefrom all extraordinary nonrecurring items of income.

        "Consolidated Total Interest Expense" means with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate amount of interest required to be paid or accrued by a Person and its Subsidiaries during such period on all Indebtedness of such Person and its Subsidiaries outstanding during all or any part of such period, whether such interest was or is required to be reflected as an item of expense or capitalized, including payments consisting of interest in respect of any capitalized lease or any synthetic lease, and including commitment fees, agency fees, facility fees, balance deficiency fees and similar fees or expenses in connection with the borrowing of money.

        "Contingent Obligation" means, as applied to any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or otherwise, of that Person with respect to (i) any indebtedness, lease, dividend, letter of credit or other obligation of another, including, without limitation, any such obligation directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed, co-made or discounted or sold with recourse by that Person, or in respect of which that Person is otherwise directly or indirectly liable; (ii) any obligations with respect to undrawn letters of credit, corporate credit cards or merchant services issued for the account of that Person; and (iii) all obligations arising under any interest rate, currency or commodity swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, or other agreement or arrangement designated to protect a Person against fluctuation in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices; provided, however, that the term "Contingent Obligation" shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The amount of any Contingent Obligation shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determined amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Contingent Obligation is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by such Person in good faith; provided, however, that such amount shall not in any event exceed the maximum amount of the obligations under the guarantee or other support arrangement.

        "Copyrights" means any and all copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work or authorship and derivative work thereof, whether published or unpublished and whether or not the same also constitutes a trade secret, now or hereafter existing, created, acquired or held.

A-2


        "Credit Extension" means each Advance, Equipment Advance, or any other extension of credit by Bank to or for the benefit of Borrowers hereunder.

        "Domestic Subsidiary" means a direct or indirect Subsidiary of any Borrower located inside of the United States.

        "EBITDA" means with respect to any fiscal period an amount equal to the sum of (a) Consolidated Net Income of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries for such fiscal period, plus (b) in each case to the extent deducted in the calculation of the Borrowers' Consolidated Net Income and without duplication, (i) depreciation and amortization for such period, plus (ii) income tax expense for such period, plus (iii) Consolidated Total Interest Expense paid or accrued during such period, plus (iv) non-cash expense associated with granting stock options, and minus , to the extent added in computing Consolidated Net Income, and without duplication, all extraordinary and non-recurring revenue and gains (including income tax benefits) for such period, all as determined in accordance with GAAP

        "Eligible Accounts" means those Accounts that arise in the ordinary course of Borrowers' business that comply with all of Borrowers' representations and warranties to Bank set forth in Section 5.3; provided, that Bank may change the standards of eligibility by giving Borrowers 30 days prior written notice. Unless otherwise agreed to by Bank, Eligible Accounts shall not include the following:

A-3


        "Eligible Foreign Accounts" means Accounts with respect to which the account debtor does not have its principal place of business in the United States and that are (i) supported by one or more letters of credit in an amount and of a tenor, and issued by a financial institution, acceptable to Bank, (ii) insured by the Export Import Bank of the United States, (iii) generated by an account debtor with its principal place of business in Canada, provided that the Bank has perfected its security interest in the appropriate Canadian province, or (iv) approved by Bank on a case-by-case basis. All Eligible Foreign Accounts must be calculated in U.S. Dollars.

        "Environmental Laws" means all laws, rules, regulations, orders and the like issued by any federal state, local foreign or other governmental or quasi-governmental authority or any agency pertaining to the environment or to any hazardous materials or wastes, toxic substances, flammable, explosive or radioactive materials, asbestos or other similar materials.

        "Equipment" means all present and future machinery, equipment, tenant improvements, furniture, fixtures, vehicles, tools, parts and attachments in which a Borrower has any interest.

        "Equipment Advance(s)" means a cash advance or cash advances under the Equipment Line.

        "Equipment Line" means a Credit Extension of up to $3,000,000.

        "Equipment Maturity Date" means October 26, 2011.

        "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the regulations thereunder.

        "Event of Default" has the meaning set forth in Article  8 .

        "Foreign Subsidiary" means a direct or indirect Subsidiary of any Borrower located outside of the United States.

        "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied, as in effect from time to time.

        "Guaranty" has the meaning set forth in Section 8.11.

        "Guaranty Documents" has the meaning set forth in Section 8.11.

        "Horizon" means Horizon Technology Funding Company V, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

        "Indebtedness" means (a) all indebtedness for borrowed money or the deferred purchase price of property or services, including without limitation reimbursement and other obligations with respect to surety bonds and letters of credit, (b) all obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, (c) all capital lease obligations, and (d) all Contingent Obligations.

        "Initial Public Offering" means the initial firm commitment underwritten offering of any Borrower's common stock pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

A-4


        "Insolvency Proceeding" means any proceeding commenced by or against any Person or entity under any provision of the United States Bankruptcy Code, as amended, or under any other bankruptcy or insolvency law, including assignments for the benefit of creditors, formal or informal moratoria, compositions, extension generally with its creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other relief.

        "Intellectual Property Collateral" means all of each Borrower's right, title, and interest in and to the following:

        "Intellectual Property Security Agreement" means that certain Intellectual Property Security Agreement executed by Borrowers in favor of Bank, dated as of even date herewith, as may be amended from time to time hereafter.

        "Inventory" means all present and future inventory in which a Borrower has any interest.

        "Investment" means any beneficial ownership of (including stock, partnership or limited liability company interest or other securities) any Person, or any loan, advance or capital contribution to any Person.

        "IRC" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations thereunder.

        "Letter of Credit" means a commercial or standby letter of credit or similar undertaking issued by Bank at Administrative Borrower's request in accordance with Section 2.1(b)(iii).

        "Letter of Credit Sublimit" means a sublimit for Letters of Credit under the Revolving Line not to exceed $2,000,000.

        "Joint and Several Borrower Rider" means that certain agreement dated of even date herewith, among each Borrower in favor of Bank, so that each Borrower may jointly and severally assume and bind one another to all debts, liabilities and obligations arising under this Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents.

        "Lien" means any mortgage, lien, deed of trust, charge, pledge, security interest or other encumbrance.

        "Liquidity Event" means any time when the aggregate outstanding amount of Obligations is $6,000,000 or greater; provided, however, solely for the purpose of determining such event, and so long as Borrowers maintain a minimum balance of Cash at Bank, or its Affiliates covered by a control

A-5



agreement, of at least 5,000,000, the aggregate outstanding amount of Obligations shall not include any amounts outstanding under the Letter of Credit Sublimit.

        "Loan Documents" means, collectively, this Agreement, the Joint and Several Borrower Rider, the Intellectual Property Security Agreement, any note or notes executed by Borrowers, or any one of them, and any other document, instrument or agreement entered into in connection with this Agreement, all as amended or extended from time to time.

        "Material Adverse Effect" means a material adverse effect on (i) the business operations or condition (financial or otherwise) of a Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (ii) the ability of a Borrower to repay the Obligations or otherwise perform its obligations under the Loan Documents and (iii) a Borrower's interest in, or the value, perfection or priority of Bank's security interest in the Collateral.

        "Negotiable Collateral" means all of each Borrower's present and future letters of credit of which it is a beneficiary, drafts, instruments (including promissory notes), securities, documents of title, and chattel paper, and Borrowers' Books relating to any of the foregoing.

        "Non-Borrowing Base Amount" means an amount equal to either (a) $2,000,000 for the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on the date that is the one-year anniversary thereof, or (b) $1,000,000 for the period commencing on the day immediately following the one-year anniversary of the Closing Date and ending on the Revolving Maturity Date.

        "Obligations" means all debt, principal, interest, Bank Expenses and other amounts owed to Bank by Borrowers, or any one of them, pursuant to this Agreement or any other agreement, whether absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising, including any interest that accrues after the commencement of an Insolvency Proceeding and including any debt, liability, or obligation owing from Borrowers, or any one of them, to others that Bank may have obtained by assignment or otherwise.

        "Parent: has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

        "Patents" means all patents, patent applications and like protections including without limitation improvements, divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extensions and continuations-in-part of the same.

        "Periodic Payments" means all installments or similar recurring payments that Borrowers may now or hereafter become obligated to pay to Bank pursuant to the terms and provisions of any instrument, or agreement now or hereafter in existence between Borrowers and Bank.

        "Permitted Indebtedness" means:

A-6


        "Permitted Investment" means:

        "Permitted Liens" means the following:

A-7


        "Permitted Transfer" means the conveyance, sale, lease, transfer or disposition by a Borrower or any Subsidiary of:

        "Person" means any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, institution, public benefit corporation, firm, joint stock company, estate, entity or governmental agency.

        "Prime Rate" means the variable rate of interest, per annum, most recently announced by Bank, as its "prime rate," whether or not such announced rate is the lowest rate available from Bank.

        "Responsible Officer" means each of the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer and the Vice President, Finance and Corporate Controller of a Borrower.

        "Revolving Line" means a Credit Extension of up to $6,000,000 (inclusive of any amounts outstanding under the Letter of Credit Sublimit).

        "Revolving Maturity Date" means October 26, 2009.

        "Schedule" means the schedule of exceptions attached hereto and approved by Bank, if any.

        "SOS Reports" means the official reports from the Secretaries of State of each Collateral State, Chief Executive Office State and the Borrower State and other applicable federal, state or local government offices identifying all current security interests filed in the Collateral and Liens of record as of the date of such report.

        "Subordinated Debt" means any debt incurred by a Borrower that is subordinated in writing to the debt owing by Borrowers to Bank on terms reasonably acceptable to Bank (and identified as being such by such Borrower and Bank).

A-8


        "Subsidiary" means any corporation, partnership or limited liability company or joint venture in which (i) any general partnership interest or (ii) more than 50% of the stock, limited liability company interest or joint venture of which by the terms thereof ordinary voting power to elect the Board of Directors, managers or trustees of the entity, at the time as of which any determination is being made, is owned by a Borrower, either directly or through an Affiliate.

        "Trademarks" means any trademark and servicemark rights, whether registered or not, applications to register and registrations of the same and like protections, and the entire goodwill of the business of a Borrower connected with and symbolized by such trademarks.

        "Tranche A" has the meaning assigned in Section 2.1(c)(i).

        "Tranche B" has the meaning assigned in Section 2.1(c)(i).

        "Tranche A Equipment Advance" or "Tranche A Equipment Advances" means any Equipment Advances(s) made under Tranche A.

        "Tranche B Equipment Advance" or "Tranche B Equipment Advances" means any Equipment Advances(s) made under Tranche B.

        "Tranche A Availability End Date" means March 26, 2008.

        "Tranche B Availability End Date" means October 26, 2008.

A-9



EXHIBIT B

COLLATERAL DESCRIPTION ATTACHMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

DEBTOR   CONVIO, INC., a Delaware corporation
GETACTIVE SOFTWARE, INC., a Delaware corporation

SECURED PARTY:

 

COMERICA BANK, a Michigan banking corporation

        All personal property of each Borrower (each herein referred to as a "Borrower" or a "Debtor") whether presently existing or hereafter created or acquired, and wherever located, including, but not limited to:

B-1




QuickLinks

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
RECITALS
AGREEMENT
EXHIBIT A
EXHIBIT B

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 10.6.1

AMENDMENT NUMBER ONE TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

        This AMENDMENT NUMBER ONE TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT ("Amendment"), is entered into as of January 14, 2008, by and among Comerica Bank ("Bank"), Convio, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Parent"), and certain of Parent's Subsidiaries signatory hereto (collectively, jointly and severally, with Parent, "Borrowers" and each individually a "Borrower"), in light of the following:

        A.    Borrowers and Bank previously entered into that certain Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of October 26, 2007 (the "Agreement").

        B.    In connection with the Agreement, Borrowers and Bank entered into various other agreements (such agreements, together with the Agreement, are collectively referred to herein as the "Loan Documents").

        C.    Borrowers and Bank desire to amend the Agreement pursuant to the terms and conditions herein.

        Borrowers and Bank hereby amend and supplement the Agreement as follows:

        1.      Definitions .    All initially capitalized terms used in this Amendment shall have the meanings given to them in the Agreement unless specifically defined herein.

        2.      Amendment .    The following definition as set forth in Exhibit A to the Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

        3.      Representations and Warranties .    Borrowers hereby affirm to Bank that all of Borrowers' representations and warranties set forth in the Agreement are true, complete and accurate in all respects as of the date hereof (after giving effect to the amendments provided herein).

        4.      No Defaults .    Borrowers hereby affirm to Bank that, after giving effect to this Amendment, no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing as of the date hereof (after giving effect to the amendments provided herein).

        5.      Condition Precedent .    The effectiveness of this Amendment is expressly conditioned upon receipt by Bank of a copy of this Amendment duly executed by each of the parties hereto.

        6.      Costs and Expenses .    Borrowers shall pay to Bank all of Bank's out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including, without limitation, the fees and expenses of its counsel, search fees, filing and recording fees, documentation fees, appraisal fees, and other fees) arising in connection with the preparation, execution, and delivery of this Amendment and all related documents.

        7.      Limited Effect .    In the event of a conflict between the terms and provisions of this Amendment and the terms and provisions of the Agreement, the terms and provisions of this Amendment shall govern. In all other respects, the Agreement, as amended and supplemented hereby, shall remain in full force and effect.

        8.      Choice of Law .    This Amendment shall be governed by, construed and interpreted in accordance with the internal laws of the State of California, without regard to principles of conflicts of law.

        9.      Counterparts; Effectiveness .    This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original. All such counterparts, taken together, shall constitute but one and the same Amendment. This Amendment shall become effective upon the execution of a counterpart of this Amendment by each of the parties hereto.

1


        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed by their authorized representatives the day and year first above written.

    CONVIO, INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/ James R. Offerdahl

    Name:   James R. Offerdahl

    Title:   CFO


 

 

GETACTIVE SOFTWARE, INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/ James R. Offerdahl

    Name:   James R. Offerdahl

    Title:   CFO


 

 

COMERICA BANK

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Chad Neely

    Name:   Chad Neely

    Title:   Vice President

S-1 of 1
Amendment Number One to Loan and Security Agreement




QuickLinks

AMENDMENT NUMBER ONE TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 10.6.2

AMENDMENT NUMBER TWO TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

        This AMENDMENT NUMBER TWO TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT ("Amendment"), is entered into as of February 15, 2008, by and among Comerica Bank ("Bank"), Convio, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Parent"), and certain of Parent's Subsidiaries signatory hereto (collectively, jointly and severally, with Parent, "Borrowers" and each individually a "Borrower"), in light of the following:

        A.    Borrowers and Bank previously entered into that certain Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of October 26, 2007 (as previously amended by that certain Amendment Number One to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of January 14, 2008, the "Agreement").

        B.    In connection with the Agreement, Borrowers and Bank entered into various other agreements (such agreements, together with the Agreement, are collectively referred to herein as the "Loan Documents").

        C.    Borrowers and Bank desire to amend the Agreement pursuant to the terms and conditions herein.

        Borrowers and Bank hereby amend and supplement the Agreement as follows:

        1.      Definitions .    All initially capitalized terms used in this Amendment shall have the meanings given to them in the Agreement unless specifically defined herein.

        2.      Amendment .    Sections 6.7(a) and (b) of the Agreement are hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

Period
  Minimum EBITDA

For the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2007

  $(4,000,000)

For the fiscal quarter ending December 31, 2007

 

$(5,500,000)

For the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2008

 

$(3,200,000)

For the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2008

 

$(3,000,000)

For the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2008

 

$(3,000,000)

For the fiscal quarter ending December 31, 2008

 

$(2,700,000)

        3.      Representations and Warranties .    Borrowers hereby affirm to Bank that all of Borrowers' representations and warranties set forth in the Agreement are true, complete and accurate in all respects as of the date hereof (after giving effect to the amendments provided herein).

1


        4.      No Defaults .    Borrowers hereby affirm to Bank that, after giving effect to this Amendment, no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing as of the date hereof (after giving effect to the amendments provided herein).

        5.      Condition Precedent .    The effectiveness of this Amendment is expressly conditioned upon receipt by Bank of a copy of this Amendment duly executed by each of the parties hereto.

        6.      Costs and Expenses .    Borrowers shall pay to Bank all of Bank's out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including, without limitation, the fees and expenses of its counsel, search fees, filing and recording fees, documentation fees, appraisal fees, and other fees) arising in connection with the preparation, execution, and delivery of this Amendment and all related documents.

        7.      Limited Effect .    In the event of a conflict between the terms and provisions of this Amendment and the terms and provisions of the Agreement, the terms and provisions of this Amendment shall govern. In all other respects, the Agreement, as amended and supplemented hereby, shall remain in full force and effect.

        8.      Choice of Law .    This Amendment shall be governed by, construed and interpreted in accordance with the internal laws of the State of California, without regard to principles of conflicts of law.

        9.      Counterparts; Effectiveness .    This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original. All such counterparts, taken together, shall constitute but one and the same Amendment. This Amendment shall become effective upon the execution of a counterpart of this Amendment by each of the parties hereto.

[ remainder of page intentionally left blank ]

2


        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed by their authorized representatives the day and year first above written.

    CONVIO, INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/ James R. Offerdahl

    Name:   James R. Offerdahl

    Title:   CFO


 

 

GETACTIVE SOFTWARE, INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/ James R. Offerdahl

    Name:   James R. Offerdahl

    Title:   CFO


 

 

COMERICA BANK

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Chad Neely

    Name:   Chad Neely

    Title:   Vice President

S-1 of 1
Amendment Number Two to Loan and Security Agreement




QuickLinks

AMENDMENT NUMBER TWO TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

Exhibit 10.6.3

 

DAILY ADJUSTING LIBOR RATE/DAILY ADJUSTING LIBOR RATE WITH FLOOR

ADDENDUM TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

This Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rate/ Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rate with Floor Addendum to Loan and Security Agreement (this “Addendum”) is entered into as of July 31, 2009, by and among Comerica Bank (“Bank”), Convio, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Parent”), and certain of Parent’s Subsidiaries signatory hereto (collectively, jointly and severally, with Parent, “Borrowers” and each individually a “Borrower”).  This Addendum supplements the terms of the Loan and Security Agreement dated October 26, 2007 (as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented, extended or restated from time to time, the “Agreement”).

 

1.                                        Definitions .  As used in this Addendum, the following terms shall have the following meanings.  Initially capitalized terms used and not defined in this Addendum shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Agreement.

 

b.                                       “Applicable Interest Rate” means the Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rate plus the Applicable Margin, the Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rate with Floor plus the Applicable Margin or (subject to the terms of this Addendum) the Prime Referenced Rate plus the Applicable Margin, as selected by Administrative Borrower from time to time or as otherwise determined in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Addendum.

 

c.                                        “Applicable Margin” means:

 

(1)                                   in respect of Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rate, three and one-quarter percent (3.25%) per annum; and

 

(2)                                   in respect of the Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rate with Floor and, to the extent applicable, the Prime Referenced Rate, three percent (3.00%) per annum.

 

d.                                       “Business Day” means any day, other than a Saturday, Sunday or any other day designated as a holiday under Federal or applicable State statute or regulation, on which Bank is open for all or substantially all of its domestic and international business (including dealings in foreign exchange) in San Jose, California, and, in respect of notices and determinations relating the Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rates, also a day on which dealings in dollar deposits are also carried on in the London interbank market and on which banks are open for business in London, England.

 

e.                                        “Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rate” means, for any day, a per annum interest rate which is equal to the quotient of the following:

 

(1)                                   for any day, the per annum rate of interest determined on the basis of the rate for deposits in United States Dollars for a period equal to one (1) month appearing on Page BBAM of the Bloomberg Financial Markets Information Service as of 8:00 a.m. (California time) (or as soon thereafter as practical) on such day, or if such day is not a Business Day, on the immediately preceding Business Day.  In the event that such rate does not appear on Page BBAM of the Bloomberg Financial Markets Information Service (or otherwise on such Service) on any day, the “Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rate” for such day shall be determined by reference to such other publicly available service for displaying eurodollar rates as may be reasonably selected by Bank, or in the absence of such other service, the “Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rate” for such day shall, instead, be determined based upon the average of the rates at which Bank is offered dollar deposits at or about 8:00 a.m. (California time) (or as soon thereafter as practical), on such day, or if such day is not a Business Day, on the immediately preceding Business Day, in the interbank eurodollar market in an amount comparable to the principal amount of the Obligations and for a period equal to one (1) month;

 

divided by

 

1



 

(2)                                   1.00 minus the maximum rate (expressed as a decimal) on such day at which Bank is required to maintain reserves on “Euro-currency Liabilities” as defined in and pursuant to Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or, if such regulation or definition is modified, and as long as Bank is required to maintain reserves against a category of liabilities which includes eurodollar deposits or includes a category of assets which includes eurodollar loans, the rate at which such reserves are required to be maintained on such category.

 

f.                                          “Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rates” means, collectively, the Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rate and the Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rate with Floor.

 

g.                                       “Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rate with Floor” means the Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rate; provided , however , in no event and at no time shall the Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rate be less than two percent (2.00%) per annum.

 

h.                                       “LIBOR Lending Office” means Bank’s office located in the Cayman Islands, British West Indies, or such other branch of Bank, domestic or foreign, as it may hereafter designate as its LIBOR Lending Office by notice to Administrative Borrower.

 

i.                                           “Prime Rate” means the per annum interest rate established by Bank as its prime rate for its borrowers, as such rate may vary from time to time, which rate is not necessarily the lowest rate on loans made by Bank at any such time.

 

f.                                          “Prime Referenced Rate” means a per annum interest rate which is equal to the Prime Rate, but in no event less than two and one-half percent (2.50%) per annum.

 

2.                                        Interest Rate Options .  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Addendum, the Obligations under the Agreement shall bear interest at the Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rate plus the Applicable Margin or the Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rate with Floor plus the Applicable Margin, except during any period of time during which, in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Addendum, the Obligations under the Agreement shall bear interest at the Prime Referenced Rate plus the Applicable Margin.

 

3.                                        Payment of Interest .  Accrued and unpaid interest on the unpaid balance of the Obligations outstanding under the Agreement shall be payable pursuant to the terms of the Agreement.  In the event that any payment under this Addendum becomes due and payable on any day which is not a Business Day, the due date thereof shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and, to the extent applicable, interest shall continue to accrue and be payable thereon during such extension at the rates set forth in this Addendum.  Interest accruing hereunder shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days, and shall be assessed for the actual number of days elapsed, and in such computation, effect shall be given to any change in the Applicable Interest Rate as a result of any change in the Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rates or, to the extent applicable, the Prime Referenced Rate on the date of each such change.

 

4.                                        Bank’s Records .  The amount and date of each advance under the Agreement, its Applicable Interest Rate, and the amount and date of any repayment shall be noted on Bank’s records, which records shall be conclusive evidence thereof, absent manifest error; provided , however , any failure by Bank to make any such notation, or any error in any such notation, shall not relieve Borrowers of its obligations to repay Bank all amounts payable by Borrowers to Bank under or pursuant to this Addendum and the Agreement, when due in accordance with the terms hereof.   For any advance under the Agreement bearing interest at the Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rates, if Bank shall designate a LIBOR Lending Office which maintains books separate from those of the rest of Bank, Bank shall have the option of maintaining and carrying such advance on the books of such LIBOR Lending Office.

 

5.                                        Default Interest Rate .  From and after the occurrence of any Event of Default, and so long as any such Event of Default remains unremedied or uncured thereafter, the Obligations outstanding under the Agreement shall bear interest at the default rate set forth in the Agreement, which interest shall be payable upon demand.  In addition to the foregoing, a late payment charge equal to the amount set forth in the Agreement may be charged on any

 

2



 

payment not received by Bank in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in the Agreement, but acceptance of payment of any such charge shall not constitute a waiver of any Event of Default under the Agreement.  In no event shall the interest payable under this Addendum and the Agreement at any time exceed the maximum rate permitted by law.

 

6.                                        Prepayment .   Borrowers may prepay all or part of the outstanding balance of any Obligations at any time without premium or penalty.  Any prepayment hereunder shall also be accompanied by the payment of all accrued and unpaid interest on the amount so prepaid.  Borrowers hereby acknowledge and agree that the foregoing shall not, in any way whatsoever, limit, restrict, or otherwise affect Bank’s right to make demand for payment of all or any part of the Obligations under the Agreement due on a demand basis in Bank’s sole and absolute discretion.

 

7.                                        Regulatory Developments or Other Circumstances Relating to the Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rates .

 

a.                                        If, at any time, Bank determines that, (1) Bank is unable to determine or ascertain the Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rate or the Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rate with Floor, or (2) by reason of circumstances affecting the foreign exchange and interbank markets generally, deposits in eurodollars in the applicable amounts or for the relative maturities are not being offered to Bank, or (3) the Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rate plus the Applicable Margin or the Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rate with Floor plus Applicable Margin will not accurately or fairly cover or reflect the cost to Bank of maintaining any of the Obligations under this Addendum at such Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rate, then Bank shall forthwith give notice thereof to Administrative Borrower.  Thereafter, until Bank notifies Administrative Borrower that such conditions or circumstances no longer exist, the Prime Referenced Rate plus the Applicable Margin shall be the Applicable Interest Rate for all Obligations during such period of time.

 

b.                                       If, after the date hereof, the introduction of, or any change in, any applicable law, rule or regulation or in the interpretation or administration thereof by any governmental authority charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by Bank (or its LIBOR Lending Office) with any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any such authority, shall make it unlawful or impossible for Bank (or its LIBOR Lending Office) to make or maintain any Obligations under the Agreement with interest based upon the Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rates, Bank shall forthwith give notice thereof to Administrative Borrower.  Thereafter, until Bank notifies Administrative Borrower that such conditions or circumstances no longer exist, the Prime Referenced Rate plus the Applicable Margin shall be the Applicable Interest Rate for all Obligations during such period of time.

 

c.                                        If the adoption after the date hereof, or any change after the date hereof in, any applicable law, rule or regulation (whether domestic or foreign) of any governmental authority, central bank or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by Bank (or its LIBOR Lending Office) with any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) made by any such authority, central bank or comparable agency after the date hereof: (a) shall subject Bank (or its LIBOR Lending Office) to any tax, duty or other charge with respect to this Addendum or any Obligations under the Agreement, or shall change the basis of taxation of payments to Bank (or its LIBOR Lending Office) of the principal of or interest under this Addendum or any other amounts due under this Addendum in respect thereof (except for changes in the rate of tax on the overall net income of Bank or its LIBOR Lending Office imposed by the jurisdiction in which Bank’s principal executive office or LIBOR Lending Office is located); or (b) shall impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve (including, without limitation, any imposed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), special deposit or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by Bank (or its LIBOR Lending Office), or shall impose on Bank (or its LIBOR Lending Office) or the foreign exchange and interbank markets any other condition affecting this Addendum or the Obligations; and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to Bank of maintaining any part of the Obligations or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by Bank under this Addendum by an amount deemed by Bank to be material, then Borrowers shall pay to Bank, within fifteen (15) days of Administrative Borrower’s receipt of written notice from Bank demanding such compensation, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate Bank for such increased cost or reduction.  A certificate of Bank, prepared in good faith and in reasonable detail by Bank and submitted by Bank to Administrative Borrower, setting forth the basis for determining such additional amount or amounts necessary to compensate Bank shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

 

3



 

d.                                       In the event that any applicable law, treaty, rule or regulation (whether domestic or foreign) now or hereafter in effect and whether or not presently applicable to Bank, or any interpretation or administration thereof by any governmental authority charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by Bank with any guideline, request or directive of any such authority (whether or not having the force of law), including any risk-based capital guidelines, affects or would affect the amount of capital required or expected to be maintained by Bank (or any corporation controlling Bank), and Bank determines that the amount of such capital is increased by or based upon the existence of any obligations of Bank hereunder or the maintaining of any Obligations, and such increase has the effect of reducing the rate of return on Bank’s (or such controlling corporation’s) capital as a consequence of such obligations or the maintaining of such Obligations to a level below that which Bank (or such controlling corporation) could have achieved but for such circumstances (taking into consideration its policies with respect to capital adequacy), then Borrowers shall pay to Bank, within fifteen (15) days of Administrative Borrower’s receipt of written notice from Bank demanding such compensation, additional amounts as are sufficient to compensate Bank (or such controlling corporation) for any increase in the amount of capital and reduced rate of return which Bank reasonably determines to be allocable to the existence of any obligations of Bank hereunder or to maintaining any Obligations.  A certificate of Bank as to the amount of such compensation, prepared in good faith and in reasonable detail by Bank and submitted by Bank to Administrative Borrower, shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes absent manifest error.

 

8.                                        Legal Effect .  Except as specifically modified hereby, all of the terms and conditions of the Agreement remain in full force and effect.

 

9.                                        Conflicts .  As to the matters specifically the subject of this Addendum, in the event of any conflict between this Addendum and the Agreement, the terms of this Addendum shall control.

 

[ Remainder of page intentionally left blank . ]

 

4



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have agreed to the foregoing as of the date first set forth above.

 

 

CONVIO, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James R. Offerdahl

 

Name:

James R. Offerdahl

 

Title:

CFO

 

 

 

GETACTIVE SOFTWARE, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James R. Offerdahl

 

Name:

James R. Offerdahl

 

Title:

CFO

 

 

 

COMERICA BANK

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Donna Day

 

Name:

Donna Day

 

Title:

Vice President

 




Exhibit 10.6.4

 

AMENDMENT NUMBER THREE TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

This AMENDMENT NUMBER THREE TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (“Amendment”), is entered into as of February 9, 2009, by and among Comerica Bank (“Bank”), Convio, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Parent”), and certain of Parent’s Subsidiaries signatory hereto (collectively, jointly and severally, with Parent, “Borrowers” and each individually a “Borrower”), in light of the following:

 

A.                                    Borrowers and Bank previously entered into that certain Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of October 26, 2007 (as previously amended by that certain Amendment Number One to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of January 14, 2008 and that certain Amendment Number Two to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of February 15, 2008, the “Agreement”).

 

B.                                      In connection with the Agreement, Borrowers and Bank entered into various other agreements (such agreements, together with the Agreement, are collectively referred to herein as the “Loan Documents”).

 

C.                                      Borrowers and Bank desire to amend the Agreement pursuant to the terms and conditions herein.

 

Borrowers and Bank hereby amend and supplement the Agreement as follows:

 

1.                                        Definitions .  All initially capitalized terms used in this Amendment shall have the meanings given to them in the Agreement unless specifically defined herein.

 

2.                                        Amendment .  The following definition as set forth in Exhibit A to the Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

 

“Letter of Credit Sublimit” means a sublimit for Letters of Credit under the Revolving Line not to exceed $3,000,000.

 

3.                                        Representations and Warranties .  Borrowers hereby affirm to Bank that all of Borrowers’ representations and warranties set forth in the Agreement are true, complete and accurate in all respects as of the date hereof (after giving effect to the amendments provided herein).

 

4.                                        No Defaults .  Borrowers hereby affirm to Bank that, after giving effect to this Amendment, no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing as of the date hereof (after giving effect to the amendments provided herein).

 

5.                                        Condition Precedent .  The effectiveness of this Amendment is expressly conditioned upon receipt by Bank of a copy of this Amendment duly executed by each of the parties hereto.

 

6.                                        Costs and Expenses .  Borrowers shall pay to Bank all of Bank’s out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including, without limitation, the fees and expenses of its counsel, search fees, filing and recording fees, documentation fees, appraisal fees, and other fees) arising in connection with the preparation, execution, and delivery of this Amendment and all related documents.

 

7.                                        Limited Effect .  In the event of a conflict between the terms and provisions of this Amendment and the terms and provisions of the Agreement, the terms and provisions of this Amendment shall govern.  In all other respects, the Agreement, as amended and supplemented hereby, shall remain in full force and effect.

 

8.                                        Choice of Law .  This Amendment shall be governed by, construed and interpreted in accordance with the internal laws of the State of California, without regard to principles of conflicts of law.

 

9.                                        Counterparts; Effectiveness .  This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original.  All such counterparts, taken together, shall constitute but one and the same Amendment.  This

 

1



 

Amendment shall become effective upon the execution of a counterpart of this Amendment by each of the parties hereto.

 

[ remainder of page intentionally left blank ]

 

2



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed by their authorized representatives the day and year first above written.

 

 

CONVIO, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James R. Offerdahl

 

Name:

James R. Offerdahl

 

Title:

CFO

 

 

 

 

GETACTIVE SOFTWARE, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James R. Offerdahl

 

Name:

James R. Offerdahl

 

Title:

Treasurer & CFO

 

 

 

 

COMERICA BANK

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Donna Day

 

Name:

Donna Day

 

Title:

Vice President

 

Amendment Number Three to Loan and Security Agreement

 

S-1




Exhibit 10.6.5

 

AMENDMENT NUMBER FOUR TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

This AMENDMENT NUMBER FOUR TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (“Amendment”), is entered into as of July 31, 2009, by and among Comerica Bank (“Bank”), Convio, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Parent”), and certain of Parent’s Subsidiaries signatory hereto (collectively, jointly and severally, with Parent, “Borrowers” and each individually a “Borrower”), in light of the following:

 

A.                                    Borrowers and Bank previously entered into that certain Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of October 26, 2007 (as previously amended by that certain Amendment Number One to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of January 14, 2008, that certain Amendment Number Two to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of February 15, 2008, and that certain Amendment Number Three to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of January     , 2009, the “Agreement”).

 

B.                                      In connection with the Agreement, Borrowers and Bank entered into various other agreements (such agreements, together with the Agreement, are collectively referred to herein as the “Loan Documents”).

 

C.                                      Borrowers and Bank desire to amend the Agreement pursuant to the terms and conditions herein.

 

Borrowers and Bank hereby amend and supplement the Agreement as follows:

 

1.                                        Definitions .  All initially capitalized terms used in this Amendment shall have the meanings given to them in the Agreement unless specifically defined herein.

 

2.                                        Amendments .

 

(a)                                   The following definitions as set forth in Exhibit A to the Agreement are hereby amended in their entirety to read as follows:

 

““Non-Borrowing Base Amount” means an amount equal to $1,000,000.”

 

““Revolving Line” means a Credit Extension of up to $10,000,000 (inclusive of any amounts outstanding under the Letter of Credit Sublimit).”

 

““Revolving Maturity Date” means April 26, 2011.”

 

(b)                                  Clause (c) to the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness” as set forth in Exhibit A to the Agreement are hereby amended in their entirety to read as follows:

 

“(c)                             Indebtedness not to exceed $2,500,000 in the aggregate in any fiscal year (other than Indebtedness owed to ATEL, in which case such Indebtedness shall not exceed $320,130.86) secured by a lien described in clause (c) of the defined term “Permitted Liens,” provided such Indebtedness does not exceed the lesser of the cost or fair market value of the equipment financed with such Indebtedness;”

 

(c)                                   Clause (c) to the definition of “Permitted Liens” as set forth in Exhibit A to the Agreement are hereby amended in their entirety to read as follows:

 

“(c)                             Liens not to exceed $2,500,000 in the aggregate (other than Liens in favor of ATEL, in which case such Liens shall not exceed $320,130.86) (i) upon or in any Equipment (other than Equipment financed by an Equipment Advance) acquired or held by Borrowers or any of its Subsidiaries to secure the purchase price of such Equipment or indebtedness incurred solely for the purpose of financing the acquisition or lease of such Equipment, or (ii) existing on such Equipment at the time of its acquisition, provided that the Lien is confined solely to the property so acquired and improvements thereon, and the proceeds of such

 

1



 

Equipment;”

 

(d)                                  The definition of “Deferred Revenue” is hereby added to Exhibit A to the Agreement in proper alphabetical order to read as follows:

 

“Deferred Revenue” means, as determined in accordance with GAAP, all amounts due from a customer, but not yet recognized as revenue as set forth in each Borrower’s balance sheet.

 

(e)                                   Section 2.3(a) of the Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

 

“(a)                             Interest Rates.

 

(i)                                      Advances .  Except as set forth in Section 2.3(b), the Advances shall bear interest, on the outstanding daily balance thereof, at a variable rate equal to the Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rate set forth in the Daily Adjusting LIBOR Addendum to this Agreement.

 

(ii)                                   Equipment Advances .  Except as set forth in Section 2.3(b), the Equipment Advances shall bear interest, on the outstanding daily balance thereof, at a variable rate equal to the Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rate set forth in the Daily Adjusting LIBOR Addendum to this Agreement.”

 

(f)                                     Section 6.2(d) of the Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

 

“(d)                            Bank shall have a right from time to time hereafter to audit Borrowers’ Accounts and appraise Collateral at Borrowers’ expense, provided that such audits or appraisals will be conducted no more often than once every 12 months and the reimbursable expense shall be limited to $3,000 per audit or appraisal; provided however , if Borrowers fail to maintain a ratio of Cash to all Indebtedness to Bank of at least 1.50 to 1.00, then the frequency of such audits shall be once every 6 months; provided   further however , that if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the frequency of such audits shall not be limited and shall be at Borrower’s expense.”

 

(g)                                  Section 6.2(e) of the Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

 

“(e)                             On the later to occur of (i) February 15th of each year or (ii) the day immediately following the date of the first board meeting of each calendar year, Administrative Borrower shall deliver to Bank board approved income statement and balance sheet projections for each Borrower’s following fiscal year.  Any board approved changes to such projections shall be delivered to Bank within 30 days of such board approval.”

 

(h)                                  Section 6.7 of the Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

 

“6.7                            Financial Covenants .  Except for the liquidity ratio set forth in Section 6.7(c), which Borrowers shall maintain upon the occurrence and continuation of the Liquidity Event, Borrowers shall at all times maintain, on a consolidated and consolidating basis, the following financial ratios and covenants:

 

(a)                                   Minimum EBITDA .  Borrowers’ EBITDA, to be measured on a trailing twelve (12) month basis as of the last day of the applicable period set forth in the table below, shall not be less than the following:

 

2



 

Period

 

Minimum EBITDA

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2009

 

$

500,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2009

 

$

1,500,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2009

 

$

2,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the fiscal quarter ending December 31, 2009

 

$

2,500,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2010

 

$

2,500,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2010

 

$

2,500,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2010

 

$

2,500,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the fiscal quarter ending December 31, 2010 and for each fiscal quarter ending thereafter

 

$

3,500,000

 

 

(b)                                  Minimum Cash .  A balance of Cash at Bank and Cash at Bank’s Affiliates covered by a control agreement of not less $3,000,000 in a non-interest bearing account; provided, however, at any time an Initial Public Offering is made Borrowers shall maintain an additional balance of Cash at Bank and Cash at Bank’s Affiliates covered by a control agreement of not less $7,000,000.

 

(c)                                   Liquidity Ratio .  Upon the occurrence and continuation of the Liquidity Event, a ratio of Cash plus 75% of Eligible Accounts to all Indebtedness to Bank of at least 1.50 to 1.00.”

 

(d)                                  Deferred Revenue .  An aggregate balance of Deferred Revenue of at least $13,000,000.”

 

(i)                                      Borrowers’ address set forth in Section 10 of the Agreement is hereby amended, in pertinent part, to read as follows:  “11501 Domain Drive, Suite 200; Austin, TX 78758”.

 

(j)                                      The Schedule of Exceptions attached to the Agreement is hereby supplemented by adding the following Inbound Licenses for Convio in numerical order under such heading:

 

“17)                           AppExchange Partner Master Agreement between Salesforce and Convio, Inc, effective March 5, 2008 as amended from time to time

 

18)                                 Subscription Customer Agreement between Big Machines and Convio, effective December 1, 2008

 

19)                                 Integrated Software Products Platinum Partner Agreement between Pervasive and Convio, effective November 14, 2008”

 

3.                                        References to Horizon .  The parties hereby agree that all references to “Horizon” in the Loan Agreement (together with any and all other agreements, instruments, and documents executed in connection therewith) are hereby deleted in their entirety without replacement and the same are of no further force or effect.

 

4.                                        Exhibits .  The Exhibits to the Agreement are hereby updated and superseded by the Exhibits to this Amendment as follows:  (i) Exhibit D to this Amendment (Borrowing Base Certificate) supersedes and replaces Exhibit D to the Agreement, and (ii) Exhibit E to this Amendment (Compliance Certificate) supersedes and replaces Exhibit E to the Agreement.

 

5.                                        Representations and Warranties .  Borrowers hereby affirm to Bank that all of Borrowers’ representations and warranties set forth in the Agreement are true, complete and accurate in all respects as of the date hereof (after giving effect to the amendments provided herein).  Borrowers hereby represent and warrant to

 

3



 

Bank that all Indebtedness outstanding in connection with that certain Venture Loan and Security Agreement, dated December 27, 2005, between Horizon Technology Funding Company LLC, as lender, and Convio, Inc., as borrower, has been paid in full and the same, together with all commitments to extend credit thereunder, have been terminated.

 

6.                                        No Defaults .  Borrowers hereby affirm to Bank that, after giving effect to this Amendment, no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing as of the date hereof (after giving effect to the amendments provided herein).

 

7.                                        Condition Precedent .  The effectiveness of this Amendment is expressly conditioned upon receipt by Bank of the following, each in form and substance satisfactory to Bank:

 

(a)                                   a copy of this Amendment duly executed by each of the parties hereto;

 

(b)                                  a copy of that certain Daily Adjusting LIBOR Addendum duly executed by Borrowers;

 

(c)                                   a copy of the board approved income statement and balance sheet projections for each Borrower’s 2009 fiscal year;

 

(d)                                  a copy of each Amended and Restated Warrant duly executed by Parent; and

 

(e)                                   confirmation that the Liens in favor of Horizon Technology Funding Company LLC have been terminated in full, which may be confirmed with an “of record” UCC search with the Secretary of State for the applicable jurisdiction evidencing that such Liens have been terminated.

 

8.                                        Costs and Expenses .  Borrowers shall pay to Bank all of Bank’s out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including, without limitation, the fees and expenses of its counsel, search fees, filing and recording fees, documentation fees, appraisal fees, and other fees) arising in connection with the preparation, execution, and delivery of this Amendment and all related documents.

 

9.                                        Limited Effect .  In the event of a conflict between the terms and provisions of this Amendment and the terms and provisions of the Agreement, the terms and provisions of this Amendment shall govern.  In all other respects, the Agreement, as amended and supplemented hereby, shall remain in full force and effect.

 

10.                                  Choice of Law .  This Amendment shall be governed by, construed and interpreted in accordance with the internal laws of the State of California, without regard to principles of conflicts of law.

 

11.                                  Counterparts; Effectiveness .  This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original.  All such counterparts, taken together, shall constitute but one and the same Amendment.  This Amendment shall become effective upon the execution of a counterpart of this Amendment by each of the parties hereto.

 

[ remainder of page intentionally left blank ]

 

4



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed by their authorized representatives the day and year first above written.

 

 

CONVIO, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James R. Offerdahl

 

Name:

James R. Offerdahl

 

Title:

CFO

 

 

 

 

GETACTIVE SOFTWARE, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James R. Offerdahl

 

Name:

James R. Offerdahl

 

Title:

CFO

 

 

 

 

COMERICA BANK

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Donna Day

 

Name:

Donna Day

 

Title:

Vice President

 

Amendment Number Four to Loan and Security Agreement

 

S-1


 

EXHIBIT D

 

BORROWING BASE CERTIFICATE

 

Borrowers:

CONVIO, INC., a Delaware corporation,and certain of its Subsidiaries signatory to the Loan Agreement

 

Comerica Bank

Technology & Life Sciences Division

Loan Analysis Department

300 W. Sixth Street

Suite 1300

Austin, TX 78701

Phone: (512) 427-7107

Total Commitment Amount: $11,645,140.57

 

Fax: (512) 427-7178

 

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

 

 

 

 

 

1.

Accounts Receivable Book Value as of

 

 

 

$

 

2.

Additions (please explain on reverse)

 

 

 

$

 

3.

TOTAL ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE DEDUCTIONS (without duplication)

 

 

 

 

 

4.

Amounts over 90 days due

 

$

 

 

 

5.

Balance of 25% over 90 day accounts

 

$

 

 

 

6.

Concentration Limits of 25%

 

$

 

 

 

7.

Foreign Accounts

 

$

 

 

 

8.

Governmental Accounts

 

$

 

 

 

9.

Contra Accounts

 

$

 

 

 

10.

Promotional or Demo Accounts

 

$

 

 

 

11.

Intercompany/Employee Accounts

 

$

 

 

 

12.

Other (please explain on reverse)

 

$

 

 

 

13.

TOTAL ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE DEDUCTIONS

 

 

 

$

 

14.

Eligible Accounts (#3 minus #13)

 

 

 

$

 

15.

LOAN VALUE OF ACCOUNTS (80% of #14)

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BALANCES

 

 

 

 

 

16.

Maximum Loan Amount

 

 

 

$

10,000,000

 

17.

Total Funds Available (Lesser of #16 or #15)

 

 

 

$

 

18.

Present balance owing on Line of Credit

 

 

 

$

 

19.

Outstanding under Sublimits (e.g., Letters of Credit)

 

 

 

$

 

20.

Non-Borrowing Base Amount

 

$

1,000,000

 

 

 

21.

RESERVE POSITION (#17 minus #18 and #19, plus 20)

 

 

 

$

 

 

The undersigned represents and warrants that the foregoing is true, complete and correct, and that the information reflected in this Borrowing Base Certificate complies in all material respects with the representations and warranties set forth in the Loan and Security Agreement between the undersigned and Comerica Bank.

 

Very truly yours,

 

CONVIO, INC.,

 

 

BANK USE ONLY

as Administrative Borrower

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rec’d by:

 

Authorized Signer

 

Date:

 

Name:

 

 

Reviewed by:

 

Title:

 

 

Date:

 

 



 

EXHIBIT E

 

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

Please send all Required Reporting to:

Comerica Bank

Technology & Life Sciences Division

Loan Analysis Department

300 W. Sixth Street

Suite 1300

Austin, TX 78701

Phone: (512) 427-7107

Fax: (512) 427-7178

FROM:

CONVIO, INC.,

as Administrative Borrower

 

 

The undersigned Responsible Officer of Convio, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Administrative Borrower”), hereby certifies that in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Loan and Security Agreement among Borrowers and Bank (the “Agreement”), (i) Borrowers are in complete compliance for the period ending                          with all required covenants, except as noted below and (ii) all representations and warranties of Borrowers stated in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof; provided, however, that those representations and warranties which expressly refer to another date shall be true, correct and complete in all material respects as of such date .  Attached herewith are the required documents supporting the above certification.  The undersigned Responsible Officer further certifies that these are prepared in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) and are consistently applied from one period to the next except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes.

 

Please indicate compliance status by circling Yes/No under “Complies” column.

 

REPORTING COVENANTS

 

REQUIRED

 

COMPLIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CPA Audited, Unqualified F/S

 

Annually, within 180 days of FYE

 

YES

 

NO

 

Intellectual Property Report

 

Quarterly, within 30 days

 

YES

 

NO

 

Company Prepared F/S

 

Monthly, within 30 days

 

YES

 

NO

 

Borrowing Base Certificate

 

Monthly, within 30 days

 

YES

 

NO

 

Compliance Certificate

 

Monthly, within 30 days

 

YES

 

NO

 

A/P Aging

 

Monthly, within 30 days

 

YES

 

NO

 

A/R Aging

 

Monthly, within 30 days

 

YES

 

NO

 

Compliance Certificate

 

Monthly, within 30 days

 

YES

 

NO

 

 

FINANCIAL COVENANTS

 

REQUIRED

 

ACTUAL

 

COMPLIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TO BE TESTED QUARTERLY, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Minimum EBITDA

 

In accordance with the amounts set forth in Section 6.7(a) of the Agreement.

 

$

 

YES

 

NO

 

Minimum Cash

 

$3,000,000 at all times; An additional $7,000,000 upon an Initial Public Offering.

 

$

 

YES

 

NO

 

Liquidity

 

1.50:1.00

 

$

 

YES

 

NO

 

Deferred Revenue

 

$13,000,000

 

$

 

YES

 

NO

 

 

Please Enter Below Comments Regarding Covenant Violations:                                                                                

 

 

The undersigned Responsible Officer further acknowledges that at any time Borrowers are not in material compliance with all the terms set forth in the Agreement, including, without limitation, the financial covenants, at Bank’s discretion, no credit extensions will be made.

 



 

Very truly yours,

 

CONVIO, INC.,

 

 

BANK USE ONLY

as Administrative Borrower

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rec’d by:

 

Authorized Signer

 

Date:

 

Name:

 

 

Reviewed by:

 

Title:

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

Financial Compliance Status:

YES / NO

 




QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 10.7


ATEL VENTURES, INC.
MASTER LEASE AGREEMENT NO. CONVX
Dated as of March 15, 2006 (the "Effective Date")

Between   ATEL VENTURES, INC., a California corporation, as Lessor ( "Lessor" )   600 California Street, 6th Floor
San Francisco CA 94108-2733
Attention: General Counsel
            
And   CONVIO, INC. a Delaware corporation, as Lessee ( "Lessee" )   11921 NORTH MOPAC EXPRESSWAY
SUITE 200
AUSTIN, TEXAS 78759
Attention: Jim Offerdahl

NO INTEREST IN THE RENT DUE OR THE RIGHTS OF THE LESSOR UNDER ANY LEASE OF EQUIPMENT CAN BE TRANSFERRED BY THE DELIVERY OF POSSESSION OF ANY COUNTERPART OF THIS MASTER LEASE. SUCH AN INTEREST CAN BE TRANSFERRED ONLY BY DELIVERY OF POSSESSION OF THE ORIGINAL SIGNED COUNTERPART OF AN EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE EXECUTED PURSUANT HERETO.

The parties of this Master Lease Agreement ("Lease Agreement") hereto agree as follows:

1.     Lease:

          Lessor agrees to lease to Lessee, and Lessee agrees to lease from Lessor, subject to satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 3 and any Equipment Schedule, the personal property including certain custom use equipment, miscellaneous computer hardware, office equipment, furniture, leasehold improvements, fixtures, (collectively with the Soft Equipment (defined below), the "Equipment") described in any Equipment Schedules executed pursuant hereto substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto. Any reference herein to a "Lease" shall mean any Equipment Schedule, as it incorporates by reference all the terms and conditions of this Lease Agreement, the Acceptance Certificates, and any Exhibits, Riders, Supplements, amendments, or addendum thereto, if any. Prior to the execution of an Equipment Schedule incorporating one or more Acceptance Certificates, such Acceptance Certificates shall operate as a Lease and incorporate by reference all the terms and conditions of this Lease Agreement.

2.     Definitions:

          (a)     "Acceptance Certificate" means the Certificate of Delivery and Acceptance and Request for Advance in the form of Exhibit B hereto.

          (b)     "Acceptance Date" means the date Lessee inspects all the Equipment and deems it satisfactory for lease hereunder as indicated on the Acceptance Certificate, or such other date as may be indicated in the applicable Equipment Schedule.

          (c)     "Advance" means the Equipment Cost under any Acceptance Certificate which is funded by the Lessor.

          (d)     "Advance Date" means the date of any Advances, which are made by Lessor to Lessee, or any Vendor pursuant to an Acceptance Certificate.

          (e)     "Basic Rent" means the amount indicated as the Basic Rent, due as monthly, quarterly, semiannual, or annual payments, in advance or in arrears, as set forth in the applicable Acceptance Certificate and/or Equipment Schedule.

          (f)      "Basic Term" means the initial term of any Lease, as indicated on the applicable Equipment Schedule.

          (g)     "Commencement Date" means the first day of the calendar month following the Acceptance Date, or such other date as may be indicated in the applicable Equipment Schedule.

          (h)     "Change in Control" means a change in the majority interest or control of ownership of the Lessee in any one transaction or series of related transactions, or a sale, assignment, or acquisition of all, or substantially all, of the property of Lessee by merger, consolidation or purchase.

          (i)      "Daily Rent" means the daily equivalent of the initial Basic Rent.

          (j)      "Equipment Cost" means the cost of the Equipment (including Soft Equipment) described in any Equipment Schedule.

          (k)     "Event of Default" means as defined in Section 9(a) hereof.

          (l)      "Event of Loss" means as defined in Section 8(a) hereof.


          (m)    "Final Payment" means the final payment due by Lessee hereunder, whether as Basic Rent, a bargain or nominal purchase option, put, balloon payment or other fixed payment, as provided in Section 14 hereof.

          (n)     "Guarantor" means a guarantor or surety of the obligations of the Lessee hereunder, if any.

          (o)     "Lease Term" means the Basic Term, Renewal Term, and any Supplemental Term.

          (p)     "Lessee Reports" means any financial statements, projections, budget, business plan, due diligence materials, prospectus, registration statements, or any other materials prepared by Lessee and distributed to its investors and creditors in the ordinary course of business or other reports as reasonably requested to be delivered to Lessor by Lessee.

          (q)     "Proposal Letter" means any letter issued by Lessor to Lessee describing the basic terms of a proposed lease financing. To the extent there is a conflict between the Proposal Letter and this Lease, the terms and conditions of this Lease shall govern.

          (r)     "Purchase Agreement" means the contract for sale entered into by the Lessee and a Vendor, and shall include any and all purchase orders, purchase agreements, invoices, and amendments to any of them.

          (s)     "Renewal Rent" means the amounts, if any, indicated on the applicable Equipment Schedule or any Rider thereto, or any amendment thereof, or otherwise in this Lease.

          (t)      "Renewal Term" means the renewal term, if any, indicated on the applicable Equipment Schedule or any Rider thereto, or any amendment thereof, or otherwise in this Lease, and any holdover period beyond the expiration of the Basic Term or the Renewal Term, if any.

          (u)     "Rent" means Basic Rent, Daily Rent, or Renewal Rent.

          (v)     "Soft Equipment" means, installation and delivery costs, intangible personal property, warranty, service or other contract rights, taxes paid or prepaid, any depreciation amounts.

          (w)    "Stipulated Loss Value" means the product of the corresponding percentage indicated on the Rider to the applicable Equipment Schedule, or on the Acceptance Certificate, for the Rent payment date immediately preceding the date that the event which caused the Event of Loss or Event of Default occurred times the Equipment Cost of the item of Equipment suffering the Event of Loss (or of all Equipment in the event of an Event of Default).

          (x)     "Supplemental Term" means the period from the earlier of the Advance Date or the Acceptance Date to the Commencement Date.

          (y)     "UCC" means the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted in California.

          (z)     "Vendor" means a manufacturer, distributor, or retailer of the Equipment.

3.     Term of Lease and Conditions Precedent:

          (a)      Lease Term . The Lease Term, as to all Equipment designated on any Equipment Schedule or Acceptance Certificate, shall include the Supplemental Term commencing on the earlier of the Acceptance Date or the Advance Date for such Equipment, and shall continue for a Basic Term equal to the initial period ending that number of months from the Commencement Date as is specified in the applicable Equipment Schedule. The Lease Term may also include the Renewal Term, if any, granted in the applicable Equipment Schedule.

          (b)      Procurement, Delivery, and Acceptance . Prior to any Advance Date or Acceptance Date, Lessee shall have ordered the Equipment from a Vendor pursuant to one or more purchase orders or other contracts for sale ("Purchase Agreements"). Lessee shall be solely responsible for the selection and ordering of the Equipment. Lessee may instruct or direct Lessor, as its agent, to pay a Vendor for the Equipment on Lessee's behalf or, Lessee upon proof or evidence of purchase, may request reimbursement by Lessor for the Equipment previously purchased by Lessee. If, for any reason, the Lessee fails to irrevocably accept the Equipment for Lease by executing an Equipment Schedule identifying the Equipment for which Advances have been previously made by Lessor pursuant to any Acceptance Certificate, then Lessee shall, upon demand by Lessor, reimburse Lessor in full for those funds so advanced by paying to Lessor a Stipulated Loss Value equal to not less than 110% of the Equipment Cost plus any unpaid Daily Rent.

          (c)      Obligation to Pay for Equipment . Lessee may request Advances for Equipment in an aggregate amount not to exceed $2,000,000, (the "Lease Line"). Advances to be made by the Lessor hereunder are subject to Lessee satisfying the following conditions precedent: (i) Lessor and Lessee shall have entered into mutually acceptable lease documentation, including the Lease and other ancillary documents and instruments required by Lessor, including sufficiently detailed invoices from the Vendor identifying the Equipment and Equipment Cost, corporate resolutions and incumbency certificates (substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto), or other documents evidencing the Lessee's authority to execute and deliver the Lease, evidence of insurance pursuant to an accord certificate(substantially on the terms set forth in Exhibit D hereto), appropriate waivers from all potential Equipment lien-holders, and UCC-1 Financing Statements with respect to any Equipment financed hereunder; (ii) Lessee shall have either irrevocably accepted the Equipment for lease hereunder, or requested an Advance on Equipment to be placed under a Lease by executing an Acceptance Certificate; (iii) Lessee shall have full legal right, title and interest in and to the Equipment, free and clear all liens, claims, and encumbrances, whatsoever; (iv) all representations and warranties made under each Lease



shall be true and correct, and there shall not exist an Event of Default or any condition, event, or act which with notice or lapse of time would become an Event of Default which has not been remedied or waived, and Lessee shall have fully performed all material terms and conditions required of Lessee under the Lease; (v) there has not been any material adverse change in Lessee's financial condition or business operations since the date of Lessor's Proposal Letter; (vi) the aggregate Equipment Cost funded under any Equipment Schedule shall be not less than $250,000; (vii) Lessor shall have approved the purchase of the proposed Equipment in Lessor's sole discretion; (viii) no more than 30% of the Equipment Cost under all Equipment Schedules (on a cumulative basis) shall be allocated to Soft Equipment provided, however, if the percentage of Soft Equipment financed on any one Equipment Schedule exceeds 30% of the total Equipment Cost funded on that Equipment Schedule, Lessor reserves the right, at its option, to require that Lessee finance sufficient hard Equipment Cost on succeeding Equipment Schedules to bring the hard to Soft Equipment financed ratio back to 70% hard Equipment and 30% Soft Equipment on a cumulative basis; and (ix) the funding period ("Funding Period") for Advances shall not extend beyond March 31, 2007 and each Advance prior to such date shall be subject to Lessor's mandatory 90-day credit review process wherein the availability of funds is reviewed beginning 90 days after the date of the January 19, 2006 Proposal Letter and every 90 days thereafter and made available to Lessee at Lessor's sole discretion and subject to other terms and conditions as Lessor may require in its sole discretion.

          (d)      Prepayment of Equipment Schedules . Borrower has the right to prepay the Equipment Schedules in whole but not in part, and only under the following terms and conditions with the assumption that the original Equipment Cost is the starting principal balance and each Equipment Schedule is the equivalent of a promissory note:

4.     Rent, Taxes and Late Payments:

          (a)      Rent . Daily Rent shall be due on all Advances made by Lessor pursuant to any Acceptance Certificate and shall accrue from the earlier of the Advance Date or the Acceptance Date of any item of Equipment at the Daily Rent set forth in the applicable Acceptance Certificate multiplied by the number of days from (and including) the earlier of the Advance Date or the Acceptance Date to (but not including) the Commencement Date and shall be due and payable on the first day of each month until the Commencement Date. The Basic Rent payable hereunder during the Basic Term is as set forth in the Equipment Schedule. Lessor and Lessee agree that the Basic Rent described in the Equipment Schedule has a corresponding yield relationship to the U.S. Treasury obligation and with the closest equivalent maturity as the applicable Lease Basic Term as reported in The Wall Street Journal on the date of, and quoted in, Lessor's Proposal Letter, and consequently, the Basic Rent, Lease Rate Factor, and Stipulated Loss Values (and Renewal Rent, if applicable) may be adjusted upward by the Lessor on the date of preparation of the Equipment Schedule, or alternatively, on the funding date by a Notification of Rent Adjustment amendment prepared thereafter, to reflect a change on such date in the reported yield of the U.S. Treasury obligation, with the equivalent term of the U.S. Treasury obligation quoted in the Proposal Letter (or the closest term to such original U.S. Treasury obligation in the event an identical term issue is not reported, and in the event that two or more comparison Treasury obligations are quoted with identical maturities, then with the "Asked" price which is closest to par) in order to preserve Lessor's anticipated corresponding yield relationship. Except as may otherwise be provided in any Equipment Schedule, Basic Rent shall begin to accrue on the Commencement Date and shall be due and payable by Lessee on the first day of each period (advance) or the last day (arrears) of each period, as set forth in the applicable Equipment Schedule. In addition to the Basic Rent and Daily Rent, Lessee shall pay Renewal Rent, if any, due as indicated in this Lease Agreement, or on any Equipment Schedule, or any Rider hereto or thereto. All Rent due by Lessee hereunder is an absolute and unconditional obligation of Lessee which may not be abated or offset for any reason whatsoever as provided in Section 10 hereof.


          (b)      Taxes . In addition to the Rent set forth herein or in any Equipment Schedule, Lessee shall pay to Lessor an amount equal to all taxes, fees, expenses or charges paid, payable or required to be collected by Lessor, however designated and whenever assessed, which are levied or based on the Rent, on the Lease, on the Equipment Cost, or on the Equipment or on its purchase for lease hereunder, or on its possession, storage, use, lease, operation, control, delivery or value, including as a result of a sale-leaseback, or from the Lease Term expiration, or earlier termination, or from the exercise of any early termination, purchase, or on the Final Payment, or renewal option granted in the Lease or otherwise, or from any conveyance of title to Lessee or Lessee's designee; including, without limitation, state and local sales, use, privilege of doing business or excise taxes, taxes based on gross revenue or receipts, any penalties or interest in connection therewith or taxes or amounts in lieu thereof paid or payable by Lessor in respect of the foregoing, but excluding solely taxes based on Lessor's net income. Personal property taxes assessed on the Equipment during the term hereof shall be the sole responsibility of, and shall be paid on demand by, Lessee. Lessee agrees to file, all required property tax returns and reports concerning the Equipment with all appropriate governmental agencies, and, at Lessor's written request, within not more than thirty (30) days after Lessor's written request, to send Lessor confirmation of such filing.

          (c)      Late Payments . Interest on any past due Rent and other payments due and payable shall accrue at the rate of 1 1 / 2 % per month from the Rent or other payment due date, or if such rate shall exceed the maximum rate allowed by law, then at such maximum rate, and shall be payable on demand. Charges for taxes, penalties and interest shall be promptly paid by Lessee.

5.     Installation, Use and Quiet Possession of Equipment:

          (a)     Lessee, shall at all times maintain the Equipment in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications and in accordance with prudent industry standards and in accordance with this Lease, specifying maintenance and return conditions for the Equipment. Lessee shall use the Equipment solely for business purposes, in compliance with the covenants and conditions of all insurance policies required to be maintained by Lessee pursuant to the Lease. Lessee shall, at all times, during the Lease Term or any Renewal Term, assure that the Equipment is maintained in operation and service in its original intended use.

          (b)     Any equipment, supplies spare or replacement parts or other items not specified in the Equipment Schedule which are used on or in connection with the Equipment must meet the specifications of the manufacturer and shall be acquired by Lessee at its own expense. The Lessee shall at all times use the Equipment in compliance with all laws and regulations of all federal, state, local and foreign authorities having jurisdiction thereof.

          (c)     Lessee will at all times keep the Equipment in its sole possession and control. The Equipment shall not be moved from the location stated in the applicable Equipment Schedule without the prior written consent of Lessor (said consent not to be unreasonably withheld).

          (d)     After prior written notice to Lessor, Lessee may, at its own expense, make alterations in or add attachments to the Equipment, provided such alterations or attachments do not interfere with the normal and satisfactory operation or maintenance of the Equipment or with Lessee's ability to obtain and maintain the maintenance contract required by Section 5(g) hereof. The manufacturer or other organization selected by Lessee to maintain the Equipment ("Maintenance Organization") may incorporate engineering changes or make temporary alterations to the Equipment upon request of Lessee. All such alterations and attachments shall be subject to the security interest of Lessor, provided that upon an Event of Default, or at the option of Lessor, such alterations and attachments shall be removed by Lessee and the Equipment restored, at Lessee's expense, to its original condition as of the Acceptance Date thereof, reasonable wear and tear only excepted, and upon the removal and restoration, the alteration and/or attachment which was made by Lessee shall become the property of Lessee free and clear of the security interest of Lessor.

          (e)     So long as there shall not exist an Event of Default, or any condition, event, or act which with notice or lapse of time would become an Event of Default, Lessor or any Assignee shall not interfere with Lessee's use or possession of the Equipment during the Basic Term.

          (f)      Lessee shall, during the term of this Lease, at its expense, keep the Equipment in excellent operating order and condition, reasonable wear and tear excepted, and shall make all necessary adjustments, repairs and replacements, and Lessee shall not use or permit the Equipment to be used in any manner or for any purpose for which, in the opinion of the manufacturer, the Equipment is not designed or reasonably suitable. Lessee will at all times operate, use, and maintain the Equipment as represented by Lessee in its request for proposal and/or quotes or as otherwise represented herein or in any other instrument or document prepared by Lessee or its agents. In no event shall Lessee operate, use or maintain the Equipment less favorably than Lessee would or should operate, use or maintain its own equipment.

          (g)     With respect to the Equipment, Lessee shall, during the term of this Lease, at its own expense and discretion, according to prudent industry practice, either (A) enter into and maintain in force a contract with the manufacturer or the Maintenance Organization covering at least prime shift maintenance of certain items of Equipment for which Lessee deems such contract necessary which contract shall commence upon expiration of the manufacturer's warranty period, if any, relating to such item and Lessee shall furnish Lessor with a copy of such contract(s), or (B) at its sole expense, maintain and service and repair any damage to, each item of Equipment in a manner consistent with prudent industry practice and Lessee's own practice so that such item of Equipment is at all times (i) in the same condition as when delivered to Lessee, except for ordinary wear and tear, and (ii) in good operating order for the function intended by its manufacturer's warranties and recommendations.


          (h)     Upon the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default beyond any applicable cure period, if Lessor demands, pursuant to Section 9(b)(ii) hereof, Lessee shall, at its expense, deliver the Equipment and all of the service records and all software and software documentation subject thereto to Lessor at a location not to exceed 1,500 miles from Lessee's premises, in the same operating order, repair, condition and appearance as on the Acceptance Date, reasonable wear and tear only excepted, with all engineering and safety changes prescribed by the manufacturer or Lessee's Maintenance Organization incorporated therein. At the time of return, the Equipment must be able to perform the function that it was originally intended to perform without additional maintenance. If any computer software requires re-licensing when removed from Lessee's premises, Lessee shall bear all costs of such re-licensing. Lessee shall, prior to such termination, arrange and pay for any repairs and changes as are necessary for the Equipment to satisfy the return condition stated herein and for the manufacturer or Maintenance Organization to accept the Equipment under contract maintenance at its then standard rates, or alternatively, Lessor shall be entitled to repossess the Equipment and all of the service records and all software and software documentation subject thereto from Lessee's premises.

6.     Leasehold Rights and Inspection:

          (a)     The Equipment shall remain personal property regardless of the manner in which it may be installed or attached. Lessee shall, at Lessor's request, affix to the Equipment, tags, decals or plates furnished by Lessor, indicating Lessor's security interest and Lessee shall not permit their removal or concealment.

          (b)     Lessee shall keep the Equipment free and clear of all liens and encumbrances except for (i) Lessor's security interest, (ii) the security interests of Bridge Bank, N.A. and Horizon Technology Funding Company, and (iii) liens or encumbrances arising through the actions or omissions of Lessor which are not otherwise the obligation of Lessee to clear or satisfy hereunder. LESSEE SHALL NOT SELL, CONVEY, TRANSFER, PART WITH POSSESSION OF, OR ASSIGN OR OTHERWISE ENCUMBER THIS LEASE OR ANY OF ITS RIGHTS HEREUNDER OR SUBLEASE THE EQUIPMENT, OR SUFFER A CHANGE IN MAJORITY INTEREST OR CONTROL OF ITS OWNERSHIP IN ANY ONE TRANSACTION OR SERIES OF RELATED TRANSACTIONS, WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF LESSOR (SAID CONSENT NOT TO BE UNREASONABLY WITHHELD). EXCEPT AS PERMITTED HEREIN, ANY SUCH PURPORTED TRANSACTION SHALL BE NULL AND VOID AND OF NO FORCE AND EFFECT. LESSEE SHALL NOT BECOME THE SUBJECT MATTER OF, OR ENTER INTO ANY MERGER OR ACQUISITION TRANSACTION WITH ANY OTHER ENTITY WHICH RESULTS IN SUCH OTHER ENTITY OBTAINING OWNERSHIP OR CONTROL OF OVER FIFTY PERCENT (50%) OF THE EQUITY OF THE LESSEE, WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF LESSOR (SAID CONSENT NOT TO BE UNREASONABLY WITHHELD). No permitted assignment or sublease shall relieve Lessee of any of its obligations hereunder.

          (c)     Lessor or its agents shall have free access to the Equipment upon two (2) business days advance notice and any and all records thereto at all reasonable times (during ordinary business hours) for the purpose of inspecting the Equipment and for any other purpose contemplated in this Lease. Such inspections shall be at Lessor's cost and expense, except that once annually during the Lease Term, or whenever an Event of Default has occurred or is continuing beyond any applicable cure period, the inspections shall be at Lessee's cost and expense.

          (d)     Lessee shall immediately notify Lessor of all material details concerning any significant damage to, or loss of, the Equipment arising out of any event or occurrence whatsoever, including but not limited to, the alleged or apparent improper manufacture, functioning or operation of the Equipment.

7.     No Warranties By Lessor:

          Lessee warrants that, at the Acceptance Date thereof, it shall have (a) thoroughly inspected the Equipment; (b) determined for itself that all items of Equipment are of a size, design, capacity and manufacture selected by it; and (c) satisfied itself that the Equipment is suitable for Lessee's purposes. LESSOR IS FINANCING THE EQUIPMENT FOR LESSEE "AS IS", "WHERE IS" AND NOT BEING THE MANUFACTURER OF THE EQUIPMENT, THE MANUFACTURER'S AGENT OR THE SELLER'S AGENT, MAKES NO WARRANTY OR REPRESENTATION WHATSOEVER, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, AS TO THE EQUIPMENT'S MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, DESIGN, CONDITION, QUALITY, CAPACITY, MATERIAL OR WORKMANSHIP OR AS TO PATENT INFRINGEMENT OR THE LIKE , it being agreed that all such risks, as between Lessor and Lessee, are to be borne by Lessee. Lessee agrees to look solely to the manufacturer or to suppliers of the Equipment for any and all warranty claims and any and all warranties made by the manufacturer or the supplier of Lessor are, to the extent to which the same may be assignable, hereby assigned to Lessee for the term of the applicable Equipment Schedule. Lessee agrees that Lessor shall not be responsible for the delivery, installation, maintenance, operation or service of the Equipment or for delay or inadequacy of any or all of the foregoing. Lessor shall not be responsible for any direct or consequential loss or damage resulting from the installation, operation or use of the Equipment or otherwise. Lessee will defend, indemnify and hold Lessor harmless against any and all suits, judgments, claims, demands and



liabilities of any kind and nature (including without limitation claims relating to environmental discharge, cleanup or compliance, and claims arising out of or in connection with the design, manufacture, possession or operation of the Equipment, including environmental, product, or strict liability) and all costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses), fines, penalties (and other charges of applicable governmental authorities), licensing fees relating to any item of Equipment, damage to or loss of property (including without limitation consequential or special damages to third parties or damages to Lessee's property), or bodily injury to or death of any person (including, without limitation, any agent or employee of Lessee) to the extent they may be incurred or suffered by Lessor or Assignee in connection herewith except to the extent such suits, judgments, claims, demands, liabilities, costs, expenses, fines, penalties, fees or losses are caused by Lessor's gross negligence or willful misconduct. Such indemnities shall continue in full force and effect, notwithstanding the expiration or termination of this Lease

8.     Risk of Loss on Lessee:

          (a)     Beginning on the Acceptance Date thereof and continuing until the Lease is terminated and all obligations of Lessee are performed, Lessee relieves Lessor of responsibility for all risks of physical damage to or loss or destruction of the Equipment, howsoever caused (including without limitation, accident, theft, misplacement, condemnation, seizure, forfeiture and abandonment) ("Event of Loss") with the exception of loss incurred due to Lessor's gross negligence and /or willful miscounduct. During the term of this Lease as to any Equipment Schedule, Lessee shall, at its own expense, keep in effect all risk and public liability insurance policies covering the Equipment designated in each Equipment Schedule. The public liability insurance policy shall be in such amount as is reasonably acceptable to Lessor. Any increase in the amount of such insurance coverage reasonably requested by Lessor shall be put into effect on the next succeeding renewal date of such insurance. The all risk insurance policy shall be for an amount not less than the higher of replacement cost of the Equipment or the Stipulated Loss Value. Lessor, its successors and assigns and/or such other party as may be designated by any thereof to Lessee, in writing, shall be named as additional insured and/or loss payees on such policies, which shall be written by an insurance company of recognized responsibility which is reasonably acceptable to Lessor. Evidence of such insurance coverage shall be furnished to Lessor no later than the Acceptance Date set forth in the Equipment Schedule(s) and, from time to time, thereafter as Lessor may request. Such policies shall provide that no less than thirty (30) days written notice shall be given Lessor and any other party named as loss payee prior to cancellation of such policies for any reason. If Lessee fails to provide evidence of such insurance or to deliver evidence of renewal of each such policy within thirty (30) days after Lessor's written request, Lessor shall, at its option, declare an Event of Default under the Lease pursuant to Section 9(a)(iv). Lessee hereby irrevocably appoints Lessor or any other party named as loss payee as Lessee's attorney-in-fact coupled with an interest, so long as a default or Event of Default hereunder exists and is continuing to negotiate and make claim for, receive payment of, and execute any and all documents that may be required to be provided to the insurance carrier in substantiation of any such claim for loss or damage under said insurance policies, and to endorse Lessee's name to any and all drafts or checks in payment of the loss proceeds.

          (b)     If any item of Equipment is damaged or suffers an Event of Loss, Lessee shall give to Lessor prompt notice thereof and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect without any abatement of Rent. Lessor shall determine, within twenty (20) days after the date of occurrence of such damage or Event of Loss, whether such item of Equipment can be repaired. In the event Lessor reasonably determines that such item of Equipment can be repaired, Lessee shall cause such item of Equipment to be promptly repaired. In the event Lessor reasonably determines that the item of Equipment cannot be repaired, Lessee shall at Lessee's election, either: (i) promptly replace such item of Equipment with equipment of like or better kind, make and model, utility and value free and clear of all liens and encumbrances except for Lessor's lien, and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect as though such damage or destruction had not occurred; or (ii) pay to Lessor an amount equal to the Stipulated Loss Value for the item of Equipment for the Rent due date immediately preceding the Event of Loss and this Lease will terminate as to the item of Equipment suffering the Event of Loss and the Rent under the applicable Equipment Schedule shall be reduced thereafter pro rata by the reduction of the original Equipment Cost of the item of Equipment suffering the Event of Loss. All proceeds of insurance received by Lessor, the designated loss payee, or Lessee under the policy referred to in the preceding paragraph of this Section shall be applied toward the cost of any such repair or replacement so long as Lessee shall not be in default of its obligations hereunder.

9.     Events of Default and Remedies:

          (a)      Events of Default . The occurrence of any one of the following shall constitute an Event of Default hereunder:


          (b)      Remedies . Upon the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default beyond any applicable cure period, Lessor may at its option do any of the following: (i) by notice to Lessee terminate this Lease as to any or all Equipment Schedules; (ii) whether or not this Lease is terminated as to any or all Equipment Schedules, take possession of any or all of the Equipment listed on any or all Equipment Schedules, wherever situated, and for such purpose, enter upon any premises without liability for so doing or Lessor may cause Lessee and Lessee hereby agrees, to return said Equipment to Lessor as provided in this Lease; (iii) recover from Lessee, as liquidated damages for loss of a bargain and not as a penalty, an amount equal to the Stipulated Loss Value of all Equipment calculated as of the Rent payment date preceding the date that the event which resulted in the Event of Default occurred, which payment shall become immediately due and payable; and (iv) sell, dispose of, hold, use or lease any Equipment as Lessor in its sole discretion may determine. Lessor reserves the right, in its sole and absolute discretion, to control the timing and negotiate the terms of any re-leasing or re-sale of any or all of the Equipment at a public auction or in a private sale, at such time, on such terms and with such notice as Lessor shall in its sole and absolute discretion deem commercially reasonable.

          (c)      Mitigation . In the event that Lessee shall have paid to Lessor or its Assignee, (as hereinafter defined), the liquidated damages referred to in Section 9(b)(iii) above, and Lessee shall have previously returned the Equipment to Lessor in accordance with Section 9(b)(ii) above, then Lessor or its Assignee shall pay to Lessee, promptly after receipt thereof, all sale or rental proceeds received from any sale or re-letting of the Equipment during the balance of the Basic Term (after deduction of all unreimbursed damages, costs and expenses incurred by Lessor as a result of the Event of Default; or other sums due Lessor by Lessee under the Lease) said amount never to exceed the amount of the liquidated damages paid by Lessee. Lessor shall use commercially reasonable efforts to sell, re-lease or otherwise use or dispose of the Equipment in mitigation of damages to the extent required by law (however, Lessor shall not be obligated to give preference to the sale, lease or other disposition of the Equipment over the sale, lease or other disposition of similar equipment owned or leased by Lessor).


          (d)      Other Damages . Notwithstanding the exercise by Lessor or its Assignee of any of the remedies found in Section 9(b) above, Lessee shall, in any event remain fully liable for reasonable damages as provided by law and for all reasonable costs of collection and reasonable expenses incurred by Lessor or its Assignee on account of such Event of Default including but not limited to all expenses of selling or leasing the Equipment (including broker's and sales representative's fees and commissions), cleaning and repainting, storage costs, repossession costs, court costs and reasonable attorney's fees. Lessee hereby agrees that, in any event, it will be liable for any deficiency after any lease or other disposition of the Equipment. The rights afforded Lessor hereunder shall not be deemed to be exclusive, but may be exercised concurrently and shall be in addition to any other rights or remedies provided to creditors or lessors under the UCC or otherwise by law or equity.

10.   Net Lease:

          It is understood and agreed that this is a net lease, and that, as between Lessor and Lessee, Lessee shall be responsible for all costs and expenses of every nature whatsoever arising out of or in connection with or related to this Lease or the Equipment, or its possession, ownership, or use (including, but not limited to, taxes, insurance, maintenance, transportation in and out, rigging, drayage, packing, installation and disconnect charges). Lessee's obligations to Lessor or its Assignee, as hereinafter defined, hereunder (including its obligation to pay Rent when and as due without notice or demand, or any other sum due hereunder upon demand) are absolute and unconditional, and (i) may not be terminated, rescinded or revoked for any reason whatsoever, except pursuant to the express provisions hereof, and (ii) shall not be subject to any abatement, reduction, recoupment, defense, offset or counterclaim available to Lessee for any reason whatsoever including operation of law, defect in the Equipment, failure of Lessor or any Assignee to perform any of its obligations hereunder or for any other cause or reason whatsoever, whether similar or dissimilar to the foregoing. Except under any circumstance in which no Event of Default has occurred, and Lessor or its Assignee nevertheless interferes with Lessee's quiet enjoyment of the Equipment during the term of the Lease, Lessee hereby waives any and all defenses or claims Lessee may assert against Lessor or any Assignee, whether now or in the future, and which would prevent Lessee from performing its obligations hereunder, including, without limitation, defect in the Equipment, interference with the Lessee's use, operation or possession of the Equipment, failure of the Lessor or of any Assignee to perform any of its obligations hereunder, the liability or indebtedness of Lessor or any Assignee to Lessee or any other person, or the bankruptcy, insolvency or default of the Lessor or any Assignee. In the event this Lease is terminated prior to its expiration by Lessee, then Lessee shall be responsible and agrees to pay any and all costs and expenses and/or liabilities of Lessor as a result thereof, including taxes and any pre-payment penalties, fees or charges reasonably assessed by any Assignee against Lessor or Lessee. Lessee hereby agrees that in the event that Lessee fails to pay or perform any material obligation under this Lease, Lessor may, at its option, pay or perform said obligation and any payment made or expense incurred by Lessor in connection therewith shall become additional Rent which shall be due and payable by Lessee upon demand.

11.   Assignment:

          (a)     Lessee agrees that Lessor may transfer or assign all or any part of Lessor's right, title and interest in, under or to the Equipment and this Lease and any or all sums due or to become due pursuant to any of the above, to any third party (the "Assignee") for any reason and the Assignee may so reassign and transfer. Lessee agrees that upon receipt of written notice from Lessor or Assignee of such assignment, Lessee shall perform all of its obligations hereunder for the benefit of Assignee and any successor assignee and, if so directed, shall pay all sums due or to become due hereunder directly to the Assignee or to any other party designated by the Assignee.

          (b)     Upon receipt of notice of any such assignment, Lessee agrees to execute and deliver to Lessor such documentation as Assignee or any successor assignee may reasonably require, including but not limited to a Notice and Acknowledgment of Assignment substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereto but which may also include reaffirmation of Lessee's obligations to Assignee as are set forth in Section 10 hereof, which requires Lessee to make certain representations or reaffirmations as to some of the basic terms and covenants contained in this Lease. Unless otherwise indicated in the Notice and Acknowledgment of Assignment, Lessor shall not be relieved of any of its obligations hereunder, and the rights of Lessee hereunder shall not be impaired.

12.   Ownership and Tax Treatment:

          Lessee shall be deemed the owner of the Equipment for all purposes, including Federal and State income taxes, and all applicable sales, use, and property taxes, and for FASB accounting purposes. The Lease is a "finance" lease for Federal income tax purposes and Lessee shall be entitled to all Federal and State income tax benefits attributable to owners of tangible personal property. Lessor shall not take any deductions or credits for the Equipment inconsistent with this provision.

13.   Representations and Warranties of Lessee:

          The Lessee represents and warrants to the Lessor that the following are true and correct on the date the Lessee executes any Lease:


14.   End-of-Lease Position:

          Lessee's End-of-Lease position with respect to any Lease is as set forth on the applicable Equipment Schedule.


15.   Miscellaneous:

          (a)      Stock Warrant . Lessee agrees that it will issue to Lessor upon execution of this Lease Agreement a warrant for the purchase of Lessee's stock (the "Warrant"), in the form of the Warrant Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit F .

          (b)      Choice of Law . No consent or approval provided for herein shall be binding upon Lessor unless signed on its behalf by an officer of Lessor. This Lease Agreement and each Lease shall be deemed to have been made in the State of California and shall be governed in all respects by the laws of such State. Lessor and Lessee hereby submit themselves to the jurisdiction of the State and Federal courts in San Francisco, California or San Diego, California for any matter or controversy arising from any Lease. In the event any provision of this Lease is enforced in a court of law, or any other judicial or administrative setting, then the party succeeding in such matter or controversy shall also be awarded all of its attorney's fees and court costs and other expenses incurred in the pursuit or defense of such matter or controversy (including, without limitation, the defense of any counter-claims forwarded by the losing party).

          (c)      Entire Agreement . This Lease constitutes the entire agreement between Lessee and Lessor with respect to the Equipment, supersedes all prior oral or written agreements and understandings, and no covenant, condition or other term or provision hereof may be waived or modified orally.

          (d)      Notices . All notices hereunder shall be in writing, and any such notice shall become effective (i) the following day upon delivery thereof to an overnight mail or courier service, (ii) in the case of notice by first class United States mail, three days after being so deposited in the United States mail, or (iii) in the case of notice by facsimile transmission, immediately upon transmission, in each case addressed to the appropriate party at its respective address set forth above in the caption heading of this Lease, or at such other address as such party may from time to time designate by written notice to the other party to the address indicated in the heading of this Lease Agreement.

          (e)      Successors and Assigns . This Lease shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Lessor and Lessee and their respective successors and assigns (including any subsequent assignee of Assignee).

          (f)       Unenforceability . If any term or provision of this Lease or the application thereof to any person is, to any extent, invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease, or the application of such provision to the person other than those to which it is invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each provision of this Lease shall be valid and be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law, provided however, that to the extent that the provisions of any such applicable law can be waived, they are hereby waived by the Lessee.

          (g)      Waivers and Consents . No waiver, approval, or consent of any of the terms and conditions hereof shall be effective unless in writing and signed by the party against whom such waiver, approval, or consent is sought to be enforced. Any waiver, approval or consent granted by the Lessor are only effective if signed by an authorized officer of the Lessor. Any waiver of the terms hereof shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose given.

          (h)      Further Assurances, Financing Statements . Lessee agrees to execute any and all other documents, instruments and agreements, reasonably requested by the Lessor in furtherance of the intent of the parties herein. Lessor is hereby authorized by Lessee to cause this Lease or other instruments, including Uniform Commercial Code Financing Statements, to be filed or recorded for the purpose of showing Lessor's interest in the Equipment. Lessee shall pay Lessor a transaction fee in the amount of $4,000 for any costs or fees relating to any filings hereunder and other transactional costs including, but not limited to, actual out of pocket costs, fees, searches, documentation preparation, documentary stamps, and privilege taxes. Lessee agrees that it shall pay, in addition to the amounts referred to above, if necessary, any additional reasonable fees for outside legal counsel retained by Lessor after the date of this Agreement to modify Lease or prepare or modify Warrant documentation not to exceed $3,500.

          (i)       Conflict . In the event of any conflict between the terms and conditions of this Lease Agreement and the terms and conditions of any Equipment Schedule or Rider thereto, the terms and conditions of such Equipment Schedule or Rider shall prevail.

          (j)       Financial Statements . So long as there are amounts due Lessor under this Lease, Lessee hereby agrees to deliver to Lessor or Assignee and any successor assignee a copy of Lessee's: (i) annual audited financial statements within the earlier of (x) the date such audited financial statements are provided to existing investors, and (y) no more than one-hundred and eighty (180) days after the end of its fiscal year unless Lessor consents otherwise in writing; (ii) quarterly unaudited financial statement within sixty (60) days after the end of its fiscal quarter; and (iii) at the request of Lessor, monthly unaudited financial statements within thirty (30) days after the end of each month and other Lessee Reports. Lessee shall notify Lessor within three (3) days of Lessee becoming aware of an Event of Default hereunder or any condition, event, or act which with notice or lapse of time would become an Event of Default hereunder.

          (k)      Surviva l. Any obligation required to be performed by Lessee under this Lease, which by their nature, or expressly survive the termination of this Lease (including, without limitation, the obligations identified in Sections 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10), shall survive the expiration or other termination of this Lease for the period prescribed by applicable law.

          (l)       Use of Information. Lessee shall permit Lessor to list Lessee's name and logo and to describe the transaction contemplated herein in Lessor's marketing materials and to post such information on Lessor's website.


16.   Lease Status; California Finance Lenders Law; Security Interest:

          Lessor and Lessee agree that Article 9 of the UCC governs the terms of this Lease, and this Lease will be deemed a "lease intended as security". This lease intended as security is made pursuant to the California Finance Lenders Law, Division 9 (commencing with Section 22000 of the California Financial Code). Lessor is a California Finance Lender with California Finance Lender's License No. 605-2302. FOR INFORMATION, CONTACT THE DEPARTMENT OF CORPORATIONS, STATE OF CALIFORNIA. Lessee hereby grants to Lessor a security interest pursuant to Article 9 of the UCC as follows (the "Lessor's Lien"):

          LESSOR AND LESSEE AGREE THIS LEASE IS TO BE CONSTRUED TO BE A LEASE INTENDED AS SECURITY, AND LESSEE HEREBY GRANTS TO LESSOR A SECURITY INTEREST IN THE EQUIPMENT AND ANY ATTACHMENTS, ADDITIONS, ACCESSIONS, SUBSTITUTIONS AND REPLACEMENTS THERETO AND LESSEE HEREBY AGREES TO PERMIT LESSOR TO FILE ANY AND ALL UCC FINANCING STATEMENTS REQUIRED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 15(h) HEREOF.

(Remainder of page intentionally left blank)


NO INTEREST IN THE RENT DUE OR THE RIGHTS OF THE LESSOR UNDER ANY LEASE OF EQUIPMENT CAN BE TRANSFERRED BY THE DELIVERY OF POSSESSION OF ANY COUNTERPART OF THIS LEASE AGREEMENT. SUCH AN INTEREST CAN BE TRANSFERRED ONLY BY DELIVERY OF POSSESSION OF THE ORIGINAL SIGNED COUNTERPART NO. 1 OF AN EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE EXECUTED PURSUANT HERETO.

LESSOR:   LESSEE:

ATEL VENTURES, INC.

 

CONVIO, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Partitosh K. Choksi


 

By:

 

/s/ James Offerdahl

Title:

 

Executive Vice President


 

Title:

 

Chief Financial Officer



QuickLinks

ATEL VENTURES, INC. MASTER LEASE AGREEMENT NO. CONVX Dated as of March 15, 2006 (the "Effective Date")

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 10.7.1

FIRST AMENDMENT TO
TO MASTER LEASE AGREEMENT NO. CONVX

        THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO MASTER LEASE AGREEMENT NO. CONVX ("Amendment") is made and entered into as of this 28th day of September, 2006, by and between ATEL Ventures, Inc., a California Corporation, with its principal office at 600 California Street, 6th Floor, San Francisco, CA 94108 ("Lessor") and Convio, Inc. with its principal office at 11921 N. Mopac Expressway, Suite 200, Austin, TX 78759 ("Lessee").

         WHEREAS, Lessor and Lessee have entered into a Master Lease Agreement No.CONVX dated as of March 15, 2006 (each Equipment Schedule as it incorporates the Master Lease Agreement being hereinafter referred to as a "Lease"); and,

         WHEREAS, Lessor and Lessee now desire to amend the Lease as hereinafter set forth.

         NOW THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows: Section 3 (c)) (viii) to change 180 days to 270

        Except as is herein specifically amended, all of the terms, covenants and provisions of each Lease remain in full force and effect.

        All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the same meaning as in each Lease.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment as of the day and year written above.

ATEL Ventures, INC.
("Lessor")
  CONVIO, INC.
("Lessee")

By:

 

/s/ Paritosh K. Choksi


 

By:

 

/s/ James R. Offerdahl
Title:   Executive Vice President

  Title:   Chief Financial Officer



QuickLinks

FIRST AMENDMENT TO TO MASTER LEASE AGREEMENT NO. CONVX

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 10.8

   
   
   
  


LEASE

RREEF Domain, LP,
Landlord,

and

Convio, Inc.,
Tenant

   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  


USE AND RESTRICTIONS ON USE        
TERM        
RENT        
RENT ADJUSTMENTS        
SECURITY DEPOSIT        
ALTERATIONS        
REPAIR        
LIENS        
ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING        
INDEMNIFICATION        
INSURANCE        
WAIVER OF SUBROGATION        
SERVICES AND UTILITIES        
HOLDING OVER        
SUBORDINATION        
RULES AND REGULATIONS        
REENTRY BY LANDLORD        
DEFAULT        
REMEDIES        
TENANTS BANKRUPTCY OR INSOLVENCY        
QUIET ENJOYMENT        
CASUALTY        
EMINENT DOMAIN        
SALE BY LANDLORD        
ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES        
SURRENDER OF PREMISES        
NOTICES        
TAXES PAYABLE BY TENANT        
RELOCATION OF TENANT        
PARKING        
DEFINED TERMS AND HEADINGS        
TENANT'S AUTHORITY        
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND CREDIT REPORTS        
COMMISSIONS        
TIME AND APPLICABLE LAW        
SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS        
ENTIRE AGREEMENT        
EXAMINATION NOT OPTION        
RECORDATION        

iv


LIMITATION OF LANDLORD'S LIABILITY        
EXHIBIT A—FLOOR PLAN DEPICTING THE PREMISES        
EXHIBIT A-1—SITE PLAN        
EXHIBIT A-2—DEPICTION OF THE PROJECT AND LAND (as of the Effective Date)        
EXHIBIT B—INITIAL ALTERATIONS        
EXHIBIT C—COMMENCEMENT DATE MEMORANDUM        
EXHIBIT D—RULES AND REGULATIONS        
EXHIBIT E—RULES AND REGULATIONS        
EXHIBIT F—ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS        
EXHIBIT F-l—DETERMINATION OF MARKET RATE        
EXHIBIT F-2—LOCATION OF MONUMENT SIGN        

v



NET OFFICE LEASE
REFERENCE PAGES

BUILDING:   Building 5, which is located in the Project
PROJECT:   The Domain, which includes the Building, other buildings and related parking facilities and common areas, and is located on the land depicted on Exhibit A-2 attached hereto (the " Land ") (Note: the inclusion of Exhibit A-2 shall not be construed as restricting or prohibiting Landlord's right to alter or modify the Project)
LANDLORD:   RREEF Domain, LP, a Texas limited partnership
LANDLORD'S ADDRESS:   RREEF Domain, LP
c/o Endeavor Real Estate Management, Ltd.
Attn: Ray Zender
P. O. Box 81484
Austin, Texas 78708
Fax No. (512) 821-2432
WIRE INSTRUCTIONS AND/OR ADDRESS FOR RENT PAYMENT:   Wiring Instructions :
The Northern Trust Company, Chicago, IL
ABA #071 000 152
Account name: RREFF Domain LP by RREEF
Management Company
Account Number: 2735628

Address for Payments :
RREEF Domain LP
75 Remittance Drive, Suite 6820
Chicago, IL 60675-6820
LEASE REFERENCE DATE ("EFFECTIVE DATE"):   November 17, 2006
TENANT:   Convio, Inc.
TENANT'S NOTICE ADDRESS:    
        (a) As of beginning of Term:   11400 Burnet Road, Building 5, Suite 200
Austin, Texas 78758
Attn: Jim Offerdahl
CFO & VP Administration
        (b) Prior to beginning of Term (if different):   Convio, Inc.
11921 N. Mopac Expressway, Suite 200
Austin, TX 78759
Attn: Jim Offerdahl
CFO & VP Administration
PREMISES ADDRESS:   11400 Burnet Road, Building 5, Suite Number 200
Austin, Texas 78758
PREMISES RENTABLE AREA:   Approximately 66,731 sq. ft. (for outline of Premises see Exhibit A )

vi


USE:   Only general office use and uses incidentally or customarily related thereto
SCHEDULED COMMENCEMENT DATE:   July 1, 2007
TERM OF LEASE:   Beginning on the Commencement Date and ending on the Expiration Date (as defined below).
EXPIRATION DATE:   The last day of the seventy fifth (75 th ) month after the Commencement Date (as defined below); provided, however, if the Commencement Date is deemed to have occurred on a date other than the first day of a calendar month, the expiration date of the primary term shall be extended so as to give effect to the full term specified above in addition to the remainder of the calendar month during which the Commencement Date is deemed to have occurred
BASIC RENT and MONTHLY INSTALLMENT OF BASIC RENT (Article 3):    
            Rent Abatement Period*   $-0-/square foot ($0.00 per month)
            Months 4**-6   $10.50/square foot/yr. ($58,389.63 per month)
            Months 7-18   $15.00/square food yr. ($83,413.75 per month)
            Months 19-30   $15.50/square foot/ yr. ($86,194.21 per month)
            Months 31-42   $16.00/square foot/ yr. ($88,974.67 per month)
            Months 43-54   $16.50/square foot/ yr. ($91,755.13 per month)
            Months 55-66   $17.00/square foot/ yr. ($94,535.58 per month)
            Months 67-75   $17.50/square foot/ yr. ($97,316.04 per month)
*
The "Rent Abatement Period" is the period commencing on the Commencement Date (as defined in Section 2.1) and ending on the ninetieth (90 th ) day following the Commencement Date (the "Rent Commencement Date").

**
Month 4 is the first (1 st ) full calendar month following the Rent Commencement Date and includes, if applicable, the partial month in which the Rent Commencement Date falls.

BUILDING SQUARE FOOTAGE:   177,843
TENANT'S PROPORTIONATE SHARE OF THE BUILDING:   37.5%
PROJECT SQUARE FOOTAGE:   912,469
TENANT'S PROPORTIONATE SHARE OF THE PROJECT:   7.3%
SECURITY DEPOSIT:   $1,900,000.00
ASSIGNMENT/SUBLETTING FEE   See Section 9.6
REAL ESTATE BROKER DUE COMMISSION:   Commercial Texas, LLC
Endeavor Real Estate Group
See Section 33
TENANT'S SIC CODE:   7371

vii


AMORTIZATION RATE:   9%

LANDLORD:   TENANT:

RREEF DOMAIN, LP, a Texas limited partnership

 

CONVIO, INC.

By:

 

RREEF MANAGEMENT COMPANY a Delaware corporation, Authorized Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Joseph D. Akors


 

By:

 

/s/ Jim Offerdahl
    Name: Joseph Akors   Name: Jim Offerdahl
    Title: Vice President   Title: CFO & VP Administration

Dated: November 17, 2006

 

Dated: November 17, 2006

viii



LEASE

        By this Lease Landlord leases to Tenant and Tenant leases from Landlord the Premises in the Building as set forth and described on the Reference Pages. The Premises are depicted on the floor plan attached hereto as Exhibit A , and the Building is depicted on the site plan attached hereto as Exhibit A-1 . The Reference Pages, including all terms defined thereon, are incorporated as part of this Lease.

1.      USE AND RESTRICTIONS ON USE.

        1.1   The Premises are to be used solely for the purposes set forth in the Reference Pages. Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done in or about the Premises which will in any way obstruct or interfere with the rights of other tenants or occupants of the Building or injure, annoy, or disturb them, or allow the Premises to be used for any improper, unlawful, or objectionable purpose, or commit any waste. Tenant shall not do, permit or suffer in, on, or about the Premises the sale of any alcoholic liquor without the written consent of Landlord first obtained. Tenant shall comply with all governmental laws, ordinances and regulations applicable to the use of the Premises and its occupancy and shall promptly comply with all governmental orders and directions for the correction, prevention and abatement of any violations in the Building or appurtenant land, caused or permitted by, or resulting from the specific use by, Tenant, or in or upon, or in connection with, the Premises, all at Tenant's sole expense. Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done on or about the Premises or bring or keep anything into the Premises which will in any way increase the rate of, invalidate or prevent the procuring of any insurance protecting against loss or damage to the Building or any of its contents by fire or other casualty or against liability for damage to property or injury to persons in or about the Building or any part thereof.

        1.2   Tenant shall not, and shall not direct, suffer or permit any of its agents, contractors, employees, licensees or invitees (collectively, the "Tenant Entities") to at any time handle, use, manufacture, store or dispose of in or about the Premises or the Building any (collectively "Hazardous Materials") flammables, explosives, radioactive materials, hazardous wastes or materials, toxic wastes or materials, or other similar substances, petroleum products or derivatives or any substance subject to regulation by or under any federal, state and local laws and ordinances relating to the protection of the environment or the keeping, use or disposition of environmentally hazardous materials, substances, or wastes, presently in effect or hereafter adopted, all amendments to any of them, and all rules and regulations issued pursuant to any of such laws or ordinances (collectively "Environmental Laws"), nor shall Tenant suffer or permit any hazardous Materials to be used in any manner not fully in compliance with all Environmental Laws in the Premises or cause any Hazardous Materials to be used in any manner not fully in compliance with all Environmental Laws in the Building and appurtenant land or cause the environment to become contaminated with any Hazardous Materials. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may handle, store, use or dispose of products containing small quantities of Hazardous Materials (such as aerosol cans containing insecticides, toner for copiers, paints, paint remover and the like) to the extent customary and necessary for the use of the Premises for general office purposes; provided that Tenant shall always handle, store, use, and dispose of any such Hazardous Materials in a safe and lawful manner and never allow such Hazardous Materials to contaminate the Premises, Building and appurtenant land or the environment. Tenant shall protect, defend, indemmify and hold each and all of the Landlord Entities (as defined in Article 31) harmless from and against any and all loss, claims, liability or costs (including court costs and attorney's fees) incurred by reason of any actual or asserted failure of Tenant to fully comply with all applicable Environmental Laws, or the presence, handling, use or disposition in or from the Premises of any Hazardous Materials by Tenant or any Tenant Entity (even though permissible under all applicable Environmental Laws or the provisions of this Lease), or by reason of any actual or asserted failure of Tenant to keep, observe, or perform any provision of this Section 1.2.

1


        1.3   Tenant and the Tenant Entities will be entitled to the non-exclusive use of the common areas of the Building as they exist from time to time during the Term, including the parking facilities, subject to Landlord's rules and regulations regarding such use which shall be reasonably consistently applied to all tenants of the Building and subject to the terms contained in Exhibit E attached hereto.

        1.4   The rentable area of the Premises is hereby stipulated for all purposes hereof to be as set forth in the Reference Pages, whether the same should be more or less as a result of minor variations resulting from actual construction and completion of the Premises or the Building.

2.      TERM .

        2.1   The Term of this Lease shall begin on the date ("Commencement Date") which shall be the later of the Scheduled Commencement Date as shown on the Reference Pages and the first (1 st ) Monday following the date that Landlord shall tender possession of the Premises to Tenant, and shall terminate on the date as shown on the Reference Pages ("Termination Date"), unless sooner terminated by the provisions of this Lease. Landlord shall tender possession of the Premises with all the work, if any, to be performed by Landlord pursuant to Exhibit B to this Lease substantially completed. Tenant shall deliver a punch list of items not completed within thirty (30) days after Landlord tenders possession of the Premises and Landlord agrees to proceed with due diligence to perform its obligations regarding such items. Tenant shall, at Landlord's request, execute and deliver a memorandum agreement provided by Landlord in the form of Exhibit C attached hereto, setting forth the actual Commencement Date, Termination Date and, if necessary, a revised rent schedule. Should Tenant fail to do so within thirty (30) days after Landlord's request including a written notification outlining any reasons why such actual Commencement Date or Termination Date or the rent schedule shall be revised, the information set forth in such memorandum provided by Landlord shall be conclusively presumed to be agreed and correct.

        2.2   Tenant agrees that in the event of the inability of Landlord to deliver possession of the Premises on the Scheduled Commencement Date for any reason, Landlord shall not be liable for any damage resulting from such inability, but Tenant shall not be liable for any rent until the time when Landlord can, after notice to Tenant, deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant. No such failure to give possession on the Scheduled Commencement Date shall affect the other obligations of Tenant under this Lease, except that if Landlord is unable to deliver possession of the Premises within ninety (90) days after the Scheduled Commencement Date (other than as a result of strikes, shortages of materials or similar matters beyond the reasonable control of Landlord and Tenant is notified by Landlord in writing as to such delay), Tenant shall have the option to terminate this Lease except to the extent that said delay is as a result of: (a) Tenant's failure to agree to plans and specifications and/or construction cost estimates or bids; (b) Tenant's request for materials, finishes or installations other than Landlord's standard except those, if any, that Landlord shall have expressly agreed to furnish without extension of time agreed by Landlord; (c) Tenant's change in any plans or specifications; or, (d) performance or completion by a party employed by Tenant (each of the foregoing, a "Tenant Delay"). If any delay is the result of a Tenant Delay, the Commencement Date and the payment of rent under this Lease shall be accelerated by the number of days of such Tenant Delay.

        2.3   In the event Landlord permits Tenant, or any agent, employee or contractor of Tenant, to enter, use or occupy the Premises prior to the Commencement Date, such entry, use or occupancy shall be subject to all the provisions of this Lease other than the payment of rent, including, without limitation, Tenant's compliance with the insurance requirements of Article 11. Said early possession shall not advance the Termination Date.

2


3.      RENT .

        3.1   In consideration of this Lease, Tenant promises and agrees to pay Landlord the Adjusted Rental, which is the sum of the monthly Basic Rent and the monthly Estimated Component Charges and Taxes and the Estimated Monthly Utility Escrow Payment (as such terms are defined in Article 4 below) (subject to adjustment as hereinafter provided).

Adjusted Rental shall be payable without demand and without deduction or setoff, for each month of the entire Lease Term as follows:

         If the Rent Commencement Date falls on first (1 st ) day of a calendar month, then:

         If the Rent Commencement Date falls on any day other than the first (1 st ) day of a calendar month, then :

During the Rent Abatement Period, Component Charges shall be abated.

During the Rent Abatement Period, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the Estimated Monthly Utility Escrow on or before the first (1 st ) day of the applicable calendar month.

If an Event of Default occurs, Landlord may require by written notice to Tenant that all subsequent rent payments be made by an automatic payment from Tenant's bank account to Landlord's account, without cost to Landlord. Tenant must implement such automatic payment system within ten (10) business days after Landlord's notice. Unless specified in this Lease to the contrary, all amounts and sums payable by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to this Lease shall be deemed additional rent.

        3.2   Tenant recognizes that late payment of any rent or other sum due under this Lease will result in administrative expense to Landlord, the extent of which additional expense is extremely difficult and economically impractical to ascertain. Tenant therefore agrees that if rent or any other sum is not paid when due and payable pursuant to this Lease, a late charge shall be imposed in an amount equal to the greater of: (a) Fifty Dollars ($50.00), or (b) five percent (5%) of the unpaid rent or other payment. The amount of the late charge to be paid by Tenant shall be reassessed and added to Tenant's obligation for each successive month until paid. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall provide written notice to Tenant two (2) times [and only two (2) times] during the Lease Term and, so long as Tenant pays amounts owed within five (5) business days following Tenant's receipt of such notice from

3



Landlord, no late charge shall be due. The provisions of this Section 3.1 in no way relieve Tenant of the obligation to pay rent or other payments on or before the date on which they are due, nor do the terms of this Section 3.1 in any way affect Landlord's remedies pursuant to Article 19 of this Lease in the event said rent or other payment is unpaid after date due.

4.      RENT ADJUSTMENTS .

        4.1   For the purpose of this Article 4, the following terms are defined as follows:

4


Increases in Controllable Component Charges (defined below) shall not exceed seven percent (7%) per annum on a cumulative compounding basis. Controllable Component Charges means all costs which are Component Costs other than those related to utilities, real estate taxes and/or insurance.

        4.2   Tenant shall pay as additional rent for each Lease Year Tenant's Proportionate Share of Component Charges and Taxes incurred for such Lease Year.

        4.3   The annual determination of Component Charges shall be made by Landlord prior to the beginning of each Lease Year, and shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant, subject to the provisions of this Section 4.3. During the Term, Tenant may review, at Tenant's sole cost and expense, the books and records supporting such determination in an office of Landlord, or Landlord's agent, during normal business hours, upon giving Landlord five (5) days advance written notice within one-hundred fifty (150) days after receipt of such determination, but in no event more often than once in any one (1) year period, subject to execution of a confidentiality agreement reasonably acceptable to Landlord, and provided that if Tenant utilizes an independent accountant to perform such review it shall be one of national standing which is reasonably acceptable to Landlord, is not compensated on a contingency basis and is also subject to such confidentiality agreement. If Tenant fails to object to Landlord's determination of Component Charges within one-hundred fifty (150) days after receipt, or if any such objection fails to state with specificity the reason for the objection, Tenant shall be deemed to have approved such determination and shall have no further right to object to or contest such determination. In the event that during all or any portion of any Lease Year or Base Year, the Building is not fully rented and occupied Landlord shall make an appropriate adjustment in occupancy-related Component Charges for such year for the purpose of avoiding distortion of the amount of such Component Charges to be attributed to Tenant by reason of variation in total occupancy of the Building, by employing consistent and sound accounting and management principles to determine Component Charges that would have been paid or incurred by Landlord had the Building been at least one-hundred percent (100%) rented and occupied, and the amount so determined shall be deemed to have been Component Charges for such Lease Year. Except for any management/administrative fee, Landlord shall not collect from the Tenant/tenants of the Building for any Lease Year more than the actual costs incurred by Landlord for such Lease Year.

        4.4   Prior to the actual determination thereof for a Lease Year, Landlord may from time to time (but no more than twice during any given Lease Year) estimate Tenant's liability for Component Charges and/or Taxes under Section 4.1.3, Article 5 and Article 27 for the Lease Year or portion thereof. Landlord will give Tenant written notification of the amount of such estimate and Tenant agrees that it will pay, by increase of its Monthly Installments of Adjusted Rental due in such Lease Year, additional rent in the amount of such estimate. Any such increased rate of Monthly Installments

5



of Adjusted Rental pursuant to this Section 4.4 shall remain in effect until further written notification to Tenant pursuant hereto.

        4.5   When the above mentioned actual determination of Tenant's liability for Component Charges and/or Taxes is made for any Lease Year and when Tenant is so notified in writing, then:

        4.6   If the Commencement Date is other than January I or if the Termination Date is other than December 31, Tenant's liability for Component Charges and Taxes for the Lease Year in which said Date occurs shall be prorated based upon a three hundred sixty-five (365) day year.

        4.7    Estimated Monthly Utility Escrow Payment : Landlord shall make a good faith estimate of the cost of Tenant's annual consumption of electricity, water and wastewater in the Premises for each calendar year (or portion thereof) during the term of the Lease which is separately submetered (except for water and wastewater). On or before December 15 of each year during the term of the Lease, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a statement of such estimate, such statement to include notice of an amount equal to one-twelfth ( 1 / 12 ) of such estimate (the "Estimated Monthly Utility Escrow Payment"). The Estimated Monthly Utility Escrow Payment shall be paid by Tenant pursuant to Article 3 of this Lease and shall be subject to adjustment pursuant to Paragraph 4.7.1 below.

6


5.     SECURITY DEPOSIT/LETTER OF CREDIT .    Tenant shall deposit the Security Deposit with Landlord upon the execution of this Lease. Said sum shall be held by Landlord as security for the faithful performance by Tenant of all the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease to be kept and performed by Tenant and not as an advance rental deposit or as a measure of Landlord's damage in case of Tenant's default. If Tenant defaults with respect to any provision of this Lease, Landlord may use any part of the Security Deposit for the payment of any rent or any other sum in default, or for the payment of any amount which Landlord may spend or become obligated to spend by reason of Tenant's default, or to compensate Landlord for any other loss or damage which Landlord may suffer by reason of Tenant's default. If any portion is so used, Tenant shall within five (5) business days after written demand therefor, deposit with Landlord an amount sufficient to restore the Security Deposit to its original amount and Tenant's failure to do so shall be a material breach of this Lease. Except to such extent, if any, as shall be required by law, Landlord shall not be required to keep the Security Deposit separate from its general funds, and Tenant shall not be entitled to interest on such deposit. If Tenant shall fully and faithfully perform every provision of this Lease to be performed by it, the Security Deposit or any balance thereof shall be returned to Tenant at such time after termination of this Lease when Landlord shall have determined that all of Tenant's obligations under this Lease have been fulfilled but in no event later than thirty (30) days following the termination of the Lease.

        In lieu of the cash Security Deposit, Tenant may cause to be issued and delivered to Landlord, within three (3) business days after the Effective Date of this Lease, an irrevocable stand-by letter(s) of credit in the amount of $1,900,000.00 (whether one or more, the " Letter of Credit "), which shall be held and/or applied by Landlord in accordance with this Section; however, the Letter of Credit is not an advance rental deposit or a measure of Landlord's damages for an event of default (as described in the Lease). The Letter of Credit shall name Landlord as beneficiary and be issued by a bank acceptable to Landlord and shall otherwise be in such form and contain such terms as are acceptable to Landlord, and shall expire no earlier than the thirtieth (30 th ) day following the Expiration Date. If the Letter of Credit is to be a series of Letters of Credit, for a one year term each, then each such Letter of Credit will contain a provision whereby Landlord may draw on the Letter of Credit if it is not replaced or renewed as required at least thirty (30) days prior to its expiration date. Upon an Event of Default by Tenant with respect to any provision of this Lease requiring the payment of money by Tenant to Landlord (a "Monetary Event of Default"), Landlord may, in addition to all other rights and remedies afforded Landlord hereunder or by law, cash the Letter of Credit (or any portion thereof) and use and hold the same as a cash security deposit, which shall include the right to use any portion thereof to satisfy Tenant's unperformed obligations hereunder, without prejudice to any of Landlord's other remedies. Upon any Event of Default by Tenant which is not a Monetary Event of Default, if Landlord elects to spend money in connection with curing such Event of Default as provided in this Lease, then Landlord may, in addition to all other rights and remedies afforded Landlord hereunder or by law, draw on the Letter of Credit, but only in an amount reasonably necessary (or anticipated by Landlord to be reasonably necessary) to cover the costs incurred by Landlord in connection with curing such Event of Default. If so used, Tenant shall pay Landlord an amount that will restore the Letter of Credit to its original amount upon request. The Letter of Credit (as the same may have been reduced in accordance with the terms hereof) will be returned to Tenant within thirty (30) days after the end of the Lease Term, provided that Tenant has fully and timely performed its obligations hereunder throughout the Lease Term. If Landlord sells its interest in the Building, the Letter of Credit shall be transferred to such purchaser, and Tenant hereby agrees to cooperate in effectuating any such transfer.

        Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as no Event of Default then (as of the scheduled date of reduction) exists, (a) the amount of the Letter of Credit shall be reduced by fifteen percent (15%) of the original amount of the Letter of Credit on the date which is the last day of Month 28 of the Lease Term; (b) the amount of the Letter of Credit shall be reduced by fifteen percent (15%) of the original amount of the Letter of Credit on the date which is the last day of Month 40 of the Lease Term; (c) the amount of the Letter of Credit shall be reduced by fifteen percent (15%) of the original

7



amount of the Letter of Credit on the date which is the last day of Month 52 of the Lease Term; and (d) the amount of the Letter of Credit shall be reduced by fifteen percent (15%) of the original amount of the Letter of Credit on the date which is the last day of Month 64 of the Lease Term (the "Last LoC Reduction Date").

        Further notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as no Event of Default then exists, if Tenant's stock becomes listed on a public stock exchange and Tenant has provided evidence reasonably satisfactory to Landlord that Tenant has raised a minimum of $40,000,000.00 through the sale of Tenant's stock, then the amount of the Letter of Credit shall be reduced to an amount equal to the sum of (i) the then amount of unamortized Allowance (as defined in Exhibit B attached hereto) [amortized over the period commencing on the Rent Commencement Date and ending on the expiration date of the initial Lease Term using a straight-line method and an annual interest rate equal to nine percent (9%)] plus (ii) an amount equal to four (4) monthly installments of Adjusted Rental (as measured on the Last LoC Reduction Date); provided, however, that the reduction in the amount of the Letter of Credit as provided in this paragraph shall in no event occur prior to Month 28 of the Lease Term.

6.      ALTERATIONS .

        6.1   Except for those, if any, specifically provided for in Exhibit B to this Lease, Tenant shall not make or suffer to be made any alterations, additions, or improvements, including, but not limited to, the attachment of any fixtures or equipment in, on, or to the Premises or any part thereof or the making of any improvements as required by Article 7, without the prior written consent of Landlord. When applying for such consent, Tenant shall, if requested by Landlord, furnish complete plans and specifications for such alterations, additions and improvements. Landlord's consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned with respect to alterations which (i) are not structural in nature, (ii) are not visible from the exterior of the Building, (iii) do not affect or require modification of the Building's electrical, mechanical, plumbing, HVAC or other systems, and (iv) in aggregate do not cost more than $50,000.00.

        6.2   In the event Landlord consents to the making of any such alteration, addition or improvement by Tenant, the same shall be made by using either Landlord's contractor or a contractor reasonably approved by Landlord, in either event at Tenant's sole cost and expense. If Tenant shall employ any contractor other than Landlord's contractor and such other contractor or any subcontractor of such other contractor shall employ any non-union labor or supplier, Tenant shall be responsible for and hold Landlord harmless from any and all delays, damages and extra costs suffered by Landlord as a result of any dispute with any labor unions concerning the wage, hours, terms or conditions of the employment of any such labor. In any event Landlord may charge Tenant a construction management fee not to exceed five percent (5%) of the cost of such work to cover its overhead as it relates to such proposed work, plus reasonable third-party costs actually incurred by Landlord in connection with the proposed work and the design thereof, with all such amounts being due five (5) days after Landlord's demand; provided, however, that such construction management fee and third-party costs shall not apply in the event any such alteration, addition or improvement by Tenant is strictly cosmetic (i.e. painting and/or carpet).

        6.3   All alterations, additions or improvements proposed by Tenant shall be constructed in accordance with all government laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, using Building standard materials where applicable, and Tenant shall, prior to construction, provide the additional insurance required under Article 11 in such case, and also all such assurances to Landlord as Landlord shall reasonably require to assure payment of the costs thereof, including but not limited to, notices of non-responsibility, waivers of lien, surety company performance bonds and funded construction escrows and to protect Landlord and the Building and appurtenant land against any loss from any mechanic's, materialmen's or other liens. Tenant shall pay in addition to any sums due pursuant to Article 4, any increase in real estate taxes attributable to any such alteration, addition or improvement for so long, during the Term, as such increase is ascertainable to be a direct result of Tenant's alterations, additions, or improvements; at Landlord's election said sums shall be paid in the same way as sums due under Article 4.

8


7.      REPAIR .

        7.1   Landlord shall have no obligation to alter, remodel, improve, repair, decorate or paint the Premises, except as specified in Exhibit B if attached to this Lease and except that Landlord shall repair and maintain the structural portions of the roof, foundation and walls of the Building. By taking possession of the Premises, Tenant accepts them as being in good order, condition and repair and in the condition in which Landlord is obligated to deliver them, except as set forth in the punch list to be delivered pursuant to Section 2.1. It is hereby understood and agreed that no representations respecting the condition of the Premises or the Building have been made by Landlord to Tenant, except as specifically set forth in this Lease.

        7.2   Except for the items to be repaired, replaced or maintained by Landlord pursuant to Section 7.1 above, Tenant shall, at all times during the Term, keep the Premises in good condition and repair excepting damage by fire, or other casualty, and in compliance with all applicable governmental laws, ordinances and regulations, promptly complying with all governmental orders and directives for the correction, prevention and abatement of any violations or nuisances in or upon, or connected with, the Premises, all at Tenant's sole expense.

        7.3   Except as otherwise provided in this Lease, Landlord shall not be liable for any failure to make any repairs or to perform any maintenance unless such failure shall persist for an unreasonable time after written notice to Landlord of the need of such repairs or maintenance is given to Landlord by Tenant.

        7.4   Except as provided in this Lease, there shall be no abatement of rent and no liability of Landlord by reason of any injury to or interference with Tenant's business arising from the making of any repairs, alterations or improvements in or to any portion of the Building or the Premises or to fixtures, appurtenances and equipment in the Building. Except to the extent, if any, prohibited by law, and except to the extent provided in this Lease, Tenant waives the right to make repairs at Landlord's expense under any law, statute or ordinance now or hereafter in effect.

8.     LIENS .    Tenant shall keep the Premises, the Building and appurtenant land and Tenant's leasehold interest in the Premises free from any liens arising out of any services, work or materials performed, furnished, or contracted for by Tenant, or obligations incurred by Tenant. In the event that Tenant fails, within ten (10) days following the imposition of any such lien, to either cause the same to be released of record or provide Landlord with insurance against the same issued by a major title insurance company or such other protection against the same as Landlord shall accept (such failure to constitute an Event of Default), Landlord shall have the right to cause the same to be released by such means as it shall deem proper, including payment of the claim giving rise to such lien. All such sums paid by Landlord and all expenses incurred by it in connection therewith shall be payable to it by Tenant within ten (10) days of Landlord's written demand.

9.      ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING .

        9.1   Tenant shall not have the right to assign or pledge this Lease or to sublet the whole or any part of the Premises whether voluntarily or by operation of law, or permit the use or occupancy of the Premises by anyone other than Tenant, and shall not make, suffer or permit such assignment, subleasing or occupancy without the prior written consent of Landlord, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned and said restrictions shall be binding upon any and all assignees of the Lease and subtenants of the Premises. In the event Tenant desires to sublet, or permit such occupancy of, the Premises, or any portion thereof, or assign this Lease, Tenant shall give written notice thereof to Landlord at least thirty (30) days but no more than three hundred sixty (360) days prior to the proposed commencement date of such subletting or assignment, which notice shall set forth the name of the proposed subtenant or assignee, the relevant terms of any sublease or assignment and copies of financial reports and other relevant financial information of the proposed subtenant or

9


assignee. Subject to Landlord's right to recapture as set forth in Section 9.3 below, Landlord shall give Tenant written notice of Landlord's approval or disapproval within fifteen (15) days following Landlord's receipt of Tenant's written notice as required above.

        9.2   Notwithstanding any assignment or subletting, permitted or otherwise, Tenant shall at all times remain directly, primarily and fully responsible and liable for the payment of the rent specified in this Lease and for compliance with all of its other obligations under the terms, provisions and covenants of this Lease. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, if the Premises or any part of them are then assigned or sublet, Landlord, in addition to any other remedies provided in this Lease or provided by law, may, at its option, collect directly from such assignee or subtenant all rents due and becoming due to Tenant under such assignment or sublease and apply such rent against any sums due to Landlord from Tenant under this Lease, and no such collection shall be construed to constitute a novation or release of Tenant from the further performance of Tenant's obligations under this Lease.

        9.3   In addition to Landlord's right to approve of any subtenant or assignee, Landlord shall have the option, in its sole discretion, in the event of any proposed subletting or assignment, to terminate this Lease, or in the case of a proposed subletting of less than the entire Premises, to recapture the portion of the Premises to be sublet, as of the date the subletting or assignment is to be effective; provide, however, that Landlord's right to recapture the portion of the Premises to be sublet shall only be applicable to subleases which have a term which is longer than seventy five percent (75%) of the then (on the effective date of such sublease) remaining term of the Lease (excluding the Renewal Term, unless the renewal option has been exercised). The option shall be exercised, if at all, by Landlord giving Tenant written notice given by Landlord to Tenant within fifteen (15) days following Landlord's receipt of Tenant's written notice as required above. However, if Tenant notifies Landlord, within five (5) days after receipt of Landlord's termination notice, that Tenant is rescinding its proposed assignment or sublease, the termination notice shall be void and the Lease shall continue in full force and effect. If this Lease shall be terminated with respect to the entire Premises pursuant to this Section, the Term of this Lease shall end on the date stated in Tenant's notice as the effective date of the sublease or assignment as if that date had been originally fixed in this Lease for the expiration of the Term. If Landlord recaptures under this Section only a portion of the Premises, the rent to be paid from time to time during the unexpired Term shall abate proportionately based on the proportion by which the approximate square footage of the remaining portion of the Premises shall be less than that of the Premises as of the date immediately prior to such recapture. Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against all loss, damage, cost and expense (including reasonable attorneys' fees) suffered by Landlord as a result of any outstanding commission obligation which may be due and owing as a result of any proposed assignment or subletting, whether or not the Premises are recaptured pursuant to this Section 9.3 and rented by Landlord to the proposed tenant or any other tenant.

        9.4   In the event that Tenant sells, sublets, assigns or transfers this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as additional rent an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of any Increased Rent (as defined below), less the Costs Component (as defined below), when and as such Increased Rent is received by Tenant. As used in this Section, "Increased Rent" shall mean the excess of (i) all rent and other consideration which Tenant is entitled to receive by reason of any sale, sublease, assignment or other transfer of this Lease, over (ii) the rent otherwise payable by Tenant under this Lease at such time. For purposes of the foregoing, any consideration received by Tenant in form other than cash shall be valued at its fair market value as determined by Landlord in good faith. The "Costs Component" is that amount which, if paid monthly, would fully amortize on a straight-line basis, over the entire period for which Tenant is to receive Increased Rent, the reasonable costs incurred by Tenant for costs incurred including but not limited to leasing commissions, tenant improvements, legal costs, any free rent or Tenant Improvements provided and other concessions in connection with such sublease, assignment or other transfer.

10


        9.5   Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, it shall be considered reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent to any assignment of this Lease or sublease of any portion of the Premises if at the time of either Tenant's notice of the proposed assignment or sublease or the proposed commencement date thereof, there shall exist any Event of Default of Tenant or matter which will become a default of Tenant with passage of time unless cured (but only if Tenant has received written notice of such matter), or if the proposed assignee or sublessee is an entity: (a) with which Landlord is already in negotiation [as used herein, "in negotiation" shall mean that Landlord has submitted a bona fide proposal to such proposed assignee or sublessee within the one hundred twenty (120) day period prior to Landlord's receipt of Tenant's notice of the proposed assignment or sublease]; (b) is already an occupant of the Building unless Landlord is unable to provide the amount of space required by such occupant; (c) is a governmental agency; (d) is incompatible with the character of occupancy of the Building in Landlord's commercially reasonable judgment; (e) with which the payment for the sublease or assignment is determined in whole or in part based upon its net income or profits; or (f) would subject the Premises to a use which would: (i) involve increased personnel or wear upon the Building; (ii) violate any exclusive right granted to another tenant of the Building; (iii) require any addition to or modification of the Premises or the Building in order to comply with building code or other governmental requirements; or, (iv) involve a violation of Section 1.2. Tenant expressly agrees that for the purposes of any statutory or other requirement of reasonableness on the part of Landlord, Landlord's refusal to consent to any assignment or sublease for any of the reasons described in this Section 9.5, shall be conclusively deemed to be reasonable.

        9.6   Upon any request to assign or sublet, Tenant will pay to Landlord the Assignment/Subletting Fee (as defined below), regardless of whether Landlord shall consent to, refuse consent, or determine that Landlord's consent is not required for, such assignment, pledge or sublease. Any purported sale, assignment, mortgage, transfer of this Lease or subletting which does not comply with the provisions of this Article 9 shall be void. The Assignment/Subletting Fee shall be equal to Landlord's reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, including, without limitation, Landlord's legal fees and administrative expenses, incurred by Landlord in connection with such assignment or sublease (such administrative expenses not to exceed Five Hundred and No/100 Dollars ($500.00) per request).

        9.7   If Tenant is a corporation, limited liability company, partnership or trust, any transfer or transfers of or change or changes within any twelve (12) month period in the number of the outstanding voting shares of the corporation or limited liability company, the general partnership interests in the partnership or the identity of the persons or entities controlling the activities of such partnership or trust resulting in the persons or entities owning or controlling a majority of such shares, partnership interests or activities of such partnership or trust at the beginning of such period no longer having such ownership or control shall be regarded as equivalent to an assignment of this Lease to the persons or entities acquiring such ownership or control and shall be subject to all the provisions of this Article 9 to the same extent and for all intents and purposes as though such an assignment.

        9.8   Notwithstanding anything contained in this Lease, Tenant may enter into any of the following transfers (a "Permitted Transfer") without Landlord's prior written consent, but with notice to Landlord prior to the effective date of any such Permitted Transfer:

11


10.     INDEMNIFICATION .    None of the Landlord Entities shall be liable and Tenant hereby waives all claims against them for any damage to any property or any injury to any person in or about the Premises or the Building by or from any cause whatsoever (including without limiting the foregoing, rain or water leakage of any character from the roof, windows, walls, basement, pipes, plumbing works or appliances, the Building not being in good condition or repair, gas, fire, oil, electricity or theft), except to the extent caused by or arising from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its agents, employees or contractors. Tenant shall protect, indemnify and hold the Landlord Entities harmless from and against any and all loss, claims, liability or costs (including court costs and attorney's fees) incurred by reason of (a) any damage to any property (including but not limited to property of any Landlord Entity) or any injury (including but not limited to death) to any person occurring in, on or about the Premises or the Building to the extent that such injury or damage shall be caused by or arise from any actual or alleged act, neglect, fault, or omission by or of Tenant or any Tenant Entity to meet any standards imposed by any duty with respect to the injury or damage; (b) the conduct or management of any work or thing whatsoever done by the Tenant in or about the Premises or from transactions of the Tenant concerning the Premises; (c) Tenant's failure to comply with any and all governmental laws, ordinances and regulations applicable to the condition or use of the Premises or its occupancy; or (d) any breach or default on the part of Tenant in the performance of any covenant or agreement on the part of the Tenant to be performed pursuant to this Lease. The provisions of this Article shall survive the termination of this Lease with respect to any claims or liability accruing prior to such termination. Landlord represents that the Building and Project will be maintained in a first class manner.

11.    INSURANCE .

        11.1 Tenant shall keep in force throughout the Term: (a) a Commercial General Liability insurance policy or policies to protect the Landlord Entities against any liability to the public or to any invitee of Tenant or a Landlord Entity incidental to the use of or resulting from any accident occurring in or upon the Premises with a limit of not less than $1,000,000 per occurrence and not less than $2,000,000 in the annual aggregate, or such larger amount as Landlord may reasonably require from time to time, covering bodily injury and property damage liability and $1,000,000 products/completed operations aggregate; (b) Business Auto Liability covering owned, non-owned and hired vehicles with a limit of not less than $1,000,000 per accident; (c) insurance protecting against liability under Worker's Compensation Laws to the extent required by statute with Employers Liability with limits of $500,000 each accident, $500,000 disease policy limit, $500,000 disease—each employee; (d) All Risk or Special Form coverage protecting Tenant against loss of or damage to Tenant's alterations, additions, improvements, carpeting, floor coverings, panelings, decorations, fixtures, inventory and other business personal property situated in or about the Premises to the full replacement value of the property so insured; and, (e) Business Interruption Insurance with limit of liability representing loss of at least approximately six (6) months of income.

12


        11.2 The policies described in Section 11.1 shall (a) be provided at Tenant's expense; (b) name the Landlord Entities as additional insureds (General Liability) and loss payee (Property-Special Form); (c) be issued by an insurance company with a minimum Best's rating of "A-:VIl" during the Term; and (d) provide that said insurance shall not be canceled unless thirty (30) days prior written notice (ten days for non-payment of premium) shall have been given to Landlord; a certificate of Liability insurance on ACORD Form 25 and a certificate of Property insurance on ACORD Form 27 shall be delivered to Landlord by Tenant upon the Commencement Date and at least thirty (30) days prior to each renewal of said insurance.

        11.3 Whenever Tenant shall undertake any alterations, additions or improvements in, to or about the Premises ("Work") the aforesaid insurance protection must extend to and include injuries to persons and damage to property arising in connection with such Work, without limitation including liability under any applicable structural work act, and such other insurance as Landlord shall require; and the policies of or certificates evidencing such insurance must be delivered to Landlord prior to the commencement of any such Work.

        11.4 Throughout the Term of this Lease, Landlord shall maintain (a) a policy or policies of insurance covering "all risks" perils to the extent of one hundred percent (100%) of the insurable value of the [Building], and (b) a Commercial General Liability insurance policy or policies covering the [Building] and any areas adjacent thereto with a limit of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) per occurrence and not less that Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00) in the annual aggregate.

        11.5 Subject to the waivers of subrogation required in Article 12 below, it is the intent of both parties to this Lease that all insurance, primary and umbrella, purchased by Tenant in compliance with this Lease, will be primary to any other insurance owned, secured, or in place by Landlord, which insurance shall not be called upon by Tenant's insurer to contribute in any way. Tenant shall secure endorsements to this effect from all insurers of such policies.

12.     WAIVER OF SUBROGATION .    So long as their respective insurers so permit, Tenant and Landlord hereby mutually waive their respective rights of recovery against each other for any loss insured by fire, extended coverage, All Risks or other insurance now or hereafter existing for the benefit of the respective party but only to the extent of the net insurance proceeds payable under such policies. Each party shall obtain any special endorsements required by their insurer to evidence compliance with the aforementioned waiver.

13.    SERVICES AND UTILITIES .

        To the extent not already included in Estimated Monthly Utility Escrow Payments, Tenant shall pay for all water, gas, heat, light, power, telephone, sewer and other utilities and services used on or from the Premises, together with any taxes, penalties, and surcharges or the like pertaining thereto and any maintenance charges for utilities. Tenant shall furnish all electric light bulbs, tubes and ballasts, battery packs for emergency lighting and fire extinguishers. If any such services are not separately metered or submetered to Tenant and to the extent not already included in Estimated Monthly Utility Escrow Payments, Tenant shall pay its proportionate share of all charges such as jointly metered with other premises as determined by Landlord, in its reasonable discretion. Any such charges paid by Landlord and assessed against Tenant shall be immediately payable to Landlord on demand and shall be additional rent hereunder to the extent not already included in Estimated Monthly Utility Escrow Payments. Tenant will not, without the written consent of Landlord, contract with a utility provider to service the Premises with any utility, including, but not limited to, telecommunications, electricity, water, sewer or gas, which is not previously providing such service to other tenants in the Building. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall be responsible for contracting directly with the provider of steam, chilled water, and compressed air to the Premises. Tenant, as part of Tenant's Work (as defined

13



in Exhibit B attached hereto), shall install metering device(s) to determine (a) the amount of electricity (including HVAC electricity) consumed at the Premises, and (b) the amount of water consumed at the Premises, all such metering device(s) to be per Landlord's reasonable specifications. Except for activities within its reasonable control, Landlord shall in no event be liable for any interruption or failure of utility services on or to the Premises. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, in the event of any interruption of services which (i) render all or any portion of the Premises unatainable and (ii) are within Landlord's reasonable control to cure, Tenant shall have, as its sole and exclusive remedy, the right to (1) an abatement of rent for the affected portion of the Premises if such services are interrupted for more than three (3) consecutive business days after Landlord's receipt of written notice from Tenant of such interruption of material services and (2) terminate the Lease if such services are interrupted to 50% or more of the Premises for more than thirty (30) days after Landlord's receipt of written notice from Tenant of such interruption of material services, so long as such notice of termination is received by Landlord prior to restoration of such service.

        Further and notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Landlord shall have the right to have two (2) planned, seventy-two (72) hour continuous shutdowns of one or more of said services during each calendar year of the Lease Term at times to be mutually agreed upon in good faith by both parties at least forty-five (45) days prior to each shutdown date. If, however, the parties do not agree on a planned shutdown within thirty (30) days after notice to Tenant of Landlord's planned shutdown date, the shutdown may be scheduled, by Landlord in its sole discretion during the Memorial Day and Labor Day weekends by notice from Landlord to Tenant not later than thirty (30) days prior to the scheduled shutdown. If additional shutdowns should, in Landlord's sole judgment, be required for maintenance, alterations, replacements or improvements, Landlord and Tenant shall negotiate in good faith to mutually agree upon the times and duration of any additional shutdown.

14.     HOLDING OVER .    Tenant shall pay Landlord for each day Tenant retains possession of the Premises or part of them after termination of this Lease by lapse of time or otherwise at the rate ("Holdover Rate") which shall be One Hundred Fifty Percent (150%) of the amount of the Adjusted Rental for the last period prior to the date of such termination, prorated on a daily basis, and also pay all damages sustained by Landlord by reason of such retention; provided, however, that Landlord shall not be entitled to receive from Tenant any consequential or special costs or damages incurred by Landlord as a result of Tenant's holding over, unless Landlord has given "Tenant ten (10) days prior written notice that such holding over may cause Landlord to incur consequential or special costs or damages and Tenant has failed to surrender possession of the Premises as required by this Lease within such 10-day period. If Landlord gives notice to Tenant of Landlord's election to such effect, such holding over shall constitute renewal of this Lease for a period from month to month at the Holdover Rate, but if the Landlord does not so elect, no such renewal shall result notwithstanding acceptance by Landlord of any sums due hereunder after such termination; and instead, a tenancy at sufferance at the Holdover Rate shall be deemed to have been created. In any event, no provision of this Article 14 shall be deemed to waive Landlord's right of reentry or any other right under this Lease or at law.

15.     SUBORDINATION .    Without the necessity of any additional document being executed by Tenant for the purpose of effecting a subordination, this Lease shall be subject and subordinate at all times to ground or underlying leases and to the lien of any mortgages or deeds of trust now or hereafter placed on, against or affecting the Building, Landlord's interest or estate in the Building, or any ground or underlying lease; provided, however, that if the lessor, mortgagee, trustee, or holder of any such mortgage or deed of trust elects to have Tenant's interest in this Lease be superior to any such instrument, then, by notice to Tenant, this Lease shall be deemed superior, whether this Lease was executed before or after said instrument. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant covenants and agrees to execute and deliver within ten (10) business days of Landlord's request such further instruments evidencing such subordination or superiority of this Lease as may be required by Landlord.

14


        Landlord represents and warrants to Tenant that no mortgage, deed of trust, ground lease, master lease or underlying lease encumbers the Building as of the date hereof. Tenant and Landlord agree that in the event Landlord shall grant any deeds of trust, mortgages or other instruments of security to any party after the date hereof, Tenant and the holder of such deed of trust, mortgage or other instrument of security shall promptly [but in any event within fifteen (15) days after Landlord's request] execute a Subordination, Attornment, Notice and Non-Disturbance Agreement (an "SNDA") in a form reasonably satisfactory to the holder of such deed of trust, mortgage or other instrument of security and Tenant.

16.     RULES AND REGULATIONS .    Tenant shall faithfully observe and comply with all the rules and regulations as set forth in Exhibit D to this Lease and all reasonable and non-discriminatory modifications of and additions to them from time to time put into effect by Landlord so long as modifications or additions to the Rules & Regulations are reasonably consistently applied to all Project tenants. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for the non-performance by any other tenant or occupant of the Building of any such rules and regulations.

17.    REENTRY BY LANDLORD .

        17.1 Landlord reserves and shall at all times have the right to re-enter the Premises to inspect the same, to supply janitor service and any other service to be provided by Landlord to Tenant under this Lease, to show said Premises to prospective purchasers, mortgagees or tenants (and with respect to prospective tenants, after Tenant's renewal notification date with reasonable prior verbal notice or, prior to such date, following 24 hour advance notice to Tenant), and to alter, improve or repair the Premises and any portion of the Building, without abatement of rent, and may for that purpose erect, use and maintain scaffolding, pipes, conduits and other necessary structures and open any wall, ceiling or floor in and through the Building and Premises where reasonably required by the character of the work to be performed, provided entrance to the Premises shall not be blocked thereby, and further provided that the business of Tenant shall not be interfered with unreasonably. Landlord shall have the right at any time [following not less than ten (10) days written notice to Tenant if such change would affect Tenant's access to the Premises] to change the arrangement and/or locations of entrances, or passageways, doors and doorways, and corridors, windows, elevators, stairs, toilets or other public parts of the Building and, with at least ninety (90) days prior written notice to Tenant, to change the name, number or designation by which the Building is commonly known. In the event that Landlord damages any portion of any wall or wall covering, ceiling, or floor or floor covering within the Premises, Landlord shall repair or replace the damaged portion to match the original as nearly as commercially reasonable but shall not be required to repair or replace more than the portion actually damaged. Except as otherwise provided herein, Tenant hereby waives any claim for damages for any injury or inconvenience to or interference with Tenant's business, any loss of occupancy or quiet enjoyment of the Premises, and any other loss occasioned by any action of Landlord authorized by this Article 17. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, in the event that the Landlord's work in the Premises or to the Building unreasonably interferes with Tenant's ability to conduct its business in the Premises (or any portion thereof), and such interference continues for five (5) or more days after written notice is received by Landlord specifying the cause of such interference, Tenant shall have the right to equitably abate rent as of the sixth (6th) day, without notice to Landlord, but only during periods in which Tenant is not conducting its business in the Premises (or any portion thereof).

        17.2 For each of the aforesaid purposes, Landlord shall at all times have and retain a key with which to unlock all of the doors in the Premises, excluding Tenant's vaults and safes or special security areas (designated in advance), and Landlord shall have the right to use any and all means which Landlord may deem proper to open said doors in an emergency to obtain entry to any portion of the Premises. As to any portion to which access cannot be had by means of a key or keys in Landlord's possession, following reasonable prior verbal notice to Tenant, Landlord is authorized to gain access by such means as Landlord shall elect and the cost of repairing any damage occurring in doing so shall be borne by Tenant and paid to Landlord within thirty (30) days of Landlord's demand.

15


18.    DEFAULT.

        18.1 Except as otherwise provided in Article 20, the following events shall be deemed to be "Events of Default" (as herein called) under this Lease:

18A.     LANDLORD DEFAULT AND TENANT REMEDY .    Except as otherwise provided in this Lease, Landlord shall be in default under this Lease if Landlord fails to perform any of its obligations hereunder and said failure continues for a period of thirty (30) days after written notice thereof from Tenant to Landlord; provided, however, that if the nature of Landlord's obligations is such that more than thirty (30) days are required for its performance, then Landlord shall not be deemed to be in default if it shall commence such performance within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently prosecute the same to completion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall commence the cure of a failure of the HVAC system or a roof leak within five (5) business days following receipt of Tenant's notice by Landlord of same; provided that Landlord shall not be required to commence the cure of a roof leak until the roof is adequately dry for such cure to commence. Upon the occurrence of any such uncured default by Landlord, Tenant may exercise any of its rights provided in law or at equity; provided however, (a) Tenant shall have no right to offset or abate rent in the event of any default by Landlord under this Lease, (b) Tenant shall have no right to terminate this Lease, and

16


(c) Tenant's rights and remedies hereunder shall be limited to the extent Tenant has expressly waived in this Lease any of such rights or remedies and/or this Lease otherwise expressly limits Tenant's rights or remedies, including, without limitation, the limitation on Landlord's liability contained in Article 40.

19.    REMEDIES .

        19.1 Except as otherwise provided in Article 20, upon the occurrence of any of the Events of Default described or referred to in Article 18, Landlord shall have the option to pursue any one or more of the following remedies without any notice or demand whatsoever, concurrently or consecutively and not alternatively:

17


        19.2 Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, Landlord may (but shall not be obligated to) cure such default at Tenant's sole expense. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Landlord may, at Landlord's option, enter into and upon the Premises if Landlord determines in its sole discretion that Tenant is not acting within a commercially reasonable time to maintain, repair or replace anything for which Tenant is responsible under this Lease or to otherwise effect compliance with its obligations under this Lease and correct the same, without being deemed in any manner guilty of trespass, eviction or forcible entry and detainer and without incurring any liability for any damage or interruption of Tenant's business resulting therefrom and Tenant agrees to reimburse Landlord within ten (10) days of Landlord's demand as additional rent, for any expenses which Landlord may incur in thus effecting compliance with Tenant's obligations under this Lease, plus interest from the date of expenditure by Landlord at the Wall Street Journal prime rate.

18


        19.3 Tenant understands and agrees that in entering into this Lease, Landlord is relying upon receipt of all the Annual and Monthly Installments of Rent to become due with respect to all the Premises originally leased hereunder over the full Initial Term of this Lease for amortization, including interest at the Amortization Rate. For purposes hereof, the "Concession Amount" shall be defined as the aggregate of all amounts forgone or expended by Landlord as free rent under the lease, under Exhibit B hereof for construction allowances (excluding therefrom any amounts expended by Landlord for Landlord's Work, as defined in Exhibit B ), and for brokers' commissions payable by reason of this Lease. Accordingly, Tenant agrees that if this Lease or Tenant's right to possession of the Premises leased hereunder shall be terminated as of any date ("Default Termination Date") prior to the expiration of the full Initial Term hereof by reason of a default of Tenant, there shall be due and owing to Landlord as of the day prior to the Default Termination Date, as rent in addition to all other amounts owed by Tenant as of such Date, the amount ("Unamortized Amount") of the Concession Amount determined as set forth below; provided, however, that in the event that such amounts are recovered by Landlord pursuant to any other provision of this Article 19 (i.e. Landlord collects the full amount of the remaining Adjusted Rent due over the remainder of the Lease Term), Landlord agrees that it shall not attempt to recover such amounts pursuant to this Paragraph 19.3. For the purposes hereof, the Unamortized Amount shall be determined in the same manner as the remaining principal balance of a mortgage with interest at the Amortization Rate payable in level payments over the same length of time as from the effectuation of the Concession concerned to the end of the full Initial Term of this Lease would be determined. The foregoing provisions shall also apply to and upon any reduction of space in the Premises, as though such reduction were a termination for Tenant's default, except that (i) the Unamortized Amount shall be reduced by any amounts paid by Tenant to Landlord to effectuate such reduction and (ii) the manner of application shall be that the Unamortized Amount shall first be determined as though for a full termination as of the effective date of the elimination of the portion, but then the amount so determined shall be multiplied by the fraction of which the numerator is the rentable square footage of the eliminated portion and the denominator is the rentable square footage of the Premises originally leased hereunder; and the amount thus obtained shall be the Unamortized Amount.

        19.4 If, on account of any breach or default by Tenant in Tenant's obligations under the terms and conditions of this Lease, it shall become necessary or appropriate for Landlord to employ or consult with an attorney or collection agency concerning or to enforce or defend any of Landlord's rights or remedies arising under this Lease or to collect any sums due from Tenant, Tenant agrees to pay all costs and fees so incurred by Landlord, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees and costs. TENANT EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO: (A) TRIAL BY JURY; AND (B) SERVICE OF ANY NOTICE REQUIRED BY ANY PRESENT OR FUTURE LAW OR ORDINANCE APPLICABLE TO LANDLORDS OR TENANTS BUT NOT REQUIRED BY THE TERMS OF THIS LEASE .

        19.5 Pursuit of any of the foregoing remedies shall not preclude pursuit of any of the other remedies provided in this Lease or any other remedies provided by law (all such remedies being cumulative), nor shall pursuit of any remedy provided in this Lease constitute a forfeiture or waiver of any rent due to Landlord under this Lease or of any damages accruing to Landlord by reason of the violation of any of the terms, provisions and covenants contained in this Lease.

        19.6 No act or thing done by Landlord or its agents during the Term shall be deemed a termination of this Lease or an acceptance of the surrender of the Premises, and no agreement to terminate this Lease or accept a surrender of said Premises shall be valid, unless in writing signed by Landlord. No waiver by Landlord or Tenant of any violation or breach of any of the terms, provisions and covenants contained in this Lease shall be deemed or construed to constitute a waiver of any other violation or breach of any of the terms, provisions and covenants contained in this Lease. Landlord's acceptance of the payment of rental or other payments after the occurrence of an Event of Default shall not be construed as a waiver of such Default, unless Landlord so notifies Tenant in writing.

19



Forbearance by Landlord in enforcing one or more of the remedies provided in this Lease upon an Event of Default shall not be deemed or construed to constitute a waiver of such Default or of Landlord's right to enforce any such remedies with respect to such Default or any subsequent Default. Forbearance by Tenant in enforcing one or more of the remedies provided in this Lease upon a Landlord Event of Default (as defined below) shall not be deemed or construed to constitute a waiver of such Landlord Event of Default or of Tenant's right to enforce any such remedies with respect to such Landlord Event of Default or any subsequent Landlord Event of Default.

        19.7 Any and all property which may be removed from the Premises by Landlord pursuant to the authority of this Lease or of law, to which Tenant is or may be entitled, may be handled, removed and/or stored, as the case may be, by or at the direction of Landlord but at the risk, cost and expense of Tenant, and Landlord shall in no event be responsible for the value, preservation or safekeeping thereof. Tenant shall pay to Landlord, upon demand, any and all expenses incurred in such removal and all storage charges against such property so long as the same shall be in Landlord's possession or under Landlord's control. Any such property of Tenant not retaken by Tenant from storage within thirty (30) days after removal from the Premises shall, at Landlord's option, be deemed conveyed by Tenant to Landlord under this Lease as by a bill of sale without further payment or credit by Landlord to Tenant.

        19.8 Landlord and Tenant intend that the Landlord's remedies under this Article 19 expressly supersede any conflicting provisions contained in Section 93.002 of the Texas Property Code, or any successor statute.

20.    TENANT'S BANKRUPTCY OR INSOLVENCY .

        20.1 If at any time and for so long as Tenant shall be subjected to the provisions of the United States Bankruptcy Code or other law of the United States or any state thereof for the protection of debtors as in effect at such time (each a "Debtor's Law"):

20


21.     QUIET ENJOYMENT .    Landlord represents and warrants that it has full right and authority to enter into this Lease and that Tenant, while paying the rental and performing its other covenants and agreements contained in this Lease, shall peaceably and quietly have, hold and enjoy the Premises for the Term without hindrance or molestation from Landlord subject to the terms and provisions of this Lease. Except for its gross negligence or willful misconduct, Landlord shall not be liable for any interference or disturbance by other tenants or third persons, nor shall Tenant be released from any of the obligations of this Lease because of such interference or disturbance.

22.    CASUALTY

        22.1 In the event the Premises or the Building are damaged by fire or other cause and in Landlord's reasonable estimation such damage can be materially restored within one hundred eighty (180) days from the date of the damage, Landlord shall forthwith repair the same and this Lease shall remain in full force and effect, except that Tenant shall be entitled to a proportionate abatement in rent from the date of such damage. Such abatement of rent shall be made pro rata in accordance with the extent to which the damage and the making of such repairs shall interfere with the use and occupancy by Tenant of the Premises from time to time. Within forty-five (45) days from the date of such damage, Landlord shall notify Tenant, in writing, of Landlord's reasonable estimation of the length of time within which material restoration can be made, and Landlord's determination shall be binding on Tenant. For purposes of this Lease, the Building or Premises shall be deemed "materially restored" if they are substantially in such condition as existed prior to the damage (excluding alterations, additions and improvements made by Tenant following Tenant's initial move-in) and as would not prevent or materially interfere with Tenant's use of the Premises for the purpose for which it was being used immediately before such damage. In no event shall Landlord be responsible for restoring or replacing Tenant's personal property, equipment and or trade fixtures following damage to same.

        22.2 If such repairs cannot, in Landlord's reasonable estimation, be made within one hundred eighty (180) days for all or a portion of the Premises, Landlord and Tenant shall each have the option of giving the other, at any time within ninety (90) days after such damage or, if later, forty-five (45) days after the receipt of Landlord's written estimate of the time required to repair the Premises, notice terminating this Lease as of the date of such damage. In the event of the giving of such notice, this Lease shall expire and all interest of the Tenant in the Premises shall terminate as of the date of such damage as if such date had been originally fixed in this Lease for the expiration of the Term. In the event that neither Landlord nor Tenant exercises its option to terminate this Lease, then Landlord shall repair or restore such damage, this Lease continuing in full force and effect, and the rent hereunder shall be proportionately abated as provided in Section 22.1.

        22.3 Landlord shall not be required to repair or replace any damage or loss by or from fire or other cause to any panelings, decorations, partitions, additions, railings, ceilings, floor coverings, office fixtures or any other property or improvements installed on the Premises by, or belonging to, Tenant. Any insurance which may be carried by Landlord or Tenant against loss or damage to the Building or Premises shall be for the sole benefit of the party carrying such insurance and under its sole control.

21


        22.4 In the event that Landlord should fail to complete such repairs and material restoration within thirty (30) days after the date estimated by Landlord therefor as extended by this Section 22.4, Tenant may at its option and as its sole remedy terminate this Lease by delivering written notice to Landlord, within fifteen (15) days after the expiration of said period of time, whereupon the Lease shall end on the date of such notice or such later date fixed in such notice as if the date of such notice was the date originally fixed in this Lease for the expiration of the Term; provided, however, that if construction is delayed because of changes, deletions or additions in construction requested by Tenant, strikes, lockouts, casualties, Acts of God, war, material or labor shortages, government regulation or control or other causes beyond the reasonable control of Landlord, the period for restoration, repair or rebuilding shall be extended for the amount of time Landlord is so delayed.

        22.5 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article: (a) Landlord shall not have any obligation whatsoever to repair, reconstruct, or restore the Premises when the damages resulting from any casualty covered by the provisions of this Article 22 occur during the last twelve (12) months of the Term or any extension thereof, but if Landlord determines not to repair such damages Landlord shall notify Tenant and if such damages shall render any material portion of the Premises untainable Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease by notice to Landlord within fifteen (15) days after receipt of Landlord's notice; and (b) in the event the holder of any indebtedness secured by a mortgage or deed of trust covering the Premises or Building requires that any insurance proceeds be applied to such indebtedness, then Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease by delivering written notice of termination to Tenant within fifteen (15) days after such requirement is made by any such holder, whereupon this Lease shall end on the date of such damage as if the date of such damage were the date originally fixed in this Lease for the expiration of the Term.

        22.6 In the event of any damage or destruction to the Building or Premises by any peril covered by the provisions of this Article 22, it shall be Tenant's responsibility to properly secure the Premises and upon notice from Landlord to remove forthwith, at its sole cost and expense, such portion of all of the property belonging to Tenant or its licensees from such portion or all of the Building or Premises as Landlord shall request.

23.     EMINENT DOMAIN .    If all or any substantial part of the Premises or the Building shall be taken or appropriated by any public or quasi-public authority under the power of eminent domain, or conveyance in lieu of such appropriation, either party to this Lease shall have the right, at its option, of giving the other, at any time within thirty (30) days after such taking, notice terminating this Lease, except that Tenant may only terminate this Lease by reason of taking or appropriation, if such taking or appropriation shall be so substantial as to materially interfere with Tenant's use and occupancy of the Premises. If neither party to this Lease shall so elect to terminate this Lease, the rental thereafter to be paid shall be adjusted on a fair and equitable basis under the circumstances. Landlord shall be entitled to any and all income, rent, award, or any interest whatsoever in or upon any such sum, which may be paid or made in connection with any such public or quasi-public use or purpose, and Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord any interest it may have in or claim to all or any part of such sums, other than any separate award which may be made with respect to Tenant's trade fixtures and moving expenses; Tenant shall make no claim for the value of any unexpired Term.

24.     SALE BY LANDLORD .    In event of a sale or conveyance by Landlord of the Building, the same shall operate to release Landlord from any future liability upon any of the covenants or conditions, expressed or implied, contained in this Lease in favor of Tenant, and in such event Tenant agrees to look solely to the responsibility of the successor in interest of Landlord in and to this Lease. Except as set forth in this Article 24, this Lease shall not be affected by any such sale and Tenant agrees to attorn to the purchaser or assignee. If any security has been given by Tenant to secure the faithful performance of any of the covenants of this Lease, Landlord shall transfer or deliver said security, as such, to Landlord's successor in interest and thereupon Landlord shall be discharged from any further liability with regard to said security.

22


25.     ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES .    Within ten (10) business days following any written request which Landlord may make from time to time, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord or mortgagee or prospective mortgagee a sworn statement certifying: (a) the date of commencement of this Lease; (b) the fact that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if there have been modifications to this Lease, that this Lease is in full force and effect, as modified, and stating the date and nature of such modifications); (c) the date to which the rent and other sums payable under this Lease have been paid; (d) the fact that there are no current defaults under this Lease by either Landlord or Tenant except as specified in Tenant's statement; and (e) such other matters as may be reasonably requested by Landlord. Landlord and Tenant intend that any statement delivered pursuant to this Article 25 may be relied upon by any mortgagee, beneficiary or purchaser, and Tenant shall be liable for all loss, cost or expense resulting from the failure of any sale or funding of any loan caused by any material misstatement contained in such estoppel certificate. If Tenant fails to execute and deliver such certificate within such ten (10) business day period, Landlord may deliver a second (2 nd ) notice to Tenant and Tenant irrevocably agrees that if Tenant fails to execute and deliver such certificate within a five (5) day period following such second (2 nd ) notice, then Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord a late fee of $500.00 per day for each date past the expiration of such five (5) day period on which Tenant executes and delivers such certificate to Landlord. If Tenant fails to execute and deliver such certificate within a ten (10) business day period following such second (2 nd ) notice, then such failure shall, at Landlord's option, be an Event of Default under this Lease without the requirement of additional notice and Tenant shall be liable for all loss, cost or expense resulting from such failure to execute and deliver such certificate within such ten (10) business day period.

26.    SURRENDER OF PREMISES .

        26.1 Tenant shall arrange to meet Landlord for two (2) joint inspections of the Premises, the first to occur at least thirty (30) days (but no more than sixty (60) days) before the last day of the Term, and the second to occur not later than five (5) business days after Tenant has vacated the Premises. In the event of Tenant's failure to arrange such joint inspections and/or participate in either such inspection, Landlord's inspection at or after Tenant's vacating the Premises shall be conclusively deemed correct for purposes of determining Tenant's responsibility for repairs and restoration. Landlord shall provide Tenant with at least five (5) written days notice of the opportunity to meet in these occasions.

        26.2 All alterations, additions, and improvements in, on, or to the Premises made or installed by or for Tenant, including the Tenant's Work and any carpeting (collectively, "Alterations"), shall be and remain the property of Tenant during the Term. Upon the expiration or sooner termination of the Term, all Alterations shall become a part of the realty and shalt belong to Landlord without compensation, and title shall pass to Landlord under this Lease as by a bill of sale. At the end of the Term or any renewal of the Term or other sooner termination of this Lease, Tenant will peaceably deliver up to Landlord possession of the Premises, together with all Alterations by whomsoever made, in the same conditions received or first installed, broom clean and free of all debris, excepting only ordinary wear and tear and damage by fire or other casualty. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at the time Tenant requested Landlord's consent to an Alteration, Landlord reasonably requested in writing that said Alteration would be required to be removed by Tenant at the expiration of the Term, Tenant shall, at Tenant's sole cost, remove such Alterations, so designated by Landlord's notice, and repair any damage caused by such removal. Tenant must, at Tenant's sole cost, remove upon termination of this Lease, any and all of Tenant's furniture, furnishings, movable partitions of less than full height from floor to ceiling and other trade fixtures and personal property (collectively, "Personalty"). Personalty not so removed shall be deemed abandoned by the Tenant and title to the same shall thereupon pass to Landlord under this Lease as by a bill of sale, but Tenant shall remain responsible for the cost of removal and disposal of such Personalty, as well as any damage caused by such removal. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant must, at Tenant's sole cost, remove upon termination of this

23



Lease, any and all cabling and/or wiring installed by or at the request of Tenant in the Premises and/or Project, whether inside walls, under any raised floor or above any ceiling. Landlord hereby acknowledges and agrees that Tenant shall not be obligated to remove the Tenant's Work and that at the expiration of the Term.

        26.3 All obligations of Tenant under this Lease not fully performed as of the expiration or earlier termination of the Term shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Term. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the amount, as estimated by Landlord, necessary to repair and restore the Premises as provided in this Lease and/or to discharge Tenant's obligation for unpaid amounts due or to become due to Landlord. All such amounts shall be used and held by Landlord for payment of such obligations of Tenant, with Tenant being liable for any additional costs upon demand by Landlord, or with any excess to be returned to Tenant after all such obligations have been determined and satisfied. Any otherwise unused Security Deposit shall be credited against the amount payable by Tenant under this Lease.

27.     NOTICES .    Any notice or document required or permitted to be delivered under this Lease shall be addressed to the intended recipient, by fully prepaid registered or certified United States Mail return receipt requested, by reputable independent contract delivery service furnishing a written record of attempted or actual delivery, or by facsimile transmission (subject to the terms below) and shall be deemed to be delivered when tendered for delivery to the addressee at its address set forth on the Reference Pages with, in the case of Landlord, copies to: Endeavor Real Estate Management, Ltd., 221 West 6th Street—Suite 1300, Austin, Texas 78701, Attention: Chad Marsh, Fax No. (512) 682-5505; RREEF Domain LP c/o RREEF, 101 California Street, 26th Floor, San Francisco, CA 94111, Attention: Doug Sturiale, Fax No. (415) 391-9015; and RREEF Management Company, 1406 Halsey Way, Suite 110, Carrollton, TX 75007, Attention: Joe Akers, Fax No. (972) 323-8401; and in the case of Tenant, a copy to: Michael A. Kennedy/Russell D. Young Commercial Texas, LLC 515 Congress Ave, Suite 1500 Austin, TX 78701; (512) 474-2411 phone; (512) 236-1357 fax            Attn:            , Fax No. (    )             -            , or at such other address as it has then last specified by written notice delivered in accordance with this Article 27, or if to Tenant at either its aforesaid address or its last known registered office or home of a general partner or individual owner, whether or not actually accepted or received by the addressee. Any such notice or document may also be personally delivered if a receipt is signed by and received from, the individual, if any, named in Tenant's Notice Address. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Paragraph 27 to the contrary, if a facsimile transmission is sent to one of the numbers listed above, such transmission shall be deemed effective on the date it is sent only if the sender receives a confirmation that such transmission was successfully received during normal business hours in the time zone of the party receiving such facsimile. If such confirmation shows that such transmission was received after such normal business hours, the effective date of such facsimile shall be the following business day.

28.     TAXES PAYABLE BY TENANT .    In addition to rent and other charges to be paid by Tenant under this Lease, Tenant shall reimburse to Landlord, upon demand, any and all taxes payable by Landlord (other than net income taxes) whether or not now customary or within the contemplation of the parties to this Lease: (a) upon, allocable to, or measured by or on the gross or net rent payable under this Lease, including without limitation any gross income tax or excise tax levied by the State, any political subdivision thereof, or the Federal Government with respect to the receipt of such rent; (b) upon or with respect to the possession, leasing, operation, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use or occupancy of the Premises or any portion thereof, including any sales, use or service tax imposed as a result thereof; (c) upon or measured by the Tenant's gross receipts or payroll or the value of Tenant's equipment, furniture, fixtures and other personal property of Tenant or leasehold improvements, alterations or additions located in the Premises; or (d) upon this transaction or any document to which Tenant is a party creating or transferring any interest of Tenant in this Lease or the Premises. In addition to the foregoing, Tenant agrees to pay, before delinquency, any and all taxes

24



levied or assessed against Tenant and which become payable during the term hereof upon Tenant's equipment, furniture, fixtures and other personal property of Tenant located in the Premises.

29.     RELOCATION OF TENANT .    Intentionally Deleted.

30.    PARKING.

        30.1 See Exhibit E attached hereto.

31.     DEFINED TERMS AND HEADINGS .    The Article headings shown in this Lease are for convenience of reference and shall in no way define, increase, limit or describe the scope or intent of any provision of this Lease. Any indenmification or insurance of Landlord shall apply to and inure to the benefit of all the following "Landlord Entities", being Landlord, Landlord's investment manager, and the trustees, boards of directors, officers, general partners, beneficiaries, stockholders, employees and agents of each of them. Any option granted to Landlord shall also include or be exercisable by Landlord's trustee, beneficiary, agents and employees, as the case may be. In any case where this Lease is signed by more than one person, the obligations under this Lease shall be joint and several. The terms "Tenant" and "Landlord" or any pronoun used in place thereof shall indicate and include the masculine or feminine, the singular or plural number, individuals, firms or corporations, and their and each of their respective successors, executors, administrators and permitted assigns, according to the context hereof. The term "rentable area" shall mean the rentable area of the Premises or the Building as calculated by the Landlord using ANSI/BOMA Z65.1 1996 standards on the basis of the plans and specifications of the Building including a proportionate share of any common areas. Subject to Section 1.4, Tenant hereby accepts and agrees to be bound by the figures for the rentable square footage of the Premises and Tenant's Proportionate Share shown on the Reference Pages; however, Landlord may adjust either or both figures if there is manifest error, addition or subtraction to the Building or any business park or complex of which the Building is a part, remeasurement or other circumstance reasonably justifying adjustment. The term "Building" refers to the structure in which the Premises are located and the common areas (parking lots, sidewalks, landscaping, etc.) appurtenant thereto. If the Building is part of a larger complex of structures, the term "Building" may include the entire complex, where appropriate (such as shared Component Charges or Taxes) and subject to Landlord's reasonable discretion.

32.     TENANT'S AUTHORITY .    If Tenant signs as a corporation, partnership, trust or other legal entity each of the persons executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant represents and warrants that Tenant has been and is qualified to do business in the state in which the Building is located, that the entity has full right and authority to enter into this Lease, and that all persons signing on behalf of the entity were authorized to do so by appropriate actions. Tenant agrees to deliver to Landlord, simultaneously with the delivery of this Lease, a corporate resolution, proof of due authorization by partners, opinion of counsel or other appropriate documentation reasonably acceptable to Landlord evidencing the due authorization of Tenant to enter into this Lease.

        Tenant hereby represents and warrants that neither Tenant, nor any persons or entities holding any legal or beneficial interest whatsoever in Tenant, are (i) the target of any sanctions program that is established by Executive Order of the President or published by the Office of Foreign Assets Control, U.S. Department of the Treasury ("OFAC"); (ii) designated by the President or OFAC pursuant to the Trading with the Enemy Act, 50 U.S.C. App. § 5, the International Emergency Economic Powers Act, 50 U.S.C. §§ 1701-06, the Patriot Act, Public Law 107-56, Executive Order 13224 (September 23, 2001) or any Executive Order of the President issued pursuant to such statutes; or (iii) named on the following list that is published by OFAC: "List of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons." if the foregoing representation is untrue at any time during the Term, an Event of Default will be deemed to have occurred, without the necessity of notice to Tenant."

25


33.     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND CREDIT REPORTS .    At Landlord's request, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a copy, certified by an officer of Tenant as being a true and correct copy, of Tenant's most recent audited financial statement, or, if unaudited, certified by Tenant's chief financial officer as being true, complete and correct in all material respects. Tenant hereby authorizes Landlord to obtain one or more credit reports on Tenant at any time, and shall execute such further authorizations as Landlord may reasonably require in order to obtain a credit report, but not more frequently than annually; provided, however, that in the event of a financing, re-financing or sale of the Project or any portion thereof, Landlord may require such further authorizations whether or not any such authorizations were required during the previous twelve (12) months.

34.     COMMISSIONS .    Each of the parties represents and warrants to the other that it has not dealt with any broker or finder in connection with this Lease, except as described on the Reference Pages.

35.     TIME AND APPLICABLE LAW .    Time is of the essence of this Lease and all of its provisions. This Lease shall in all respects be governed by the laws of the state in which the Building is located.

36.     SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS .    Subject to the provisions of Article 9, the terms, covenants and conditions contained in this Lease shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, successors, executors, administrators and assigns of the parties to this Lease.

37.     ENTIRE AGREEMENT .    This Lease, together with its exhibits, contains all agreements of the parties to this Lease and supersedes any previous negotiations. There have been no representations made by the Landlord or any of its representatives or understandings made between the parties other than those set forth in this Lease and its exhibits. This Lease may not be modified except by a written instrument duly executed by the parties to this Lease.

38.     EXAMINATION NOT OPTION .    Submission of this Lease shall not be deemed to be a reservation of the Premises. Landlord shall not be bound by this Lease until it has received a copy of this Lease duly executed by Tenant and has delivered to Tenant a copy of this Lease duly executed by Landlord, and until such delivery Landlord reserves the right to exhibit and lease the Premises to other prospective tenants. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Lease to the contrary, Landlord may withhold delivery of possession of the Premises from Tenant until such time as Tenant has paid to Landlord any security deposit required by Article 5, the first month's rent as set forth in Article 3 and any sum owed pursuant to this Lease.

39.     RECORDATION .    Tenant shall not record or register this Lease or a short form memorandum hereof without the prior written consent of Landlord, and then shall pay all charges and taxes incident such recording or registration.

40.     LIMITATION OF LANDLORD'S LIABILITY .    Redress for any claim against Landlord under this Lease shall be limited to and enforceable only against and to the extent of Landlord's interest in the Building. The obligations of Landlord under this Lease are not intended to be and shall not be personally binding on, nor shall any resort be had to the private properties of, any of its or its investment manager's trustees, directors, officers, partners, beneficiaries, members, stockholders, employees, or agents, and in no case shall Landlord be liable to Tenant hereunder for any lost profits, damage to business, or any form of special, indirect or consequential damages.

41.     LANDLORD REPRESENTATIONS .    The Project currently has dual feed power in excess of 30 watts per square foot. The Premises has a maximum floor load of 100 pounds per square foot; The Project currently provides access to a SONET ring.

[REMAINDER OF THE PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK]

26


LANDLORD:   TENANT:

RREEF DOMAIN, LP, a Texas limited partnership

 

CONVIO, INC., a Delaware corporation

By:

 

RREEF MANAGEMENT COMPANY, a
Delaware corporation, Authorized Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Joseph D. Akers


 

By:

 

/s/ Jim Offerdahl

 

 

Name:

 

Joseph D. Akers

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

Vice President

 

Title:

 

 

Dated:

 

November 17, 2006

 

Dated:

 

November 17, 2006

27



EXHIBIT A—FLOOR PLAN DEPICTING THE PREMISES

attached to and made a part of Lease bearing the
Lease Reference Date of November     , 2006 between
RREEF DOMAIN, LP, as Landlord and
CONVIO, INC., as Tenant

Exhibit A is intended only to show the general layout of the Premises as of the beginning of the Term of this Lease. It does not in any way supersede any of Landlord's rights set forth in Article 17 with respect to arrangements and/or locations of public parts of the Building and changes in such arrangements and/or locations. It is not to be scaled; any measurements or distances shown should be taken as approximate.

A-1


GRAPHIC

A-2



EXHIBIT A-1—SITE PLAN

attached to and made a part of Lease bearing the
Lease Reference Date of November 17, 2006 between
RREEF DOMAIN, LP, as Landlord and
CONVIO, INC., as Tenant

Exhibit A-I is intended only to show the general location of the Premises as of the beginning of the Term of this Lease. It does not in any way supersede any of Landlord's rights set forth in Article 17 with respect to arrangements and/or locations of public parts of the Building and changes in such arrangements and/or locations. It is not to be scaled; any measurements or distances shown should be taken as approximate.

A-1-1


GRAPHIC

A-1-2



EXHIBIT A-2—DEPICTION OF THE PROJECT AND LAND (as of the Effective Date)

attached to and made a part of Lease bearing the
Lease Reference Date of November 17, 2006 between
RREEF DOMAIN, LP, as Landlord and
CONVIO, INC., as Tenant

A-2-1


GRAPHIC

A-2-2



EXHIBIT B—INITIAL ALTERATIONS

attached to and made a part of Lease bearing the
Lease Reference Date of November 17, 2006 between
RREEF DOMAIN, LP, as Landlord and
CONVIO,  INC., as Tenant

CONDITION OF THE PREMISES, ALLOWANCE AND TENANT IMPROVEMENTS

CONDITION OF THE PREMISES.

        Tenant acknowledges and agrees that it has inspected the Premises and Tenant agrees to accept the Premises in its present condition, "AS IS" and "WITH ALL FAULTS." Landlord shall have no obligation to make any alterations, additions or improvements of any nature to the Premises. TENANT ACKNOWLEDGES THAT LANDLORD HAS NOT MADE NOR WILL MAKE ANY WARRANTIES TO TENANT WITH RESPECT TO THE QUALITY OF CONSTRUCTION OF ANY LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS OR TENANT FINISH WTTHTN THE PREMISES OR AS TO THE CONDITION OF THE PREMISES, WHETHER EXPRESS, STATUTORY, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE, AND THAT LANDLORD EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY THAT THE PREMISES ARE OR WILL BE SUITABLE FOR TENANT'S INTENDED COMMERCIAL PURPOSES.


ALLOWANCE

        Landlord shall provide Tenant with an allowance (the "Allowance") of $9.00 per square foot of Net Rentable Area ($600,579.00) for construction of the improvements contemplated by the Plans (as defined below). Subject to a credit for the Allowance, Tenant shall bear the entire cost [including labor, material, equipment, all architectural and engineering fees incurred in connection with the preparation of the Plans and a construction supervision fee payable to Landlord equal to one point seven five percent (1.75%) of the amount of the Allowance. The total construction costs (consisting of labor, material and equipment)] of any improvements to be installed in the Premises in accordance with the Plans is referred to herein as the "Construction Costs."


TENANT IMPROVEMENTS

B-1


        b.     All design, construction and installation shall conform to the requirements of applicable building, plumbing and electrical codes and the requirements of any governmental authority having jurisdiction with respect to such work.

        c.     If Tenant requests materials or installations in addition to or other than as shown on the approved Plans (a "Change"), Landlord's review and prior written approval shall be required and shall not be unreasonably delayed, withheld or conditioned. Each Change request shall be set forth in a written notice delivered to Landlord, specifying in detail the requested Change.

        d.     Tenant's approved contractor shall perform, or cause to be performed, the construction of all improvements in accordance with the approved Plans. Tenant shall pay for all of the Construction Costs, subject to payment by Landlord to Tenant of the Allowance. Landlord shall pay to Tenant the Allowance pursuant to the following procedure:

        e.     The term "Substantial Completion" shall mean that a certificate of occupancy (or temporary occupancy) has been issued and the Tenant's Work has been completed substantially in accordance with the Plans, subject to completion of minor punch list items.

B-2



EXHIBIT C—COMMENCEMENT DATE MEMORANDUM

attached to and made a part of Lease bearing the
Lease Reference Date of November 17, 2006 between
RREEF DOMAIN, LP, as Landlord and
CONVIO, INC., as Tenant

COMMENCEMENT DATE MEMORANDUM

        THIS MEMORANDUM, made as of      , 20      , by and between              ("Landlord") and              ("Tenant").

Recitals:

[insert rent schedule]

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date and year first above written.

LANDLORD:   TENANT:

RREEF DOMAIN, LP, a Texas limited partnership

By:
RREEF America REIT III Corp. W, a
Maryland corporation, its general partner

By:              DO      NOT      SIGN                            By:              DO      NOT      SIGN                         

Name:

 


 

 

Name:

 


 

Title:

 


 

 

Title:

 


 

Dated:

 


 

 

Dated:

 


 


EXHIBIT D—RULES AND REGULATIONS

attached to and made a part of Lease bearing the
Lease Reference Date of November 17, 2006 between
RREEF DOMAIN, LP, as Landlord and
CONVIO,  INC., as Tenant

        1.     No sign, placard, picture, advertisement, name or notice (collectively referred to as "Signs") shall be installed or displayed on any part of the outside of the Building without the prior written consent of the Landlord which consent shall be in Landlord's sole discretion. All approved Signs shall be printed, painted, affixed or inscribed at Tenant's expense by a person or vendor approved by Landlord and shall be removed by Tenant at Tenant's expense upon vacating the Premises. Landlord shall have the right to remove any Sign installed or displayed in violation of this rule at Tenant's expense and without notice.

        2.     If Landlord objects in writing to any curtains, blinds, shades or screens attached to or hung in or used in connection with any window or door of the Premises or Building, Tenant shall immediately discontinue such use. No awning shall be permitted on any part of the Premises. Tenant shall not place anything or allow anything to be placed against or near any glass partitions or doors or windows which may appear unsightly, in the reasonable opinion of Landlord, from outside the Premises.

        3.     Tenant shall not alter any lock or other access device or install a new or additional lock or access device or bolt on any door of its Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord. Tenant, upon the termination of its tenancy, shall deliver to Landlord the keys or other means of access to all doors.

        4.     If Tenant requires telephone, data, burglar alarm or similar service, the cost of purchasing, installing and maintaining such service shall be borne solely by Tenant. No boring or cutting for wires will be allowed without the prior written consent of Landlord. Landlord shall direct electricians as to where and how telephone, data, and electrical wires are to be introduced or installed. The location of burglar alarms, telephones, call boxes or other office equipment affixed to the Premises shall be subject to the prior written approval of Landlord.

        5.     Tenant shall not place a load upon any floor of its Premises, including mezzanine area, if any, which exceeds the load per square foot that such floor was designed to carry and that is allowed by law. Heavy objects shall stand on such platforms as determined by Landlord to be necessary to properly distribute the weight. Landlord will not be responsible for loss of or damage to any such equipment or other property from any cause, and all damage done to the Building by maintaining or moving such equipment or other property shall be repaired at the expense of Tenant.

        6.     Tenant shall not install any radio or television antenna, satellite dish, loudspeaker or other device on the roof or exterior walls of the Building without Landlord's prior written consent which consent shall be in Landlord's sole discretion.

        7.     Tenant shall not mark, drive nails, screw or drill into the partitions, woodwork, plaster or drywall (except for pictures and general office uses) or in any way deface the Premises or any part thereof. Tenant shall not affix any floor covering to the floor of the Premises or paint or seal any floors in any manner except as approved by Landlord. Tenant shall repair any damage resulting from noncompliance with this rule.

        8.     No cooking shall be done or permitted on the Premises, except that Underwriters' Laboratory approved microwave ovens, a toaster oven and equipment for brewing coffee, tea, hot chocolate and similar beverages shall be permitted, provided that such equipment and use is in accordance with all applicable federal, state and city laws, codes, ordinances, rules and regulations.

D-1


        9.     Tenant shall not use any hand trucks except those equipped with the rubber tires and side guards, and may use such other material-handling equipment as Landlord may approve. Tenant shall not bring any other vehicles of any kind into the Building. Forklifts which operate on asphalt areas shall only use tires that do not damage the asphalt.

        10.   Tenant shall not use the name of the Building or any photograph or other likeness of the Building in connection with or in promoting or advertising Tenant's business except that Tenant may include the Building name in Tenant's address or any subletting/assignment listing materials. Landlord shall have the right, exercisable with not less than ninety (90) days notice and without liability to any tenant, to change the name and address of the Building.

        11.   All trash and refuse shall be contained in suitable receptacles at locations approved by Landlord. Tenant shall not place in the trash receptacles any personal trash or material that cannot be disposed of in the ordinary and customary manner of removing such trash without violation of any law or ordinance governing such disposal.

        12.   Tenant shall comply with all safety, fire protection and evacuation procedures and regulations established by Landlord or any governing authority.

        13.   Tenant assumes all responsibility for securing and protecting its Premises and its contents including keeping doors locked and other means of entry to the Premises closed.

        14.   Tenant shall not use any method of heating or air conditioning other than that supplied by Landlord without Landlord's prior written consent.

        15.   No person shall go on the roof without Landlord's permission.

        16.   Tenant shall not permit any animals, other than seeing-eye dogs, to be brought or kept in or about the Premises or any common area of the property.

        17.   Tenant shall not permit any motor vehicles to be washed or mechanical work or maintenance of motor vehicles to be performed on any portion of the Premises or parking lot.

        18.   These Rules and Regulations are in addition to, and shall not be construed to in any way modify or amend, in whole or in part, the terms, covenants, agreements and conditions of any lease of any premises in the Building. Landlord may waive any one or more of these Rules and Regulations for the benefit of any tenant or tenants in a non-discriminatory manner.

        19.   Landlord reserves the right to make such other and reasonable rules and regulations as in its judgment may from time to time be needed for safety and security, for care and cleanliness of the Building and for the preservation of good order in and about the Building. Tenant agrees to abide by all such rules and regulations herein stated and any additional rules and regulations which are adopted. Tenant shall be responsible for the observance of all of the foregoing rules by Tenant's employees, agents, clients, customers, invitees and guests.

        20.   Any toilet rooms, toilets, urinals, wash bowls and other apparatus shall not be used for any purpose other than that for which they were constructed and no foreign substance of any kind whatsoever shall be thrown into them. The expense of any breakage, stoppage or damage resulting from the violation of this rule shall be borne by the Tenant who, or whose employees or invitees, shall have caused it.

        21.   Tenant shall not permit smoking or carrying of lighted cigarettes or cigars in areas reasonably designated by Landlord or any applicable governmental agencies as non-smoking areas.

        22.   Any directory of the Building or project of which the Building is a part ("Project Area"), if provided, will be exclusively for the display of the name and location of tenants only and Landlord reserves the right to charge for the use thereof and to exclude any other names.

D-2


        23.   Canvassing, soliciting, distribution of handbills or any other written material in the Building or Project Area is prohibited and each tenant shall cooperate to prevent the same. No tenant shall solicit business from other tenants or permit the sale of any goods or merchandise in the Building or Project Area without the written consent of Landlord.

        24.   Any equipment belonging to Tenant which causes noise or vibration that may be transmitted to the structure of the Building or to any space therein to such a degree as to be objectionable to Landlord or to any tenants in the Building shall be placed and maintained by Tenant, at Tenant's expense, on vibration eliminators or other devices sufficient to eliminate the noise or vibration.

        25.   Driveways, sidewalks, halls, passages, exits, entrances and stairways ("Access Areas") shall not be obstructed by tenants or used by tenants for any purpose other than for ingress to and egress from their respective premises. Access areas are not for the use of the general public and Landlord shall in all cases retain the right to control and prevent access thereto by all persons whose presence, in the judgment of Landlord, shall be prejudicial to the safety, character, reputation and interests of the Building or its tenants.

        26.   Landlord reserves the right to reasonably designate the use of parking areas and spaces. Tenant shall not park in visitor, reserved, or unauthorized parking areas. Tenant and Tenant's guests shall park between designated parking lines only and shall not park motor vehicles in those areas designated by Landlord for loading and unloading. Vehicles in violation of the above shall be subject to being towed at the vehicle owner's expense. Vehicles parked for in excess of seventy two (72) hours without prior written consent of the Landlord shall be deemed abandoned and shall be subject to being towed at vehicle owner's expense. Tenant will from time to time, upon the request of Landlord, supply Landlord with a list of license plate numbers of vehicles owned or operated by its employees or agents.

        27.   No trucks, tractors or similar vehicles can be parked anywhere other than in Tenant's own truck dock area. Tractor-trailers which must be unhooked or parked with dolly wheels beyond the concrete loading areas must use steel plates or wood blocks under the dolly wheels to prevent damage to the asphalt paving surfaces. No parking or storing of such trailers will be permitted in the parking areas or on streets adjacent thereto.

        28.   During periods of loading and unloading, Tenant shall not unreasonably interfere with traffic flow and loading and unloading areas of other tenants. All products, materials or goods must be stored within the Tenant's Premises and not in any exterior areas, including, but not limited to, exterior dock platforms, against the exterior of the Building, parking areas and driveway areas. Tenant agrees to keep the exterior of the Premises clean and free of nails, wood, pallets, packing materials, barrels and any other debris produced from their operation.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK]

D-3



EXHIBIT E—PARKING

attached to and made a part of Lease bearing the
Lease Reference Date of November 17, 2006 between
RREEF DOMAIN, LP, as Landlord and
CONVIO, INC., as Tenant

        Provided Tenant is not in default hereunder beyond any applicable notice and cure period, Tenant shall be permitted to use, the Project parking areas as follows: (a) unreserved parking spaces [equal to three (3) parking spaces per each 1,000 square feet of rentable area of the Premises] in the surface parking area associated with the Building (the "Building 5 Parking Area") and (b) unreserved parking spaces [equal to one (1) parking space per each I,000 square feet of rentable area of the Premises] in the covered parking area associated with the Domain Lifestyle Center (located immediately to the west of the Building) (the "DLC Parking Area"), all such parking subject to such terms, conditions and regulations as are applicable to patrons of said parking area(s) for spaces similarly situated within said parking area(s). The inability of Tenant to utilize said parking spaces shall under no circumstances be deemed a default by Landlord as to permit Tenant to terminate this Lease, in whole or in part, or to have any claim or cause of action against Landlord as a result thereof, the same being hereby expressly waived by Tenant. In the event the parking spaces become unavailable to Tenant during any portion of the term of this Lease for any reason, then Landlord shall use its commercially reasonable best efforts to make available to Tenant sufficient parking spaces (but not to exceed the number of spaces not then available to Tenant) to meet Tenant's needs and situated within 1,500 feet from the Building, until the parking spaces are available to Tenant. The foregoing shall not be deemed to provide Tenant with an exclusive right to any parking spaces or any guaranty of the availability of any particular parking spaces. The foregoing shall not be deemed to provide Tenant with any specific number of parking spaces beyond the spaces indicated above.

        Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord reserves the right, by giving Tenant a minimum of ten (10) days prior written notice, to reduce Tenant's parking in the Building 5 Parking Area by up to 2.5 parking spaces per each 1,000 square feet of rentable area of the Premises and replacing such reduced parking spaces in the Building 5 Parking Area with an equal number of parking spaces in the DLC Parking Area. In addition to the foregoing notice, Landlord shall give Tenant at least thirty (30) days prior written notice of the date upon which Landlord estimates such parking space replacement shall occur.

E-1



EXHIBIT F—ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS

attached to and made a part of Lease bearing the
Lease Reference Date of November 17, 2006 between
RREEF DOMAIN, LP, as Landlord and
CONVIO,  INC., as Tenant

        1.     RENEWAL OPTION .    Tenant shall have the right and option to renew this Lease for one (1) additional five (5) year term (the "Renewal Term") by delivering a binding written notice thereof to Landlord at least two hundred seventy (270) days but not more than three hundred sixty (360) days prior to the expiration date of the Lease Term, provided that at the time of such notice and at the end of the Lease Term, Tenant (i) is not in default hereunder beyond any applicable notice and cure period and (ii) has not assigned this lease nor sublet any portion of the Premises pursuant to a sublease that would be effective at the expiration of this Lease. Upon the delivery of said notice and subject to the conditions set forth in the preceding sentence, this Lease shall be extended upon the same terms, covenants, and conditions as provided in this Lease, except that (a) the rental payable during the Renewal Term shall be at the Market Rate (as defined below) for such space upon commencement of the Renewal Term and (b) Landlord shall have no obligation to perform leasehold improvements to the Premises or provide any allowance therefor. "Market Rate" shall mean the then prevailing market rate for a comparable term commencing on the first day of the Renewal Term for tenants of comparable size and creditworthiness for comparable space in the Project and other comparable office buildings in the Northwest Austin market. The determination of the Market Rate is further described in Exhibit F-l attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference. Applicable market rate escalations shall apply to Basic Rent during the Renewal Term. Tenant shall have no additional extension or renewal option.

        2.     RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL .    Subject to Subsection B below, Landlord hereby grants to Tenant for the initial term of the Lease a continuing right of first refusal to lease any space situated on the second (2 nd ) floor of the Building not constituting the Premises (the "ROFR Space"), to be exercised in accordance with Subsection A below.

F-1


        3.     MONUMENT SIGNAGE .    Tenant shall be permitted to install directional signage, at Tenant's cost, on the multi-tenant monument sign on the Project located as shown on Exhibit F-2 attached hereto, such signage to be subject to Landlord's reasonable approval with respect to the location, design and size thereof.

        4.     BUILDING SIGNAGE .    So long as (i) this Lease is still in full force and effect and (ii) the named Tenant as set forth this Lease shall actually occupy the entire Premises (the "Sign Conditions"), Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right, subject to applicable legal requirements and the terms of this Lease, at Tenant's sole cost and expense, to install and maintain a single building-mounted sign (hereinafter, "Tenant's Sign") on the exterior of the Building. The size, location, construction and design of Tenant's Sign shall be subject to Landlord's reasonable approval and Tenant's Sign shall be subject to compliance with any and all governmental laws, ordinances and regulations. The weight and dimensions of Tenant's Sign and Tenant's proposed method of attaching Tenant's Sign to the Building shall be subject to Landlord's approval, which approvals shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Any changes Tenant proposes to the Tenant's Sign shall be subject to Landlord's approval, not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Without limiting the foregoing, Landlord may refuse to approve any sign that is not consistent with the architecture and general appearance of the Building and Project, will cause undue damage to the Building, or which is otherwise inconsistent with office building signage in similar buildings. Tenant shalt obtain, at its expense, all permits and approvals required for the installation of Tenant's Sign prior to the installation thereof (but shall not be permitted to seek any zoning or similar relief for Tenant's Sign without Landlord's consent, which may be withheld in Landlord's sole discretion), and shall keep all such permits and approvals in full force and effect throughout the term. Tenant acknowledges that Tenant's Sign shall be at Tenant's risk and Tenant shall perform all maintenance and repairs to Tenant's Sign required to keep it in good condition. The installation, repair, maintenance and removal of Tenant's Sign shall be subject to the applicable provisions of the Lease and Landlord's other reasonable requirements. Prior to the expiration or earlier termination of the term of this Lease, and upon any event pursuant to which the Sign Conditions cease to prevail, Tenant shall remove Tenant's Sign (and all associated hardware) from the Building and shall fill all holes and repair all damage caused by such removal. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease, Tenant's right to install and maintain Tenant's Sign shall not be assignable to any subtenant of Tenant. Landlord agrees that Landlord shall not permit another party to place sign larger than Tenant's Sign on the Building unless such party leases space in the Building and such space is larger than the Premises.

        5.     EARLY OCCUPANCY .    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Lease (including, without limitation, Section 2.3 of the Lease), if Tenant occupies the Premises (or any portion thereof) for the conduct of Tenant's business (A) prior to June 1, 2007, then Tenant promises and agrees to pay Landlord, for such period, Basic Rent in the amount of (i) $27,804.58 per month and (ii) the monthly Estimated Component Charges and Taxes and (iii) the Estimated Monthly Utility Escrow Payment and/or (B) between June 1, 2007 and the Commencement Date, then Tenant promises and agrees to pay Landlord, for such period, (i) the monthly Estimated Component Charges and Taxes and (ii) the Estimated Monthly Utility Escrow Payment.

F-2


        6.     ACCESS TO PREMISES .    Subject to Building and Project security requirements, Tenant shall have access to the Premises 24 hours a day, 7 days a week.

        7.     JANITORIAL SERVICE .    Tenant shall have the right, following sixty (60) days prior written notice to Landlord, to contract separately for the janitorial service using a janitorial contractor approved by Landlord and, at such time, Landlord shall cease to provide janitorial service to the Premises and the Component Charges shall be reduced accordingly by Landlord.

F-3



EXHIBIT F-I- DETERMINATION OF MARKET RATE

attached to and made a part of Lease bearing the
Lease Reference Date of November 17, 2006 between
RREEF DOMAIN, LP, as Landlord and
CONVIO,  INC., as Tenant

        Pursuant to the terms of Item 1of Exhibit F to the Lease. Market Rate shall be determined as follows:

F-1-1



EXHIBIT F-2—LOCATION OF MONUMENT SIGN

attached to and made a part of Lease bearing the
Lease Reference Date of November 17, 2006 between
RREEF DOMAIN, LP, as Landlord and
CONVIO, INC., as Tenant

F-2-1


GRAPHIC

F-2-2




QuickLinks

LEASE RREEF Domain, LP, Landlord, and Convio, Inc., Tenant
NET OFFICE LEASE REFERENCE PAGES
LEASE
EXHIBIT A—FLOOR PLAN DEPICTING THE PREMISES
EXHIBIT A-1—SITE PLAN
EXHIBIT A-2—DEPICTION OF THE PROJECT AND LAND (as of the Effective Date)
EXHIBIT B—INITIAL ALTERATIONS attached to and made a part of Lease bearing the Lease Reference Date of November 17, 2006 between RREEF DOMAIN, LP, as Landlord and CONVIO, INC., as Tenant
CONDITION OF THE PREMISES, ALLOWANCE AND TENANT IMPROVEMENTS CONDITION OF THE PREMISES.
ALLOWANCE
TENANT IMPROVEMENTS
EXHIBIT C—COMMENCEMENT DATE MEMORANDUM attached to and made a part of Lease bearing the Lease Reference Date of November 17, 2006 between RREEF DOMAIN, LP, as Landlord and CONVIO, INC., as Tenant COMMENCEMENT DATE MEMORANDUM
EXHIBIT D—RULES AND REGULATIONS attached to and made a part of Lease bearing the Lease Reference Date of November 17, 2006 between RREEF DOMAIN, LP, as Landlord and CONVIO, INC., as Tenant
EXHIBIT E—PARKING attached to and made a part of Lease bearing the Lease Reference Date of November 17, 2006 between RREEF DOMAIN, LP, as Landlord and CONVIO, INC., as Tenant
EXHIBIT F—ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS attached to and made a part of Lease bearing the Lease Reference Date of November 17, 2006 between RREEF DOMAIN, LP, as Landlord and CONVIO, INC., as Tenant
EXHIBIT F-I- DETERMINATION OF MARKET RATE attached to and made a part of Lease bearing the Lease Reference Date of November 17, 2006 between RREEF DOMAIN, LP, as Landlord and CONVIO, INC., as Tenant
EXHIBIT F-2—LOCATION OF MONUMENT SIGN

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 10.8.1

FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE

        THIS First Amendment to Lease (this "Amendment") is entered into as of April 23, 2007, by and between RREEF Domain, LP , a Texas limited partnership ("Landlord"), and CONVIO, INC. , a Delaware corporation ("Tenant").


Recitals

        A.    Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Net Office Lease, dated November 1, 2006 (the "Lease"), relating to Tenant's lease of 66,731 square feet of Net Rentable Area, known as Suite 200 within the building commonly known as Building 5, The Domain, as more fully described in the Lease.

        B.    Tenant desires to take possession of the Premises prior to the Commencement Date.

        C.    Landlord and Tenant desire to amend the Lease as hereinafter provided for the purpose of, among other things, establishing Tenant's early occupancy of the Premises, the Commencement Date, the Expiration Date and other matters under the Lease.


Amendment

        NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual agreements herein set forth, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:

1.
Landlord and Tenant are entering into this Amendment in lieu of executing the Commencement Date Memorandum.

2.
The Commencement Date is July 1, 2007. The Expiration Date is September 30, 2013.

3.
Tenant's early occupancy (per Exhibit F, Section 5) shall commence on April 23, 2007.

4.
The schedule of the Basic Rent and the Monthly Installment of Basic Rent set forth on the Reference Pages is deleted in its entirety, and the following is substituted therefor:

        BASIC RENT and MONTHLY INSTALLMENT OF BASIC RENT (Article 3):

4/23/07-4/30/07   $7,414.55 (8 days @ $926.82/day)
5/1/07-5/31/07   $27,804.58
6/1/07-6/30/07   $0.00
7/1/07-9/28/07   $0.00 Rent Abatement Period
9/29/07-9/30/07   $3,892.64 due 7/1/07
10/1/07-12/31/07   $58,389.63/per month
1/1/08-12/31/08   $83,413.75/per month
1/1/09-12/31/09   $86,194.21/per month
1/1/10-12/31/10   $88,974.67/per month
1/1/11-12/31/11   $91,755.13/per month
1/1/12-12/31/12   $94,535.58/per month
1/1/13-9/30/13   $97,316.04/per month

 
  Component and
Utility Charges
  Basic Rent   Total Monthly Payment    
4/23/07-4/30/07   $ 12,975.47   $ 7,414.55   $ 20,390.02    
5/1/07-5/31/07   $ 48,658.02   $ 27,804.58   $ 76,462.60    
6/1/07-6/30/07   $ 48,658.02   $ 0.00   $ 48,658.02    
7/1/07-9/28/07   $ 11,064.00   $ 0.00   $ 11,064.00    
9/29/07-9/30/07   $ 3,243.87   $ 3,892.64   $ 7,136.51    (Due 7/1/07)
10/1/07-12/31/07   $ 48,658.02   $ 58,389.63   $ 107,047.65    
5.
Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the same meaning as set forth in the Lease.

6.
Except as expressly modified by this Amendment, the Lease shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

7.
This Amendment may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which shall constitute one document.

[ SIGNATURE PAGE(S) FOLLOW]


[Signature Page for that First Amendment to Lease]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be executed as of the date and year first above written.

LANDLORD:   TENANT:

RREEF DOMAIN, L.P., a Texas limited partnership

 

CONVIO, INC.

By:

 

RREEF MANAGEMENT COMPANY, a
Delaware Corporation, Authorized Agent

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Joseph D. Akers


 

By:

 

/s/ JR Offerdahl
Name:   Joseph D. Akers

  Name:   JR Offerdahl
Title:   Vice President, District Manager

  Title:   CFO
Dated:   May 25, 2007   Dated:   June 19, 2007



QuickLinks

FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE
Recitals
Amendment

Exhibit 10.8.2

 

SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE

 

THIS Second Amendment to Lease (this “Amendment”) is entered into as of January  22, 2008, by and between RREEF Domain, LP , a Texas limited partnership (“Landlord”), and CONVIO, INC ., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

 

Recitals

 

A.            Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Net Office Lease, dated November 1, 2006 (the “Lease”), relating to Tenant’s lease of 66,731 square feet of Net Rentable Area, known as Suite 200 within the building commonly known as Building 5, The Domain, as more fully described in the Lease.

 

B.            Landlord and Tenant amended the Lease by that First Amendment to Lease (the “1 st  Amendment”) dated April, 2007.

 

C.            Tenant desires to lease and demise from Landlord, and Landlord desires to lease and demise to Tenant, certain additional space in Building 5 in accordance with the terms and provisions hereinafter provided.

 

Amendment

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual agreements herein set forth, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:

 

1 .             Expansion Space; Expansion Space Commencement Date .  Landlord hereby leases and demises to Tenant the area (the “Expansion Space”) containing approximately 22,566 square feet of rentable area on the second (2 nd ) floor in Building 5, the Expansion Space being more particularly depicted in Exhibit A attached hereto, for a term commencing on January 1, 2009 (the “Expansion Space Commencement Date”) and continuing until the Expiration Date of the Lease.  On and after the Expansion Space Commencement Date, the Expansion Space shall, for all purposes, be deemed to be included within the term “Premises” as used in the Lease and shall be subject in all respects to the terms, provisions and conditions set forth therein; provided, however, that the Expansion Space hereby demised to Tenant is accepted by Tenant in an “as is” condition (subject to Paragraph 6 below and Exhibit B attached hereto). The rentable area of the Expansion Space is hereby stipulated for all purposes hereof to be as set forth in this Paragraph 1, whether the same should be more or less as a result of minor variations resulting from actual construction and completion of the Expansion Space . Landlord grants to Tenant, effective from October 1, 2008 to the Expansion Space Commencement Date, a license to enter the Expansion Space for the sole purpose of constructing the Expansion Space Tenant Improvements (as described in Exhibit B attached hereto), or the temporary use for other purposes permitted under the Lease (but excluding the conduct of Tenant’s normal day to day business operations during such license period), such entry subject to all of the terms of the Lease except for Tenant’s obligation to pay Basic Rent and Component and Utility Charges.

 



 

2.             Proportionate Share .  Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that, as of the Expansion Space Commencement Date, the Premises shall include 89,297 square feet of rentable area and, accordingly, (a) Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the Building shall be increased from the current 37.5% to 50.2% and (b) Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the Project shall be increased from the current 7.3% to 9.8%.

 

3.             Base Rent .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Lease, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that, as of the date of execution of this Amendment, the Base Rent applicable to the Premises shall be as follows (and the schedule of the Basic Rent and the Monthly Installment of Basic Rent set forth in the 1 st  Amendment is deleted in its entirety, and the following is substituted therefor):

 

BASIC RENT and MONTHLY INSTALLMENT OF BASIC RENT (Article 3):

 

4/23/07 – 4/30/07

 

$7,414.55 (8 days @ $926.82 / day)

5/1/07 – 5/31/07

 

$27,804.58

6/1/07 – 6/30/07

 

$0.00

7/1/07 – 9/28/07

 

$0.00 Rent Abatement Period

9/29/07 – 9/30/07

 

$3,892.64 due 7/1/07

10/1/07 – 12/31/07

 

$58,389.63 / per month

1/1/08 – 12/31/08

 

$83,413.75 / per month

1/1/09 – 2/28/09

 

$123,105.43 / per month

3/1/09 – 12/31/09

 

$124,045.68 / per month

1/1/10 – 2/28/10

 

$126,826.14 / per month

3/1/10 – 12/31/10

 

$127,766.39 / per month

1/1/11 – 2/28/11

 

$130,546.85 / per month

3/1/11 – 12/31/11

 

$131,487.10 / per month

1/1/12 – 2/29/12

 

$134,267.55 / per month

3/1/12 – 12/31/12

 

$135,207.80 / per month

1/1/13 – 2/28/13

 

$137,988.26 / per month

3/1/13 – 9/30/13

 

$138,928.51 / per month

 

4.             Security Deposit .  Upon Tenant’s execution of this Amendment, Tenant shall deposit the amount of $54,964.02 (the “Cash Security Deposit”) with Landlord.  Said sum shall be held by Landlord as security for the faithful performance by Tenant of all the terms, covenants and conditions of the Lease to be kept and performed by Tenant and not as an advance rental deposit or as a measure of Landlord’s damage in case of Tenant’s default.  If Tenant defaults with respect to any provision of the Lease, Landlord may use any part of the Cash Security Deposit for the payment of any rent or any other sum in default, or for the payment of any amount which Landlord may spend or become obligated to spend by reason of Tenant’s default, or to compensate Landlord for any other loss or damage which Landlord may suffer by reason of Tenant’s default.  If any portion is so used, Tenant shall within five (5) business days after written demand therefor, deposit with Landlord an amount sufficient to restore the Cash Security Deposit to its original amount and Tenant’s failure to do so shall be a material breach of the Lease.  Except to such extent, if any, as shall be required by law, Landlord shall not be required to keep the Cash Security Deposit separate from its general funds, and Tenant shall not be entitled to interest on such deposit.  If Tenant shall fully and faithfully perform every provision of the Lease to be performed by it, the Cash Security Deposit or any balance thereof shall be returned to Tenant at such time after termination of the Lease when Landlord shall have

 



 

determined that all of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease have been fulfilled but in no event later than thirty (30) days following the termination of the Lease.

 

5.             Letter of Credit .  Tenant shall cause the amount of the Letter of Credit to be increased by $384,273.43, so that the amount of the Letter of Credit following such increase shall be $2,284,273.40. The amount of the Letter of Credit shall be increased by amending the existing Letter of Credit or by replacing the existing Letter of Credit with a new Letter of Credit in the increased amount (any such new Letter of Credit to contain substantially the same terms as the existing Letter of Credit and to be issued by the same issuer as the existing Letter of Credit).  The proposed amendment to the existing Letter of Credit or the proposed new Letter of Credit shall be delivered to Landlord within five (5) business days following the date of full execution of this Amendment.

 

6.             Tenant Improvements .  Tenant accepts the Expansion Space in its existing condition and Landlord shall not be required to perform any demolition work or tenant finish-work therein or, subject to Exhibit B attached hereto, to provide any allowances therefor.

 

7.             Parking .  Effective as of the date of full execution of this Amendment, Exhibit E to the Lease shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with Exhibit E and Exhibit E-1 attached hereto.

 

8.             Right Of First Refusal .  From and after the date of full execution of this Amendment, Tenant and Landlord agree that Tenant’s Right of First Refusal (as provided in item 2 of Exhibit F to the Lease) is deleted in its entirety.

 

9.             Brokerage .  Landlord and Tenant each warrant to the other that it has not dealt with any broker or agent in connection with the negotiation or execution of this Amendment other than Endeavor Real Estate Group and Commercial Texas, LLC, whose commissions shall be paid by Landlord pursuant to a separate written agreements.  Tenant and Landlord shall each indemnify the other against all costs, expenses, attorneys’ fees, and other liability for commissions or other compensation claimed by any other broker or agent claiming the same by, through, or under the indemnifying party.

 

10.           Miscellaneous .

 

a.             All terms and conditions of the Lease not expressly modified by this Amendment shall remain in full force and effect, and, in the event of any consistencies between this Amendment and the terms of the Lease, the terms set forth in this Amendment shall govern and control.  Except as expressly amended hereby, the Lease shall remain in full force and effect as of the date thereof.

 

b.             This Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts which shall be construed together as one document.

 

c.             Captions used herein are for convenience only and are not to be utilized to ascribe any meaning to the contents thereof.  Unless defined differently herein or the context clearly

 



 

requires otherwise, all terms used in this Amendment shall have the meanings ascribed to them under the Lease.

 

d.             This Amendment (i) shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of each of the parties and their respective successors, assigns, receivers and trustees; (ii) may be modified or amended only by a written agreement executed by each of the parties; and (iii) shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE(S) FOLLOW]

 



 

[Signature Page for that Second Amendment to Lease]

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be executed as of the date and year first above written.

 

LANDLORD:

 

 

 

RREEF DOMAIN, L.P., a Texas limited partnership

 

 

 

By:  RREEF MANAGEMENT COMPANY, a

 

Delaware corporation, Authorized Agent

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Joseph D. Akers

 

Name:

Joseph D. Akers

 

Title:

Vice President

 

Dated:

January 22, 2008

 

 

 

 

 

TENANT:

 

 

 

CONVIO, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ JR Offerdahl

 

Name:

JR Offerdahl

 

Title:

CFO

 

Dated:

January 18, 2008

 

 

Attachments :

 

Exhibit A — Depiction of the Expansion Space

Exhibit B — Expansion Space Alterations

Exhibit E — Parking

Exhibit E-1 — Depiction of Parking Areas

 



 

EXHIBIT A — THE EXPANSION SPACE

 


 

EXHIBIT B — EXPANSION SPACE ALTERATIONS

 

CONDITION OF THE EXPANSION SPACE , EXPANSION SPACE ALLOWANCE AND EXPANSION SPACE TENANT IMPROVEMENTS

 

CONDITION OF THE EXPANSION SPACE

 

Tenant acknowledges and agrees that it has inspected the Expansion Space and Tenant agrees to accept the Expansion Space in its present condition, “AS IS” and “WITH ALL FAULTS.”  Landlord shall have no obligation to make any alterations, additions or improvements of any nature to the Expansion Space . TENANT ACKNOWLEDGES THAT LANDLORD HAS NOT MADE NOR WILL MAKE ANY WARRANTIES TO TENANT WITH RESPECT TO THE QUALITY OF CONSTRUCTION OF ANY LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS OR TENANT FINISH WITHIN THE EXPANSION SPACE OR AS TO THE CONDITION OF THE EXPANSION SPACE, WHETHER EXPRESS, STATUTORY, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE, AND THAT LANDLORD EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY THAT THE EXPANSION SPACE IS OR WILL BE SUITABLE FOR TENANT’S INTENDED COMMERCIAL PURPOSES.

 

EXPANSION SPACE ALLOWANCE

 

Landlord shall provide Tenant with an allowance (the “Expansion Space Allowance”) of $9.00 per square foot of rentable area in the Expansion Space ($203,094.00) for construction of the improvements contemplated by the Expansion Space Plans (as defined below).  Subject to a credit for the Expansion Space Allowance, Tenant shall bear the entire cost [including labor, material, equipment, all architectural and engineering fees incurred in connection with the preparation of the Expansion Space Plans and a construction supervision fee payable to Landlord equal to one point seven five percent (1.75%) of the amount of the Expansion Space Construction Costs (as defined below). The total construction costs (consisting of labor, material and equipment)] of any improvements to be installed in the Expansion Space in accordance with the Expansion Space Plans is referred to herein as the “Expansion Space Construction Costs.”

 

EXPANSION SPACE TENANT IMPROVEMENTS

 

a.                         (1) Tenant shall provide to Landlord final working drawings (the “Expansion Space Plans”) of all improvements that Tenant desires to be installed in the Expansion Space and information regarding the contractor Tenant proposes to use in constructing such improvements. Tenant’s proposed contractor shall be subject to Landlord’s approval. The Expansion Space Plans shall include specifications in a format deemed suitable for the construction by the Tenant’s contractor and Tenant’s architect.  Plans shall also include sufficient information, either in the specifications, or drawings, or both, to clearly indicate materials to be used in the construction of all of the improvements.

 

(2) The Expansion Space Plans shall be subject to Landlord’s approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned; provided that (a) they

 



 

comply with all applicable governmental laws, codes, rules, and regulations, (b) the improvements depicted thereon conform to the specifications, rules and regulations to be promulgated by Landlord for the construction of tenant improvements, and (c) the work will not affect the Building’s HVAC, electrical, mechanical, or plumbing systems in an adverse manner.  Landlord shall have five (5) business days following Tenant’s delivery of the Expansion Space Plans to approve or disapprove the Expansion Space Plans. Failure by Landlord to timely approve or disapprove the Expansion Space Plans shall be deemed as Landlord’s approval of the Expansion Space Plans. Approval (or deemed approval) by Landlord of the Expansion Space Plans shall not be a representation or warranty of Landlord that the Expansion Space Plans are adequate for any use, purpose, or condition, or that the Expansion Space Plans comply with any applicable law or code.

 

(3) Any disapproval of the Expansion Space Plans by Landlord shall be in writing and shall specify the reasons for disapproval. Any Expansion Space Plans resubmitted by Tenant shall address all of Landlord’s specified reasons for disapproval. Landlord shall have five (5) business days following receipt of any such resubmitted Expansion Space Plans to approve or disapprove such Expansion Space Plans.  Failure by Landlord to timely approve or disapprove such resubmitted Expansion Space Plans shall be deemed as Landlord’s approval of such Expansion Space Plans.

 

(4) Landlord and Tenant shall repeat the foregoing procedure until approval of the Expansion Space Plans by Landlord. The construction of all improvements in accordance with the approved Expansion Space Plans is referred to herein as the “Expansion Space Tenant’s Work.”

 

b.     All design, construction and installation shall conform to the requirements of applicable building, plumbing and electrical codes and the requirements of any governmental authority having jurisdiction with respect to such work.

 

c.     If Tenant requests materials or installations in addition to or other than as shown on the approved Expansion Space Plans (an “Expansion Space Change”), Landlord’s review and prior written approval shall be required and shall not be unreasonably delayed, withheld or conditioned.  Each Expansion Space Change request shall be set forth in a written notice delivered to Landlord, specifying in detail the requested Expansion Space Change.

 

d.             At any time after August 1, 2008, Tenant’s approved contractor shall perform, or cause to be performed, the construction of all improvements in accordance with the approved Expansion Space Plans. Tenant shall pay for all of the Expansion Space Construction Costs, subject to payment by Landlord to Tenant of the Expansion Space Allowance. Landlord shall pay to Tenant the Expansion Space Allowance pursuant to the following procedure:

 

(i) Prior to commencement of the Expansion Space Tenant’s Work, Tenant shall provide to Landlord a copy of the construction contract between Tenant and Tenant’s approved contractor, such contract to include the total cost of the Expansion Space Tenant’s Work.

 

(ii) As the Expansion Space Tenant’s Work progresses, Tenant shall, no more than one (1) time each month, provide Landlord with each draw request from the approved

 



 

contractor. Within ten (10) days after Landlord’s receipt of the foregoing draw request from Tenant, Landlord shall pay to Tenant the amount of such draw request, but only until the entire Expansion Space Allowance has been paid by Landlord to Tenant. In no event shall Landlord be required to pay to Tenant more than the amount of the Expansion Space Allowance. After the Expansion Space Allowance has been paid by Landlord to Tenant, Tenant shall be solely responsible for all payments to Tenant’s contractor.

 

(iii) Within ten (10) days following Substantial Completion (as defined below) of the Expansion Space Tenant’s Work, Tenant shall provide to Landlord lien releases from all parties providing labor and/or materials to the Expansion Space and no mechanic’s, materialman’s, laborer’s or other similar liens in connection with the Expansion Space Tenant’s Work shall exist of record on any portion of the Project.

 

e.     The term “Substantial Completion” shall mean that a certificate of occupancy (or temporary occupancy) has been issued and the Expansion Space Tenant’s Work has been completed substantially in accordance with the Expansion Space Plans, subject to completion of minor punch list items.

 



 

EXHIBIT E — PARKING

 

Provided Tenant is not in default hereunder beyond any applicable notice and cure period, Tenant shall be permitted to use, the Project parking areas as follows: (a) unreserved parking spaces [equal to three (3) parking spaces per each 1,000 square feet of rentable area of the Premises] in the surface parking area associated with the Building (the “Building 5 Parking Area”) and (b) unreserved parking spaces [equal to one (1) parking space per each 1,000 square feet of rentable area of the Premises] in the “Simon Parking Garage” (as depicted on Exhibit E-1 attached hereto), all such parking subject to such terms, conditions and regulations as are applicable to patrons of said parking area(s) for spaces similarly situated within said parking area(s). The inability of Tenant to utilize said parking spaces shall under no circumstances be deemed a default by Landlord as to permit Tenant to terminate this Lease, in whole or in part, or to have any claim or cause of action against Landlord as a result thereof, the same being hereby expressly waived by Tenant.  In the event the parking spaces become unavailable to Tenant during any portion of the term of this Lease for any reason, then Landlord shall use its commercially reasonable best efforts to make available to Tenant sufficient parking spaces (but not to exceed the number of spaces not then available to Tenant) to meet Tenant’s needs and situated within 1,500 feet from the Building, until the parking spaces are available to Tenant. The foregoing shall not be deemed to provide Tenant with an exclusive right to any parking spaces or any guaranty of the availability of any particular parking spaces. The foregoing shall not be deemed to provide Tenant with any specific number of parking spaces beyond the spaces indicated above.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord reserves the right, by giving Tenant a minimum of ten (10) days prior written notice, to reduce Tenant’s parking in the Building 5 Parking Area and replace such reduced parking spaces in the Building 5 Parking Area with an equal number of parking spaces in the Simon Parking Garage and/or any one or more of the parking garages in the approximate locations depicted as the “Alternate Parking Garages” on Exhibit E-1 attached hereto (when and if the Alternate Parking Garage(s) is/are constructed). In addition to the foregoing notice, Landlord shall give Tenant at least thirty (30) days prior written notice of the date upon which Landlord estimates such parking space replacement shall occur.

 



 

EXHIBIT E-1 — DEPICTION OF PARKING GARAGES

 




Exhibit 10.8.3

 

THIRD AMENDMENT TO LEASE

 

THIS Third Amendment to Lease (this “Amendment”) is entered into as of August         , 2008, by and between RREEF Domain, LP , a Texas limited partnership (“Landlord”), and CONVIO, INC ., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

 

Recitals

 

A.                                    Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Net Office Lease, dated November 1, 2006 (the “Lease”), relating to Tenant’s lease of 66,731 square feet of Net Rentable Area, known as Suite 200 within the building commonly known as Building 5, The Domain, as more fully described in the Lease.

 

B.                                      Landlord and Tenant amended the Lease by that First Amendment to Lease (the “1 st  Amendment”) dated April, 2007 and that Second Amendment to Lease (the “2 nd  Amendment”) dated January, 2008.

 

C.                                      Tenant desires to early occupy certain space in Building 5 and Landlord has agreed to such early occupancy in accordance with the terms and provisions hereinafter provided.

 

Amendment

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual agreements herein set forth, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:

 

1 .                                        Early Occupancy of a Portion of the Expansion Space .  Landlord grants to Tenant, effective from August 18, 2008 to the Expansion Space Commencement Date, a license to enter the portion of the Expansion Space depicted on Exhibit A attached hereto as the “ Early Occupancy Space ” for the purposes permitted under the Lease (including the conduct of Tenant’s normal, day to day business operations during such license period), such entry subject to all of the terms of the Lease except for Tenant’s obligation to pay Basic Rent and Component and Utility Charges. The Early Occupancy Space contains approximately 2,000 square feet of rentable area.

 

2.                                        Condition to Landlords Execution/Delivery of this Amendment . Landlord’s agreement to execute and deliver this Amendment is made and given subject to Tenant agreeing to reimburse Landlord for legal fees incurred by Landlord in preparing this Amendment (such reimbursement amount not to exceed $500.00), such reimbursement to be paid by Tenant to Landlord within ten (10) days following Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s invoice for such legal fees.

 

3.                                        Miscellaneous .

 

a.                                        All terms and conditions of the Lease not expressly modified by this Amendment shall remain in full force and effect, and, in the event of any consistencies between this Amendment and the terms of the Lease, the terms set forth in this Amendment shall govern and

 



 

control.  Except as expressly amended hereby, the Lease shall remain in full force and effect as of the date thereof.

 

b.                                       This Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts which shall be construed together as one document.

 

c.                                        Captions used herein are for convenience only and are not to be utilized to ascribe any meaning to the contents thereof.  Unless defined differently herein or the context clearly requires otherwise, all terms used in this Amendment shall have the meanings ascribed to them under the Lease.

 

d.                                       This Amendment (i) shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of each of the parties and their respective successors, assigns, receivers and trustees; (ii) may be modified or amended only by a written agreement executed by each of the parties; and (iii) shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE(S) FOLLOW]

 



 

[Signature Page for that Third Amendment to Lease]

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be executed as of the date and year first above written.

 

LANDLORD:

 

RREEF DOMAIN, L.P., a Texas limited partnership

 

By:

RREEF MANAGEMENT COMPANY, a

 

 

Delaware corporation, Authorized Agent

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

Dated:

August       , 2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TENANT:

 

 

 

 

CONVIO, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jennifer Harris

 

 

 

 

Name:

Jennifer Harris

 

 

 

 

Title:

VP, Corp. Controller

 

 

 

 

Dated:

August       , 2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Attachments :

 

 

 

 

Exhibit A - The Early Occupancy Space

 

 



 

EXHIBIT A

THE EARLY OCCUPANCY SPACE

 

The Early Occupancy Space

 




Exhibit 10.9

 

LEASE

 

 

1255 23 RD  STREET, L.P.,

a District of Columbia limited partnership

 

Landlord

 

and

 

CONVIO, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

 

Tenant

 

Suite 650

1255 23 rd  Street, NW

Washington, DC

 

 

April 3, 2009

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

ARTICLE 1.

BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS

1

ARTICLE 2.

PREMISES, TERM, RENT

6

ARTICLE 3.

USE AND OCCUPANCY; PARKING

8

ARTICLE 4.

CONDITION OF THE PREMISES

9

ARTICLE 5.

ALTERATIONS

9

ARTICLE 6.

REPAIRS

13

ARTICLE 7.

TAXES AND OPERATING EXPENSES

14

ARTICLE 8.

REQUIREMENTS OF LAW

20

ARTICLE 9.

SUBORDINATION

22

ARTICLE 10.

SERVICES

24

ARTICLE 11.

INSURANCE; PROPERTY LOSS OR DAMAGE

28

ARTICLE 12.

EMINENT DOMAIN

32

ARTICLE 13.

ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

33

ARTICLE 14.

ACCESS TO PREMISES

40

ARTICLE 15.

DEFAULT

41

ARTICLE 16.

LANDLORD’S RIGHT TO CURE; FEES AND EXPENSES

45

ARTICLE 17.

NO REPRESENTATIONS BY LANDLORD; LANDLORD’S APPROVAL

46

ARTICLE 18.

END OF TERM

46

ARTICLE 19.

QUIET ENJOYMENT

47

ARTICLE 20.

NO SURRENDER; NO WAIVER

47

ARTICLE 21.

WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY

48

ARTICLE 22.

NOTICES

48

ARTICLE 23.

RULES AND REGULATIONS

48

ARTICLE 24.

BROKER

49

ARTICLE 25.

INDEMNITY

49

ARTICLE 26.

MISCELLANEOUS

50

ARTICLE 27.

LETTER OF CREDIT

54

ARTICLE 28.

OPTION TO EXPAND

58

ARTICLE 29.

OPTION TO TERMINATE

59

 

EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit A

Floor Plan, Original Premises, Additional Premises and Option Space

Exhibit A-1

Land

Exhibit B

Definitions

Exhibit C

Work Agreement

Exhibit D

Cleaning Specifications

Exhibit E

Rules and Regulations

Exhibit F

Form Letter of Credit

 

i



 

INDEX OF DEFINED TERMS

 

Term

 

Location

 

 

 

Additional Rent

 

Article 1

Advance Rent

 

Section 2.4

Adverse Event

 

Section 26.21

Alterations

 

Section 5.1

Area of the Building

 

Article 1

Area of the Premises

 

Article 1

Assessed Valuation

 

Section 7.1

Base Building Systems

 

Exhibit B

Base Building Work

 

Exhibit C

Base Operating Expenses

 

Section 7.1

Base Rate

 

Exhibit B

Base Taxes

 

Section 7.1

Base Year

 

Article 1

Building

 

Article 1

Business Days

 

Exhibit B

Business Hours

 

Exhibit B

Calendar Year

 

Section 7.1

Code

 

Exhibit B

Commencement Date

 

Article 1

Common Areas

 

Exhibit B

Comparable Buildings

 

Exhibit B

Comparison Year

 

Section 7.1

Condominium Documents

 

Section 9.5

Deficiency

 

Exhibit B

Effective Date

 

Introductory Paragraph

Equipment

 

Section 5.7

Excluded Expenses

 

Exhibit B

Expense Estimate

 

Section 7.3

Expiration Date

 

Article 1

Fixed Rent

 

Article 1

Floor Ready Condition

 

Exhibit C

Governmental Authority

 

Exhibit B

Guarantor

 

Article 1

Hazardous Materials

 

Exhibit B

Holidays

 

Exhibit B

HVAC System

 

Exhibit B

ING

 

Section 9.3

Interest Rate

 

Article 1

Land

 

Article 1

Landlord

 

Introductory Paragraph

 

ii



 

Landlord Party(ies)

 

Exhibit B

Landlord’s Address for Notices

 

Article 1

Landlord’s Address for Payment

 

Article 1

Landlord’s Agent

 

Article 1

Landlord’s Contribution

 

Article 1

Lease

 

Introductory Paragraph

Lease Year

 

Exhibit B

Lessor

 

Exhibit B

Letter of Credit

 

Article 1

Losses

 

Exhibit B

Major Alterations

 

Section 5.1

Minor Alterations

 

Section 5.1

Market Sub-Rent

 

Section 13.3

Mortgage(s)

 

Exhibit B

Mortgagee(s)

 

Exhibit B

Operating Expenses

 

Section 7.1

Operator

 

Section 3.2

Parking Allocation

 

Article 1

Parking Facility

 

Article 1

Permitted Alterations

 

Section 5.1

Plans

 

Section 5.1

Permitted Uses

 

Article 1

Premises

 

Article 1

Prohibited Use

 

Exhibit B

Real Property

 

Article 1

Reasonable Efforts

 

Exhibit C

Rent

 

Article 1

Rent Commencement Date

 

Article 1

Requirements

 

Exhibit B

Restoration Payment

 

Section 11.3

Restoration Security

 

Section 11.3

Restorative Work

 

Section 6.3

Retail Component

 

Article 1

Rules and Regulations

 

Exhibit B

Specialty Alterations

 

Exhibit B

Statement

 

Section 7.1

Substantial Completion

 

Exhibit B

Superior Lease(s)

 

Exhibit B

Tax Estimate

 

Section 7.2

Taxes

 

Section 7.1

Tenant

 

Introductory Paragraph

Tenant Fixtures

 

Section 6.2

Tenant Party(ies)

 

Exhibit B

Tenant’s Address for Notices

 

Article 1

Tenant’s Broker

 

Article 1

 

iii



 

Tenant’s Operating Payment

 

Section 7.3

Tenant’s Property

 

Exhibit B

Tenant’s Proportionate Share

 

Article 1

Tenant’s Tax Payment

 

Section 7.2

Term

 

Article 1

Unavoidable Delays

 

Exhibit B

 

iv



 

LEASE

 

THIS LEASE (this “ Lease ”) is made as of April 3, 2009 (the “ Effective Date ”), between 1255 23 RD  STREET, L.P., a District of Columbia limited partnership (“ Landlord ”), and CONVIO, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).

 

Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1

 

BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS

 

ORIGINAL PREMISES

The portion of the sixth (6 th ) floor of the Building, as more particularly shown on Exhibit A – Floor Plan comprising approximately 11,880 square feet

 

 

ADDITIONAL PREMISES

The portion of the sixth (6 th ) floor of the Building, as more particularly shown on Exhibit A – Floor Plan comprising approximately 2,609 square feet, for which Tenant shall begin to pay Rent commencing on the first day of the fourth (4 th ) Lease Year

 

 

PREMISES

Initially the Original Premises, and beginning on the first (1 st ) day of the fourth (4 th ) Lease Year (or if earlier, the date elected by Tenant pursuant to Section 2.2(d)), the Original Premises plus the Additional Premises. If the Option (as defined below) is exercised and the Option Space is delivered pursuant to Article 28, then the Option Space shall also be considered part of the Premises.

 

 

BUILDING

The building, fixtures, equipment and other improvements and appurtenances now located or hereafter erected, located or placed upon the Land and commonly known as 1255 23 rd  Street, N.W., Washington, D.C.

 

 

PARKING FACILITY

The parking structure, fixtures and other improvements and appurtenances now located or hereafter erected, located or placed upon the Land

 

 

LAND

The real property described on Exhibit A-1-Land to this Lease

 

 

REAL PROPERTY

The Land, the Building, the Common Areas and the Parking Facility

 

 

COMMENCEMENT

 

DATE

August 1, 2009

 

1



 

PREMISES DELIVERY
DATE

The date on which Landlord tenders possession of the Original Premises and the Additional Premises to Tenant for purposes of Tenant’s Contractors commencing construction of Tenant’s Work. Landlord shall tender such possession within five (5) Business Days following the Effective Date, and receipt of lender approval hereof, the Letter of Credit and all insurance certificates required pursuant to Section 11.1(c) hereof.

 

 

RENT

 

COMMENCEMENT

 

DATE

August 1, 2009

 

 

EXPIRATION DATE

The last day of the month in which the 120 th  monthly anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date falls (unless the Rent Commencement Date is the first (1 st ) day of a month, in which case the Expiration Date shall be the last day of the month immediately preceding the 120 th  monthly anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date), or the last day of any renewal or extended term, if the Term of this Lease is extended in accordance with any express provision hereof; as such date might be extended or sooner terminated as provided in this Lease

 

 

TERM

The period that begins on the Commencement Date and, unless this Lease is sooner terminated, ends on the Expiration Date

 

 

PERMITTED USES

Executive and general offices and uses accessory or incidental thereto, including computer labs, training facilities and server rooms

 

 

BASE YEAR

Calendar year 2009

 

2


 

TENANT’S

 

PROPORTIONATE

 

SHARE

Until the beginning of the fourth (4 th ) Lease Year, the percentage equal to a fraction, the numerator of which is the Area of the Original Premises and the denominator of which is the Area of the Building, with Tenant’s Proportionate Share for the Original Premises being 3.54%, subject to adjustment as set forth in Section 2.5

 

 

 

Commencing with the fourth (4 th ) Lease Year, the percentage equal to a fraction, the numerator of which is the Area of the Original Premises plus the Area of the Additional Premises, and the denominator of which is the Area of the Building, with Tenant’s Proportionate Share for the Original Premises and the Additional Premises being 4.32%, subject to adjustment as set forth in Section 2.5

 

 

AREA OF

 

THE BUILDING

335,435 rentable square feet

 

 

AREA OF THE

 

ORIGINAL PREMISES

11,880 rentable square feet

 

 

AREA OF THE ADDITIONAL PREMISES

2,609 rentable square feet

 

 

FIXED RENT

 

 

Lease Year

 

Fixed Rent per annum per square foot of Area of the Premises

 

1

 

$

47.50

 

2

 

$

48.69

 

3

 

$

49.91

 

4

 

$

51.16

 

5

 

$

52.44

 

6

 

$

54.94

 

7

 

$

56.31

 

8

 

$

57.72

 

9

 

$

59.16

 

10 through Expiration Date

 

$

60.64

 

 

3



 

ADDITIONAL RENT

All sums other than Fixed Rent payable by Tenant to Landlord under this Lease and any work letter, exhibits, riders or other attachments hereto, including Tenant’s Tax Payment, Tenant’s Operating Payment, late charges, overtime or excess service charges, supplemental chilled water charges, damages, and interest and other costs related to Tenant’s failure to perform any of its obligations under this Lease

 

 

RENT

Fixed Rent and Additional Rent, collectively

 

 

INTEREST RATE

The lesser of (i) 4% per annum above the then-current Base Rate, and (ii) the maximum rate permitted by applicable law

 

 

LETTER OF CREDIT

$350,000, subject to Section 27.6

 

 

PARKING ALLOCATION

One (1) parking contracts per 1,500 square feet of Area of the Original Premises plus the Area of the Additional Premises plus (if, and when, exercised) the area of the Option Space) (with such number of parking contracts being rounded to the nearest whole number) for use in the Parking Facility

 

 

TENANT’S ADDRESS

 

FOR NOTICES

Convio, Inc.

 

11501 Domain Drive

 

Suite 200

 

Austin, TX 78758

 

Attn: Angie McDermott

 

 

LANDLORD’S

 

ADDRESS FOR

 

NOTICES

1255 23 rd  Street, L.P.

 

c/o Tishman Speyer Properties, L.P.

 

45 Rockefeller Plaza, 7 th  Floor

 

New York, New York 10111

 

Attn:  Chief Financial Officer

 

4



 

 

Copies to:

 

 

 

1255 23 rd  Street, L.P.

 

c/o Tishman Speyer Properties, L.P.

 

1875 Eye Street, NW, Suite 300

 

Washington, DC 20006

 

Attn: Regional Manager and Property Manager

 

 

 

and:

 

 

 

1255 23 rd  Street, L.P.

 

c/o Tishman Speyer Properties, L.P.

 

45 Rockefeller Plaza, 7 th  Floor

 

New York, New York 10111

 

Attn: Chief Legal Officer

 

 

LANDLORD’S ADDRESS

 

FOR PAYMENT

 

 

1255 23 rd  Street, L.P.

 

P.O. Box 905446

 

Charlotte, NC 28290-5446

 

 

ING’S ADDRESS

 

FOR NOTICES

 

 

ING Real Estate Finance (USA) LLC

 

230 Park Avenue, 15 th  Floor

 

New York, NY 10169

 

Attn: Michael E. Shields, Director

 

 

 

Copies to:

 

 

 

ING Real Estate Finance (USA) LLC

 

230 Park Avenue, 15 th  Floor

 

New York, NY 10169

 

Attn: Maria D. Kastanis, Senior Director

 

 

TENANT’S BROKER

The Ezra Company

 

 

LANDLORD’S AGENT

Tishman Speyer Properties, L.P. or any other person designated at any time and from time to time by Landlord as Landlord’s Agent and their successors and assigns

 

 

LANDLORD’S

 

CONTRIBUTION

The sum of (x) the product of (i) the sum of the Area of the Original Premises plus the Area of the Additional Premises

 

5



 

 

multiplied by (ii) $65.00, plus (y) Tenant’s cost to erect the necessary demising wall, not to exceed Nine Thousand Dollars ($9,000.00), plus (if not heretofore paid by Landlord) (z) the product of (i) the Area of the Original Premises plus the Area of the Additional Premises multiplied by (ii) $0.12 (which shall be an allowance payable to Tenant’s architect for purposes of performing a test fit) (which amount shall be payable to Tenant’s architect for the cost associated with a test fit.

 

 

GUARANTOR

N/A

 

All capitalized terms used in this Lease without definition are defined in Exhibit B-Definitions or in the other exhibits, riders, schedules or other attachments to this Lease.

 

ARTICLE 2

 

PREMISES, TERM, RENT

 

Section 2.1 Lease of Premises.   Subject to the terms of this Lease, Landlord leases to Tenant and Tenant leases from Landlord the Premises for the Term. In addition, Landlord grants to Tenant the right to use, on a non-exclusive basis and in common with other tenants, the Common Areas.

 

Section 2.2 Commencement Date.

 

(a)           From and after the Effective Date, the terms and provisions of this Lease shall be fully binding on Landlord and Tenant, including prior to the occurrence of the Comme ncement Date.

 

(b)            If Landlord does not tender possession of the Premises or any portion thereof to Tenant on any specified date, for any reason whatsoever, this Lease shall not be void or voidable as a result thereof, Landlord shall not be liable for any damage thereby caused, such failure shall not affect any other obligations of Tenant hereunder (except as expressly provided in this Section and in the definition of Premises Delivery Date and Rent Commencement Date), and the Term shall not commence until Landlord tenders possession of the Premises to Tenant. Landlord shall be deemed to have tendered possession of the Premises to Tenant upon the giving of notice by Landlord to Tenant stating that the Premises are vacant and in the condition required by this Lease. There shall be no postponement of the Commencement Date and/or the Rent Commencement Date for any delay in the tender of possession to Tenant which results from any Tenant Delay.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that Landlord does not tender possession of the Premises to Tenant by the Premises Delivery Date, then the Rent Commencement Date shall be delayed one day for each day beyond the Premises Delivery Date that Landlord fails to tender possession of the Premises to Tenant.

 

(c)           Once the Rent Commencement Date has been determined by Landlord, Landlord shall notify Tenant of the Commencement Date, the Rent Commencement Date, the

 

6



 

Fixed Rent, the amount of Landlord’s Contribution, Tenant’s Proportionate Share, the Area of the Original Premises, the Area of the Additional Premises, the Area of the Building and the Expiration Date. Pending the delivery of any such notices, each of said items shall be as specified in the Basic Lease Provisions. Landlord’s failure to deliver any of the foregoing notices shall not affect the determination of any of such dates or amounts.

 

(d)           Except for purposes of building out the Additional Premises, Tenant agrees not to occupy the Additional Premises as shown on Exhibit A until the first day of the fourth (4 th ) Lease Year.  In the event Tenant elects to occupy such area prior to such date, Tenant shall notify Landlord thereof and pay to Landlord the sum of Ten Dollars ($10.00) as an early access fee (the “ Early Access Fee ”).    Notwithstanding Tenant’s exercise of its right to occupy the Additional Premises before the fourth (4 th ) Lease Year commences, in no event shall Tenant be required to pay Rent for the Additional Premises until the fourth (4 th ) Lease Year commences.

 

Section 2.3 Payment of Rent.   Tenant shall pay to Landlord at Landlord’s Address for Payment, or at such other place as Landlord shall designate in writing from time to time, without notice or demand, and except as may be expressly set forth in this Lease, without any set-off, counterclaim, abatement or deduction whatsoever, in lawful money of the United States (i) Fixed Rent in equal monthly installments, in advance, on the first (1 st ) day of each month during the Term, beginning on the Rent Commencement Date, and (ii) Additional Rent, at the times and in the manner set forth in this Lease.

 

Section 2.4 First Month’s Rent. Tenant shall pay one month’s Fixed Rent upon the execution of this Lease (“ Advance Rent ”).  If the Rent Commencement Date is on the first (1 st ) day of a month, the Advance Rent shall be credited towards the first (1 st ) month’s Fixed Rent payment.  If the Rent Commencement Date is not the first (1 st ) day of a month, then on the Rent Commencement Date Tenant shall pay Fixed Rent for the period from the Rent Commencement Date through the last day of such month, and the Advance Rent shall be credited towards Fixed Rent for the next succeeding calendar month.

 

Section 2.5 Area of Premises and Building. Landlord and Tenant agree that the Area of the Original Premises, Area of the Additional Premises, and the Area of the Building set forth in Article 1 shall be conclusive and binding on both parties regardless of any measurement of the Premises and/or of the Building after the Effective Date.  The foregoing notwithstanding, Landlord shall have the right to remeasure the Area of the Original Premises, Area of the Additional Premises, and the Area of the Building if, after the date hereof (a) there is a change in the measurement criteria or methodology under the BOMA Method of Measurement Standards ANSI Z65.1-1996; or (b) there is a change in the use of the Building or any portion(s) thereof, such as the conversion of retail space to office space or office space to Common Area space.  If there is a change in the Area of the Original Premises, Area of the Additional Premises, and/or the Area of the Building as aforesaid, such change shall be effective as of the date Landlord provides Tenant with notice of such change and such change shall apply only to Tenant’s Proportionate Share, and shall not apply to or result in a change in, inter alia , the Fixed Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease or any concession or allowance to which Tenant might be entitled under this Lease that is based upon the Area of the Premises.

 

7



 

Section 2.6 Access. To the extent Landlord provides Tenant access to any portion of the Premises prior to the Commencement Date, Tenant shall be bound by and comply with, all of the terms of this Lease other than the obligation to pay Fixed Rent, Tenant’s Tax Payment and Tenant’s Operating Payment.

 

ARTICLE 3

USE AND OCCUPANCY; PARKING

 

Section 3.1            Permitted Uses. Tenant shall not use or occupy the Premises for any purpose other than for the Permitted Uses.  Tenant shall not use or occupy or permit the use or occupancy of any part of the Premises in a manner constituting a Prohibited Use. Tenant, at its expense, shall procure and at all times maintain and comply with the terms and conditions of all licenses and permits required for the lawful conduct of the Permitted Uses in the Premises.

 

Section 3.2             Parking Facility.

 

(a)           Except as set forth in this Lease to the contrary, Landlord shall arrange for and cause the Parking Allocation to be available to Tenant throughout the Term, the Operator to be working directly with and directly billing Tenant’s employees for parking contract requests, assignments, any parking-related charges, etc.

 

(b)           Within sixty (60) days after the Rent Commencement Date Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing of Tenant’s desire to obtain all or a specified number of the Parking Allocation and Tenant shall enter into parking contracts with the Parking Facility tenant or operator (as applicable, the “ Operator ”). To the extent that Tenant fails to execute monthly parking contracts for any portion of the Parking Allocation within the aforementioned period or if Tenant subsequently fails to continuously maintain any such parking contracts, Tenant may obtain all or any portion of the unallocated contracts on no less than ninety (90) days advance notice to Landlord.

 

(c)           Landlord shall provide, or shall cause the Operator to provide, 24-hour access to the Parking Facility for each of Tenant’s parking contracts.

 

(d)           Unless directed in writing by Landlord to the contrary, Tenant shall be directly responsible to the Operator for the payment of any and all fees or charges due in connection with the parking contracts.  The current monthly charge per contract is $235.00.

 

(e)           Tenant acknowledges that Landlord or the Operator may temporarily relocate, or specifically designate the location of, Tenant’s parking spaces from time to time as a result of an emergency or casualty at the Building. Tenant agrees that it and its employees shall observe reasonable safety precautions in the use of the Parking Facility and shall at all times abide by all reasonable rules and regulations promulgated by Landlord or Operator governing the use of the Parking Facility. Landlord does not assume any responsibility for any damage or loss to any automobiles parked in the Parking Facility or to any personal property located therein, or for any injury sustained by any person in or about the Parking Facility. Except in connection with a permitted assignment of this Lease or a permitted sublease of the Premises or a portion thereof

 

8



 

or the use of parking by Tenant’s customers, clients, visitors and other business invitees, neither Tenant nor any Tenant employee nor any other party claiming by, through or under Tenant shall assign, sublet, license or otherwise transfer or allow the use of any of Tenant’s parking rights under this Lease.

 

(f)            Unless otherwise required by Landlord or the Operator, Tenant’s parking rights shall be for non-reserved parking spaces. Landlord reserves the right to require that all or a portion of Tenant’s Parking Allocation be for tandem, stacked, valet and such other parking arrangements as Landlord or the Operator shall from time to time deem reasonably necessary for the Parking Facility.

 

ARTICLE 4

 

CONDITION OF THE PREMISES

 

Section 4.1            Condition. Tenant has inspected the Premises and agrees (i) to accept possession of the Premises in “as is” condition as of the Commencement Date; and (ii) that Landlord has no obligation to perform any work, supply any materials, incur any expense (other than to provide Landlord’s Contribution upon the terms set forth in this Lease) or make any alterations or improvements to prepare the Premises for Tenant’s occupancy. Tenant’s occupancy of any part of the Premises for the conduct of its ordinary business shall be conclusive evidence, as against Tenant, that Tenant has accepted possession of such part of the Premises in its then-current condition and that, at the time such possession was taken, the Premises and the Building were in good and satisfactory condition as required by this Lease and the Work Agreement.

 

ARTICLE 5

 

ALTERATIONS

 

Section 5.1            Tenant’s Alterations

 

(a)           Tenant shall be permitted to make Decorative Alterations without Landlord’s consent. Tenant shall be permitted to make Permitted Alterations with Landlord’s prior consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Tenant shall not make any Major Alterations without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent may be withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion.  This Subsection 5.1(a) shall not apply to the initial Tenant Improvements to be made at the Premises pursuant to Exhibit C — Work Agreement.

 

Alterations ” means any alterations or additions in or about the Premises (including the initial Tenant Improvements and any future Improvements).

 

Decorative Alterations ” means minor decorative or cosmetic Permitted Alterations that do not require the issuance of any permit, such as painting or the installation of wall coverings or floor coverings.

 

9



 

Permitted Alterations ” means Alterations that do not consist solely of Decorative Alterations and that (i) are non-structural, (ii) do not materially and adversely affect any Base Building Systems, (iii) affect only the Premises and are not visible from outside of the Premises, and (iv) do not affect the certificate of occupancy issued for the Building or the Premises.

 

Major Alterations ” means Alterations that are neither Decorative Alterations nor Permitted Alterations.

 

(b)           Prior to making any Alterations (other than Decorative Alterations), Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, shall (i) submit to Landlord for its approval, detailed plans and specifications (“ Plans ”) of each proposed Alteration, and with respect to any Alteration affecting any Base Building System, evidence that the Alteration has been designed by, or reviewed and approved by, Landlord’s designated engineer for the affected Base Building System, (ii) obtain all permits, approvals and certificates required by any Governmental Authorities, (iii)  furnish to Landlord duplicate original policies or certificates of worker’s compensation (covering all persons to be employed by Tenant, and Tenant’s contractors and subcontractors in connection with such Alteration) and commercial general liability (including property damage coverage) insurance and Builder’s Risk coverage (as described in Article 11) all in such form, with such companies, for such periods and in such amounts as Landlord may reasonably require, naming Landlord, Landlord’s Agent, any Lessor and any Mortgagee as additional insureds, and (iv) furnish to Landlord reasonably satisfactory evidence of Tenant’s ability to complete and to fully pay for such Alterations. Landlord shall have twelve (12) Business Days after receipt of the Plans within which to approve or disapprove of the Plans. If Landlord disapproves any Plans, Landlord will provide reasonably detailed grounds for such disapproval, except that Landlord shall not be required to state any grounds for disapproving any Major Alterations other than identifying the basis for Landlord’s determination that such Alteration is a Major Alteration. Tenant shall give Landlord not less than five (5) Business Days’ notice prior to performing any Decorative Alteration, which notice shall contain a description of such Decorative Alteration. This Subsection 5.1(b) shall not apply to the initial Tenant Improvements to be made at the Premises pursuant to Exhibit C-Work Agreement.

 

(c)           Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, shall, as and when required, promptly obtain certificates of partial and final approval of such Alterations required by any Governmental Authority and shall furnish Landlord with copies thereof, together with “as-built” drawings for such Alterations (other than Decorative Alterations) prepared on an AutoCAD Computer Assisted Drafting and Design System (or such other system or medium as Landlord may reasonably require), using naming conventions issued by the American Institute of Architects in June, 1990 (or such other naming conventions as Landlord may reasonably accept) and magnetic computer media of such record drawings and specifications translated in DFX format or another format acceptable to Landlord. This Subsection 5.1(c) shall not apply to the initial Tenant Improvements to be made at the Premises pursuant to Exhibit C-Work Agreement.

 

(d)           The parties hereby acknowledge and agree that Landlord’s Contribution is intended to permit Tenant to finish-out the Original Premises and the Additional Premises, even

 

10



 

though Tenant might not possess the Additional Premises until the beginning of the fourth (4 th ) Lease Year.

 

Section 5.2            Manner and Quality of Alterations.   All Alterations shall be performed (a) in a good and workmanlike manner and free from material defects, (b) except in connection with Decorative Alterations (for which no Plans will be required), substantially in accordance with the Plans, and by contractors reasonably approved by Landlord, and (c) in compliance with all Requirements, the terms of this Lease and all construction procedures and regulations then reasonably prescribed by Landlord. All materials and equipment shall be of first quality and at least equal to the applicable standards for the Building then reasonably established by Landlord, and no such materials or equipment (other than Tenant’s Property) shall be subject to any lien or other encumbrance.

 

Section 5.3            Removal of Tenant’s Property. On or before the Expiration Date, Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, shall remove Tenant’s Property from the Premises. Unless otherwise directed by Landlord, on or before the Expiration Date, Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, shall remove all Specialty Alterations (as defined in Exhibit B-Definitions). Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, shall repair and restore in a good and workmanlike manner any damage to the Premises and/or the Building caused by Tenant’s removal of Tenant’s Property and any Alterations or (if required by Landlord) by the closing of any slab penetrations. If Tenant fails to so remove any of Tenant’s Property and/or any Alterations that Tenant is required to remove, the same shall be deemed abandoned and Landlord may remove and dispose of same, and repair and restore any damage caused thereby, at Tenant’s expense, and without accountability to Tenant. All Alterations that Landlord does not require Tenant to remove as aforesaid shall become Landlord’s property upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.  Landlord shall advise Tenant of any restoration requirements for any Alterations at the time Landlord approves Tenant’s plans for such Alterations.

 

Section 5.4            Mechanic’s Liens.   Within twenty (20) days after Tenant’s receipt of notice thereof, Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, shall discharge (by payment, filing the bond required by law or otherwise in accordance with law) any lien or charge recorded or filed against the Real Property in connection with any work done or claimed to have been done by or on behalf of, or materials furnished or claimed to have been furnished to, Tenant.

 

Section 5.5            Labor Relations . Tenant shall not employ, or permit the employment of, any contractor, subcontractor, supplier, mechanic or laborer or permit any materials to be delivered to or used at the Premises if, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, such employment, delivery or use will interfere or cause any conflict with (a) other contractors, subcontractors, suppliers, mechanics or laborers engaged by Landlord, Tenant or others in the construction, maintenance or operation of the Building or construction of tenant improvements or (b) Landlord’s operation of the Building or the conduct of business therein ( e.g. , protesters picketing or otherwise demonstrating on the sidewalk outside of the Building). If such interference or conflict occurs and continues for more than five (5) Business Days after notice from Landlord, upon Landlord’s further request, Tenant shall cause all contractors, subcontractors, suppliers, mechanics or laborer’s mechanics or laborers causing such interference or conflict to leave the Building immediately or arrange for other relief reasonably acceptable to Landlord.

 

11



 

Section 5.6            Tenant’s Costs . Tenant shall pay Landlord within ten (10) Business Days following its receipt of written notice for the following, which notice shall be accompanied by Landlord’s reasonable documentation of the same:  (a) all actual reasonable out-of-pocket costs incurred by Landlord in connection with the review of any Alterations plans, (b) the time actually and reasonably spent by Landlord’s personnel to operate elevators or otherwise to facilitate Tenant’s Alterations, which time shall be charged at the hourly rate that Landlord normally charges for such personnel’s services, and (c) the time actually and reasonably spent by Landlord’s construction manager protecting Landlord’s interest (taking into account the nature of the Alterations) in connection with Tenant’s Alterations, which time shall be charged at the hourly rate that Landlord normally charges for Landlord’s construction manager’s services. If Tenant makes Alterations exceeding $25,000 other than (a) the initial Tenant Improvements to be made at the Premises pursuant to Exhibit C — Work Agreement and (b) Tenant Improvements to the Option Space, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord, upon demand, an administrative fee in an amount equal to three percent (3%) of the total cost of such Alterations. At Landlord’s request, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord reasonable supporting documentation evidencing the hard and soft costs incurred by Tenant in designing and constructing any Alterations.

 

Section 5.7            Tenant’s Equipment.   Tenant shall provide notice to Landlord prior to moving any heavy machinery, heavy equipment, freight, bulky matter or fixtures (collectively, “ Equipment ”) into or out of the Building and shall pay to Landlord any reasonable costs actually incurred by Landlord in connection therewith.  If such Equipment requires special handling, Tenant agrees (a) to employ only persons holding all necessary licenses to perform such work, (b) all work performed in connection therewith shall comply with all applicable Requirements and (c) such work shall be done only during hours reasonably designated by Landlord.

 

Section 5.8            Legal Compliance. The approval of Alteration Plans, or consent by Landlord to the making of any Alterations, does not constitute Landlord’s representation that such Alteration Plans or Alterations comply with any Requirements.  Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant or any other party in connection with Landlord’s approval of any Alteration Plans, or Landlord’s consent to Tenant’s performing any Alterations. If any Alterations made by or on behalf of Tenant, require Landlord to make any alterations or improvements to any part of the Building in order to comply with any Requirements, Tenant shall pay all actual reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses actually incurred by Landlord, without markup, in connection with such alterations or improvements.

 

Section 5.9            Floor Load.   Tenant shall not place a load upon any floor of the Premises that exceeds 80 pounds per square foot “live-load” or 20 pounds per square foot “dead-load.”  Landlord reserves the right to reasonably designate the position of all Equipment which Tenant wishes to place within the Premises, and to place reasonable limitations on the weight thereof.

 

12


 

ARTICLE 6

 

REPAIRS

 

Section 6.1             Landlord’s Repair and Maintenance. Landlord shall operate, maintain and, except as provided in Section 6.2 hereof, make all necessary repairs (both structural and nonstructural) to (i) the Base Building Systems, (ii) the Common Areas, in conformance with standards applicable to Comparable Buildings, and (iii) the structural components of the Building including, but not limited to, the exterior, including exterior doors and windows, and, load bearing elements, foundations, roof and roof membrane.

 

Section 6.2             Tenant’s Repair and Maintenance.  Tenant shall promptly, at Tenant’s expense and in compliance with Article  5, make all nonstructural repairs to the Premises and the fixtures, equipment and appurtenances therein (including all electrical and plumbing systems in and exclusively serving the Premises from the point of connection to the Base Building Systems and all Specialty Alterations; but excluding repairs, maintenance and replacement of the Building Shell Work exterior windows, atrium windows, exterior and Common Areas, Common Area Tenant signs, the base Building heating, ventilation and air conditioning systems located in the Premises, the base Building life safety systems located in the Premises and non-Specialty Alteration lightbulbs, lamps and ballasts located in the Premises, which shall be repaired, maintained and replaced as necessary by Landlord and, to the extent applicable, the cost of such repairs, maintenance and replacements will be included in Operating Expenses) (collectively, “ Tenant Fixtures ”) , as and when needed to preserve the Premises in good working order and condition, except for reasonable wear and tear, damage by casualty or condemnation and damage for which Tenant is not responsible.  Subject to Section 11.2, all damage to the Building or to any portion thereof or to any Tenant Fixtures requiring structural or nonstructural repair caused by or resulting from any act, omission, neglect or improper conduct of a Tenant Party or the moving of Tenant’s Property or Equipment into, within or out of the Premises by a Tenant Party, shall be repaired at Tenant’s expense by Tenant or by Landlord in accordance with the allocation of repair responsibilities set forth above. All Tenant repairs shall be of good quality utilizing new construction materials and in compliance with Article 5.

 

Section 6.3             Restorative Work.  Landlord reserves the right to make all changes, alterations, additions, improvements, repairs or replacements to the Building and Base Building Systems, including changing the arrangement or location of entrances or passageways, doors and doorways, corridors, elevators, stairs, toilets or other Common Areas (collectively, “ Restorative Work ”), as Landlord reasonably deems necessary or desirable, and to take all materials into the Premises required for the performance of such Restorative Work, provided that (a) the level of any Building service shall not decrease in any material respect from the level required of Landlord in this Lease as a result thereof (other than reasonably required temporary changes in the level of such services during the performance of any such Restorative Work) and (b) Tenant is not deprived of reasonable access to the Premises or the Parking Facility.  Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to minimize interference with Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises during the performance of such Restorative Work. There shall be no Rent abatement or allowance to Tenant for a diminution of rental value, no actual or constructive eviction of Tenant, in whole or in part, no relief from any of Tenant’s other obligations under this Lease, and

 

13



 

no liability on the part of Landlord by reason of inconvenience, annoyance or injury to business arising from Landlord, Tenant or others performing, or failing to perform, any Restorative Work.  Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, if any Restorative Work (a) continues for more than five (5) consecutive Business Days or ten (10) Business Days in any thirty (30)-day period and (b) renders any portion of the Premises untenantable (and Tenant in fact ceases use of such portion), then following those periods, and until said portion of the Premises is tenantable, Rent shall abate in proportion to the amount of the Premises so rendered untenantable.

 

ARTICLE 7

 

TAXES AND OPERATING EXPENSES

 

Section 7.1 Definitions.

 

(a)            Assessed Valuation ” shall mean the amount for which the Real Property is assessed by any applicable Governmental Authority for the purpose of imposition of Taxes.

 

(b)            Base Operating Expenses ” shall mean the Operating Expenses for the Base Year.

 

(c)            Base Taxes ” shall mean the Taxes payable on account of the Base Year.

 

(d)            Calendar Year ” shall mean each calendar year, all or any  portion of which falls during the Term.

 

(e)            Comparison Year ” shall mean any Calendar Year commencing subsequent to the Base Year.

 

(f)             Operating Expenses ” shall mean the aggregate of all costs and expenses paid or incurred by or on behalf of Landlord in connection with the ownership, operation, repair and maintenance of the Real Property, including, but not limited to, the following:

 

(i)             any capital improvement made after the Base Year if such capital improvement either (A) is reasonably intended to result in a reduction in Operating Expenses ( e.g. , a labor-saving improvement) provided the amount included in Operating Expenses in the any Comparison Year shall not exceed an amount equal to the savings reasonably determined or anticipated by Landlord to result from the installation and operation of such improvement, and/or (B) is made during any Comparison Year to comply with Requirements, exclusive of any costs incurred to remedy any Requirements violation existing on the Commencement Date. Such capital improvements shall be amortized (with interest at the Base Rate) on a straight-line basis over such period as Landlord shall reasonably determine, and the amount included in Operating Expenses in any Comparison Year shall be equal to the annual amortized amount;

 

(ii)          costs of maintaining and operating (including the reasonable rental value thereof, but not for more than 2,000 square feet of rentable area) the management and engineering offices, if any, for the Building;

 

14



 

(iii)         costs incurred by Landlord in establishing, equipping, maintaining, repairing and operating (including the reasonable rental value thereof) any Building amenities or services (exclusive of any fitness or health center) intended by Landlord for the general benefit of tenants of the Building such as any concierge service (whether located at the Building or made available to Building tenants from an off-site location);

 

(iv)         costs incurred by Landlord in maintaining, repairing and operating (including the reasonable rental value thereof) any Building fitness or health center (provided such center does not exceed 3,500 square feet of rentable area), but not the cost of equipping such fitness center or purchasing replacement equipment therefor, except in the case of replacing broken or worn out equipment the cost of which shall be amortized over the useful life of such equipment, without interest (and except further that if any equipment is leased, the lease payments therefor may be included in Operating Expenses);

 

(v)          costs of maintaining the sidewalks, landscaping and other improvements adjacent to the Real Property including, without limitation, costs of cleaning, removing snow and spreading salt; feeding trees; removing trash from tree boxes; and adding mulch to tree boxes;

 

(vi)         costs incurred for Building Parking Facility utilities, elevators, insurance, cleaning, restriping, HVAC and security;

 

(vii)        Common Area utility costs and Base Building System utility costs;

 

(viii)       costs of all insurance (including any terrorism insurance) maintained by Landlord in connection with the Real Property and/or Landlord’s equipment, fixtures and personal property used in connection therewith; and

 

(ix)            a property management fee in the amount of three percent (3%) of gross rents received by Landlord from the Building, plus reimbursement for actual reasonable reimbursables for out-of-pocket expenditures incurred under the management agreement.

 

Except as might be expressly set forth in this Lease to the contrary, Operating Expenses shall be calculated in accordance with customary practices employed by other comparable owners of Comparable Buildings. Landlord shall not seek to capture (or actually capture) more than 100% of Operating Expenses. Operating Expenses shall not include any Excluded Expenses.

 

If during all or part of the Base Year or any Comparison Year, Landlord does not furnish any particular item of work or service (which would otherwise constitute an Operating Expense) to any leasable portion of the Building and the costs of such item  constitutes an Operating Expense and the cost varies with the Building’s occupancy level or if any tenant of the Building does not normally use a specific Building area or improvement ( e.g. , a first (1 st ) floor retail tenant with an exterior premises entrance door does not normally use the Building’s passenger elevators), then, for purposes of computing Operating Expenses for such period, the amount included in Operating Expenses for such period shall be increased by an amount equal to the costs that Landlord reasonably determines would have been incurred during such period if Landlord had furnished such item of work or service to such portion of the Building or if all

 

15



 

tenants of the Building had normally used such Building area or improvement; provided, however, if the result of such computation would be to have Landlord expenditures for such items included in Tenant’s Operating Payment exceed the actual cost of such items, then the foregoing amount shall be reduced by such excess.  In determining the amount of Operating Expenses for the Base Year or any Comparison Year, if less than ninety-five percent (95%) of the Building rentable area is occupied by tenants at any time during the Base Year or any such Comparison Year, then Operating Expenses which vary with occupancy shall be determined for the Base Year or such Comparison Year to be an amount equal to the like expenses which would normally be expected to be incurred had such occupancy been ninety-five percent (95%) throughout the Base Year or such Comparison Year; provided, however, if the result of such computation would be to have Landlord’s expenditure recoveries for such items exceed the actual cost of such items, then the foregoing amount shall be reduced by such excess.

 

(g)            Statement ” shall mean a statement setting forth in reasonable detail a comparison of (i) the Base Taxes and the Taxes for an applicable Comparison Year, together with the amount of Tenant’s Tax Payment for such Comparison Year, or (ii) the Base Operating Expenses and the Operating Expenses payable for any Comparison Year, together with the amount of Tenant’s Operating Payment for such Comparison Year.

 

(h)            Taxes ” shall mean (i) all real estate taxes, assessments, sewer and water rents, Business Improvement District assessments and charges and all other governmental levies, impositions or charges, whether general, special, ordinary, extraordinary, foreseen or unforeseen, which may be assessed, levied or imposed upon all or any part of the Real Property or in connection with the use thereof (including any transit, personal property, sales, rental, use, gross receipts, or occupancy taxes, vault rental and other taxes and assessments), and (ii) all expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements and experts’ and other witnesses’ fees) incurred in contesting any of the foregoing or the Assessed Valuation of the Real Property (but such expenses will not be included in Base Taxes if incurred during the Base Year).  Taxes shall not include (x) interest or penalties incurred by Landlord as a result of Landlord’s late payment of Taxes, (y) franchise, transfer, gift, inheritance, estate or net income taxes imposed upon Landlord, or (z) deed transfer, transfer of economic interests or recordation taxes.   For purposes hereof, “Taxes” for any Calendar Year shall be deemed to be the Taxes which are assessed, levied or imposed for such Calendar Year regardless of when due or paid.  If any Taxes are assessed on a fiscal year (rather than a Calendar Year), Landlord shall have the right to equitably allocate such Taxes on a Calendar Year basis.  If Landlord elects to pay any assessment in annual installments, then (i) such assessment shall be deemed to have been so divided and to be payable in the maximum number of installments permitted by law, and (ii) there shall be deemed included in Taxes for each Comparison Year the installments of such assessment becoming payable during such Comparison Year, together with interest payable during such Comparison Year on such installments and on all installments thereafter becoming due as provided by law, all as if such assessment had been so divided.  If at any time the methods of taxation prevailing on the Effective Date shall be altered so that in lieu of or as an addition to the whole or any part of Taxes, there shall be assessed, levied or imposed (1) a tax, assessment, levy, imposition or charge based on the income or rents received from the Real Property whether or not wholly or partially as a capital levy or otherwise, (2) a tax, assessment, levy, imposition or charge measured by or based in whole or in part upon all or any part of the Real Property and imposed upon Landlord,

 

16



 

(3) a license fee measured by the rents, or (4) any other tax, assessment, levy, imposition, charge or license fee however described or imposed, including business improvement district impositions and business, professional and occupational license fees, then all such taxes, assessments, levies, impositions, charges or license fees or the part thereof so measured or based shall be deemed to be Taxes.

 

Section 7.2             Tenant’s Tax Payment.

 

(a)            If the Taxes payable for any Comparison Year exceed the Base Taxes, Tenant shall pay to Landlord Tenant’s Proportionate Share of such excess (“ Tenant’s Tax Payment ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have no obligation to pay Tenant’s Tax Payment until the first (1 st ) anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date. For each Comparison Year, Landlord shall furnish to Tenant a written statement setting forth Landlord’s reasonable estimate of Tenant’s Tax Payment for such Comparison Year (the “ Tax Estimate ”).  Tenant shall pay to Landlord on the first (1 st )  day of each month during such Comparison Year an amount equal to 1/12 of the Tax Estimate for such Comparison Year.  If Landlord furnishes a Tax Estimate for a Comparison Year subsequent to the commencement thereof, then (i) until the first (1 st ) day of the month following the month in which the Tax Estimate is furnished to Tenant, Tenant shall pay to Landlord on the first (1 st ) day of each month an amount equal to the monthly sum payable by Tenant to Landlord under this Section during the last month of the preceding Comparison Year (if any), (ii) promptly after the Tax Estimate is furnished to Tenant or together therewith, Landlord shall give notice to Tenant stating whether the installments of Tenant’s Tax Estimate previously made for such Comparison Year were greater or less than the installments of Tenant’s Tax Estimate to be made for such Comparison Year in accordance with the Tax Estimate, and (x) if there shall be a deficiency, Tenant shall pay the amount thereof within ten (10) Business Days after demand therefor, or (y) if there shall have been an overpayment, Landlord shall credit the amount thereof against subsequent payments of Rent due hereunder, and (iii) on the first (1 st ) day of the month following the month in which the Tax Estimate is furnished to Tenant, and on the first (1 st ) day of each month thereafter throughout the remainder of such Comparison Year, Tenant shall pay to Landlord an amount equal to 1/12 of the Tax Estimate.

 

(b)            As soon as reasonably practicable after Landlord has determined the Taxes for a Comparison Year, Landlord shall furnish to Tenant a Statement for such Comparison Year.  If the Statement shows that the sums paid by Tenant under Section 7.2(a) exceeded the actual amount of Tenant’s Tax Payment for such Comparison Year, Landlord shall credit the amount of such excess against subsequent payments of Rent due hereunder or, if the Term has expired, Landlord shall promptly pay such amount to Tenant (net of any sums then owed by Tenant to Landlord).  If the Statement for such Comparison Year shows that the sums so paid by Tenant were less than Tenant’s Tax Payment for such Comparison Year, Tenant shall pay the amount of such deficiency within twenty (20) Business Days after delivery of the Statement to Tenant.

 

(c)            Only Landlord may institute proceedings to reduce the Assessed Valuation of the Real Property and the filings of any such proceeding by Tenant without Landlord’s consent shall constitute an Event of Default.  If the Taxes payable for the Base Year are reduced, the Base Taxes shall be correspondingly revised, the Additional Rent previously paid or payable on

 

17



 

account of Tenant’s Tax Payment hereunder for all Comparison Years shall be recomputed on the basis of such reduction, and Tenant shall pay to Landlord within ten (10) Business Days after being billed therefor, any deficiency between the amount of such Additional Rent previously computed and paid by Tenant to Landlord, and the amount due as a result of such recomputations. If Landlord receives a refund of Taxes for any Comparison Year, Landlord shall credit against subsequent payments of Rent due hereunder, an amount equal to Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the refund, net of any expenses incurred by Landlord in achieving such refund, which amount shall not exceed Tenant’s Tax Payment paid for such Comparison Year or, if the Term has expired, Landlord shall promptly pay such amount to Tenant (net of any sums then owed by Tenant to Landlord).  Landlord shall not be obligated to file any application or institute any proceeding seeking a reduction in Taxes or the Assessed Valuation.  The benefit of any exemption or abatement relating to all or any part of the Real Property shall accrue solely to the benefit of Landlord and Taxes shall be computed without taking into account any such exemption or abatement.

 

(d)            Tenant shall be responsible for any applicable occupancy or rent tax now in effect or hereafter enacted and, if such tax is payable by Landlord, Tenant shall promptly pay such amounts to Landlord, upon Landlord’s demand.

 

(e)            Tenant shall be obligated to make Tenant’s Tax Payment regardless of whether Tenant may be exempt from the payment of any Taxes as the result of any reduction, abatement or exemption from Taxes granted or agreed to by any Governmental Authority, or by reason of Tenant’s diplomatic or other tax-exempt status.

 

Section 7.3           Tenant’s Operating Payment.

 

(a)            If the Operating Expenses payable for any Comparison Year exceed the Base Operating Expenses, Tenant shall pay to Landlord Tenant’s Proportionate Share of such excess (“ Tenant’s Operating Payment ”).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have no obligation to pay Tenant’s Operating Payment until the first (1 st ) anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date. For each Comparison Year, Landlord shall furnish to Tenant a written statement setting forth Landlord’s reasonable estimate of Tenant’s Operating Payment for such Comparison Year (the “ Expense Estimate ”).  Tenant shall pay to Landlord on the first (1 st ) day of each month during such Comparison Year an amount equal to 1/12 of the Expense Estimate.  If Landlord furnishes an Expense Estimate for a Comparison Year subsequent to the commencement thereof, then (i) until the first (1 st )  day of the month following the month in which the Expense Estimate is furnished to Tenant, Tenant shall pay to Landlord on the first (1 st )  day of each month an amount equal to the monthly sum payable by Tenant to Landlord under this Section during the last month of the preceding Comparison Year (if any), (ii) promptly after the Expense Estimate is furnished to Tenant or together therewith, Landlord shall give notice to Tenant stating whether the installments of Tenant’s Operating Payment previously made for such Comparison Year were greater or less than the installments of Tenant’s Operating Payment to be made for such Comparison Year in accordance with the Expense Estimate, and (x) if there shall be a deficiency, Tenant shall pay the amount thereof within ten (10) Business Days after demand therefor, or (y) if there shall have been an overpayment, Landlord shall credit the amount thereof against subsequent payments of Rent due hereunder, and (iii) on the first (1 st )  day of the month

 

18



 

following the month in which the Expense Estimate is furnished to Tenant, and on the first (1 st )  day of each month thereafter throughout the remainder of such Comparison Year, Tenant shall pay to Landlord an amount equal to 1/12 of Tenant’s Operating Payment shown on the Expense Estimate.

 

(b)            On or before May 1 st  of each Comparison Year, Landlord shall furnish to Tenant a Statement for the immediately preceding Comparison Year.  If the Statement shows that the sums paid by Tenant under Section 7.3(a) exceeded the actual amount of Tenant’s Operating Payment for such Comparison Year, Landlord shall credit the amount of such excess against subsequent payments of Rent due hereunder or, if the Term has expired, Landlord shall promptly pay such amount to Tenant (net of any sums then owed by Tenant to Landlord).  If the Statement shows that the sums so paid by Tenant were less than Tenant’s Operating Payment for such Comparison Year, Tenant shall pay the amount of such deficiency within ten (10) Business Days after Tenant’s receipt of the Statement.

 

Section 7.4             Non-Waiver; Disputes.

 

(a)            Landlord’s failure to render any Statement on a timely basis with respect to any Comparison Year shall not prejudice Landlord’s right to thereafter render a Statement with respect to such Comparison Year or any subsequent Comparison Year, nor shall the rendering of a Statement prejudice Landlord’s right to thereafter render a corrected Statement for that Comparison Year.

 

(b)            Each Statement sent to Tenant shall be conclusively binding upon Tenant unless (i) Tenant pays to Landlord when due the amount set forth in such Statement, without prejudice to Tenant’s right to dispute such Statement, and (ii) within one (1) year after such Statement is sent, Tenant sends a notice to Landlord requesting a review of Landlord’s books and records applicable to such Statement, in which case Tenant and its accountants shall have the right to review (and, if necessary, to copy) Landlord’s books and records applicable to such Statement during Landlord’s business hours, but otherwise at a time mutually acceptable to Landlord and Tenant. With respect to each Statement, Landlord will maintain its applicable books and records for a period of at least three (3) years after such Statement is delivered to Tenant and thereafter during the pendency of any review thereof by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease.  Tenant agrees that Tenant will not employ, in connection with any dispute under this Lease with respect to a Statement, any person or entity who is to be compensated in whole or in part, on a contingency fee basis.  If Tenant timely objects to a Statement and the parties do not resolve any dispute as to the correctness of such Statement within thirty (30) days following such notice of objection, either party may refer the issues raised to a nationally recognized public accounting firm selected by Landlord and reasonably acceptable to Tenant, and the decision of such accountants shall be conclusively binding upon Landlord and Tenant.  In connection therewith, Tenant, such accountants and all other persons to whom Tenant gives any of the information obtained in connection with such review shall execute and deliver to Landlord a confidentiality agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, whereby such parties agree not to disclose to any third party any of the information obtained in connection with such review.  Tenant shall pay the fees and expenses relating to such procedure, unless such accountants determine that Landlord overstated Taxes or Operating Expenses by more than three

 

19



 

percent (3%) for such Comparison Year, in which case Landlord shall pay such fees and expenses of the accounting firm selected by Landlord and Tenant as set forth above.  If the accountant determines that any overcharge was made on a Statement, then Landlord shall pay Tenant within ten (10) Business Days following such determination, any amount overcharged by Landlord.  If the accountant determines that any undercharge was made on a Statement, then Tenant shall pay Landlord within ten (10) Business Days following such determination any amount undercharged by Landlord.

 

Section 7.5             Proration. If the Rent Commencement Date is not January 1 st , the Additional Rent for the applicable Calendar Year shall be apportioned on the basis of the number of days in the year from the Rent Commencement Date to the following December 31.  If the Expiration Date occurs on a date other than December 31 st , any Additional Rent under this Article for the Calendar Year in which such Expiration Date occurs shall be apportioned on the basis of the number of days in the period from January 1 st  to the Expiration Date.  Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, any Additional Rent under this Article shall be adjusted or paid within thirty (30) days after submission of the Statement for the last Calendar Year.

 

Section 7.6             No Reduction in Rent.   If Operating Expenses or Taxes for any Comparison Year are less than the Base Operating Expenses or the Base Taxes (as applicable), such occurrence shall not entitle Tenant to a refund or any other payment nor shall it result in a reduction in the Rent payable under this Lease.

 

ARTICLE 8

 

REQUIREMENTS OF LAW

 

Section 8.1             Compliance with Requirements.

 

(a)            Subject to the provisions of Section 6.2 regarding repairs, Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, shall comply with all Requirements applicable to the Premises; provided, however, that Tenant shall not be obligated to comply with any Requirements requiring any structural alterations to the Building unless the application of such Requirements arises from (i) the specific manner and nature of Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises, as distinct from general office use, (ii) Alterations made by Tenant, or (iii) a breach by Tenant of any provisions of this Lease.  Any such repairs or alterations shall be made at Tenant’s expense by Tenant (1) in compliance with Article 5 if such repairs or alterations are nonstructural and do not affect any Base Building System, or (2) by Landlord if such repairs or alterations are structural or affect any Base Building System.  If Tenant obtains knowledge of any failure to comply with any Requirements applicable to the Premises, Tenant shall give Landlord prompt notice thereof.

 

(b)            Tenant shall not cause or permit (i) any Hazardous Materials to be brought onto the Real Property by any Tenant Party, (ii) the storage or use of Hazardous Materials by a Tenant Party in any manner other than in full compliance with any Requirements, or (iii) the escape, disposal or release of any Hazardous Materials within or in the vicinity of the Building by any Tenant Party.  Nothing herein shall be deemed to prevent Tenant’s use of any Hazardous Materials customarily used in the ordinary course of office work or in the construction of

 

20



 

leasehold improvements; provided that, in any such case, such use is in accordance with all Requirements. Tenant shall be responsible, at Tenant’s expense, for all matters directly or indirectly based on, or arising or resulting from the presence of Hazardous Materials at the Real Property which is caused or permitted by a Tenant Party.  Tenant shall provide to Landlord copies of all communications received by Tenant with respect to any Requirements relating to Hazardous Materials, and/or any claims made in connection therewith.  Landlord or its agents may perform environmental inspections of the Premises at any time upon reasonable prior notice (or without notice if Landlord believes an emergency exists).

 

(c)            Landlord shall comply with (or cause to be complied with) all Requirements applicable to the Real Property which are not the obligation of Tenant as expressly set forth herein and which are not the obligation of any other tenant of the Building (except to the extent such non-compliance by such other tenants materially and adversely affects Tenant or its rights under this Lease).

 

(d)            Tenant shall not cause or permit any action or condition that would (i) invalidate or conflict with Landlord’s insurance policies, (ii) violate applicable rules, regulations and guidelines of the Fire Department or be inconsistent with the recommendations of any of the issuers of such policies or any other authority having jurisdiction over the Building, (iii) cause an increase in the premiums of fire insurance for the Building over that payable with respect to Comparable Buildings, or (iv) result in Landlord’s insurance companies’ refusing to insure the Building or any property therein in amounts and against risks as reasonably determined by Landlord.  If fire insurance premiums increase as a result of Tenant’s failure to comply with the provisions of this Section, Tenant shall promptly cure such failure and shall reimburse Landlord for the increased fire insurance premiums paid by Landlord as a result of such failure by Tenant.

 

Section 8.2             Fire and Life Safety.   Any modifications to the Building fire alarm and life safety systems required by Tenant or completed as part of any Alterations shall be at Tenant’s expense, subject to the application of Landlord’s Contribution pursuant to the terms of the Exhibit C-Work Agreement. If the Fire Insurance Rating Organization or any Governmental Authority or any of Landlord’s insurers requires or recommends any modifications and/or alterations be made or any additional equipment be supplied in connection with the sprinkler system or fire alarm and life-safety system serving the Building by reason of Tenant’s use of the Premises or any portion thereof for purposes other than for the Permitted Use, any Alterations performed by Tenant or the location of the partitions, Tenant’s Property, or other contents of the Premises, Landlord (to the extent outside of the Premises) or Tenant (to the extent within the Premises) shall make such modifications and/or Alterations, and supply such additional equipment, in either case at Tenant’s expense.

 

21



 

ARTICLE 9

 

SUBORDINATION

 

Section 9.1             Subordination and Attornment.

 

(a)            This Lease is subject and subordinate to all Mortgages and Superior Leases, and, at the request of any Mortgagee or Lessor, Tenant shall attorn to such Mortgagee or Lessor, its successors in interest or any purchaser in a foreclosure sale.

 

(b)            If a Lessor or Mortgagee or any other person or entity shall succeed to the rights of Landlord under this Lease, whether through possession or foreclosure action or the delivery of a new lease or deed, then at the request of the successor landlord and upon such successor landlord’s written agreement to accept Tenant’s attornment, to not disturb Tenant in its possession under the Lease, and to recognize Tenant’s interest under this Lease, Tenant shall be deemed to have attorned to and recognized such successor landlord as Landlord under this Lease.  The provisions of this Section are self-operative and require no further instruments to give effect hereto; provided, however, that Tenant shall promptly execute and deliver any instrument that such successor landlord may reasonably request (i) evidencing such attornment, (ii) setting forth the terms and conditions of Tenant’s tenancy, and (iii) containing such other terms and conditions as may be required by such Mortgagee or Lessor, provided such terms and conditions do not increase the Rent, materially increase Tenant’s obligations or materially and adversely affect Tenant’s rights under this Lease.  Upon such attornment this Lease shall continue in full force and effect as a direct lease between such successor landlord and Tenant upon all of the terms, conditions and covenants set forth in this Lease except that such successor landlord shall not be:

 

(i)             liable for any act or omission of Landlord (except to the extent such act or omission continues beyond the date when such successor landlord succeeds to Landlord’s interest and Tenant gives notice of such act or omission);

 

(ii)            subject to any defense, claim, counterclaim, set-off or offset which Tenant may have against Landlord;

 

(iii)           bound by any prepayment of more than one month’s Rent to any prior landlord;

 

(iv)           bound by any obligation to make any payment to Tenant which was required to be made prior to the time such successor landlord succeeded to Landlord’s interest;

 

(v)            bound by any obligation to perform any work or to make improvements to the Premises except for (x) repairs and maintenance required to be made by Landlord under this Lease, and (y) repairs to the Premises as a result of damage by fire or other casualty or a partial condemnation pursuant to the provisions of this Lease, but only to the extent that such repairs can reasonably be made from the net proceeds of any insurance or condemnation awards, respectively, actually made available to such successor landlord;

 

22


 

(vi)           Reserved;

 

(vii)          liable for the repayment of any security deposit or surrender of any letter of credit, unless and until such security deposit actually is paid or such letter of credit is actually delivered to such successor landlord; or

 

(viii)         liable for the payment of any unfunded tenant improvement allowance, refurbishment allowance or similar obligation.

 

(c)            Tenant shall from time to time within ten (10) days of request from Landlord execute and deliver any documents or instruments that may be reasonably required by any Mortgagee or Lessor to confirm any subordination.

 

(d)            Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to obtain a Subordination, Non-Disturbance and Attornment Agreement for Tenant from its current Mortgagee and any future Mortgage on such Mortgagee’s standard form.

 

Section 9.2             Mortgage or Superior Lease Defaults.   Any Mortgagee may elect that this Lease shall have priority over the Mortgage and, upon notification to Tenant by such Mortgagee, this Lease shall be deemed to have priority over such Mortgage, regardless of the date of this Lease.  In connection with any financing of the Real Property, Tenant shall consent to any reasonable modifications of this Lease requested by any lending institution, provided such modifications do not increase the Rent, increase the obligations, or otherwise affect the rights, of Tenant under this Lease.

 

Section 9.3             Tenant’s Termination Right.   As long as any Superior Lease or Mortgage exists, Tenant shall not seek to terminate this Lease by reason of any act or omission of Landlord until (a) Tenant shall have given notice of such act or omission to all Lessors and/or Mortgagees provided that Landlord has designated such Lessors and/or Mortgagees in writing by notice from Landlord to Tenant, and (b) a reasonable period of time, but not less than thirty (30) days, shall have elapsed following the giving of notice of such default and the expiration of any applicable notice or grace periods (unless such act or omission is not capable of being remedied within a reasonable period of time), during which period such Lessors and/or Mortgagees shall have the right, but not the obligation, to remedy such act or omission and thereafter diligently proceed to so remedy such act or omission.  If any Lessor or Mortgagee elects to remedy such act or omission of Landlord, Tenant shall not seek to terminate this Lease so long as such Lessor or Mortgagee is proceeding with reasonable diligence to effect such remedy.  Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that Landlord has designated ING Real Estate Finance (USA) LLC (“ ING ”) as a Mortgagee and that Tenant shall deliver all notices required to be delivered to a Mortgagee under this Lease to ING at ING’s Address for Notices set forth in Article 1.

 

Section 9.4             Provisions.   The provisions of this Article shall (a) inure to the benefit of Landlord, any future owner of the Building or the Real Property, Lessor or Mortgagee and any sublessor thereof and (b) apply notwithstanding that, as a matter of law, this Lease may terminate upon the termination of any such Superior Lease or Mortgage.

 

23



 

Section 9.5             Future Condominium Declaration.   This Lease and Tenant’s rights hereunder are and will be subject and subordinate to any condominium declaration, by-laws and other instruments (collectively, the “ Condominium Documents ”) which may be recorded in order to subject the Building to a condominium form of ownership pursuant to the laws of the State, provided that the Condominium Documents do not by their terms increase the Rent, materially increase Tenant’s non-Rent obligations or materially and adversely affect Tenant’s rights under this Lease.  At Landlord’s request, and subject to the foregoing proviso, Tenant will execute and deliver to Landlord an amendment of this Lease confirming such subordination and modifying this Lease to conform to such condominium regime.

 

ARTICLE 10

 

SERVICES

 

Section 10.1          Electricity. Subject to any Requirements or any applicable public utility rules or regulations governing energy consumption, Landlord shall make or cause to be made, customary arrangements with utility companies and/or other suppliers of electricity to furnish electric current to the Premises for Tenant’s use in accordance with the standards to which the Base Building Systems have been designed. If Landlord reasonably determines by the use of an electrical consumption survey or by other reasonable means that Tenant is actually using electric current (including overhead fluorescent fixtures) in excess of 1.0 kilowatt hours per square foot of usable area in the Premises per month, as determined on an annualized basis, or 3.5 watts per useable square foot in the Premises of demand load (“ Excess Electrical Usage ”), then Landlord shall have the right to charge Tenant an amount equal to Landlord’s reasonable estimate of Tenant’s Excess Electrical Usage, and shall have the further right to install a separate electric current meter, submeter or check meter in the Premises (a “ Meter ”) to measure the amount of electric current consumed in the Premises.  The cost of such Meter, special conduits, wiring and panels needed in connection therewith and the installation, maintenance and repair thereof shall be paid by Tenant.  Tenant shall pay to Landlord, from time to time, but no more frequently than monthly, for its Excess Electrical Usage at the Premises, plus Landlord’s charge equal to ten percent (10%) of Tenant’s Excess Electrical Usage for Landlord’s costs of maintaining, repairing and reading such Meter.  The rate to be paid by Tenant for Metered electricity shall include any taxes or other charges in connection therewith.

 

Section 10.2          Excess Electricity.   Tenant shall at all times comply with the rules and regulations of the utility company supplying electricity to the Building.  Tenant shall not use any electrical equipment which, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, would exceed the capacity of the electrical equipment serving the Premises or which interferes with the electrical service to other tenants of the Building.  If Landlord reasonably determines that Tenant’s electrical requirements necessitate installation of any additional risers, feeders or other electrical distribution equipment (collectively, “ Electrical Equipment ”), or if Tenant provides Landlord with evidence reasonably satisfactory to Landlord of Tenant’s need for excess electricity and requests that additional Electrical Equipment be installed, Landlord shall, at Tenant’s expense, install such additional Electrical Equipment, provided that Landlord reasonably determines that (a) such installation is practicable and necessary, (b) such additional Electrical Equipment is permissible under applicable Requirements, and (c) the installation of such Electrical Equipment will not cause

 

24



 

permanent damage to the Building or the Premises, cause or create a hazardous condition, entail excessive or unreasonable alterations, interfere with or limit electrical usage by other tenants or occupants of the Building or exceed the limits of the switchgear or other facilities serving the Building, or require power in excess of that available from the utility company serving the Building.

 

Section 10.3          Elevators.   Landlord shall provide passenger elevator service for the Premises 24 hours per day, 7 days per week; provided, however, Landlord may limit passenger elevator service during non-Business Hours.  Landlord shall provide at least one freight elevator service for the Premises upon Tenant’s prior request, on a non-exclusive “first come, first serve” basis with other Building tenants, on all Business Days during such reasonable hours and for such reasonable charge as Landlord establishes from time to time.

 

Section 10.4          Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning.   Landlord shall furnish to the Premises during Business Hours heating, ventilation and air-conditioning (“ HVAC ”) in accordance with the standards to which the Base Building Systems have been designed.  Landlord shall have access to all air-cooling, fan, ventilating and machine rooms and electrical closets and all other mechanical installations of Landlord (collectively, “ Mechanical Installations ”), and Tenant shall not construct partitions or other obstructions which may interfere with Landlord’s access thereto or the moving of Landlord’s equipment to and from the Mechanical Installations.  No Tenant Party shall at any time enter the Mechanical Installations or tamper with, adjust, or otherwise affect such Mechanical Installations.  Landlord shall not be responsible if the HVAC System fails to provide cooled or heated air, as the case may be, to the Premises in accordance with the standards to which the Base Building Systems have been designed by reason of (i) any equipment installed by, for or on behalf of Tenant, which has an electrical load in excess of the average electrical load and human occupancy factors for the HVAC System as designed, or (ii) any rearrangement of partitioning or other Alterations made or performed by, for or on behalf of Tenant. Tenant shall install, if missing, blinds or shades on all windows, which blinds and shades shall be subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval, and shall keep operable windows in the Premises closed, and lower the blinds when necessary because of the sun’s position, whenever the HVAC System is in operation or as and when required by any Requirement.  Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord and shall abide by the rules and regulations which Landlord may reasonably prescribe for the proper functioning and protection of the HVAC System.

 

Section 10.5          Supplemental Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning. If the Premises or any portion thereof is at any time served by any supplemental heating, ventilation and air conditioning unit(s) that taps into the base Building HVAC System condenser water loop (whether one or more, but exclusive of any units that are part of the base Building HVAC System, the “ Supplemental HVAC Units ”), Tenant shall pay Landlord within thirty (30) days after Landlord gives Tenant an invoice therefor, (i) a one-time fee of $1,000 per ton for each Supplemental HVAC Unit for tapping into the base Building HVAC System condenser water loop; and (ii) on a monthly basis, a charge of $10.00 per ton for each Supplemental HVAC Unit.

 

Section 10.6          Overtime HVAC . The Fixed Rent does not include any charge to Tenant for the furnishing of HVAC to the Premises during non-Business Hours (“ Overtime Periods ”).

 

25



 

If Tenant desires HVAC services during Overtime Periods, Tenant shall be able to request such overtime as needed by contacting the Building Manager and requesting Overtime HVAC for a specified time period.  If Landlord furnishes HVAC service during Overtime Periods, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the cost thereof at Landlord’s then established rate for such service in the Building.   The current rate is $125 per hour.

 

Section 10.7          Cleaning.   Landlord shall cause the Premises (excluding any portions thereof used for the storage, preparation, service or consumption of food or beverages; as an exhibition area or classroom; for storage; as a shipping room, mail room or for similar purposes; for private bathrooms, showers or exercise facilities; as a trading floor; primarily for operation of computer, data processing, reproduction, duplicating or similar equipment; and portions of the Premises that include any improvements or property that require non-standard office cleaning supplies, materials, procedures, labor or service, such as paintings and other works of art) to be cleaned, substantially in accordance with the standards set forth in Exhibit D-Cleaning Specifications. Landlord reserves the right to modify such standards from time-to-time provided that Landlord’s cleaning standards shall be reasonably consistent with those provided in Comparable Buildings. Any areas of the Premises which Landlord is not required to clean hereunder or which require additional cleaning shall be cleaned, at Tenant’s expense, by Landlord’s cleaning contractor for such additional charge as Landlord’s cleaning contractor might require from time to time.  Landlord’s cleaning contractor and its employees shall have access to the Premises at all times except between 8:00 a.m. and 5:30 p.m. on weekdays which are not Holidays.

 

Section 10.8          Water.   Landlord shall provide water in the core lavatories, drinking fountains and janitor’s closets on each floor of the Building.  If Tenant requires water  in excess of that used by a normal office building tenant of similar size using its premises for normal office use, Tenant shall pay for the cost of bringing water to the Premises and Landlord may install a meter to measure the water.  Tenant shall pay the cost of such installation, and for all maintenance, repairs and replacements thereto, and for the reasonable charges of Landlord for the water consumed.

 

Section 10.9          Refuse Removal.   Landlord shall provide refuse removal services at the Building for ordinary office refuse and rubbish.  Tenant shall pay to Landlord, Landlord’s reasonable charge for such removal to the extent that the refuse generated by Tenant exceeds the refuse customarily generated by general office tenants.  Tenant shall not dispose of any refuse in the Common Areas, and if Tenant does so, Tenant shall be liable for Landlord’s reasonable charge for such removal. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense, comply with all present and future Requirements regarding the collection, sorting, separation, and recycling of trash.  Each separately sorted category of trash shall be placed in separate receptacles as directed by Landlord.

 

Section 10.10        Directory and Suite Entry Signage.   Landlord shall list Tenant on at least one of the Building directories located in the first (1 st ) floor lobbies of the Building.   The Building directory listing Tenant’s name will be shared with other Building tenants and space on the directory shall be equitably apportioned amongst the tenants. Landlord shall, at Landlord’s expense, install Building standard suite entry signage at the principal suite entry location at the

 

26



 

Premises.  At Tenant’s request, at any time during the Term, Landlord will design and install a Building-standard, wall-mounted suite entry sign on the wall directly outside the main suite entrance in the elevator lobby of the floor on which the Premises are located (the “ Additional Sign ”).  The basic design of the Additional Sign shall be based on the Building-standard signage, however it may incorporate a color reproduction of Tenant’s logo, including font and name.  The exact location of the sign shall be as shown on Exhibit A.  The dimensions of the Additional Sign shall not exceed two (2) feet in width and ten (10) inches in height, and will be wall-mounted.  The Additional Sign shall be installed by Landlord at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.

 

Section 10.11  Tenant Access to Premises.   Tenant shall have access to the Premises 24 hours a day, 7 days a week.  Outside of Business Hours, Building and floor access will be monitored by an electronic card or key security and access system or any such successor system installed and maintained by Landlord.  Tenant shall be responsible for access control to the Premises at Tenant’s expense.

 

Section 10.12 Telecommunications.   If Tenant requests that Landlord grant access to the Building to a telecommunications service provider designated by Tenant for purposes of providing telecommunications services to Tenant, Landlord shall use its reasonable good faith efforts to respond to such request within thirty (30) days. Tenant acknowledges that nothing set forth in this Section shall impose any affirmative obligation on Landlord to grant such request and that Landlord, in its sole discretion, shall have the right to determine which telecommunications service providers shall have access to Building facilities.

 

Section 10.13 Service Interruptions.   Landlord reserves the right to suspend any service when necessary, by reason of Unavoidable Delays, accidents or emergencies, or for Restorative Work which, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, are necessary or appropriate until such Unavoidable Delay, accident or emergency shall cease or such Restorative Work is completed and Landlord shall not be liable for any interruption, curtailment or failure to supply services.  Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to minimize interference with Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises as a result of any such interruption, curtailment or failure or defect in any such service, or change in the supply, character and/or quantity of, electrical service, and to restore any such services, remedy such situation and minimize any interference with Tenant’s business.  The exercise of any such right or the occurrence of any such failure by Landlord shall not constitute an actual or constructive eviction, in whole or in part, entitle Tenant to any compensation, abatement or diminution of Rent, relieve Tenant from any of its obligations under this Lease, or impose any liability upon Landlord or any Indemnified Party by reason of inconvenience to Tenant, or interruption of Tenant’s business, or otherwise.  Landlord shall not be liable in any way to Tenant for any failure, defect or interruption of, or change in the supply, character and/or quantity of electrical service furnished to the Premises for any reason except if attributable to the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord. In the event of a casualty or a Taking, the applicable provisions of this Lease shall prevail over the rent abatement provisions of this Section.  The foregoing notwithstanding, if any failure or stoppage of Landlord’s services under this Lease (i) renders the Premises or any portion thereof untenantable for the normal conduct of Tenant’s business in all or a portion of the Premises and Tenant has ceased using the Premises or the affected portion thereof; (ii) was not caused by Tenant, its employees, invitees or agents; and (iii) extends for a period longer than three (3) consecutive Business Days (or, in the event of

 

27



 

Unavoidable Delay, ten (10) Business Days), then provided no Event of Default exists, Tenant’s obligation to pay Fixed Rent, Tenant’s Tax Payment and Tenant’s Operating Payment for the affected portion of the Premises shall be abated beginning on the third (3 rd ) Business Day  (or, in the event of Unavoidable Delay, the tenth (10 th ) Business Day) following the date the aforementioned conditions are met and shall continue with respect to the Premises or the affected portion thereof (as applicable) until the conditions described in clause (i) no longer exist.

 

Section 10.14 Service Additions and Omissions.   Except with respect to the services that Landlord otherwise expressly agrees to provide under this Lease, Landlord shall have the right to add, modify and/or curtail any Building services as Landlord determines appropriate from time to time in Landlord’s sole discretion.

 

ARTICLE 11

 

INSURANCE; PROPERTY LOSS OR DAMAGE

 

Section 11.1 Tenant’s Insurance.

 

(a)            Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, shall obtain and keep in full force and effect during the Term:

 

(i)             a policy of commercial general liability insurance on an occurrence basis (utilizing then current ISO forms or equivalent) against claims for contractual liability, personal injury, bodily injury, death and/or property damage occurring in or about the Building, under which Tenant is named as the insured and Landlord, Landlord’s Agent and any Lessors and any Mortgagees whose names have been furnished to Tenant are named as additional insureds (the “ Insured Parties ”). Such insurance shall provide primary coverage without contribution from any other insurance carried by or for the benefit of the Insured Parties.  The minimum limits of liability provided in any combination by a commercial general liability policy and excess liability or umbrella policy applying exclusively to the Premises shall be a combined single limit with respect to each occurrence and in the aggregate in an amount of not less than $5,000,000; provided, however, that Landlord shall retain the right to require Tenant to increase such coverage from time to time to that amount of insurance which in Landlord’s reasonable judgment is then being customarily required by landlords for similar office space in Comparable Buildings.  The deductible or self insured retention for such policy shall not exceed $10,000;

 

(ii)            insurance against loss or damage by fire, and such other risks and hazards as are insurable under then available standard forms of “Special Form Causes of Loss” or “All Risk” property insurance policies, insuring Tenant’s Property and all Alterations and improvements to the Premises (including the initial Tenant Improvements) to the extent such Alterations and improvements exceed the cost of the improvements typically performed in connection with the initial occupancy of tenants in the Building (“ Building Standard Installations ”), for the full insurable value thereof or replacement cost thereof, having a deductible amount, if any, not in excess of $25,000;

 

(iii)           prior to and during the performance of any Alterations (other than Minor Alterations), until completion thereof, Builder’s Risk insurance on an “all risk” basis and

 

28



 

on a completed value form including a Permission to Complete and Occupy endorsement, for full replacement value covering the interest of Landlord and Tenant (and their respective contractors and subcontractors) in all work incorporated in the Building and all materials and equipment in or about the Premises, Workers’ Compensation and Employer’s Liability Insurance (covering all persons to be employed by Tenant, and Tenant’s contractors and subcontractors in connection with such Alterations) and commercial general liability (including property damage coverage) insurance, all in such form, for such periods, in such amounts and with such companies as Landlord may reasonably require, naming Landlord, Landlord’s Agent and any Mortgagee (of which Tenant has been given notice) as additional insureds to all policies except the Workers’ Compensation and Employer’s Liability Insurance policy;

 

(iv)           Workers’ Compensation Insurance, as required by law and Employers Liability Insurance in the amount of not less than $500,000;

 

(v)            Business Interruption/Rental Insurance; and

 

(vi)           such other insurance in such amounts as the Insured Parties may reasonably require from time to time, and which are customarily required by landlords for similar office space in Comparable Buildings.

 

(b)            All insurance required to be carried by Tenant (i) shall contain a provision that (x) no act or omission of Tenant shall affect or limit the obligation of the insurance company to pay the amount of any loss sustained, and (y) shall be noncancellable and/or no material change in coverage shall be made thereto unless the Insured Parties receive thirty (30) days’ prior notice of the same, by certified mail, return receipt requested, and (ii) shall be effected under valid and enforceable policies issued by reputable insurers permitted to do business in the State and rated in Best’s Key Rating Guide, or any successor thereto as having a “Best’s Rating” of “A-” or better and a “Financial Size Category” of at least “X” or better or, if such ratings are not then in effect, the equivalent thereof or such other financial rating as Landlord may at any time reasonably consider appropriate.

 

(c)            On or prior to the Commencement Date, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord appropriate policies of insurance, including evidence of waivers of subrogation required to be carried pursuant to this Article and that the Insured Parties are named as additional insureds (the Policies ”). Evidence of each renewal or replacement of the Policies shall be delivered by Tenant to Landlord at least ten (10) days prior to the expiration of the Policies. In lieu of the Policies, Tenant may deliver to Landlord a certification from Tenant’s insurance company (on the form currently designated “Acord 27” (Evidence of Property Insurance) and “Acord 25-S” (Certificate of Liability Insurance), or the equivalent, provided that attached thereto is an endorsement to Tenant’s commercial general liability policy naming the Insured Parties as additional insureds) which shall be binding on Tenant’s insurance company, and which shall expressly provide that such certification (i) conveys to the Insured Parties all the rights and privileges afforded under the Policies as primary insurance, and (ii) contains an unconditional obligation of the insurance company to advise all Insured Parties in writing by certified mail, return receipt requested, at least thirty (30) days in advance of any termination or change to the Policies that would affect the interest of any of the Insured Parties.

 

29



 

Section 11.2          Waiver of Subrogation. Landlord and Tenant shall each procure an appropriate clause in or endorsement to any property insurance covering the Real Property and personal property, fixtures and equipment located therein, wherein the insurer waives subrogation or consents to a waiver of right of recovery, and Landlord and Tenant agree not to make any claim against, or seek to recover from, the other for any loss or damage to its property or the property of others resulting from fire or other hazards to the extent covered (or would have been covered if the party had obtained and maintained the insurance it was required to carry under this Lease) by the property insurance that was required to be carried by that party under the terms of this Lease. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord shall not carry insurance on, and shall not be responsible for, (i) damage to any Above Building Standard Installations, (ii) Tenant’s Property, and (iii) any loss suffered by Tenant due to interruption of Tenant’s business.

 

Section 11.3          Restoration.

 

(a)            If the Premises are damaged by fire or other casualty, or if the Building is damaged such that Tenant is deprived of reasonable access to the Premises, the damage shall be repaired by Landlord, to substantially the condition of the Premises prior to the damage, subject to the provisions of any Mortgage or Superior Lease and only to the extent that such repairs can reasonably be made from the net proceeds of any insurance actually received by Landlord, but Landlord shall have no obligation to repair or restore (i) Tenant’s Property or (ii) except as provided in Section 11.3(b), any Alterations or improvements to the Premises, to the extent (but only to the extent) such Alterations or improvements exceed Building Standard Installations (“ Above Building Standard Installations ”).  So long as Tenant is not in default beyond applicable grace or notice provisions in the payment or performance of its obligations under this Section, and provided Tenant timely delivers to Landlord either Tenant’s Restoration Payment (as hereinafter defined) or the Restoration Security (as hereinafter defined) or Tenant expressly waives any obligation of Landlord to repair or restore any of Tenant’s Above Building Standard Installations, then until the restoration of the Premises is Substantially Completed or would have been Substantially Completed but for Tenant Delay, Fixed Rent, Tenant’s Tax Payment and Tenant’s Operating Payment shall be reduced in the proportion by which the area of the part of the Premises which is not usable (or accessible ) and is not used by Tenant bears to the total area of the Premises.

 

(b)            As a condition precedent to Landlord’s obligations to repair or restore any Above Building Standard Installations, Tenant shall (i) pay to Landlord upon demand a sum (“ Tenant’s Restoration Payment ”) equal to the amount, if any, by which (A) the cost, as reasonably estimated by a reputable independent contractor designated by Landlord, of repairing and restoring all Alterations and Tenant Improvements in the Premises to their condition prior to the damage, exceeds (B) the cost of restoring the Premises with Building Standard Installations, or (ii) furnish to Landlord security (the “ Restoration Security ”) in form and amount reasonably acceptable to Landlord to secure Tenant’s obligation to pay all costs in excess of restoring the Premises with Building Standard Installations.  If Tenant fails to deliver to Landlord either (1) Tenant’s Restoration Payment or the Restoration Security, as applicable, or (2) a waiver by Tenant, in form reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, of all of Landlord’s obligations to repair or restore any of the Above Building Standard Installations, in either case within ten (10) Business

 

30



 

Days after Landlord’s demand therefor, Landlord shall have no obligation to restore any Above Building Standard Installations and Tenant’s abatement of Fixed Rent, Tenant’s Tax Payment and Tenant’s Operating Payment shall cease when the restoration of the Premises (other than any Above Building Standard Installations) is Substantially Complete.

 

Section 11.4          Landlord’s Termination Right.   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 11.3, if the Premises are totally damaged or are rendered wholly untenantable, or if the Building shall be so damaged that, in the reasonable opinion of Landlord’s architect and engineers the substantial alteration, demolition, or reconstruction of the Building required to return it to a tenantable state (whether or not the Premises are so damaged or rendered untenantable) will take more than 12 months, then  Landlord may, not later than sixty (60) days following the date of the damage, terminate this Lease by written notice to Tenant, provided that if the Premises are not materially damaged, Landlord may not terminate this Lease unless Landlord similarly terminates (as a result of such damage) the leases of other tenants in the Building aggregating at least fifty percent (50%) of the portion of the Building occupied for office purposes immediately prior to such damage.  If this Lease is so terminated, (a) the Term shall expire upon the thirtieth (30 th ) day after such notice is given, (b) Tenant shall vacate the Premises and surrender the same to Landlord, (c) Tenant’s liability for Rent shall cease as of the date of the damage, and (d) any prepaid Rent for any period after the date of the damage shall be promptly refunded by Landlord to Tenant.

 

Section 11.5          Tenant’s Termination Right.   If the Premises are totally damaged and are thereby rendered wholly untenantable, or if the Building shall be so damaged that Tenant is deprived of reasonable access to the Premises, and if Landlord elects to restore the Premises, Landlord shall, within sixty (60) days following the date of the damage, cause a contractor or architect selected by Landlord to give notice (the “ Restoration Notice ”) to Tenant of the date by which such contractor or architect estimates the restoration of the Premises (excluding any Above Building Standard Installations) shall be Substantially Completed. If such date, as set forth in the Restoration Notice, is more than twelve (12) months from the date of such damage, then Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease by giving notice (the “ Termination Notice ”) to Landlord not later than thirty (30) days following delivery of the Restoration Notice to Tenant. If Tenant delivers a Termination Notice, this Lease shall be deemed to have terminated as of the date of the giving of the Termination Notice, in the manner set forth in the second sentence of Section 11.4.

 

Section 11.6          Final 18 Months.   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article, if any damage during the final eighteen (18) months of the Term renders the Premises wholly untenantable, either Landlord or Tenant may terminate this Lease by notice to the other party within thirty (30) days after the occurrence of such damage and this Lease shall expire on the thirtieth (30 th ) day after the date of such notice.  For purposes of this Section, the Premises shall be deemed wholly untenantable if Tenant shall be precluded from using more than fifty percent (50%) of the Premises for the conduct of its business and Tenant’s inability to so use the Premises is reasonably expected to continue for more than ninety (90) days.

 

Section 11.7          Landlord’s Liability.   Any Building employee to whom any property shall be entrusted by or on behalf of Tenant shall be deemed to be acting as Tenant’s agent with

 

31



 

respect to such property and neither Landlord nor its agents shall be liable for any damage to such property, or for the loss of or damage to any property of Tenant by theft or otherwise.  None of the Insured Parties shall be liable for any injury or damage to persons or property or interruption of Tenant’s business resulting from fire or other casualty, any damage caused by other tenants or persons in the Building or Parking Facility or by construction of any private, public or quasi-public work, or any latent defect in the Premises or in the Building or Parking Facility (except that Landlord shall be required to repair the same to the extent provided in Article 6).  No penalty shall accrue for delays which may arise by reason of adjustment of fire insurance on the part of Landlord or Tenant, or for any Unavoidable Delays arising from any repair or restoration of any portion of the Building, provided that Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to minimize interference with Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises during the performance of any such repair or restoration.

 

ARTICLE 12

 

EMINENT DOMAIN

 

Section 12.1          Taking.

 

(a)            Total Taking.   If all or substantially all of the Real Property, the Building or the Premises shall be acquired or condemned for any public or quasi-public purpose (a “ Taking ”), this Lease shall terminate and the Term shall end as of the date of the vesting of title and Rent shall be prorated and adjusted as of such date.

 

(b)            Partial Taking.   Upon a Taking of only a part of the Real Property, the Building or the Premises then, except as hereinafter provided in this Article, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, provided that from and after the date of the vesting of title, Fixed Rent and Tenant’s Proportionate Share shall be modified to reflect the reduction of the Premises and/or the Building as a result of such Taking.

 

(c)            Landlord’s Termination Right.   Whether or not the Premises are affected, Landlord may, by notice to Tenant, within sixty (60) days following the date upon which Landlord receives notice of the Taking of all or a portion of the Real Property, the Building or the Premises, terminate this Lease, provided that Landlord elects to terminate (as a result of such taking) leases (including this Lease) affecting at least fifty percent (50%) of the portion of the Building occupied for office purposes immediately prior to such taking.

 

(d)            Tenant’s Termination Right.   If the part of the Real Property so Taken contains more than twenty percent (20%) of the total area of the Premises occupied by Tenant immediately prior to such Taking, or if, by reason of such Taking, Tenant no longer has reasonable means of access to the Premises or equivalent parking rights, Tenant may terminate this Lease by notice to Landlord given within thirty (30) days following the date upon which Tenant is given notice of such Taking.  If Tenant so notifies Landlord, this Lease shall end and expire upon the thirtieth (30 th ) day following the giving of such notice.  If a part of the Premises shall be so Taken and this Lease is not terminated in accordance with this Section, Landlord, without being required to spend more than it collects as an award, shall, subject to the provisions of any Mortgage or Superior Lease, restore that part of the Premises not so Taken to a self-

 

32


 

contained rental unit substantially equivalent (with respect to character, quality, appearance and services) to that which existed immediately prior to such Taking, excluding Tenant’s Property and Above Building Standard Installations.

 

(e)            Apportionment of Rent.   Upon any termination of this Lease pursuant to the provisions of this Article, Rent shall be apportioned as of, and shall be paid or refunded up to and including, the date of such termination.

 

(f)             Notice to Tenant of Taking .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, Landlord agrees to deliver to Tenant written notice of any Taking within ten (10) Business Days following Landlord’s receipt of notice of the same.

 

Section 12.2          Awards.   Upon any Taking, Landlord shall receive the entire award for any such Taking, and Tenant shall have no claim against Landlord or the condemning authority for the value of any unexpired portion of the Term or Tenant’s Alterations; and Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord all of its right in and to such award.  Nothing contained in this Article shall be deemed to prevent Tenant from making a separate claim in any condemnation proceedings for the then value of any Tenant’s Property or Above Building Standard Installations included in such Taking and for any moving expenses, provided any such award is in addition to, and does not result in a reduction of, the award made to Landlord.

 

Section 12.3          Temporary Taking.   If all or any part of the Premises is Taken temporarily during the Term for any public or quasi-public use or purpose, Tenant shall give prompt notice to Landlord and the Term shall not be reduced or affected in any way and Tenant shall continue to pay all Rent payable by Tenant without reduction or abatement and to perform all of its other obligations under this Lease, except to the extent prevented from doing so by the condemning authority, and Tenant shall be entitled to receive any award or payment from the condemning authority for such use.

 

ARTICLE 13

 

ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

 

Section 13.1          Consent Requirements.

 

(a)            Except as expressly set forth herein, Tenant shall not assign, mortgage, pledge, encumber, or otherwise transfer this Lease, whether by operation of law or otherwise, and shall not sublet, or permit, or suffer the Premises or any part thereof to be used or occupied by others (whether for desk space, mailing privileges or otherwise), without Landlord’s prior consent in each instance, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed as provided in Section 13.3.

 

Any assignment, sublease, mortgage, pledge, encumbrance or transfer in contravention of the provisions of this Article shall be void and shall constitute an Event of Default.

 

(b)            If, without Landlord’s consent (when required), this Lease is assigned, or any part of the Premises is sublet or occupied by anyone other than Tenant or this Lease is

 

33



 

encumbered (by operation of law or otherwise), Landlord may collect rent from the assignee, subtenant or occupant, and apply the net amount collected to the Rent herein reserved.  No such collection shall be deemed a waiver of the provisions of this Article, an acceptance of the assignee, subtenant or occupant as tenant, or a release of Tenant from the performance of Tenant’s covenants hereunder, and in all cases Tenant shall remain fully liable for its obligations under this Lease.

 

(c)            Landlord’s consent to any assignment or subletting shall not relieve Tenant from the obligation to obtain Landlord’s consent to any further assignment or subletting.  In no event shall any permitted subtenant assign or encumber its sublease or further sublet any portion of its sublet space, or otherwise suffer or permit any portion of the sublet space to be used or occupied by others, except as provided in this Lease.

 

Section 13.2          Tenant’s Notice.   If Tenant desires to assign this Lease or sublet all or any portion of the Premises and Landlord’s consent thereto is required under this Lease, Tenant shall give notice thereof to Landlord, which shall be accompanied by (a) with respect to an assignment of this Lease, the date Tenant desires the assignment to be effective, and (b) with respect to a sublet of all or a part of the Premises, a description of the portion of the Premises to be sublet and the commencement date of such sublease.  Such notice shall be deemed an irrevocable thirty (30) day offer from Tenant to Landlord of the right, at Landlord’s option, (1) if the proposed transaction is an assignment of this Lease, to terminate this Lease with respect to the entire Premises as of the date indicated in the notice from Tenant to Landlord in (a) above (except as hereafter otherwise provided), or (2) if the proposed transaction is a sublease of thirty percent (30%) or more of the rentable square footage of the Premises (inclusive of any then subleased space at the Premises and any proposed sublease space) to a non-Related Entity or the term of such sublease (including any extension options provided for under the sublease) exceeds ninety percent (90%) of the remainder of the Term of this Lease (without regard to any then unexercised extension options under this Lease, but considering all extension options granted under the proposed sublease), to terminate this Lease with respect to the space that Tenant proposes to sublease (the “ Partial Space ”).  Such option may be exercised by notice from Landlord to Tenant within thirty (30) days after delivery of Tenant’s notice.  Subject to Section 13.6, if Landlord exercises its option to terminate all or a portion of this Lease, (A) this Lease shall end and expire with respect to all or a portion of the Premises, as the case may be, on the date that such assignment or sublease was to commence, provided that such date is in no event earlier than ninety (90) days after the date Landlord receives the above notice unless Landlord agrees to such earlier date, (B) Rent shall be apportioned, paid or refunded as of such date, (C) Tenant, upon Landlord’s request, shall enter into an amendment of this Lease ratifying and confirming such total or partial termination, and setting forth any appropriate modifications to the terms and provisions hereof, and (D) Landlord shall be free to lease the Premises (or any part thereof) to Tenant’s prospective assignee or subtenant.  Notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary, Section 13.6 shall take precedence over any arguably conflicting provision in this Section.

 

Section 13.3          Conditions to Assignment/Subletting.

 

(a)            If Landlord does not exercise its termination option under Section 13.2 or

 

34



 

if Landlord otherwise does not have a termination option, then provided that no Event of Default then exists, Landlord’s consent to the proposed assignment or subletting shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.  Such consent shall be granted or denied within thirty (30) days after delivery to Landlord of (i) a true and complete statement reasonably detailing the identity of the proposed assignee or subtenant (“ Transferee ”), the nature of its business and its proposed use of the Premises, (ii) current financial information with respect to the Transferee, including its most recent financial statements, and (iii) any other information Landlord may reasonably request, provided that:

 

(i)             in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, the Transferee is engaged in a business or activity, and the Premises will be used in a manner, which (1) is in keeping with the then standards of the Building, (2) is for the Permitted Uses, and (3) does not violate any restrictions set forth in this Lease, any Mortgage or Superior Lease or any negative covenant as to use of the Premises required by any other lease in the Building;

 

(ii)            the Transferee is reputable with sufficient financial means to perform all of its obligations under this Lease or the sublease, as the case may be;

 

(iii)           reserved;

 

(iv)           the Transferee is not a person or entity (or affiliate of a person or entity) with whom Landlord is then or has been within the prior 6 months negotiating in connection with the rental of space in the Building;

 

(v)            reserved

 

(vi)           with respect to any transaction occurring prior to the last day of the fifth (5 th ) Lease Year, the aggregate consideration to be paid by the Transferee under the terms of the proposed sublease shall not be less than sixty percent (60%) of the fixed rent at which Landlord is then offering to lease other space in the Building (the “ Market Sub-rent ”) determined as though the Premises were vacant and taking into account (1) the length of the term of the proposed sublease, (2) any rent concessions granted to Transferee, and (3) the cost of any Alterations being performed for the Transferee;

 

(vii)          Tenant is not released from liability under the Lease;

 

(viii)         with respect to any assignment or subletting for which Landlord’s consent is required under this Lease, Tenant shall, upon demand, reimburse Landlord for all actual reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with such proposed assignment or sublease, including any investigations as to the acceptability of the Transferee and all legal costs reasonably incurred in connection with the granting of any requested consent; and

 

(ix)            the Transferee shall not be entitled, directly or indirectly, to diplomatic or sovereign immunity, regardless of whether the Transferee agrees to waive such diplomatic or sovereign immunity, and shall be subject to the service of process in, and the jurisdiction of the courts of, the State.

 

35



 

(b)            With respect to each and every subletting and/or assignment approved by Landlord under the provisions of this Lease:

 

(i)             the form of the proposed assignment or sublease shall be reasonably satisfactory to Landlord;

 

(ii)            no sublease shall be for a term ending later than the Expiration Date;

 

(iii)           no Transferee shall take possession of any part of the Premises, until an executed counterpart of such sublease or assignment has been delivered to Landlord and approved by Landlord as provided in Section 13.3;

 

(iv)           if an Event of Default occurs prior to the effective date of such assignment or subletting, then Landlord’s consent thereto, if previously granted, shall be immediately deemed revoked without further notice to Tenant, and if such assignment or subletting would have been permitted without Landlord’s consent pursuant to Section 13.7, such permission shall be void and without force and effect, and in either such case, any such assignment or subletting shall constitute a further Event of Default hereunder; and

 

(v)            each sublease shall be subject and subordinate to this Lease and to the matters to which this Lease is or shall be subordinate; and Tenant and each Transferee shall be deemed to have agreed that upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default hereunder, Tenant has hereby assigned to Landlord, and Landlord may, at its option, accept such assignment of, all right, title and interest of Tenant as sublandlord under such sublease, together with all modifications, extensions and renewals thereof then in effect and such Transferee shall, at Landlord’s option, attorn to Landlord pursuant to the then executory provisions of such sublease, except that Landlord shall not be (A) liable for any previous act or omission of Tenant under such sublease, (B) subject to any counterclaim, offset or defense not expressly provided in such sublease, which theretofore accrued to such Transferee against Tenant, (C) bound by any previous modification of such sublease not consented to by Landlord or by any prepayment of more than one month’s rent, (D) bound to return such Transferee’s security deposit, if any, except to the extent Landlord shall receive actual possession of such deposit and such Transferee shall be entitled to the return of all or any portion of such deposit under the terms of its sublease, or (E) obligated to make any payment to or on behalf of such Transferee, or to perform any work in the subleased space or the Building, or in any way to prepare the sublet space for occupancy, beyond Landlord’s obligations under this Lease.  The provisions of this Section shall be self-operative, and no further instrument shall be required to give effect to this provision, provided that the Transferee shall execute and deliver to Landlord any instruments Landlord may reasonably request to evidence and confirm such subordination and attornment.

 

Section 13.4          Binding on Tenant; Indemnification of Landlord.   Notwithstanding any assignment or subletting or any acceptance of rent by Landlord from any Transferee, Tenant shall remain fully liable for the payment of all Rent due and for the performance of all the covenants, terms and conditions contained in this Lease on Tenant’s part to be observed and performed, and any default under any term, covenant or condition of this Lease by any Transferee or anyone

 

36



 

claiming under or through any Transferee shall be deemed to be a default under this Lease by Tenant.  Tenant shall indemnify, defend, protect and hold harmless Landlord from and against any and all Losses resulting from any claims that may be made against Landlord by the Transferee or anyone claiming under or through any Transferee or by any brokers or other persons claiming a commission or similar compensation in connection with the proposed assignment or sublease, irrespective of whether Landlord shall give or decline to give its consent to any proposed assignment or sublease, or if Landlord shall exercise any of its options under this Article.

 

Section 13.5          Tenant’s Failure to Complete. If Landlord consents to a proposed assignment or sublease and Tenant fails to execute and deliver to Landlord such assignment or sublease within one hundred twenty (120) days after the giving of such consent or the amount of space subject to such sublease varies by more than ten percent (10%) from that specified in the notice given by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to Section 13.2, then Tenant shall again comply with all of the provisions and conditions of Sections 13.2, 13.3 and 13.4 before assigning this Lease or subletting all or part of the Premises.

 

Section 13.6          Profits.   If Tenant enters into any assignment or sublease permitted hereunder or consented to by Landlord, Tenant shall, within sixty (60) days of Landlord’s consent to such assignment or sublease, deliver to Landlord a list of Tenant’s reasonable third-party expenses incurred in connection with such transaction including, without limitation, brokerage fees and legal fees paid in connection with such transaction, marketing costs, cash inducements, construction costs, construction and moving allowances, rent abatement and any lease assumption costs (collectively, “ Transaction Costs ”), together with a list of all of Tenant’s Property to be transferred to such Transferee.  The Transaction Costs shall be amortized, on a straight-line basis, over the term of any sublease or assignment.  Tenant shall deliver to Landlord evidence of the payment of such Transaction Costs promptly after the same are paid.  In consideration of such assignment or subletting, Tenant shall pay to Landlord:

 

(a)            In the case of an assignment, on the effective date of the assignment, fifty percent (50%) of all sums and other consideration paid to Tenant by the Transferee for or by reason of such assignment (including sums paid for the sale or rental of Tenant’s Property, less, the then fair market or rental value thereof, as reasonably determined by Landlord) after first deducting the Transaction Costs; or

 

(b)            In the case of a sublease, fifty percent (50%) of any consideration paid under the sublease to Tenant by the Transferee which exceeds on a per square foot basis the Fixed Rent and Additional Rent accruing during the term of the sublease in respect of the subleased space (together with any sums paid for the sale or rental of Tenant’s Property, less, the then fair market or rental value thereof, as reasonably determined by Landlord) after first deducting the monthly amortized amount of Transaction Costs.  The sums payable under this clause shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord monthly as and when paid by the subtenant to Tenant.  The foregoing notwithstanding, this Section shall not apply with respect to any transfer to a Related Entity in accordance with the terms and provisions of Section 13.7.

 

37



 

Section 13.7          Transfers.

 

(a)            If Tenant is a legal entity, the transfer (by one or more transfers), directly or indirectly, by operation of law or otherwise, of a majority of the stock or other beneficial ownership interest in Tenant or of all or substantially all of the assets of Tenant (collectively, “ Ownership Interests ”) shall be deemed a voluntary assignment of this Lease; provided, however, that the provisions of this Article shall not apply to the transfer of Ownership Interests in Tenant if and so long as Tenant is or becomes publicly traded on a nationally recognized stock exchange.  For purposes of this Article the term “ transfers ” shall be deemed to include (x) the issuance of new Ownership Interests which results in a majority of the Ownership Interests in Tenant being held by a person or entity which does not hold a majority of the Ownership Interests in Tenant on the Effective Date and (y) except as provided below, the sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of Tenant in one or more transactions and the merger or consolidation of Tenant into or with another business entity.  The provisions of Section 13.1 shall not apply to transactions with a business entity into or with which Tenant is merged or consolidated or to which all or substantially all of Tenant’s assets are transferred so long as (i) such transfer was made for a legitimate independent business purpose and not for the purpose of transferring this Lease, (ii) the successor to Tenant has a net worth computed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles at least equal to the net worth of Tenant immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or transfer, and (iii) proof reasonably satisfactory to Landlord of such net worth is delivered to Landlord at least ten (10) days following the effective date of any such transaction.  Tenant may also, upon prior notice to Landlord, permit any business entity which controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the original Tenant (a “ Related Entity ”) to sublet or take assignment of all or part of the Premises for any Permitted Uses, provided the Related Entity is in Landlord’s reasonable judgment of a character and engaged in a business which is in keeping with the standards for the Building and for so long as such entity remains a Related Entity.  Such sublease or assignment shall not be deemed to vest in any such Related Entity any right or interest in this Lease nor shall it relieve, release, impair or discharge any of Tenant’s obligations hereunder.  For the purposes hereof, “ control ” shall be deemed to mean ownership of not less than fifty percent (50%) of all of the Ownership Interests of such corporation or other business entity.

 

(b)            The limitations set forth in this Section shall apply to Transferee(s) and guarantor(s) of this Lease, if any, and any transfer by any such entity in violation of this Section shall be a transfer in violation of Section 13.1.

 

(c)            Any modification, amendment or extension of a sublease and/or any other agreement by which a landlord (or any affiliate thereof) of a building other than the Building agrees to assume the obligations of Tenant under this Lease shall be deemed a sublease for the purposes of Section 13.1 hereof.

 

Section 13.8          Assumption of Obligations.   No assignment or transfer shall be effective unless and until the Transferee executes, acknowledges and delivers to Landlord an agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Landlord whereby the assignee (a) assumes Tenant’s obligations under this Lease arising from and after the effective date of the assignment and (b) agrees that, notwithstanding such assignment or transfer, the provisions of Section 13.1 hereof shall be binding upon it in respect of all future assignments and transfers.

 

38



 

Section 13.9          Tenant’s Liability.   The joint and several liability of Tenant and any successors-in-interest of Tenant and the due performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease shall not be discharged, released or impaired by any agreement or stipulation made by Landlord, or any grantee or assignee of Landlord, extending the time, or modifying any of the terms and provisions of this Lease, or by any waiver or failure of Landlord, or any grantee or assignee of Landlord, to enforce any of the terms and provisions of this Lease.

 

Section 13.10  Listings in Building Directory.   The listing of any name other than that of Tenant on the doors of the Premises, the Building directory or elsewhere shall not vest any right or interest in this Lease or in the Premises, nor be deemed to constitute Landlord’s consent to any assignment or transfer of this Lease or to any sublease of the Premises or to the use or occupancy thereof by others.  Any such listing shall constitute a privilege revocable in Landlord’s discretion by notice to Tenant.

 

Section 13.11  Lease Disaffirmance or Rejection.   Unless Tenant is expressly released from this Lease in the course of an assignment pursuant to an instrument in writing duly executed by Landlord if at any time after an assignment by Tenant named herein, this Lease is not affirmed or is rejected in any bankruptcy proceeding or any similar proceeding, or upon a termination of this Lease due to any such proceeding, Tenant named herein, upon request of Landlord given after such disaffirmance, rejection or termination (and actual notice thereof to Landlord in the event of a disaffirmance or rejection or in the event of termination other than by act of Landlord), shall (a) pay to Landlord all Rent and other charges due and owing by the assignee to Landlord under this Lease to and including the date of such disaffirmance, rejection or termination, and (b) as “tenant,” enter into a new lease of the Premises with Landlord for a term commencing on the effective date of such disaffirmance, rejection or termination and ending on the Expiration Date, at the same Rent and upon the then executory terms, covenants and conditions contained in this Lease, except that (i) the rights of Tenant named herein under the new lease shall be subject to the possessory rights of the assignee under this Lease and the possessory rights of any persons or entities claiming through or under such assignee or by virtue of any statute or of any order of any court (if any), (ii) such new lease shall require all defaults existing under this Lease to be cured by Tenant named herein with due diligence, and (iii) such new lease shall require Tenant named herein to pay all Rent which, had this Lease not been so disaffirmed, rejected or terminated, would have become due under the provisions of this Lease after the date of such disaffirmance, rejection or termination with respect to any period prior thereto.  Notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary, in no case shall any liability arising under the foregoing provisions of this Section exceed the aggregate amount of Rent reserved under this Lease less all amounts received by Landlord pursuant to an obligation arising under this Lease, from whatever source.  If Tenant named herein defaults in its obligations to enter into such new lease for a period of twenty (20) Business Days after Landlord’s request, then, in addition to all other rights and remedies by reason of default, either at law or in equity, Landlord shall have the same rights and remedies against Tenant named herein as if it had entered into such new lease and such new lease had thereafter been terminated as of the commencement date thereof by reason of Tenant’s default thereunder.

 

39



 

ARTICLE 14

 

ACCESS TO PREMISES

 

Section 14.1          Landlord’s Access.

 

(a)            Landlord, Landlord’s agents and utility service providers servicing the Building may erect, use and maintain concealed ducts, pipes and conduits in and through the Premises provided such use does not cause the usable area of the Premises to be reduced beyond a de minimis amount.  Landlord shall promptly repair any damage to the Premises caused by any work performed pursuant to this Article.

 

(b)            Landlord and any other party designated by Landlord shall have the right to enter the Premises at any time in the case of an emergency.  Landlord, any Lessor or Mortgagee and any other party designated by Landlord and their respective agents shall have the right to enter the Premises at all reasonable times, upon reasonable notice (which notice may be oral) to examine the Premises, to perform Restorative Work to the Premises or the Building, to show the Premises to prospective purchasers, Mortgagees or Lessors and tenants, and their respective agents and representatives or others.

 

(c)            All parts (except surfaces facing the interior of the Premises) of all walls, windows and doors bounding the Premises, all balconies, terraces and roofs adjacent to the Premises, all space in or adjacent to the Premises used for shafts, stacks, stairways, mail chutes, conduits and other mechanical facilities, Base Building Systems, Building facilities and Common Areas are not part of the Premises, and Landlord shall have the use thereof and access thereto through the Premises for the purposes of Building operation, maintenance, alteration and repair.

 

Section 14.2          Building Name.   Landlord has the right at any time to change the name, street address or designation by which the Building is commonly known; provided, however, that if Landlord changes the name during the Term (other than as a result of a Requirement), then Landlord will reimburse Tenant for reasonable out-of-pocket costs incurred in re-printing all stationery, letterhead, business cards, and other printed materials that Tenant has on hand (not to exceed $2,000 in the aggregate).

 

Section 14.3          Light and Air. If at any time any windows of the Premises are temporarily darkened or covered over by reason of any Restorative Work, any of such windows are permanently darkened or covered over due to any Requirement or there is otherwise a diminution of light, air or view by another structure which may hereafter be erected (whether or not by Landlord), Landlord shall not be liable for any damages and Tenant shall not be entitled to any compensation or abatement of any Rent, nor shall the same release Tenant from its obligations hereunder or constitute an actual or constructive eviction.

 

40



 

ARTICLE 15

 

DEFAULT

 

Section 15.1          Tenant’s Defaults.   Each of the following events shall be an “ Event of Default ” hereunder:

 

(a)            Tenant fails to pay when due any installment of Rent and such default shall continue for five (5) Business Days after notice of such default is given to Tenant except that if Landlord shall have given two such notices of default in the payment of any Rent in any 12-month period, Tenant shall not be entitled to any further notice of its delinquency in the payment of any Rent or an extended period in which to make payment until such time as 12 consecutive months shall have elapsed without Tenant having failed to make any such payment when due, and the occurrence of any default in the payment of any Rent within such 12-month period after the giving of 2 such notices shall constitute an Event of Default; or

 

(b)            Tenant fails to observe or perform any other term, covenant or condition of this Lease and such failure continues for more than thirty (30) days after notice by Landlord to Tenant of such default, or if such default is of a nature that it cannot be completely remedied within thirty (30) days, failure by Tenant to commence to remedy such failure within said thirty (30) days, and thereafter diligently take all steps necessary to remedy such default, provided in all events the same is completed within ninety (90) days; or

 

(c)            if Landlord applies or retains any part of the security held by Landlord hereunder in accordance with the terms of this Lease, and Tenant fails to deposit with Landlord the amount so applied or retained by Landlord, or to provide Landlord with a replacement Letter of Credit (as hereinafter defined), if applicable, within five (5) Business Days after notice by Landlord to Tenant stating the amount applied or retained; or

 

(d)            Tenant files a voluntary petition in bankruptcy or insolvency, or is adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent, or files any petition or answer seeking any reorganization, liquidation, dissolution or similar relief under any present or future federal bankruptcy act or any other present or future applicable federal, state or other statute or law, or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors or seeks or consents to or acquiesces in the appointment of any trustee, receiver, liquidator or other similar official for Tenant or for all or any part of Tenant’s property; or

 

(e)            a court of competent jurisdiction shall enter an order, judgment or decree adjudicating Tenant bankrupt, or appointing a trustee, receiver or liquidator of Tenant, or of the whole or any substantial part of its property, without the consent of Tenant, or approving a petition filed against Tenant seeking reorganization or arrangement of Tenant under the bankruptcy laws of the United States, as now in effect or hereafter amended, or any state thereof, and such order, judgment or decree shall not be vacated or set aside or stayed within sixty (60) days from the date of entry thereof; or

 

41



 

(f)             Guarantor generally does not, or is unable to, or admits in writing its inability to, pay its debts as they become due or is subject to the filing of a petition, case or proceeding in bankruptcy; or

 

(g)            the occurrence of a default under any guaranty of all or any portion of Tenant’s liabilities under this Lease, which default continues beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and/or cure period(s) (if any) set forth in such guaranty.

 

Section 15.2          Landlord’s Remedies.

 

(a)            Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, Landlord, at its option, and without limiting the exercise of any other right or remedy Landlord may have on account of such Event of Default, and without any further demand or notice, may give to Tenant notice of (i) the termination of this Lease, in which event this Lease and the Term shall come to an end and expire (whether or not the Term shall have commenced) upon the termination date set forth in such notice with the same force and effect as if the date set forth in the notice was the Expiration Date stated herein, and/or (ii) the termination of Tenant’s right of possession of the Premises, in which event Tenant’s right of possession of the Premises shall come to an end and expire (whether or not the Term shall have commenced) upon the termination date set forth in such notice; and Tenant shall then quit and surrender the Premises to Landlord, but Tenant shall remain liable for damages as provided in this Article and/or, to the extent permitted by law, Landlord may remove all persons and property from the Premises, which property shall be stored by Landlord at a warehouse or elsewhere at the risk, expense and for the account of Tenant.  Any termination notice may be given simultaneously with any notice of default given to Tenant.

 

(b)            If this Lease and the Term, or Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises, terminate as provided in Section 15.2(a):

 

(i)             Tenant shall quit and surrender the Premises to Landlord, and Landlord and its agents may immediately, or at any time after such termination, re-enter the Premises or any part thereof, without notice, either by summary proceedings, or by any other applicable action or proceeding, or by force (to the extent permitted by law) or otherwise in accordance with applicable legal proceedings (without being liable to indictment, prosecution or damages therefor), and may repossess the Premises and dispossess Tenant and any other persons from the Premises and remove any and all of their property and effects from the Premises.

 

(ii)            Landlord, at Landlord’s option, may relet all or any part of the Premises from time to time, either in the name of Landlord or otherwise, to such tenant or tenants, for any term ending before, on or after the Expiration Date, at such rental and upon such other conditions (which may include concessions and free rent periods) as Landlord, in its sole discretion, may determine.  Landlord shall have no obligation to accept any tenant offered by Tenant and shall not be liable for failure to relet or, in the event of any such reletting, for failure to collect any rent due upon any such reletting; and no such failure shall relieve Tenant of, or otherwise affect, any liability under this Lease.  Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to mitigate its damages but shall not be required to divert prospective tenants from any other portions of the Building.  Landlord, at Landlord’s option, may make such alterations, decorations and other

 

42


 

physical changes in and to the Premises as Landlord, in its sole discretion, considers advisable or necessary in connection with such reletting or proposed reletting, without relieving Tenant of any liability under this Lease or otherwise affecting any such liability.

 

(c)            Tenant, on its own behalf and on behalf of all persons claiming through or under Tenant, including all creditors, hereby waives all rights which Tenant and all such persons might otherwise have under any Requirement (i) to the service of any notice of intention to re-enter or to institute legal proceedings, (ii) to redeem, or to re-enter or repossess the Premises, (iii) to restore the operation of this Lease, after (A) Tenant shall have been dispossessed by judgment or by warrant of any court or judge, (B) any re-entry by Landlord, or (C) any expiration or early termination of the term of this Lease, whether such dispossess, re-entry, expiration or termination shall be by operation of law or pursuant to the provisions of this Lease, and (iv) to any notice to quit the Premises.  The words “redeem,” “redemption,” “re-enter,” “re-entry” and “re-entered” as used in this Lease shall not be deemed to be restricted to their technical legal meanings.

 

(d)            Upon the breach or threatened breach by Tenant, or any persons claiming through or under Tenant, of any term, covenant or condition of this Lease, Landlord shall have the right to enjoin such breach and to invoke any other remedy allowed by law or in equity as if re-entry, summary proceedings and other special remedies were not provided in this Lease for such breach.  The rights to invoke the remedies set forth above are cumulative and shall not preclude Landlord from invoking any other remedy allowed at law or in equity.

 

Section 15.3          Landlord’s Damages.

 

(a)            If this Lease and the Term, or Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises, terminate as provided in Section 15.2, then:

 

(i)             Tenant shall pay to Landlord all items of Rent payable under this Lease by Tenant to Landlord prior to the date of termination;

 

(ii)            Landlord may retain all monies, if any, paid by Tenant to Landlord, whether as prepaid Rent, a security deposit or otherwise, which monies, to the extent not otherwise applied to amounts due and owing to Landlord, shall be credited by Landlord against any damages payable by Tenant to Landlord;

 

(iii)           Tenant shall pay to Landlord, in monthly installments, on the days specified in this Lease for payment of installments of Fixed Rent, any Deficiency; it being understood that Landlord shall be entitled to recover the Deficiency from Tenant each month as the same shall arise, and no suit to collect the amount of the Deficiency for any month, shall prejudice Landlord’s right to collect the Deficiency for any subsequent month by a similar proceeding; and

 

(iv)           whether or not Landlord shall have collected any monthly Deficiency, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, on demand, in lieu of any further Deficiency and as liquidated and agreed final damages, a sum equal to the amount by which the Rent for the period which otherwise would have constituted the unexpired portion of the Term (assuming the Additional Rent during such period to be the same as was payable for the year immediately

 

43



 

preceding such termination or re-entry, increased in each succeeding year by 4% (on a compounded basis)) exceeds the then fair and reasonable rental value of the Premises, for the same period (with both amounts being discounted to present value at a rate of interest equal to 2% below the then Base Rate) less the aggregate amount of Deficiencies theretofore collected by Landlord pursuant to the provisions of Section 15.3(a)(iii) for the same period.  If, before presentation of proof of such liquidated damages to any court, commission or tribunal, the Premises, or any part thereof, shall have been relet by Landlord for the period which otherwise would have constituted the unexpired portion of the Term, or any part thereof, the amount of rent reserved upon such reletting shall be deemed prima facie , to be the fair and reasonable rental value for the part or the whole of the Premises so relet during the term of the reletting.

 

(b)            If the Premises, or any part thereof, shall be relet together with other space in the Building, the rents collected or reserved under any such reletting and the expenses of any such reletting shall be equitably apportioned for the purposes of this Section.  Tenant shall not be entitled to any rents collected or payable under any reletting, whether or not such rents exceeds the Fixed Rent reserved in this Lease.  Nothing contained in this Article shall be deemed to limit or preclude the recovery by Landlord from Tenant of the maximum amount allowed to be obtained as damages by any Requirement, or of any sums or damages to which Landlord may be entitled in addition to the damages set forth in this Section; provided, however, that Landlord shall only be entitled to one (1) full recovery for the breach of this Lease.

 

Section 15.4          Interest.   If any payment of Rent is not paid when due (including any applicable grace period, if any), interest shall accrue on such payment, from the date such payment became due until paid at the Interest Rate.  Tenant acknowledges that late payment by Tenant of Rent will cause Landlord to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of such costs being extremely difficult and impracticable to fix.   Such costs include, without limitation, processing and accounting charges, and late charges that may be imposed on Landlord by the terms of any note secured by a Mortgage covering the Premises.  Therefore, in addition to interest, if any amount is not paid when due, a late charge equal to five percent (5%) of such amount shall be assessed; provided, however, that on 1 occasion during any Calendar Year of the Term, Landlord shall give Tenant notice of such late payment and Tenant shall have a period of five (5) days thereafter in which to make such payment before any late charge is assessed.  Such interest and late charges are separate and cumulative and are in addition to and shall not diminish or represent a substitute for any of Landlord’s rights or remedies under any other provision of this Lease.

 

Section 15.5          Other Rights of Landlord.   If Tenant fails to pay any Additional Rent when due, Landlord, in addition to any other right or remedy, shall have the same rights and remedies as in the case of a default by Tenant in the payment of Fixed Rent.   If Tenant is in arrears in the payment of Rent, Tenant waives Tenant’s right, if any, to designate the items against which any payments made by Tenant are to be credited, and Landlord may apply any payments made by Tenant to any items Landlord sees fit, regardless of any request by Tenant. Landlord reserves the right, without liability to Tenant and without constituting any claim of constructive eviction, to suspend furnishing or rendering to Tenant any property, material, labor, utility or other service, whenever Landlord is obligated to furnish or render the same at the expense of Tenant, if (but only for so long as) Tenant is in arrears in paying Landlord for such

 

44



 

items for more than five (5) Business Days after notice from Landlord to Tenant demanding the payment of such arrears. If Tenant fails to pay any Rent when due or Tenant otherwise fails to fully and timely perform its obligations under this Lease and Landlord engages an attorney in connection with such failure, Tenant shall pay upon demand the reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred by Landlord regardless of whether Landlord initiates legal action in connection with such failure.

 

Section 15.6          Default by Landlord.    Landlord will be in default if Landlord fails to perform its obligations under this Lease within thirty (30) days after written notice by Tenant to Landlord (and any Mortgagee or Lessor of which Tenant has received written notice from Landlord) specifying wherein Landlord has failed to perform such obligations.  If the nature of Landlord’s obligation is such that more than thirty (30) days are required for performance, then Landlord will not be in default if Landlord commences performance within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes the same to completion.  Upon the occurrence of a default, Tenant shall have all rights and remedies afforded to it, whether at law or in equity.

 

ARTICLE 16

 

LANDLORD’S RIGHT TO CURE; FEES AND EXPENSES

 

If Tenant defaults in the performance of its obligations under this Lease, Landlord, without waiving such default, may perform such obligations at Tenant’s expense: (a) immediately, and without notice, in the case of emergency or if the default (i) materially interferes with the use by any other tenant of the Building, (ii) materially interferes with the efficient operation of the Building, (iii) results in a violation of any Requirement, or (iv) results or will result in a cancellation of any insurance policy maintained by Landlord, and (b) in any other case if such default continues after ten (10) Business Days from the date Landlord gives notice of the defaulted obligation.  All actual reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with any such performance by it and all actual reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses, including reasonable counsel fees and disbursements, incurred by Landlord in any action or proceeding (including any unlawful detainer proceeding) brought by Landlord or in which Landlord is a party to enforce any obligation of Tenant under this Lease and/or right of Landlord in or to the Premises, shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord within 10 Business Days after receipt of Landlord’s invoice for such amount (accompanied by copies of invoice(s) evidencing such costs), with interest thereon at the Interest Rate from the date that notice is delivered.  Except as expressly provided to the contrary in this Lease, all costs and expenses which, pursuant to this Lease are incurred by Landlord and payable to Landlord by Tenant, and all charges, amounts and sums payable to Landlord by Tenant for any property, material, labor, utility or other services which, pursuant to this Lease, attributable directly to Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises or presence at the Building, or at the request and for the account of Tenant, are provided, furnished or rendered by Landlord, shall become due and payable by Tenant to Landlord within ten (10) Business Days after receipt of Landlord’s invoice for such amount (accompanied by copies of invoice(s) evidencing such costs).

 

45



 

ARTICLE 17

 

NO REPRESENTATIONS BY LANDLORD; LANDLORD’S APPROVAL

 

Section 17.1          No Representations.   Except as expressly set forth in this Lease, Landlord and Landlord’s agents have made no warranties, representations, statements or promises with respect to the Building, the Real Property or the Premises and no rights, easements or licenses are acquired by Tenant by implication or otherwise.  Tenant is entering into this Lease after full investigation and is not relying upon any statement or representation made by Landlord not embodied in this Lease.

 

Section 17.2          No Money Damages.   Except to the extent that Landlord is acting with gross negligence or is conducting itself with bad faith, wherever in this Lease Landlord’s consent or approval is required, if Landlord refuses to grant such consent or approval, whether or not Landlord expressly agreed that such consent or approval would not be unreasonably withheld, Tenant shall not make, and Tenant hereby waives, any claim for money damages (including any claim by way of set-off, counterclaim or defense) based upon Tenant’s claim or assertion that Landlord unreasonably withheld or delayed its consent or approval.  Except as set forth above (in which case Tenant reserves its rights to seek compensatory damages), Tenant’s sole remedy shall be an action or proceeding to enforce such provision, by specific performance, injunction or declaratory judgment.  In no event shall Landlord be liable for, and Tenant, on behalf of itself and all other Tenant Parties, hereby waives any claim for, any indirect, consequential or punitive damages, including loss of profits or business opportunity, arising under or in connection with this Lease.

 

Section 17.3         Reasonable Efforts.   For purposes of this Lease, “reasonable efforts” by Landlord shall not include an obligation to employ contractors or labor at overtime or other premium pay rates or to incur any other overtime costs or additional expenses whatsoever.

 

ARTICLE 18

 

END OF TERM

 

Section 18.1          Expiration.   Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall quit and surrender the Premises to Landlord vacant, broom clean and in good order and condition, ordinary wear and tear and damage for which Tenant is not responsible under the terms of this Lease excepted, and Tenant shall have satisfied Tenant’s removal obligations under Article 5.

 

Section 18.2          Holdover Rent. Landlord and Tenant recognize that Landlord’s damages resulting from Tenant’s failure to timely surrender possession of the Premises may be substantial, may exceed the amount of the Rent payable hereunder, and will be impossible to accurately measure. Accordingly, if possession of the Premises is not surrendered to Landlord on the Expiration Date or sooner termination of this Lease, in addition to any other rights or remedies Landlord may have hereunder or at law, Tenant shall (a) pay to Landlord for each month (or any portion thereof) during which Tenant holds over in the Premises after the Expiration Date or sooner termination of this Lease, a sum equal to the greater of (i) the Holdover Multiplier times

 

46



 

the Rent payable under this Lease for the last full calendar month of the Term, and (ii) the Holdover Multiplier times the rate Landlord is then asking for comparable space in the Building (or if no comparable space is then available, the Holdover Multiplier times the fair market rental value of the Premises as reasonably determined by Landlord), (b) be liable to Landlord for (1) any payment or rent concession which Landlord may be required to make to any tenant obtained by Landlord for all or any part of the Premises (a “ New Tenant ”) in order to induce such New Tenant not to terminate its lease by reason of the holding-over by Tenant, and (2) the loss of the benefit of the bargain if any New Tenant shall terminate its lease by reason of the holding-over by Tenant, and (c) indemnify Landlord against all claims for damages by any New Tenant. No holding-over by Tenant, nor the payment to Landlord of the amounts specified above, shall operate to extend the Term hereof or to establish a month to month or any other tenancy. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to permit Tenant to retain possession of the Premises after the Expiration Date or sooner termination of this Lease, and no acceptance by Landlord of payments from Tenant after the Expiration Date or sooner termination of this Lease shall be deemed to be other than on account of the amount to be paid by Tenant in accordance with the provisions of this Section.  The Holdover Multiplier shall mean one hundred twenty-five percent (125%) as to any holdover not exceeding two (2) months and two hundred percent (200%) as to any holdover exceeding two (2) months.

 

ARTICLE 19

 

QUIET ENJOYMENT

 

Provided this Lease is in full force and effect and no Event of Default then exists, Tenant may peaceably and quietly enjoy the Premises without hindrance by Landlord or any person lawfully claiming through or under Landlord, subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease and to all Superior Leases and Mortgages.

 

ARTICLE 20

 

NO SURRENDER; NO WAIVER

 

Section 20.1          No Surrender or Release.   No act or thing done by Landlord or Landlord’s agents or employees during the Term shall be deemed an acceptance of a surrender of the Premises, and no provision of this Lease shall be deemed to have been waived by Landlord or Tenant, unless such waiver is in writing and is signed by Landlord or Tenant as applicable, except to the extent expressly provided otherwise in this Lease.

 

Section 20.2          No Waiver.   The failure of either party to seek redress for violation of, or to insist upon the strict performance of, any covenant or condition of this Lease, or any of the Rules and Regulations, shall not be construed as a waiver or relinquishment for the future performance of such obligations of this Lease or the Rules and Regulations, or of the right to exercise such election but the same shall continue and remain in full force and effect with respect to any subsequent breach, act or omission.  The receipt by Landlord of any Rent payable pursuant to this Lease or any other sums with knowledge of the breach of any covenant of this Lease shall not be deemed a waiver of such breach.  No payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of a lesser amount than the monthly Rent herein stipulated shall be deemed to be other than a payment on

 

47



 

account of the earliest stipulated Rent, or as Landlord may elect to apply such payment, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or any letter accompanying any check or payment as Rent be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance of such Rent or pursue any other remedy provided in this Lease.

 

ARTICLE 21

 

WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY

 

Section 21.1          Jury Trial Waiver.   Landlord and Tenant hereby waive trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim brought by either party against the other in connection with any matters in any way arising out of or connected with this Lease, the relationship of Landlord and Tenant, Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises, any guaranty of all or any portion of Tenant’s liabilities under this Lease or the enforcement of any remedy under any statute, emergency or otherwise.

 

ARTICLE 22

 

NOTICES

 

Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Lease, all consents, notices, demands, requests, approvals or other communications given under this Lease shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficiently given or rendered only if delivered by hand (provided a signed receipt is obtained) or if sent by registered or certified mail (return receipt requested) or by a nationally recognized overnight delivery service making receipted deliveries, addressed to Landlord and Tenant as set forth in Article 1, and to any Mortgagee or Lessor who shall require copies of notices and whose address is provided to Tenant, or to such other address(es) as Landlord, Tenant or any Mortgagee or Lessor may designate as its new address(es) for such purpose by notice given to the other in accordance with the provisions of this Article.  Any such consent, notice, demand, request, approval or other communication shall be deemed to have been given on the date of receipted delivery, refusal to accept delivery or when delivery is first (1 st ) attempted but cannot be made due to a change of address for which no notice is given or three (3) Business Days after it shall have been mailed as provided in this Article, whichever is earlier.

 

ARTICLE 23

 

RULES AND REGULATIONS

 

All Tenant Parties shall observe and comply with, and Tenant shall cause all Tenant Parties shall observe and comply with the Rules and Regulations, as reasonably supplemented or amended from time to time.  Landlord reserves the right, from time to time, to adopt additional reasonable Rules and Regulations and to reasonably amend the Rules and Regulations then in effect; provided, however, that no change to the Rules and Regulations shall result in a material out-of-pocket cost to Tenant unless such change is usual and customary for Comparable Buildings.  Nothing contained in this Lease shall impose upon Landlord any obligation to enforce the Rules and Regulations or terms, covenants or conditions in any other lease against any other

 

48



 

Building tenant, and Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for violation of the same by any other tenant, its employees, agents, visitors or licensees, provided that Landlord shall enforce the Rules or Regulations against Tenant in a non-discriminatory fashion. To the extent that any Rules or Regulations conflict with the express terms of this Lease, the terms of this Lease shall control.

 

ARTICLE 24

 

BROKER

 

Landlord has retained Landlord’s Agent as leasing agent in connection with this Lease and Landlord will be solely responsible for any fee that may be payable to Landlord’s Agent.  Landlord agrees to pay a commission to Tenant’s Broker pursuant to a separate agreement.  Each of Landlord and Tenant represents and warrants to the other that neither it nor its agents have dealt with any broker in connection with this Lease other than Landlord’s Agent and Tenant’s Broker and that no other broker, finder or like entity procured or negotiated this Lease or is entitled to any fee or commission in connection herewith.  Each of Landlord and Tenant shall indemnify, defend, protect and hold the other party harmless from and against any and all Losses which the indemnified party may incur by reason of any claim of or liability to any broker, finder or like agent (other than Landlord’s Agent and Tenant’s Broker) arising out of any dealings claimed to have occurred between the indemnifying party and the claimant in connection with this Lease, and/or the above representation being false.

 

ARTICLE 25

 

INDEMNITY

 

Section 25.1          Tenant’s Indemnity. Tenant shall not do or permit to be done any act or thing upon the Premises and Tenant will not do any act or thing in the Building which may subject Landlord to any liability or responsibility for injury, damages to persons or property or to any liability by reason of any violation of any Requirement, and shall exercise such control over the Premises as to fully protect Landlord against any such liability. Subject to the provisions of Section 11.2, except to the extent of any such injury or damage resulting from the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or Landlord’s agents or employees, Tenant shall indemnify, defend, protect and hold harmless each of the Landlord Parties from and against any and all Losses, resulting from any claims (i) against the Landlord Parties arising from any act, omission or negligence of all Tenant Parties, (ii) against the Landlord Parties arising from any accident, injury or damage to any person or to the property of any person and occurring in or about the Premises, and (iii) against the Landlord Parties resulting from any breach, violation or nonperformance of any covenant, condition or agreement of this Lease on the part of Tenant to be fulfilled, kept, observed or performed.

 

Section 25.2          Landlord’s Indemnity. Subject to the provisions of Section 11.2, Landlord shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Tenant and each of the Tenant Parties from and against all Losses incurred by Tenant arising from any accident, injury or damage to any person or the property of any person in or about the Common Areas (specifically excluding the Premises) to the extent attributable to the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or Landlord Parties.

 

49



 

Section 25.3          Defense and Settlement.   If any claim, action or proceeding set forth in Section 25.1 is made or brought against any Landlord Party, then upon demand by a Landlord Party, Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, shall resist or defend such claim, action or proceeding in the Landlord Party’s name (if necessary), by attorneys approved by the Landlord Party, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld (attorneys for Tenant’s insurer shall be deemed approved for purposes of this Section).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Landlord Party may retain its own attorneys to participate or assist in defending any claim, action or proceeding involving potential liability in excess of the amount available under Tenant’s liability insurance carried under Section 11.1 for such claim and Tenant shall pay the actual reasonable out-of-pocket fees and disbursements of such attorneys.  If Tenant fails to diligently defend or if there is a legal conflict or other conflict of interest, then Landlord may retain separate counsel at Tenant’s expense.  Notwithstanding anything herein contained to the contrary, Tenant may direct the Landlord Party to settle any claim, suit or other proceeding provided that (a) such settlement shall involve no obligation on the part of the Landlord Party other than the payment of money, (b) any payments to be made pursuant to such settlement shall be paid in full exclusively by Tenant at the time such settlement is reached, (c) such settlement shall not require the Landlord Party to admit any liability, and (d) the Landlord Party shall have received an unconditional release from the other parties to such claim, suit or other proceeding.

 

ARTICLE 26

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 26.1          Delivery.   This Lease shall not be binding upon Landlord or Tenant unless and until Landlord and Tenant shall have executed and delivered this Lease to the other.

 

Section 26.2          Transfer of Real Property.   Landlord’s obligations under this Lease arising from and after the date of Transfer shall not be binding upon the Landlord named herein after the sale, conveyance, assignment or transfer (collectively, a “ Transfer ”) by such Landlord (or upon any subsequent landlord after the Transfer by such subsequent landlord) of its interest in the Building or the Real Property, as the case may be, and in the event of any such Transfer, Landlord (and any such subsequent Landlord) shall be entirely freed and relieved of all covenants and obligations of Landlord hereunder arising from and after the date of Transfer and the transferee of Landlord’s interest (or that of such subsequent Landlord) in the Building or the Real Property, as the case may be, shall be deemed to have assumed all obligations under this Lease arising from and after the date of Transfer.

 

Section 26.3          Limitation on Liability.   The liability of Landlord for Landlord’s obligations under this Lease shall be limited to Landlord’s interest in the Real Property and Tenant shall not look to any other property or assets of Landlord or any Landlord Party in seeking either to enforce Landlord’s obligations under this Lease or to satisfy a judgment for Landlord’s failure to perform such obligations; and none of the Landlord Parties shall be personally liable for the performance of Landlord’s obligations under this Lease.

 

Section 26.4          Rent.   All amounts payable by Tenant to or on behalf of Landlord under this Lease, whether or not expressly denominated Fixed Rent, Tenant’s Tax Payment, Tenant’s

 

50



 

Operating Payment, Additional Rent or Rent, shall constitute rent for the purposes of Section 502(b)(6) of the United States Bankruptcy Code.

 

Section 26.5          Entire Document. This Lease includes all riders, exhibits, schedules and other attachments hereto and all supplemental agreements provided for herein (each of which is incorporated herein by this reference) and constitutes the entire agreement between the parties and all prior negotiations and agreements are merged into this Lease.  In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and provisions of this Lease and the terms and provisions of the riders, exhibits, schedules and other attachments hereto and all supplemental agreements provided for herein, the terms and provisions of this Lease shall control.

 

Section 26.6          Governing Law.   This Lease shall be governed in all respects by the laws of the State (but not including the choice of law rules thereof).

 

Section 26.7          Unenforceability.   If any provision of this Lease, or its application to any person or circumstance, shall ever be held to be invalid or unenforceable, then in each such event the remainder of this Lease or the application of such provision to any other person or any other circumstance (other than those as to which it shall be invalid or unenforceable) shall not be thereby affected, and each provision hereof shall remain valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

Section 26.8          Lease Disputes.

 

(a)            Landlord and Tenant agree that all disputes arising, directly or indirectly, out of or relating to this Lease, and all actions to enforce this Lease, shall be dealt with and adjudicated in the courts of the State or the United States District Court for the State and for that purpose hereby expressly and irrevocably submits itself to the jurisdiction of such courts. Landlord and Tenant agree that so far as is permitted under applicable law, this consent to personal jurisdiction shall be self-operative and no further instrument or action, other than service of process in one of the manners specified in this Lease, or as otherwise permitted by law, shall be necessary in order to confer jurisdiction upon it in any such court.

 

(b)            To the extent that Tenant has or hereafter may acquire any immunity from jurisdiction of any court or from any legal process (whether through service or notice, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution, execution or otherwise) with respect to itself or its property, Tenant irrevocably waives such immunity in respect of its obligations under this Lease.

 

Section 26.9          Landlord’s Agent.   Unless Landlord delivers written notice to Tenant to the contrary, Landlord’s Agent is authorized to act as Landlord’s agent in connection with the performance of this Lease, and Tenant shall be entitled to rely upon correspondence received from Landlord’s Agent. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord’s Agent is acting solely as agent for Landlord in connection with the foregoing; and neither Landlord’s Agent nor any of its direct or indirect partners, members, managers, officers, shareholders, directors, employees, principals, agents or representatives shall have any liability to Tenant in connection with the performance of this Lease, and Tenant waives any and all claims against any and all of such parties arising out of, or in any way connected with, this Lease, the Building or the Real Property.

 

51



 

Section 26.10  Estoppel.   Within ten (10) Business Days following request from Landlord, any Mortgagee or any Lessor, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a statement executed and acknowledged by Tenant, in form reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, any Mortgagee or any Lessor, (a) stating the Commencement Date, the Rent Commencement Date and the Expiration Date, and that this Lease is then in full force and effect and has not been modified (or if modified, setting forth all modifications), (b) setting forth the date to which the Fixed Rent and any Additional Rent have been paid, together with the amount of monthly Fixed Rent and Additional Rent then payable, (c) stating whether or not, to the best of Tenant’s knowledge, Landlord is in default under this Lease, and, if Landlord is in default, setting forth the specific nature of all such defaults, (d) stating the amount of the security, if any, under this Lease, (e) stating whether there are any subleases or assignments affecting the Premises, (f) stating the address of Tenant to which all notices and communications under the Lease shall be sent, and (g) responding to any other matters reasonably requested by Landlord, such Mortgagee or such Lessor.  Tenant acknowledges that any statement delivered pursuant to this Section may be relied upon by any purchaser or owner of the Real Property or the Building or all or any portion of Landlord’s interest in the Real Property or the Building or any Superior Lease, or by any Mortgagee, or assignee thereof or by any Lessor, or assignee thereof.

 

Section 26.11  Certain Interpretational Rules.   For purposes of this Lease, whenever the words “include”, “includes”, or “including” are used, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation” and, whenever the circumstances or the context requires, the singular shall be construed as the plural, the masculine shall be construed as the feminine and/or the neuter and vice versa.  This Lease shall be interpreted and enforced without the aid of any canon, custom or rule of law requiring or suggesting construction against the party drafting or causing the drafting of the provision in question.

 

The captions in this Lease are inserted only as a matter of convenience and for reference and in no way define, limit or describe the scope of this Lease or the intent of any provision hereof.

 

Section 26.12  Parties Bound.   The terms, covenants, conditions and agreements contained in this Lease shall bind and inure to the benefit of Landlord and Tenant and, except as otherwise provided in this Lease, to their respective successors, and assigns.

 

Section 26.13  Memorandum of Lease.   This Lease shall not be recorded; however, at Landlord’s request, Landlord and Tenant shall promptly execute, acknowledge and deliver a memorandum with respect to this Lease sufficient for recording and Landlord may record the memorandum.  Within ten (10) days after the end of the Term, Tenant shall enter into such documentation as is reasonably required by Landlord to remove the memorandum of record.

 

Section 26.14  Counterparts.   This Lease may be executed in 2 or more counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which, when taken together, shall constitute but one instrument.

 

Section 26.15  Survival. Except as otherwise expressly provided in the Lease, all obligations and liabilities of Landlord or Tenant to the other which accrued before the expiration

 

52


 

or other termination of this Lease, and all such obligations and liabilities which by their nature or under the circumstances can only be, or by the provisions of this Lease may be, performed after such expiration or other termination, shall survive the expiration or other termination of this Lease. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the rights and obligations of the parties with respect to any indemnity under this Lease, and with respect to any Rent and any other amounts payable under this Lease, shall survive the expiration or other termination of this Lease for any period expressly provided for in the Lease or the applicable statute of limitation if no time period is specified herein.

 

Section 26.16  Inability to Perform.   This Lease and the obligation of Tenant to pay Rent and to perform all of the other covenants and agreements of Tenant hereunder shall not be affected, impaired or excused by any Unavoidable Delays.  Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to promptly notify Tenant of any Unavoidable Delay which prevents Landlord from fulfilling any of its obligations under this Lease.

 

Section 26.17  Reserved.

 

Section 26.18  Reserved.

 

Section 26.19  Financial Statements.   Tenant agrees to deliver to Landlord within 120 days after the end of the Tenant’s fiscal year, a balance sheet for Tenant as of the end of such fiscal year and an income and loss statement for Tenant for such fiscal year.

 

Section 26.20  Changes to Real Property. Landlord shall have the following rights (a) to rearrange, change, expand or contract the Common Areas; (b) to use Common Areas while engaged in making improvements, repairs or alterations to the Real Property; and (c) to do and perform such other acts and make such other changes to the interior of the Building (including, without limitation, the lobbies, entrances, passageways, doors, doorways, atriums, corridors, elevators, stairs, common area restrooms, loading docks and parking garage) and the exterior of the Building (including, without limitation, the façade, roof, sidewalks, exterior windows and arcade), all as Landlord may from time to time in its sole judgment deem to be appropriate.  Landlord may exercise any or all of the foregoing rights without being deemed to be guilty of an eviction, actual or constructive, or a disturbance of Tenant’s business or use or occupancy of the Premises.  Tenant shall have no claim for damages, indemnification or eviction (whether actual or constructive) against Landlord nor shall Tenant be entitled to any diminution or abatement of Rent arising from Landlord’s exercise of any or all of the foregoing rights. Tenant acknowledges that it has no rights to any development rights, air rights or comparable rights appurtenant to the Real Property and Tenant consents, without further consideration, to any utilization of such rights by Landlord.

 

Section 26.21  Tax Status of Beneficial Owner.  Tenant recognizes and acknowledges that Landlord and/or certain beneficial owners of Landlord may from time to time qualify as real estate investment trusts pursuant to Sections 856 et seq. of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as amended (the “ Code ”) and that avoiding (a) the loss of such status, (b) the receipt of any income derived under any provision of this Lease that does not constitute “rents from real property” (in the case of real estate investment trusts), and (c) the imposition of income, penalty or similar

 

53



 

taxes (each an “ Adverse Event ”) is of material concern to Landlord and such beneficial owners. In the event that this Lease or any document contemplated hereby could, in the opinion of counsel to Landlord, result in or cause an Adverse Event, Tenant agrees to cooperate with Landlord in negotiating an amendment or modification thereof and shall at the request of Landlord execute and deliver such documents reasonably required to effect such amendment or modification. Any amendment or modification pursuant to this Article shall be structured so that the economic results to Landlord and Tenant shall be substantially similar to those set forth in this Lease without regard to such amendment or modification. Without limiting any of Landlord’s other rights under this Section, Landlord may waive the receipt of any amount payable to Landlord hereunder and such waiver shall constitute an amendment or modification of this Lease with respect to such payment. Tenant expressly covenants and agrees not to enter into any sublease or assignment which provides for rental or other payment for such use, occupancy, or utilization based in whole or in part on the net income or profits derived by any person from the property leased, used, occupied, or utilized (other than an amount based on a fixed percentage or percentages of receipts or sales), and that any such purported sublease or assignment shall be absolutely void and ineffective as a conveyance of any right or interest in the possession, use, occupancy, or utilization of any part of the Premises.

 

Section 26.22  Time of the Essence. Time is of the essence under this Lease.

 

Section 26.23  OFAC. Tenant represents and warrants to Landlord that Tenant is not and shall not become a person or entity with whom Landlord is restricted from doing business under any regulations of the Office of Foreign Asset Control (“ OFAC ”) of the Department of the Treasury (including, but not limited to, those named on OFAC’s Specially Designated and Blocked Persons list) or under any statute, executive order (including, but not limited to, the September 24, 2001, Executive Order Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions With Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism), or other governmental action and is not and shall not engage in any dealings or transaction or be otherwise associated with such persons or entities.

 

ARTICLE 27

 

LETTER OF CREDIT

 

Section 27.1 Form of Letter of Credit; Letter of Credit Amount.   Concurrently with Tenant’s execution of this Lease, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, as protection for the full and faithful performance by Tenant of all of its obligations under this Lease and for all losses and damages Landlord may suffer as a result of any breach or default by Tenant under this Lease, an irrevocable and unconditional negotiable standby letter of credit (the “ Letter of Credit ”), in the form attached hereto as Exhibit F-Form of Letter of Credit and containing the terms required herein, payable in the State, running in favor of Landlord and issued by a solvent, national banking association with a long term rating of BBB or higher, in the amount set forth in Article 1 of this Lease (subject in all cases, however, to the terms of Section 27.6) (the “ Letter of Credit Amount ”).  The Letter o f Credit shall (i) be “callable” at sight, irrevocable and unconditional (but Landlord agrees not to make any call unless there is an Event of Default by Tenant), (ii) be maintained in effect, whether through renewal or extension, for the period from the

 

54



 

Commencement Date and continuing until the date (the “ LC Expiration Date ”) that is sixty (60) days after the expiration of the Term (as the same may be extended), and Tenant shall deliver a new Letter of Credit or certificate of renewal or extension to Landlord at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the Letter of Credit then held by Landlord, without any action whatsoever on the part of Landlord, (iii) be fully assignable by Landlord, its successors and assigns, (iv) permit partial draws and multiple presentations and drawings, and (v) be otherwise subject to the Uniform Customs and Practices for Documentary Credits (1993 Revision) International Chamber of Commerce Publication #500. If the Term of this Lease is extended, not later than thirty (30) days prior to the commencement of the extension Term, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a new Letter of Credit or certificate of renewal or extension evidencing the LC Expiration Date sixty (60) days after the expiration of the extended Term. The form and terms of the Letter of Credit and the bank issuing the same (the “ Bank ”) shall be acceptable to Landlord, in Landlord’s sole discretion. Landlord, or its then managing agent, shall have the right to draw down an amount up to the face amount of the Letter of Credit if any of the following shall have occurred or be applicable:  (1) such amount is due to Landlord under the terms and conditions of this Lease, or (2) Tenant has filed a voluntary petition under the U. S. Bankruptcy Code or any state bankruptcy code (collectively, “ Bankruptcy Code ”), or (3) an involuntary petition has been filed against Tenant under the Bankruptcy Code, or (4) the Bank has notified Landlord that the Letter of Credit will not be renewed or extended through the LC Expiration Date.  The Letter of Credit will be honored by the Bank regardless of whether Tenant disputes Landlord’s right to draw upon the Letter of Credit.

 

Section 27.2         Transfer of Letter of Credit by Landlord.   The Letter of Credit shall also provide that Landlord, its successors and assigns, may, at any time and without notice to Tenant and without first obtaining Tenant’s consent thereto, transfer (one or more times) all or any portion of its interest in and to the Letter of Credit to another party, person or entity, regardless of whether on not such transfer is separate from or as a part of the assignment by Landlord of its rights and interests in and to this Lease.  In the event of a transfer of Landlord’s interest in the Building, Landlord shall transfer the Letter of Credit to the transferee and thereupon Landlord without any further agreement between the parties, be released by Tenant from all liability therefor, and it is agreed that the provisions hereof shall apply to every transfer or assignment of the whole or any portion of said Letter of Credit to a new landlord.  In connection with any such transfer of the Letter of Credit by Landlord, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense, execute and submit to the Bank such applications, documents and instruments as may be necessary to effectuate such transfer, and Tenant shall be responsible for paying the Bank’s transfer and processing fees in connection therewith.

 

Section 27.3         Maintenance of Letter of Credit by Tenant. If, as a result of any drawing by Landlord on the Letter of Credit, the amount of the Letter of Credit shall be less than the Letter of Credit Amount, Tenant shall, within ten (10) Business Days thereafter, provide Landlord with additional letter(s) of credit in an amount equal to the deficiency, and any such additional letter(s) of credit shall comply with all of the provisions of this Article, and if Tenant fails to comply with the foregoing, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 15.1 of this Lease, the same shall constitute an Event of Default by Tenant.  Tenant further covenants and warrants that it will neither assign nor encumber the Letter of Credit or any part

 

55



 

thereof and that neither Landlord nor its successors or assigns will be bound by any such assignment, encumbrance, attempted assignment or attempted encumbrance.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if the Letter of Credit expires earlier than the LC Expiration Date, Landlord will accept a renewal thereof (such renewal letter of credit to be in effect and delivered to Landlord, as applicable, not later than thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the Letter of Credit), which shall be irrevocable and automatically renewable as above provided through the LC Expiration Date upon the same terms as the expiring Letter of Credit or such other terms as may be acceptable to Landlord in its reasonable discretion. However, if the Letter of Credit is not timely renewed, or if Tenant fails to maintain the Letter of Credit in the amount and in accordance with the terms set forth in this Article, Landlord shall have the right to present the Letter of Credit to the Bank in accordance with the terms of this Article, and the proceeds of the Letter of Credit may be applied by Landlord against any Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease that is not paid when due and/or to pay for all actual reasonable losses and damages incurred by Landlord as a result of any uncured Event of Default Tenant under this Lease.  Any unused proceeds shall constitute a cash security deposit held by Landlord and need not be segregated from Landlord’s other assets. Landlord agrees to pay to Tenant within thirty (30) days after the LC Expiration Date the amount of any proceeds of the Letter of Credit received by Landlord and not applied against any Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease that was not paid when due or used to pay for any losses and/or damages suffered by Landlord (or reasonably estimated by Landlord that it will suffer) as a result of an Event of Default by Tenant under this Lease; provided, however, that if prior to the LC Expiration Date a voluntary petition is filed by Tenant, or an involuntary petition is filed against Tenant by any of Tenant’s creditors, under the Bankruptcy Code, then Landlord shall not be obligated to make such payment in the amount of the unused Letter of Credit proceeds until either all preference issues relating to payments under this Lease have been resolved in such bankruptcy or reorganization case or such bankruptcy or reorganization case has been dismissed.

 

Section 27.4         Landlord’s Right to Draw Upon Letter of Credit. Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that Landlord is entering into this Lease in material reliance upon the ability of Landlord to draw upon the Letter of Credit upon the occurrence of any Event of Default on the part of Tenant under this Lease.  If Tenant shall breach any provision of this Lease or otherwise be in default hereunder and such breach or default becomes an Event of Default, Landlord may (acting reasonably and in good faith), but without obligation to do so, and without notice to Tenant, draw upon the Letter of Credit, in part or in whole, to cure any Event of Default of Tenant (which Event of Default is curable by the payment of money) and/or to compensate Landlord for any and all actual, reasonable, out-of-pocket damages of any kind or nature sustained or which Landlord reasonably and demonstrably estimates that it will sustain resulting from Tenant’s breach or default.  The use, application or retention of the Letter of Credit, or any portion thereof, by Landlord shall not prevent Landlord from exercising any other right or remedy provided by this Lease or by any applicable law, it being intended that Landlord shall not first be required to proceed against the Letter of Credit, and shall not operate as a limitation on any recovery to which Landlord may otherwise be entitled.  Tenant agrees not to interfere in any way with payment to Landlord of the proceeds of the Letter of Credit, either prior to or following a “draw” by Landlord of any portion of the Letter of Credit, regardless of whether any dispute exists between Tenant and Landlord as to Landlord’s right to draw upon the Letter of Credit.  No

 

56



 

condition or term of this Lease shall be deemed to render the Letter of Credit conditional to justify the issuer of the Letter of Credit in failing to honor a drawing upon such Letter of Credit in a timely manner.  Tenant agrees and acknowledges that (a) the Letter of Credit constitutes a separate and independent contract between Landlord and the Bank, (b) Tenant is not a third party beneficiary of such contract, (c) Tenant has no property interest whatsoever in the Letter of Credit or the proceeds thereof, and (d) in the event Tenant becomes a debtor under any chapter of the Bankruptcy Code, neither Tenant, any trustee, nor Tenant’s bankruptcy estate shall have any right to restrict or limit Landlord’s claim and/or rights to the Letter of Credit and/or the proceeds thereof by application of Section 502(b)(6) of the U. S. Bankruptcy Code or otherwise.

 

Section 27.5         Letter of Credit Not a Security Deposit.   Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that in no event or circumstance shall the Letter of Credit or any renewal thereof or any proceeds thereof be deemed to be or treated as a “security deposit” under the laws of the State. The parties hereto (A) recite that the Letter of Credit is not intended to serve as a security deposit and any and all other laws, rules and regulations applicable to security deposits in the commercial context (“ Security Deposit Laws ”) shall have no applicability or relevancy thereto and (B) waive any and all rights, duties and obligations either party may now or, in the future, will have relating to or arising from the Security Deposit Laws.

 

Section 27.6         Reduction .  If no Event of Default then exists and Tenant complies with the provisions of this Section, (i) on the second (2 nd ) anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date, the amount of the Letter of Credit or cash security shall be reduced to $300,000, (ii) provided the amount of the Letter of Credit or cash security shall have previously been reduced pursuant to the preceding clause (ii), on the third (3 rd ) anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date the amount of the Letter of Credit or cash security shall be reduced to $225,000, (iii) provided the amount of the Letter of Credit or cash security shall have previously been reduced pursuant to the preceding clauses (i) and (ii), on the fourth (4 th ) anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date the amount of the Letter of Credit or cash security shall be reduced to $150,000 and (iv) provided the amount of the Letter of Credit or cash security shall have previously been reduced pursuant to the preceding clauses (i) through (iii), on the fifth (5 th )  anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date the amount of the Letter of Credit or cash security shall be reduced to $75,000.  The security shall be reduced as follows: (A) if the security is in the form of cash, Landlord shall, within 10 Business Days following notice by Tenant to Landlord that Tenant is entitled to reduce the security pursuant to this Section, deliver to Tenant the amount by which the cash security is reduced, or (B) if the security is in the form of a Letter of Credit, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a consent to an amendment to the Letter of Credit (which amendment must be reasonably acceptable to Landlord in all respects), reducing the amount of the Letter of Credit by the amount of the permitted reduction, and Landlord shall execute such consent and such other documents as are reasonably necessary to reduce the amount of the Letter of Credit in accordance with the terms hereof.  If Tenant delivers to Landlord a consent to an amendment to the Letter of Credit in accordance with the terms hereof, Landlord shall, within 10 Business Days after delivery of such consent, either (1) provide its reasonable objections to such amendment or (2) execute such consent in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

57



 

ARTICLE 28

 

OPTION TO EXPAND

 

Section 28.1         Exercise of Option.              Tenant shall, provided (i) no Event of Default exists on the date Tenant notifies Landlord of its intent to exercise this right, and (ii) Tenant has not effected an assignment of the Lease or sublet more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the Premises pursuant to a transaction requiring Landlord’s consent, have the option to add to the Premises an additional area containing approximately 2,115 square feet of rentable area on the sixth (6 th ) floor of the Building, as indicated on the floor plan attached as Exhibit A (being identified as the “ Option Space ”).  Landlord shall determine the anticipated delivery date thereof, which shall be no earlier than January 1, 2013 and no later than March 1, 2015 (the “ Anticipated Option Space Delivery Date ”), and notify Tenant no later than eighteen (18) months prior to the date so determined.  Tenant may exercise this option to expand by giving written notice to Landlord no earlier than fifteen (15) months, nor later than twelve (12) months, preceding the Anticipated Option Space Delivery Date.  If Tenant gives notice of its intent to exercise said option to expand the Premises to include the Option Space, Landlord shall deliver the Option Space to Tenant on the Anticipated Option Space Delivery Date.  Tenant may not lease less than all of the Option Space.  Tenant’s right to exercise the option on the Option Space (the “ Option ”) shall be personal to Tenant, provided, however, that the Option shall transfer with the other Lease rights if as and when Tenant enters into any sublease (x) to a Related Entity or (y) that does not otherwise require Landlord’s consent.

 

Section 28.2         Conditions.           Tenant’s exercise of said option shall be subject to the following conditions: (i) Tenant shall accept the Option Space as part of the Premises, in its then “as is” condition; (ii) the term of the Lease with regard to the Option Space shall commence on the date on which Landlord delivers possession of the Option Space to Tenant (the “ Option Space Commencement Date ”), and said term shall be coterminous with the term of the Lease and any extension thereof; (iii) Tenant’s obligation to pay Fixed Rent for the Option Space shall commence sixty (60) days following the Option Space Commencement Date or if earlier, the date on which Tenant occupies the Option Space for the actual conduct of business (the “ Option Space Rent Commencement Date ”); (iv) the Fixed Rent for the Option Space shall be an amount equal to the then escalated Fixed Rent for the Premises (on a per square foot basis) which shall escalate thereafter on the same schedule as the rest of the Premises; (v) Landlord’s contribution with respect thereto shall be $42,300, computed as the product of $20.00 and the Area of the Option Space and (vi) Tenant’s Proportionate Share shall be revised and increased to 4.95% to reflect the addition of the Option Space to the Premises, such revised percentage to become effective as of the Option Space Rent Commencement Date, with appropriate pro rata adjustments being made in the calculation of Tenant’s Proportionate Share for the calendar year in which such revised percentage becomes effective (and the Base Year shall be calendar year 2009); and (vi) all other terms and conditions of the Lease shall be generally applicable to the Option Space, except as the same are specifically modified by the mutual agreement of the parties at that time.

 

58



 

Section 28.3         Late Delivery.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event Landlord is unable to deliver possession of the Option Space to Tenant on the Anticipated Option Space Delivery Date, for any reason or condition beyond Landlord’s reasonable control, then Landlord, its agents and employees, shall not be liable or responsible for any claims, damages, or liabilities in connection therewith or by reason thereof, nor shall the obligation of Tenant to accept said Option Space be excused, except that the Option Space Commencement Date shall not occur until the date Landlord delivers possession of the Option Space to Tenant.  In such event, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to make the Option Space available to Tenant at the earliest possible time, and Landlord shall deliver notice to Tenant of the anticipated delivery date of the Option Space within five (5) Business Days after Landlord knows that the Anticipated Option Space Delivery Date has changed.  If Landlord is unable to deliver the Option Space to Tenant for any reason (other than one proximately caused by Tenant) by the date which is six (6) months following the Anticipated Option Space Delivery Date, then Tenant may by notice to Landlord given prior to the actual Option Space Commencement Date, rescind its exercise of the Option, and on delivery of that notice, Tenant shall have no further obligation with respect to the Option Space.

 

ARTICLE 29

 

OPTION TO TERMINATE

 

Section 29.1         Option To Terminate.   Subject to Section 29.2 following, Tenant shall have, and is hereby given, the option to terminate this Lease effective as of the last day of the third (3 rd ) Lease Year, the fifth (5 th ) Lease Year or the seventh (7 th ) Lease Year (as chosen by Tenant) (the “ Termination Date ”), provided there exists no Event of Default on the date Tenant notifies Landlord of its intent to exercise this option and Tenant has not assigned the Lease in a transaction requiring Landlord’s consent.  Tenant may exercise this option to terminate only by serving upon Landlord written notice of such election (the “ Termination Notice ”), with a copy of such Termination Notice to all Lessors and/or Mortgagees, provided that Landlord has designated such Lessors and Mortgagees in writing by notice from Landlord to Tenant, no later than twelve (12) months preceding the Termination Date, nor earlier than fifteen (15) months preceding the Termination Date (the “ Required Termination Election Date ”).  Tenant shall, as a condition to such election, pay to Landlord a termination fee in the amount of (1) the Unamortized Transaction Costs Amount (as hereinafter defined), plus (2) the product of four (4) multiplied by the Fixed Rent monthly installment, Tax Estimate monthly installment and Expense Estimate monthly installment which would be due and owing for the calendar month immediately following the Termination Date if the Lease had not been terminated (collectively, the “ Termination Fee ”).  Upon written request made no earlier than six (6) months prior to the Required Termination Election Date, Landlord shall advise Tenant of the dollar amount of component (1) of the Termination Fee.  The Termination Fee shall be due and owing along with the Termination Notice, and shall be a condition to the effectiveness thereof.  The portion of component (2) attributable to Tax Estimate and Expense Estimate shall be based upon an estimate provided by Landlord upon Tenant’s request and shall be subject to a true up as soon as reasonably possible following the Termination Date.  The “ Unamortized Transaction Costs Amount ” shall mean Landlord’s unamortized upfront (including those incurred with respect to the Option Space) transaction costs (amortized at 10% over the Term), which costs include

 

59



 

leasing commissions, improvement allowances, free rent (or similar concessions, which for purposes hereof, shall be deemed to include the rent for the Additional Premises which would have been paid had the rent for the Additional Premises commenced on the Rent Commencement Date as opposed to the first day of the fourth (4 th ) Lease Year) and actual, reasonable, out-of-pocket attorneys fees .  In the event Tenant elects to terminate the Lease pursuant to this Section 29.1, Tenant shall, in addition, remain fully obligated for all Rent and other charges, including Tenant’s prorated share of increases in Operating Expenses and Taxes incurred under the Lease through the Termination Date, including amounts billed subsequent to the Termination Date and properly allocable to the period prior to the Termination Date.  In the event Tenant properly exercises this option, Landlord shall prepare and the parties shall execute a Termination of Lease Agreement within fifteen (15) days following the date on which Tenant exercises its option to terminate.

 

Section 29.2         Sale of Company Requirement.         Tenant’s rights pursuant to Section 29.1 above are contingent upon the completion prior to tender of the Termination Notice of a transaction pursuant to which Tenant is merged with another corporation or other entity or all or substantially all of the assets of Tenant are sold to another corporation or another entity when the purchaser is unrelated to Tenant.  Tenant shall certify the existence of such a transaction in the Termination Notice and provide reasonable substantiation thereof.

 

[SIGNATURES FOLLOW]

 

60



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Lease as of the day and year first above written.

 

LANDLORD:

 

 

1255 23rd STREET, L.P.,

 

a District of Columbia limited partnership

 

 

 

By:

1255 23rd Street GP, L.L.C.,

 

 

a Delaware limited liability company,

 

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael B. Benner

 

 

Name:

Michael B. Benner, Vice President

 

 

Title:

Authorized Person

 

 

 

 

 

TENANT:

 

 

 

CONVIO, INC.,

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James R. Offerdahl

 

Name:

JR Offerdahl

 

Title:

CFO

 

 

61


 

Exhibit A

 

Floor Plan

 

The floor plan which follows is intended solely to identify the general location of the Original Premises, Additional Premises and the Option Space, and should not be used for any other purpose.  All areas, dimensions and locations are approximate, and any physical conditions indicated may not exist as shown.

 



 

Exhibit A-1

 

Land

 

All of that certain lot or parcel of land situated, lying and being in the District of Columbia more particularly described as:

 

Lot numbered Eighty-six (86) in Square numbered Fifty (50) in a subdivision made by Tasea Investment Company and Square 50 Associates as per plat recorded in Liber 172 at folio 141   in the Office of the Surveyor for the District of Columbia.

 

A-1



 

Exhibit B

 

Definitions

 

Base Building Systems: The structural components of the Building and the mechanical, electrical, plumbing, sanitary, sprinkler, heating, ventilation and air conditioning, security, life-safety and other service systems or facilities of the Building up to the point of connection for localized distribution to the Premises (it being agreed that supplemental HVAC systems of tenants, and the mechanical, electrical, plumbing, sanitary, sprinkler, heating, ventilation and air conditioning, security, life-safety and other service systems or facilities of the Building from the point of connection to the base Building risers, feeders, panelboards, etc. for localized distribution to the Premises are not Base Building Systems) and the mechanical, electrical, plumbing, heating, ventilation and air conditioning, elevators and other service systems or facilities servicing the Common Areas.

 

Base Rate:   The annual rate of interest publicly announced from time to time by Citibank, N.A., or its successor, in New York, New York as its “base rate” or “prime rate” (or such other term as may be used by Citibank, N.A., from time to time, for the rate presently referred to as its “base rate”).

 

Business Days:   All days, excluding Saturdays, Sundays, Holidays and other days normally observed as holidays by landlords of other Comparable Buildings.

 

Business Hours:   8:00 a.m. to 8:00 p.m. on weekdays and 9:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. on Saturdays, excluding Holidays.

 

Code :  The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder, as amended.

 

Common Areas:   The lobby, Building Parking Facility, the rooftop terrace, the fitness or health center, plaza and sidewalk areas and other similar areas of general access at the Building or designated for the benefit of Building tenants and the areas on multi-tenant floors in the Building devoted to corridors, elevator lobbies, restrooms (other than those that are wholly contained within a tenant’s premises), and other similar facilities serving the Premises.

 

Comparable Buildings:   First-class office buildings of comparable age, size and location in the west end and central business district of the District of Columbia.

 

Deficiency:   The difference between (a) the Fixed Rent and Additional Rent for the period which otherwise would have constituted the unexpired portion of the Term (assuming the Additional Rent for each year thereof to be the same as was payable for the year immediately preceding such termination or re-entry), and (b) the net amount, if any, of rents collected under any reletting effected pursuant to the provisions of the Lease for any part of such period (after first deducting from such rents all reasonable expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with the termination of this Lease, Landlord’s re-entry upon the Premises and such reletting, including repossession costs, brokerage commissions, attorneys’ fees and disbursements, and alteration costs).

 

B-1



 

Excluded Expenses:   (a) Taxes; (b) franchise or income taxes imposed upon Landlord; (c) mortgage amortization and interest; (d) leasing commissions; (e) the cost of tenant installations and decorations incurred in connection with preparing space for any Building tenant, including work letters and concessions; (f) rental payments made under any ground lease, except to the extent such rental payments represent Taxes or the provision of goods and/or services that, if provided by Landlord, would be includable in Operating Expenses; (g) management fees to the extent in excess of 3% of the gross rentals and other revenues collected for the Real Property; (h) wages, salaries and benefits paid to or taxes paid for any persons not directly involved with the management of the Building or the oversight thereof; (i) legal and accounting fees relating to (A) disputes with tenants, prospective tenants or other occupants of the Building, (B) disputes with purchasers, prospective purchasers, mortgagees or prospective mortgagees of the Building or the Real Property or any part of either, or (C) negotiations of leases, contracts of sale or mortgages; (j)  costs of any utilities, amenities, service or increased level of service provided to a tenant of the Building that are not provided or available to Tenant (including any overtime premiums to perform such work or services) ; (k) costs that are reimbursed out of insurance, warranty or condemnation proceeds, or which are reimbursable by Tenant or other tenants other than pursuant to an expense escalation clause; (l) costs in the nature of penalties or fines; (m) costs for services, supplies or repairs paid to any related entity in excess of costs that would be payable in an “arm’s length” or unrelated situation for comparable services, supplies or repairs; (n) allowances, concessions or other costs and expenses of improving or decorating any demised or demisable space in the Building; (o) appraisal, advertising and promotional expenses in connection with leasing of the Building; (p) the costs of installing, operating and maintaining a specialty improvement, including a cafeteria, lodging or private dining facility, or an athletic, luncheon or recreational club unless Tenant is permitted to make use of such facility without additional cost or on a subsidized basis consistent with other users; (q) any costs or expenses (including fines, interest, penalties and legal fees) arising out of Landlord’s failure to timely pay Operating Expenses or Taxes; (r) costs incurred in connection with the removal, encapsulation or other treatment of asbestos or any other Hazardous Materials (classified as such on the Effective Date) existing in the Premises as of the date hereof; (s) the cost of capital improvements other than those expressly included in Operating Expenses pursuant to Section 7.1; (t) depreciation and amortization of capital improvements, except to the extent included in Section 7.1; (u) costs incurred by Landlord for the original development and construction of the Building; (v) any costs actually reimbursed under any service contracts or under the warranty of any general contractor, subcontractor or supplier and realized by Landlord; and (w) fees paid by Landlord to the Operator.

 

Governmental Authority:   The United States of America, the State or any political subdivision, agency, department, commission, board, bureau or instrumentality of any of the foregoing, now existing or hereafter created, having jurisdiction over the Real Property.

 

Hazardous Materials:   Any substances, materials or wastes currently or in the future deemed or defined in any Requirement as “hazardous substances,” “toxic substances,” “contaminants,” “pollutants” or words of similar import.

 

B-2



 

Holidays:    New Year’s Day, Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents’ Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Columbus Day, Veterans Day, Thanksgiving day and Christmas day and any other national holiday promulgated by a Presidential Executive Order or Congressional Act.

 

HVAC System: The Base Building System designed to provide heating, ventilation and air conditioning.

 

Landlord Party(ies):   Landlord, Landlord’s Agent, each Mortgagee and Lessor, and each of their respective direct and indirect partners, officers, shareholders, directors, members, managers, trustees, beneficiaries, employees, principals, contractors, servants, agents, and representatives.

 

Lease Year:   The first (1 st ) Lease Year shall begin on the Rent Commencement Date and shall end on the last day of the calendar month preceding the month in which the first (1 st ) anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date occurs.  Each succeeding Lease Year shall commence on the day following the end of the preceding Lease Year and shall extend for twelve (12) consecutive months; provided, however, that the last Lease Year shall expire on the Expiration Date.

 

Lessor:   A lessor under a Superior Lease.

 

Losses:   Any and all losses, liabilities, damages, claims, judgments, fines, suits, demands, costs, interest and expenses of any kind or nature (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred in connection with any claim, proceeding or judgment and the defense thereof, and including all costs of repairing any damage to the Premises or the Building or the appurtenances of any of the foregoing to which a particular indemnity and hold harmless agreement applies.

 

Mortgage(s):   Any mortgage, trust indenture or other financing document which may now or hereafter affect the Premises, the Real Property, the Building or any Superior Lease and the leasehold interest created thereby, and all renewals, extensions, supplements, amendments, modifications, consolidations and replacements thereof or thereto, substitutions therefor, and advances made thereunder.

 

Mortgagee(s):   Any mortgagee, trustee or other holder of a Mortgage.

 

Prohibited Use:   Any use or occupancy of the Premises that in Landlord’s reasonable judgment would: (a) cause damage to the Building or any equipment, facilities or other systems therein; (b) impair the appearance of the Building; (c) interfere with the efficient and economical maintenance, operation and repair of the Premises or the Building or the equipment, facilities or systems thereof; (d) adversely affect any service provided to, and/or the use and occupancy by, any Building tenant or occupants; (e) violate the certificate of occupancy issued for the Premises or the Building; (f) materially and adversely affect the first-class image of the Building, or (g) result in protests or civil disorder or commotion at, or other disruptions of the normal business activities in, the Building. Prohibited Use also includes the use of any part of the Premises for: (i) a restaurant or bar; (ii) the preparation, consumption, storage, manufacture

 

B-3



 

or sale of food or beverages (except in connection with vending machines (provided that each machine, where necessary, shall have a waterproof pan thereunder and be connected to a drain) and/or warming kitchens installed for the use of Tenant’s employees only), liquor, tobacco or illicit drugs; (iii) the business of photocopying, multilith or offset printing (except photocopying in connection with Tenant’s own business); (iv) a school or classroom; (v) lodging or sleeping; (vi) the operation of retail facilities (meaning a business whose primary patronage arises from the generalized solicitation of the general public to visit Tenant’s offices in person without a prior appointment) of a savings and loan association or retail facilities of any financial, lending, securities brokerage or investment activity; (vii) a payroll office serving persons whose primary place of work is not the Premises; (viii) a barber, beauty or manicure shop; (ix) an employment agency or similar enterprise; (x) offices of any Governmental Authority, any foreign government, the United Nations, or any agency or department of the foregoing; (xi) the manufacture, retail sale, storage of merchandise or auction of merchandise, goods or property of any kind to the general public which could reasonably be expected to create a volume of pedestrian traffic substantially in excess of that normally encountered in the Premises; (xii) the rendering of medical, dental or other therapeutic or diagnostic services; (xiii) any illegal purposes or any activity constituting a nuisance; or (xiv) a use that might be reasonably anticipated to attract a volume, frequency or type of visitor or employee to the Building which is not consistent with the standards of a high quality office building or that will impose an excessive demand on or use of the facilities or services of the Building..

 

Requirements:   All present and future laws, rules, orders, ordinances, regulations, statutes, requirements, codes and executive orders, extraordinary and ordinary of (i) all Governmental Authorities, including the Americans With Disabilities Act, 42 U.S.C. §12101 (et seq.), and any law of like import, and all rules, regulations and government orders with respect thereto, and any of the foregoing relating to Hazardous Materials, environmental matters, public health and safety matters and landmarks protection, (ii) any applicable fire rating bureau or other body exercising similar functions, affecting the Real Property or the maintenance, use or occupation thereof, or any street, avenue or sidewalk comprising a part of or in front thereof or any vault in or under the same, (iii) all requirements of all insurance bodies affecting the Premises, and (iv) utility service providers.

 

Rules and Regulations:   The rules and regulations annexed to and made a part of this Lease as Exhibit E-Rules and Regulations, as they may be reasonably modified from time to time by Landlord.

 

Specialty Alterations:   Alterations which are not standard office installations, such as commercial kitchens (other than a pantry installed for the use of Tenant’s employees only and of the type normally found in the space of office tenants in Comparable Buildings), executive bathrooms, raised computer floors, computer room installations, supplemental HVAC equipment and components, safe deposit boxes, vaults, libraries or file rooms requiring reinforcement of floors, internal staircases, slab penetrations, conveyors, dumbwaiters, non-Building standard life safety systems, security systems or lighting and other Alterations of a similar character.  All Specialty Alterations are Above Building Standard Installations.

 

State: The District of Columbia

 

B-4



 

Substantial Completion:   As to any construction performed by any party, “Substantial Completion” or “Substantially Completed” means that such work has been completed, as reasonably determined by Landlord’s architect, in accordance with (a) the provisions of this Lease applicable thereto, (b) the plans and specifications for such work, and (c) all applicable Requirements, in all cases, subject only to minor details of construction, decoration and mechanical adjustments, if any, the noncompletion of which does not materially interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises or which in accordance with good construction practices should be completed after the completion of other work in the Premises or Building.

 

Superior Lease(s):   Any ground or underlying lease of the Real Property or any part thereof heretofore or hereafter made by Landlord and all renewals, extensions, supplements, amendments, modifications, consolidations, and replacements thereof.

 

Tenant Delay(s):   To the extent that Landlord has an obligation to design, construct, repair, rebuild, restore, install, order, obtain or complete any Landlord Improvements, Tenant Improvements or any other items or improvements at the Building, a delay in Landlord’s completion thereof caused by:

 

a . Tenant’s request for value engineering or any changes to any drawings, plans or specifications for the Premises (notwithstanding Landlord’s approval of such changes) after Landlord and Tenant have approved such drawings, plans or specifications;

 

b . Tenant’s request for improvements, items, materials, finishes or installations that are not consistent with the standards to which the Base Building Systems have been designed;

 

c . Tenant’s request for improvements, items, materials, finishes or installations that are not available as needed to meet Landlord’s (or Landlord’s contractors’) schedule for Substantial Completion, provided that Landlord (or Landlord’s contractors) shall notify Tenant of any potential long lead items to the extent known to Landlord (or Landlord’s contractors) at the time such material, finish or installation is requested or as soon as reasonably possible thereafter and give Tenant two (2) Business Days to change such request;

 

d . Tenant’s request for or design of Tenant Improvements that include items or improvements not typically found in the office space at Comparable Buildings;

 

e . the ordering, delivery or installation of any of Tenant’s Equipment (as defined in Exhibit C-Work Agreement);

 

f . if Tenant’s architect or designer prepares any drawings, plans or specifications for the Premises, any such drawings, plans or specifications being (i) incomplete, inaccurate or otherwise deficient, or (ii) deviating from the approved space plan, applicable code requirements and/or any Requirements;

 

g .  Tenant’s or Tenant’s architect’s, agent’s, representative’s or contractor’s interference with the work of Landlord or Landlord’s contractor;

 

B-5



 

h .  Tenant’s failure to fully and timely comply with the deadlines and other terms set forth in the Lease and/or Exhibit C-Work Agreement; or

 

i .  any other act or omission by Tenant or any employee, architect, agent, representative or contractor of Tenant constituting a Tenant Delay under the terms of this Lease or any exhibit, rider, annex, schedule, work letter or other document or agreement entered in connection with this Lease, attached to this Lease or incorporated in this Lease by reference.

 

Tenant Party(ies):   Tenant and any subtenants or occupants of the Premises and their respective agents, contractors, subcontractors, employees, invitees or licensees.

 

Tenant’s Property:   Tenant’s movable fixtures and movable partitions, telephone and other equipment, computer systems, trade fixtures, furniture, furnishings, and other items of personal property which are removable without material damage to the Premises or the Building.

 

Unavoidable Delays:   Landlord’s inability to fulfill or delay in fulfilling any of its obligations under this Lease expressly or impliedly to be performed by Landlord or Landlord’s inability to make or delay in making any repairs, additions, alterations, improvements or decorations or Landlord’s inability to supply or delay in supplying any equipment or fixtures, if Landlord’s inability or delay is due to or arises by reason of strikes, labor troubles or by accident, or by any cause whatsoever beyond Landlord’s reasonable control, including governmental preemption in connection with a national emergency, permitting and inspection delays beyond the normal applicable waiting period, Requirements or shortages, or unavailability of labor, fuel, steam, water, electricity or materials, or delays caused by Tenant or other tenants, mechanical breakdown, acts of God, enemy action, civil commotion, fire or other casualty.

 

B-6



 

Exhibit C

 

Work Agreement

 

This Work Agreement is a part of the Lease to which it is attached. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Work Agreement and the terms of the Lease, the terms of this Work Agreement shall control.

 

Article 1 - Definitions

 

1.             Definitions .

 

1.1           Reserved.

 

1.2           “ Business Day ” has the meaning given such term in the Lease.

 

1.3           “ Change Order ” means any change in any of Tenant’s Plans after Landlord has approved any such plan and/or any change in the work or materials to be included in the Tenant Improvements.

 

1.4           “ Commencement Date ” has the meaning given such term in the Lease.

 

1.5           “ Comparable Building ” has the meaning given such term in the Lease.

 

1.6           “ Contractor ” means the general contractor selected by Tenant in accordance with the terms of this Work Agreement to construct and install the Tenant Improvements.

 

1.7           “ Construction Costs ” means all costs in the permitting, demolition, construction and installation of the Tenant Improvements and acquiring the materials for the Tenant Improvements.

 

1.8           “ Effective Date ” has the meaning given such term in the Lease.

 

1.9           “ Engineers ” means the mechanical, electrical, plumbing and structural and engineers and other licensed third-parties selected by Tenant to assist in the preparation of Tenant’s Plans.

 

1.10         “ Essential Subs ” means those subcontractors to be specifically designated by Landlord acting reasonably for purposes of working on the Building mechanical, energy management, structural, exterior windows (including window removal and reinstallation for hoisting purposes), roof (excluding HVAC), sprinkler and fire and life safety systems.

 

1.11         “ Final Space Plan ” means a detailed space plan for the Tenant Improvements prepared by Tenant’s Architect, which space plan shall be substantially in conformance with the Preliminary Plan approved by Landlord and any updates or changes thereto approved by

 

C-1



 

Landlord and shall contain the information and otherwise comply with the requirements set forth on Annex 2 attached hereto.

 

1.12         “ Improvement Costs ” means, collectively, (i) the Planning Costs; (ii) the Construction Costs; and (iii) Landlord’s Fee.

 

1.13         “ Landlord’s Contribution ” has the meaning given such term in the Lease.

 

1.14         “ Landlord’s Fee ” means a fee payable to Landlord equal to 3% of the Construction Costs if Tenant elects to retain Landlord’s affiliate Tishman Speyer Properties (“ TSP ”) as its project manager, and 1% of the Construction Costs if Tenant does not so elect..

 

1.15         “ Landlord’s Representative ” means Rustom Cowasjee, whose address is Tishman Speyer Properties, 1875 Eye Street, NW, Suite 300, Washington, DC 20006 and whose telephone number is (202) 420-2123 and whose telecopier number is (202) 628-5866.

 

1.16         “ Permits ” means all necessary permits in connection with the Tenant Improvements.

 

1.17         “ Planning Costs ” means all architectural, space planning, engineering and other costs related to the design of the Tenant Improvements including, without limitation, the fees of Tenant’s Architect, the Engineers and the professionals preparing and/or reviewing Tenant’s Plans (or any of them).

 

1.18         “ Plans and Specifications ” means all architectural plans, construction drawings and specifications necessary and sufficient (i) for the construction of the Tenant Improvements in accordance with the Final Space Plan and (ii) to enable the Contractor to obtain all necessary Permits for the construction of the Tenant Improvements, and which shall contain the information and otherwise comply with the requirements set forth on Annex 3 attached hereto.

 

1.19         “ Preliminary Plan ” means a preliminary space plan prepared by Tenant’s Architect showing the general layout of the Premises upon completion of the Tenant Improvements, which space plan shall contain the information and otherwise comply with the requirements set forth on Annex 1 attached hereto.

 

1.20         “ Punch List Work ” means minor details of construction, decoration and mechanical adjustment, if any, the noncompletion of which do not materially interfere with the use of the relevant portion of the Building.

 

1.21         “ Requirements ” has the meaning given such term in the Lease.

 

1.22         “ Substantial Completion ” has the meaning given such term in the Lease.

 

1.23         “ Tenant’s Architect ” means the architect engaged by Tenant to design the Tenant Improvements and prepare Tenant’s Plans.

 

C-2


 

1.24         “ Tenant’s Contractors ” means Contractor and all subcontractors and subsubcontractors (including the Essential Subs) who will work on the Tenant Improvements.

 

1.25         “ Tenant’s Equipment ” means any telephone, telephone switching, telephone and data cabling, furniture, computers, servers, Tenant’s trade fixtures and other personal property to be installed by or on behalf of Tenant in the Premises.

 

1.26         “ Tenant Improvements ” means the improvements set forth in Tenant’s Plans as approved by Landlord in accordance with the terms of this Work Agreement.

 

1.27         “ Tenant’s Plans ” means the Preliminary Plan, the Final Space Plan and the Plans and Specifications.

 

1.28         “ Tenant’s Representative ” means Melanie Fitzpatrick, whose address is 11501 Domain Drive, Suite 200, Austin, Texas 78758, whose telephone number is (512) 845-8162, and whose telecopier number is (512) 652-2691.

 

1.29         “ Unavoidable Delay ” has the meaning given such term in the Lease.

 

Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Work Agreement shall have the meanings given such terms in the Lease.

 

Article 2 — Plans

 

2.1           Tenant’s Architect and Engineers . Tenant has or will retain Tenant’s Architect to design the Tenant Improvements and prepare Tenant’s Plans. Tenant’s Architect and the Engineers shall be subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

 

2.2           Preliminary Plan . Within twenty (20) Business Days after the Effective Date, Tenant shall deliver the Preliminary Plan to Landlord for Landlord’s approval. Within seven (7) Business Days after Tenant delivers the Preliminary Plan to Landlord, Landlord shall advise Tenant of Landlord’s approval or disapproval of the Preliminary Plan (which disapproval shall specify Landlord’s objections in sufficient detail so that Tenant can make the necessary revisions to satisfy such objections). Within three (3) Business Days after Landlord notifies Tenant of Landlord’s objections, Tenant shall revise the proposed Preliminary Plan to address Landlord’s objections and deliver the revised Preliminary Plan to Landlord for Landlord’s approval. Within three (3) Business Days after Tenant delivers the revised Preliminary Plan to Landlord, Landlord shall advise Tenant of Landlord’s approval or disapproval of the revised Preliminary Plan (which disapproval shall specify Landlord’s objections in sufficient detail so that Tenant can make the necessary revisions to satisfy such objections). Tenant and Landlord shall continue to follow the revision, delivery and notice of objections procedure and schedule set forth above until Landlord approves the Preliminary Plan. Landlord will not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay its approval of the Preliminary Plan at any point during this approval process.

 

C-3



 

2.3                                  Final Space Plan . Within twenty (20) Business Days after Landlord approves the Preliminary Plan, Tenant shall deliver the Final Space Plan to Landlord for Landlord’s approval.  Within seven (7) Business Days after Tenant delivers the Final Space Plan to Landlord, Landlord shall advise Tenant of Landlord’s approval or disapproval of the Final Space Plan (which disapproval shall specify Landlord’s objections in sufficient detail so that Tenant can make the necessary revisions to satisfy such objections). Within ten (10) Business Days after Landlord notifies Tenant of Landlord’s objections, Tenant shall revise the proposed Final Space Plan to meet Landlord’s objections and deliver the revised Final Space Plan to Landlord for Landlord’s approval. Within seven (7) Business Days after Tenant delivers the revised Final Space Plan to Landlord, Landlord shall advise Tenant of Landlord’s approval or disapproval of the revised Final Space Plan (which disapproval shall specify Landlord’s objections in sufficient detail so that Tenant can make the necessary revisions to satisfy such objections). Tenant and Landlord shall continue to follow the revision, delivery and notice of objections procedure and schedule set forth above until Landlord approves the Final Space Plan. Landlord will not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay its approval of the Final Space Plan at any point during this approval process.

 

2.4                                  Plans and Specifications . Within twenty (20) Business Days after Landlord approves the Final Space Plan, Tenant shall deliver the Plans and Specifications to Landlord for Landlord’s approval. Within twelve (12) Business Days after Tenant delivers the Plans and Specifications to Landlord, Landlord shall advise Tenant of Landlord’s approval or disapproval of the Plans and Specifications (which disapproval shall specify Landlord’s objections in sufficient detail so that Tenant can make the necessary revisions to satisfy such objections). Within ten (10) Business Days after Landlord notifies Tenant of Landlord’s objections, Tenant shall revise the proposed Plans and Specifications to meet Landlord’s objections and deliver the revised Plans and Specifications to Landlord for Landlord’s approval. Within twelve (12) Business Days after Tenant delivers the revised Plans and Specifications to Landlord, Landlord shall advise Tenant of Landlord’s approval or disapproval of the revised Plans and Specifications (which disapproval shall specify Landlord’s objections in sufficient detail so that Tenant can make the necessary revisions to satisfy such objections). Tenant and Landlord shall continue to follow the revision, delivery and notice of objections procedure and schedule set forth above until Landlord approves the Plans and Specifications. Landlord will not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay its approval of the Plans and Specifications at any point during this approval process.

 

2.5                                  Changes to Plans .

 

(a)           In the event of any Change Order or in the event that Landlord determines (reasonably and in good faith) that any of Tenant’s Plans have not been prepared in accordance with the requirements of this Work Agreement, Tenant shall be solely responsible for all costs and expenses (over and above Landlord’s Contribution) and for all delays in occupancy by Tenant (which shall not delay the Commencement Date or the Rent Commencement Date) resulting therefrom including, without limitation, costs or expenses relating to (i) any additional architectural or engineering services and related design expenses; (ii) any architectural or engineering costs incurred by Landlord in connection with its review of such requested change;

 

C-4



 

(iii) any changes to materials in process of fabrication; (iv) cancellation or modification of supply or fabricating contracts; (v) removal or alteration of work or plans completed or in process; or (vi) delay claims made by Contractor.

 

(b)           No changes shall be made to any of Tenant’s Plans and no Change Orders shall be implemented without the prior written approval of Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. All Change Orders shall be in writing and shall be on such AIA form as is required by Landlord and/or Contractor. Tenant shall evidence in writing its approval of any Change Order prior to requesting Landlord’s approval of same.

 

2.6                                  General Plan Provisions .

 

(a)           Tenant shall cause (i) Tenant’s Plans to comply with all applicable Requirements; (ii) Tenant’s Plans to be prepared by Tenant’s Architect and the Engineers in accordance with the terms of this Work Agreement and in conformity with the Base Building Plans and the base Building systems (including, without limitation, the base Building HVAC, mechanical, electrical, plumbing and life safety systems); (iii) the Plans and Specifications to be sufficient to enable Contractor (with respect to the Plans and Specifications) to obtain all necessary Permits; and (iv) the Plans and Specifications to be prepared using the AutoCAD Computer Assisted Drafting and Design System, using naming conventions issued by the American Institute of Architects in June, 1990 and magnetic computer media of such drawings and specifications translated in convertible DFX format. Tenant shall cause Tenant’s Plans not to include any Tenant Improvements that will or that reasonably might be anticipated to (1) interfere with the normal operation of the Building, Building operations, or the Base Building Systems; (2) materially increase maintenance or utility charges for operating the Building in excess of the standard requirements for Comparable Buildings, or (3) affect the exterior or structure of the Building.

 

(b)           Any provision of this Work Agreement or the Lease to the contrary notwithstanding, Landlord’s approval of the Plans and Specifications shall not constitute an assurance by Landlord that the Plans and Specifications satisfy any applicable Requirements or are sufficient to enable the Contractor to obtain a building permit for the undertaking of the Tenant Improvements. If Landlord notifies Tenant at any time that the Plans and Specifications must be revised due to their failure to comply with the terms of this Work Agreement, such revisions shall be made at Tenant’s expense and any delay arising in connection therewith shall constitute a Tenant delay and shall not postpone or delay the Rent Commencement Date or otherwise give rise to any claim or cause of action against Landlord.

 

(c)           Prior to making or installing any of the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall perform a field verification to independently determine the existing conditions, specifications and dimensions of the Premises and any variances from the Base Building Plans.

 

C-5



 

(d)           Tenant has appointed Tenant’s Representative for purposes of granting any consents or approvals by Tenant under this Work Agreement and for authorizing and executing any and all Change Orders or other documents in connection with this Work Agreement and Landlord shall have the right to rely on Tenant’s Representative’s consent, approval, authorization or execution as aforesaid.

 

(e)           Landlord has appointed Landlord’s Representative for purposes of granting any consents or approvals by Landlord under this Work Agreement and for authorizing and executing any and all Change Orders or other documents in connection with this Work Agreement and Tenant shall have the right to rely on Landlord’s Representative’s consent, approval, authorization or execution as aforesaid.

 

(f)            Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for all reasonable out-of-pocket costs incurred by Landlord in reviewing any proposed Tenant Plans and Change Orders within thirty (30) days after Tenant’s receipt of an invoice therefor.

 

Article 3 — Construction

 

3.1                                  Reserved .

 

3.2                                  Tenant Improvements . Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense, Substantially Complete the Tenant Improvements in a good and workmanlike manner and in accordance with the terms of this Work Agreement not later than on August 1, 2009. Except to the extent that the Plans and Specifications provide otherwise, Tenant will cause the Tenant Improvements to be constructed of new materials commensurate with the level of improvements for a typical first-class tenant in Comparable Buildings and to satisfy, at a minimum, the criteria set forth on Annex 4-Minimum Build-Out Standards.

 

3.3                                  General Contractor . Within five (5) days after Landlord’s approval of the Plans and Specifications, Tenant shall enter into a contract for construction of the Tenant Improvements with a general contractor.  The general contractor shall be subject to Landlord’s approval, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, and upon such selection and approval such general contractor shall be the “Contractor” under this Work Agreement. Tenant’s construction contract with the Contractor shall be subject to Landlord’s prior approval, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. The Contractor shall be responsible for all required construction, management and supervision of the Tenant Improvement work.

 

3.4                                  Subcontractors . Landlord shall have the right to approve Tenant’s subcontractors, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

 

3.5                                  Certain Essential Work .  Subject to Tenant’s reimbursement of such expenses as provided in Article 4, below, all Tenant Improvement connections or tie-ins to the base Building energy management, sprinkler and fire and life safety systems shall be performed at Tenant’s expense by the applicable Essential Sub. All Tenant Improvement work relating to the Building

 

C-6



 

exterior walls and windows (including window removal and reinstallation for hoisting purposes), and the roof (excluding HVAC), shall be performed at Tenant’s expense by the applicable Essential Sub.

 

3.6                                  Permits . Subject to Tenant’s reimbursement of such expenses as provided in Article 4, below, prior to commencement of the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense, obtain the Permits.

 

3.7                                  Pre-Construction Deliveries .   Not fewer than ten (10) days prior to commencement of construction of the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall deliver the following information and items to Landlord:

 

(a)           the names and addresses of Tenant’s Contractors;

 

(b)           the schedule for commencement of construction, the estimated date of Substantial Completion, the fixturing work and the date on which Tenant will commence occupancy of the Premises for the conduct of Tenant’s business;

 

(c)           Tenant’s itemized statement of the estimated Improvement Costs;

 

(d)           certificates of insurance evidencing all insurance coverage required under the Lease and this Work Agreement; and

 

(e)           a copy of the Permits.

 

3.8                                  Tenant’s Equipment .  Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, shall be responsible for ordering and for the delivery and installation of Tenant’s Equipment.

 

3.9                                  Post Construction Activities .  Prior to Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises or any portion thereof and Landlord’s disbursement of any portion of the Retainage, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense, deliver to Landlord a copy of the certificate of occupancy and all other certifications and approvals with respect to the Tenant Improvements that may be required from any governmental authority and/or any board or fire underwriters or similar body for the use and/or occupancy of the Premises; and certificates of insurance evidencing all insurance coverage required under the Lease and this Work Agreement.

 

3.10                            General Construction Provisions .

 

(a)           Any damage caused by Tenant’s Contractors to any portion of the Building or to any property of Landlord or other tenants shall be repaired forthwith after written notice from Landlord to its condition prior to such damage by Tenant at Tenant’s expense.

 

(b)           While carrying out construction activities, Tenant and Tenant’s Contractors shall access the Premises via the Building freight elevator, work in harmony and not interfere with the performance of other work in the Building.

 

C-7



 

(c)           If at any time such entry shall cause, such disharmony or interference, Landlord may terminate such permission upon 24 hours’ notice to Tenant, and thereupon, Tenant or its employees, agents, contractors, and suppliers causing such disharmony or interference shall immediately withdraw from the Premises and the Building until Landlord reasonably determines such disturbance no longer exists.

 

(d)           Tenant shall comply with and cause Tenant’s Contractors to comply with the rules and regulations attached hereto as Annex 5-Construction Rules and Regulations and such other reasonable rules and regulations as Landlord from time to time establishes concerning construction work in the Building.

 

Article 4 — Improvement Costs and Landlord’s Contribution

 

4.1           Improvement Costs .  Tenant shall be responsible for the full and timely payment of all Improvement Costs, subject to Landlord’s disbursement of Landlord’s Contribution as provided in this Work Agreement. Landlord shall make disbursements from Landlord’s Contribution as invoices are rendered to Landlord, provided that Landlord has received partial or final (as applicable) lien waivers and such other documentation as Landlord may reasonably require from the party requesting such payment. Landlord shall have the right to deduct Landlord’s Fee from Landlord’s Contribution as and when Landlord makes disbursements from Landlord’s Contribution. Tenant agrees that Landlord’s Contribution must be applied relatively proportionately towards the payment of Improvements Costs for the entire Premises.

 

4.2           Landlord’s Contribution .  Landlord shall disburse an amount not to exceed Landlord’s Contribution toward the Improvement Costs.

 

4.3           Disbursement of Landlord’s Contribution .

 

(a)           Landlord shall make progress payments to Tenant from Landlord’s Contribution for the work performed during the previous month, less a retainage of ten percent (10%) of each progress payment (“ Retainage ”), such that if all conditions set forth in this Exhibit to Landlord’s obligation to make a progress payment have been satisfied and (i) the invoice for which Tenant seeks a progress payment states that the Retainage has been deducted from the total amount owed, the progress payment will be for entire amount that is then payable under such invoice, and (ii) the invoice for which Tenant seeks a progress payment does not state that the Retainage has been deducted from the total amount owed, the progress payment will be for ninety percent (90%) of the invoiced amount. Prior to disbursement of the first progress payment, Landlord shall have received a copy of Tenant’s construction contract with the Contractor and Tenant’s budget (showing all Improvement Costs) for the Tenant Improvements.  Each progress payment shall be limited to that fraction of the total amount of such payment, the numerator of which is the amount of Landlord’s Contribution and the denominator of which is the total contract price (or, if there is no specified or fixed contract price for the Tenant Improvements, then Landlord’s reasonable estimate thereof) for the performance of all of the Tenant Improvements shown Tenant’s Plans as approved by Landlord.

 

C-8



 

(b)           Prior to disbursement of the first progress payment, Landlord shall have approved Tenant’s construction contract with the Contractor and Tenant’s budget (showing all Improvement Costs) for the Tenant Improvements, such approvals not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

 

(c)           If Landlord receives Tenant’s request (together with the supporting documentation required hereunder) for a disbursement from Landlord’s Contribution on or before the twentieth (20 th ) day of a month, Landlord will make such disbursement not later than on the last day of the first calendar month following the calendar month during which Landlord received such request.  If Landlord receives Tenant’s request (together with the supporting documentation required hereunder) for a disbursement from Landlord’s Contribution after the twentieth (20 th ) day of a month, Landlord will make such disbursement not later than on the last day of the second calendar month following the calendar month during which Landlord received such request.   Each of Tenant’s requisitions for a disbursement from Landlord’s Contribution shall be signed by Tenant’s Representative, shall set forth the names of each contractor and subcontractor to whom payment is due or for which Tenant seeks reimbursements for payments made by Tenant and the amount thereof, and shall be accompanied by: with respect to the first requisition, copies of conditional waivers and releases of lien upon progress payment in such form as Landlord reasonably requires from all of Tenant’s Contractors and material suppliers covering all work and materials for which the progress payment is being made, and after the first requisition, copies of conditional waivers and releases of lien upon progress payment in such form as Landlord reasonably requires from all of Tenant’s Contractors and material suppliers covering all work and materials for which the progress payment is being made, together with:

 

(i)            copies of unconditional waivers and releases of lien upon progress payment in such form as Landlord reasonably requires from all of Tenant’s Contractors and material suppliers covering all work and materials which were the subject of previous progress payments by Landlord and Tenant;

 

(ii)           Tenant’s Architect’s written certification that the work for which the requisition is being made has been Substantially Completed in accordance with the Plans and Specifications; and

 

(iii)          such other documents and information as Landlord may reasonably request.

 

(d)           Landlord shall disburse the Retainage upon submission by Tenant to Landlord of Tenant’s requisition therefor accompanied by all documentation required above, together with:

 

(i)            Tenant’s Architect’s written certification of final completion of the Tenant Improvements in accordance with the Plans and Specifications. In addition, Landlord shall be provided with the opportunity to inspect the Premises so that Landlord can be reasonably satisfied of the final completion of the Tenant Improvements in accordance with the Plans and

 

C-9



 

Specifications;

 

(ii)           a copy of the certificate of occupancy and all other certifications and approvals with respect to the Tenant Improvements that may be required from any Governmental Authority and/or any board or fire underwriters or similar body for the use and/or occupancy of the Premises;

 

(iii)          final waivers and releases of lien in such form as Landlord reasonably requires from all of Tenant’s Contractors and material suppliers;

 

(iv)          certificates of insurance evidencing all insurance coverage required under the Lease and this Work Agreement;

 

(v)           a copy of each guaranty, warranty and O&M manual applicable to the Tenant Improvements. At Landlord’s request, Tenant shall enforce, at Tenant’s expense, all guarantees and warranties made with respect to the Tenant Improvements; and

 

(vi)          final “as built” plans (five (5) sets) and certified air balance reports for the Premises.  The “as-built” plans shall be prepared on the AutoCAD Computer Assisted Drafting and Design System, using naming conventions issued by the American Institute of Architects in June, 1990 and magnetic computer media of such drawings and specifications translated in convertible DFX format.

 

4.4           Special Application of Landlord’s Contribution . If any portion of Landlord’s Contribution remains after final payment of all Improvement Costs, such remaining portion shall be retained by and belong to Landlord; provided, however, to the extent that the remaining portion does not exceed $6.50 per square foot of Area of the Premises, such remaining portion shall first be applied towards usual and customary expenses associated with Tenant’s relocation to the Premises as well as telecom and cabling costs.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Work Agreement, Tenant shall have the right to spend up to an additional $6.50 per square foot of Area of the Premises of Landlord’s Contribution to pay for furniture for the Premises.

 

4.5           Additional Rent .  All amounts payable by Tenant pursuant to this Work Agreement shall be deemed to be Additional Rent for purposes of the Lease.

 

4.6           Conditions to Advance . Any provision of the Lease or this Work Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, Landlord shall have no obligation to make any payment or disbursement from Landlord’s Contribution (i) if the Lease is not in full force and effect or there exists any Event of Default for monetary or material non-monetary obligations; (ii) for any deposit or off-site prefabrication, whether for Work, Tenant’s Equipment or otherwise; (iii) for any Work that is not in place (or, if permitted by the Mortgagee, is not ultimately intended to be in place, such as deposits for materials) at the Premises; or (iv) for any Tenant’s Equipment not located at the Premises.

 

C-10



 

4.7           Failure to Pay Contractors . Any provision of the Lease or this Work Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, assuming Landlord funds disbursement requests in accordance with the terms of this Work Agreement, if Tenant does not pay any of Tenant’s Contractors or material suppliers, Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to promptly pay to such contractor or supplier all sums so due from Tenant, and Tenant agrees the same shall be deemed Additional Rent and shall be paid by Tenant within ten (10) days after Landlord delivers to Tenant an invoice therefor.

 

4.8           Excess Costs .  If Landlord reasonably determines at any time that the Improvement Costs exceed or will likely exceed the remaining Landlord’s Contribution (the “ Excess Cost ”), Landlord shall deliver written notice of that determination to Tenant (which notice shall include reasonable supporting documentation of that determination) and Tenant shall pay such Excess Cost to Landlord within thirty (30) days after Tenant’s receipt of a written request therefor.  Once Landlord has received the Excess Cost payment and the full amount of the Excess Cost held by Landlord has been used to pay Improvement Costs, Landlord shall apply the remaining Landlord’s Contribution towards payment of the Improvement Costs.

 

C-11


 

Annex 1

 

Requirements for Preliminary Space Plan

 

Floor plans showing partition arrangement including the following information:

 

a.                                        space plan showing the general layout of offices, open plan areas and special tenant areas;

 

b.                                       typical individual work station layouts;

 

c.                                        identify the extent of each department on each floor;

 

d.                                       show door locations and door swings in partitions;

 

e.                                        identify general location and size of interconnecting stairs;

 

f.                                          indicate preliminary furniture layout for typical offices and work stations, conference rooms, employee lounge, reception area, training room and print room;

 

g.                                       indicate locations for coffee rooms and shower rooms; and

 

h.                                       preliminary locations for built-in millwork.

 



 

Annex 2

 

Requirements for Final Space Plan

 

Floor plans, together with related information for mechanical, electrical and plumbing design work, showing partition arrangement (3 sets), including without limitation the following information:

 

a .                                        identify the location of conference rooms and density of occupancy;

 

b .                                       indicate the density of occupancy for all rooms, except individual use rooms such as offices;

 

c .                                        identify the location of any food service areas or vending equipment rooms;

 

d .                                       identify areas, if any, requiring 24 hour air conditioning;

 

e .                                        indicate those partitions that are to extend from floor to underside of structural slab above or require special acoustical treatment;

 

f .                                          identify the location of rooms for telephone equipment other than Building core telephone closet, identify type of equipment for these rooms;

 

g .                                       identify the locations and types of plumbing required for toilets (other than core facilities), sinks, drinking fountains, etc.;

 

h .                                       indicate light switches in offices, conference rooms and all other rooms in the Premises;

 

i .                                           indicate the layouts for specially installed equipment, including computer and duplicating equipment, the size and capacity of mechanical and electrical services required and heat rejection of the equipment;

 

j .                                           indicate the location of: (A) electrical receptacles one hundred twenty (120) volts, including receptacles for wall clocks, and telephone outlets and their respective locations (wall or floor), (B) electrical receptacles for use in the operation of Tenant’s business equipment which requires 208 volts or separate electrical circuits, (C) electronic calculating and CRT systems, etc., and (D) special audio-visual requirements;

 

k .                                        indicate proposed layout and location of any of special equipment (e.g., fire suppression equipment for computer room);

 

l .                                           indicate the swing of each door;

 

m .                                     indicate any special file systems to be installed which would require special construction; and

 

n .                                       lighting layouts for each floor.

 



 

Annex 3

 

Requirements for Plans and Specifications

 

Final architectural detail and working drawings, finish schedules and related plans (3 reproducible sets) including without limitation the following information and/or meeting the following conditions:

 

a.                                        specifications of all materials, colors and suppliers/manufacturers of wallcoverings, floor coverings, ceiling systems, window coverings and other finishes; all millwork shall be fully detailed to the appropriate level for pricing and construction; all specialty items shall be identified as particular products; and paintings and decorative treatment required to complete all construction;

 

b.                                       complete, finished, detailed mechanical, electrical, plumbing and structural plans and specifications for the Tenant Improvements, including but not limited to the fire and life safety systems and all work necessary to connect any special or non-standard facilities to the Building’s base mechanical systems; and

 

c.                                        all final floor plans must be drawn to a scale of one-eighth (l/8) inch to one (l) foot except for larger scaled detailed drawings.  Any architect or designer acting for or on behalf of Tenant shall be deemed to be Tenant’s agent in all respects with respect to the design and construction of the Premises.

 



 

Annex 4

 

Reserved

 



 

Annex 5

 

Construction Rules and Regulations

 

1.                                        Tenant and/or the general contractor will supply Landlord with a copy of all permits prior to the start of any work.

 

2.                                        Tenant and/or the general contractor will post the building permit on a wall of the construction site while work is being performed.

 

3.                                        The Tenant shall provide, in writing, prior to commencement of the work, the names and emergency numbers of all subcontractors, the general contractor superintendent, general contractor’s project manager and the Project Manager.

 

4.                                        No construction is to be started until the drawings required under the Work Letter have been submitted and approved in writing by Landlord.

 

5.                                        Landlord is to be contacted by Tenant when work is completed for inspection.  All damage to building will be determined at that time unless determined earlier.

 

6.                                        Any work that is to be performed in other than Tenant’s Premises must be reviewed and scheduled in advance with the Landlord.

 

7.                                        Landlord will be notified of all work schedules of all workmen on the job and will be notified, in writing, in advance, of names of those who may be working in the building after “normal” business hours.

 

8.                                        Construction personnel must carry proper identification at all times.

 

9.                                        All workers are required to wear a shirt, shoes, and full length trousers.

 

10.                                  Landlord must approve all roof top equipment and placement.  All penetrations must be cut and flashed by the roof warranty holder of the existing roof system.

 

11.                                  Landlord shall designate contractor-parking areas (if any).

 

12.                                  Contractor must notify Landlord two days prior to an independent air balancing service by a certified air balance company.  Landlord’s building engineer will accompany the contractor during their work. Landlord must receive a copy of the final approved balance report.

 

13.                                  Before Landlord makes final payment, five sets of as-built and all O&M manuals as well as a CADD disc must be submitted to Landlord.

 

14.                                  The general contractor and Tenant shall be responsible for all loss of their materials and tools and shall hold Landlord harmless for such loss and from any damages or claims

 

1



 

resulting from the work.

 

15.                                  The general contractor shall maintain insurance coverage throughout the job of a type(s), in amounts and issued by an insurance company, reasonably satisfactory to Landlord. Prior to the commencement of work, a Certificate of Insurance must be submitted with the limits of coverage per the limits noted in the Lease with such parties being named as additional insureds as Landlord requires from time to time.

 

16.                                  All key access, fire alarm work, or interruption of security hours must be arranged with the Landlord.

 

17.                                  Proper supervision shall be maintained at the job site at all times and Tenant’s workmen, mechanics and contractors must not unreasonably interfere with the Building’s operations or Landlord.  Tenant’s workmen, mechanics and contractors shall use good faith efforts to work in harmony with and shall not unreasonably interfere with any labor employed by the property manager or any other Tenant, or their workmen, mechanics and contractors.

 

18.                                  Landlord is to be notified in advance of all ties into Base Building Systems, welding, or any work affecting the base building or other tenant spaces, and, unless agreed to otherwise, all tie-ins to base building fire alarm systems will be performed by Landlord, (or its designated contractor) and cost borne by Tenant, subject to reimbursement pursuant to Article 4 of the Work Agreement.

 

19.                                  The following work, of which Landlord is to be notified in advance, must be done on overtime and not during normal business hours once any portion of the building is occupied (by tenants other than the property management office):

 

·                                           Demolition which per building manager’s reasonable judgment may cause disruption to other tenants.

 

·                                           Oil base painting (on multi-tenant floors)

 

·                                           Gluing of carpeting (on multi-tenant floors)

 

·                                           Shooting of studs for mechanical fastenings

 

·                                           Testing of life safety system, sprinkler tie-ins.

 

·                                           Work performed in occupied spaces.

 

·                                           Welding, brazing, soldering and burning with proper fire protection and ventilation.

 

·                                           Other activities that, in building manager’s reasonable judgment, will disturb other tenants.

 

2



 

20.                                  All building shutdowns — for testing electrical, plumbing, HVAC equipment, fire and life-safety must be coordinated with Landlord in advance. Landlord’s and Factory Mutual procedures for hot work, fire alarm and sprinkler shutdowns must be followed.  Landlord’s on-site engineer will detail the requirements summarized below:

 

·                                           Smoke detectors must be bagged or cleaned daily and placed back in service at the end of each day.

 

·                                           Call outs for fire alarm and sprinkler systems must be made with and only with Landlord’s personnel and with the attached forms.  All systems must be put back into service at the end of each work day and working correctly.

 

·                                           Hot work, i.e., torch burning/cutting and welding must be permitted through Landlord’s personnel and contractor must use Landlord’s form.

 

·                                           When welding, contractor shall provide a fused disconnect switch for connection to building power supply and a Fire Watch.

 

·                                           Forms are to be provided at kickoff meeting.

 

21.                                  Fire extinguishers supplied by the general contractor must be on the job-site at all times during demolition and construction

 

22.                                  No building materials are to enter the building by way of main lobby, and no materials are to be stored in any lobbies or fire stairs at any time.

 

23.                                  Contractors or personnel will use loading dock area for all deliveries and will not use loading dock for vehicle parking.

 

24.                                  Passenger elevators shall not be used for moving building materials and shall not be used for construction personnel except in the event of an emergency.  The designated freight elevator and one or more protected passenger elevators are the only elevators to be used for moving materials and construction personnel.  These elevators may be used only when they are completely protected as reasonably determined by Landlord’s building engineer.

 

25.                                  Protection of hallway carpets, wall coverings, and elevators from damage with masonite board, carpet, cardboard, or pads is required. They may be removed from time to time as reasonably requested by the Landlord.

 

26.                                  Public spaces, corridors, elevators, bathrooms, lobby, etc. must be cleaned after use.  Construction debris or materials found in public areas will be removed at Tenant’s cost.

 

27.                                  Contractors will remove their trash and debris daily or as often as necessary to maintain cleanliness in the building.  Building trash containers are not to be used for construction debris.  Landlord reserves the right to bill Tenant for any cost incurred to clean up debris left by the general contractor or any subcontractor (other than Contractor).  Further, the

 

3



 

building staff is instructed to hold the driver’s license of any employee of the contractor while using the freight elevator to ensure that all debris is removed from the elevator.

 

28.                                  All construction materials or debris must be stored within the project confines or in an approved lock-up.

 

29.                                  Contractors will be responsible for daily removal of waste foods, milk and soft drink containers, etc. to trash room and will not use any building trash receptacles but trash receptacles supplied by them.

 

30.                                  Construction personnel are not to eat in the lobby or in front of building nor are they to congregate in the lobby or in front of building.

 

31.                                  There will be no smoking, eating, or open food containers in the elevators, carpeted areas or public lobbies.

 

32.                                  There will be no alcohol or controlled substances allowed or tolerated.

 

33.                                  There will be no yelling or boisterous activities.

 

34.                                  Radios shall not be played on job site, except that radios shall be permitted until the first tenant occupies any portion of the Building. In any event, radio volume shall be kept to a reasonable level as reasonably determined by Landlord.

 

35.                                  Landlord shall grant access to the base building electrical, telephone and mechanical rooms.

 

36.                                  No utilities (electricity, water, gas, plumbing) or services to the tenants are to be cut off or interrupted without first having requested, in writing, and secured, in writing, the permission of Landlord (which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed).

 

37.                                  No electrical services are to be put on the emergency circuit, without specific written approval from Landlord (which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed).

 

38.                                  When utility meters are installed, the general contractor must provide the property manager with a copy of the operating instructions for that particular meter.

 

39.                                  All public areas such as elevator lobbies, corridors, toilets and service halls shall be protected with masonite and other such materials to the satisfaction of the building manager/representative or representative.

 

40.                                  Trash and debris resulting from the work shall be confined to either the interior of the space under construction or an on-site dumpster.  If it is a dumpster, then such debris shall be kept within the confines of the dumpster.  The general contractor shall coordinate

 

4



 

the location of the dumpster with the landlord and plywood shall be used to protect the surface from damage.

 

41.                                  Contractor is responsible to keep the construction area safe and in a workmanlike manner. Machinery noise shall not interfere with the peaceful enjoyment of any tenant or their invitees to the building.  No smoking in the building will be allowed at any time.

 

42.                                  Clear access is to be provided at all times to stairwells, mechanical/electrical equipment and rooms, elevators, fire hoses, valves, fire dampers and maintenance sensitive equipment.

 

43.                                  Adequate lighting is to be provided in construction areas to achieve a safe working environment.

 

44.                                  A Tenant valve tag chart shall be submitted to the Landlord.

 

45.                                  All piping and wiring systems shall be adequately supported from building structure.

 

46.                                  The cleaning of condenser water pipes shall be done in the presence of the Landlord’s representative with the chemical used per the building’s chemical treatment company’s recommendation.

 

47.                                  All mechanical and electrical equipment shall have permanent identification labels affixed.

 

48.                                  Kitchen exhaust access doors must be clearly identified and accessible for periodic inspection as required by law.

 

49.                                  All telecommunication cabling in common areas, mechanical equipment rooms, etc. shall be installed in an enclosed raceway and shall be identified.

 

50.                                  All air handlers, CAV boxes and VAV boxes need pre-filters (construction filters) installed over filter bank and may require periodic changes during the construction period until each floor is complete at which time a change out of filters is required.  All units will be required to be cleaned thoroughly if the system is contaminated and this procedure is not maintained.

 

51.                                  All mechanical, telephone, electrical and pump room floors must be painted at the end of the job. Damaged, stained or new walls and pipe, etc. must be painted to match existing pipes and new pipes must match Landlord’s standard colors.

 

52.                                  After all tenant construction is complete, the elevator systems need to be cleaned by the elevator service provider at tenant contractor’s expense.  This includes rails, pits, tops of cabs, machine rooms.

 

5



 

Exhibit D

 

Cleaning Specifications

 

GENERAL CLEANING

 

NIGHTLY

 

General Offices:

 

1.                                        All hard surfaced flooring to be swept using approved dustdown preparation.

 

2.                                        Carpet sweep all carpets, moving only light furniture (desks, file cabinets, etc. not to be moved).

 

3.                                        Hand dust and wipe clean all furniture, fixtures and window sills.

 

4.                                        Empty all waste receptacles and remove wastepaper.

 

5.                                        Wash clean all Building water fountains and coolers.

 

6.                                        Sweep all private stairways.

 

Lavatories:

 

1.                                        Sweep and wash all floors, using proper disinfectants.

 

2.                                        Wash and polish all mirrors, shelves, bright work and enameled surfaces.

 

3.                                        Wash and disinfect all basins, bowls and urinals.

 

4.                                        Wash and disinfect all toilet seats.

 

5.                                        Hand dust and clean all partitions, tile walls, dispensers and receptacles in lavatories and restrooms.

 

6.                                        Empty paper receptacles, fill receptacles and remove wastepaper.

 

7.                                        Fill toilet tissue holders.

 

8.                                        Empty and clean sanitary disposal receptacles.

 

D-1



 

WEEKLY

 

1.                                        Vacuum all carpeting and rugs.

 

2.                                        Dust all door louvers and other ventilating louvers within a person’s normal reach.

 

3.                                        Wipe clean all brass and other bright work.

 

QUARTERLY

 

High dust premises complete including the following:

 

1.                                        Dust all pictures, frames, charts, graphs and similar wall hangings not reached in nightly cleaning.

 

2.                                        Dust all vertical surfaces, such as walls, partitions, doors, door frames and other surfaces not reached in nightly cleaning.

 

3.                                        Dust all venetian blinds.

 

4.                                        Wash all windows.

 

D-2


 

Exhibit E

 

Rules and Regulations

 

1.        Nothing shall be attached to the outside walls of the Building.  Other than Building standard blinds, no curtains, blinds, shades, screens or other obstructions shall be attached to or hung in or used in connection with any exterior window or entry door of the Premises, without the prior reasonable consent of Landlord (which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed).

 

2.             No sign, advertisement, notice or other lettering visible from the exterior of the Premises shall be exhibited, inscribed, painted or affixed to any part of the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord (which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed).  All lettering on suite entry doors shall be inscribed, painted or affixed in a size, color and style reasonably acceptable to Landlord.

 

3.             The grills, louvers, skylights, windows and doors that reflect or admit light and/or air into the Premises or Common Areas shall not be covered or obstructed by Tenant except as set forth in item 1 above, nor shall any articles be placed on the window sills, radiators or convectors.

 

4.             Landlord shall have the right to prohibit any advertising by any Tenant which, in Landlord’s reasonable opinion, tends to impair the reputation of the Building, and upon written notice from Landlord, Tenant shall refrain from or discontinue such advertising.

 

5.             The Common Areas shall not be obstructed or encumbered by any Tenant or used for any purposes other than ingress of egress to and from the Premises and for delivery of merchandise and equipment in a prompt and efficient manner, using elevators and passageways designated for such delivery by Landlord.

 

6.             All locks and deadbolts of any kind shall be operable by the Building’s Master Key.  No locks shall be placed upon any of the doors or windows by Tenant, nor shall any changes be made in locks or the mechanism thereof which shall make such locks inoperable by the Building’s Master Key.  Tenant shall, upon the termination of its Lease, deliver to Landlord all keys of stores, offices and lavatories, either furnished to or otherwise procured by Tenant and in the event of the loss of any keys furnished by Landlord, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the cost thereof.

 

7.             Tenant shall keep the entrance door to the Premises closed at all times.

 

8.             All movement in or out of any freight, furniture, boxes, crates or any other large object or matter of any description must take place during such times and in such elevators as Landlord may reasonably prescribe.  Landlord reserves the right to inspect all articles to be brought into the Building and to exclude from the Building all articles which violate any of these Rules and Regulations or the Lease.  Landlord may require that any person leaving the public areas of the Building with any article to submit a pass, signed by an authorized person, listing each article being removed, but the establishment and enforcement of such requirement shall not impose any responsibility on Landlord for the protection of any Tenant against the removal of property from the Premises.

 

E-1



 

9.             All hand trucks shall be equipped with rubber tires, side guards and such other safeguards as Landlord may reasonably require.

 

10.           Except as might be expressly permitted under the Lease, no Tenant Party shall be permitted to have access to the Building’s roof, mechanical, electrical or telephone rooms without permission from Landlord, which permission will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.  The foregoing notwithstanding, Tenant Parties will be given access to and a non-exclusive right to use the Building’s roof deck, which access and use shall be subject to such rules and regulations as Landlord shall from time to time reasonably promulgate with respect thereto (including, without limitation, rules and regulations pertaining to roof deck safety, reservations and post-use clean-up).

 

11.           Tenant shall not permit or suffer the Premises to be occupied or used in a manner offensive or objectionable to Landlord or other occupants of the Building by reason of unreasonable noise, odors, vibrations or unreasonable interference in any way with other tenants or those having business therein.

 

12.           Except as set forth in the Lease, Tenant shall not employ any person or persons other than the janitor of Landlord for the purpose of cleaning the Premises, unless otherwise agreed to by Landlord, which agreement shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.  Tenant shall not cause any unnecessary labor by reason of such Tenant’s carelessness or indifference in the preservation of good order and cleanliness.

 

13.           Tenant shall store all its trash and recyclables within its Premises.  No material shall be disposed of which may result in a violation of any Requirement.  All refuse disposal shall be made only though entry ways and elevators provided for such purposes and at such times as Landlord shall designate.  Tenant shall use the Building’s refuse and recycling contractor(s).

 

14.           Tenant shall not deface any part of the Building.  No boring, cutting or stringing of wires shall be permitted, except with prior consent of Landlord (which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), and as Landlord may direct and except for typical office building purposes (e.g., picture hanging).

 

15.           The water and wash closets, electrical closets, mechanical rooms, fire stairs and other plumbing fixtures shall not be used for any purposes other than those for which they were constructed and no sweepings, rubbish, rags, acids or other substances shall be deposited therein.  All damages resulting from any misuse of the fixtures shall be borne by Tenant where a Tenant Party caused the same.

 

16.           Tenant, before closing and leaving the Premises at any time, shall see that all lights, water faucets, etc. are turned off.  All entrance doors in the Premises shall be kept locked by Tenant when the Premises are not in use.

 

17.           No animals of any kind (except for seeing eye dogs) shall be brought into or kept by any Tenant in or about the Premises or the Building.  No in-line roller skates, bicycles or vehicles shall be brought into or kept by any Tenant in or about the Premises or the Building, except that bicycles can be kept at the bicycle rack (if any) provided by Landlord at the Building and automobiles may be kept in the parking garage.

 

18.           Canvassing or soliciting in the Building is prohibited.

 

E-2



 

19.           Employees of Landlord or Landlord’s Agent shall not perform any work or do anything outside of their regular duties, unless under special instructions from the office of Landlord or in response to any emergency condition.

 

20.           Tenant is responsible for the delivery and pick up of all mail from the United States Post Office.  Landlord reserves the right to prohibit overnight courier, commercial and other package delivery services from entering the Building, other than to pick-up packages from or to deliver packages to such central messenger facility designated by Landlord for the Building.

 

21.           Landlord reserves the right to exclude from the Building all persons who do not present a valid Building pass.  Tenant shall be responsible for all persons for whom a pass shall be issued at the request of Tenant and shall be liable to Landlord for all acts of such persons.

 

22.           Except as set forth in the Lease, Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant or to any other person for the non-observance or violation of these Rules and Regulations by any other tenant or other person; provided, however, Landlord shall reasonably endeavor to apply these Rules and Regulations in an even, non-discriminatory manner to all tenants and other users of the Building.  Tenant shall be deemed to have read these Rules and Regulations and to have agreed to abide by them as a condition to its occupancy of the Premises.

 

23.           No person shall smoke, chew or otherwise ingest, or use tobacco products at the Building, the Common Areas (including any sidewalks adjacent to the Building) or the Premises, except in an area (if any) designated by Landlord.

 

E-3



 

Exhibit F

 

Form of Letter of Credit

 

COMERICA BANK HAS PREPARED THIS SPECIMEN UPON THE REQUEST AND BASED ON THE INFORMATION PROVIDED.  NO REPRESENTATION AS TO THE ACCURACY OR WILLINGNESS FOR COMMITMENT IS MADE BY COMERICA BANK TO ISSUE THIS LETTER OF CREDIT IN THIS OR ANY OTHER FORM.

 

APPROVED BY

 

DATE

 

 

 

CONVIO, INC.

 

 

WHEN SIGNED, THIS EXHIBIT A WILL BECOME AN INTEGRAL PART OF THE CORRESPONDING STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT APPLICATION AND AGREEMENT.

 

RE:

IRREVOCABLE LETTER OF CREDIT NO.

 

 

 

BENEFICIARY

APPLICANT

1255 23 RD  STREET, L.P.

CONVIO, INC.

C/O TISHMAN SPEYER PROPERTIES, L.P.

11501 DOMAIN DRIVE

45 ROCKEFELLER PLAZA, 7TH FLOOR

SUITE 200

NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10111

AUSTIN, TX 78758

ATTN:  GENERAL COUNSEL

 

 

GENTLEMEN:

 

WE HEREBY OPEN OUR UNCONDITIONAL IRREVOCABLE LETTER OF CREDIT NO.                              IN YOUR FAVOR AVAILABLE BY YOUR DRAFT(S) AT SIGHT FOR AN AMOUNT NOT TO EXCEED IN THE AGGREGATE $                                         EFFECTIVE IMMEDIATELY.

 

THIS LETTER OF CREDIT IS ISSUED, PRESENTABLE AND PAYABLE AT OUR OFFICE OF COMERICA BANK, INTERNATIONAL TRADE SERVICES, 6260 E. MOCKINGBIRD LANE, 2 ND  FLOOR, MC-6588, DALLAS, TX 75214, AND EXPIRES WITH OUR CLOSE OF BUSINESS ON                                             .

 

IT IS A CONDITION OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT THAT IT SHALL BE DEEMED AUTOMATICALLY EXTENDED WITHOUT AMENDMENT FOR A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR FROM THE PRESENT OR ANY FUTURE EXPIRATION DATE, UNLESS AT LEAST “THIRTY” (“030”) DAYS PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION DATE WE SEND YOU NOTICE BY A NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED COURIER THAT WE ELECT NOT TO EXTEND THIS CREDIT FOR ANY SUCH ADDITIONAL PERIOD.   SAID NOTICE WILL BE SENT TO THE ADDRESS INDICATED ABOVE, UNLESS A CHANGE OF ADDRESS IS OTHERWISE NOTIFIED BY YOU TO US IN WRITING BY RECEIPTED MAIL OR NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED COURIER.  ANY NOTICE TO US WILL BE DEEMED EFFECTIVE ONLY UPON ACTUAL RECEIPT BY US AT OUR DESIGNATED OFFICE

 

IF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT IS NOT EXTENDED FOR AN ADDITIONAL PERIOD AS PROVIDED ABOVE, YOU MAY DRAW HEREUNDER.  SUCH DRAWING IS TO BE MADE BY MEANS OF A DRAFT ON US AT SIGHT WHICH MUST BE PRESENTED TO US BEFORE THE THEN EXPIRATION DATE OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT.

 

THIS LETTER OF CREDIT CANNOT BE MODIFIED OR REVOKED WITHOUT YOUR CONSENT. THIS

 

F-1



 

LETTER OF CREDIT IS PAYABLE IN MULTIPLE DRAFTS.

 

THIS LETTER OF CREDIT MAY BE TRANSFERRED SUCCESSIVELY IN ITS ENTIRETY ONLY UP TO THE THEN AVAILABLE AMOUNT IN FAVOR OF A NOMINATED TRANSFEREE (“TRANSFEREE”), ASSUMING SUCH TRANSFER TO SUCH TRANSFEREE IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE U.S. LAWS AND REGULATIONS.  AT THE TIME OF TRANSFER, THE ORIGINAL LETTER OF CREDIT AND ORIGINAL AMENDMENT(S) IF ANY, MUST BE SURRENDERED TO US TOGETHER WITH OUR TRANSFER FORM (AVAILABLE UPON REQUEST) AND PAYMENT OF OUR CUSTOMARY TRANSFER FEES BY APPLICANT.

 

WE ENGAGE WITH YOU THAT ANY PRESENTATION DRAWN IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THIS CREDIT WILL BE DULY HONORED WHEN PRESENTED AT THIS OFFICE ON OR BEFORE THE CLOSE OF BUSINESS ON THE EXPIRY DATE, AS SET FORTH ABOVE FOR THE AMOUNT AVAILABLE TO BE DRAWN ON THIS LETTER OF CREDIT UPON PRESENTATION OF YOUR SIGHT DRAFT IN THE FORM OF “S CHEDULE A” ATTACHED HERETO DRAWN ON US.

 

EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY STATED HEREIN, THIS UNDERTAKING IS NOT SUBJECT TO ANY AGREEMENTS, REQUIREMENTS OR QUALIFICATION.  OUR OBLIGATION UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT IS OUR INDIVIDUAL OBLIGATION AND IS IN NO WAY CONTINGENT UPON REIMBURSEMENT WITH RESPECT THERETO OR UPON OUR ABILITY TO PERFECT ANY LIEN, SECURITY INTEREST OR ANY OTHER REIMBURSEMENT.

 

EXCEPT SO FAR AS OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY STATED, THIS LETTER OF CREDIT IS SUBJECT TO THE ‘‘INTERNATIONAL STANDBY PRACTICES - ISP98’’, ICC PUBLICATION NO. 590.

 

COMERICA BANK

 

 

END OF SPECIMEN

 

F-2



 

SCHEDULE “A”  TO LETTER OF CREDIT

 

SIGHT DRAFT

 

DATE:

 

 

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED

 

PAY AT SIGHT BY WIRE TRANSFER IN IMMEDIATELY AVAILABLE FUNDS TO                                            THE SUM OF U.S. $                             DRAWN UNDER IRREVOCABLE LETTER OF CREDIT NO.                               , DATED                       , 200   , ISSUED BY                                                               .

 

TO:         [ISSUER OF LETTER OF CREDIT]

 

 

(BENEFICIARY’S NAME)

 

 

 

SIGNED BY:

 

 

 

 

NAME & TITLE:

 

 

 

F-3




Exhibit 10.10

 

INDEMNITY AGREEMENT

 

This Indemnity Agreement, dated as of                                , 2010, is made by and between Convio, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the undersigned (the “ Indemnitee ”).

 

RECITALS

 

A.              The Company and Indemnitee recognize the continued difficulty in obtaining liability insurance for the Company’s directors, officers, employees and other agents, the cost of such insurance and the general reductions in the coverage of such insurance;

 

B.               The Company and Indemnitee recognize the substantial increase in corporate litigation in general, and against publicly-held companies in particular, subjecting directors, officers, employees and other agents to expensive litigation risks at the same time as the availability and coverage of liability insurance has been severely limited;

 

C.               The Company desires to attract and retain the services of talented and experienced individuals, such as Indemnitee, to serve as directors, officers, employees and agents of the Company and its subsidiaries and wishes to indemnify its directors, officers, employees and other agents to the maximum extent permitted by law;

 

D.               Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, under which the Company is organized (“ Section 145 ”), empowers the Company to indemnify its directors, officers, employees and agents by agreement and to indemnify persons who serve, at the request of the Company, as the directors, officers, employees or agents of other corporations or enterprises, and expressly provides that the indemnification provided by Section 145 is not exclusive; and

 

E.               In order to induce Indemnitee to serve or continue to serve as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company and/or one or more subsidiaries of the Company free from undue concern for claims for damages arising out of or related to such services to the Company and/or one or more subsidiaries of the Company, the Company has determined and agreed to enter into this Agreement with Indemnitee.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the Indemnitee and the Company hereby agree as follows:

 

1.                 Definitions . As used in this Agreement:

 

(a)           “ Agent ” means any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or other agent of the Company or a subsidiary of the Company; or is or was serving at the request of, for the convenience of, or to represent the interests of the Company or a subsidiary of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise; or was a director, officer, employee or agent of a foreign or domestic corporation which was a predecessor corporation of the Company or a subsidiary of the Company, or was a director, officer, employee or agent of another enterprise at the request of, for the convenience of, or to represent the interests of such predecessor corporation.

 

(b)           “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

1



 

(c)           A “ Change in Control ” shall be deemed to have occurred if (i) any “person,” as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), other than a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or a corporation owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company, is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 20% or more of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then outstanding voting securities, (ii) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the Board, together with any new directors whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board, (iii) the stockholders of the Company approve a merger or consolidation or a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets with or to another entity, other than a merger, consolidation or asset sale that would result in the holders of the Company’s outstanding voting securities immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) at least a majority of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Company or such surviving or successor entity outstanding immediately thereafter, (iv) the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Company, or (v) the Company files a report or proxy statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Exchange Act disclosing that a change in control of the Company has or may have occurred or will or may occur in the future pursuant to any then existing contract or transaction.

 

(d)           “ Expenses ” shall include all out-of-pocket costs of any type or nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, all attorneys’ fees and related disbursements), actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with either the investigation, defense or appeal of a Proceeding or establishing or enforcing a right to indemnification under this Agreement, or Section 145 or otherwise; provided, however, that “Expenses” shall not include any judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties, or amounts paid in settlement of a Proceeding.

 

(e)           “ Independent Counsel ” means a law firm, or a partner (or, if applicable, member) of such a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither currently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or the Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party or (ii) any other party to or witness in the proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or the Indemnitee in an action to determine the Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.

 

(f)            “ Proceeding ” means any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit or other proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative.

 

(g)           “ Subsidiary ” means any corporation of which more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities is owned directly or indirectly by the Company, by the Company and one or more other subsidiaries, or by one or more other subsidiaries.

 

2.                 Agreement to Serve . The Indemnitee agrees to serve and/or continue to serve as an Agent of the Company, at its will (or under separate agreement, if such agreement exists), in the capacity the Indemnitee currently serves as an Agent of the Company, so long as the Indemnitee is duly appointed or elected and qualified in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Bylaws of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company or until such time as the Indemnitee tenders his or her resignation in

 

2



 

writing; provided, however, that nothing contained in this Agreement is intended to create any right to continued employment by the Indemnitee.

 

3.                 Liability Insurance .

 

(a)           Maintenance of D&O Insurance . The Company hereby covenants and agrees that, so long as the Indemnitee shall continue to serve as an Agent of the Company and thereafter so long as the Indemnitee shall be subject to any possible Proceeding by reason of the fact that the Indemnitee was an Agent of the Company, the Company, subject to Section 3(c), shall promptly obtain and maintain in full force and effect directors’ and officers’ liability insurance (“ D&O Insurance ”) in reasonable amounts from established and reputable insurers, as more fully described below.

 

(b)           Rights and Benefits . In all policies of D&O Insurance, the Indemnitee shall qualify as an insured in such a manner as to provide the Indemnitee the same rights and benefits as are accorded to the most favorably insured of the Company’s independent directors (as defined by the insurer) if the Indemnitee is such an independent director; of the Company’s non-independent directors if the Indemnitee is not an independent director; of the Company’s officers if the Indemnitee is an officer of the Company; or of the Company’s key employees, if the Indemnitee is not a director or officer but is a key employee.

 

(c)           Limitation on Required Maintenance of D&O Insurance . Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall have no obligation to obtain or maintain D&O Insurance if the Company determines in good faith that: such insurance is not reasonably available; the premium costs for such insurance are disproportionate to the amount of coverage provided; the coverage provided by such insurance is limited by exclusions so as to provide an insufficient benefit; the Indemnitee is covered by similar insurance maintained by a subsidiary of the Company; the Company is to be acquired and a tail policy of reasonable terms and duration is purchased for pre-closing acts or omissions by the Indemnitee; or the Company is to be acquired and D&O Insurance will be maintained by the acquirer that covers pre-closing acts and omissions by the Indemnitee.

 

4.                 Mandatory Indemnification . Subject to the terms of this Agreement:

 

(a)           Third Party Actions . If the Indemnitee is a person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of the Company) by reason of the fact that the Indemnitee is or was an Agent of the Company, or by reason of anything done or not done by the Indemnitee in any such capacity, the Company shall indemnify the Indemnitee against all Expenses and liabilities of any type whatsoever (including, but not limited to, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes and penalties, and amounts paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with the investigation, defense, settlement or appeal of such Proceeding, provided the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to any criminal action or Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

 

(b)           Derivative Actions . If the Indemnitee is a person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company by reason of the fact that the Indemnitee is or was an Agent of the Company, or by reason of anything done or not done by the Indemnitee in any such capacity, the Company shall indemnify the Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with the investigation, defense, settlement or appeal of such Proceeding, provided the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company; except that no indemnification under this Section 4(b) shall be made in respect to any claim, issue or matter as to

 

3



 

which the Indemnitee shall have been finally adjudged to be liable to the Company by a court of competent jurisdiction unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or the court in which such Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, the Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such amounts which the Delaware Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

 

(c)           Actions where Indemnitee is Deceased . If the Indemnitee is a person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding by reason of the fact that the Indemnitee is or was an Agent of the Company, or by reason of anything done or not done by the Indemnitee in any such capacity, and if, prior to, during the pendency of or after completion of such Proceeding the Indemnitee is deceased, the Company shall indemnify the Indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators against all Expenses and liabilities of any type whatsoever to the extent the Indemnitee would have been entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Agreement were the Indemnitee still alive.

 

(d)           Certain Terminations . The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue, or matter therein by judgment, order, settlement, or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself create a presumption that the Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal action or Proceeding, that the Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that the Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

 

(e)           Limitations . Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be obligated to indemnify the Indemnitee for Expenses or liabilities of any type whatsoever for which payment is actually made to or on behalf of the Indemnitee under an insurance policy, or under a valid and enforceable indemnity clause, by-law or agreement.

 

5.                 Indemnification for Expenses in a Proceeding in Which the Indemnitee is Wholly or Partly Successful .

 

(a)           Successful Defense . Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, to the extent the Indemnitee has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, in defense of any Proceeding (including, without limitation, an action by or in the right of the Company) in which the Indemnitee was a party by reason of the fact that the Indemnitee is or was an Agent of the Company at any time, the Company shall indemnify the Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by or on behalf of the Indemnitee in connection with the investigation, defense or appeal of such Proceeding.

 

(b)           Partially Successful Defense . Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, to the extent that the Indemnitee is a party to or a participant in any Proceeding (including, without limitation, an action by or in the right of the Company) in which the Indemnitee was a party by reason of the fact that the Indemnitee is or was an Agent of the Company at any time and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify the Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by or on behalf of the Indemnitee in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter.

 

(c)           Dismissal . For purposes of this section and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

 

4



 

6.                 Mandatory Advancement of Expenses . Subject to the terms of this Agreement and following notice pursuant to Section 7(a) below, the Company shall advance all Expenses reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with the investigation, defense, settlement or appeal of any Proceeding to which the Indemnitee is a party or is threatened to be made a party by reason of the fact that the Indemnitee is or was an Agent of the Company (unless there has been a final determination that the Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification for such Expenses) upon receipt of (i) an undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnitee to repay the amount advanced in the event that it shall ultimately be determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification by the Company and (ii) satisfactory documentation supporting such Expenses. Such advances are intended to be an obligation of the Company to the Indemnitee hereunder and shall in no event be deemed to be a personal loan. The advances to be made hereunder shall be paid by the Company to the Indemnitee within twenty (20) days following delivery of a written request therefor by the Indemnitee to the Company.

 

7.                 Notice and Other Indemnification Procedures .

 

(a)           Notice by Indemnitee . Promptly after receipt by the Indemnitee of notice of the commencement of or the threat of commencement of any Proceeding, the Indemnitee shall, if the Indemnitee believes that indemnification with respect thereto may be sought from the Company under this Agreement, notify the Company in writing of the commencement or threat of commencement thereof.

 

(b)           Insurance . If the Company receives notice pursuant to Section 7(a) hereof of the commencement of a Proceeding that may be covered under D&O Insurance then in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such Proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of the Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

 

8.                 Defense . In the event the Company shall be obligated to pay the Expenses of any Proceeding against the Indemnitee, the Company shall be entitled to assume the defense of such Proceeding, with counsel selected by the Company and approved by the Indemnitee (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), upon the delivery to the Indemnitee of written notice of its election so to do. After delivery of such notice, and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to the Indemnitee under this Agreement for any fees of counsel subsequently incurred by the Indemnitee with respect to the same Proceeding, provided that (i) the Indemnitee shall have the right to employ his or her own counsel in any such Proceeding at the Indemnitee’s expense; and (ii) the Indemnitee shall have the right to employ his or her own counsel in any such Proceeding at the Company’s expense if (A) the Company has authorized the employment of counsel by the Indemnitee at the expense of the Company, (B) the Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest between the Company and the Indemnitee in the conduct of any such defense, (C) after a Change in Control not approved by a majority of the members of the Board who were directors immediately prior to such Change in Control, the employment of counsel by Indemnitee has been approved by Independent Counsel, or (D) the Company shall not, in fact, have employed counsel to assume the defense of such Proceeding.

 

(a)           Right to Indemnification . In the event that Section 5(a) is inapplicable, the Company shall indemnify the Indemnitee pursuant to this Agreement unless, and except to the extent that, it shall have been determined by one of the methods listed in Section 8(b) that the Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct required to entitle the Indemnitee to such indemnification.

 

(b)           Determination of Right to Indemnification . A determination of the Indemnitee’s right to indemnification hereunder shall be made at the election of the Board by (i) a majority vote of

 

5



 

directors who are not parties to the Proceeding for which indemnification is being sought, even though less than a quorum, or by a committee consisting of directors who are not parties to the Proceeding for which indemnification is being sought, who, even though less than a quorum, have been designated by a majority vote of the disinterested directors, or (ii) if there are no such disinterested directors or if the disinterested directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to the Indemnitee , or (iii) by the stockholders of the Company, or (iv) by a panel of three arbitrators, one of whom is selected by the Company, one of whom is selected by the Indemnitee and the last of whom is selected by the first two arbitrators so selected; provided, however , that, following any Change in Control not approved by a majority of the members of the Board who were directors immediately prior to such Change in Control, such determination shall be made by an Independent Counsel as specified in clause (ii) above or by a panel of arbitrators as specified in clause (iv) above.

 

(c)           Submission for Decision . As soon as practicable, and in no event later than thirty (30) days after the Indemnitee’s written request for indemnification, the Board shall select the method for determining the Indemnitee’s right to indemnification. The Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person or persons or entity making such determination with respect to the Indemnitee’s right to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to the Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any Independent Counsel, member of the Board or stockholder of the Company shall act reasonably and in good faith in making a determination regarding the Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement.

 

(d)           Application to Court . If (i) the claim for indemnification or advancement of Expenses is denied, in whole or in part, (ii) no disposition of such claim is made by the Company within ninety (90) days after the request therefor, (iii) the advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement or (iv) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to Section 5 of this Agreement, the Indemnitee shall have the right to apply to the Delaware Court of Chancery, the court in which the Proceeding is or was pending or any other court of competent jurisdiction, for the purpose of enforcing the Indemnitee’s right to indemnification (including the advancement of Expenses) pursuant to this Agreement.

 

(e)           Expenses Related to the Enforcement or Interpretation of this Agreement . The Company shall indemnify the Indemnitee against all reasonable Expenses incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with any hearing or proceeding under this Section 8 involving the Indemnitee and against all reasonable Expenses incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with any other proceeding between the Company and the Indemnitee involving the interpretation or enforcement of the rights of the Indemnitee under this Agreement, unless a court of competent jurisdiction finds that each of the claims and/or defenses of the Indemnitee in any such proceeding was frivolous or made in bad faith.

 

9.                 Exceptions . Any other provision herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company shall not be obligated:

 

(a)            Claims Initiated by Indemnitee . To indemnify or advance Expenses to the Indemnitee with respect to Proceedings or claims initiated or brought voluntarily by the Indemnitee and not by way of defense, with a reasonable allocation where appropriate, unless (i) such indemnification is expressly required to be made by law, (ii) the Proceeding was authorized by the Board, (iii) such indemnification is provided by the Company, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under the General Corporation Law of Delaware or (iv) the Proceeding is brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification under this Agreement or any other statute or law or otherwise as required under Section 145 in advance of a final determination;

 

6



 

(b)           Lack of Good Faith . To indemnify the Indemnitee for any Expenses incurred by the Indemnitee with respect to any Proceeding instituted by the Indemnitee to enforce or interpret this Agreement, if a court of competent jurisdiction determines that each of the material assertions made by the Indemnitee in such Proceeding was not made in good faith or was frivolous;

 

(c)           Unauthorized Settlements . To indemnify the Indemnitee under this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of a Proceeding unless the Company consents to such settlement, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld;

 

(d)           Claims Under Section 16(b) . To indemnify the Indemnitee for Expenses and the payment of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by the Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law; or

 

(e)           Payments Contrary to Law . To indemnify or advance Expenses to the Indemnitee for which payment is prohibited by applicable law.

 

10.               Non-Exclusivity . The provisions for indemnification and advancement of Expenses set forth in this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights which the Indemnitee may have under any provision of law, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, the vote of the Company’s stockholders or disinterested directors, other agreements, or otherwise, both as to action in the Indemnitee’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while occupying the Indemnitee’s position as an Agent of the Company, and the Indemnitee’s rights hereunder shall continue after the Indemnitee has ceased acting as an Agent of the Company and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of the Indemnitee.

 

11.               Permitted Defenses . It shall be a defense to any action for which a claim for indemnification is made under this Agreement (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for Expenses pursuant to Section 6 hereof, provided that the required undertaking has been tendered to the Company) that the Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification because of the limitations set forth in Sections 4 and 9 hereof. Neither the failure of the Company (including its Board of Directors) or an Independent Counsel to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such enforcement action that indemnification of the Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances, nor an actual determination by the Company (including its Board of Directors) or an Independent Counsel that such indemnification is improper, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement or otherwise.

 

12.               Subrogation . In the event the Company is obligated to make a payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery under an insurance policy or any other indemnity agreement covering the Indemnitee, who shall execute all documents required and take all action that may be necessary to secure such rights and to enable the Company effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights (provided that the Company pays the Indemnitee’s costs and expenses of doing so), including without limitation by assigning all such rights to the extent of such indemnification or advancement of Expenses.

 

13.              Primacy of Indemnification . The Company hereby acknowledges that the Indemnitee may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses or liability insurance provided by a third-party investor and certain of its affiliates (collectively, the “Fund Indemnitors”). The Company hereby agrees that (i) it is the indemnitor of first resort, i.e. , its obligations to the Indemnitee under this Agreement and any indemnity provisions set forth in its Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws or elsewhere

 

7



 

(collectively, “Indemnity Arrangements”) are primary, and any obligation of the Fund Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by the Indemnitee is secondary and excess, (ii) it shall advance the full amount of expenses incurred by the Indemnitee and shall be liable for the full amount of all expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement by or on behalf of the Indemnitee, to the extent legally permitted and as required by any Indemnity Arrangement, without regard to any rights the Indemnitee may have against the Fund Indemnitors, and (iii) it irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Fund Indemnitors from any claims against the Fund Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind arising out of or relating to any Indemnity Arrangement. The Company further agrees that no advancement or indemnification payment by any Fund Indemnitor on behalf of the Indemnitee shall affect the foregoing, and the Fund Indemnitors shall be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of the Indemnitee against the Company. The Company and the Indemnitee agree that the Fund Indemnitors are express third party beneficiaries of the terms of this Section 13.

 

14.               Survival of Rights .

 

(a)           All agreements and obligations of the Company contained herein shall continue during the period Indemnitee is an Agent of the Company and shall continue thereafter so long as Indemnitee shall be subject to any possible claim or threatened, pending or completed Proceeding by reason of the fact that Indemnitee was serving in the capacity referred to herein.

 

(b)           The Company shall require any successor to the Company (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

 

15.               Interpretation of Agreement . It is understood that the parties hereto intend this Agreement to be interpreted and enforced so as to provide indemnification to the Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law, including those circumstances in which indemnification would otherwise be discretionary.

 

16.               Severability . If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever, (i) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of the Agreement (including, without limitation, all portions of any paragraphs of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that are not themselves invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby, and (ii) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, all portions of any paragraph of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that are not themselves invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable and to give effect to Section 15 hereof.

 

17.               Modification and Waiver . No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless it is in a writing signed by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

 

18.               Notice . All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given (a) upon delivery if delivered by hand to the party to whom such notice or other communication shall have been directed, (b) if mailed by certified

 

8



 

or registered mail with postage prepaid, return receipt requested, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed, (c) one business day after the business day of deposit with a nationally recognized overnight delivery service, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt, or (d) on the same day as delivered by confirmed facsimile transmission if delivered during business hours or on the next successive business day if delivered by confirmed facsimile transmission after business hours. Addresses for notice to either party shall be as shown on the signature page of this Agreement, or to such other address as may have been furnished by either party in the manner set forth above.

 

19.              Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed exclusively by and construed according to the laws of the State of Delaware as applied to contracts between Delaware residents entered into and to be performed entirely within Delaware. This Agreement is intended to be an agreement of the type contemplated by Section 145(f) of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

 

20.              Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforcement is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

 

The parties hereto have entered into this Indemnity Agreement effective as of the date first above written.

 

Indemnitee:

 

The Company:

 

 

 

 

 

CONVIO, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

9




QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 10.11

June 21, 2003

Mr. Gene Austin
VIA EMAIL

Dear Gene:

        I am pleased to confirm an offer of employment for you to join Convio (or the "Company") as Chief Executive Officer with a start date of July 1, 2003 ("Start Date"). Upon commencement of your employment, you will also become a member of the Board of Directors. The following information will outline your compensation, benefits and responsibilities as the new leader of the team.

        Position & Responsibilities:     As Chief Executive Officer you will report to the Board of Directors. In such capacity, you will perform all services and duties necessary to manage and conduct the business of the Company that are associated with the position of Chief Executive Officer. This is a full-time position and you will use your best efforts, skill, and abilities to promote the Company's interests.

        While you remain Chief Executive Officer of the Company, the Board will continue to, subject to their fiduciary duties, nominate you for a position on the Board of Directors of the Company.

        Compensation:     Your initial base salary will be $18,000.00 per month ($216,000 on an annualized basis), less applicable withholding and paid in conformance with the Company's normal payroll process. In addition to your base salary, you will be eligible to receive an annual incentive bonus of $75,000, less applicable withholding. This incentive will be paid annually at the end of each fiscal year. The criteria against which the bonus opportunity will be measured, shall be determined by the Board after you have been employed for a reasonable period of time, not to exceed three months.

        Severance:     Your employment will be at will, which means that either you or we may terminate your employment at any time with or without Cause (as defined below). However, in the event the Board of Directors terminates your employment with the Company without Cause, and not as a result of your death or disability the Company will continue to pay you your then-current base salary and will reimburse your for your COBRA premiums (until the date on which you become eligible for insurance benefits from another employer) for an additional six months following your termination, provided that you sign a general release of known and unknown claims in form satisfactory to the Company and resign from all your positions with the Company.

        In the event that you die, are permanently disabled, voluntarily leave, or are terminated with Cause, no severance pay will be due to you. "Cause" shall mean (a) fraud or illegal acts; (b) material violation of any agreements between you and the Company, including your confidential information and inventions agreement with the Company; or (c) a material failure to perform your job function to a reasonable standard after notice of such failure has been given to you by the Board of Directors and you have had a 15 business-day period to cure such failure.

        Change of Control:     If your employment terminates as a result of a Termination After Change in Control (as defined below), and provided you sign a general release of known and unknown claims in form satisfactory to the Company and resign all positions with the Company, the Company will pay you your then-current base salary and will reimburse your for your COBRA premiums (until the date on which you become eligible for insurance benefits from another employer) for an additional six months following your termination. In addition, a number of shares equal to fifty percent (50%) of the number of option shares which were not otherwise vested shares at the rime of such termination shall immediately become vested shares as of the time of such termination.

        A "Termination After Change in Control" shall mean either of the following events occurring within twelve (12) months after a Change in Control:


        Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, Termination After Change in Control shall not include any termination of your employment which (1) is for Cause; (2) is a result of your death or disability; or (3) is a result of your voluntary termination of employment other than for Good Reason.

        "Good Reason" means, without your express written consent, (i) a material adverse change in the duties assigned to you after the Change of Control relative to your duties immediately prior to the Change in Control, (ii) a reduction by the Company or its successor in your annual salary (other than in connection with a general decrease in base salaries for most similarly situated employees of the Company or the successor corporation) or (iii) the relocation of your principal place of employment to a location more than 35 miles from your principal place of employment immediately prior to the Change in Control.

        "Change in Control" shall mean an Ownership Change Event (as defined below) or a series of related Ownership Change Events (collectively, a "Transaction") wherein the stockholders of the Company immediately before the Transaction do not retain immediately after the Transaction, in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of shares of the Company's voting stock immediately before the Transaction, direct or indirect beneficial ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of the Company or, in the case of an asset sale, the corporation or other business entity to which the assets of the Company were transferred, as the case may be.

        An "Ownership Change Event" shall be deemed to have occurred if any of the following occurs with respect to the Company: (i) the direct or indirect sale or exchange in a single or series of related transactions by the stockholders of the Company of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting stock of the Company; (ii) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is a party; (iii) the sale, exchange, or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; or (iv) liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

        Benefits:     As a full-time, salaried employee of the Company, you will be eligible for the Company's standard package of benefits. Details pertaining to your benefits will be presented to you on your Start Date.

        Stock Options:     Subject to the approval of the Board of Directors of the Company, you will be granted an option to purchase 756,374 shares of Common Stock of the Company. This amount is equal to 6% of all outstanding shares on a fully-diluted basis as of the date of this letter. The options shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Company Option Plan and the option agreement covering the option grant. The options will have an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the Company's Common Stock at the date of grant, which is the date of the Board approval of the options.

        The following provision sets forth the vesting schedule associated with the options to be granted to you: (Please refer to the Company's option plan documents for additional details associated with this provision):

2


        As a condition of your employment, you will be required to sign the Company's standard form of employee confidentiality and assignment of inventions agreement, and to provide the Company with documents establishing your identity and right to work in the United States. Those documents must be provided to the Company within three days after your employment start date. In the event of any dispute or claim relating to or arising out of your employment relationship with the Company, this agreement, or the termination of your employment with the Company for any reason (including, but not limited to, any claims of breach of contract, wrongful termination for age, sex, race, national origin, disability or other discrimination or harassment), you and the Company agree that all such disputes shall be fully, finally and exclusively resolved by binding arbitration conducted by the American Arbitration Association in Travis County, Texas. You and the Company hereby waive your respective rights to have any such disputes or claims tried to a judge or jury; provided, however, that this arbitration provision shall not apply to any disputes or claims relating to or arising out of the actual or alleged misuse or misappropriation of the Company's property, including, but not limited to, its trade secrets or proprietary information.

        This agreement shall be governed by the laws of the state of Texas, without giving effect to conflicts of law principles.

        This agreement and the confidentiality and stock option agreements referred to above constitute the entire agreement between you and the Company regarding the terms and conditions of your employment, and they supersede all prior negotiations, representations or agreements between you and the Company. The provisions of this agreement regarding "at will" employment and arbitration may only be modified by written agreement between you and the Company.

        To confirm your understanding and acceptance of the terms of our offer, please sign below and fax a copy of this letter to me at 512-476-3952.

        Gene, we look forward to a fruitful and mutually beneficial relationship with you. We hope that you will grow and prosper with us, and that you are as excited about joining as we are at having the opportunity to work with you.

Sincerely,

/s/ Ross Cockrell
Ross Cockrell
Board Member, Convio, Inc.

Accepted by:
Gene Austin

/s/ Gene Austin

Name:
   

Date:

 

6/24/03


 

 

3




QuickLinks


QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 10.12

February 1, 2005

Mr. Jim Offerdahl
VIA EMAIL

Dear Jim:

        I am pleased to confirm an offer of employment for you to join Convio (or the "Company") as Vice President and Chief Financial Officer with a start date of February 14, 2005 ("Start Date"). The following information will outline your compensation, benefits and responsibilities as the new leader of the team. If these terms are acceptable to you, please sign and return this letter by February 2, 2005.

        Position & Responsibilities:     As Chief Financial Officer you will report to Gene Austin. In such capacity, you will perform all services and duties necessary to manage and conduct the business of the Company that are associated with the position of Chief Financial Officer. This is a full-time position and you will use your best efforts, skill, and abilities to promote the Company's interests.

        Compensation:     Your initial base salary will be $16,666.67 per month ($200,000.04 on an annualized basis), less applicable withholding and paid in conformance with the Company's normal payroll process. In addition to your base salary, you will be eligible to receive an annual performance based incentive bonus of 20%, less applicable withholding.

        Severance:     Your employment will be at will, which means that either you or the Company may terminate your employment at any time with or without cause (as defined below). However, in the event your employment with the Company is terminated without Cause, and not as a result of your death or disability the Company will continue to pay you your then-current base salary and will reimburse you for your COBRA premiums (unless you earlier become eligible for insurance benefits from another employer) for an additional six months following your termination, provided that you sign a general release of known and unknown claims in form satisfactory to the Company and resign from all your positions with the Company.

        In the event that you die, are permanently disabled, voluntarily leave, or are terminated with Cause, no severance pay will be due to you. "Cause" shall mean (a) fraud, felony or other criminal acts that are materially detrimental to the Company; (b) material violation of any agreements between you and the Company, including your Confidentiality, Assignment and Non-compete Agreement with the Company; or (c) a persistent material failure to perform your job function to a reasonable standard after notice of such failure has been given to you by the Company and you have had a 15 business-day period to cure such failure.

        Change of Control:     If your employment terminates as a result of a Termination After Change in Control (as defined below), and provided you sign a general release of known and unknown claims in form satisfactory to the Company and resign all positions with the Company, the Company will pay you your then-current base salary and will reimburse your for your COBRA premiums (unless you earlier become eligible for insurance benefits from another employer) for an additional six months following your termination. In addition, if your employment terminates as a result of a Termination After Change in Control and none of your option shares are subject to acceleration of vesting pursuant to Article Two, Section III.A of the Convio 1999 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan, then all of your 540,000 Options (defined below) which were not otherwise vested shares at the time of such termination shall immediately become vested shares as of the time of such termination. In the event that you have been with Convio for less than one year at the time of a Change in Control, then your options will be subject to the accelerated vesting provisions of Article Two, Section III.A.(ii) of the Convio 1999 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan, and not Article Two, Section III.A.(i) notwithstanding that you've been with Convio for less than one year, but subject to the qualifications in the last paragraph of Article Two, Section III.A.


        A "Termination After Change in Control" shall mean either of the following events occurring after a Change in Control:

        Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, Termination After Change in Control shall not include any termination of your employment which (1) is for Cause; (2) is a result of your death or disability; or (3) is a result of your voluntary termination of employment other than for Good Reason.

        "Good Reason" means, without your express written consent, (i) a material adverse change in the duties assigned to you after the Change of Control relative to your duties immediately prior to the Change in Control, (ii) a reduction by the Company or its successor in your annual salary or (iii) the relocation of your principal place of employment to a location more than 35 miles from your principal place of employment immediately prior to the Change in Control.

        "Change in Control" shall mean an Ownership Change Event (as defined below) or a series of related Ownership Change Events (collectively, a "Transaction") wherein the stockholders of the Company immediately before the Transaction do not retain immediately after the Transaction, in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of shares of the Company's voting stock immediately before the Transaction, direct or indirect beneficial ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of the Company or, in the case of an asset sale, the corporation or other business entity to which the assets of the Company were transferred, as the case may be.

        An "Ownership Change Event" shall be deemed to have occurred if any of the following occurs with respect to the Company: (i) the direct or indirect sale or exchange in a single or series of related transactions by the stockholders of the Company of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting stock of the Company; (ii) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is a party; (iii) the sale, exchange, or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; or (iv) a liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

        Benefits:     As a full-time, salaried employee of the Company, you will be eligible for the Company's standard package of benefits. Details pertaining to your benefits will be presented to you on your Start Date.

        Stock Options:     Subject to the approval of the Board of Directors of the Company, you will be granted an option to purchase 540,000 shares of Common Stock of the Company (the "540,000 Options"). This amount is equal to 2% of all outstanding shares on a fully-diluted basis as of the date of this letter. The options shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Company Option Plan and the option agreement covering the option grant. The options will have an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the Company's Common Stock at the date of grant, which is the date of the Board approval of the options.

        The following provision sets forth the vesting schedule associated with the options to be granted to you: (Please refer to the Company's option plan documents for additional details associated with this provision):

2


        As a condition of your employment, you will be required to sign the Company's standard form of employee Confidentiality, Assignment and Non-compete Agreement, and to provide the Company with documents establishing your identity and right to work in the United States. Those documents must be provided to the Company within three days after your employment start date.

        In the event of any dispute or claim relating to or arising out of your employment relationship with the Company, this agreement, or the termination of your employment with the Company for any reason (including, but not limited to, any claims of breach of contract, wrongful termination for age, sex, race, national origin, disability or other discrimination or harassment), you and the Company agree that all such disputes shall be fully, finally and exclusively resolved by binding arbitration conducted by the American Arbitration Association in Travis County, Texas. You and the Company hereby waive your respective rights to have any such disputes or claims tried to a judge or jury; provided, however, that this arbitration provision shall not apply to any disputes or claims relating to or arising out of the actual or alleged misuse or misappropriation of the Company's property, including, but not limited to, its trade secrets or proprietary information.

        This agreement shall be governed by the laws of the state of Texas, without giving effect to conflicts of law principles.

        This agreement and the confidentiality and stock option agreements referred to above constitute the entire agreement between you and the Company regarding the terms and conditions of your employment, and they supersede all prior negotiations, representations or agreements between you and the Company. The provisions of this agreement regarding "at will" employment and arbitration may only be modified by written agreement between you and the Company.

        To confirm your understanding and acceptance of the terms of our offer, please sign below and fax a copy of this letter to me at 512-652-2691.

        Jim, we look forward to a fruitful and mutually beneficial relationship with you. We hope that you will grow and prosper with us, and that you are as excited about joining as we are at having the opportunity to work with you.

Sincerely,

/s/ Gene Austin
Gene Austin
Chief Executive Officer, Convio, Inc.

Accepted by:
Jim Offerdahl

/s/ Jim Offerdahl

Name
   

Date:

 

2/2/05


 

 

3




QuickLinks


Exhibit 10.13

 

November 7, 2008

 

Sara Spivey
105 Seminary Dr.
Menlo Park, CA 94025

 

Dear Sara:

 

We are pleased to offer you the position of Chief Marketing Officer with Convio, Inc reporting to Gene Austin .  As a CMO, you will receive a base salary of $19,166.67 per month , payable in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll practices.  Your base salary will be subject to statutory deductions and withholdings.  In addition to your base salary, you are eligible to earn a bonus of 20% of your annual salary (with 100% attainment).  The bonus will be calculated and paid out semi-annually based on achievement of goals in accordance with the bonus plan, which is determined year to year.

 

Subject to approval by the Company’s Board of Directors, you will be granted an option to purchase 265,000 shares of the Company’s common stock.  These shares will be subject to the provisions of the company’s stock option agreement plan.  The shares will vest over four years according to the following vesting schedule:  The options will vest 25% after the end of your first year of employment, and thereafter at 1/36th per month for the next three years, and are subject to the Convio Standard Stock Option Plan.  The option strike price will be determined by the Board of Directors at the meeting at which your options are approved.

 

We would also like to offer you a sign-on bonus of $15,000 in the form of a wage advance to be paid in one lump sum on the first pay period after your employment at Convio begins (the “Sign-On Bonus”).  The Sign-On Bonus is taxable, and all regular payroll taxes will be withheld.  Furthermore, to offset the costs of moving you and your family to Austin, Convio will provide a relocation expense advance to you in the amount of $50,000 (subject to all applicable taxes) for relocation expenses (“Relocation Advance”).  This lump sum payment will be paid on the payroll cycle following your family’s relocation.

 

In the unlikely event that you voluntarily leave Convio within 12 months of your date of hire, you will be responsible for reimbursing the company for the entire Sign-On Bonus and entire Relocation Advance.

 

As an employee of the Company you will be eligible to enroll in the Company’s benefit programs as they are established from time to time.  If you should have any specific questions regarding our current benefit programs, please feel free to call Jen Verzal or Angie McDermott in Human Resources.

 

In the event Convio is acquired within the two years of the commencement of your employment and your employment is terminated in connection with such acquisition or within 12 months thereafter, (i) your option vesting would accelerate to such number of shares that would have been vested as of the second anniversary of your employment and (ii) you would be entitled to receive a severance amount equal to four months of your then base salary, payable in accordance with normal payroll cycles and subject to applicable taxes and withholdings.

 



 

The Company is an at-will employer, which means that your employment with the Company is for no specific period of time and may be terminated by the Company or you at any time, with or without prior notice and with or without cause.  This is the full and complete agreement between you and the Company with respect to this term of employment, and it supercedes any prior representations or agreement, whether written or oral, concerning your term of employment with the Company.  The at-will nature of your employment may only be altered by written agreement signed by the Chief Executive Officer.

 

In the event you are terminated without Cause within two years of the commencement of your employment, the Company will pay you a lump sum payment equal to four months of your then-current base salary provided you sign a general release of known and unknown claims, in a form satisfactory to the Company.  “Cause” is defined as (i) any act of fraud or illegal conduct; (ii) any violation of the Confidentiality, Assignment and Non-Compete Agreement to be signed by you as a condition of employment (discussed below); and (iii) any failure or refusal to perform your job duties to the Company’s reasonable satisfaction.

 

Your employment pursuant to this offer is contingent upon a start date of December 1, 2008 or another mutually agreed upon date, the completion of a successful background check and your execution of the Company’s Confidentiality, Assignment and Non-Compete Agreement, which is attached hereto and upon its execution, is incorporated in this offer by this reference.  Please review the attached Confidentiality, Assignment and Non-Compete Agreement as you will be required to execute it upon your first day of employment.  You will also be required to provide the Company with legally acceptable proof of your identity and authorization to work in the United States within three (3) days of your start date, and your failure to do so will render this offer of employment void and unenforceable.

 

This letter, and the attachments hereto, sets forth the entire agreement between you and the Company regarding the terms of your employment with the Company and supersedes any prior representations, agreements, and understandings between you and any employee or representative of the Company whether written or oral.  Any modification to this agreement, other than the provisions regarding at-will employment which may only be altered by written agreement signed by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, shall be in writing, signed by you and a duly authorized officer of the Company.  This agreement shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the state of Texas.

 

If this offer is acceptable to you, please sign one of the originals of this letter and return it to the Company.  The second original is for your files.  This offer is subject to satisfactory reference checks and on receiving your signed acceptance not later than the close of business on November 14th.

 

If you have any questions regarding this offer letter, please call Angie McDermott at 512-652-7863.  We look forward to having you join us at Convio, Inc.

 



 

 

 

Sincerely,

 

 

 

 

 

Angie McDermott

 

 

Convio, Inc

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Angie McDermott

 

 

Angie McDermott

 

 

Vice President, Human Resources

 

I have read and understand the terms of this offer letter and attached Confidentiality, Assignment and Non-Compete Agreement.  As indicated by my signature below, I accept this employment offer as outlined above and agree to be bound by the attached Confidentiality, Assignment and Non-Compete Agreement upon its execution.  No further commitments were made to me as a condition of employment.

 

 

/s/ Sara Spivey

 

Signature — Sara Spivey

 

 

 

 

 

11/13/08

 

Date

 

 

 

 

 

12/1/08

 

Confirmed Start Date

 

 




Exhibit 10.14

 

March 3, 2009

 

Marc Cannon
2905 Maravillas Loop
Austin, Texas 78735

 

Dear Marc:

 

We are pleased to offer you the position of Vice President of Services with Convio, Inc. reporting to Gene Austin .  As VP of Services, you will receive a base salary of $20,000 per month , payable in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll practices.  Your base salary will be subject to statutory deductions and withholdings.  In addition to your base salary, you are eligible to earn a bonus of 20% of your annual salary (with 100% attainment).  The bonus will be calculated and paid out semi-annually based on achievement of goals in accordance with the bonus plan, which is determined year to year.

 

Subject to approval by the Company’s Board of Directors, you will be granted an option to purchase 260,000 shares of the Company’s common stock.  These shares will be subject to the provisions of the company’s stock option agreement plan.  The shares will vest over four years according to the following vesting schedule:  The options will vest 25% after the end of your first year of employment, and thereafter at l/36th per month for the next three years, and are subject to the Convio Standard Stock Option Plan.  The option strike price will be determined by the Board of Directors at the meeting at which your options are approved.

 

We would also like to offer you a sign-on bonus of $25,000 to be paid in one lump sum on the first pay period after your employment at Convio begins.  The sign-on bonus is taxable, and all regular payroll taxes will be withheld.

 

As an employee of the Company you will be eligible to enroll in the Company’s benefit programs as they are established from time to time.  If you should have any specific questions regarding our current benefit programs, please feel free to call Jen Verzal or Angie McDermott in Human Resources.

 

In the event Convio is acquired within the two years of the commencement of your employment and your employment is terminated in connection with such acquisition or within 12 months thereafter, your option vesting would accelerate to such number of shares that would have been vested as of the second anniversary of your employment.

 

The Company is an at-will employer, which means that your employment with the Company is for no specific period of time and may be terminated by the Company or you at any time, with or without prior notice and with or without cause.  This is the full and complete agreement between you and the Company with respect to this term of employment, and it supercedes any prior representations or agreement, whether written or oral, concerning your term of employment with the Company.  The at-will nature of your employment may only be altered by written agreement signed by the Chief Executive Officer.

 

Your employment pursuant to this offer is contingent upon a start date of March 30, 2009 or another mutually agreed upon date, the completion of a successful background check and your

 



 

execution of the Company’s Confidentiality, Assignment and Non-Compete Agreement, which is attached hereto and upon its execution, is incorporated in this offer by this reference.  Please review the attached Confidentiality, Assignment and Non-Compete Agreement as you will be required to execute it upon your first day of employment.  You will also be required to provide the Company with legally acceptable proof of your identity and authorization to work in the United States within three (3) days of your start date, and your failure to do so will render this offer of employment void and unenforceable.

 

This letter, and the attachments hereto, sets forth the entire agreement between you and the Company regarding the terms of your employment with the Company and supersedes any prior representations, agreements, and understandings between you and any employee or representative of the Company whether written or oral.  Any modification to this agreement, other than the provisions regarding at-will employment which may only be altered by written agreement signed by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, shall be in writing, signed by you and a duly authorized officer of the Company.  This agreement shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the state of Texas.

 

If this offer is acceptable to you, please sign one of the originals of this letter and return it to the Company.  The second original is for your files.  This offer is subject to satisfactory reference checks and on receiving your signed acceptance not later than the close of business on March 5, 2009.

 

If you have any questions regarding this offer letter, please call Angie McDermott at 512-652-7863.  We look forward to having you join us at Convio, Inc.

 

 

 

Sincerely,

 

 

 

 

 

Angie McDermott

 

 

Convio, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Angie McDermott

 

 

Angie McDermott

 

 

Vice President, Human Resources

 

I have read and understand the terms of this offer letter and attached Confidentiality, Assignment and Non-Compete Agreement.  As indicated by my signature below, I accept this employment offer as outlined above and agree to be bound by the attached Confidentiality, Assignment and Non-Compete Agreement upon its execution.  No further commitments were made to me as a condition of employment.

 



 

/s/ Marc Cannon

 

Signature — Marc Cannon

 

 

 

 

 

3/5/09

 

Date

 

 

 

 

 

3/30/09

 

Confirmed Start Date

 

 




Exhibit 10.15

 

August 25, 2003

 

Mr. Randy Potts
VIA EMAIL

 

Dear Randy:

 

I am pleased to confirm an offer of employment for you to join Convio (or the “Company”) as our Vice President of Sales with a start date of September 16, 2003 (“Start Date”).  The following information will outline your compensation, benefits and responsibilities as the new leader of the team.

 

Position & Responsibilities :  As Vice President of Sales you will report to the Chief Executive Officer of Convio.  In such capacity, you will perform all services and duties necessary to manage and conduct the business of the Company that are associated with the position of Vice President of Sales.  This is a full-time position and you will use your best efforts, skill, and abilities to promote the Company’s interests.

 

Compensation :  Your initial base salary will be $11,666.67 per month ($140,000 on an annualized basis), less applicable withholding and paid in conformance with the Company’s normal payroll process.  In addition to your base salary, you will be eligible to receive a quarterly performance bonus of $27,500 less applicable withholding.  If earned, this incentive will be paid quarterly at the end of each fiscal quarter.  The criteria against which the bonus opportunity will be measured.  shall be determined by the CEO, subject to approval by the Board of Directors, after you have been employed for a reasonable period of time, not to exceed three months.

 

Benefits :  As a full-time, salaried employee of the Company, you will be eligible for the Company’s standard package of benefits.  Details pertaining to your benefits will be presented to you on your Start Date.

 

Stock Options :  Subject to the approval of the Board of Directors of the Company, you will be granted an option to purchase 189,094 shares of Common Stock of the Company.  This amount is equal to 1.5% of all outstanding shares on a fully-diluted basis as of the date of this letter.  In addition, if you achieve certain performance targets, you will be granted another option on July 1, 2004, to purchase another 31,516 shares of Common Stock of the Company.  The options shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Company Option Plan and the option agreement covering the option grant.  The options will have an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock at the date of grant, which is the date of the Board approval of the options.

 

The following provision sets forth the vesting schedule associated with the options to be granted to you:  (Please refer to the Company’s option plan documents for additional details associated with this provision):

 

Vesting Schedule :  The Option Shares shall initially be unvested.  Optionee shall acquire a vested interest in (i) twenty-five percent (25%) of the Option Shares upon Optionee’s completion of one (1) year of Service measured from the Vesting Commencement Date

 



 

and (ii) the balance of the Option Shares in a series of thirty-six (36) successive equal monthly installments upon Optionee’s completion of each additional month of Service over the thirty-six (36) month period measured from the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date.  In no event shall any additional Option Shares vest after Optionee’s cessation of Service.

 

As a condition of your employment, you will be required to sign the Company’s standard form of employee confidentiality and assignment of inventions agreement, and to provide the Company with documents establishing your identity and right to work in the United States.  Those documents must be provided to the Company within three days after your employment start date.  In the event of any dispute or claim relating to or arising out of your employment relationship with the Company, this agreement, or the termination of your employment with the Company for any reason (including, but not limited to, any claims of breach of contract, wrongful termination for age, sex, race, national origin, disability or other discrimination or harassment), you and the Company agree that all such disputes shall be fully, finally and exclusively resolved by binding arbitration conducted by the American Arbitration Association in Travis County, Texas.  You and the Company hereby waive your respective rights to have any such disputes or claims tried to a judge or jury; provided, however, that this arbitration provision shall not apply to any disputes or claims relating to or arising out of the actual or alleged misuse or misappropriation of the Company’s property, including, but not limited to, its trade secrets or proprietary information.

 

This agreement shall be governed by the laws of the state of Texas, without giving effect to conflicts of law principles.

 

This agreement and the confidentiality and stock option agreements referred to above constitute the entire agreement between you and the Company regarding the terms and conditions of your employment, and they supersede all prior negotiations, representations or agreements between you and the Company.  The provisions of this agreement regarding “at will” employment and arbitration may only be modified by written agreement between you and the Company.

 

To confirm your understanding and acceptance of the terms of our offer, please sign below and fax a copy of this letter to me at 512-652-2691.

 

Randy, we look forward to a fruitful and mutually beneficial relationship with you.  We hope that you will grow and prosper with us, and that you are as excited about joining as we are at having the opportunity to work with you.

 



 

Sincerely,

 

 

 

 

 

Gene Austin

 

CEO, Convio, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

Accepted by:

 

Randy Potts

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Randy Potts

 

Name

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

8/26/03

 

 




EXHIBIT 10.16

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUEST

 

*** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT.  THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO THE CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST.  OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED AS [****] .  A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

MASTER AGREEMENT

 

U.S. AVAILABILITY SERVICES

 

BETWEEN

 

SUNGARD AVAILABILITY SERVICES LP

 

AND

 

CONVIO, INC.

 

a Delaware corporation

 

DATED

 

6/1/08

(the “Master Agreement”)

 

By the signatures of their duly authorized representatives below.  SunGard and Customer, intending to be legally bound, agree io all of the provisions of this Master Agreement.

 

SUNGARD AVAILABILITY SERVICES LP

 

CUSTOMER:

Convio, Inc.

 

By:

/s/ David M. Reysa

 

By:

/s/ Hayden Stewart

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name:

DAVID M. REYSA

 

Print Name:

HAYDEN STEWART

 

 

 

 

 

Print Title:

CONTRACT OFFICER

 

Print Title:

VP, IT

 

 

 

 

 

Date Signed:

6/6/08

 

Date Signed:

6/2/08

 

This Master Agreement is comprised of the general terms and conditions set forth below and the terms and conditions set forth in the Services Exhibit(s) attached hereto (the services described in such exhibit(s) are referred to collectively as the “Services”).  Each Schedule entered into hereunder represents a separate contract between SunGard and Customer or one of its Affiliates (as defined below) that incorporates and is governed by all of the terms of this Master Agreement.  If there is a conflict between a Schedule and this Master Agreement, the Schedule shall govern.  Each Schedule will designate which type of Services it covers by reference to one of the Services Exhibits, Each Schedule may be signed by Customer or one of its Affiliates, and such signer shall be deemed to be “Customer” for purposes of that Schedule, provided that the Customer who signed this Master Agreement shall be jointly and severally liable with such Affiliate for the performance of all obligations under such Schedule.  “Affiliate” means any entity which directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with Customer for as long as such relationship remains in effect.

 

THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT ARE CONFIDENTIAL

 

1



 

*** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT.  THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO THE CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST.  OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED AS [****] .  A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS

 

1.             CONTRACT TERM .  This Master Agreement shall continue in effect as long as there is a Schedule in effect.  The term of a Schedule, and Customer’s rights to use the Services selected on that Schedule, shall begin on the Commencement Date stated in that Schedule and continue in effect for the Agreed Term stated in that Schedule.  Thereafter, that Schedule shall automatically renew for successive renewal terms of equal duration to the Agreed Term, unless either party gives written notice of termination to the other at least six (6) months before the end of the then current term.  Customer acknowledges that SunGard requires this advance notice due to the substantial long-term equipment and facilities commitments SunGard makes in reliance upon its customer contracts.  Each Schedule is a non-cancelable contract that may be terminated only in accordance with its express terms.

 

2.             FEES AND EXPENSES .  All Monthly or Annual Fees (as defined in a Schedule) shall be invoiced by SunGard in advance at the billing address defined in the Schedule.  All other fees, and any out-of-pocket expenses reasonably incurred by SunGard on behalf of Customer shall be invoiced by SunGard as and when incurred.  Customer’s payments shall be due within thirty (30) days after receipt of invoice.  For any amount net paid when due.  Customer will pay interest at the lesser of [****] percent [****] per annum or the maximum amount permitted by law.  Unless Customer provides a valid tax exemption certificate.  Customer shall be responsible for any sales, use, excise or comparable taxes assessed or imposed upon the Services provided or the amounts charged under a Schedule.  Beginning one year after the Commencement Date of a Schedule.  SunGard may increase all fees chargeable under that Schedule by up to [****] percent [****] per contract year, by giving Customer at least ninety (90) days prior written notice.

 

3.             CONFIDENTIALITY .

 

(a)           All information disclosed by one party to the other in 4 connection with this Master Agreement shall be treated as confidential (“Confidential Information”).  With respect to Confidential Information disclosed by one party (“disclosing party”) to the other party (“receiving party”), (i) the receiving party shall hold such Confidential Information in strict confidence using the same standard of care as it uses to protect its own confidential information but not less than a reasonable standard of care, (ii) the receiving party shall not use or disclose such Confidential Information for any purpose except as necessary to fulfill its obligations under a Schedule or this Master Agreement, or except as required by law provided that the disclosing party is given a reasonable opportunity to obtain, at its expense, a protective order (the receiving party shall reasonably cooperate with the disclosing party in connection therewith), (iii) the receiving party shall limit access to such Confidential Information to such of its employees, agents and contractors who need such access to fulfill the receiving party’s obligations under a Schedule, and (iv) the receiving party shall require its employees, agents and contractors who have access to such Confidential Information to abide by the confidentiality provisions of this Master Agreement.

 

(b)           Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, such Confidential Information includes (i) with respect to Customer, Customer’s data and software (including Customer NPI as defined below) and the details of Customer’s computer operations and recovery procedures, which include trade secrets of Customer, (ii) with respect to SunGard, SunGard’s physical security systems, access control systems, specialized recovery equipment and techniques, pricing information.  User’s Guides, and E-Testing Program, which include trade secrets of SunGard, and (iii) with respect to both parties, the terms of this Master Agreement and all Schedules and any detailed information regarding the performance of this Master Agreement or any Schedule.

 

(c)           Confidential Information shall not include information that (i) is or becomes publicly available through no wrongful act of the receiving party, (ii) was known by the receiving party without any obligation of confidentiality at the time of disclosure by the disclosing party, (iii) was obtained by the receiving party from a third party without restriction on disclosure, or (iv) was developed independently by the receiving party.

 

2



 

(d)           To effect the purposes of a Schedule, Customer may from time to time provide SunGard with certain “nonpublic personal information” as defined by the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 (Public Law 106-102, 113 Stat. 1138) and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (“Customer NPI”).  To protect the privacy of Customer NPI pursuant to the requirements of such act, SunGard shall, in addition to complying with the confidentiality requirements set forth above, (i) implement appropriate administrative, technical and physical safeguards designed to ensure the security and confidentiality of Customer NPI, protect against any anticipated threats or hazards to the security or integrity of Customer NPI and protect against unauthorized access to or use of Customer NPI that could result in substantial harm or inconvenience to a customer of Customer; and (ii) permit Customer to monitor SunGard’s compliance with the foregoing during Customer’s use of the Services, provided that such monitoring shall not interfere with another customer’s use of SunGard’s services or with SunGard’s operations.

 

4.             TERMINATION .

 

(a)           If either party breaches any of its obligations under a Schedule in any material respect and the breach is not substantially cured within the cure period specified below, then the other party may terminate that Schedule, without penalty, by giving written notice to the breaching party at any time before the breach is substantially cured.  If this Master Agreement includes a Recovery Services Exhibit, then (i) with respect to a breach of SunGard’s obligations to provide the Recovery Services to Customer during a Disaster (as such terms are defined in the Recovery Services Exhibit), the cure period shall be five (5) days, and (ii) with respect to Customer’s obligations under the access and use provisions set forth in Sections A.2, A.3 and C of the Recovery Services Exhibit, there shall be no cure period (and SunGard shall have the right to terminate the applicable Schedule immediately).  With respect to Customer’s obligations to comply with SunGard’s Network Policies (as defined in the applicable Services Exhibit) the cure period shall be five (5) days.  With respect to all other obligations, unless otherwise specified, the cure period shall be 30 days after receipt of written notice describing the breach, provided that, if a longer period is reasonably required to cure the breach and the cure is promptly begun.  such cure period shall be extended for as long as the cure is being diligently prosecuted to completion.

 

(b)           If 3  Schedule is terminated due to an uncured material breach by Customer, or if Customer properly exercises a right to cancel a Schedule before the end of the Agreed Term, then Customer shall (i) pay to SunGard the unamortized balance attributable to any equipment and software purchased by SunGard on behalf of Customer (as designated in the applicable Schedule) and (ii) reimburse SunGard for any cancellation charges for third party services purchased by SunGard on behalf of Customer (as designated in the applicable Schedule).

 

5.             LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION .

 

(a)           Each party (“liable party”) shall be liable to the other party for any direct damages caused by any breach of contract, negligence or willful misconduct of the liable party (or any of its employees or agents).

 

(b)           The liable party shall indemnify and hold harmless the other party (and its Affiliates and their respective employees and agents) against any claims, actions, damages, losses or liabilities to the extent arising from any breach of contract, negligence or willful misconduct of the liable party (or any of its employees or agents).

 

(c)           In addition, SunGard shall indemnify and hold harmless Customer against any claims, actions, damages, losses or liabilities to the extent arising from infringement of any U.S. patent, copyright or other proprietary right resulting from Customer’s use of intellectual property developed or owned by SunGard and used to provide the Services.  SunGard’s liability with respect to this infringement indemnification is limited to making the Services non-infringing or arranging for Customer’s continued use of the Services, provided that, if both of the foregoing options are commercially impracticable for SunGard, then upon written notice to Customer, SunGard may cancel the affected portion of the Services and refund to Customer any

 

3



 

*** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT.  THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO THE CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST.  OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED AS [****] .  A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

prepaid fees for such Services.  With respect to intellectual property of third parties that is used by SunGard to provide the Services.  SunGard will, to the extent possible, provide to Customer the full benefit of all applicable warranties and indemnities granted to SunGard by such third parties.

 

(d)           In addition, Customer shall indemnify and hold harmless SunGard against any claims, actions, damages, losses or liabilities to the extent arising from (i) infringement of any U.S. patent, copyright or other proprietary right attributable to Customer’s data, content, software or other materials, (ii) Customer’s use of any Services in violation of any law, rule or regulation, (iii) Customer’s violation of any of SunGard’s Network Policies (as defined in the applicable Services Exhibit), or (iv) Customer’s use.  control or possession of any Mobile Resources at non-SunGard facilities.

 

(e)           An indemnifying party shall have no obligation for indemnification unless the other party promptly gives written notice to the indemnifying party after any applicable matter arises and allows the indemnifying party to have sole control of the defense or settlement of any underlying claim:  provided that the indemnifying party may not settle a claim without the other party’s prior written consent.  Notice will be considered prompt as long as there is no material prejudice to the indemnifying party.

 

6.             LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

 

(a)           Under no circumstances shall either party be liable for lost revenues, lost profits, loss of business, or consequential, indirect, exemplary, special or punitive damages of any nature, whether such liability is asserted on the basis of contract, tort (including negligence or strict liability) or otherwise, and whether or not the possibility of such damages is foreseeable; provided that this exclusion shall not apply to (i) the party’s respective confidentiality obligations under Section 3, (ii) SunGard’s indemnification obligations under Section 5(b) with respect to willful misconduct and under Section 5(c), (iii) Customer’s indemnification obligations under Section 5(b) with respect to willful misconduct and under Section 5(d), and (iv) Customer’s payment obligations.

 

(b)           Except for SunGard’s indemnification obligations under Section 5(b) with respect to willful misconduct and under Section 5(c), SunGard’s total liability under a Schedule, whether in contract, tort (including negligence or strict liability), or otherwise, shall not exceed (i) [****].

 

(c)           Except for any direct damages caused by SunGard’s negligence or willful misconduct, SunGard shall have no liability for any damage to, or loss or theft of, any of (i) Customer’s tangible property located at a SunGard facility or in a SunGard vehicle, or (ii) Customer’s data, content, software or other materials located, used or restored at a SunGard facility or in a SunGard vehicle, or transmitted using SunGard’s Network Services.  If Customer’s data is damaged, lost or stolen as a result of SunGard’s negligence, then SunGard shall be liable to Customer only for Customer’s documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred to recreate such data.  Under no circumstances will SunGard be considered the official custodian or record keeper of Customer’s data for regulatory or other purposes.

 

WITH RESPECT TO EACH SCHEDULE, EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY STATED IN THIS MASTER AGREEMENT OR SUCH SCHEDULE, SUNGARD MAKES NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES, ORAL OR WRITTEN, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING, COURSE OF PERFORMANCE OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, CONFORMITY TO ANY REPRESENTATION OR DESCRIPTION, NON-INTERFERENCE OR NON-INFRINGEMENT.

 

4



 

7.             FORCE MAJEURE .  Neither party shall be liable for, nor shall either party be considered in breach of this Master Agreement or any Schedule due to, any failure to perform its obligations as a result of a cause beyond its control, including any natural calamity, act of God or a public enemy, act of any military, civil or regulatory authority, change in any law or regulation, disruption or outage of communications, power or other utility, failure to perform by any supplier or other third party, or other cause which could not have been prevented with reasonable care.  If any force majeure event affects SunGard’s ability to deliver Services, then SunGard shall use all reasonable efforts to implement its applicable redundant resources or other back-up solutions.

 

8.             NOTICE .  All notices, consents and other communications under this Master Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been received on the earlier of (a) the date of actual receipt at the designated street address, (b) the first business day after being sent to the designated street address by a reputable overnight delivery service, or (c) the third business day after being mailed to the designated street address by first class mail.  Any notice may be given by e-mail to the designated e-mail address or by fax to the designated fax number, provided that a signed written confirmation is received at the designated street address within seventy-two (72) hours thereafter.  Disaster declaration notice (as described in the Recovery Services Exhibit) may be given orally, provided that a signed written confirmation is received at the applicable recovery facility within twenty-four (24) hours thereafter.  Communications sent to any street address, e-mail address or fax number other than those designated in this Master Agreement or the applicable Schedule shall not be valid Customer’s street address, e-mail address and fax number for notice are stated in the applicable Schedule.  SunGard’s street address for notice is 680 East Swedesford Road.  Wayne, Pennsylvania 19087, Attention:  Contract Administration.  SunGard’s e-mail address for notice is contract.admin@sungard.com. SunGard’s fax number for notice is 1-610-225-1125.

 

9.             PUBLICITY .  Neither party will, without the other party’s prior written consent, (a) use the name, trademark, logo or other identifying marks of the other party in any sales, marketing or publicity activities or materials, or (b) issue any press release, interviews or other public statement regarding this Master Agreement or any Schedule; provided that either party may publicly refer to the other by name as a vendor or customer and may disclose the existence and general nature of this Master Agreement (but not any of the specific terms of this Master Agreement or any Schedule or any detailed information regarding the performance of this Master Agreement or any Schedule).

 

10.          ENTIRE UNDERSTANDING .  This Master Agreement states the entire understanding between the parties with respect to its subject matter, and supersedes all prior proposals, negotiations and other written or oral communications between the parties with respect to its subject matter.  Each Schedule states the entire understanding between the parties with respect to its subject matter, and supersedes all prior proposals, negotiations and other written or oral communications between the parties with respect to its subject matter.  No modification of this Master Agreement or any Schedule, and no waiver of any breach of this Master Agreement or any Schedule, shall be effective unless in writing and signed by an authorized representative of the party against whom enforcement is sought.  No waiver of any breach of this Master Agreement or any Schedule, and no course of dealing between the parties, shall be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach thereof.  Any purchase order submitted by Customer to SunGard shall be used only for invoice processing purposes and shall have no legal effect.

 

11.          PARTIES IN INTEREST .  Neither party may assign this Master Agreement or any Schedule, or any rights or obligations thereunder, without the prior written consent of the other party, which will not be unreasonably withheld; provided that either party may assign any Schedule to an Affiliate by giving prior written notice to the other party.  This Master Agreement and each Schedule shall bind, benefit and be enforceable by and against both parties and their respective successors and permissible assigns.  No third party shall be considered a beneficiary of, or entitled to any rights under, this Master Agreement or any Schedule.

 

12.          CONSTRUCTION THIS AGREEMENT AND EACH SCHEDULE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY SUBSTANTIVE PENNSYLVANIA LAW.   This choice of governing law shall not be considered determinative of the jurisdiction or venue of any action between the parties.  In any action relating to this Master Agreement or any Schedule, (a) each of the parties irrevocably waives the right to trial by jury, (b) each of the parties irrevocably consents to service of process by first class certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, to the designated street address at which the party is to receive notice in accordance with Section 8 of this

 

5



 

Master Agreement, and (c) the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its reasonable attorney’s fees (including, if applicable, charges for in-house counsel), court costs and other legal expenses from the other party.  A determination that any term of this Master Agreement or any Schedule is invalid or unenforceable shall not affect the other terms thereof.  Section headings are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Master Agreement or any Schedule.  The relationship between the parties created by this Master Agreement or any Schedule is that of independent contractors, and not partners, joint venturers or agents.  Sections 3, 5, 6 and 12 shall survive any termination of this Master Agreement or any Schedule.

 

13.          ENFORCEMENT .  Each party acknowledges that the provisions of this Master Agreement regarding confidentiality and access to and use of the other party’s resources are reasonable and necessary to protect the other party’s legitimate business interests.  Each party acknowledges that any breach of such provisions shall result in irreparable injury to the other for which money damages could not adequately compensate.  If there is a breach of such provisions, then the injured party shall be entitled, in addition to all other rights and remedies which it may have at law or in equity, to have a decree of specific performance or an injunction issued by any competent court, requiring the breach to be cured or enjoining all persons involved from continuing the breach.  The existence of any claim or cause of action that a party (or any other person involved in the breach) may have against the other party shall not constitute a defense or bar to the enforcement of such provisions.

 

6


 

RECOVERY SERVICES EXHIBIT
TO THE MASTER AGREEMENT FOR U.S. AVAILABILITY SERVICES
DATED 6/1/08

 

A.             RECOVERY SERVICES .  Each Schedule to this Master Agreement specifies a Customer location (“Location”), the recovery services to be provided by SunGard to Customer for that Location (“Recovery Services”), the fees to be paid by Customer to SunGard for those services, and any other applicable terms.

 

1.      DISASTER .  A “Disaster” is any unplanned event or condition that renders Customer unable to use a Location or the equipment situated there for its intended computer processing and related purposes.  By signing or amending a Schedule, Customer warrants that the Location specified in that Schedule is not at that time experiencing a Disaster.  Customer may declare a Disaster by having one of its designated representatives give notice to SunGard stating that a Disaster occurred, identifying the affected Location, and specifying which Recovery Services Customer believes will be required.  SunGard will then follow Customers reasonable declaration procedures as provided to SunGard in the Disaster Declaration Authority form.

 

2.      SELECTED SERVICES .  Whenever Customer declares a Disaster, the Recovery Services to be provided by SunGard to Customer shall be the following services which were selected by Customer in the applicable Schedule:

 

(a)    Center-Based Recovery Services.  Immediate and exclusive use of the services described below (“Center-Based Recovery Services”), which Customer may use during the period of time stated below, provided at a SunGard facility:

 

(i)     Hotsite .  An installed, fully operational computer system and networking capability (“Hotsite”), equal to or better than (in all material respects including equipment quality and processing capacity) the Hotsite Configuration described in the Schedule, which Customer may use for six (6) weeks.

 

(ii)    Coldsite .  Environmentally prepared computer space (“Coldsite”), properly equipped to facilitate the installation of a computer system comparable to the Hotsite Configuration, which Customer may use for six (6) months.

 

(iii)   Office Space .  An adequate and reasonable amount of office space in the same facility where the Hotsite or Coldsite is located, properly equipped to facilitate the installation of terminals, which Customer may use to operate that Hotsite or Coldsite.

 

(iv)   Work Group Space .  An adequate and reasonable amount of office space, properly equipped to accommodate the Work Group Configuration described in the Schedule, which Customer may use for six (6) weeks.

 

(v)    MegaVoice. sm   SunGard’s voice communications backup service for the number of communications ports stated in the Schedule, which Customer may use for six (6) weeks.

 

(b)    Mobile Recovery Services .  Immediate and exclusive use of the services described below (“Mobile Recovery Services”), which Customer may use for the duration of a Disaster:

 

(i)     Replacement Recovery System .  A fully operational, relocatable computer system and networking capability (“Replacement Recovery System”), equal to or better than (in all material respects including equipment quality and processing capacity) the Mobile Configuration described in the Schedule, to be provided to Customer by one of the following methods at Customer’s option:

 

a.      Primary Recovery Facility .  Access to the Replacement Recovery System at a SunGard facility where it is then installed.

 

b.      Alternate Recovery Facility .  Delivery of the Replacement

 

1



 

Recovery System to a SunGard facility where it may be accommodated, within forty-eight (48) hours after SunGard receives the Disaster declaration notice.

 

c.      Mobile Data Center .  Delivery of a properly equipped vehicle housing the Replacement Recovery System to a destination in the continental United States requested by Customer, within forty-eight (48) hours after SunGard receives the Disaster declaration notice.

 

d.      Customer Facility .  Delivery of the Replacement Recovery System to a properly equipped facility located in the continental United States requested by Customer, within forty-eight (48) hours after SunGard receives the Disaster declaration notice.

 

(ii)    Computer Space .  Environmentally prepared computer space (“Computer Space”), properly equipped to facilitate the installation of a computer system comparable to the Mobile Configuration, to be provided to Customer by one of the following methods at Customer’s option;

 

a.      SunGard Facility .  Access to the Computer Space at a SunGard facility where the Replacement Recovery System may be accommodated.

 

b.      Mobile Coldsite .  Delivery of a properly equipped vehicle housing the Computer Space to a destination in the continental United States requested by Customer, within forty-eight (48) hours after SunGard receives the Disaster declaration notice.

 

(iii)   Supplemental Office Space .  An adequate and reasonable amount of office space in the same SunGard facility where the Replacement Recovery System or Computer Space is located, properly equipped to facilitate the installation of terminals, which Customer may use to operate that Replacement Recovery System or Computer Space.

 

(iv)   Mobile Work Group Space .  SunGard will commence the delivery of a vehicle properly equipped to accommodate the Mobile Work Group Configuration described in the Schedule, to a destination in the continental United States requested by Customer, within twenty-four (24) hours after SunGard receives the Disaster declaration notice.

 

(v)    Quick Ship Equipment .  Delivery of equipment equal to or better than (in all material respects including equipment quality and processing capacity) the Quick Ship Equipment described in the Schedule, to a properly equipped facility in the continental United States requested by Customer, within forty-eight (48) hours after SunGard receives the Disaster declaration notice.

 

(c)    Network Services .  Use, within two (2) hours after SunGard receives the Disaster declaration notice, of the network services described below (“Network Services”), which Customer may use for six (6) weeks:

 

(i)     Center to Center .  On-demand connectivity among SunGard facilities using the SunGard Global Network (“SGN”) in accordance with the Network Configuration described in the Schedule.

 

(ii)    Dedicated Circuit .  Dedicated connectivity between the Customer location described in the Schedule and the SunGard facility or SGN POP (point of presence) described in the Schedule, using a dedicated circuit that is either (a) procured and installed by SunGard or (b) procured and installed by Customer with installation management assistance from SunGard, as indicated in the Schedule.

 

(iii)   Net ReDirect Services .  On-demand connectivity between the SGN POP

 

2



 

where the Customer’s local circuit terminates and the SunGard facility described in the Schedule, which services are designated as “Net ReDirect Metropolitan Services” when the SGN POP and SunGard facility are located in the same metropolitan area.

 

(iv)   IP ReDirect Services .  On-demand, point-to-point or point-to-multipoint, Internet Protocol (IP) connectivity between the IP-enabled SGN POP where Customer is accessing the SGN and the IP-enabled SunGard facility described in the Schedule, with such connectivity delivered using a single Ethernet interface directly attached to a router at the Customer location that is procured by either SunGard or Customer, as indicated in the Schedule.

 

(v)    DRO Port .  On-demand use of a frame relay or ATM DRO port on the SGN as described in the Schedule, to provide connectivity between Customer’s frame relay or ATM DRO network and the SGN.  Customer shall be responsible for all costs and all necessary notices to and communications with telecommunications vendor relating to Customer’s re-direction of Customer’s frame relay or ATM DRO network [PVC(s)?] to the SunGard frame relay or ATM DRO port.

 

(vi)   Web ReDirect Services .  On-demand access to the Internet from the SunGard facility described in the Schedule, using any of the multiple Internet service providers under contract with SunGard (which may require Customer to set up domains to use the Web ReDirect Services).

 

3.      EXTENDED USE .  During a Disaster, Customer may continue to use the Center-Based Recovery Services or the Network Services beyond the periods stated in Section A2(a) and A2(c), respectively, provided that this extended use shall be subject to immediate termination if and when any other customer declares a disaster and requires use of the Recovery Resources then being utilized by Customer.

 

4.      COMPREHENSIVE DISASTER RECOVERY SUPPORT Whenever Customer uses Recovery Services during a Disaster, SunGard’s Support Staff (consisting of operations, communications, security, transportation, systems software and customer support personnel, as appropriate) shall provide comprehensive support to Customer on a 24-hour-a-day, 7-day-a-week basis, as needed.   During a Disaster, SunGard’s Support Staff also shall assist Customer in contacting vendors and in obtaining replacement equipment.

 

5.      TESTS .  Promptly after execution of this Master Agreement, SunGard shall either notify Customer of available times to schedule a training workshop at a SunGard facility or provide instructions to Customer to conduct a computer based training workshop.  Customer may use certain Recovery Services to test its disaster recovery capability (“Test”) for the number of Test Periods stated in the applicable Schedule.  Each Test Period entitles Customer to eight (8) hours of consecutive test time per contract year at a designated SunGard facility, on a non-cumulative basis.  During each Test, SunGard’s Support Staff shall provide reasonable supplies and support to Customer as needed, subject to availability.  In order for SunGard to provide support to Customer for a scheduled Test, all Test plans must be provided to SunGard at least three (3) weeks prior to the Test date.  Upon receipt of Customer’s Test plan, SunGard will then assign a SunGard technical coordinator to review Customer’s Test plan and coordinate Test support activities.  Customer shall schedule Tests at least four (4) months in advance.  Test time is available on a 24-hour-a-day, 7-day-a-week basis.  Any Test Period(s) cancelled by Customer less than 45 days before the scheduled date will be applied against Customer’s annual allotment of Test Periods, unless SunGard is able to utilize the cancelled time to provide test time to another customer.  All Tests shall be subject to immediate cancellation or termination by SunGard, and shall be rescheduled as soon as possible, if and when any other customer declares a disaster and requests use of the Recovery Services being tested.

 

3



 

6.      E-TESTING PROGRAM .  Customer may, at its option, elect to participate in SunGard’s E-Testing Program.  The E-Testing Program is a web-based service designed by SunGard to facilitate efficiency of pretest communications, by allowing Customer to complete and submit Test plans online for any scheduled Test.  Customer shall use the E-Testing Program only for its own internal purposes in testing certain Recovery Services with SunGard.  Periodically, in its sole discretion, SunGard may change or discontinue the E-Testing Program.  SunGard shall not be liable for any damages incurred by Customer as a result of Customer’s access to, use of, or retrieval of Customer’s Test plans, including damages caused by any viruses.  SunGard represents that it shall not knowingly code or introduce any virus or other disabling code into the systems used to provide the E-Testing Program or Customer’s Test plan.  SunGard shall use commercially reasonable efforts to assist Customer, at no charge, in mitigating the effects of any virus that is coded or introduced into the system.

 

7.      TEST SERVICES .  SunGard’s testing services are designed to provide reliable and repeatable Test services for operating system, application and data restorations (“Test Services”) while Customer is using the Recovery Services for a Test.  Whenever Customer schedules a Test of the Recovery Services, the Test Services provided by SunGard to Customer shall be the Test Services selected by Customer for the configurations identified in the applicable Schedule or Addendum.

 

8.      SOFTWARE .  All systems and utility software which SunGard has installed on the equipment used to provide the Recovery Services may be used by Customer during a Disaster or a Test.

 

9.      TECHNOLOGY EXCHANGE .  Upon Customer’s request, SunGard will provide a list of computer and communications equipment that is then currently available to enhance the Recovery Services.  Customer may exchange certain components of its configuration for hardware representing newer technology, by giving written notice to SunGard and signing an appropriate Addendum to the applicable Schedule.  Upon the effective date of this exchange, the Monthly or Annual Fees due under that Schedule may increase by an amount reasonably determined by SunGard, based upon the difference between (a) SunGard’s then prevailing Monthly or Annual Fees for the new hardware selected, and (b) the portion of the prior Monthly or Annual Fees covering the components that were replaced.

 

10.    ACCOUNT EXECUTIVE .  SunGard shall assign an Account Executive to Customer to assist in monitoring the continued viability of Customer’s disaster recovery capability and to facilitate ongoing communications between Customer and SunGard.

 

11.    HOTLINE .  SunGard shall maintain a toll-free customer support telephone service, on a 24-hour-a-day, 7-day-a-week basis, which Customer may use as needed.

 

12.    USER GUIDE .  Customer shall receive on-line access to SunGard’s current User Guide for the Recovery Services and all applicable updates and revisions, as and when issued.  Access is available at http://www.mysungard.com.

 

13.    ACTIVATION MANUAL .  Customer may select in the Schedule to receive an Activation Manual.  If Customer does so, then SunGard will prepare and deliver to Customer, within 120 days after the Schedule is signed by SunGard, an Activation Manual that will serve as a guideline for Customer’s use of the Mobile Data Centers and will contain placement recommendations, vendor contact information, and electrical and communication requirements.  SunGard’s obligation to prepare and provide the Activation Manual is subject to Customer’s reasonable cooperation and the availability of key Customer personnel to assist with the preparation of the Activation Manual.

 

B.             MAINTENANCE AND USE OF RECOVERY RESOURCES .  The terms of this Section B are intended to ensure that the facilities, equipment, network and other resources used by SunGard to provide the Recovery Services (“Recovery Resources”) are properly maintained and used, and to protect the respective interests of the parties in using the Recovery Resources.

 

4



 

1.      MAINTENANCE .  SunGard shall maintain vendor-specified proper operating environments at its facilities and in its vehicles used to provide the Recovery Services.  SunGard shall adhere to vendor-recommended procedures and policies for proper maintenance of the Recovery Resources, including necessary remedial maintenance and regularly scheduled preventive maintenance.  SunGard warrants to Customer that the Recovery Resources shall be maintained in a state of readiness at all times, consistent with SunGard’s obligations under this Master Agreement.

 

2.      SIGNIFICANT CHANGES .  SunGard may change the Recovery Resources and shall give written notice to Customer at least 60 days before making any significant change that might substantially and adversely impact Customer.  Customer shall then have an adequate and reasonable number of free additional Test Periods to Test the affected Recovery Services.  If, in Customer’s reasonable judgment, any such change substantially and adversely impacts Customer to the extent that Customer cannot use the affected Recovery Services, then Customer may terminate the affected Recovery Services by giving written notice to SunGard within ten (10) days after Customer first uses the affected Recovery Services for either a Disaster or Test.

 

3.      AUDITS .  At any time except when the Recovery Resources are being used during a disaster or a confidential test.  Customer may, at its expense, audit the Recovery Resources to verify SunGard’s compliance with this Master Agreement.  SunGard also shall permit any regulatory authority having jurisdiction over Customer to inspect the Recovery Resources.  SunGard shall, at its expense, have the Recovery Resources annually reviewed by an independent third-party auditor, whose reports shall be furnished to Customer upon request.

 

4.      STANDARD PROCEDURES .  SunGard shall maintain reasonable and uniform policies regarding security, safety, operations and other procedures for accessing and using the Recovery Resources during disasters and tests.  In the case of network resources, these policies (“Network Policies”) incorporate the policies, rules and regulations of SunGard’s underlying network and internet service providers.  All of these policies are included in SunGard’s on-line User Guide and in other written documents provided by SunGard to its Customers from time to time.  Both SunGard and Customer shall comply with these policies in all material respects and shall use all Recovery Resources in accordance with manufacturer specifications.  Before the conclusion of any Test or Disaster, Customer shall remove, erase or destroy all Customer Confidential Information it maintained in any form, recorded on any medium, or stored in any storage system as part of its use of the Recovery Services.

 

5.      SPECIAL PROCEDURES .  If Customer gives written notice to SunGard describing any special data protection or other security procedures used by Customer, then SunGard shall use commercially reasonable efforts to help implement those procedures whenever Customer is using the Recovery Resources.  Customer shall be responsible for any additional expenses reasonably incurred by SunGard in implementing Customer’s special procedures.

 

6.      MOBILE RESOURCES .  Title to all of the Recovery Resources used to provide Mobile Recovery Services (“Mobile Resources”), wherever located, shall remain in SunGard or its supplier, except for any Quick Ship Equipment as to which Customer properly exercises its purchase option, if any, described in the applicable Schedule.  With respect to any Mobile Resources for which the destination is not a SunGard facility, (a) Customer shall obtain or provide, at Customer’s expense, all permits, landlord consents and other authorizations, and all communications, power and other utility lines and equipment, needed to possess, locate or use the Mobile Resources at that destination, (b) Customer shall be responsible for the security of the Mobile Resources at that destination, (c) with respect to any SunGard vehicle.  Customer shall provide a suitable location for SunGard to park the vehicle (which location SunGard may disapprove in its reasonable discretion), (d) Customer shall not relocate the Mobile Resources without SunGard’s prior written consent which will not be unreasonably

 

5


 

withheld, (e) when Customer’s use or right to use the Mobile Resources during a Disaster or Test ends, Customer shall comply with SunGard’s return delivery or shipment instructions, and (f) if the Mobile Resources do not include a SunGard vehicle, then Customer shall provide a proper operating environment for the Mobile Resources.

 

7.      NETWORK RESOURCES .  SunGard shall privately manage the SGN as a protocol-independent, multi-layer network.  After Customer has been switched onto the SGN, the applicable Network Services will be available on a 24-hour-a-day, 7-day-a-week basis excluding downtime attributable to routine and preventative maintenance.  Dedicated circuits connecting Customer locations to SunGard facilities or SGN POPs are provided by third parties and do not constitute Recovery Resources.  The Network Services are provided subject to the availability of the necessary services by SunGard’s underlying network and Internet service providers.  SunGard may, without penalty, and by providing Customer with thirty (30) days prior written notice, terminate any Schedule or withhold provision of the Network Services if:  (a) SunGard’s underlying network and Internet service providers withdraw or substantially alter any underlying tariff(s) resulting in a material, adverse effect on SunGard’s operational or financial ability to provide the Network Services; or (b) any public utility commission or other regulatory authority asserts jurisdiction over the Network Services, such that SunGard would be required to submit to common carrier public utility or other regulation to which SunGard is not now subject.

 

8.      FEES AND EXPENSES .  Customer shall be responsible for (a) any applicable Disaster Fees as indicated on a Schedule, (b) all communications and similar third party charges resulting from Customer’s use of the Recovery Resources, (c) all power, fuel and other utility charges resulting from Customer’s use of the Recovery Resources, except the initial six weeks of Hotsite use and except for Tests, (d) all costs associated with the transportation, delivery, operation and ongoing support of Mobile Resources used by Customer, and (e) all costs associated with the installation and de-installation of Mobile Resources used by Customer at non-SunGard locations.

 

C.             MULTIPLE DISASTER .  Customer’s rights of immediate and exclusive use of the Recovery Services, as provided in Section A2, shall be subject to the possibility that one or more other customers (“other affected customers”) could declare a disaster at the same time as (or before or after) Customer and require use of the same Recovery Resources at the same time as Customer (“Multiple Disaster”).  The following provisions are intended to avoid or minimize contention for Recovery Resources during Multiple Disasters.

 

1.      PRIORITY RESOURCES AND SHARED RESOURCES .  All Recovery Resources shall be available on a priority use basis (“Priority Resources”) except for those designated by SunGard as available on a shared use basis (“Shared Resources”).  SunGard’s designations of Shared Resources shall be made in its reasonable discretion and shall be subject to change without notice.

 

2.      ACCESS AND USE PROCEDURES .  Access to and use of Recovery Resources during disasters shall depend upon whether the Recovery Resources are Priority Resources or Shared Resources and, with respect to Priority Resources, the order in which disasters are declared.  SunGard shall maintain records of its receipt of disaster declarations, which shall be the exclusive basis for determining the order in which disasters are declared.

 

(a)    Customer shall have priority rights of access to and use of applicable Priority Resources that are not then being used by other affected customers who previously declared disasters.  Use of such Priority Resources is exclusive for as long as Customer is entitled to use them under Section A2.

 

(b)    Customer and all other affected customers shall have equal rights of access to and use of applicable Shared Resources, irrespective of the order in

 

6



 

which disasters occur or are declared.  Use of Shared Resources may be exclusive at times, but remains subject to the possible need for shared or allocated use with other affected customers.  In an effort to avoid the need for shared or allocated use of any Shared Resources, SunGard shall, to the fullest extent possible under the circumstances, take full advantage of, and provide access to, all of its other available Shared Resources.

 

(c)    If applicable Priority Resources and applicable Shared Resources are both available.  Customer may choose which type to use.

 

(d)    Customer shall cooperate with SunGard and all other affected customers as reasonably required under the circumstances, including to coordinate the efficient use of Recovery Resources, to avoid or minimize the need for shared or allocated use of Shared Resources, and to implement any necessary plans for shared or allocated use of Shared Resources.

 

(e)    If a Multiple Disaster is widespread or extreme, then, notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, SunGard may implement emergency procedures that are necessary, in SunGard’s reasonable judgment, to allocate Recovery Resources in order to address applicable national interests and comparable concerns.

 

3.      MULTIPLE DISASTER PROTECTION .  To lower the probability of a Multiple Disaster, SunGard shall comply with the following terms:

 

(a)    No other customer shall be granted any greater rights of access to or use of the Recovery Resources than are granted to Customer under this Master Agreement.

 

(b)    No agreement to provide use of any Recovery Resources shall be entered into at a time when the customer location to be serviced is then currently experiencing a disaster.

 

For Center-Based Recovery Services, SunGard also shall comply with the following:

 

(c)    To discourage unnecessary disaster declarations, Disaster Declaration Fees, as provided in the Schedules, shall be charged whenever a customer declares a disaster.

 

(d)    To discourage unnecessary use of the Recovery Resources, Daily Usage Fees, as provided in the Schedules, shall be charged for use of the Recovery Resources other than for tests.

 

4.      CRISIS MANAGEMENT .  Whenever SunGard learns of an approaching storm or other situation that might cause a Multiple Disaster, SunGard shall monitor the situation and use commercially reasonable efforts to coordinate contingency plans with all potentially affected customers.

 

7




EXHIBIT 10.16.1

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUEST

 

*** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT.  THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO THE CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST.  OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED AS [****] .  A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

Addendum to the Master Agreement for U.S. Availability Services
Between
SunGard Availability Services LP and Convio, Inc.

 

Dated June 1, 2008

 

The Master Agreement for U.S. Availability Services, having the above date, between SunGard Availability Services LP (“SunGard”), and the Customer named below.  (“Master Agreement”) is amended effective June 1, 2008 , as follows:

 

THE MASTER AGREEMENT IS HEREBY AMENDED AS FOLLOWS:

 

1.                                       Section 1.  “Contract Term” of the Master Agreement is amended in the third sentence by deleting “six (6) months” and substituting “ninety (90) days”.

 

2.                                       Section 2.  “Fees and Expenses” of the Master Agreement is amended in the third sentence by deleting “[****] percent [****]” and substituting “[****] percent [****]”.

 

3.                                       Section 4.  “Termination” subsection (b) of the Master Agreement is amended by adding the following at the end of the subsection:

 

In the event Customer terminates a Schedule due to an uncured material breach by SunGard, Customer shall receive a refund of any fees prepaid for the period after the date of termination.  In such event, Customer shall not be responsible for the payment of additional Monthly Fees for a Schedule for any period after the date of termination of that Schedule

 

4.                                       Section 6 (d).  A new Section 6 (d) is hereby added:

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Agreement, including without limitation Section 6 (c), SunGard shall be liable for all (i) contractual damages to which a customer of Customer is entitled (“Customer Contract Damages”) under its contract with Customer (“Customer Contract”) and (ii) statutory costs or damages as determined under applicable law, each as incurred by Customer due to loss or disclosure of personal identifiable information of Customer’s customers and/or their users, and caused by SunGard’s negligence or breach of contract, up to an amount not to exceed $[****]per incident.  For purposes of determining a breach of contract under this clause, SunGard’s obligation to keep personal identifiable information confidential and to not disclose such information shall be unconditioned and absolute except as otherwise directed by Customer or as required by law.  SunGard shall inform Customer of any loss or improper disclosure of any Customer data as soon as practicable after becoming aware of such loss or improper disclosure.  Customer shall inform SunGard of any claim made by any party under a Customer Contract for which Customer may seek damages from SunGard and Customer shall take advantage of all rights and remedies available to it at law and under the Customer Contract to mitigate any such damages.

 

QUOTE ID: 44653

 

 

THE TERMS OF THIS ADDENDUM ARE CONFIDENTIAL

 

1



 

Addendum to the Master Agreement for U.S. Availability Services
Between
SunGard Availability Services LP and Convio, Inc.

 

Dated June 1, 2008

 

By the signatures of their duly authorized representatives below, SunGard and Customer, intending to be legally bound, agree to all of the provisions of this Amendment and ratify the terms of the Master Agreement and the specified Exhibit(s).

 

SUNGARD AVAILABILITY SERVICES LP

 

CUSTOMER: CONVIO, INC.

 

 

 

BY:

/s/ David M. Reysa

 

BY:

/s/ Hayden Stewart

 

PRINT NAME:

DAVID M. REYSA

 

PRINT NAME:

HAYDEN STEWART

 

PRINT TITLE:

CONTRACT OFFICER

 

PRINT TITLE:

VP, IT

 

DATE SIGNED:

6/6/08

 

DATE SIGNED:

6/2/08

 

QUOTE ID: 44653

 

 

THE TERMS OF THIS ADDENDUM ARE CONFIDENTIAL

 

2




EXHIBIT 10.16.2

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUEST

 

*** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT.  THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO THE CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST.  OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED AS [****] .  A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

Schedule Number 29582 v. 1.0
For Recovery Services Governed by
Master Agreement for U. S. Availability Services
Between
SunGard Availability Services LP and CONVIO, INC.

 

Dated June 1, 2008

 

Schedule Reference Name:  Recovery Services (AZ)

 

This is a new Schedule having an Agreed Term of 36 months with a Commencement Date of June 1, 2008.

 

SUMMARY OF SERVICES FEES

 

Selected Services

 

Base Test
Periods

 

Center Based Recovery Services

 

 

 

Work Group Space

 

6

 

MeqaVoice

 

NONE

 

Mobile Recovery Services

 

 

 

Mobile Configurations

 

6

 

Delivery Methods

Primary Recovery Facility
Alternate Recovery Facility
Mobile Data Center
Subscriber Facility

 

 

 

Network Services

 

 

 

Monthly Fee

 

$

[****

]

 

By the signatures of their duly authorized representatives below, SunGard and Customer, intending to be legally bound, agree to all of the provisions of this Schedule and ratify the terms of the Master Agreement.

 



 

SUNGARD AVAILABILITY SERVICES LP

 

CONVIO, INC.:

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David M. Reysa

 

By:

/s/ Hayden Stewart

 

 

 

Print Name:

David M. Reysa

 

Print Name:

HAYDEN STEWART

 

 

 

Print Title:

Contract Officer

 

Print Title:

VP, IT

 

 

 

Date Signed:

6/6/08

 

Date Signed:

6/2/08

 


 

*** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT.  THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO THE CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST.  OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED AS [****] .  A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

Schedule Number 29582 v. 1.0
For Recovery Services Governed by
Master Agreement for U. S. Availability Services
Between
SunGard Availability Services LP and CONVIO, INC.

Dated June 1, 2008

BILLING SCHEDULE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Invoice From:

 

Monthly Fee:

 

06/01/2008

 

$

[****

]

 

CUSTOMER INFORMATION

CUSTOMER LOCATION ADDRESS:

11400 BURNET ROAD

BUILDING

SUITE 200

AUSTIN, TX 78758 US

HAYDEN STEWART

NOTIFICATION ADDRESS:

11400 BURNET ROAD

BUILDING

SUITE 200 AUSTIN, TX 78758 US

HAYDEN STEWART

BILL TO ADDRESS:

11400 BURNET ROAD

BUILDING

SUITE 200

AUSTIN, TX 78758 US

ACCOUNTS PAYABLE, ap@convio.com

 

2



 

*** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT.  THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO THE CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST.  OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED AS [****] .  A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

Schedule Number 29582 v. 1.0
For Recovery Services Governed by
Master Agreement for U.S. Availability Services
Between
SunGard Availability Services LP and CONVIO, INC.

Dated June 1, 2008

 

 

Mobile 1

 

Disaster Fees

 

Qty

 

Customer Configuration Ref:

 

Declaration Fee

 

Daily Usage (5)

 

 

 

HP RX6600 4

 

$

[****

]

$

[****

]

1

 

HP Integrity rx6600 Service Level [HP-UX

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

O/S Onlvl

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

1.4 GHz ltanium-2 (IA-64) CPU

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16

GB Memory

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

438

GB internal Disk (4)

 

* 145 TO BE ACQUIRED

 

2

 

Ethernet 10/100/1000 Mbps Port

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mobile 2

 

Disaster Fees

 

Qty

 

Customer Configuration Ref:

 

Declaration Fee

 

Daily Usage (5)

 

 

 

HP RX6600 2

 

$

[****

]

$

[****

]

1

 

HP Integrity rx6600 Service Level [HP-UX

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

O/S Onlvl

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

1.4 GHz ltanium-2 (IA-64) CPU

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16

GB Memory

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

292

GB internal Disk

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mobile 3

 

Disaster Fees

 

Qty

 

Customer Configuration Ref:

 

Declaration Fee

 

Daily Usage (5)

 

 

 

HP RX6600 1

 

$

[****

]

$

[****

]

1

 

HP Integrity rx6600 Service Level [HP-UX

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

O/S Onlvl

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

1.6 GHz ltanium-2 (IA-64) CPU

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16

GB Memory

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

292

GB internal Disk

 

 

 

1

 

DVD-ROM Drive

 

 

 

1

 

Ethernet 10/100/1000 Mbps Port

 

 

 

1

 

IBM 3584 Tape Library (for use with LTO media)

 

 

 

 

 

6

LTO-3 Taoe Drive

 

 

 

 

 

200

Slots

 

 

 

20,000

 

GB Disk – RAID protected (2),(3)

 

 

 

4

 

Cisco Catalyst 3560 Gigabit Ethernet

Switch

 

 

 

 

 

1

10/100/1000 Ethernet Port

 

 

 

1

 

NetScaler 9400 Secure Applications Switch (2),(3)

 

 

 

4

 

Cisco Catalyst 6509 Switch (2),(3)

 

 

 

 

3



 

*** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT.  THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO THE CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST.  OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED AS [****] .  A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

Schedule Number 29582 v. 1.0
For Recovery Services Governed by
Master Agreement for U.S. Availability Services
Between
SunGard Availability Services LP and CONVIO, INC.

Dated June 1, 2008

Qty

 

Mobile 3 (Continued)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

192   

10/100/1000 Ethernet Port (2),(3)

 

 

 

1

 

NCC Access

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mobile 4

 

Disaster Fees

 

Qty

 

Customer Configuration Ref:

 

Declaration Fee

 

Daily Usage (6)

 

 

 

HP RX6600 3

 

$

[****

]

$

[****

]

1

 

HP Integrity rx6600 Service Level [HP-UX

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

O/S Onlvl

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1   

1.4 GHz ltanium-2 (IA-641 CPU

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16   

GB Memory

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mobile 7

 

Disaster Fees

 

Qty

 

Customer Configuration Ref:

 

Declaration Fee

 

Daily Usage (6)

 

 

 

HP RX6600

 

$

[****

]

$

[****

]

1

 

HP Integrity rx6600 Service Level [HP-UX

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

O/S Onlvl

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1   

1.4 GHz ltanium-2 (lA-64) CPU (4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16   

GB Memory (4)

 

* 8 TO BE ACQUIRED

 

 

 

 

Mobile 8

 

Disaster Fees

 

Qty

 

Customer Configuration Ref:

 

Declaration Fee

 

Daily Usage (6)

 

 

 

Server Config- testable

 

 

[****

]

 

[****

]

5

 

Intel-Based Server, 1.44MB Diskette Drive,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Keyboard, Monitor, Mouse

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2   

Xeon 2.66 GHz Quad-Core CPU w/EMT64

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8.192   

MB Memory

 

 

 

 

 

146   

GB Internal Disk

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1   

CD-ROM Drive

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2   

Ethernet 10/100 Mbps Port

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

Intel-Based Server, 1.44MB Diskette Drive,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Keyboard, Monitor, Mouse

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2   

Xeon 3.16 GHz CPU w/EMT64

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8.192   

MB Memory

 

 

 

 

 

146   

GB Internal Disk

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1   

CD-ROM Drive

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2   

Ethernet 10/100 Mbps Port

 

 

 

 

 

12

 

Intel-Based Server, .144MB Diskette Drive,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Keyboard, Monitor, Mouse

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2   

Xeon 2.8 GHz CPU

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8.192   

MB Memory (4)

 

* 4096 TO BE ACQUIRED

 

 

4



 

*** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT.  THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO THE CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST.  OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED AS [****] .  A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

Schedule Number 29582 v. 1.0
For Recovery Services Governed by
Master Agreement for U.S. Availability Services
Between
SunGard Availability Services LP and CONVIO, INC.

Dated June 1, 2008

Qty

 

Mobile 8
(Continued)

 

 

 

 

 

146   

GB Internal Disk

 

 

 

 

 

1   

CD-ROM Drive

 

 

 

 

 

2   

Ethernet 10/100 Mbps Port

 

 

 

1

 

Intel-Based Server, 1.44MB Diskette Drive.
Keyboard. Monitor. Mouse

 

 

 

 

 

2   

Xeon 3.4 GHz Dual-Core CPU w/EMT64

 

 

 

 

 

8,192   

MB Memory

 

 

 

 

 

146   

GB Internal Disk

 

 

 

 

 

1   

CD-ROM Drive

 

 

 

 

 

2   

Ethernet 10/100 Mbps Port

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mobile 9

 

Disaster Fees

 

Qty

 

Customer Configuration Ref:

 

Declaration Fee

 

Daily Usaqe(6)

 

 

 

Non-testable

 

$

[****

]

$

[****

]

29

 

Intel-Based Server, 1.44MB Diskette Drive,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Keyboard. Monitor, Mouse

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2   

Xeon 2.8 GHz CPU

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8.192   

MB Memory

 

 

 

 

 

146   

GB Internal Disk

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1   

CD-ROM Drive

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1   

Ethernet 10/100 Mbps Port

 

 

 

 

 

15

 

Intel-Based Server, 1.44MB Diskette Drive,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Keyboard, Monitor. Mouse

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2   

Xeon 3.0 GHz CPU

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8.192   

MB Memory

 

 

 

 

 

146   

GB Internal Disk

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1   

CD-ROM Drive

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1   

Ethernet 10/100 Mbps Port

 

 

 

 

 

36

 

Intel-Based Server, 1.44MB Diskette Drive,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Keyboard. Monitor. Mouse

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2   

Xeon 3.0 GHz CPU

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8.192   

MB Memory

 

 

 

 

 

146   

GB Internal Disk

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1   

CD-ROM Drive

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1   

Ethernet 10/100 Mbps Port

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Network (7)

 

Disaster Fees

 

Qty

 

 

 

Declaration Fee

 

Dailv Usaqe

 

 

 

 

 

$

[****

]

$

[****

]

 

 

Web ReDirect Services

 

 

 

 

 

 

5



 

*** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT.  THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO THE CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST.  OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED AS [****] .  A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

Schedule Number 29582 v. 1.0
For Recovery Services Governed by
Master Agreement for U.S. Availability Services
Between
SunGard Availability Services LP and CONVIO, INC.

Dated June 1, 2008

 

Qty

 

Network 1
(Continued)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

45

Mbps

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Destination(s): Scottsdale AZ

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Work Group 1

 

Disaster Fees

 

Qty

 

Customer Configuration Ref:

 

Declaration Fee

 

Daily Usage

 

 

 

Workarouo

 

$

[****

]

$

[****

]

2

 

Access to Copier

 

 

 

 

 

50

 

Furnished WorkGroup Position (Desk, Chair,
Voice & Data Wiring)

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

MetroCenter Facility Access

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

Drive Imaqinq Services (5)

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

Digital Telephone Set Expansion Module
(Addtl. 20 Buttons)

 

 

 

 

 

50

 

Digital Telephone Set

 

 

 

 

 

50

 

Desktop PC w/1.44MB Diskette Drive,
Keyboard, Monitor, Mouse

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1   

Pentium 2.8 GHz CPU

 

 

 

 

 

1,024   

MB Memory

 

 

 

 

 

13   

GB Internal Disk

 

 

 

 

 

1   

CD-ROM Drive

 

 

 

 

 

1   

Ethernet 10/100/1000 Mbps Adapter

 

 

 

 

 

 

MegaVoice

 

Disaster Fees

 

Qty

 

 

 

Declaration Fee

 

Daily Usaqe

 

 

 

To be used in conjunction with Work Group 1.

 

$

[****

]

$

[****

]

1

 

Access to Digital PBX Features and

Functionality

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

Auto Attendant - Menu Service

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

Digital Telephone Set used as Answering

Position

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

Redirect Service utilizing Dedicated
Redirect Number(s)

 

 

 

 

 

 

6



 

Schedule Number 29582 v. 1.0
For Recovery Services Governed by
Master Agreement for U.S. Availability Services
Between
SunGard Availability Services LP and CONVIO, INC.

 

Dated June 1, 2008

 


FOOTNOTES

 

(1)           To be provided to Customer at the Primary or Alternate Recovery Facility only.

(2)           Not shippable and governed by the terms and conditions applicable to Center-Based Resources.

(3)           Not shippable and subject to the terms and conditions of Shared Resources.

(4)           Customer acknowledges that SunGard will acquire and install this equipment within 90 days of the Commencement Date or execution date of this Schedule, whichever is later.  If Customer should declare a Disaster prior to the installation of this equipment, SunGard will use commercially reasonable efforts to expedite the procurement and installation of this equipment.

(5)           Drive Imaging Services (to be provided in accordance with the terms and conditions of the attached Service Description at Austin TX ).

(6)           Daily Usage Fees during a Disaster will begin on day 31.

(7)           If a Declaration Fee of equal or greater value is charged in association with a Center-Based or Mobile Configuration defined on this Schedule, then the Declaration Fee for the applicable Network Services will be deemed included in such fee.

 

7




QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

Exhibit 21.1

Convio, Inc.

List of Subsidiaries




QuickLinks

Convio, Inc. List of Subsidiaries

Exhibit 23.1

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated January 22, 2010, in the Registration Statement (Form S-1) and related Prospectus of Convio, Inc. for the registration of shares of its common stock.

 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

 

Austin, Texas

January 22, 2010